Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 5, 2018.

Registration No. 333-222509


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO

Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  6282
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  32-0402956
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)



Nina Gupta
Chief Legal Officer
4900 Tiedeman Road 4th Floor
Brooklyn, OH 44144
(216) 898-2400

(Name, Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Agent for Service)



Copies to:

David K. Boston
Danielle Scalzo
Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP
787 Seventh Avenue
New York, NY 10019
(212) 728-8000

 

Paul D. Tropp
Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer US LLP
601 Lexington Avenue, 31 st  Floor
New York, NY 10022
(212) 277-4000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date hereof.



          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company," and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o   Emerging growth company  ý

          If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period with any new or revised accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.     o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

               
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to Be Registered

  Amount to be
Registered(1)

  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price
Per Share(2)

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(3)

 

Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

  13,455,000   $19.00   $255,645,000   $31,828

 

(1)
Includes offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(3)
Previously paid.

           The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED FEBRUARY 5, 2018

11,700,000 Shares

LOGO

Class A Common Stock

        This is the initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. We are offering shares of our Class A common stock to be sold in the offering. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our shares of Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be between $17.00 and $19.00 per share. We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, under the symbol "VCTR."

        Upon the completion of this offering, we will have two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be identical, except voting and conversion rights. Each share of Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote. Each share of Class B common stock will be entitled to ten votes and will be convertible at any time, at the option of the holder, into one share of Class A common stock.

        Upon the completion of this offering, funds controlled by Crestview Partners II GP, L.P. will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our capital stock. As a result we will be a "controlled company" within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, or NASDAQ.

         We are an "emerging growth company" under the federal securities laws and are subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

         Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 30 of this prospectus.

 
  Per Share   Total

Initial public offering price

  $               $            

Underwriting discounts and commissions

  $               $            

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $               $            

        The underwriters also may purchase up to 1,755,000 additional shares of Class A common stock from us at the initial offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions for 30 days after the date of this prospectus.

         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

        The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about        , 2018.



Joint Book-Running Managers

J.P. Morgan

 

BofA Merrill Lynch

 

Morgan Stanley

Barclays

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

 

RBC Capital Markets
Co-Managers

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods
A Stifel Company

 

William Blair

 

Sandler O'Neill + Partners, L.P.

   

The date of this prospectus is      , 2018


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    1  

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

    25  

RISK FACTORS

    30  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    53  

USE OF PROCEEDS

    55  

DIVIDEND POLICY

    56  

CAPITALIZATION

    57  

DILUTION

    59  

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

    61  

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

    67  

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    68  

BUSINESS

    96  

REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT AND COMPLIANCE

    116  

MANAGEMENT

    119  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    128  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    144  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

    148  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    150  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    156  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

    158  

UNDERWRITING

    162  

LEGAL MATTERS

    170  

EXPERTS

    170  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

    171  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    F-1  

        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. Neither this prospectus nor any free writing prospectus is an offer to sell anywhere or to anyone where or to whom we are not permitted to offer or to sell securities under applicable law. The information in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus or such free writing prospectus, as applicable.

        Our design logos and the marks "Victory Capital," "Victory Capital Management," "Victory Capital Advisers," "Victory Funds," "VictoryShares," "Victory Connect," "CEMP," "CEMP Volatility Weighted Indexes," "Diversified," "Diversified Equity Management," "Expedition Investment Partners," "INCORE Capital Management," "Integrity," "Integrity Asset Management," "Munder," "Munder Capital Management," "The Munder Funds," "NewBridge," "NewBridge Asset Management," "RS Funds," "RS Investments," "Sophus Capital," "Sycamore Capital" and "Trivalent Investments," are owned by us or one of our subsidiaries. All other trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

        In this prospectus, when we refer to:

i


Table of Contents

        In this prospectus, we rely on and refer to certain market and industry data and forecasts related thereto. We obtained this information and these statistics from sources other than us, which we have supplemented where necessary with information from publicly available sources and our own internal estimates. We use these sources and estimates and believe them to be reliable, but we cannot give you any assurance that any of the projected results will be achieved.

        For investors outside the United States: neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

        This prospectus contains "non-GAAP financial measures" that are financial measures that either exclude or include amounts that are not excluded or included in the most directly comparable measures calculated and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. Specifically, we make use of the non-GAAP financial measures "Adjusted EBITDA" and "Adjusted Net Income."

        Adjustments we make to GAAP net income to calculate Adjusted EBITDA are:

ii


Table of Contents

        Adjustments we make to GAAP net income to calculate Adjusted Net Income are:

        Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income are not recognized terms under GAAP and do not purport to be alternatives to net income (loss) attributable to us as a measure of operating performance. Non-GAAP financial measures are used to supplement GAAP results to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business than GAAP results alone.

        Our management uses these non-GAAP performance measures to evaluate the underlying operations of our business. Due to our acquisitive nature, there are a number of acquisition and restructuring related expenses included in GAAP measures that we believe distort the economic value of our organization and we believe that many investors use this information when assessing the financial performance of companies in the investment management industry. We have included these non-GAAP measures to provide investors with the same financial metrics used by management to assess the operating performance of our Company.

        Non-GAAP measures should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our non-GAAP measures may differ from similar measures at other companies, even if similar terms are used to identify these measures.

iii


Table of Contents



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus, including the sections entitled "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise indicates or requires, the terms "we," "our," "us," "Victory" and the "Company," as used in this prospectus, refer to Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, except where otherwise stated or where it is clear that the terms mean only Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. exclusive of its subsidiaries.


Our Business

        We are an independent investment management firm operating a next generation, integrated multi-boutique model with $59.0 billion in assets under management, or AUM, as of September 30, 2017. Our differentiated model features a scalable operating platform that provides centralized distribution, marketing and operations infrastructure to our select group of specialized and largely autonomous investment managers, which we refer to as "Franchises." As of September 30, 2017, our Franchises and our solutions platform collectively managed a diversified set of 70 investment strategies for a wide range of institutional and retail clients.

        Our Franchises are operationally integrated, but are separately branded and make investment decisions independently from one another within guidelines established by their respective investment mandates. Our integrated multi-boutique model creates a supportive environment in which our investment professionals, largely unencumbered by administrative and operational responsibilities, can focus on their pursuit of investment excellence. Victory Capital Management Inc., or VCM, our wholly owned registered investment adviser, employs all of our U.S. investment professionals across our Franchises, which are not separate legal entities.

        Our solutions platform consists of multi-Franchise and customized solutions strategies that are primarily rules-based. We offer our solutions platform through a variety of vehicles, including separate accounts, mutual funds and VictoryShares, which is our ETF brand. Like our Franchises, our solutions platform is operationally integrated and supported by our centralized distribution, marketing and operational support functions.

        Our centralized key functions include distribution, marketing, trading, middle- and back-office administration, legal, compliance and finance. Our integrated model aims to "centralize, not standardize." We believe by providing our Franchises with control over their portfolio management tools, risk analytics and other investment-related functions, we can minimize disruptions to their investment process and ensure that they are able to invest in the fashion that they find most optimal.

        In addition to our integrated multi-boutique business model, we believe there are four main attributes that differentiate us from other publicly traded investment management firms:

    We have constructed a set of distinct investment approaches in specialized asset classes where we believe active managers are well positioned to generate "alpha," or returns greater than the returns of an asset class's benchmark, over a full market cycle through security selection and portfolio construction. We believe our strategies in these specialized asset classes, which we refer to as our current focus asset classes, will drive our future growth. These strategies have experienced less fee compression than strategies in more commoditized asset classes, and we believe demand for them typically exceeds capacity. For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we had an AUM-weighted average fee rate of 71 basis points, an increase of almost 12% from 2013 as we repositioned our business to focus on higher fee asset classes. We attribute part of our ability to attract flows and drive revenue growth—in the face of significant headwinds for active managers—to our selection of specialized asset classes and to the quality of our Franchises.

1


Table of Contents

    We have a track record of successfully sourcing, executing and integrating sizable acquisitions and making these acquisitions financially attractive by extracting significant synergies. We believe our differentiated platform combining scale and boutique-like qualities is appealing to investment professionals, making us an attractive acquirer to firms looking for a strategic partner.

    We have a diversified business that offers a suite of active products and hybrid rules-based products through our proprietary ETF brand, VictoryShares, across a wide range of asset classes and distinct investment approaches, to a broad and diverse group of institutional and retail clients. We offer our 70 investment strategies through nine Franchises and our solutions platform, with no Franchise accounting for more than 31% of total AUM as of September 30, 2017. Each of our Franchises employs a different investment approach, which we believe leads to diversification in investment return streams among Franchises, even when asset classes overlap. These factors also mitigate key man risk.

    We foster a culture that encourages long-term thinking through promoting meaningful employee ownership. We have a high degree of employee ownership, with over 70% of our employees beneficially owning approximately 27% of our shares as of January 29, 2018. Many of such employees have purchased their equity interests in our firm. In addition, our employees and directors collectively have invested over $125 million in products we manage, directly aligning their investment outcomes with those of our clients.

        Since our management-led buyout with Crestview GP from KeyCorp in August 2013, we have completed three acquisitions and a strategic minority investment and grown our AUM from $17.9 billion to $59.0 billion as of September 30, 2017. We believe there is a significant opportunity to further grow through additional acquisitions. We regularly evaluate potential acquisition candidates based on criteria developed through our extensive acquisition experience. We believe this experience enables us to identify financially attractive candidates that we can integrate with our next generation investment management platform. Through our acquisition strategy, we have added Franchises we believe have the ability to outperform the market, and where we have a strong understanding of the core business's ability to drive growth for those Franchises and our Company as a whole. We acquired Munder in 2014, adding $18.1 billion AUM and rebalancing our overall AUM to 55% small- and mid-cap equities as of December 31, 2014. With our acquisition of CEMP in 2015, we grew our AUM by $1.0 billion and added solutions-driven products and ETF capabilities. We acquired RS Investments in 2016, which added $16.7 billion in AUM across small cap, mid-cap and emerging markets equities and niche fixed income products, while strengthening our distribution capabilities. In 2016, we also acquired a minority interest in an investment firm that specializes in machine learning capabilities and that works with several of our Franchises to enhance their investment processes. These acquisitions have shifted our AUM mix from 38% in our current focus asset classes as of the time of our management-led buyout in 2013 to 75% in our current focus asset classes as of September 30, 2017. We believe our deliberate repositioning of our business through acquisitions has equipped us with stronger investment strategies in compelling asset classes, providing us with a next generation investment management platform.

2


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

        We offer our clients an array of equity and fixed income strategies that encompass a diverse spectrum of market capitalization segments, investment styles and approaches. Our current focus asset classes—which consist of U.S. small- and mid-cap equities, global/non-U.S. equities and solutions—collectively comprised 75% of our AUM as of September 30, 2017. We believe strategies in these asset classes are better positioned to attract positive net flows and maintain stable fee rates over the long term. For example, U.S. large-cap equity funds launching in 2016 had fees that were on average 22 basis points lower than such funds launching in 2011, while U.S. small- and mid-cap equity funds launching in 2016 had fees that were on average 17 basis points and 10 basis points higher than such funds launching in 2011, respectively. Furthermore, we believe we are generally able to meet investor demand in these asset classes; as of September 30, 2017, we estimate we had approximately $120 billion of total excess capacity in our four- and five-star funds in these asset classes that were open to new investors (of which approximately $76 billion is in our solutions platform).

GRAPHIC


Data as of September 30, 2017.

(1)
Includes assets managed by our former Diversified Equity Management Franchise, or Diversified, which were transferred to Munder on May 15, 2017.

3


Table of Contents

        As outlined below, our business is diversified on multiple fronts, including by business, Franchise and solutions platform, client type and product wrapper.

GRAPHIC

Data as of September 30, 2017.

(1)
Includes assets managed by Diversified, which were transferred to Munder on May 15, 2017. See "Business—Our Franchises—Munder Capital Management."

        Within individual asset classes, our Franchises employ different investment approaches. This diversification reduces the correlation between return streams generated by multiple Franchises investing within the same asset class. For example, we have three Franchises focused on Emerging Markets within global / non-U.S. equity, each with a different investment approach. Trivalent primarily focuses on quantitative analysis. Sophus employs a front-end quantitative screen balanced with a fundamental overlay.

4


Table of Contents

Expedition pursues a fundamental bottoms-up approach. In this manner, we purposefully manage our Franchises to ensure that each has a distinct approach within its respective asset classes.

        Our multi-channel distribution capabilities provide another degree of diversification, with approximately 57% of our AUM from institutional clients and 43% from retail clients as of September 30, 2017. We believe this client diversification has a stabilizing effect on our revenue, as institutional and retail investors have shown to exhibit different demand patterns and respond to trends in different ways.

        We believe we have created a strong alignment of interests through employee ownership, our Franchise revenue share structure and employee investments in Victory products. Notably, the majority of our employee stockholders acquired their equity in connection with the management-led buyout with Crestview GP from KeyCorp, as well as in connection with the Munder Acquisition and the RS Acquisition. We believe the opportunity to own equity in a well-diversified company is attractive, both to existing employees and those who join as part of acquisitions. We principally compensate our investment professionals through a revenue share program, which we believe further incentivizes our investment professionals to focus on investment performance, while simultaneously minimizing potential distractions from the expense allocation process that would be involved in a profit-sharing program. In addition, our employees and directors collectively have invested over $125 million in products we manage, directly aligning their investment outcomes with those of our clients. We believe the combination of these mechanisms has promoted long-term thinking, an enhanced client experience and ultimately the creation of value for our stockholders.

        Our senior management team has an average of over 20 years of experience in the sector, each bringing significant expertise to his or her role. Our CEO and COO have been with us (and our predecessor) for 13 and 12 years, respectively, overseeing the transformation of the business from a bank subsidiary to an independent investment management firm. Our Franchises' Chief Investment Officers, or CIOs, are highly experienced, having an average of approximately 25 years of experience. Our sales leaders have had significant tenures, with an average of approximately 28 years of experience with us or a predecessor firm.

    Our Franchises

        Our integrated multi-boutique model allows our Franchises to focus primarily on investing and alpha generation. Our Franchises are independent from one another from an investment perspective, maintain their own separate brands and logos, which they have built over time, and are led by dedicated CIOs. We believe our model provides significant advantages in attracting and retaining high-quality investment talent, while offering the diversification of separate Franchises. As of September 30, 2017, seven of our nine Franchises managed over $1 billion in AUM, providing us with diversification across investment approaches, with no Franchise accounting for more than 31% of our AUM.

        We customize each Franchise's interactions with our centralized platform and the formula for its respective revenue share. Additionally, we enhance our investment professionals' compensation with equity compensation. We believe these structural elements—while providing economic alignment with the performance of their respective Franchise—align the interests of our Franchises with the broader Company.

        Our Franchises enjoy investment autonomy, whereby each Franchise CIO makes investment decisions relating to the CIO's portfolio independently of other Franchise CIOs and management and in a manner that each believes will maximize investment performance for its portfolios, provided that those decisions are made in accordance with the investment mandate of the applicable strategy as well as applicable regulations. Each Franchise CIO develops the investment mandate for a new product or strategy within his or her Franchise within the parameters of our overall firm goals and as approved by our management. As a registered investment adviser, we are responsible for ensuring that our Franchises comply with the investment mandates that they disclose to clients or to which they contractually agree. We use a common

5


Table of Contents

firm-wide platform for executing trades within our portfolios that enables our compliance team to monitor our Franchises' investment positions daily prior to the execution of a trade and post-trading to ensure investment decisions made by CIOs are in compliance with their stated investment mandates.

        Strong investment performance is an important component of our business model. On an AUM-weighted basis, approximately 89% of our mutual fund AUM was rated three stars or above by Morningstar for the five-year period ended September 30, 2017, with 66% designated as four- or five-stars. Our Franchises have established a long-term track record of benchmark-relative outperformance, including prior to their acquisition by us. As of September 30, 2017, 80% of our strategies by AUM had returns in excess of their respective benchmarks over a ten-year period, 85% over a five-year period and 81% over a three-year period.

    Our Solutions Platform

        Our solutions platform consists of multi-Franchise and customized solutions strategies that are primarily rules-based. We offer our solutions platform through a variety of vehicles, including separate accounts, mutual funds and VictoryShares, which is our ETF brand. Like our Franchises, our solutions platform is operationally integrated and supported by our centralized distribution, marketing and operational support functions. As of September 30, 2017, VictoryShares' investment management fees were generally between 30 and 45 basis points.

        We believe there is significant growth potential in solutions products through separate accounts, customized solutions and ETFs. Through our VictoryShares brand, we offer ETFs that seek to improve the risk, return and diversification profile of client portfolios. Our approach furthers our commitment to rules-based investing and includes single- and multi-factor strategies designed to provide a variety of outcomes, including maximum diversification, dividend income, downside mitigation, minimum volatility and targeted factor exposure. VictoryShares is designed to provide investors with rules-based solutions that bridge the gap between the active and passive elements of their portfolios.

        Since the CEMP Acquisition in 2015, our ETF products have grown by approximately 850% to approximately $1.9 billion in AUM as of September 30, 2017. As of September 30, 2017, we ranked among the top 20 U.S. ETF issuers by net sales for the preceding 12 months as a percentage of beginning of period assets and ranked #18 for annual growth for the preceding 12 months. Three of our ETFs are rated by Morningstar and all have a 5-star overall rating as of September 30, 2017. In January 2017, we announced plans to launch new ETFs that will track volatility weighted indexes developed in partnership with NASDAQ and launched three new ETFs in the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

    Integrated Distribution, Marketing and Operations

        We have centralized distribution and marketing across institutional and retail channels. Our distribution and marketing professionals collaborate closely with our Franchises' product specialists in order to attract new clients as well as service and generate additional sales from existing clients. We hire accomplished sales professionals and focus on training them on how to position each of our strategies. As of September 30, 2017, we had 61 employees in management and support functions, 100 sales and marketing professionals and 115 investment professionals. Our marketing and distribution efforts enhance the visibility of our brands in both the institutional and retail channels, as evidenced by our eVestment #1 ranking for Institutional Brand Awareness among asset managers with between $25 billion and $50 billion in AUM in 2015 and #4 ranking among asset managers with between $50 billion and $100 billion in 2016 as well as our rankings of #21, #25 and #15 in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, in Barron's Top Fund Families ratings.

        Institutional Sales:     Our institutional sales team attracts and builds relationships with institutional clients, the largest institutional consultants and mutual fund complexes and other organizations seeking sub-advisers. Our institutional clientele includes corporations, public funds, non-profit organizations,

6


Table of Contents

Taft-Hartley plans, sub-advisory clients, international clients and insurance companies. Our institutional sales and client-service professionals manage existing client relationships, serve consultants and prospects and/or focus on specific segments. They have extensive experience and a comprehensive understanding of our investment activities. On average, each of our client-facing institutional sales professionals has over 20 years of industry tenure.

        Retail Sales:     Our retail sales team is split among regional external wholesalers, retirement specialists and national account specialists, all of whom are supported by an internal calling desk. In the retail channel, we focus on gathering assets through intermediaries, such as banks, broker-dealers, wirehouses, retirement platforms and Registered Investment Advisor, or RIA, networks. As of September 30, 2017, 65% of our retail AUM was through intermediaries, while 35% was through retirement platforms. We offer mutual funds and separately managed wrap and unified managed accounts on intermediary and retirement platforms. We have agreements with many of the largest platforms in our retail channel, which has provided an opportunity to place our retail products on those platforms. Further, to enhance our presence on large distribution platforms, we have focused our efforts on servicing intermediary home offices and research departments. These efforts have led to strong growth in platform penetration, as measured by investment products on approved and recommended lists, as well as our inclusion in model portfolios. This penetration provides the opportunity for us to sell more products through distribution platforms. As of September 30, 2017, we had at least two and as many as 13 products on the research recommended/model portfolios of the top ten U.S. intermediary platforms by AUM. These intermediary platforms included Morgan Stanley, Wells Fargo, Merrill Lynch and Raymond James. We also have agreements with all of the top 20 retirement platforms by AUM, including Fidelity, Vanguard, Voya and Merrill Lynch. As of September 30, 2017, we had at least one and as many as nine approved products on the recommended list of each of those top 20 retirement platforms that have recommended lists.

        Marketing:     Our distribution efforts are supplemented by our marketing function, which is primarily responsible for enhancing the visibility and quality of our portfolio of brands. They are specifically tasked with managing corporate, Franchise and solutions platform branding efforts, database management, the development of marketing materials, website design and the publishing of white papers. They are also a key component in our responses to requests for proposals sent over by prospective clients.

        Operations:     Our centralized operations functions provide our Franchises with the support they need so that they can focus on their investment processes. Our centralized functions include distribution, marketing, trading platforms, risk and compliance, middle- and back-office support, finance, human resources, accounting and legal. Although our operations are centralized, we do allow our Franchises a degree of customization with respect to their desired investment support functions, which we believe helps them maintain their individualized investment processes and minimize undue disruptions.

        We believe both the scalability of our business and our cost structure, in which approximately two-thirds of our expenses are variable, should drive increasing margins and facilitate free cash flow conversion. Additionally, we believe having a majority of our expenses tied to AUM and the number of client accounts provides downside margin protection should there be sustained net outflows or adverse market conditions.

    Financial Summary

        For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, our net outflows were ($1.8) billion; excluding the impact of Diversified, net outflows were ($1.1) billion. As of September 30, 2017, our Franchises and solutions platform collectively managed $59.0 billion in AUM, of which $44.5 billion was in our current focus asset classes. Our revenues consist mainly of investment management fees, which are calculated as a percentage of average AUM on a daily or quarterly basis, depending on the investment product. For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, management fees comprised 83.8% of our revenues. The remaining 16.2% of our revenues in this time period consisted of distribution and administrative fees.

7


Table of Contents

        For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, our revenue was $304.0 million, an increase of 52.2% over our revenue of $199.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. RS Investments is included in our operating results for the nine months of 2017, but not for the first seven months of 2016. Our net income / (loss) was $14.6 million and ($3.4) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Our Adjusted EBITDA was $109.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of 65.1% over our Adjusted EBITDA of $66.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Our Adjusted Net Income was $44.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of 67.9% over our Adjusted Net Income of $26.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

        For the year ended December 31, 2016, our net inflows were $0.9 billion. As of December 31, 2016, our Franchises and solutions platform collectively managed $55.0 billion in AUM. For the year ended December 31, 2016, which includes five months of operating results from RS Investments, management fees comprised 83.4% of our revenues. The remaining 16.6% of our revenues in this time period consisted of distribution and administrative fees.

        Our 2016 revenue was $297.9 million, an increase of 23.7% over our 2015 revenue of $240.8 million. Our 2016 net income was ($6.1) million and our 2015 net income was $3.8 million. Our 2016 Adjusted EBITDA was $98.1 million, an increase of 19.4% over our 2015 Adjusted EBITDA of $82.1 million. Our 2016 Adjusted Net Income was $39.0 million, an increase of 13.6% over our 2015 Adjusted Net Income of $34.3 million.

        Our management uses these non-GAAP performance measures to evaluate the underlying operations of our business. Due to our acquisitive nature, there are a number of acquisition and restructuring related expenses included in GAAP measures that we believe distort the economic value of the organization and we believe that many investors use this information when assessing the financial performance of companies in the investment management industry. We have included these non-GAAP measures to provide investors with the same financial metrics used by management to assess the operating performance of our Company. The non-GAAP measures we report are Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Supplemental Non-GAAP Financial Information."


Recent Developments

    Preliminary 2017 Fourth Quarter and Year-End Highlights (Unaudited)

        Our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 are not yet available. Except as stated below, the following preliminary unaudited financial and other information as of, and for, the three months and year ended December 31, 2017 is based solely on management's estimates reflecting currently available preliminary information and remains subject to our consideration of subsequent events, particularly as it relates to material estimates and assumptions used in preparing management's estimates as of and for the three months and year ended December 31, 2017.

        This summary is not a complete presentation of our financial results as of, and for, the three months and year ended December 31, 2017. We have provided below a range of our revenue, net income, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income, rather than specific amounts. Our final financial results as of, and for, the three months and year ended December 31, 2017 may materially differ from our estimates indicated below. In addition, the following estimates constitute forward-looking statements and are subject to risks and uncertainties, including those described under "Risk Factors" in this prospectus. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business" and "Forward-Looking Statements." The following information should be read together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

8


Table of Contents

    Assets Under Management at December 31, 2017

        Our AUM as of December 31, 2017 was $61.8 billion, an increase of $2.8 billion, or 4.7%, as compared to our AUM as of September 30, 2017. The change in AUM during the fourth quarter reflects net market appreciation of $2.6 billion, net inflows of $0.3 billion and a $0.1 billion reduction primarily related to mutual fund liquidations. Gross flows were $4.4 billion for the quarter.

 
  Three Months
Ended
December 31,
   
   
   
 
 
   
  Three Months Ended
September 30,
2017
   
 
($ in millions)
  2017   2016   Change   Change  

AUM at period end

  $ 61,771   $ 54,965     12.4 % $ 58,997     4.7 %

Average AUM

  $ 60,354   $ 52,022     16.0 % $ 57,875     4.3 %

Gross flows

  $ 4,371   $ 6,223     –29.8 % $ 3,879     12.7 %

Net flows

  $ 294   $ 1,622     –81.9 % $ (778 )   N/M  

Net flows (excl. Diversified)

  $ 294   $ 1,854     –84.1 % $ (778 )   N/M  

    N/M—Not Meaningful

        For the year ended December 31, 2017, our AUM increased $6.8 billion, or 12.4%, from AUM at December 31, 2016. The change in AUM during the year ended December 31, 2017 reflects net market appreciation of $8.4 billion, net outflows of ($1.5) billion and a $0.1 billion reduction primarily related to mutual fund liquidations. Excluding the impact of outflows from Diversified, net outflows would have been ($0.9) billion for the period. Gross flows were $16.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017.

        As of December 31, 2017, 24 of our mutual funds and ETFs have overall Morningstar ratings of four or five stars and 67% of our fund AUM was rated four or five stars by Morningstar. As of December 31, 2017, 80% of our strategies by AUM had returns in excess of their respective benchmarks over a ten-year period, 84% over a five-year period and 84% over a three-year period. On an equal-weighted basis, 75% of our strategies have outperformed their benchmarks over a ten-year period, 77% over a five-year period and 72% over a three-year period.

    Estimated Unaudited Results for the Three Months Ended December 31, 2017

        For the three months ended December 31, 2017, our revenue is estimated to be between $104.0 million and $107.0 million, an increase of between 6.0% and 9.1%, compared to the three months ended December 31, 2016. Our weighted-average fee rate is estimated to be between 68 basis points and 70 basis points, compared to 75 basis points for the same quarter last year. For this time period, our net income is estimated to be between $10.5 million and $12.2 million, compared to a net loss of ($2.7) million for the three months ended December 31, 2016.

        Our Adjusted EBITDA for this quarter is estimated to be between $38.0 million and $41.0 million, or an increase of between 18.4% and 27.7%, compared to the same period in 2016. Our Adjusted Net Income for this quarter is estimated to be between $17.4 million and $19.1 million, an increase of between 35.9% and 49.2%, compared to the same period in 2016. The tax benefit of goodwill and intangibles was $4.9 million for the three months ended December 31, 2017.

        Revenue increased due to an increase in AUM partially offset by a decrease in the realized fee rate due to a change in asset mix. Net income, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income increased due to the increase in revenue coupled with scale effects, the successful integration of RS Investments and, specific to net income and Adjusted Net Income, a decrease in interest expense primarily due to the August 2017 refinancing activity.

9


Table of Contents

    Estimated Unaudited Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2017

        For the year ended December 31, 2017, our revenue is estimated to be between $408.0 million and $411.0 million, an increase of between 37.0% and 38.0%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. Our weighted-average fee rate is estimated to be between 70 basis points and 71 basis points, compared to 71 basis points for last year. For this time period, our net income is expected to be between $25.1 million and $26.8 million, compared to a net loss of ($6.1) million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

        Our Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2017 is estimated to be between $147.0 million and $150.0 million, an increase of between 49.8% and 52.9%, compared to 2016. Our Adjusted Net Income for the year ended December 31, 2017 is estimated to be between $61.4 million and $63.1 million, an increase of between 57.4% and 61.8%, compared to 2016. The tax benefit of goodwill and intangibles was $19.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.

        Revenue increased due to an increase in AUM. Net income, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income increased due to the increase in revenue coupled with scale effects, the successful integration of RS Investments and, specific to net income and Adjusted Net Income, a decrease in interest expense primarily due to the August 2017 refinancing activity.

    Estimated Unaudited Select Balance Sheet Items as of December 31, 2017

        During the fourth quarter 2017, we paid down debt of $18.0 million, resulting in a decline of aggregate debt outstanding from $517.7 million as of September 30, 2017 to $499.7 million as of December 31, 2017. This repayment of debt represents an annualized interest expense savings of $1.2 million. Our revolving credit facility remains undrawn. As of December 31, 2017, our cash and cash equivalents totaled $12.9 million.

    Impact of Tax Reform

        On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("Tax Act") was enacted. The Tax Act significantly revises the U.S. corporate income tax law by, among other things, decreasing the federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018. As of September 30, 2017, our U.S. net deferred tax liability was $1.4 million. As a result of the reduction in the corporate income tax rate, we are required to remeasure our U.S. net deferred taxes at December 31, 2017. We estimate the impact of the remeasurement will be a one-time credit to income tax expense of between $2.2 million to $2.6 million for the three months ended December 31, 2017.

        Effective January 1, 2018, the impact of the Tax Act will lower our combined statutory federal income tax rate plus an estimate for state, local and foreign income taxes from approximately 38% to 24% thus lowering our income tax expense beginning in calendar year 2018. The reduction in our combined statutory federal income tax rate plus an estimate for state, local and foreign income taxes from approximately 38% to 24% will also reduce the tax benefit of goodwill and acquired intangible assets beginning in 2018.

        Our management uses non-GAAP performance measures to evaluate the underlying operations of our business. Due to our acquisitive nature, there are a number of acquisition and restructuring related expenses included in GAAP measures that we believe distort the economic value of the organization and we believe that many investors use this information when assessing the financial performance of companies in the investment management industry. We have included these non-GAAP measures to provide investors with the same financial metrics used by management to assess the operating performance of our Company. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Supplemental Non-GAAP Financial Information."

10


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth a reconciliation from estimated GAAP financial measures to estimated non-GAAP financial measures for the periods indicated:

 
  Three Months Ended
December 31,
   
   
  Year Ended December 31,    
   
 
 
  2017   2016   % Change   2017   2016   % Change  
($ in thousands)
  Low   High   Actual   Low   High   Low   High   Actual   Low   High  

Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures(1):

                                                             

Net income / (loss)

  $ 10,485   $ 12,165   $ (2,688 )   NM     NM   $ 25,102   $ 26,782   $ (6,071 )   NM     NM  

GAAP income tax (expense) / benefit(2)

    (2,515 )   (2,835 )   1,411     NM     NM     (11,835 )   (12,155 )   3,000     NM     NM  

Income / (loss) before taxes

  $ 13,000   $ 15,000   $ (4,099 )   NM     NM   $ 36,937   $ 38,937   $ (9,071 )   NM     NM  

Interest expense / (income)(3)

    9,300     9,400     10,324     –10 %   –9 %   44,302     44,402     31,286     42 %   42 %

Depreciation(4)

    850     950     930     –9 %   2 %   3,516     3,616     3,156     11 %   15 %

Other business taxes(5)

    400     450     397     1 %   13 %   1,859     1,909     1,137     64 %   68 %

GAAP amortization of acquisition-related intangibles(6)

    5,600     5,700     7,725     –28 %   –26 %   26,273     26,373     27,250     –4 %   –3 %

Stock-based compensation(7)

    1,650     1,850     2,221     –26 %   –17 %   11,662     11,862     8,827     32 %   34 %

Acquisition, restructuring and exit costs(8)

    5,900     6,150     6,729     –12 %   –9 %   14,940     15,190     23,025     –35 %   –34 %

Debt issuance costs(9)

    750     825     862     –13 %   –4 %   5,997     6,072     2,749     118 %   121 %

Pre-IPO governance expenses(10)

    325     375     300     8 %   25 %   1,226     1,276     1,181     4 %   8 %

Earnings/losses on equity method investments(11)

    200     275         NM     NM     308     383         NM     NM  

Compensation in excess of expected levels due to acquisitions(12)

            6,678     NM     NM             8,534     NM     NM  

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 37,975   $ 40,975   $ 32,067     18 %   28 % $ 147,020   $ 150,020   $ 98,074     50 %   53 %

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

    36.5 %   38.3 %   32.7 %   12 %   17 %   36.0 %   36.5 %   32.9 %   9 %   11 %

 

 
  Three Months Ended
December 31,
   
   
  Year Ended December 31,    
   
 
 
  2017   2016   % Change   2017   2016   % Change  
($ in thousands)
  Low   High   Actual   Low   High   Low   High   Actual   Low   High  

Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures:

                                                             

Net income / loss

  $ 10,485   $ 12,165   $ (2,688 )   NM     NM   $ 25,102   $ 26,782   $ (6,071 )   NM     NM  

Adjustments to reflect the operating performance of the Company

                                                             

i. Other business taxes(5)

    400     450     397     1 %   13 %   1,859     1,909     1,137     64 %   68 %

ii. GAAP amortization of acquisition-related intangibles(6)

    5,600     5,700     7,725     –28 %   –26 %   26,273     26,373     27,250     –4 %   –3 %

iii. Stock-based compensation(7)

    1,650     1,850     2,221     –26 %   –17 %   11,662     11,862     8,827     32 %   34 %

iv. Acquisition, restructuring and exit costs(8)

    5,900     6,150     6,729     –12 %   –9 %   14,940     15,190     23,025     –35 %   –34 %

v. Debt issuance costs(9)

    750     825     862     –13 %   –4 %   5,997     6,072     2,749     118 %   121 %

vi. Pre-IPO governance expenses(10)

    325     375     300     8 %   25 %   1,226     1,276     1,181     4 %   8 %

vii. Compensation in excess of expected levels due to acquisition(12)

            6,678     NM     NM             8,534     NM     NM  

Tax effect of above adjustments(13)

    (5,557 )   (5,833 )   (9,467 )   –41 %   –38 %   (23,544 )   (23,819 )   (27,627 )   –15 %   –14 %

viii. Remeasurement of net deferred taxes(14)

    (2,165 )   (2,565 )       NM     NM     (2,165 )   (2,565 )       NM     NM  

Adjusted Net Income

  $ 17,388   $ 19,117   $ 12,757     36 %   50 % $ 61,350   $ 63,080   $ 39,005     57 %   62 %

Tax benefit of goodwill and acquired intangibles(15)

  $ 4,853   $ 4,853   $ 4,197     16 %   16 % $ 19,414   $ 19,414   $ 16,786     16 %   16 %

(1)
Non-GAAP measures should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our non-GAAP measures may differ from similar measures at other companies, even if similar terms are used to identify these measures.

(2)
Includes remeasurement of net deferred taxes. See footnote (14).

(3)
We add back interest paid on debt net of interest income; interest expense is included in "Interest expense and other financing costs" in our consolidated financial statements while interest income is shown in "Interest income and other income" in our consolidated financial statements.

(4)
We add back depreciation on property and equipment; included in "Depreciation and amortization" in our consolidated financial statements.

(5)
We add back other business taxes; other business taxes are included in "General and administrative" in our consolidated financial statements.

(6)
We add back GAAP amortization of acquisition-related intangibles; included in "Depreciation and amortization" in our consolidated financial statements.

(7)
We add back the expense associated with stock-based compensation associated with equity issued from pools that were created in connection with the management-led buyout with Crestview GP from KeyCorp, the Munder Acquisition and the RS Acquisition and as a result of IPO-related equity grants; included in "Personnel compensation and benefits" in our consolidated financial statements.

(8)
We add back direct incremental costs of acquisitions and this offering, including expenses associated with third-party advisors, proxy solicitations of mutual fund shareholders for transaction consents, vendor contract early termination costs, impairment of receivables recorded in connection with an acquisition and severance, retention and transaction incentive compensation. Severance, retention and transaction incentive

11


Table of Contents

    compensation is included in "Personnel compensation and benefits" in our consolidated financial statements, impairment of receivables recorded in connection with an acquisition is included in "Interest income and other income/(expense)", costs associated with professional services incurred in connection with IPO readiness are included in "General and administrative"; all other incremental costs are included in "Restructuring and integration costs" or "Acquisition-related costs".

   
  Three Months Ended   Year Ended  
   
  December 31,
2017
  December 31,
2016
  December 31,
2017
  December 31,
2016
 
  ($ in thousands)
  Low   High   Actual   High   Low   Actual  
 

Restructuring and integration costs

  $ 1,227   $ 1,279   $ 2,650   $ 6,139   $ 6,242   $ 10,012  
 

Interest income and other income / (expense)

  $ 2,356   $ 2,456       $ 4,383   $ 4,456      
 

Acquisition-related costs

  $ 699   $ 728     944   $ 2,130   $ 2,165     6,619  
 

General and administrative

  $ 135   $ 141       $ 724   $ 737      
 

Personnel compensation and benefits

  $ 1,483   $ 1,546     3,135   $ 1,564   $ 1,590     6,394  
(9)
We add back debt issuance costs, included in "Interest expense and other financing costs" and "General and administrative" in our consolidated financial statements. See "—Liquidity and Capital Resources" for more information.

(10)
We add back pre-IPO governance expenses paid to Crestview and Reverence Capital, included in "General and administrative" in our consolidated financial statements. These payments will terminate as of the completion of this offering.

(11)
We adjust for earnings/losses on equity method investments, included in "Interest income and other income / (expense)" in our consolidated financial statements.

(12)
Our compensation committee, together with our CEO, establishes a target percentage of our pre-bonus EBITDA to be allocated to employees as annual cash incentive compensation. If, as a result of a significant acquisition, we pay annual cash incentive compensation that is a greater percentage of pre-bonus EBITDA than our target percentage, we add back the amount of the annual incentive cash compensation in excess of the target percentage. For example, in 2016, as a result of the RS Acquisition, we paid incentive cash compensation at a greater percentage of pre-bonus EBITDA than our target percentage. We paid incentive cash compensation in 2016 at levels we considered appropriate taking into account the RS Acquisition (including the size of our Company post-acquisition) without the benefit of a full year of those earnings and before expense synergies were fully realized. We also paid incentive cash compensation on duplicative headcount while the integration of the RS Investments platform was being completed; included in "Personnel compensation and benefits" in our consolidated financial statements.

(13)
Reflects income taxes of 38% applied to the sum of line items i. to vii.; 38% represents statutory federal income tax rate of 35% plus an estimate for state, local and foreign income taxes.

(14)
On December 22, 2017, the Tax Act was enacted. The Tax Act significantly revised the U.S. corporate income tax by, among other things, decreasing the federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018. As of September 30, 2017, our U.S. net deferred tax liability was $1.4 million. As a result of the reduction in the corporate income tax rate, we are required to remeasure our U.S. net deferred taxes at December 31, 2017. We estimate the impact of the remeasurement will be a one-time credit to income tax expense of between $2.2 million to $2.6 million for the three months ended December 31, 2017.

(15)
Represents the tax benefits associated with deductions allowed for intangibles and goodwill generated from prior acquisitions in which we received a step-up in basis for tax purposes. Acquired intangible assets and goodwill may be amortized for tax purposes, generally over a 15-year period. The tax benefit from amortization on these assets is included to show the full economic benefit of deductions for all acquired intangibles with a step-up in tax basis. Due to our acquisitive nature, tax deductions allowed on acquired intangible assets and goodwill provide us with a significant supplemental economic benefit.


Competitive Strengths

        We believe we have significant competitive strengths that position us for sustained growth over the long term.

    Integrated Multi-Boutique Model Providing Investment Autonomy, Centralized Distribution, Marketing and Support Functions to Investment Franchises

        We believe our integrated multi-boutique model allows us to achieve the benefits from both the scale of large managers and the focus of smaller managers. Our Franchises retain investment autonomy while benefiting from our centralized middle- and back-office functions. We have demonstrated an ability to successfully integrate our Franchises onto our flexible infrastructure without significantly increasing our incremental fixed costs, which is a key component to the scalability of our model. Our structure enables our Franchises to focus their efforts on the investment process, providing them the platform to enhance their investment performance and consequently their growth prospects. Our centralized operations allow our Franchises to customize their desired investment support functions in ways that are best suited for their investment workflow. Through our centralized distribution platform, our Franchises are able to sell their products to institutional investors, retirement plans, brokerages and wealth managers to which it is challenging for smaller managers to gain access.

12


Table of Contents

        Within our model, each Franchise retains its own brand and logo, which they have built over time. Unlike other models with unified branding, there is no requirement for newly acquired Franchises to adjust their product set due to pre-existing products on our platform; they are simply marketed under their own brand as they were previously. Because of this dynamic, we have the flexibility to add new Franchises either to gain greater exposure to certain asset classes or increase capacity in places where we already have exposure.

    Proven Acquirer with Compelling Proposition

        We believe our platform will allow us to continue to be a consolidator within the investment management industry, providing us with an opportunity to further grow and scale our business. Through several transactions, we have demonstrated an ability to successfully source, execute and integrate new Franchises.

        We believe our integrated multi-boutique model is compelling for potential Franchises with entrepreneurial leaders. Under our model, Franchises retain the brands they have built as well as autonomy over their investment decisions, while simultaneously benefiting from the ability to leverage our centralized distribution, marketing and operations platform. Our model further relieves our Franchises of much of their administrative burdens and allows them to instead focus on the investment process, which we believe provides them a platform to enhance their performance. By offering a platform on which Franchises can focus on their core competencies, grow their own brand faster and participate in a revenue share program focused on investment performance rather than expense allocation, we believe we are providing an attractive proposition. Furthermore, we believe transaction-related grants of Victory equity are attractive to Franchise investment personnel, as these personnel receive the advantage of sharing in the potential upside of the entirety of our diversified investment management business.

        Because we integrate a significant portion of each Franchise's distribution, operational and administrative functions, we have been able to extract significant expense synergies from our acquisitions, enabling us to create greater value from transactions. As of September 30, 2017, we had generated net annualized expense synergies of approximately $76 million from our three acquisitions. In our most recent acquisition of RS Investments, we successfully achieved net annual expense synergies of $52 million, which represents over 45% of RS Investments' expenses in the year prior to the acquisition. We incurred $9.9 million in one-time expenses as of September 30, 2017 to achieve those synergies.

        As a disciplined acquirer, we will seek to continue to augment our next generation investment management platform by focusing on acquisition candidates that provide capabilities that are complementary to our strategies in our current focus asset classes, including presence in distribution channels that would enhance our distribution platform. Since our management-led buyout with Crestview GP, our strategy of enhancing our capabilities within our current focus asset classes has driven strong organic growth within these asset classes and for our Company overall. Furthermore, the distribution channels obtained through acquisitions have enhanced our flows.

    Portfolio of Specialized Asset Classes with Potential for Outperformance

        In assembling our portfolio of Franchises, we have selected investment managers offering strategies in specialized asset classes where active managers have shown an established track record of outperformance relative to benchmarks through security selection and portfolio construction. We continue to build our platform to address the needs of clients who would like exposure to asset classes that have potential for alpha generation.

        We find that larger industry trends of flows moving from actively managed strategies to passive ones are not as pronounced in our current focus asset classes.

13


Table of Contents

    Diversified Platform Across Investment Strategies, Franchises and Client Type

        We have strategically built an investment platform that is diversified by investment strategy, Franchise and client type. Within each asset class, Franchises with overlapping investment mandates still contribute to our diversification by pursuing different investment philosophies and/or processes. For example, U.S. small-cap equities, which accounted for approximately 25% of our AUM as of September 30, 2017, consists of four Franchises, each following a different investment strategy. We believe the diversity in investment styles reduces the correlation between the return profiles of strategies within the same asset class, and consequently provides an additional layer of diversification and AUM and revenue stability.

        We believe our AUM is well diversified at the Franchise level, with no Franchise accounting for more than 31% of AUM, and the median Franchise comprising 7% of AUM, as of September 30, 2017. Furthermore, we believe our Franchises' brand independence reduces the impact of each individual Franchise's performance on clients' perceptions of the other Franchises. The distribution of AUM by Franchise, as well as succession planning, mitigates the level of key man risk typically associated with investment management businesses.

        We believe our client base serves as another important diversifying element, as different client segments have shown to have distinct characteristics, including asset class and product preferences, sales and redemptions trends, and exposure to secular trends. We strive to maintain a balance between institutional and retail clients, with 57% and 43% of our AUM as of September 30, 2017 in each of these channels, respectively. We also have the capability to deliver our strategies in product wrappers designed to meet the needs and preferences of investors in each channel. These product wrappers include mutual funds with channel-specific share classes, institutional separate accounts, separately managed accounts, or SMAs, unified managed accounts, or UMAs, common trust funds, or CTFs, and ETFs.

    Attractive Financial Profile

        Our revenues have shown to be recurring in nature, as they are based on the level of client assets we manage. The fees we earn have remained high relative to industry averages, as the majority of our strategies are in asset classes that are in higher demand and typically command higher fee rates. From 2013 through the nine-month period ended September 30, 2017, our AUM-weighted average fee rate increased by almost 12%, primarily due to changes in asset class, product and client mix as we repositioned our business to focus on higher-fee asset classes. However, we anticipate that the average fee rate is likely to decline as our solutions platform (which has a lower fee rate than other products) continues to grow. In addition, our fee revenue is generated from strategies with differing return profiles, thus diversifying our revenue stream.

        Because we largely outsource our middle- and back-office functions, as well as technology support, we have relatively minimal capital expenditure requirements. Approximately two-thirds of our expenses are variable in nature, consisting of the incentive compensation pool for employees, sales commissions, third-party distribution costs, sub-advising and the fees we pay to certain of our vendors.

    Economic and Structural Alignment of Interests Promotes Owner-Centric Culture

        Through our revenue share compensation model and broad employee ownership, we have structurally aligned our employees' interests with those of our clients and other stockholders and have created an owner-centric culture that encourages employees to act in the best interests of clients and our Company, as well as to think long term. Additionally, our employees invest in products managed by our Franchises and solutions platform, providing direct alignment with the interests of our clients.

        We directly align the compensation paid to our investment teams with the performance of their respective Franchises by structuring formula-based revenue sharing on the products they manage. We believe that compensation based on revenue rather than profits encourages investment professionals to

14


Table of Contents

focus their attention on investment performance, while encouraging them to provide good client service, focus on client retention and attract new flows. We believe the formula-based, client-aligned nature of our revenue sharing fosters a culture of transparency where Franchises understand how and on what terms they are being measured to earn compensation.

        We believe both the high percentage of employee ownership and employees' purchase of a significant percentage of their equity creates a collective alignment with our success. Further, we believe granting equity is attractive to potential new employees and is a retentive mechanism for current employees. As of January 29, 2018, our employees beneficially owned approximately 27% of our shares, having purchased approximately 40% of this equity. In addition to being aligned with our financial success through their equity ownership, our employees and directors collectively have invested over $125 million in products we manage.


Our Growth Strategy

        We have a purposeful strategy aimed to achieve continued growth and success for our Company and our Franchises. The growth we pursue is both organic and inorganic. We seek to grow organically by offering our clients strategies with strong performance track records in specialized asset classes. We intend to continue to supplement our growth through disciplined acquisitions. We primarily seek to acquire investment management firms that strengthen capabilities in our current focus asset classes and/or complement our existing capabilities. We intend for our acquisitions to diversify our business by investment approach and asset class. We believe one of our key advantages in a competitive sale process is our ability to provide access to new distribution channels. We believe that our centralized distribution and marketing platform drives organic growth at our acquired Franchises both by opening new distribution channels to them and providing them with the support of our sales and marketing professionals while allowing them to focus on investment performance.

    Organic Growth

        A key driver of our growth strategy lies in enhancing the strength of each of our existing Franchises. We primarily do this by providing them with access to our centralized distribution, marketing and operations platform. Largely unencumbered by the burdens of administrative and operational tasks, our investment professionals can focus on delivering investment excellence and maintaining strong client relationships, thus driving net flows. We also expect to help our Franchises through fund and share class launches and product development. We believe we are well positioned to help our Franchises grow their product offerings and diversify their investor base, with the ability to offer their strategies in multiple product wrappers to meet clients' needs.

        Our platform provides significant operating leverage to our Franchises and is a key factor in our continued success. As we continue to grow and expand, we will continue to look for ways to invest in our operations, in order to achieve greater economies of scale and provide better products to our Franchises. We continue to expand our distribution capabilities as well, demonstrated by our entry in 2016 into an exclusive distribution agreement with an independent investment management firm in Japan, as well as our launch during the first quarter of 2017 of two emerging market Undertaking for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities funds, or UCITS, with a global financial advisory firm.

        We continually look to the future, and as a result, our infrastructure investments can range from the immediate to the long term. As an example, we have acquired a minority interest in Cerebellum Capital, an investment management firm that specializes in machine learning. Cerebellum Capital's techniques help to design, execute and improve investment programs and the firm is working with a number of our Franchises to help them optimize their investment processes. We believe investments like these provide tools that can provide enhancements to our Franchises' investment processes, give our Franchises access to proprietary technology that can give them an advantage and help position our Franchises for the future.

15


Table of Contents

        We believe there is significant growth potential in solutions products, most notably in ETFs. Through our VictoryShares brand, we offer ETFs that seek to improve the risk, return and diversification profile of client portfolios. Our approach furthers our commitment to rules-based investing and includes single-and multi-factor strategies designed to provide a variety of outcomes, including maximum diversification, dividend income, downside mitigation, minimum volatility and targeted factor exposure. VictoryShares is designed to provide investors with rules-based solutions that bridge the gap between the active and passive elements of their portfolios.

        Since the CEMP Acquisition in 2015, our ETF products have grown by approximately 850% to approximately $1.9 billion in AUM as of September 30, 2017. As of September 30, 2017, we ranked among the top 20 U.S. ETF issuers by net sales for the preceding 12 months as a percentage of beginning of period assets and ranked #18 for annual growth for the preceding 12 months. In January 2017, we announced plans to launch new ETFs that will track volatility weighted indexes developed in partnership with NASDAQ and launched three new ETFs in the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

    Growth through Acquisitions

        We intend to continue to accelerate growth through disciplined acquisitions. We regularly evaluate potential acquisition candidates and maintain a strong network among industry participants and advisors that provide opportunities to establish potential target relationships and source transactions. We seek targets that can provide us with enhanced investment offerings, complementary products/investing strategies, additional financial strength and/or a broader distribution footprint. We have a preference for investing in asset classes where we have intimate knowledge, provided that further acquisitions must continue to diversify our portfolio in terms of investment strategy. Our focus is not only on U.S. investment managers but also on investment styles that have an international or emerging market presence.

        We believe the universe of potential acquisition targets has grown as a result of the evolution of the distribution landscape, the increasing cost of regulatory compliance, management fee compression and outflows from actively managed funds to passive products. We believe our integrated multi-boutique model makes us an attractive acquirer. Further, our centralized distribution, marketing and operations platform allows us to achieve synergies.

16


Table of Contents


Current Structure and Organization*

GRAPHIC


*
Chart omits intermediate holding companies and other insignificant subsidiaries.

(1)
Calculated on the basis of beneficial ownership as described in "Principal Stockholders." Victory employees and directors hold in the aggregate 22% of the total voting power of the outstanding common stock and the unvested restricted stock (which votes). Crestview GP holds 61% of such total voting power, and Reverence Capital holds 17% of such total voting power.

17


Table of Contents


Post-Offering Structure and Organization*

GRAPHIC


*
Chart omits intermediate holding companies and other insignificant subsidiaries. Assumes no exercise of the underwriters' option.

(1)
Calculated on the basis of beneficial ownership as described in "Principal Stockholders." Victory employees and directors will hold in the aggregate 21% of the total voting power of the outstanding common stock and the unvested restricted stock (which votes). Crestview GP will hold 60% of such total voting power, Reverence Capital will hold 17% of such total voting power and the investors in this offering will hold in the aggregate 2% of such total voting power.

(2)
A substantial majority of our employee shareholders have entered into the Employee Shareholders' Agreement pursuant to which they have granted an irrevocable voting proxy to the Employee Shareholders Committee with respect to their shares. These shares represent 21% of the beneficial ownership and 16% of the total voting power of our outstanding common stock and unvested restricted shares. See "Principal Stockholders" and "Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions-Employee Shareholders' Agreement".


Our Stockholders

        Our stockholders currently consist of: Victory employees and directors, Crestview GP and Reverence Capital.

        Founded in 2004, Crestview is a value-oriented private equity firm focused on the middle market. The firm is based in New York and manages funds with over $7 billion of aggregate capital commitments. The firm is led by a group of partners who have complementary experience and distinguished backgrounds in private equity, finance, operations and management. Crestview's senior investment professionals primarily focus on sourcing and managing investments in each of the specialty areas of the firm: financial services, media, energy and industrials. For additional information regarding Crestview's ownership in us after this offering see "Principal Stockholders."

        Reverence Capital is a private investment firm focused on thematic investing in leading global middle-market financial services businesses through control and influence-oriented investments. The firm was founded in 2013, by Milton Berlinski, Peter Aberg and Alexander Chulack, after distinguished careers advising and investing in a broad array of financial services businesses. The partners collectively bring over 100 years of advisory and investing experience across a wide range of financial services sectors, including asset management, banks and specialty finance, capital markets, financial technology and insurance. For

18


Table of Contents

additional information regarding Reverence Capital's ownership in us after this offering see "Principal Stockholders."


Summary Risk Factors

        Investing in our Class A common stock involves substantial risk. The risks described under the heading "Risk Factors" immediately following this summary may cause us to not realize the full benefits of our strengths or may cause us to be unable to successfully execute all or part of our strategy. Some of the more significant challenges include the following:

    Adverse market conditions could negatively impact our business in several ways, reducing the market value of our assets under management, which could reduce earnings.

    Assets under management could be withdrawn for several reasons, including poor investment performance, a reduction in market demand for asset classes our Franchises are invested in and investment vehicles offered by our Franchises, general price declines in the securities markets, turnover of investment personnel, or changes in client preferences, which would reduce earnings.

    Our revenue is derived substantially from contracts and relationships that may be terminated upon short or no notice.

    The historical returns of our existing investment strategies may not be indicative of their future results or of the results of investment strategies we may develop in the future.

    The loss of key investment professionals and members of senior management could have a material adverse effect on our business.

    Our growth strategy is dependent in part upon continued growth of our existing Franchises and our ability to successfully acquire or invest in new strategic transactions.

    Our substantial indebtedness may expose us to material risks, including by making it more difficult for us to withstand or respond to adverse or changing business, regulatory and economic conditions, take advantage of new business opportunities or make necessary capital expenditures.

    Trends in the investment management industry have led to lower fees in certain asset classes of the investment management market. A reduction in the fees charged by our Franchises, or limited opportunities to increase fees, will reduce or limit our revenues.

    The investment management industry is intensely competitive, with competition based on a variety of factors, including investment performance, investment management fee rates and continuity of investment professionals.

    The dual class structure of our common stock will have the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our capital stock prior to the completion of this offering.

    Crestview GP controls us and its interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

        You should carefully consider all of the information included in this prospectus, including matters set forth under the headings "Risk Factors" and "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements," before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.


Corporate History and Other Information

        Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. was incorporated as a Delaware corporation in February 2013 for the purpose of acquiring VCM and Victory Capital Advisers, Inc., or VCA, our broker-dealer subsidiary registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, from KeyCorp, which occurred on August 1, 2013. VCM was previously a subsidiary of KeyCorp. Originally founded as Cleveland Trust in

19


Table of Contents

1894, it was ultimately rebranded as VCM in 2001, and served as the investment management division of KeyCorp.

        In 2014, we completed the Munder Acquisition, acquiring Munder Capital and its wholly owned subsidiary Integrity Asset Management and increasing our AUM by $18.1 billion. Reverence Capital made its initial investment in us in 2014 in connection with the Munder Acquisition.

        In 2015, we completed the CEMP Acquisition. CEMP is a rules-based, smart beta manager that, at the time of the acquisition, managed 16 mutual funds and offered five ETFs, with total AUM of $1.0 billion.

        In 2016, we completed the RS Acquisition, increasing our AUM by $16.7 billion and bringing our then total AUM to approximately $53 billion.

        In 2016, we also acquired a minority interest in Cerebellum Capital, an investment management firm that specializes in machine learning, a form of artificial intelligence that allows computers to learn without being explicitly programmed.

        For more details, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Company History."

        Our principal business office is located at 4900 Tiedeman Road 4th Floor, Brooklyn, OH 44144. Our website address is www.vcm.com . We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it to be part of this prospectus.


Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

        As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act.

        An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As an emerging growth company:

    we are required to have only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations disclosure;

    we are not required to engage an auditor to report on our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

    we are not required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) regarding a supplement to the auditor's report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (i.e., an auditor discussion and analysis);

    we are not required to submit certain executive compensation matters to stockholder advisory votes, such as "say-on-pay," "say-on-frequency" and "say-on-golden parachutes";

    we are not required to disclose certain executive compensation-related items, such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the Chief Executive Officer's compensation to median employee compensation; and

    we may take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, allowing us to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies.

20


Table of Contents

        We have elected to take advantage of these reduced reporting and other requirements available to us as an emerging growth company. As a result of these elections, the information that we provide in this prospectus may be different from the information you may receive from other public companies in which you hold equity interests. In addition, it is possible that certain investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result of our elections, which may result in a less active trading market for our shares and more volatility in our stock price.

        We may take advantage of these provisions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We could remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues is at least $1.07 billion, (ii) the date that we become a "large accelerated filer" as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which would occur if, among other things, the market value of our common equity securities held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt securities during the preceding three-year period.


Controlled Company

        Upon the completion of this offering, Crestview GP will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our common stock. As a result we expect to be considered a "controlled company" under NASDAQ rules. Under these rules, a "controlled company" may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirement to have a board of directors that is composed of a majority of independent directors and to form independent compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees. We intend to take advantage of these exemptions following the completion of this offering for so long as Crestview GP holds a majority of our voting power. These exemptions do not modify the independence requirements for our audit committee, and we intend to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules with respect to our audit committee within the applicable time frame. See "Management—Corporate Governance."

21


Table of Contents



The Offering

Class A common stock offered by us

  11,700,000 shares.

Underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock

 

The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 1,755,000 shares of our Class A common stock from us.

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

11,700,000 shares (or 13,455,000 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

55,118,673 shares.

Total common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

66,818,673 shares (or 68,573,673 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $191.4 million (or approximately $220.9 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), assuming the shares are offered at $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus).

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with cash on hand, to repay a portion of the outstanding loans under our existing senior credit agreement. We intend to refinance the remaining portion of those outstanding loans with proceeds from the Proposed Debt Refinancing (as defined below). If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, we intend to use those net proceeds for general corporate purposes, which may include the repayment of debt. See "Use of Proceeds."

Concurrent proposed debt refinancing

 

Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we intend to enter into a new senior secured credit agreement to replace our existing senior secured credit agreement, which we refer to as the Proposed Debt Refinancing. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering and borrowings under the new senior credit agreement to repay all amounts outstanding under the existing senior credit agreement. We expect that the new senior credit agreement will include a $300.0 million term loan maturing in seven years and a $50.0 million revolving credit facility. However, this offering is not conditioned on the closing of the new senior credit agreement or the repayment of the existing senior credit agreement. If we do not enter into the new senior credit agreement, the existing senior credit agreement will remain in place. Certain of the underwriters in this offering or their affiliates are expected to be lenders under the new senior credit agreement.

22


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

See "Risk Factors" for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding whether to invest in our Class A common stock.

Reserved share program

 

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale to certain of our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. See "Underwriting."

Voting and conversion rights

 

Upon the completion of this offering, shares of Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and shares of Class B common stock will be entitled to ten votes per share. Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

Each share of our Class B common stock will be convertible into one share of our Class A common stock at any time, at the option of the holder, and will convert automatically upon transfers (subject to certain exceptions), a termination of employment by an employee stockholder and upon the date the number of shares of Class B common stock then outstanding (including unvested restricted shares) is less than 10% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding (including unvested restricted shares).

 

Upon the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, (1) holders of our Class A common stock will hold 2% of the total voting power of our outstanding common stock and unvested restricted stock and beneficially own approximately 18% of the total common stock and (2) holders of our Class B common stock will hold 98% of the total voting power of our outstanding common stock and unvested restricted stock and beneficially own approximately 91% of the total common stock. See "Post-Offering Structure and Organization."

 

If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, (1) holders of our Class A common stock will hold 2% of the total voting power of our outstanding common stock and unvested restricted stock and beneficially own approximately 20% of the total common stock and (2) holders of our Class B common stock will hold 98% of the total voting power of our outstanding common stock and unvested restricted stock and beneficially own approximately 89% of the total common stock.

 

As the holder of a majority of our outstanding Class B common stock, Crestview GP will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors and the approval of any change-in-control transaction. See "Principal Stockholders" and "Description of Capital Stock" for additional information.

23


Table of Contents

Proposed trading symbol

 

"VCTR"

        On a pro forma basis as adjusted for the offering, the weighted average shares outstanding on a diluted basis as of September 30, 2017 were 71,217,606. See "Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet Data and Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share."

        The number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 55,118,673 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and excludes:

    9,078,718 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2017 under the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, or the 2013 Plan, at a weighted-average exercise price of $5.71 per share, of which 5,731,725 shares were underlying vested options, at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.19 per share;

    2,971,794 restricted shares of our Class B common stock issued that are subject to future vesting based on time or performance criteria;

    357,255 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding unvested options granted after December 31, 2017 under the 2013 Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $14.27 per share;

    1,678,743 restricted shares of Class B common stock granted after December 31, 2017 under the 2013 Plan that are subject to future vesting based on time or performance criteria; and

    3,722,872 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of:

    3,372,484 shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. 2018 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2018 Plan, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus; and

    350,388 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2018 ESPP, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus.

        Unless we indicate otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes:

    the amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation to redesignate our outstanding common stock as Class B common stock and create a new class of Class A common stock to be offered and sold in this offering and to effect a 175.194-for-1 split of our common stock;

    the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock; and

    that the initial public offering price of our shares of Class A common stock will be $18.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

24


Table of Contents



SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

        The following tables set forth our summary consolidated financial and other data as of and for the periods indicated. The summary consolidated financial and other data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results expected in any future period.

        The summary consolidated financial and other data as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2017 and unaudited statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 have been prepared on substantially the same basis as our consolidated financial statements that were audited in accordance with GAAP and include all adjustments we consider necessary for a fair statement of our consolidated statements of operations and balance sheets for the periods and as of the dates presented therein. Our results for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 are not necessarily indicative of our results for a full year.

        The following data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, as well as the section entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
($ in thousands, except per share data as noted)
  2017(1)   2016(1)   2016   2015  

GAAP Statement of Operations Data:

                         

Investment management fees

  $ 254,605   $ 166,452   $ 248,482   $ 201,553  

Fund administration and distribution fees

    49,378     33,352     49,401     39,210  

Total revenue

    303,983     199,804   $ 297,883   $ 240,763  

Income/(loss) from operations

  $ 63,242   $ 17,915   $ 24,485   $ 33,220  

Interest expense / (income)

    39,305     22,887     33,556     25,998  

Income/(loss) before income taxes

    23,937     (4,972 )   (9,071 )   7,222  

Net income/(loss)

    14,617     (3,383 )   (6,071 )   3,800  

GAAP operating margin

    20.8 %   9.0 %   8.2 %   13.8 %

Basic earnings per share

  $ 0.27   $ (0.07 ) $ (0.12 ) $ 0.08  

Diluted earnings per share

  $ 0.25   $ (0.07 ) $ (0.12 ) $ 0.08  

 

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
($ in thousands, except AUM in millions)
  2017(1)   2016(1)   2016   2015  

Non-GAAP Statement of Operations Data and Other Data:

                         

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 109,045   $ 66,007   $ 98,074   $ 82,118  

Adjusted EBITDA margin(2)

    35.9 %   33.0 %   32.9 %   34.1 %

Adjusted Net Income

  $ 43,963   $ 26,248   $ 39,005   $ 34,327  

Tax benefit of goodwill and acquired intangibles(3)

  $ 14,561   $ 12,589     16,786     14,813  

Other Operating Data

                         

AUM at period end

  $ 58,977   $ 51,356   $ 54,965   $ 33,111  

(1)
Unaudited.

(2)
Adjusted EBITDA margin represents Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of total revenue.

25


Table of Contents

(3)
Represents the tax benefits associated with deductions allowed for intangibles and goodwill generated from prior acquisitions in which we received a step-up in basis for tax purposes. Acquired intangible assets and goodwill may be amortized for tax purposes, generally over a 15-year period. The tax benefit from amortization on these assets is included to show the full economic benefit of deductions for all acquired intangibles with a step-up in tax basis. Due to our acquisitive nature, tax deductions allowed on acquired intangible assets and goodwill provide us with a significant supplemental economic benefit. See "—Recent Developments—Impact of Tax Reform."

        Our management uses non-GAAP performance measures to evaluate the underlying operations of our business. Due to our acquisitive nature, there are a number of acquisition and restructuring related expenses included in GAAP measures that we believe distort the economic value of the organization and we believe that many investors use this information when assessing the financial performance of companies in the investment management industry. We have included these non-GAAP measures to provide investors with the same financial metrics used by management to assess the operating performance of our Company. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Supplemental Non-GAAP Financial Information."

        The following table sets forth a reconciliation from GAAP financial measures to non-GAAP measures for the periods indicated:

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
($ in thousands)
  2017   2016   2016   2015  

Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures(1):

                         

Net income / (loss)

  $ 14,617   $ (3,383 ) $ (6,071 ) $ 3,800  

GAAP income tax (expense)/benefit

    (9,320 )   1,589     3,000     (3,422 )

Income/(loss) before taxes

  $ 23,937   $ (4,972 ) $ (9,071 ) $ 7,222  

Interest expense / (income)(2)

    35,002     20,962     31,286     23,397  

Depreciation(3)

    2,666     2,226     3,156     2,262  

Other business taxes(4)

    1,459     740     1,137     1,008  

GAAP amortization of acquisition-related intangibles(5)

    20,673     19,525     27,250     25,029  

Stock-based compensation(6)

    10,012     6,606     8,827     5,726  

Acquisition, restructuring and exit costs(7)

    9,040     16,296     23,025     13,393  

Debt issuance costs(8)

    5,247     1,887     2,749     2,188  

Pre-IPO governance expenses(9)

    901     881     1,181     1,199  

Earnings/losses on equity method investments(10)

    108     0     0     0  

Compensation in excess of expected levels due to acquisitions(11)

    0     1,856     8,534     694  

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 109,045   $ 66,007   $ 98,074   $ 82,118  

26


Table of Contents

 

 
   
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
($ in thousands)
  2017   2016   2016   2015  

Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures(1):

                         

Net income / (loss)

  $ 14,617   $ (3,383 ) $ (6,071 ) $ 3,800  

Adjustments to reflect the operating performance of the Company:

                         

i

 

Other business taxes(4)

    1,459     740     1,137     1,008  

ii

 

GAAP amortization of acquisition-related intangibles(5)

    20,673     19,525     27,250     25,029  

iii

 

Stock-based compensation(6)

    10,012     6,606     8,827     5,726  

iv

 

Acquisition, restructuring and exit costs(7)

    9,040     16,296     23,025     13,393  

v

 

Debt issuance costs(8)

    5,247     1,887     2,749     2,188  

vi

 

Pre-IPO governance expenses(9)

    901     881     1,181     1,199  

vii

 

Compensation in excess of expected levels due to acquisitions(11)

    0     1,856     8,534     694  

Tax effect of above adjustments(12)

    (17,986 )   (18,160 )   (27,627 )   (18,710 )

Adjusted Net Income

  $ 43,963   $ 26,248   $ 39,005   $ 34,327  

Tax benefit of goodwill and acquired intangibles(13)

  $ 14,561   $ 12,589     16,786     14,813  

(1)
Non-GAAP measures should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our non-GAAP measures may differ from similar measures at other companies, even if similar terms are used to identify these measures.

(2)
We add back interest paid on debt net of interest income; interest expense is included in "Interest expense and other financing costs" in our consolidated financial statements while interest income is shown in "Interest income and other income" in our consolidated financial statements.

(3)
We add back depreciation on property and equipment; included in "Depreciation and amortization" in our consolidated financial statements.

(4)
We add back other business taxes; other business taxes are included in "General and administrative" in our consolidated financial statements.

(5)
We add back GAAP amortization of acquisition-related intangibles; included in "Depreciation and amortization" in our consolidated financial statements.

(6)
We add back the expense associated with stock-based compensation associated with equity issued from pools that were created in connection with the management-led buyout with Crestview GP from KeyCorp, the Munder Acquisition and the RS Acquisition and as a result of IPO-related equity grants; included in "Personnel compensation and benefits" in our consolidated financial statements.

(7)
We add back direct incremental costs of acquisitions and this offering, including expenses associated with third-party advisors, proxy solicitations of mutual fund shareholders for transaction consents, vendor contract early termination costs, impairment of receivables recorded in connection with an acquisition, and severance, retention and transaction incentive compensation. Severance, retention and transaction incentive compensation is included in "Personnel compensation and benefits" in our consolidated financial statements, impairment of receivables recorded in connection with an acquisition is included in "Interest income and other income/(expense)", costs associated with professional services incurred in connection with IPO readiness are included in "General and

27


Table of Contents

    administrative"; all other incremental costs are included in "Restructuring and integration costs" or "Acquisition-related costs".

 
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
($ in thousands)
  2017   2016   2016   2015  

Restructuring and integration costs

  $ 4,944   $ 7,362   $ 10,012   $ 8,613  

Interest income and other income/(expense)

    2,011              

Acquisition-related costs

    1,435     5,675     6,619     3,187  

General and administrative

    592              

Personnel compensation and benefits

    58     3,259     6,394     1,593  
(8)
We add back debt issuance costs, included in "Interest expense and other financing costs" and "General and administrative" in our consolidated financial statements. See "—Liquidity and Capital Resources" for more information.

(9)
We add back pre-IPO governance expenses paid to Crestview and Reverence Capital, included in "General and administrative" in our consolidated financial statements. These payments will terminate as of the completion of this offering.

(10)
We adjust for earnings/losses on equity method investments, included in "Interest income and other income/(expenses)" in our consolidated financial statements.

(11)
Our compensation committee, together with our CEO, establishes a target percentage of our pre-bonus EBITDA to be allocated to employees as annual cash incentive compensation. If, as a result of a significant acquisition, we pay annual cash incentive compensation that is a greater percentage of pre-bonus EBITDA than our target percentage, we add back the amount of the annual incentive cash compensation in excess of the target percentage. For example, in 2016, as a result of the RS Acquisition, we paid incentive cash compensation at a greater percentage of pre-bonus EBITDA than our target percentage. We paid incentive cash compensation in 2016 at levels we considered appropriate taking into account the RS Acquisition (including the size of our Company post-acquisition) without the benefit of a full year of those earnings and before expense synergies were fully realized. We also paid incentive cash compensation on duplicative headcount while the integration of the RS Investments platform was being completed; included in "Personnel compensation and benefits" in our consolidated financial statements.

(12)
Reflects income taxes of 38% applied to the sum of line items i. to vii.; 38% represents statutory federal income tax rate of 35% plus an estimate for state, local and foreign income taxes. See "—Recent Developments—Impact of Tax Reform."

(13)
Represents the tax benefits associated with deductions allowed for intangibles and goodwill generated from prior acquisitions in which we received a step-up in basis for tax purposes. Acquired intangible assets and goodwill may be amortized for tax purposes, generally over a 15-year period. The tax benefit from amortization on these assets is included to show the full economic benefit of deductions for all acquired intangibles with a step-up in tax basis. Due to our acquisitive nature, tax deductions allowed on acquired intangible assets and goodwill provide us with a significant supplemental economic benefit. See "—Recent Developments—Impact of Tax Reform."

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet Data and Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share

        The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data and basic and diluted net earnings per share below reflect the $125.0 million in incremental debt incurred in February 2017 under the term loans under our existing senior credit agreement to pay a $119.9 million special dividend to our stockholders, referred to herein as the 2017 Debt Recapitalization, and the accrual of the $12.6 million dividend paid in

28


Table of Contents

December 2017, referred to herein as the December 2017 Dividend. Pro forma net income per share gives effect to the number of shares of Class A common stock issued in this offering that would be necessary to fund the February 2017 and December 2017 dividend payments and to pay down debt per the Proposed Debt Refinancing. The number of shares of Class A common stock was calculated assuming an initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

Supplemental Pro Forma Balance Sheet Data and
Net Income Per Share
(Unaudited)
($ in thousands, except per share amounts)

  Victory Capital
Holdings, Inc.
as of and for the
nine months
ended
September 30,
2017
  As Adjusted for
the Offering, the
2017 Debt
Recapitalization,
the December 2017
Dividend and the
Proposed Debt
Refinancing(1)
 

Balance Sheet Data

             

Total assets

  $ 799,510   $ 786,467  

Dividend payable

        12,622  

Total liabilities

    567,633     381,336  

Common stock

    551     668  

Retained deficit

    (181,055 )   (199,212 )

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

    799,510     786,467  

 

 
  Victory Capital
Holdings, Inc. for
the year ended
December 31, 2016
(as reported)
  As Adjusted for
the RS
Acquisition,
the Offering,
the 2017 Debt
Recapitalization,
the December 2017
Dividend and
Proposed Debt
Refinancing(1)
 

Earnings per share Data:

             

Basic earnings (loss) per share

  $ (0.12 ) $ (0.08 )

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

  $ (0.12 ) $ (0.08 )

Weighted average shares outstanding

             

Basic

    50,017,712     61,717,712  

Diluted

    50,017,712     61,717,712  

 

 
  Victory Capital
Holdings, Inc. for
the nine months
ended
September 30, 2017
(as reported)
  As Adjusted for
the Offering,
the 2017 Debt
Recapitalization,
the December 2017
Dividend and the
Proposed Debt
Refinancing
Pro Forma(1)
 

Earnings per share Data:

             

Basic earnings (loss) per share

  $ 0.27   $ 0.44  

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

  $ 0.25   $ 0.41  

Weighted average shares outstanding

             

Basic

    54,867,257     66,567,257  

Diluted

    59,517,606     71,217,606  

(1)
Gives effect to the completion of this offering, including the application of the estimated net proceeds received by us as described under "Use of Proceeds" and to make payment of the dividends as part of the 2017 Debt Recapitalization and the December 2017 Dividend, as if the transactions were completed on September 30, 2017 for the pro forma balance sheet and on January 1, 2016 for the pro forma earnings per share.

29


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider and read carefully all of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as other information included in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before making an investment decision. The risks described below are not the only ones facing us. The occurrence of any of the following risks or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In such case, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your original investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements and estimates that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks and uncertainties described below.

Risks Relating to Our Business

We earn substantially all of our revenues based on AUM, and any reduction in AUM would reduce our revenues and profitability. AUM fluctuates based on many factors, including investment performance, client withdrawals and difficult market conditions.

        We earn substantially all of our revenues from asset-based fees from investment management products and services to individuals and institutions. Therefore, if our AUM declines, our fee revenue will decline, which will reduce our profitability as certain of our expenses are fixed. There are several reasons that AUM could decline:

    The performance of our investment strategies is critical to our business, and any real or perceived negative absolute or relative performance could negatively impact the maintenance and growth of AUM. Net flows related to our strategies can be affected by investment performance relative to other competing strategies or to established benchmarks. Our investment strategies are rated, ranked, recommended or assessed by independent third parties, distribution partners, and industry periodicals and services. These assessments may influence the investment decisions of our clients. If the performance or assessment of our strategies is seen as underperforming relative to peers, it could result in an increase in the withdrawal of assets by existing clients and the inability to attract additional commitments from existing and new clients. In addition, certain of our strategies have or may have capacity constraints, as there is a limit to the number of securities available for the strategy to operate effectively. In those instances, we may choose to limit access to those strategies to new or existing investors, which we have recently done for two mutual funds managed by Sycamore Capital, or Sycamore, which had an aggregate of $15.4 billion in AUM as of September 30, 2017.

    General domestic and global economic and political conditions can influence AUM. Changes in interest rates, the availability and cost of credit, inflation rates, economic uncertainty, changes in laws, trade barriers, commodity prices, currency exchange rates and controls and national and international political circumstances (including wars, terrorist acts and security operations) and other conditions may impact the equity and credit markets, which may influence our AUM. If the security markets decline or experience volatility, our AUM and our revenues could be negatively impacted. In addition, diminishing investor confidence in the markets and/or adverse market conditions could result in a decrease in investor risk tolerance. Such a decrease could prompt investors to reduce their rate of commitment or to fully withdraw from markets, which could lower our overall AUM.

    Capital and credit markets can experience substantial volatility. The significant volatility in the markets in the recent past has highlighted the interconnection of the global markets and demonstrated how the deteriorating financial condition of one institution may materially adversely

30


Table of Contents

      impact the performance of other institutions. In the event of extreme circumstances, including economic, political or business crises, such as a widespread systemic failure in the global financial system or failures of firms that have significant obligations as counterparties, we may suffer significant declines in AUM and severe liquidity or valuation issues.

    Changes in interest rates can have adverse effects on our AUM. Increases in interest rates from their historically low present levels may adversely affect the net asset values of our AUM. Furthermore, increases in interest rates may result in reduced prices in equity markets. Conversely, decreases in interest rates could lead to outflows in fixed income assets that we manage as investors seek higher yields.

        Any of these factors could reduce our AUM and revenues and, if our revenues decline without a commensurate reduction in our expenses, would lead to a reduction in our net income.

We derive substantially all of our revenues from contracts and relationships that may be terminated upon short or no notice.

        We derive substantially all of our revenues from investment advisory and sub-advisory agreements, all of which are terminable by clients upon short notice or no notice.

        Our investment advisory agreements with registered funds, which are funds registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act, including mutual funds and ETFs, are generally terminable by the funds' boards or a vote of a majority of the funds' outstanding voting securities on not more than 60 days' written notice, as required by law. After an initial term (not to exceed two years), each registered fund's investment advisory agreement must be approved and renewed annually by that fund's board, including by its independent members. In addition, all of our separate account clients and certain of the mutual funds that we sub-advise have the ability to re-allocate all or any portion of the assets that we manage away from us at any time with little or no notice. When a sub-adviser terminates its sub-advisory agreement to manage a fund that we advise there is a risk that investors in the fund could redeem their assets in the fund, which would cause our AUM to decrease.

        These investment advisory agreements and client relationships may be terminated or not renewed for any number of reasons. The decrease in revenues that could result from the termination of a material client relationship or group of client relationships could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Investors in certain funds that we advise can redeem their assets from those funds at any time without prior notice.

        Investors in the mutual funds and certain other pooled investment vehicles that we advise or sub-advise may redeem their assets from those funds at any time on fairly limited or no prior notice, thereby reducing our AUM. These investors may redeem for any number of reasons, including general financial market conditions, the absolute or relative investment performance we have achieved, or their own financial conditions and requirements. In a declining stock market, the pace of redemptions could accelerate. Poor investment performance relative to other funds tends to result in decreased client commitments and increased redemptions. For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we generated approximately 86% of our revenues from mutual funds and other pooled investment vehicles that we advise (including our proprietary mutual funds, or the Victory Funds, VictoryShares, and other entities for which we are adviser or sub-adviser). The redemption of assets from those funds could adversely affect our revenues and have a material adverse effect on our earnings.

31


Table of Contents

If our strategies perform poorly, clients could redeem their assets and we could suffer a decline in our AUM, which would reduce our earnings.

        The performance of our strategies is critical in retaining existing client assets as well as attracting new client assets. If our strategies perform poorly for any reason, our earnings could decline because:

    our existing clients may redeem their assets from our strategies or terminate their relationships with us;

    the Morningstar and Lipper ratings and rankings of mutual funds and ETFs we manage may decline, which may adversely affect the ability of those funds to attract new or retain existing assets; and

    third-party financial intermediaries, advisors or consultants may remove our investment products from recommended lists due to poor performance or for other reasons, which may lead our existing clients to redeem their assets from our strategies or reduce asset inflows from these third parties or their clients.

        Our strategies can perform poorly for a number of reasons, including: general market conditions; investor sentiment about market and economic conditions; investment styles and philosophies; investment decisions; the performance of the companies in which our strategies invest and the currencies in which those investment are made; the fees we charge; the liquidity of securities or instruments in which our strategies invest; and our inability to identify sufficient appropriate investment opportunities for existing and new client assets on a timely basis. In addition, while we seek to deliver long-term value to our clients, volatility may lead to under-performance in the short term, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

        In addition, when our strategies experience strong results relative to the market, clients' allocations to our strategies typically increase relative to their other investments and we sometimes experience withdrawals as our clients rebalance their investments to fit their asset allocation preferences despite our strong results.

        While clients do not have legal recourse against us solely on the basis of poor investment results, if our strategies perform poorly, we are more likely to become subject to litigation brought by dissatisfied clients. In addition, to the extent clients are successful in claiming that their losses resulted from fraud, negligence, willful misconduct, breach of contract or other similar misconduct, these clients may have remedies against us, the mutual funds and other pooled investment vehicles we advise and/or our investment professionals under various U.S. and non-U.S. laws.

The historical returns of our existing strategies may not be indicative of their future results or of the strategies we may develop in the future.

        The historical returns of our strategies and the ratings and rankings we or the mutual funds and ETFs that we advise have received in the past should not be considered indicative of the future results of these strategies or of any other strategies that we may develop in the future. The investment performance we achieve for our clients varies over time and the variance can be wide. The ratings and rankings we or the mutual funds and ETFs we advise have received are typically revised monthly. Our strategies' returns have benefited during some periods from investment opportunities and positive economic and market conditions. In other periods, general economic and market conditions have negatively affected investment opportunities and our strategies' returns. These negative conditions may occur again, and in the future we may not be able to identify and invest in profitable investment opportunities within our current or future strategies.

        New strategies that we launch or acquire in the future may present new and different investment, regulatory, operational, distribution and other risks than those presented by our current strategies. New

32


Table of Contents

strategies may invest in instruments with which we have no or limited experience, create portfolios that present new or different risks or have higher performance expectations that are more difficult to meet. Any real or perceived problems with future strategies or vehicles could cause a disproportionate negative impact on our business and reputation.

We depend on third parties to market our strategies.

        Our ability to attract additional assets to manage is highly dependent on our access to third-party intermediaries. We gain access to investors in the Victory Funds and VictoryShares primarily through consultants, 401(k) platforms, broker-dealers, financial advisors and mutual fund platforms through which shares of the funds are sold. We have relationships with certain third-party intermediaries through which we access clients in multiple distribution channels. Our 10 largest intermediary relationships across multiple distribution channels represented approximately 32% of our total AUM as of September 30, 2017.

        We compensate most of the intermediaries through which we gain access to investors in the Victory Funds and VictoryShares by paying fees, most of which are a percentage of assets invested in the Victory Funds and VictoryShares through that intermediary and with respect to which that intermediary provides stockholder and administrative services. The allocation of such fees between us and the Victory Funds and VictoryShares is determined by the board of the Victory Funds and VictoryShares, based on information and a recommendation from us, with the intent of allocating to us all costs attributable to marketing and distribution of (i) shares of the Victory Funds not otherwise covered by distribution fees paid pursuant to a distribution and service plan adopted in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act and (ii) VictoryShares.

        In the future, our expenses in connection with those intermediary relationships could increase if the portion of those fees determined to be in connection with marketing and distribution, or otherwise allocated to us, increased. Clients of these intermediaries may not continue to be accessible to us on terms we consider commercially reasonable, or at all. The absence of such access could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

        We access institutional clients primarily through consultants. Our institutional business is dependent upon referrals from consultants. Many of these consultants review and evaluate our products and our firm from time to time. As of September 30, 2017, 40% of our institutional separate accounts AUM was acquired through consultants. Poor reviews or evaluations of either a particular strategy or us as an investment management firm may result in client withdrawals or may impair our ability to attract new assets through these consultants.

The loss of key investment professionals or members of our senior management team could have a material adverse effect on our business.

        We depend on the skills and expertise of our portfolio managers and other investment professionals and our success depends on our ability to retain the key members of our investment teams, who possess substantial experience in investing and have been primarily responsible for the historical investment performance we have achieved.

        Because of the tenure and stability of our portfolio managers, our clients may attribute the investment performance we have achieved to these individuals. The departure of a portfolio manager could cause clients to withdraw assets from the strategy, which would reduce our AUM, investment management fees and our net income. The departure of a portfolio manager also could cause consultants and intermediaries to stop recommending a strategy, clients to refrain from allocating additional assets to the strategy or delay such additional assets until a sufficient new track record has been established, and could also cause the departure of other portfolio managers or investment professionals. We have instituted succession planning at our Franchises in an attempt to minimize the disruption resulting from these potential changes, but we cannot predict whether such efforts will be successful (for example, we recently made the strategic decision to wind down our Diversified Franchise due to the retirement of both its CIOs).

33


Table of Contents

        We also rely upon the contributions of our senior management team to establish and implement our business strategy and to manage the future growth of our business. The loss of any of the senior management team could limit our ability to successfully execute our business strategy or adversely affect our ability to retain existing and attract new client assets and related revenues.

        Any of our investment or management professionals may resign at any time, join our competitors or form a competing company. Although many of our portfolio managers and each of our named executive officers are subject to post-employment non-compete obligations, these non-competition provisions may not be enforceable or may not be enforceable to their full extent. In addition, we may agree to waive non-competition provisions or other restrictive covenants applicable to former investment or management professionals in light of the circumstances surrounding their relationship with us. We do not generally carry "key man" insurance that would provide us with proceeds in the event of the death or disability of any of the key members of our investment or management teams.

        Competition for qualified investment and management professionals is intense and we may fail to successfully attract and retain qualified personnel in the future. Our ability to attract and retain these personnel will depend heavily on the amount and structure of compensation and opportunities for equity ownership we offer. Any cost-reduction initiative or adjustments or reductions to compensation or changes to our equity ownership culture could cause instability within our existing investment teams and negatively impact our ability to retain key personnel. In addition, changes to our management structure, corporate culture and corporate governance arrangements could negatively impact our ability to retain key personnel.

We rely on third parties to provide products or services for the operation of our business, and a failure or inability by such parties to provide these products or services could materially adversely affect our business.

        We have determined, based on an evaluation of various factors that it is more efficient to use third parties for certain functions and services. As a result, we have contracted with a limited number of third parties to provide critical operational support, such as middle- and back-office functions, information technology services and various fund administration and accounting roles, and the funds contract with third parties in custody and transfer agent roles. We have a limited ability to monitor or control the performance of these third parties and our business would be disrupted if key service providers fail or become unable to continue to perform those services. We are also limited in our ability to ensure such providers have appropriate back-up and system redundancies in place to ensure their continuous operation. Moreover, to the extent our third-party providers increase their pricing, our financial performance will be negatively impacted. In addition, upon termination of a third-party contract, we may encounter difficulties in replacing the third party on favorable terms, transitioning services to another vendor, or in assuming those responsibilities ourselves, which may have a material adverse effect on our business.

Operational risks may disrupt our business, result in losses or limit our growth.

        We are heavily dependent on the capacity and reliability of the communications, information and technology systems supporting our operations, whether developed, owned and operated by us or by third parties. We also rely on manual workflows and a variety of manual user controls. Operational risks such as trading or other operational errors or interruption of our financial, accounting, trading, compliance and other data processing systems, whether caused by human error, fire, other natural disaster or pandemic, power or telecommunications failure, cyber-attack or viruses, act of terrorism or war or otherwise, could result in a disruption of our business, liability to clients, regulatory intervention or reputational damage, and thus materially adversely affect our business. The potential for some types of operational risks, including, for example, trading errors, may be increased in periods of increased volatility, which can magnify the cost of an error. Insurance and other safeguards might not be available or might only partially reimburse us for our losses.

34


Table of Contents

        Although we have backup systems in place, our backup procedures and capabilities in the event of a failure or interruption may not be adequate. As our client base, number and complexity of strategies and client relationships increase, developing and maintaining our operational systems and infrastructure may become increasingly challenging.

        We may also suffer losses due to employee negligence, fraud or misconduct. Non-compliance with policies, employee misconduct, negligence or fraud could result in regulatory sanctions and serious reputational or financial harm. In recent years, a number of multinational financial institutions have suffered material losses due to the actions of "rogue traders" or other employees. It is not always possible to deter or detect employee misconduct and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not always be effective. Employee misconduct could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The significant growth we have experienced over the past few years may be difficult to sustain and our growth strategy is dependent in part upon our ability to make and successfully integrate new strategic acquisitions.

        Our AUM has increased from $17.9 billion following our 2013 management-led buyout with Crestview GP from KeyCorp to $59.0 billion as of September 30, 2017, primarily as a result of acquisitions. The absolute measure of our AUM represents a significant rate of growth that has been and may continue to be difficult to sustain. The continued long-term growth of our business will depend on, among other things, successfully making new acquisitions, retaining key investment professionals, maintaining existing strategies and selectively developing new, value-added strategies. There is no certainty that we will be able to identify suitable candidates for acquisition at prices and terms we consider attractive, consummate any such acquisition on acceptable terms, have sufficient resources to complete an identified acquisition or that our strategy for pursuing acquisitions will be effective. In addition, any acquisition can involve a number of risks, including the existence of known, unknown or contingent liabilities. An acquisition may impose additional demands on our staff that could strain our operational resources and require expenditure of substantial legal, investment banking and accounting fees. We may be required to issue additional shares of common stock or spend significant cash to consummate an acquisition, resulting in dilution of ownership or additional debt leverage, or spend additional time and money on facilitating the acquisition that otherwise would be spent on the development and expansion of our existing business.

        We may not be able to successfully manage the process of integrating an acquired company's people and other applicable assets to extract the value and synergies projected to be realized in connection with the acquisition. The process of integrating operations could cause an interruption of, or loss of momentum in, the activities of one or more of our combined businesses and the possible loss of key personnel and AUM. The diversion of management's attention and any delays or difficulties encountered in connection with acquisitions and the integration of an acquired company's operations could have an adverse effect on our business.

        Our business growth will also depend on our success in achieving superior investment performance from our strategies, as well as our ability to maintain and extend our distribution capabilities, to deal with changing market and industry conditions, to maintain adequate financial and business controls and to comply with new legal and regulatory requirements arising in response to both the increased sophistication of the investment management industry and the significant market and economic events of the last decade.

        We may not be able to manage our growing business effectively or be able to sustain the level of growth we have achieved historically.

A majority of our existing AUM is managed in long-only equity investments. We have also historically derived a substantial portion of our revenues from fees on investments in small- and mid-cap equities and substantially all of our revenues from U.S. clients.

        As of September 30, 2017, approximately 79% of our AUM was invested in U.S. and international equity. Under market conditions in which there is a general decline in the value of equity securities, the

35


Table of Contents

AUM in each of our equity strategies is likely to decline. Unlike some of our competitors, we do not currently offer strategies that invest in privately held companies or take short positions in equity securities, which could offset some of the poor performance of our long-only equity strategies under such market conditions. Even if our investment performance remains strong during such market conditions relative to other long-only equity strategies, investors may choose to withdraw assets from our management or allocate a larger portion of their assets to non-long-only or non-equity strategies. In addition, the prices of equity securities may fluctuate more widely than the prices of other types of securities, making the level of our AUM and related revenues more volatile.

        As of September 30, 2017, approximately 65% of our total AUM was concentrated in small- and mid-cap equities. As a result, a substantial portion of our operating results depends upon the performance of those investments, and our ability to retain client assets in those investments. If a significant portion of the investors in such investments decided to withdraw their assets or terminate their investment advisory agreements for any reason, including poor investment performance or adverse market conditions, our revenues from those investments would decline, which would have a material adverse effect on our earnings and financial condition.

        In addition, we have historically derived substantially all of our revenue from clients in the United States. If economic conditions weaken or slow, particularly in the United States, this could have a substantial adverse impact on our results of operations.

Our efforts to establish and develop new teams and strategies may be unsuccessful and could negatively impact our results of operations and could negatively impact our reputation and culture.

        We seek to add new investment teams that invest in a way that is consistent with our philosophy of offering high value-added strategies. We also look to offer new strategies managed by our existing teams. We expect the costs associated with establishing a new team and/or strategy initially to exceed the revenues generated, which will likely negatively impact our results of operations. If new strategies, whether managed by a new team or by an existing team, invest in instruments, or present operational issues and risks, with which we have little or no experience, it could strain our resources and increase the likelihood of an error or failure.

        In addition, the historical returns of our existing strategies may not be indicative of the investment performance of any new strategy, and the poor performance of any new strategy could negatively impact the reputation of our other strategies.

        We may support the development of new strategies by making one or more seed investments using capital that would otherwise be available for our general corporate purposes and acquisitions. Making such a seed investment could expose us to potential capital losses.

The performance of our strategies or the growth of our AUM may be constrained by unavailability of appropriate investment opportunities.

        The ability of our investment teams to deliver strong investment performance depends in large part on their ability to identify appropriate investment opportunities in which to invest client assets. If the investment team for any of our strategies is unable to identify sufficient appropriate investment opportunities for existing and new client assets on a timely basis, the investment performance of the strategy could be adversely affected. In addition, if we determine that sufficient investment opportunities are not available for a strategy, we may choose to limit the growth of the strategy by limiting the rate at which we accept additional client assets for management under the strategy, closing the strategy to all or substantially all new investors or otherwise taking action to limit the flow of assets into the strategy. If we misjudge the point at which it would be optimal to limit access to or close a strategy, the investment performance of the strategy could be negatively impacted. The risk that sufficient appropriate investment opportunities may be unavailable is influenced by a number of factors, including general market

36


Table of Contents

conditions, but is particularly acute with respect to our strategies that focus on small- and mid-cap equities, and is likely to increase as our AUM increases, particularly if these increases occur very rapidly. By limiting the growth of strategies, we may be managing the business in a manner that reduces the total amount of our AUM and our investment management fees over the short term.

An assignment could result in termination of our investment advisory agreements to manage SEC-registered funds and could trigger consent requirements in our other investment advisory agreements.

        Under the 1940 Act, each of the investment advisory agreements between registered funds and our subsidiary, VCM, and investment sub-advisory agreements between the investment adviser to a registered fund and VCM, will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act.

        Assignment, as generally defined under the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the Advisers Act, includes direct assignments as well as assignments that may be deemed to occur, under certain circumstances, upon the direct or indirect transfer of a "controlling block" of our outstanding voting securities. A transaction is not an assignment under the 1940 Act or the Advisers Act, however, if it does not result in a change of actual control or management of VCM.

        Upon the occurrence of such an assignment, VCM could continue to act as adviser or sub-adviser to any such registered fund only if that fund's board and shareholders approved a new investment advisory agreement, except in the case of certain of the registered funds that we sub-advise for which only board approval would be necessary pursuant to a manager-of-managers SEC exemptive order. In addition, as required by the Advisers Act, each of the investment advisory agreements for the separate accounts and pooled investment vehicles we manage provides that it may not be assigned, as defined in the Advisers Act, without the consent of the client. If an assignment were to occur, we cannot be certain that we would be able to obtain the necessary approvals from the boards and shareholders of the registered funds we advise or the necessary consents from our separate account or pooled investment vehicle clients.

        If an assignment of an investment advisory agreement is deemed to occur, and our clients do not consent to the assignment or enter into a new agreement, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Reputational harm could result in a loss of AUM and revenues.

        The integrity of our brands and reputation is critical to our ability to attract and retain clients, business partners and employees and maintain relationships with consultants. We operate within the highly regulated financial services industry and various potential scenarios could result in harm to our reputation. They include internal operational failures, failure to follow investment or legal guidelines in the management of accounts, intentional or unintentional misrepresentation of our products and services in offering or advertising materials, public relations information, social media or other external communications, employee misconduct or investments in businesses or industries that are controversial to certain special interest groups. Any real or perceived conflict between our and our stockholders' interests and our clients' interests, as well as any fraudulent activity or other exposure of client assets or information, may harm our reputation. The negative publicity associated with any of these factors could harm our reputation and adversely impact relationships with existing and potential clients, third-party distributors, consultants and other business partners and subject us to regulatory sanctions or litigation. Damage to our brands or reputation could negatively impact our standing in the industry and result in loss of business in both the short term and the long term.

        Additionally, while we have ultimate control over the business activities of our Franchises, they generally have the autonomy to manage their day-to-day operations, and if we fail to intervene in potentially serious matters that may arise, our reputation could be damaged and our results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

37


Table of Contents

Our failure to comply with investment guidelines set by our clients, including the boards of registered funds, and limitations imposed by applicable law, could result in damage awards against us and a loss of AUM, either of which could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

        When clients retain us to manage assets on their behalf, they generally specify certain guidelines regarding investment allocation and strategy that we are required to follow in managing their assets. The boards of registered funds we manage generally establish similar guidelines regarding the investment of assets in those funds. We are also required to invest the registered funds' assets in accordance with limitations under the 1940 Act and applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Internal Revenue Code. Other clients, such as plans subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, or non-U.S. funds, require us to invest their assets in accordance with applicable law. Our failure to comply with any of these guidelines and other limitations could result in losses to clients or investors in a fund which, depending on the circumstances, could result in our obligation to make clients or fund investors whole for such losses. If we believed that the circumstances did not justify a reimbursement, or clients and investors believed the reimbursement we offered was insufficient, they could seek to recover damages from us or could withdraw assets from our management or terminate their investment advisory agreement with us. Any of these events could harm our reputation and materially adversely affect our business.

If our techniques for managing risk are ineffective, we may be exposed to material unanticipated losses.

        In order to manage the significant risks inherent in our business, we must maintain effective policies, procedures and systems that enable us to identify, monitor and mitigate our exposure to operational, legal and reputational risks, including from the investment autonomy of our Franchises. Our risk management methods may prove to be ineffective due to their design or implementation, or as a result of the lack of adequate, accurate or timely information or otherwise. If our risk management efforts are ineffective, we could suffer losses that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or operating results. Additionally, we could be subject to litigation, particularly from our clients or investors, and sanctions or fines from regulators.

        Our techniques for managing operational, legal and reputational risks in client portfolios may not fully mitigate the risk exposure in all economic or market environments, including exposure to risks that we might fail to identify or anticipate. Because our clients invest in our strategies in order to gain exposure to the portfolio securities of the respective strategies, we have not adopted corporate-level risk management policies to manage market, interest rate or exchange rate risks that could affect the value of our overall AUM.

We provide a broad range of services to the Victory Funds, VictoryShares and sub-advised mutual funds which may expose us to liability.

        We provide a broad range of administrative services to the Victory Funds and VictoryShares, including providing personnel to the Victory Funds and VictoryShares to serve as directors and officers, the preparation or supervision of the preparation of the Victory Funds' and VictoryShares' regulatory filings, maintenance of board calendars and preparation or supervision of the preparation of board meeting materials, management of compliance and regulatory matters, provision of stockholder services and communications, accounting services, including the supervision of the activities of the Victory Funds' and VictoryShares' accounting services provider in the calculation of the funds' net asset values, supervision of the preparation of the Victory Funds' and VictoryShares' financial statements and coordination of the audits of those financial statements, tax services, including calculation of dividend and distribution amounts and supervision of tax return preparation, supervision of the work of the Victory Funds' and VictoryShares' other service providers and VCA acting as a distributor. If we make a mistake in the provision of those services, the Victory Funds or VictoryShares could incur costs for which we might be liable. In addition, if it were determined that the Victory Funds or VictoryShares failed to comply with

38


Table of Contents

applicable regulatory requirements as a result of action or failure to act by our employees, we could be responsible for losses suffered or penalties imposed. In addition, we could have penalties imposed on us, be required to pay fines or be subject to private litigation, any of which could decrease our future income or negatively affect our current business or our future growth prospects. Although less extensive than the range of services we provide to the Victory Funds and VictoryShares, we also provide a limited range of services, in addition to investment management services, to sub-advised mutual funds.

        In addition, we from time to time provide information to the funds for which we act as sub-adviser (or to a person or entity providing administrative services to such a fund), and to UCITS, for which we act as investment manager (or to the promotor of the UCITS or a person or entity providing administrative services to such a UCITS), which is used by those funds or UCITS in their efforts to comply with various regulatory requirements. If we make a mistake in the provision of those services, the sub-advised fund or UCITS could incur costs for which we might be liable. In addition, if it were determined that the sub-advised fund or UCITS failed to comply with applicable regulatory requirements as a result of action or failure to act by our employees, we could be responsible for losses suffered or penalties imposed. In addition, we could have penalties imposed on us, be required to pay fines or be subject to private litigation, any of which could decrease our future income or negatively affect our current business or our future growth prospects.

Failure to implement effective information and cyber security policies, procedures and capabilities could disrupt operations and cause financial losses.

        Our operations rely on the effectiveness of our information and cyber security policies, procedures and capabilities to provide secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our computer systems, networks and mobile devices and on the computer systems, networks and mobile devices of third parties on which we rely. Although we take protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant, our computer systems, software, networks and mobile devices may be vulnerable to cyber-attacks, sabotage, unauthorized access, computer viruses, worms or other malicious code, and other events that have a security impact. We also cannot directly control any cyber security plans and systems put in place by third-party service providers, on whom we rely. An externally caused information security incident, such as a hacker attack, virus or worm, or an internally caused issue, such as failure to control access to sensitive systems, could materially interrupt business operations or cause disclosure or modification of sensitive or confidential client or competitive information and could result in material financial loss, loss of competitive position, regulatory actions, breach of client contracts, reputational harm or legal liability. If one or more of such events occur, it potentially could jeopardize our or our clients', employees' or counterparties' confidential and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our or third-party computer systems, networks and mobile devices, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, our clients', our counterparties' or third parties' operations. As a result, we could experience material financial loss, loss of competitive position, regulatory actions, breach of client contracts, reputational harm or legal liability, which, in turn, could cause a decline in our earnings. Additionally, some of our client contracts require us to indemnify clients in the event of a cyber breach if our systems do not meet minimum security standards. We may be required to spend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures, and we may be subject to litigation and financial losses that are either not insured against fully or not fully covered through any insurance that we maintain.

Certain of our strategies invest principally in the securities of non-U.S. companies, which involve foreign currency exchange, tax, political, social and economic uncertainties and risks.

        As of September 30, 2017, approximately 6% of our total AUM was invested in strategies that primarily invest in securities of non-U.S. companies and securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could negatively affect the returns of our

39


Table of Contents

clients who are invested in these securities. In addition, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to non-U.S. currencies is likely to result in a decrease in the U.S. dollar value of our AUM, which, in turn, would likely result in lower revenue and profits.

        Investments in non-U.S. issuers may also be affected by tax positions taken in countries or regions in which we are invested as well as political, social and economic uncertainty. Declining tax revenues may cause governments to assert their ability to tax the local gains and/or income of foreign investors (including our clients), which could adversely affect client interests in investing outside their home markets. Many financial markets are not as developed, or as efficient, as the U.S. financial markets, and, as a result, those markets may have limited liquidity and higher price volatility, and may lack established regulations. Liquidity may also be adversely affected by political or economic events, government policies, and social or civil unrest within a particular country, and our ability to dispose of an investment may also be adversely affected if we increase the size of our investments in smaller non-U.S. issuers. Non-U.S. legal and regulatory environments, including financial accounting standards and practices, may also be different, and there may be less publicly available information about such companies. These risks could adversely affect the performance of our strategies that are invested in securities of non-U.S. issuers and may be particularly acute in the emerging or less developed markets in which we invest. In addition to our Trivalent, Sophus and Expedition Franchises, certain of our other Franchises invest in emerging or less developed markets.

The expansion of our business outside of the United States raises tax and regulatory risks, may adversely affect our profit margins and places additional demands on our resources and employees.

        We have expanded and intend to continue to expand our distribution efforts into non-U.S. markets through partnered distribution efforts and product offerings, including Europe, Japan, Singapore and Hong Kong. For example, we organized and serve as investment manager of two Ireland-domiciled UCITS, the Victory Sophus Emerging Markets UCITS Fund and the Victory Expedition Emerging Markets Small Cap UCITS Fund, each of which launched during the first quarter of 2017. Clients outside the United States may be adversely affected by political, social and economic uncertainty in their respective home countries and regions, which could result in a decrease in the net client cash flows that come from such clients. This expansion has required and will continue to require us to incur a number of up-front expenses, including those associated with obtaining and maintaining regulatory approvals and office space, as well as additional ongoing expenses, including those associated with leases, the employment of additional support staff and regulatory compliance.

        Non-U.S. clients may be less accepting of the U.S. practice of payment for certain research products and services through soft dollars ("soft dollars" are a means of paying brokerage firms for their services through commission revenue, rather than through direct payments) or such practices may not be permissible in certain jurisdictions, which could have the effect of increasing our expenses. In addition, the European Commission recently adopted several acts under the revised Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (known as "MiFID II") that would prevent the "bundling" of the cost of research together with trading commissions. As a result, clients subject to MiFID II will be unable to use soft dollars to pay for research services once MiFID II becomes effective in the United Kingdom and in Europe in 2018.

        Our U.S.-based employees routinely travel outside the United States as a part of our investment research process or to market our services and may spend extended periods of time in one or more non-U.S. jurisdictions. Their activities outside the United States on our behalf may raise both tax and regulatory issues. If and to the extent we are incorrect in our analysis of the applicability or impact of non-U.S. tax or regulatory requirements, we could incur costs or penalties or be the subject of an enforcement or other action. Operating our business in non-U.S. markets is generally more expensive than in the United States. In addition, costs related to our distribution and marketing efforts in non-U.S. markets generally have been more expensive than comparable costs in the United States. To the extent that our revenues do not increase to the same degree as our expenses increase in connection with our continuing expansion outside the United States, our profitability could be adversely affected. Expanding

40


Table of Contents

our business into non-U.S. markets may also place significant demands on our existing infrastructure and employees.

        We are also subject to a number of laws and regulations governing payments and contributions to political persons or other third parties, including restrictions imposed by the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, as well as trade sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC, the U.S. Department of Commerce and the U.S. Department of State. Similar laws in non-U.S. jurisdictions may also impose stricter or more onerous requirements and implementing them may disrupt our business or cause us to incur significantly more costs to comply with those laws. Different laws may also contain conflicting provisions, making compliance with all laws more difficult. Any determination that we have violated the FCPA or other applicable anti-corruption laws or sanctions could subject us to, among other things, civil and criminal penalties, material fines, profit disgorgement, injunctions on future conduct, securities litigation and a general loss of investor confidence, any one of which could adversely affect our business prospects, financial condition, results of operations or the market value of our Class A common stock. While we have developed and implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure strict compliance by us and our personnel with the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws or sanctions in jurisdictions in which we operate, such policies and procedures may not be effective in all instances to prevent violations.

        On June 23, 2016, United Kingdom citizens voted in a referendum to leave the European Union, and on March 29, 2017, the United Kingdom provided formal notice to the European Union of its intent to withdraw. The consequence of the exit of the United Kingdom, together with what may be protracted negotiations around the terms of the exit, are uncertain and may have adverse effects on the United Kingdom, European and worldwide economy and market conditions and contribute to currency exchange fluctuations. Any negative impact to overall investor confidence or instability in the global macroeconomic environment could have an adverse economic impact on our results of operations.

Our substantial indebtedness may expose us to material risks.

        As of September 30, 2017, we had $517.7 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding term loans under our existing senior credit agreement. Even assuming we use the net proceeds from this offering to repay indebtedness and/or if we complete the Proposed Debt Refinancing, we will continue to have substantial indebtedness outstanding. Our substantial indebtedness may make it more difficult for us to withstand or respond to adverse or changing business, regulatory and economic conditions or to take advantage of new business opportunities or make necessary capital expenditures. In addition, our existing senior credit agreement contains, and we expect our new senior credit agreement will contain, financial and operating covenants that may limit our ability to conduct our business. While we are currently in compliance in all material respects with the financial and operating covenants under our existing senior credit agreement, we cannot assure you that at all times in the future we will satisfy all such financial and operating covenants (or any such covenants applicable at the time) or obtain any required waiver or amendment, in which event all outstanding indebtedness could become immediately due and payable. This could result in a substantial reduction in our liquidity and could challenge our ability to meet future cash needs of the business.

        To the extent we service our debt from our cash flow, such cash will not be available for our operations or other purposes. Because of our significant debt service obligations, the portion of our cash flow used to service those obligations could be substantial if our revenues decline, whether because of market declines or for other reasons. Any substantial decrease in net operating cash flows or any substantial increase in expenses could make it difficult for us to meet our debt service requirements or force us to modify our operations. Our ability to repay the principal amount of any outstanding loans under our existing senior credit agreement, to refinance our debt or to obtain additional financing through debt or the sale of additional equity securities will depend on our performance, as well as financial, business and other general economic factors affecting the credit and equity markets generally or our business in particular,

41


Table of Contents

many of which are beyond our control. Any such alternatives may not be available to us on satisfactory terms or at all.

Potential impairment of goodwill and intangible assets could reduce our assets.

        As of September 30, 2017, our goodwill and intangible assets totaled $697.8 million. The value of these assets may not be realized for a variety of reasons, including, but not limited to, significant redemptions, loss of clients, damage to brand name and unfavorable economic conditions. In accordance with the guidance under Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, ASC 350-20 "Intangibles—Goodwill and Other," we review the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets not subject to amortization on an annual basis, or more frequently if indications exist suggesting that the fair value of our intangible assets may be below their carrying value. Determining goodwill and intangible assets, and evaluating them for impairment, requires significant management estimates and judgment, including estimating value and assessing useful life in connection with the allocation of purchase price in the acquisition creating them. We evaluate the value of intangible assets subject to amortization whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Should such reviews indicate impairment, a reduction of the carrying value of the intangible asset could occur, resulting in a charge that may, in turn, adversely affect our AUM, results of operations and financial condition.

Disruption to the operations of third parties whose functions are integral to our ETF platform may adversely affect the prices at which VictoryShares trade, particularly during periods of market volatility.

        Shares of ETFs, such as VictoryShares, trade on stock exchanges at prices at, above or below the ETF's most recent net asset value. While ETFs utilize a creation/redemption feature and arbitrage mechanism designed to make it more likely that the ETF's shares normally will trade at prices close to the ETF's net asset value, exchange prices may deviate significantly from the ETF's net asset value. ETF market prices are subject to numerous potential risks, including trading halts invoked by a stock exchange, inability or unwillingness of market makers, authorized participants, settlement systems or other market participants to perform functions necessary for an ETF's arbitrage mechanism to function effectively, or significant market volatility. If market events lead to incidences where ETFs trade at prices that deviate significantly from an ETF's net asset value, or trading halts are invoked by the relevant stock exchange or market, investors may lose confidence in ETF products and redeem their holdings, which may cause our AUM, revenue and earnings to decline.

If we were deemed an investment company required to register under the 1940 Act, we would become subject to burdensome regulatory requirements and our business activities could be restricted.

        Generally, a company is an "investment company" required to register under the 1940 Act if, absent an applicable exception or exemption, it (i) is, or holds itself out as being, engaged primarily, or proposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities; or (ii) engages, or proposes to engage, in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in securities and owns or proposes to acquire "investment securities" having a value exceeding 40% of the value of its total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis.

        We hold ourselves out as an investment management firm and do not propose to engage primarily in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities. We believe we are engaged primarily in the business of providing investment management services and not in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities. We also believe our primary source of income is properly characterized as income earned in exchange for the provision of services. We believe less than 40% of our total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis comprise assets that could be considered investment securities.

42


Table of Contents

        We intend to conduct our operations so that we will not be deemed an investment company required to register under the 1940 Act. However, if we were to be deemed an investment company required to register under the 1940 Act, restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act, including limitations on our capital structure and our ability to transact with our affiliates, could make it impractical for us to continue our business as currently conducted and could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance and operations.

Our expenses are subject to fluctuations that could materially impact our results of operations.

        Our results of operations are dependent upon the level of our expenses, which can vary from period to period. We have certain fixed expenses that we incur as a going concern, and some of those expenses are not subject to adjustment. If our revenues decrease, without a corresponding decrease in expenses, our results of operations would be negatively impacted. While a majority of our expenses are variable and we attempt to project expense levels in advance, there is no guarantee that an unforeseen expense will not arise or that we will be able to adjust our variable expenses quickly enough to match a declining asset base. Consequently, either event could have either a temporary or permanent negative impact on our results of operations.

Risks Relating to Our Industry

Recent trends in the investment management industry could reduce our AUM, revenues and net income.

        Certain passive products and asset classes, such as index and certain types of ETFs, are becoming increasingly popular with investors, including institutional investors. In recent years, across the investment management industry, passive products have experienced inflows and traditional actively managed products have experienced outflows, in each case, in the aggregate. In order to maintain appropriate fee levels in a competitive environment, we must be able to continue to provide clients with investment products and services that are viewed as appropriate in relation to the fees charged, which may require us to demonstrate that our strategies can outperform such passive products. If our clients, including our funds' boards, were to view our fees as being high relative to the market or the returns provided by our investment products, we may choose to reduce our fee levels or existing clients may withdraw their assets in order to invest in passive products, and we may be unable to attract additional commitments from existing and new clients, which would lead to a decline in our AUM and market share. To the extent we offer such passive products, we may not be able to compete with other firms offering similar products.

        Our revenues and net income are dependent on our ability to maintain current fee levels for the products and services we offer. The competitive nature of the investment management industry has led to a trend toward lower fees in certain segments of the investment management market. Although our AUM-average weighted average fee rate increased from 2013 through the third quarter of 2017 as we repositioned our business to focus on higher-fee asset classes, we anticipate that the average fee rate is likely to decline as our solutions platform (which has a lower fee rate than other products) continues to grow. Our ability to sustain fee levels depends on future growth in specific asset classes and distribution channels. These factors, as well as regulatory changes, could further inhibit our ability to sustain fees for certain products. A reduction in the fees charged by us could reduce our revenues and net income.

        Our fees vary by asset class and produce different revenues per dollar of AUM based on factors such as the type of assets being managed, the applicable strategy, the type of client and the client fee schedule. Institutional clients may have significant negotiating leverage in establishing the terms of an advisory relationship, particularly with respect to the level of fees paid, and the competitive pressure to attract and retain institutional clients may impact the level of fee income earned by us. We may decline to manage assets from potential clients who demand lower fees even though such assets would increase our revenue and AUM in the short term.

43


Table of Contents

As an investment management firm, we are subject to extensive regulation.

        Investment management firms are subject to extensive regulation in the United States, primarily at the federal level, including regulation by the SEC under the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act, by the U.S. Department of Labor, or the DOL, under ERISA, by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or the CFTC, by the National Futures Association, or NFA, under the Commodity Exchange Act, and by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA. The U.S. mutual funds and ETFs we manage are registered with and regulated by the SEC as investment companies under the 1940 Act. The Advisers Act imposes numerous obligations on investment advisers, including recordkeeping, advertising and operating requirements, disclosure obligations and prohibitions on fraudulent activities. The 1940 Act imposes similar obligations, as well as additional detailed operational requirements, on registered funds, which must be adhered to by their investment advisers. We have also expanded our distribution effort into non-U.S. markets through partnered distribution efforts and product offerings, including Europe, Japan, Singapore and Hong Kong. In the future, we may further expand our business outside of the United States in such a way or to such an extent that we may be required to register with additional foreign regulatory agencies or otherwise comply with additional non-U.S. laws and regulations that do not currently apply to us and with respect to which we do not have compliance experience. Our lack of experience in complying with any such non-U.S. laws and regulations may increase our risk of being subject to regulatory actions and becoming party to litigation in such non-U.S. jurisdictions, which could be more expensive. Moreover, being subject to regulation in multiple jurisdictions may increase the cost, complexity and time required for engaging in transactions that require regulatory approval.

        Accordingly, we face the risk of significant intervention by regulatory authorities, including extended investigation and surveillance activity, adoption of costly or restrictive new regulations and judicial or administrative proceedings that may result in substantial penalties. Among other things, we could be fined, lose our licenses or be prohibited or limited from engaging in some of our business activities or corporate transactions. The requirements imposed by our regulators are designed to ensure the integrity of the financial markets and to protect clients and other third parties who deal with us, and are not designed to protect our stockholders. Consequently, these regulations often serve to limit our activities, including through net capital, client protection and market conduct requirements.

The regulatory environment in which we operate is subject to continual change and regulatory developments designed to increase oversight may materially adversely affect our business.

        We operate in a legislative and regulatory environment that is subject to continual change, the nature of which we cannot predict. We may be adversely affected as a result of new or revised legislation or regulations imposed by the SEC, other U.S. or non-U.S. governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets. For example, the DOL's fiduciary rule and related exemptions began a phased implementation with the fiduciary rule becoming applicable on June 9, 2017 and certain related exemptions becoming applicable July 1, 2019. These rules substantially expand the definition of "investment advice" and thereby broaden the circumstances under which product distributors could be considered fiduciaries under ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code. Under the fiduciary rule, certain communications with plans, plan participants and individual retirement account, or IRA, holders, including the marketing of products, and marketing of investment management or advisory services, could be deemed fiduciary investment advice, causing increased exposure to fiduciary liability if the distributor does not recommend what is in the client's best interests. The DOL also issued amendments to certain of its prohibited transaction exemptions, and issued a new exemption that applies more onerous disclosure and contract requirements to, and increases fiduciary requirements and fiduciary liability exposure in respect of, transactions involving ERISA plans, plan participants and IRAs. To the extent that the fiduciary rule and exemptions lead to changes in financial intermediary and retirement plan investment preferences, and increased pressure on product fees and expenses, such changes could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance and operations.

44


Table of Contents

        The requirements imposed by our regulators (including both U.S. and non-U.S. regulators) are designed to ensure the integrity of the financial markets and to protect clients and other third parties who deal with us, and are not designed to protect our stockholders. Consequently, these regulations often serve to limit our activities and/or increase our costs, including through client protection and market conduct requirements. New laws or regulations, or changes in the enforcement of existing laws or regulations, applicable to us and our clients may adversely affect our business. Our ability to function in this environment will depend on our ability to constantly monitor and promptly react to legislative and regulatory changes. There have been a number of highly publicized regulatory inquiries that have focused on the investment management industry. These inquiries already have resulted in increased scrutiny of the industry and new rules and regulations for mutual funds and investment managers. This regulatory scrutiny may limit our ability to engage in certain activities that might be beneficial to our stockholders.

        We also may be adversely affected by changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules by these governmental authorities and self-regulatory organizations, as well as by courts. It is impossible to determine the extent of the impact of any new U.S. or non-U.S. laws, regulations or initiatives that may be proposed, or whether any of the proposals will become law. Compliance with any new laws or regulations could be more difficult and expensive and affect the manner in which we conduct business. See "Regulatory Environment and Compliance."

The investment management industry is intensely competitive.

        The investment management industry is intensely competitive, with competition based on a variety of factors, including investment performance, fees, continuity of investment professionals and client relationships, the quality of services provided to clients, corporate positioning and business reputation, continuity of selling arrangements with intermediaries and differentiated products. A number of factors, including the following, serve to increase our competitive risks:

    a number of our competitors have greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources, more comprehensive name recognition and more personnel than we do;

    potential competitors have a relatively low cost of entering the investment management industry;

    certain investors may prefer to invest with an investment manager that is not publicly traded based on the perception that a publicly traded asset manager may focus on the manager's own growth to the detriment of investment performance for clients;

    other industry participants, hedge funds and alternative asset managers may seek to recruit our investment professionals; and

    certain competitors charge lower fees for their investment management services than we do.

        Additionally, intermediaries through which we distribute our funds may also sell their own proprietary funds and investment products, which could limit the distribution of our strategies. If we are unable to compete effectively, our earnings could be reduced and our business could be materially adversely affected.

Risks Relating to this Offering and Owning Our Class A Common Stock

An active trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop and the market price for our Class A common stock may decline below the initial public offering price.

        Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our Class A common stock. An active trading market for our Class A common stock may never develop or be sustained, which could adversely impact your ability to sell your shares and could depress the market price of your shares. In addition, the public offering price for our Class A common stock has been determined through negotiations among us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open

45


Table of Contents

market upon the completion of this offering. Consequently, you may be unable to sell your shares of our Class A common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid for them.

The market price of our Class A common stock is likely to be volatile and could decline following this offering, resulting in a substantial loss of your investment.

        The stock market in general has been highly volatile. As a result, the market price and trading volume for our Class A common stock may also be highly volatile, and investors in our Class A common stock may experience a decrease in the value of their shares, including decreases unrelated to our operating performance or prospects. Factors that could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to fluctuate significantly include:

    our operating and financial performance and prospects and the performance of other similar companies;

    our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry;

    conditions that impact demand for our products and services;

    the public's reaction to our press releases, financial guidance and other public announcements, and filings with the SEC;

    changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities or research analysts who track our Class A common stock;

    market and industry perception of our level of success in pursuing our growth strategy;

    strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;

    changes in government and other regulations;

    changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

    departure of key personnel;

    the number of shares to be publicly traded after this offering;

    investor scrutiny of our dual-class structure, including new rules adopted by certain index providers, such as S&P Dow Jones and FTSE Russell, that limit or preclude inclusion of companies with multiple-class capital structure in certain indices;

    sales of common stock by us, our investors or members of our management team; and

    changes in general market, economic and political conditions in the U.S. and global economies or financial markets, including those resulting from natural disasters, telecommunications failures, cyber-attacks, civil unrest in various parts of the world, acts of war, terrorist attacks or other catastrophic events.

        Any of these factors may result in large and sudden changes in the trading volume and market price of our Class A common stock and may prevent you from being able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for them.

        Following periods of volatility in the market price of a company's securities, stockholders often file securities class-action lawsuits against such company. Our involvement in a class-action lawsuit could divert our senior management's attention and, if adversely determined, could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

46


Table of Contents

The dual class structure of our common stock will have the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our capital stock prior to the completion of this offering, which will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters.

        Our Class B common stock will have ten votes per share, and our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are offering in this offering, will have one vote per share. Following this offering, our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, and their respective affiliates, will hold in the aggregate 96.2% of the total voting power of our outstanding common stock and the unvested restricted stock. Because of the ten-to-one voting ratio between our Class B common stock and Class A common stock, the holders of our Class B common stock collectively will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our common stock and therefore will be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval. Our Class B common stock will be converted into shares of Class A common stock, which conversion will occur automatically, in the case of each share of Class B common stock, upon transfers (subject to limited exceptions, such as certain transfers effected for estate planning purposes), a termination of employment by an employee stockholder or upon the date the number of shares of Class B common stock then outstanding (including unvested restricted shares) is less than 10% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock then outstanding (including unvested restricted shares). We may issue additional shares of our Class B common stock in the future, including in connection with acquisitions or equity grants to employees. This concentrated control will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future, including the election of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, and any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other major corporate transaction requiring stockholder approval. In addition, this may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our capital stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders.

        The conversion of Class B common stock to Class A common stock will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long term, including the holders of newly issued shares of Class B common stock and the holders of Class B common stock subject to the Employee Shareholders' Agreement, whose shares will be voted by the Employee Shareholders Committee. See "Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Employee Shareholders' Agreement."

Crestview GP controls us and its interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

        Immediately following this offering of Class A common stock, Crestview GP will not hold any of our Class A common stock, but will beneficially own 52.8% of our common stock through its beneficial ownership of our Class B common stock and 60% of the total voting power of our outstanding common stock and unvested restricted stock. As a result, Crestview GP will have the ability to elect a majority of the members of our board of directors and thereby control our policies and operations, including the appointment of management, future issuances of our common stock or other securities, the payment of dividends, if any, on our common stock (including the Class A common stock), the incurrence of debt by us, amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, and the entering into of extraordinary transactions. Crestview GP will also be able to determine the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval and will be able to cause or prevent a change in control of us or a change in the composition of our board of directors and could preclude any acquisition of us. This concentration of voting control could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of Class A common stock as part of a sale of us and ultimately might affect the market price of our Class A common stock. Further, the interests of Crestview GP may not in all cases be aligned with your interests.

        In addition, Crestview GP may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in its judgment, could enhance its investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you. For example, Crestview GP could cause us to make acquisitions that increase our

47


Table of Contents

indebtedness or cause us to sell revenue-generating assets. Crestview GP is in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that none of Crestview GP or Reverence Capital or any of their respective affiliates will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. Crestview GP or Reverence Capital also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us, which could have an adverse effect on our growth prospects.

Future sales of shares by stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.

        Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline. After this offering, 11,700,000 shares of our Class A common stock and 55,118,673 shares of our Class B common stock, which are convertible, at the option of the holder, into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock, will be outstanding. Of these shares, all of the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless purchased by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The 55,118,673 shares of our Class B common stock held by Crestview GP, Reverence Capital, our directors and officers and other existing stockholders, will be "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or are sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below, restricted shares held by non-affiliates that have been owned for more than six months may be sold without regard to the provisions of Rule 144 (other than the current information requirement).

        We, our executive officers, directors, institutional shareholders and substantially all of our other existing security holders have agreed to a "lock-up," meaning that, subject to certain exceptions, neither we nor they will sell any shares without the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus. See "Underwriting." In addition, certain of our significant stockholders may distribute shares that they hold to their investors who themselves may then sell into the public market following the expiration of the lock-up period. Such sales may not be subject to the volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144. As resale restrictions end, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline if the holders of shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. In addition, holders of approximately 46,214,268 shares, or 83.8%, of our Class B common stock will have registration rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders in the future. Once we register the shares for the holders of registration rights, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

        In the future, we may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or debt securities convertible into common stock in connection with a financing, acquisition or employee arrangement, or in certain other circumstances. Any of these issuances could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and could cause the trading price of our Class A common stock to decline.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

        The trading market for our Class A common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If there is no coverage of us by securities or industry analysts, the trading price for our shares could be negatively impacted. In the event

48


Table of Contents

we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage and if one or more of these analysts downgrades our shares or publishes misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our shares could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We are an "emerging growth company," and any decision on our part to comply with certain reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

        We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012, and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies, including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation (including Chief Executive Officer pay ratio disclosure) in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As an emerging growth company, we have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies.

        We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock. We could remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues are at least $1.07 billion, (ii) the date that we become a "large accelerated filer" as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if, among other things, the market value of our common equity securities held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt securities during the preceding three-year period.

        We cannot predict whether investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on one or more of the exemptions described above. If investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result of any decisions to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract our management, which could make it difficult to manage our business, particularly after we are no longer an "emerging growth company."

        We have historically operated as a private company and have not been subject to the same financial and other reporting and corporate governance requirements as a public company. After this offering, we will be required to file annual, quarterly and other reports with the SEC. We will need to prepare and timely file financial statements that comply with SEC reporting requirements. We will also be subject to other reporting and corporate governance requirements under the listing standards of NASDAQ and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will impose significant compliance costs and obligations upon us. The changes necessitated by becoming a public company will require a significant commitment of additional resources and management oversight, which will increase our operating costs. These changes will also place significant additional demands on our finance and accounting staff, which may not have prior public company experience or experience working for a newly public company, and on our financial accounting and information systems, and we may need to, in the future, hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company reporting experience and technical accounting knowledge. Other expenses associated with being a public company include increases in auditing, accounting and legal fees and expenses, investor relations expenses, increased directors' fees and director and officer liability

49


Table of Contents

insurance costs, registrar and transfer agent fees and listing fees, as well as other expenses. As a public company, we will be required, among other things, to:

    prepare and file periodic reports, and distribute other stockholder communications, in compliance with the federal securities laws and the NASDAQ rules;

    define and expand the roles and the duties of our board of directors and its committees;

    institute more comprehensive compliance, investor relations and internal audit functions; and

    evaluate and maintain our system of internal control over financial reporting, and report on management's assessment thereof, in compliance with rules and regulations of the SEC and the PCAOB.

        In particular, upon the completion of this offering, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will require us to document and test the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with an established internal control framework, and to report on our conclusions as to the effectiveness of our internal controls. Likewise, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act unless we choose to utilize the exemption from such attestation requirement available to "emerging growth companies." As described in the previous risk factor, we expect to qualify as an emerging growth company upon the completion of this offering and could potentially qualify as an emerging growth company until December 30, 2023. In addition, upon the completion of this offering, we will be required under the Exchange Act to maintain disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. This could result in a decrease in the value of our Class A common stock. Failure to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

We have broad discretion to use the proceeds from the offering and our investment of those proceeds may not yield favorable returns.

        We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for the repayment of debt. Our management has broad discretion to spend the proceeds from this offering and you may not agree with the way the proceeds are spent. The failure of our management to apply these proceeds effectively could result in unfavorable returns. This could adversely affect our business, causing the price of our Class A common stock to decline.

We do not currently intend to pay regular cash dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our Class A common stock.

        We have no current plans to declare and pay any cash dividends. We currently intend to retain all our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your Class A common stock in the near term and the success of an investment in our Class A common stock will depend upon any future appreciation in its value. There is no guarantee that our Class A common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our stockholders have purchased their shares.

Future offerings of debt or equity securities may rank senior to our Class A common stock and may result in dilution of your investment.

        If we decide to issue debt securities in the future, which would rank senior to shares of our common stock, it is likely that they will be governed by an indenture or other instrument containing covenants restricting our operating flexibility. We and, indirectly, our stockholders will bear the cost of issuing and

50


Table of Contents

servicing such securities. We may also issue preferred equity, which will have superior rights relative to our common stock, including with respect to voting and liquidation.

        Furthermore, if we raise additional capital by issuing new convertible or equity securities at a lower price than the initial public offering price, your interest will be diluted. This may result in the loss of all or a portion of your investment. If our future access to public markets is limited or our performance decreases, we may need to carry out a private placement or public offering of our Class A common stock at a lower price than the initial public offering price.

        Because our decision to issue debt, preferred or other equity or equity-linked securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, holders of our Class A common stock will bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the market price of our Class A common stock and diluting the value of their shareholdings in us.

Purchasing our Class A common stock through this offering will result in an immediate and substantial dilution of your investment.

        The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock. Therefore, if you purchase our Class A common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock after this offering. See "Dilution."

We will be a "controlled company" within the meaning of the rules of NASDAQ, and, as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

        Upon the completion of this offering, Crestview GP will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our common stock. As a result, we will be a "controlled company" under NASDAQ's corporate governance listing standards. As a controlled company, we are exempt from the obligation to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements:

    that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors, as defined under the rules of NASDAQ;

    that we have a corporate governance and nominating committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities; and

    that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities.

        We intend to take advantage of these exemptions following the completion of this offering for so long as Crestview GP holds a majority of our voting power. Accordingly, our stockholders will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of NASDAQ's corporate governance requirements, which could make our stock less attractive to investors or otherwise harm our stock price.

51


Table of Contents

Provisions in our charter documents could discourage a takeover that stockholders may consider favorable.

        Certain provisions in our governing documents could make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving us difficult, even if such events would be beneficial to the interests of our stockholders. Among other things, these provisions:

    permit our board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly created directorships;

    authorize the issuance of "blank check" preferred stock that our board of directors could use to implement a stockholder rights plan;

    provide that our board of directors is expressly authorized to amend or repeal any provision of our bylaws;

    restrict the forum for certain litigation against us to Delaware;

    establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings;

    provide for a dual-class common stock structure pursuant to which holders of our Class B common stock will have ten votes per share compared to the one vote per share of our Class A common stock and thereby will have the ability to control the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval;

    establish a classified board of directors with three classes of directors and the removal of directors only for cause;

    require that actions to be taken by our stockholders be taken only at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders, and not by written consent, once Crestview GP owns 50% or less of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock;

    establish certain limitations on convening special stockholder meetings; and

    restrict business combinations with interested stockholders.

        These provisions may delay or prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace members of our management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. Anti-takeover provisions could depress the price of our Class A common stock by acting to delay or prevent a change in control of us.

        For information regarding these and other provisions, see "Description of Capital Stock."

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder's ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees and may discourage these types of lawsuits.

52


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus includes forward-looking statements, including in the sections entitled "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business." These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements regarding our industry, business strategy, plans, goals and expectations concerning our market position, future operations, margins, profitability, future efficiencies, capital expenditures, liquidity and capital resources and other financial and operating information. When used in this discussion, the words "may," "believes," "intends," "seeks," "anticipates," "plans," "estimates," "expects," "should," "assumes," "continues," "could," "will," "future" and the negative of these or similar terms and phrases are intended to identify forward-looking statements in this prospectus.

        Forward-looking statements reflect our current expectations regarding future events, results or outcomes. These expectations may or may not be realized. Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give you no assurance that these expectations will prove to have been correct. Some of these expectations may be based upon assumptions, data or judgments that prove to be incorrect. Actual events, results and outcomes may differ materially from our expectations due to a variety of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors. Although it is not possible to identify all of these risks and factors, they include, among others, the following:

    reductions in AUM based on investment performance, client withdrawals, difficult market conditions and other factors;

    the nature of our contracts and investment advisory agreements;

    our ability to maintain historical returns and sustain our historical growth;

    our dependence on third parties to market our strategies and provide products or services for the operation of our business;

    our ability to retain key investment professionals or members of our senior management team;

    our reliance on the technology systems supporting our operations;

    our ability to successfully acquire and integrate new companies;

    the concentration of our investments in long-only small- and mid-cap equity and U.S. clients;

    risks and uncertainties associated with non-U.S. investments;

    our efforts to establish and develop new teams and strategies;

    the ability of our investment teams to identify appropriate investment opportunities;

    our ability to limit employee misconduct;

    our ability to meet the guidelines set by our clients;

    our exposure to potential litigation (including administrative or tax proceedings) or regulatory actions;

    our ability to implement effective information and cyber security policies, procedures and capabilities;

    our substantial indebtedness;

    the potential impairment of our goodwill and intangible assets;

    disruption to the operations of third parties whose functions are integral to our ETF platform;

53


Table of Contents

    our determination that we are not required to register as an "investment company" under the 1940 Act;

    the fluctuation of our expenses;

    our ability to respond to recent trends in the investment management industry;

    the level of regulation on investment management firms and our ability to respond to regulatory developments;

    the competitiveness of the investment management industry;

    the dual class structure of our common stock;

    the level of control over us retained by Crestview GP;

    our status as an emerging growth company and a controlled company; and

    other risks and factors listed under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus.

        In light of these risks, uncertainties and other factors, the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus might not prove to be accurate and you should not place undue reliance upon them. All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made and we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

54


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the Class A common stock that we are offering will be approximately $191.4 million, at an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses. If the underwriters' option in this offering is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $220.9 million.

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $10.9 million, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option and assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses.

        We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering, together with cash on hand, to repay a portion of the outstanding loans under our existing senior credit agreement. We intend to refinance the remaining portion of those outstanding loans with proceeds from the Proposed Debt Refinancing. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, we intend to use those net proceeds for general corporate purposes, which may include the repayment of debt. As of September 30, 2017, we had $517.7 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding term loans under our existing senior credit agreement. We incurred $125.0 million of this debt in February 2017 to pay a special dividend to our stockholders. These term loans mature on October 31, 2021 and, as of September 30, 2017, bore interest at a rate equal to 6.58% per annum. This offering is not conditioned on the closing of the new senior credit agreement or the repayment of the existing senior credit agreement. We can give no assurances of the terms of any new senior credit agreement or that we will refinance the existing senior credit agreement concurrently with the consummation of this offering or at all. If we elect not to proceed with the new senior credit agreement, the existing senior credit agreement will remain in place.

        Pending the use of proceeds from this offering as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds we receive in this offering in short-term and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade investments, certificates of deposit, or direct or guaranteed U.S. government obligations.

55


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We paid aggregate special dividends of $50.0 million on May 8, 2015, $9.8 million on November 13, 2015, $119.8 million on February 9, 2017 and $12.6 million on December 5, 2017 to holders of our common stock. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements" for detail on unpaid amounts with respect to these dividends as of September 30, 2017.

        We do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determinations relating to our dividend policies is limited by the terms of our indebtedness and will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, which will depend on conditions then existing, including our financial condition, results of operations, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

56


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2017:

    on an actual basis; and

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect (i) the issuance and sale by us of 11,700,000 shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, (ii) the application of the estimated net proceeds from our sale of these shares at an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses as discussed in "Use of Proceeds" and (iii) the Proposed Debt Refinancing (including related issuance costs).

        The pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of the offering determined at the pricing of this offering. You should read this table in conjunction with the sections of this prospectus entitled "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of

57


Table of Contents

Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of September 30, 2017  
(in thousands except share data)
  Actual   Pro Forma(1)  

Cash and cash equivalents(2)

  $ 11,535   $ (1,054 )

Debt

             

Existing senior credit facility(2)(3)

    500,018      

New senior credit facility(4)

        305,114  

Total debt

    500,018     305,114  

Equity

             

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value: no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma

         

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share: 78,837,300 shares authorized, 57,172,284 shares issued and 55,119,361 shares outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma(5)

    551      

Class A common stock, $0.01 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 400,000,000 shares authorized, 11,700,000 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma(5)

        117  

Class B common stock, $0.01 par value per share: no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 200,000,000 shares authorized, 57,172,284 shares issued and 55,119,361 shares outstanding, pro forma(5)

        551  

Additional paid-in capital

    433,227     624,521  

Treasury stock, at cost: 2,052,923 shares

    (20,749 )   (20,749 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (97 )   (97 )

Retained deficit

    (181,055 )   (199,212 )

Total stockholders' equity

    231,877     405,131  

Total capitalization

  $ 731,895   $ 710,245  

(1)
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the public offering price per share would increase (decrease) our total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by $10.9 million (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares).

(2)
During the fourth quarter of 2017, we repaid $18.0 million outstanding on the term loan, resulting in a decline in the gross amount of principal outstanding from $517.7 million to $499.7 million, and increased our cash balances to $12.9 million as of December 31, 2017. Including fourth quarter cash flow activity and our repayment of debt, ending pro forma cash and cash equivalents would increase by $1.4 million to $0.3 million and pro forma debt would decrease by $18.0 million to $287.1 million.

(3)
Shown net of unamortized loan discount and debt issuance costs in the amount of $17.7 million. The gross amount of the principal outstanding under the term loans under our existing senior credit agreement was $517.7 million as of September 30, 2017.

(4)
Shown net of any loan discount and debt issuance costs to be incurred in connection with the new senior credit agreement. Reflects our current expectations with respect to the amount to initially be incurred under the new senior credit agreement. We can give no assurances of the terms of any new senior credit agreement or that we will refinance the existing senior credit agreement concurrently with the consummation of the offering or at all. If we elect not to proceed with the new senior credit agreement, the existing senior credit agreement will remain in place.

(5)
The information regarding our common stock takes into account a 175.194-for-1 split of our common stock that will be approved by our board of directors prior to the completion of this offering and the pro forma information regarding our common stock also takes into account the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

58


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our Class A common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma net tangible book value price per share of our Class A common stock immediately after this offering. Our net tangible book deficit as of September 30, 2017 was $466 million, or $8.45 per share of common stock. Net tangible book deficit per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less total liabilities by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2017.

        After giving effect to the sale by us of shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma net tangible book deficit as of September 30, 2017 would have been approximately $293 million, or approximately $4.38 per share. This amount represents an immediate decrease in pro forma net tangible book deficit of $2.86 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $22.38 per share to new investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price.

        The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $ 18.00  

Pro forma net tangible book value deficit per share as of September 30, 2017

  $ (7.24 )      

Decrease in pro forma net tangible book deficit per share attributable to new investors in this offering

  $ 2.86        

Pro forma net tangible book value deficit per share after this offering

        $ (4.38 )

Dilution per share to new investors

        $ (22.38 )

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value by approximately $10.9 million, or approximately $0.16 per share, and the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by approximately $0.84 per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

        If the underwriters exercise their option in full to purchase 1,755,000 additional shares of Class A common stock from us in this offering, the pro forma net tangible book deficit per share after the offering would be $3.84 per share, the decrease in the pro forma net tangible book deficit per share to existing stockholders would be $3.22 per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering would be $21.84 per share.

        The following table sets forth as of September 30, 2017, on the pro forma basis described above, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid by or received from existing stockholders and the weighted-average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the

59


Table of Contents

cover page on this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses:

 
   
   
  Total
Consideration
   
 
 
  Shares Purchased    
 
 
  Average
Price
Per Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Number   Percent  

Existing stockholders

    54,843,968     82 % $ 398,160,269     65 % $ 7.26  

New investors

    11,700,000     18     210,600,000     35     18.00  

Total

    66,543,968     100.0   $ 608,760,269     100.0   $ 9.15  

        The number of shares of common stock reflected in the discussion and tables above is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 55,106,759 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2017 and excludes as of such date the following potentially dilutive securities:

    9,078,718 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding under the 2013 Plan, at a weighted-average exercise price of $5.71 per share;

    2,971,794 unvested restricted shares of our Class B common stock granted under the 2013 Plan; and

    3,722,872 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of:

    3,372,484 shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock reserved for future issuance of the 2018 Plan; and

    350,388 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2018 ESPP.

60


Table of Contents


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of income for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and the year ended December 31, 2016 present our combined results of operations giving effect to (i) the RS Acquisition on July 29, 2016 as if the transaction had occurred as of January 1, 2016 and (ii) the completion of this offering, including the application of the estimated net proceeds, the 2017 Debt Recapitalization, the December 2017 Dividend and the Proposed Debt Refinancing as if each had occurred on January 1, 2016. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2017 gives pro forma effect to the transactions described above as if they had occurred as of September 30, 2017. For more information on the RS Acquisition, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Company History." For more information on the 2017 Debt Recapitalization and December 2017 Dividend, see "Prospectus Summary—Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet Data and Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share," and for more information on the Proposed Debt Refinancing, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Proposed Debt Refinancing."

        The assumptions underlying the pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes, which should be read in conjunction with this unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information. The pro forma adjustments described in the accompanying notes have been made based on available information and upon assumptions that we believe are reasonable in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of these transactions on our historical financial information. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and does not necessarily indicate the financial results of the combined companies had the companies actually been combined at the beginning of the period presented. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information also does not consider any potential impact of current market conditions on revenues, potential revenue enhancements, anticipated cost savings and expense efficiencies, or asset dispositions, among other factors.

61


Table of Contents

        Certain reclassifications have been made to the historical consolidated financial statements of RS Investments to conform to the presentation of our consolidated financial statements.

($ in thousands, except per share amounts)
  Victory Capital
Holdings, Inc. for
the year ended
December 31, 2016
(as reported)
  RS Investment
Management Co.,
LLC for the period
ended
July 29, 2016
(historical)
  Pro Forma
Adjustments for
RS Acquisition
  Pro Forma
Adjustments for
the Offering
and 2017 Debt
Recapitalization
  Pro Forma
Adjustments for
the Proposed
Debt
Refinancing
  Victory Capital
Holdings, Inc.
for the year
ended
December 31,
2016
(Pro Forma)
 

Revenue

                                     

Investment management fees

  $ 248,482   $ 65,281   $ (1)         $ 313,763  

Fund administration and distribution fees

    49,401     17,889                 67,290  

Total revenue

    297,883     83,170                 381,053  

Expenses

                                     

Personnel compensation and benefits

  $ 122,615   $ 62,637   $ (24,698) (2)         $ 160,554  

Distribution and other asset-based expenses

    77,497     28,710     (1)           106,207  

General and administrative

    26,628     11,755                 38,383  

Depreciation and amortization

    30,405     30,893     1,703 (3)           63,001  

Change in value of consideration payable for acquisition of business

    (378 )                   (378 )

Acquisition-related costs

    6,619     3,266     (9,685) (4)           200  

Restructuring and integration costs

    10,012         (5)           10,012  

Total operating expenses

    273,398     137,261     (32,680 )           377,979  

Income/(loss) from operations

    24,485     (54,091 )   32,680             3,074  

Other income (expense)

                                     

Interest income and other income

  $ 1,086   $ 7,007   $           $ 8,093  

Interest expense and other financing costs

    (34,642 )   (120 )   (9,407) (6)   6,022 (8)   19,883 (8)   (18,264 )

Total other income (expense), net

    (33,556 )   6,887     (9,407 )   6,022     19,883     (10,171 )

Income/(loss) before income taxes

    (9,071 )   (47,204 )   23,273     6,022     19,883     (7,097 )

Income tax benefit/(expense)

    3,000     (25 )   7,900 (7)   (1,991 )(9)   (6,536 )(9)   2,348  

Net income/(loss)

  $ (6,071 ) $ (47,229 ) $ 31,173   $ 4,031   $ 13,347   $ (4,749 )

Pro forma net income per share data(10):

                                     

Earnings per share—basic

                                $ (0.08 )

Earnings per share—diluted

                                $ (0.08 )

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic

                                  61,717,212  

Weighted average shares outstanding—diluted

                                  61,717,212  

62


Table of Contents

($ in thousands, except per share amounts)
  Victory Capital
Holdings, Inc.
for the nine
months ended
September 30, 2017
(as reported)
  Pro Forma
Adjustments for
the Offering
and 2017 Debt
Recapitalization
  Pro Forma
Adjustments for
the Proposed
Debt
Refinancing
  Victory Capital
Holdings, Inc.
for the nine
months ended
September 30, 2017
(Pro Forma)
 

Revenue

                         

Investment management fees

  $ 254,605           $ 254,605  

Fund administration and distribution fees

    49,378             49,378  

Total revenue

    303,983             303,983  

Expenses

                         

Personnel compensation and benefits

  $ 106,772           $ 106,772  

Distribution and other asset-based expenses

    78,226             78,226  

General and administrative

    26,049             26,049  

Depreciation and amortization

    23,340             23,340  

Change in value of consideration payable for acquisition of business

    (25 )           (25 )

Acquisition-related costs

    1,435             1,435  

Restructuring and integration costs

    4,944             4,944  

Total operating expenses

    240,741             240,741  

Income/(loss) from operations

    63,242             63,242  

Other income (expense)

                         

Interest income and other income

  $ (816 )         $ (816 )

Interest expense and other financing costs

    (38,489 )   11,591 (8)   12,769 (8)   (14,129 )

Total other income (expense), net

    (39,305 )   11,591     12,769     (14,945 )

Income/(loss) before income taxes

    23,937     11,591     12,769     48,297  

Income tax benefit/(expense)

    (9,320 )   (4,514 )(9)   (4,971 )(9)   (18,805 )

Net income/(loss)

  $ 14,617   $ 7,077   $ 7,798   $ 29,492  

Pro forma net income per share data(10):

                         

Earnings per share—basic

                    $ 0.44  

Earnings per share—diluted

                    $ 0.41  

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic

                      66,567,257  

Weighted average shares outstanding—diluted

                      71,217,606  

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information

(1)
The unaudited condensed combined pro forma statement of operations does not reflect an adjustment for a change in classification of RS Investments mutual fund expense reimbursements. For the period from January 1, 2016 through July 29, 2016, mutual fund expense reimbursements of $4.3 million were recorded as a reduction in Investment management fees under the terms of the agreements in place at that time. New mutual fund servivce contracts were entered into upon closing the RS Acquisition, and under such terms, mutual fund expense reimbursements for the period from July 30, 2016 through December 31, 2016 of $3.0 million were recorded as Distribution and other asset based fee expenses.

(2)
In connection with the RS Acquisition, certain RS Investments employees received retention bonuses of $7.6 million that were payable upon the closing of the RS Acquisition. In addition, RS Investments recognized incremental compensation expense in 2016 of $17.1 million due to the automatic vesting of certain equity compensation awards under change of control provisions. These amounts have been eliminated from the pro forma statement of operations because they do not have a continuing impact.

(3)
This adjustment reflects incremental amortization of identifiable definite-lived intangible assets related to the RS Acquisition as if the transaction occurred on January 1, 2016.

(4)
This adjustment represents the elimination of non-recurring transaction costs incurred by us in the amount of $6.4 million and RS Investments in the amount of $3.3 million in 2016 directly related to the RS Acquisition, including legal and filing fees, advisory services and mutual fund proxy voting costs.

63


Table of Contents

(5)
The unaudited condensed combined pro forma statement of operations does not reflect the realization of expected cost savings and other synergies from the RS Acquisition, including synergies that may be realized as a result of integrating investment platforms, products and personnel into existing systems, processes and service provider arrangements and business restructuring. We currently estimate that synergies and planned restructuring activities will result in annual combined cost savings of approximately $50 million, which are not reflected in the unaudited condensed combined pro forma statement of operations. Although we believe such costs savings and other synergies will be realized (and a substantial portion has already been realized), there can be no assurance that these cost savings or any other synergies will be achieved in full. In addition, the unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial information does not reflect an adjustment for certain non-recurring restructuring and integration costs, which are included in the consolidated statement of operations for the Company related to actions taken by the Company in 2016.

(6)
This adjustment reflects incremental interest expense on $135 million of additional debt incurred by us to finance the RS Acquisition as if the transaction occurred on January 1, 2016 and assumes an interest rate of 8.5%, which was the interest rate in effect on our debt at the time of the RS Acquisition.

(7)
Because RS Investments was a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes, no tax provision was included in RS Investments' stand-alone financial statements for the period prior to the RS Acquisition. This adjustment increases the income tax benefit on the pro forma condensed combined statement of operations to the amount that would have resulted from applying the Company's effective income tax rate of 33.0% to the adjusted combined pro forma results and does not reflect any impact from recently enacted tax reform. See "Prospectus Summary—Recent Developments—Impact of Tax Reform."

(8)
The pro forma interest expense adjustment of $6.0 million and $11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and nine months ended September 30, 2017, respectively, related to this offering and the 2017 Debt Recapitalization comprises $10.9 million and $0.5 million of interest expense, respectively, from the $135 million debt incurred in the 2017 Debt Recapitalization at an interest rate of 8.5%, net of $16.9 million and $12.1 million, respectively, in interest savings from the $200 million pay down of debt using the proceeds of this offering at an assumed interest rate of 8.5%.

The Proposed Debt Refinancing interest adjustment of $19.9 million and $12.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and nine months ended September 30, 2017, respectively, reflects lower interest expense due to the expected decrease in interest rate and debt balance for this transaction. The pro forma interest expense and other financing costs of $18.3 million and $14.1 million after the Proposed Debt Refinancing for the year ended December 31, 2016 and nine months ended September 30, 2017, respectively, assumes $300 million in outstanding debt and an interest rate of 4.82% and includes debt discount and debt issuance cost amortization expense of $2.1 million and $1.5 million, respectively. The assumed interest rate is based on management's current expectations for the terms of the new senior credit agreement. Each 0.125% change in the assumed interest rate for such indebtedness would increase or decrease pro forma interest expense by approximately $0.4 million and $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2017, respectively. As of September 30, 2017, the term loans under our existing senior credit agreement bore interest at a rate equal to 6.58% per annum.

(9)
Represents the amount of income tax provision/benefit on the total adjustments to pre-tax income/(loss) at the Company's effective tax rate of 33.0% and 38.9% for the year ended December 31, 2016 and nine months ended September 30, 2017, respectively, and does not reflect any impact from recently enacted tax reform. See "Prospectus Summary—Recent Developments—Impact of Tax Reform."

(10)
Pro forma basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Pro forma diluted net income per share is computed by adjusting the weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding to give effect to potentially dilutive securities. The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used to compute pro forma basic and diluted net income per share.
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2017
  Year Ended
December 31,
2016
 

Pro forma basic net income/(loss) per share:

             

Numerator

             

Net Income/(Loss)

  $ 29,492   $ (4,749 )

Denominator

             

Shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering

    11,700,000     11,700,000  

Weighted-average shares of Class B common stock outstanding—basic

    54,867,257     50,017,712  

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding—basic

    66,567,257     61,717,712  

Pro forma basic net income/(loss) per share

  $ 0.44   $ (0.08 )

Pro forma diluted net income/(loss) per share:

             

Numerator

             

Net Income/(Loss)

  $ 29,492   $ (4,749 )

Denominator

             

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding—basic

    66,567,257     61,717,712  

Weighted-average effect of dilutive securities:

             

Assumed exercise of outstanding options and vesting of restricted shares

    4,650,349      

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding-diluted

    71,217,606     61,717,712  

Pro forma diluted net income/(loss) per share

  $ 0.41   $ (0.08 )

64


Table of Contents


($ in thousands)
  Victory Capital
Holdings, Inc. as of
September 30, 2017
(as reported)
  Pro Forma
Adjustments for
the Offering
and the
2017 December
Dividend
  Pro Forma
Adjustments for the
Proposed Debt
Refinancing
  Victory Capital
Holdings, Inc. as of
September 30, 2017
Pro Forma
 

ASSETS

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 11,535   $ (8,589 )(1) $ (4,000 )(2)(4)   (1,054) (2)

Receivables

    59,964             59,964  

Prepaid expenses

    6,540     (2,637 )(1)       3,903  

Investments

    10,188             10,188  

Property and equipment, net

    7,802             7,802  

Goodwill

    284,108             284,108  

Other intangible assets, net

    413,676             413,676  

Deferred tax asset, net

            2,152 (3)   2,152  

Other assets

    5,697         31 (4)   5,728  

Total assets

  $ 799,510   $ (11,226 ) $ (1,817 ) $ 786,467  

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                         

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ 22,101   $ (2,637 )(1) $     19,464  

Accrued compensation and benefits

    22,500             22,500  

Dividend payable

        12,622 (5)       12,622  

Consideration payable for acquisition of business

    9,985             9,985  

Deferred tax liability, net

    1,378         (1,378 )(3)    

Other liabilities

    11,651             11,651  

Long-term debt

                   

Principal amount

    517,750     (200,000 )(1)       317,750  

Less: unamortized discount and debt issuance costs

    17,732         (5,096 )(2)(3)   12,636  

Long-term debt, net

    500,018     (200,000 )   5,096     305,114  

Total liabilities

    567,633     (190,015 )   3,718     381,336  

Stockholders' equity:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Common stock

    551     (551 )(7)        

Class A common stock

        117 (6)       117  

Class B common stock

        551 (7)       551  

Additional paid-in capital

    433,227     191,294 (8)       624,521  

Treasury stock

    (20,749 )           (20,749 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (97 )           (97 )

Retained deficit

    (181,055 )   (12,622 )(5)(9)   (5,535 )(9)   (199,212 )

Total stockholders' equity

    231,877     178,789     (5,535 )   405,131  

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 799,510   $ (11,226 ) $ (1,817 ) $ 786,467  

See Note 2 to consolidated financial statements.

       

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet

(1)
Reflects proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and offering expenses, of $191.4 million from this offering based on the issuance of 11,700,000 shares of Class A common stock and the assumed initial public offering price of $18.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), with a corresponding increase to total stockholders' equity and the application of the net proceeds received by us in the offering as described under "Use of Proceeds." We are deferring $2.6 million in costs associated with this offering, including certain legal, accounting and other related expenses, which have been recorded in prepaid expenses and accounts payable and accrued expense on our consolidated balance sheet. Upon completion of this offering, these deferred costs will be charged against the proceeds from this offering with a corresponding reduction to additional paid-in capital.

(2)
Gives effect to the $2.0 million of assumed incurrence of $298.0 million of indebtedness pursuant to the Proposed Debt Refinancing, net of assumed debt discount and debt issuance costs. The principal balance as reported on

65


Table of Contents

    September 30, 2017 does not include $18.0 million of principal payments made in the fourth quarter of 2017. These principal payments resulted in a decline in the gross amount of principal outstanding from $517.7 million to $499.7 million as of December 31, 2017. As of December 31, 2017, we increased our cash balances to $12.9 million. Including fourth quarter 2017 cash flow activity, ending pro forma cash and cash equivalents would increase by $1.4 million to $0.3 million. We assume that the Proposed Debt Refinancing will result in approximately 75% of the debt being treated as a modification and 25% as an extinguishment, with a writeoff of $7.1 million of unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs. The writedown of unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs is non-recurring in nature and, as such, has not been included as an adjustment in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations. An additional $1.5 million of third party costs associated with the Proposed Debt Financing are assumed to be immediately expensed as these costs relate to modified debt and are included in adjustment (9).

(in thousands)
  Pro Forma  

Writedown of debt discount and debt issuance costs

  $ (7,096 )

Debt discount and debt issuance costs on Proposed Debt Refinancing

    2,000  

Net change in unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs

  $ (5,096 )
(3)
Reflects the income tax impact from the $7.1 million writedown of unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs, $1.5 million in third party costs associated with the Proposed Debt Financing in note (2) and $0.5 million writedown of unamortized revolving credit costs in note (4) as an increase to net deferred tax assets at the effective tax rate of 38.9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and does not reflect any impact from recently enacted tax reform. See "Prospectus Summary—Recent Developments—Impact of Tax Reform."

(4)
Gives effect to the writedown of $0.5 million of unamortized revolving credit costs and incurrence of $0.5 million in new revolving credit commitment costs under the Proposed Debt Refinancing. The writedown of unamortized revolving credit costs is non-recurring in nature and, as such, has not been included as an adjustment in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations. The $0.5 million writedown represents 100% of total unamortized revolving credit costs just prior to the Proposed Debt Refinancing. The pro forma adjustment also reflects $0.5 million of new revolving credit costs incurred with the Proposed Debt Refinancing.
(in thousands)
  Pro Forma  

Writeoff of revolving credit costs

  $ (469 )

Revolving credit costs on Proposed Debt Refinancing

    500  

Net change in other assets

  $ 31  
(5)
Reflects the accrual of the $12.6 million dividend paid on December 5, 2017.

(6)
Reflects the $.01 par value of 11,700,000 shares of Class A common stock outstanding immediately after this offering.

(7)
In connection with this offering, we will designate the current outstanding shares of our common stock as Class B common stock at a one to one ratio.

(8)
The computation of the change in pro forma additional paid-in capital is below:
(in thousands)
  Pro Forma   Note

Proceeds from offering

  $ 210,600   (1)

Underwriting costs

  $ (13,689 ) (1)

Offering expenses

    (5,500 ) (1)

Par value of Class A common stock

    (117 ) (6)

Additional paid in capital

  $ 191,294    
(9)
The computation of the change in pro forma retained deficit is below:
(in thousands)
  Pro Forma   Note

Writedown of unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs, net of tax

  $ (4,333 ) (2)

Writedown of unamortized revolving credit costs, net of tax

    (286 ) (4)

Expenses related to Proposed Debt Refinancing, net of tax

    (916 ) (2)

Change in retained deficit related to Proposed Debt Refinancing

  $ (5,535 )  

66


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following tables set forth our historical consolidated financial data as of and for the periods indicated. The selected consolidated financial data for the years ended, and as of, December 31, 2016 and 2015 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical operating results are not necessarily indicative of future operating results.

        The selected consolidated financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 and as of September 30, 2017 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2017 and unaudited statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 have been prepared on substantially the same basis as our consolidated financial statements that were audited in accordance with GAAP and include all adjustments we consider necessary for a fair statement of our consolidated statements of operations and balance sheets for the periods and as of the dates presented therein. Our results for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 are not necessarily indicative of our results for a full year.

        The following data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, as well as the section entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
($ in thousands, except per share data as noted)
  2017(1)   2016(1)   2016   2015  

Statement of Operations Data:

                         

Investment management fees

  $ 254,605   $ 166,452   $ 248,482     201,553  

Fund administration and distribution fees

    49,378     33,352     49,401     39,210  

Total revenue

    303,983     199,804     297,883     240,763  

Income/(loss) from operations

  $ 63,242   $ 17,915   $ 24,485   $ 33,220  

Interest expense / (income)

    39,305     22,887     33,556     25,998  

Income/(loss) before income taxes

    23,937     (4,972 )   (9,071 )   7,222  

Net income/(loss)

    14,617     (3,383 )   (6,071 )   3,800  

GAAP operating margin

    20.8 %   9.0 %   8.2 %   13.8 %

Basic earnings per share

  $ 0.27   $ (0.07 ) $ (0.12 ) $ 0.08  

Diluted earnings per share

  $ 0.25   $ (0.07 ) $ (0.12 ) $ 0.08  

 

 
  As of
September 30,
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
($ in thousands)
  2017(1)   2016   2015  

Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Total assets

  $ 799,510   $ 850,951   $ 620,389  

Total debt(2)

    500,018     418,528     311,898  

Total liabilities

    567,633     519,953     370,960  

Total equity

    231,877     330,998     249,429  

(1)
Unaudited.

(2)
Shown net of unamortized loan discount and debt issuance costs in the amount of $17.7 million. The gross amount of the principal outstanding under the term loans under our existing senior credit agreement is $517.7 million.

67


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, this discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from management's expectations. Factors that could cause such differences are discussed in the sections entitled "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" and "Risk Factors." We are not undertaking any obligation to update any forward-looking statements or other statements we may make in the following discussion or elsewhere in this document even though these statements may be affected by events or circumstances occurring after the forward-looking statements or other statements were made. Therefore, no reader of this document should rely on these statements being current as of any time other than the date of this prospectus.

Overview

        We are an independent investment management firm operating a next generation, integrated multi-boutique model with $59.0 billion in AUM as of September 30, 2017. Our differentiated model features a scalable operating platform that provides centralized distribution, marketing and operations infrastructure to our select group of Franchises. Our earnings are primarily driven by asset-based fees charged for services related to the investment strategies we deliver and consist of investment management, fund administration and distribution fees.

        We sell our products through our centralized distribution model with 100 professionals across both our institutional and retail distribution channels and marketing organization. We distribute our products through broker-dealers, retirement platforms and RIA networks. Our institutional sales team focuses on cultivating relationships with institutional consultants, who account for the majority of the institutional market, as well as mutual fund complexes seeking sub-advisers. Our retail sales team offers intermediary and retirement platform clients mutual funds and ETFs as well as SMAs through wrap fee programs and access to our investment models through UMAs.

        We have grown our AUM from $17.9 billion following the management-led buyout with Crestview GP from KeyCorp in August 2013 to $59.0 billion at September 30, 2017. We attribute this growth to our success in sourcing and executing acquisitions, generating strong investment returns, and developing retail and institutional distribution channels with deep penetration.

Company History

        On August 1, 2013, our management team along with Crestview GP purchased all of the outstanding stock of VCM and VCA from KeyCorp. Following the acquisition, taking into account post-closing outflows, Victory had $17.9 billion in AUM, consisting of $13.7 billion in U.S. equities, $1.3 billion in international and global equities and $2.9 billion in fixed income. The investment teams consisted of the Sycamore, Expedition, NewBridge Asset Management, or NewBridge, and Diversified Franchises and included short government and investment grade convertible capabilities, which are currently part of the INCORE Capital Management, or INCORE, Franchise.

        On October 31, 2014, we acquired Munder Capital. Munder Capital was an institutional investment management firm providing domestic and international equity, as well as fixed income investment solutions. The Munder Acquisition increased our AUM by $18.1 billion. The Munder Capital AUM consisted of $14.4 billion in U.S. equities, $0.7 billion in international and global equities and $3.0 billion in fixed income. The Munder, Integrity and Trivalent Franchises joined us as a result of the Munder Acquisition. In addition, Munder Capital had a core fixed income team that we combined with our short government and investment grade convertible teams to form the current INCORE Franchise. As a result

68


Table of Contents

of integrating the Munder Capital business onto our operating platform, we achieved approximately $23 million in annualized expense synergies.

        On April 30, 2015, we acquired the business of CEMP. CEMP provided rules-based investment products that combine fundamental criteria with a long-term volatility-weighted investment philosophy through a series of mutual funds and ETF offerings. With CEMP, we acquired $1.0 billion of rules-based AUM. The CEMP Acquisition also marked our entry into the ETF marketplace. For each year during the four-year period following the closing, the CEMP sellers are entitled to future payments in fixed amounts, with the fixed amounts increasing over the four-year period, and variable amounts in respect of investment management revenue attributable to the CEMP business. The first earn-out payments were made in 2016. See "—Contractual Obligations" and Note 3 of our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        On July 29, 2016, we acquired RS Investments, an SEC-registered investment adviser, and RS Investments' wholly owned subsidiaries. RS Investments provided investment advisory and related services to institutional and retail clients. The RS Acquisition increased our AUM by $16.7 billion at closing. The RS Investments AUM at closing consisted of $10.4 billion in U.S. equities, $0.9 billion in international and global equities, $3.3 billion in fixed income and $2.1 billion in commodities. We added the RS Investments and Sophus Capital Franchises as a result of the acquisition. In addition, the INCORE Franchise began managing two of RS Investments' fixed income strategies that had been sub-advised by a third party prior to the RS Acquisition, and we acquired two significant sub-advising relationships. As a result of integrating the RS Investments business onto our operating platform, we achieved approximately $52 million in annualized net expense synergies as of September 30, 2017 ($5.6 million of which was not reflected in our earnings as of such date), and expect to achieve $53 million in total annualized net expense synergies by December 31, 2017.

Highlights for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017

        Business and financial highlights for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 included:

    AUM was $59.0 billion at September 30, 2017 compared to $51.4 billion at September 30, 2016.

    Our Franchises had strong investment performance, which is evidenced by 22 of our 54 mutual funds and ETFs associated with six different Franchises and our solutions platform rated four or five stars according to Morningstar's overall rating as of September 30, 2017, 62% of mutual fund AUM rated four or five stars by Morningstar's overall rating as of September 30, 2017 and 79% of strategies outperforming their benchmark for the trailing five-year time period as of September 30, 2017.

    The industry recognized us for our achievements. We were ranked #1 for Institutional Brand Awareness among asset managers with between $25 billion and $50 billion in AUM in 2015 and #4 for Institutional Brand Awareness among asset managers with between $50 billion and $100 billion in 2016 by eVestment. For the third year in a row, we were ranked as one of the top 25 fund families by Barron's "The Best Fund Families of 2016."

    We had strong growth in gross flows and saw negative net flows primarily due to the decision to exit the Diversified Equity Franchise and client reallocations due to strong investment performance. We generated $12.6 billion in gross flows and ($1.8) billion in negative net flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 compared to $9.8 billion and ($0.7) billion, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

    We continued the integration of the RS Investments business onto our operating platform and we achieved approximately $52 million in net annualized expense synergies as of September 30, 2017 ($5.6 million of which was not reflected in our earnings as of such date), and we expect to achieve $53 million in total by December 31, 2017.

69


Table of Contents

    Total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 was $304.0 million compared to $199.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

    Net income was $14.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 compared to net (loss) of ($3.4) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

    Adjusted EBITDA was $109.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 compared to $66.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. See "—Supplemental Non-GAAP Financial Information" for more information about how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA.

    Adjusted Net Income was $44.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 compared to $26.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. See "—Supplemental Non-GAAP Financial Information" for more information about how we calculate Adjusted Net Income and a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted Net Income.

Highlights for 2016

        2016 business and financial highlights included:

    AUM was $55.0 billion at December 31, 2016 compared to $33.1 billion at December 31, 2015.

    The RS Acquisition added $16.7 billion of AUM along with two investment Franchises, two significant sub-advisory relationships and incremental distribution capabilities. By integrating the RS Investments business onto our operating platform, we achieved approximately $47 million in net annualized expense synergies as of December 31, 2016.

    We had strong growth in gross flows and delivered positive net flows. We generated $16.0 billion in gross flows and $0.9 billion in positive net flows in 2016 compared to $7.8 billion and ($2.8) billion, respectively, in 2015.

    Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $297.9 million compared to $240.8 million in 2015.

    Net income/(loss) was ($6.1) million in 2016 compared to net income of $3.8 million in 2015.

    Adjusted EBITDA was $98.1 million in 2016 compared to $82.1 million in 2015. See "—Supplemental Non-GAAP Financial Information" for more information about how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA.

    Adjusted Net Income was $39.0 million in 2016 compared to $34.3 million in 2015. See "—Supplemental Non-GAAP Financial Information" for more information about how we calculate Adjusted Net Income and a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted Net Income.

70


Table of Contents

Key Performance Indicators

        When we review our performance we focus on the indicators described below:

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
($ in millions)
  2017   2016   2016   2015  

AUM at period end

  $ 58,977   $ 51,356   $ 54,965   $ 33,111  

Average AUM

    56,979     38,334     42,311     35,278  

Gross flows

    12,558     9,813     16,037     7,792  

Net flows (excluding Diversified)(1)

    (1,146 )   412     2,266     (889 )

Total revenue

    304.0     199.8     297.9     240.8  

Revenue on average AUM

    71 bps     70 bps     71 bps     68 bps  

Net income/(loss)

  $ 14.6   $ (3.4 ) $ (6.1 ) $ 3.8  

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

  $ 109.0     66.0     98.1     82.1  

Adjusted EBITDA Margin(3)

    35.9 %   33.0 %   32.9 %   34.1 %

Adjusted Net Income(2)

  $ 44.0   $ 26.2   $ 39.0   $ 34.3  

Tax benefit of goodwill and acquired intangibles(4)

    14.6     12.6     16.8     14.8  

(1)
Total net flows including Diversified were ($1,765) and ($746) for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and $875 and ($2,776) for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. See "Business—Our Franchises—Munder Capital Management."

(2)
Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income to measure the operating profitability of the business. These measures eliminate the impact of one-time acquisition, restructuring and integration costs and demonstrate the ongoing operating earnings metrics of the business. These measures are explained in more detail and reconciled to net income calculated in accordance with GAAP in "—Supplemental Non-GAAP Financial Information."

(3)
Adjusted EBITDA margin represents Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of total revenue.

(4)
Represents the tax benefits associated with deductions allowed for intangibles and goodwill generated from prior acquisitions in which we received a step-up in basis for tax purposes. Acquired intangible assets and goodwill may be amortized for tax purposes, generally over a 15-year period. The tax benefit from amortization on these assets is included to show the full economic benefit of deductions for all acquired intangibles with a step-up in tax basis. Due to our acquisitive nature, tax deductions allowed on acquired intangible assets and goodwill provide us with a significant supplemental economic benefit. See "Prospectus Summary—Recent Developments—Impact of Tax Reform."

Assets Under Management

        Our profitability is largely affected by the level and composition of our AUM (including asset class and distribution channel) and the effective fee rates on our products. The amount and composition of our AUM are, and will continue to be, influenced by a number of factors, including:

    investment performance, including fluctuations in the financial markets and the quality of our investment decisions;

    client flows into and out of our various strategies and investment vehicles;

    industry trends toward products or strategies that we either do or do not offer;

    our ability to attract and retain high quality investment, distribution, marketing and management personnel;

71


Table of Contents

    our decision to close strategies or limit growth of assets in a strategy when we believe it is in the best interest of our clients or conversely to re-open strategies in part or entirely; and

    general investor sentiment and confidence.

        Our goal is to establish and maintain a client base that is diversified by Franchise and solutions platform, asset class, distribution channel and vehicle. The chart below sets forth our AUM by Franchise and solutions platform as of September 30, 2017:

GRAPHIC


(1)
Includes assets managed by Diversified, which were transferred to Munder on May 15, 2017. See "Business—Our Franchises—Munder Capital Management."

        The following table presents our AUM by asset class as of the dates indicated:

 
  As of
September 30,
  As of December 31,   As of
July 31,
 
($ in millions)
  2017   2016(1)   2015(2)   2014   2013(3)  

U.S. Mid Cap Equity

  $ 23,388   $ 20,083   $ 12,401   $ 13,887   $ 3,269  

U.S. Small Cap Equity

    14,833     14,090     6,500     5,882     2,261  

Fixed Income

    7,777     7,726     5,058     5,338     2,870  

U.S. Large Cap Equity

    4,806     5,921     5,763     8,906     8,195  

Global / Non-U.S. Equity

    3,735     3,459     2,114     1,474     1,267  

Solutions

    2,625     1,575     953          

Commodity

    1,517     1,882              

Other

    314     229     322     450     27  

Total

  $ 58,997   $ 54,965   $ 33,111   $ 35,936   $ 17,887  

(1)
Includes the impact of the RS Acquisition, which closed on July 29, 2016, and increased our AUM by $16.7 billion.

(2)
Includes the impact of the CEMP Acquisition, which closed on April 30, 2015, and increased our AUM by $1.0 billion.

(3)
Represents the AUM acquired in our management-led buyout with Crestview GP from KeyCorp, which closed on July 31, 2013, taking into account post-closing outflows.

72


Table of Contents

        The following table summarizes our asset flows by asset class for the periods indicated:

($ in millions)
  U.S. Mid
Cap
Equity
  U.S.
Small
Cap
Equity
  Fixed
Income
  U.S.
Large
Cap
Equity(1)
  Global /
Non-U.S.
Equity
  Commodity   Solutions   Other   Total  

For Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017

                                                       

Beginning AUM

  $ 20,083   $ 14,090   $ 7,726   $ 5,921   $ 3,460   $ 1,882   $ 1,602   $ 202   $ 54,965  

Gross client cash inflows

    6,287     2,897     1,375     173     558     234     978     56     12,558  

Gross client cash outflows

    (5,480 )   (3,849 )   (1,586 )   (1,419 )   (1,123 )   (624 )   (161 )   (81 )   (14,323 )

Net client cash flows

    807     (952 )   (211 )   (1,246 )   (565 )   (390 )   817     (25 )   (1,765 )

Net transfers

    1         (57 )   (6 )               62      

Market appreciation / (depreciation)

    2,497     1,695     319     137     840     25     206     75     5,796  

Ending AUM

  $ 23,388   $ 14,833   $ 7,777   $ 4,806   $ 3,735   $ 1,517   $ 2,625   $ 314   $ 58,997  

Year Ended December 31, 2016

                                                       

Beginning AUM(2)

  $ 12,396   $ 6,500   $ 5,058   $ 5,763   $ 2,114       $ 953   $ 327   $ 33,111  

Gross client cash inflows

    8,965     3,263     1,639     276     1,021     169     691     12     16,037  

Gross client cash outflows

    (5,898 )   (3,341 )   (2,400 )   (1,962 )   (537 )   (500 )   (491 )   (34 )   (15,162 )

Net client cash flows

    3,067     (78 )   (761 )   (1,686 )   484     (330 )   201     (22 )   875  

Net transfers(3)

    2,658     5,360     3,323     2,087     852     2,110     283     (87 )   16,587  

Market appreciation / (depreciation)

    1,961     2,307     107     (243 )   9     102     139     11     4,393  

Ending AUM

  $ 20,083   $ 14,090   $ 7,726   $ 5,921   $ 3,459   $ 1,882   $ 1,575   $ 229   $ 54,965  

Year Ended December 31, 2015

                                                       

Beginning AUM

  $ 13,887   $ 5,882   $ 5,338   $ 8,906   $ 1,474   $   $   $ 450   $ 35,936  

Gross client cash inflows

    2,789     2,302     975     383     875         420     48     7,792  

Gross client cash outflows

    (3,767 )   (1,437 )   (1,243 )   (3,326 )   (277 )       (357 )   (160 )   (10,567 )

Net client cash flows

    (978 )   865     (267 )   (2,943 )   598         63     (113 )   (2,776 )

Net transfers(4)

    6         0     26             958     (26 )   964  

Market appreciation / (depreciation)

    (513 )   (246 )   (14 )   (225 )   42         (68 )   11     (1,013 )

Ending AUM

  $ 12,401   $ 6,500   $ 5,058   $ 5,763   $ 2,114   $   $ 953   $ 322   $ 33,111  

(1)
Includes Diversified. See "Business—Our Franchises—Munder Capital Management."

(2)
Reflects transfer of $5.0 million in assets from U.S. Mid Cap Equity to Other effective January 1, 2016.

(3)
Includes the impact of the RS Acquisition, which closed on July 29, 2016, and increased our AUM by $16.7 billion.

(4)
Reflects the impact of the CEMP Acquisition, which closed on April 30, 2015, and increased our AUM by $1.0 billion.

        In connection with the retirement of our two CIOs at Diversified, we made the strategic decision to exit this Franchise and move the remaining AUM into our Munder Franchise, which was completed as of May 15, 2017. The following table presents the impact of Diversified on net client cash flows for the

73


Table of Contents

periods indicated. Given this decision, we believe this presentation is a better representation of our business on a going-forward basis.

 
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
($ in millions)
  2017   2016   2016   2015  

Net client cash flows—Total Company

  $ (1,765 ) $ (746 ) $ 875   $ (2,776 )

Net client cash flows—Diversified

    (618 )   (1,159 )   (1,391 )   (1,887 )

Net client cash flows—Total Company excluding Diversified

  $ (1,146 ) $ 412   $ 2,266   $ (889 )

        The following table presents our AUM by distribution channel as of the dates indicated:

 
  As of September 30,   As of December 31,  
 
  2017   2016   2015  
($ in millions)
  Amount   % of total   Amount   % of total   Amount   % of total  

Institutional

  $ 33,371     56.6 % $ 30,360     55.2 % $ 16,988     51.3 %

Retail

    25,626     43.4 %   24,605     44.8 %   16,123     48.7 %

Total AUM(1)

  $ 58,997     100.0 % $ 54,965     100.0 % $ 33,111     100.0 %

(1)
The allocation of AUM by distribution channel involves the use of estimates and the exercise of judgment.

74


Table of Contents

        The following table summarizes our asset flows by vehicle for the periods indicated:

($ in millions)
  Mutual Funds(1)   ETFs   Other(2)   Total  

For Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017

                         

Beginning AUM

  $ 33,975   $ 906   $ 20,085   $ 54,965  

Gross client cash inflows

    9,658     833     2,067     12,558  

Gross client cash outflows

    (10,138 )   (4 )   (4,181 )   (14,323 )

Net client cash flows

    (480 )   829     (2,114 )   (1,765 )

Net transfers

    (5 )       5      

Market appreciation / (depreciation)

    3,851     140     1,805     5,796  

Ending AUM

  $ 37,341   $ 1,875   $ 19,780   $ 58,997  

Year Ended December 31, 2016

                         

Beginning AUM

  $ 17,103   $ 353   $ 15,655   $ 33,111  

Gross client cash inflows

    10,388     536     5,112     16,037  

Gross client cash outflows

    (9,703 )   (61 )   (5,397 )   (15,162 )

Net client cash flows

    685     475     (285 )   875  

Net transfers(3)

    13,043         3,543     16,587  

Market appreciation/(depreciation)

    3,144     77     1,171     4,393  

Ending AUM

  $ 33,975   $ 906   $ 20,085   $ 54,965  

Year Ended December 31, 2015

                         

Beginning AUM

  $ 16,814   $   $ 19,122   $ 35,936  

Gross client cash inflows

    5,776     233     1,783     7,792  

Gross client cash outflows

    (5,587 )   (53 )   (4,927 )   (10,567 )

Net client cash flows

    189     180     (3,144 )   (2,776 )

Net transfers(4)

    646     198     119     964  

Market appreciation/(depreciation)

    (546 )   (25 )   (443 )   (1,013 )

Ending AUM

  $ 17,103   $ 353   $ 15,655   $ 33,111  

(1)
Includes institutional and retail share classes.

(2)
Includes institutional separate accounts, collective trust funds, wrap program separate accounts and UMAs.

(3)
Includes the impact of the RS Acquisition, which closed on July 29, 2016, and increased our AUM by $16.7 billion.

(4)
Reflects the impact of the CEMP Acquisition, which closed on April 30, 2015, and increased our AUM by $1.0 billion.

        At September 30, 2017, our total AUM was $59.0 billion, an increase of $4.0 billion, or 7% compared to $55.0 billion at December 31, 2016. The change in AUM during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 reflects net market appreciation of $5.8 billion and net outflows of ($1.8) billion.

        For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, our net outflows were ($1.8) billion. Excluding the impact of outflows from Diversified, net outflows would have been ($1.1) billion for the period. The net outflows were primarily a result of ($1.2) billion net outflows in our U.S. large-cap equity strategies, ($1.0) billion in our U.S. small-cap equity strategies, ($0.6) billion in our global / non-U.S. equity strategies, ($0.4) billion in our commodity strategies and ($0.2) billion in our fixed income strategies, which was partially offset by $0.8 billion of net inflows in our U.S. mid-cap equity strategies and $0.8 billion in our solutions platform.

75


Table of Contents

        At December 31, 2016, our total AUM was $55.0 billion, an increase of $21.9 billion, or 66%, compared to $33.1 billion at December 31, 2015. In addition to the RS Acquisition, which accounted for an increase in AUM of $16.7 billion as of the closing on July 29, 2016, the change in AUM during the year ended December 31, 2016 reflects net market appreciation of $4.4 billion and net inflows of $0.9 billion. The change in AUM during the year ended December 31, 2015 reflects net market depreciation of ($1.0) billion and net outflows of ($2.8) billion partially offset by the addition of $1.0 billion of AUM as a result of the CEMP Acquisition.

        For the year ended December 31, 2016, our net inflows were $0.9 billion. Excluding the impact of outflows from Diversified, net inflows would have been $2.3 billion in 2016. The net inflows were primarily a result of $3.1 billion of net inflows in our U.S. mid-cap equity strategies, $0.5 billion in our global / non-U.S. equity strategies and $0.2 billion in our solutions platform, which was largely offset by ($1.7) billion net outflows in our U.S. large-cap equity strategies, ($0.8) billion in our fixed income strategies and ($0.3) billion in our commodity strategies. For the year ended December 31, 2015, our net outflows were ($2.8) billion primarily due to ($2.9) billion net outflows in our U.S. large-cap equity strategies. Excluding the impact of outflows from Diversified, net outflows would have been ($0.9) billion in 2015.

GAAP Results of Operations

        Our GAAP revenues principally consist of:

    i.
    Investment management fees, which are based on our overall weighted average fee rate charged to our clients and our level of AUM; and

    ii.
    Fund administration and distribution fees, which are asset-based fees earned from open-end mutual funds for administration and distribution services.

    Investment Management Fees

        Investment management fees are earned from managing clients' assets. Our investment management fee revenue fluctuates based on a number of factors, including the total value of our AUM, the composition of AUM across investment strategies and vehicles, changes in the investment management fee rates on our products and the extent to which we enter into fee arrangements that differ from our standard fee schedule. Investment management fees are earned based on a percentage of AUM as delineated in the respective investment management agreements. Approximately 85% of our management fees are calculated based on daily average AUM with the remainder calculated based on monthly average AUM or point in time AUM.

    Fund Administration and Distribution Fees

        Fund administration fees are asset-based fees earned from open-end funds for administration services. Fund administration fees fluctuate based on the level of average open-end AUM and the fee rates charged for these services.

        Fund distribution fees are asset-based fees earned from open-end funds for distribution services. Fund distribution fees fluctuate based on the level of average open-end AUM and the composition of those assets across share classes that pay varying levels of fund distribution fees.

        Our GAAP expenses principally consist of:

    i.
    Personnel compensation and benefits;

    ii.
    Distribution and other asset-based expenses;

    iii.
    General and administration expenses;

    iv.
    Depreciation and amortization charges; and

76


Table of Contents

    v.
    Acquisition-related costs and restructuring / integration costs.

    Personnel Compensation and Benefits

        Personnel compensation and benefits is our most significant category of expense. Personnel compensation and benefits consists of (i) salaries, payroll related taxes and employee benefits, (ii) incentive compensation, (iii) sales-based compensation, (iv) compensation expense related to equity awards granted to employees and (v) acquisition-related compensation in the form of cash retention bonuses.

        Incentive compensation is the largest component of the total compensation of our employees. The aggregate amount of cash incentive compensation is funded by a pool that is based on a percentage of total Company earnings (before taking into account incentive compensation). This incentive pool is used to pay the investment teams a percentage of the revenue earned by their respective Franchise on a quarterly basis. This incentive pool is also used to pay incentive compensation to senior management and other non-investment employees on an annual basis. Incentive compensation paid to senior management and to other non-investment employees is discretionary and subjectively determined based on Company and individual performance and the total amount of the incentive compensation pool.

    Distribution and Other Asset-based Expenses

        Distribution and other asset-based expenses consists of (i) broker-dealer distribution fees and platform distribution fees, (ii) fund expense reimbursements to affiliates and (iii) sub-administration, sub-advisory and middle-office expenses.

        Broker-dealer distribution fees are paid by VCA as the broker-dealer for the Victory Funds to third-party distributors. The Victory Funds pay VCA for distribution services and VCA, in turn, pays third-party distributors.

        Platform distribution fees are paid by VCM as the investment adviser to the Victory Funds. Platform distribution fees are paid to financial advisors, retirement plan providers and intermediaries for servicing and administering accounts invested in shares of the Victory Funds. Distribution fees typically vary based on the level of AUM and the composition of those assets across share classes.

        Fund expense reimbursements result from VCM, as investment adviser for the Victory Funds, agreeing to cap the annual operating expenses for certain share classes of the Victory Funds. VCM has contractually agreed to reimburse the Victory Funds for expenses in excess of these caps but may recoup these reimbursements for a period of time if the applicable Fund's share class expenses fall below the cap.

        Sub-administration, sub-advisory and middle-office expenses consist of fees paid to our sub-administrator of the Victory Funds, fees paid to sub-advisers on certain Victory Funds and fees paid to vendors to which we outsource middle-office functions.

    VCM acts as the administrator to the Victory Funds. VCM has hired a sub-administrator, the fees for which are captured in sub-administration expense. As administrator, VCM supervises the operations of the Victory Funds, including the services provided by the sub-administrator. The sub-administrator is paid through a contractual arrangement based on a percentage of the average open-end mutual fund AUM.

    VCM, as the investment adviser for the Victory Funds, has hired unaffiliated sub-advisers to manage funds for which we do not have in-house capabilities. The fees paid to the sub-advisers are contractual based on a percentage of assets that they manage.

    We have outsourced middle-office operations to achieve a scalable operational infrastructure that utilizes a variable-cost model. We have selected to partner with top-tier vendors who perform trade operations, portfolio accounting and performance measurement with oversight from our operations

77


Table of Contents

      team. The fees paid to these vendors are variable and structured based on the number of accounts, assets and specific services performed.

    General and Administrative Expenses

        General and administrative expenses primarily consist of investment research and technology costs, professional and marketing fees, travel, rent and insurance expenses.

    Depreciation and Amortization

        Depreciation and amortization expense consists primarily of the depreciation of property and equipment as well as the amortization of acquired intangibles that have a definite life. These intangibles include customer relationships, investment advisory contracts, intellectual property and non-compete clauses acquired in connection with a business or asset acquisition. Both depreciation and amortization are recorded ratably over the assets' useful lives.

    Acquisition-Related Costs

        Acquisition-related costs include legal fees, advisory services, mutual fund proxy voting costs and other one-time expenses related to acquisitions.

    Restructuring and Integration Costs

        Restructuring and integration costs include costs incurred in connection with business combinations, asset purchases and changes in business strategy. These include severance-related expenses related to one-time benefit arrangements, contract termination and other costs to integrate investment platforms, products and personnel into existing systems, processes and service provider arrangements and restructure the business to capture operating expense synergies.

        Other non-operating items of income and expense consist of:

    i.
    Interest expense and other financing costs; and

    ii.
    Income tax (expense)/benefit.

    Interest Expense and Other Financing Costs

        Interest expense and other financing costs consists primarily of interest expense attributable to long-term debt. See "—Liquidity and Capital Resources" for more information.

    Income Tax (Expense)/Benefit

        The provision for income taxes includes U.S. federal, state and local taxes, and following the RS Acquisition in 2016, foreign income taxes payable by certain of our subsidiaries. The effective tax rate is primarily driven by state and local taxes and permanent differences related to meals and entertainment. The portion of the effective income tax rate attributable to state and local income taxes varies from year to year depending on amounts of income apportioned to each jurisdiction, whether we file income tax returns on a unitary or separate return basis and with changes in tax laws. See "Prospectus Summary—Recent Developments—Impact of Tax Reform."

78


Table of Contents

        Our GAAP results of operations were as follows for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016.

 
  Nine Months Ended September 30,   Change  
($ in thousands, other than per share amounts)
  2017   2016   Amount   %  

Revenue

                         

Investment management fees

  $ 254,605   $ 166,452   $ 88,153     53 %

Fund administration and distribution fees

    49,378     33,352   $ 16,026     48 %

Total revenue

    303,983     199,804   $ 104,179     52 %

Expenses

                         

Personnel compensation and benefits

    106,772     78,284   $ 28,488     36 %

Distribution and other asset-based expenses

    78,226     50,546   $ 27,680     55 %

General and administrative

    26,049     18,346   $ 7,703     42 %

Depreciation and amortization

    23,340     21,751   $ 1,589     7 %

Change in value of consideration payable for acquisition of business

    (25 )   (75 ) $ 50     (67 )%

Acquisition-related costs

    1,435     5,675   $ (4,240 )   (75 )%

Restructuring and integration costs

    4,944     7,362   $ (2,418 )   (33 )%

Total operating expenses

    240,741     181,889   $ 58,852     32 %

Income/(loss) from operations

    63,242     17,915   $ 45,327     253 %

Other income (expense)

                         

Interest income and other income/(expense)

    (816 )   490   $ (1,306 )   n/m  

Interest expense and other financing costs

    (38,489 )   (23,377 ) $ (15,112 )   65 %

Total other income (expense), net

    (39,305 )   (22,887 ) $ (16,418 )   72 %

Income/(loss) before income taxes

    23,937     (4,972 ) $ 28,909     n/m  

Income tax (expense)/benefit

    (9,320 )   1,589   $ (10,909 )   n/m  

Net income/(loss)

  $ 14,617   $ (3,383 ) $ 18,000     n/m  

Earnings per share—basic

  $ 0.27   $ (0.07 ) $ 0.34     n/m  

Earnings per share—diluted

  $ 0.25   $ (0.07 ) $ 0.32     n/m  

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic

    54,867,257     48,403,649     6,463,607     13 %

Weighted average shares outstanding—diluted

    59,517,606     48,403,649     11,113,957     23 %

Dividends declared per share

  $ 2.19   $   $ 2.19     100 %

    Investment Management Fees

        Investment management fees increased $88.2 million, or 53%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016 due to an increase in AUM and an increase in realized fee rate of approximately 1.8 basis points year over year as a result of asset mix and the RS Acquisition. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in investment management fees of $3.7 million attributable to Diversified accounts for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016. AUM increased by $7.6 billion to $59.0 billion at September 30, 2017 from $51.4 billion at September 30, 2016, due to $7.8 billion of market appreciation partially offset by $0.2 billion of net outflows during the 12 months ended September 30, 2017.

    Fund Administration and Distribution Fees

        Fund administration and distribution fees totaled $49.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of $16.0 million, or 48%, when compared to the nine months ended

79


Table of Contents

September 30, 2016, due to an increase in open-end mutual fund AUM. Open-end mutual fund daily average AUM grew by $13.0 billion from $22.7 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2016 to $35.7 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 due primarily to the RS Acquisition (which was completed in July 2016 and included $13.2 billion of open-end mutual fund AUM at the date of acquisition). The increase in fees due to higher average AUM was partially offset by a reduction in the fee rate earned for administrative services. The administrative fee schedule is tiered such that the average fee rate earned declines as AUM increase.

    Personnel Compensation and Benefits

        The following table presents the components of GAAP compensation expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016:

 
  Nine Months
ended
September 30,
 
($ in thousands)
  2017   2016  

Salaries, payroll related taxes and employee benefits

  $ 37,638   $ 29,569  

Incentive compensation

    46,962     31,277  

Sales-based compensation(1)

    12,102     7,573  

Equity awards granted to employees(2)

    10,012     6,606  

Acquisition-related cash retention compensation

    58     3,259  

Total compensation and benefits expense

  $ 106,772   $ 78,284  

(1)
Represents sales-based commissions paid to our distribution teams. Sales-based compensation varies based on gross client cash flows and revenue earned on sales.

(2)
Equity awards typically vest over several years based on service and the achievement of specific financial targets. The value of the equity awards are recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period.

        Personnel compensation and benefits was $106.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of $28.5 million, or 36%, from $78.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. Salaries and benefits was $37.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of $8.0 million, or 27%, from $29.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. This increase reflects the effect of increased headcount due to the RS Acquisition as well as new hires and annual salary increases. Incentive compensation was $47.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of $15.7 million, or 50%, from $31.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, due to higher pre-incentive compensation earnings and the effect of the RS Acquisition. Sales-based compensation was $12.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of $4.5 million, or 59%, from $7.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, as a result of higher gross flows and revenue. Equity award expense was $10.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of $3.4 million, or 52%, from $6.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, due to the equity awards to RS Investments employees in connection with the RS Acquisition and pre-existing awards that are still being expensed. Acquisition-related compensation was $0.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, a decrease of $3.1 million from $3.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, due to cash retention payments made in 2016 to former RS Investments employees in connection with the RS Acquisition and the impact of certain one-time compensation costs related to the integration of the RS Investments business onto our platform.

80


Table of Contents

    Distribution and Other Asset-based Expenses

        Broker-dealer and platform distribution expenses along with fund expense reimbursements, sub-administration, sub-advisory and middle-office expenses are based on AUM. The following table presents the components of distribution and other asset-based expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016:

 
  Nine Months
ended
September 30,
 
($ in thousands)
  2017   2016  

Broker-dealer distribution fees

  $ 30,590   $ 20,788  

Platform distribution fees

    21,961     13,109  

Fund expense reimbursements

    9,826     6,135  

Sub-administration

    4,219     4,064  

Sub-advisory

    6,312     1,911  

Middle-office

    5,318     4,539  

Total distribution and other asset-based expenses

  $ 78,226   $ 50,546  

        Distribution and other asset-based expenses are primarily based on percentages of AUM and increased by $27.7 million, or 55%, to $78.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, from $50.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, due to higher average open-end mutual fund AUM and an increase in the cost of third-party distribution. Asset-based expenses associated with fund reimbursements, sub-administration and middle-office outsourcing have increased year over year due to the increase in AUM as a result of the RS Acquisition and market appreciation. The increase in sub-advisory expenses is a result of the RS Acquisition, which included two sub-advisory relationships (Park Avenue and SailingStone).

    General and Administrative Expenses

        General and administrative expenses increased by $7.7 million, or 42%, to $26.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, from $18.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, driven by systems and data costs related to incremental Franchises and additional risk tools as well as database development and marketing costs for new products and ETFs. In addition, included in General and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 was $2.2 million of costs related to debt modification as a result of the incremental term loan borrowing of $125 million in February 2017 and the repricing of the term loan in August 2017.

    Depreciation and Amortization

        Depreciation and amortization increased by $1.5 million, or 7%, to $23.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, from $21.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, primarily due to higher intangible asset amortization as a result of the RS Acquisition.

    Acquisition-Related Costs

        Acquisition-related costs decreased by $4.3 million to $1.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, from $5.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, due to the RS Acquisition costs incurred in the earlier period.

81


Table of Contents

    Restructuring and Integration Costs

        Restructuring and integration costs decreased by $2.5 million to $4.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, from $7.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, due to costs related to the RS Acquisition which occurred in the third quarter of 2016.

    Interest Expense and Other Financing Costs

        Interest expense increased by $15.1 million, or 65%, to $38.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, from $23.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. This increase was primarily due to incremental indebtedness incurred under the term loans under our existing senior credit agreement in the amounts of $135.0 million and $125.0 million in July 2016 and February 2017, respectively. We used the proceeds of the incremental term loans to fund the RS Acquisition and associated transaction costs and to pay a dividend to our stockholders. On August 1, 2017, the existing senior credit agreement was amended to refinance all existing term loans outstanding, effective as of that date, reducing the spread above LIBOR from 7.50% to 5.25%, which we anticipate will reduce our ongoing interest expense. We also anticipate that our ongoing interest expense will decrease as a result of the net proceeds of this offering being used to repay a portion of our outstanding debt and as a result of the Proposed Debt Refinancing.

    Income Tax (Expense)/Benefit

        The provision for income taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 comprises federal and state taxes and, in addition, for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, foreign income taxes. The difference between our effective tax rate and the statutory federal rate of 35% are state, local and foreign income taxes and non-deductible expenses. See "Prospectus Summary—Recent Developments—Impact of Tax Reform."

        Our GAAP results of operations were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
($ in thousands, other than per share amounts)
  2016   2015   Amount   %  

Revenue

                         

Investment management fees

  $ 248,482   $ 201,553   $ 46,929     23 %

Fund administration and distribution fees

    49,401     39,210     10,191     26 %

Total revenue

    297,883     240,763     57,120     24 %

Expenses

                         

Personnel compensation and benefits

    122,615     93,819     28,796     31 %

Distribution and other asset-based expenses

    77,497     51,481     26,016     51 %

General and administrative

    26,628     22,959     3,669     16 %

Depreciation and amortization

    30,405     27,291     3,114     11 %

Change in value of consideration payable for acquisition of business

    (378 )   193     (571 )   n/m  

Acquisition-related costs

    6,619     3,187     3,432     108 %

Restructuring and integration costs

    10,012     8,613     1,399     16 %

Total operating expenses

    273,398     207,543     65,855     32 %

Income/(loss) from operations

    24,485     33,220     (8,735 )   (26 )%

Other income (expense)

                         

Interest income and other income

    1,086     47     1,039     n/m  

Interest expense and other financing costs

    (34,642 )   (26,045 )   (8,597 )   (33 )%

Total other income (expense), net

    (33,556 )   (25,998 )   (7,558 )   (29 )%

Income/(loss) before income taxes

    (9,071 )   7,222     (16,293 )   n/m  

Income tax (expense)/benefit

    3,000     (3,422 )   6,422     n/m  

Net income/(loss)

  $ (6,071 ) $ 3,800   $ (9,871 )   n/m  

Earnings per share—basic

  $ (0.12 ) $ 0.08   $ (0.20 )   –248 %

Earnings per share—diluted

  $ (0.12 ) $ 0.08   $ (0.20 )   –254 %

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic

    50,017,712     46,408,891     3,608,821     8 %

Weighted average shares outstanding—diluted

    50,017,712     48,090,753     1,926,959     4 %

Dividends declared per share

  $   $ 1.28   $ (1.28 )   100 %

82


Table of Contents

    Investment Management Fees

        Investment management fees increased $46.9 million, or 23%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015 due to an increase in AUM and an increase in realized fee rate of approximately two basis points year over year. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in investment management fees of $8.7 million attributable to Diversified from 2015 to 2016. AUM increased by $21.9 billion from $33.1 billion at December 31, 2015 to $55.0 billion at December 31, 2016, of which $16.7 billion was from the RS Acquisition, $4.4 billion was due to market appreciation and $0.9 billion was from net inflows during the year.

    Fund Administration and Distribution Fees

        Fund administration and distribution fees totaled $49.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $10.2 million, or 26%, when compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, due to an increase in open-end mutual fund AUM. Open-end mutual fund daily average AUM grew by $6.6 billion from $17.6 billion in 2015 to $24.2 billion in 2016 due to the RS Acquisition (which was completed in July 2016 and included $13.2 billion of open-end mutual fund AUM at the date of acquisition). The increase in fees due to higher average AUM was partially offset by a reduction in the fee rate earned for administrative services. The administrative fee schedule is tiered such that the average fee rate earned declines as AUM increase.

    Personnel Compensation and Benefits

        The following table presents the components of GAAP compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
($ in thousands)
  2016   2015  

Salaries, payroll related taxes and employee benefits

  $ 42,963   $ 35,865  

Incentive compensation

    51,738     42,605  

Sales-based compensation(1)

    12,693     8,030  

Equity awards granted to employees(2)

    8,827     5,726  

Acquisition-related cash retention compensation

    6,394     1,593  

Total GAAP compensation and benefits expense

  $ 122,615   $ 93,819  

(1)
Represents sales-based commissions paid to our distribution teams. Sales-based compensation varies based on gross client cash flows and revenue earned on sales.

(2)
Equity awards typically vest over several years based on service and the achievement of specific financial targets. The value of the equity awards are recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period.

        Personnel compensation and benefits was $122.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $28.8 million, or 31%, from $93.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Salaries and benefits was $43.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $7.1 million, or 20%, from $35.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase reflects the effect of increased headcount due to the RS Acquisition as well as new hires and annual salary increases. Incentive compensation was $51.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $9.1 million, or 21%, from $42.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, due to higher pre-incentive compensation earnings and the effect of the RS Acquisition. Sales-based compensation was $12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $4.7 million, or 59%, from $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, as a result of higher gross flows and revenue. Equity award expense was $8.8 million

83


Table of Contents

for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $3.1 million, or 54%, from $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, due to the equity awards to RS Investments employees in connection with the RS Acquisition, pre-existing awards that are still being expensed and the achievement of certain performance-vesting metrics for other pre-existing awards. Acquisition-related compensation was $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $4.8 million, or 300%, from $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, due to cash retention payments made in 2016 to former RS Investments employees in connection with the RS Acquisition and the impact of certain one-time compensation costs related to the integration of the RS Investments business onto our platform.

    Distribution and Other Asset-based Expenses

        Broker-dealer and platform distribution expenses along with fund expense reimbursements, sub-administration, sub-advisory and middle-office expenses are based on AUM. The following table presents the components of distribution and other asset-based expenses for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
($ in thousands)
  2016   2015  

Broker-dealer distribution fees

  $ 30,983   $ 23,554  

Platform distribution fees

    19,705     13,267  

Fund expense reimbursements

    10,342     5,179  

Sub-administration

    5,509     5,288  

Sub-advisory

    4,365     403  

Middle-office

    6,593     3,790  

Total distribution and other asset-based expenses

  $ 77,497   $ 51,481  

        Distribution and other asset-based expenses are primarily based on percentages of AUM and have increased by $26.0 million, or 50%, to $77.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, from $51.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, due to higher average open-end mutual fund AUM and an increase in the cost of third-party distribution. Asset-based expenses associated with fund reimbursements, sub-advisory, sub-administration and middle-office outsourcing have increased year over year due to the increase in AUM as a result of the RS Acquisition, market appreciation and net inflows in 2016.

    General and Administrative Expenses

        General and administrative expenses increased by $3.6 million, or 16%, to $26.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, from $23.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, driven by systems and data costs related to incremental Franchises and additional risk tools as well as database development and marketing costs for new products and ETFs.

    Depreciation and Amortization

        Depreciation and amortization increased by $3.1 million, or 11%, to $30.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, from $27.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily due to higher intangible asset amortization as a result of the RS Acquisition.

    Acquisition-Related Costs

        Acquisition-related costs increased by $3.4 million to $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, from $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, due to the RS Acquisition.

84


Table of Contents

    Restructuring and Integration Costs

        Restructuring and integration costs increased by $1.4 million to $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, from $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 due to costs related to the RS Acquisition in 2016 being higher than similar costs incurred in 2015 related to the CEMP Acquisition as well as the remaining such costs from the Munder Acquisition and other business restructuring costs.

    Interest Expense and Other Financing Costs

        Interest expense increased by $8.6 million, or 33%, to $34.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, from $26.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was primarily due to incremental indebtedness incurred under the term loans under our existing senior credit agreement in the amounts of $50.0 million and $135.0 million in May 2015 and July 2016, respectively. We used the proceeds of the incremental term loans to fund the RS Acquisition and associated transaction costs and to pay a dividend to our stockholders. On August 1, 2017, the existing senior credit agreement was amended to refinance all existing term loans outstanding, effective as of that date, reducing the spread above LIBOR from 7.50% to 5.25%, which we anticipate will reduce our ongoing interest expense. We also anticipate that our ongoing interest expense will decrease as a result of the net proceeds of this offering being used to repay a portion of our outstanding debt and as a result of the Proposed Debt Refinancing.

    Income Tax (Expense)/Benefit

        The effective tax rate for 2016 reflects the impact of the state taxes and permanent differences on a pre-tax loss in 2016 compared to pre-tax income in 2015. See "Prospectus Summary—Recent Developments—Impact of Tax Reform."

Effects of Inflation

        For the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, and the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, inflation did not have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations. Inflationary pressures can result in increases to our cost structure, especially to the extent that large expense components such as compensation are impacted. To the degree that these expense increases are not recoverable or cannot be counterbalanced through price increases due to the competitive environment, our profitability could be negatively impacted. In addition, the value of the fixed income assets that we manage may be negatively impacted when inflationary expectations result in a rising interest rate environment. Declines in the values of AUM could lead to reduced revenues as management fees are generally earned as a percentage of AUM.

Supplemental Non-GAAP Financial Information

        Our management uses non-GAAP performance measures to evaluate the underlying operations of our business. Due to our acquisitive nature, there are a number of acquisition and restructuring related expenses included in GAAP measures that we believe distort the economic value of our organization and we believe that many investors use this information when assessing the financial performance of companies in the investment management industry. We have included these non-GAAP measures to provide investors with the same financial metrics used by management to assess the operating performance of our Company. The non-GAAP measures we report are Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income.

85


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth a reconciliation from GAAP financial measures to non-GAAP measures for the periods indicated:

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
($ in thousands)
  2017   2016   2016   2015  

Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures:

                         

Net income / (loss)

  $ 14,617   $ (3,383 ) $ (6,071 ) $ 3,800  

GAAP income tax (expense)/benefit

  $ (9,320 )   1,589     3,000     (3,422 )

Income/(loss) before taxes

  $ 23,937   $ (4,972 ) $ (9,071 ) $ 7,222  

Interest expense / (income)(1)

  $ 35,002   $ 20,962     31,286     23,397  

Depreciation(2)

  $ 2,666   $ 2,226     3,156     2,262  

Other business taxes(3)

  $ 1,459   $ 740     1,137     1,008  

GAAP amortization of acquisition-related intangibles(4)

  $ 20,673   $ 19,525     27,250     25,029  

Stock-based compensation(5)

  $ 10,012   $ 6,606     8,827     5,726  

Acquisition, restructuring and exit costs(6)

  $ 9,040   $ 16,296     23,025     13,393  

Debt issuance costs(7)

  $ 5,247   $ 1,887     2,749     2,188  

Pre-IPO governance expenses(8)

  $ 901   $ 881     1,181     1,199  

Earnings/losses on equity method investments(9)

    108     0     0     0  

Compensation in excess of expected levels due to acquisitions(10)

  $ 0     1,856     8,534     694  

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 109,045   $ 66,007   $ 98,074   $ 82,118  


 
   
  Nine Months
Ended September 30,
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
($ in thousands)
  2017   2016   2016   2015  

Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures:

                         

Net income / (loss)

  $ 14,617   $ (3,383 ) $ (6,071 ) $ 3,800  

Adjustments to reflect the operating performance of the Company:

                         

i

 

Other business taxes(3)

    1,459     740     1,137     1,008  

ii

 

GAAP amortization of acquisition-related intangibles(4)

    20,673     19,525     27,250     25,029  

iii

 

Stock-based compensation(5)

    10,012     6,606     8,827     5,726  

iv

 

Acquisition, restructuring and exit costs(6)

    9,040     16,296     23,025     13,393  

v

 

Debt issuance costs(7)

    5,247     1,887     2,749     2,188  

vi

 

Pre-IPO governance expenses(8)

    901     881     1,181     1,199  

vii

 

Compensation in excess of expected levels due to acquisitions(10)

    0     1,856     8,534     694  

Tax effect of above adjustments(11)

    (17,986 )   (18,160 )   (27,627 )   (18,710 )

Adjusted Net Income

  $ 43,963   $ 26,248   $ 39,005   $ 34,327  

Tax benefit of goodwill and acquired intangibles(12)

  $ 14,561   $ 12,589     16,786     14,813  

(1)
We add back interest paid on debt net of interest income; interest expense is included in "Interest expense and other financing costs" in our consolidated financial statements while interest income is shown in "Interest income and other income" in our consolidated financial statements.

(2)
We add back depreciation on property and equipment; included in "Depreciation and amortization" in our consolidated financial statements.

(3)
We add back other business taxes; other business taxes are included in "General and administrative" in our consolidated financial statements.

86


Table of Contents

(4)
We add back amortization of acquisition-related intangibles; included in "Depreciation and amortization" in our consolidated financial statements.

(5)
We add back the expense associated with stock-based compensation associated with equity issued from pools that were created in connection with the management-led buyout with Crestview GP from KeyCorp, the Munder Acquisition and the RS Acquisition and as a result of IPO-related equity grants; included in "Personnel compensation and benefits" in our consolidated financial statements.

(6)
We add back direct incremental costs of acquisitions and this offering, including expenses associated with third-party advisors, proxy solicitations of mutual fund shareholders for transaction consents, vendor contract early termination costs, impairment of receivables recorded in connection with an acquisition, and severance, retention and transaction incentive compensation. Severance, retention and transaction incentive compensation is included in "Personnel compensation and benefits" in our consolidated financial statements, impairment of receivables recorded in connection with an acquisition is included in "Interest income and other income/(expense)", costs associated with professional services incurred in connection with IPO readiness are included in "General and administrative"; all other incremental costs are included in "Restructuring and integration costs" or "Acquisition-related costs".
 
  Nine Months
Ended September 30,
  Years Ended December 31,  
($ in thousands)
  2017   2016   2016   2015  

Restructuring and integration costs

  $ 4,944   $ 7,362   $ 10,012   $ 8,613  

Interest income and other income/(expense)

    2,011              

Acquisition-related costs

    1,435     5,675     6,619     3,187  

General and administrative

    592              

Personnel compensation and benefits

    58     3,259     6,394     1,593  
(7)
We add back debt issuance costs; included in "Interest expense and other financing costs" and "General and administrative" in our consolidated financial statements. See "—Liquidity and Capital Resources" for more information.

(8)
We add back pre-IPO governance expenses paid to Crestview and Reverence Capital, included in "General and administrative" in our consolidated financial statements. These payments will terminate as of the completion of this offering.

(9)
We adjust for earnings/losses on equity method investments, included in "Interest income and other income/(expenses)" in our consolidated financial statements.

(10)
Our compensation committee, together with our CEO, establishes a target percentage of our pre-bonus EBITDA to be allocated to employees as annual cash incentive compensation. If, as a result of a significant acquisition, we pay annual cash incentive compensation that is a greater percentage of pre-bonus EBITDA than our target percentage, we add back the amount of the annual incentive cash compensation in excess of the target percentage. For example, in 2016, as a result of the RS Acquisition, we paid incentive cash compensation at a greater percentage of pre-bonus EBITDA than our target percentage. We paid incentive cash compensation in 2016 at levels we considered appropriate taking into account the RS Acquisition (including the size of our Company post-acquisition) without the benefit of a full year of those earnings and before expense synergies were fully realized. We also paid incentive cash compensation on duplicative headcount while the integration of the RS Investments platform was being completed; included in "Personnel compensation and benefits" in our consolidated financial statements.

(11)
Reflects income taxes of 38% applied to the sum of line items i. to vii.; 38% represents statutory federal income tax rate of 35% plus an estimate for state, local and foreign income taxes. See "Prospectus Summary—Recent Developments—Impact of Tax Reform."

(12)
Represents the tax benefits associated with deductions allowed for intangibles and goodwill generated from prior acquisitions in which we received a step-up in basis for tax purposes. Acquired intangible assets and goodwill may be amortized for tax purposes, generally over a 15-year period. The tax benefit from amortization on these assets is included to show the full economic benefit of deductions for all

87


Table of Contents

    acquired intangibles with a step-up in tax basis. Due to our acquisitive nature, tax deductions allowed on acquired intangible assets and goodwill provide us with a significant supplemental economic benefit. See "Prospectus Summary—Recent Developments—Impact of Tax Reform."

        Non-GAAP measures should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our non-GAAP measures may differ from similar measures at other companies, even if similar terms are used to identify these measures.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Our primary uses of cash relate to repayment of our debt obligations and funding working capital needs and are expected to be met primarily through cash generated from our operations. The following table shows our liquidity position as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 
  As of
September 30,

  December 31,  
($ in thousands)
  2017   2016   2015  

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 11,535   $ 16,441   $ 15,144  

Accounts and other receivables

    59,964     83,870     36,999  

Undrawn commitment on revolving credit facility

    25,000     21,500     25,000  

Accounts and other payables

    (44,601 )   (71,786 )   (40,071 )

        We manage our cash balances in order to fund our day-to-day operations. Our accounts receivable consist primarily of investment management fees that have been earned but not yet received from clients. Also included in other receivables is a receivable from the SailingStone earn-out acquired as part of the RS Acquisition. See Note 12 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We perform a review of our receivables on a monthly basis to access collectability. We also maintain our $25.0 million revolving credit facility, as described below, which had $25.0 million undrawn as of September 30, 2017 and had $21.5 million and $25.0 million undrawn as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Existing Senior Credit Agreement

        As of September 30, 2017, we had $517.7 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding term loans under our existing senior credit agreement. Our existing senior credit agreement also includes a revolving credit facility, which terminates on October 31, 2019 and provides for up to $25.0 million of revolving loans and a sublimit of up to $10.0 million of letters of credit. As of September 30, 2017, we had no amounts drawn on our revolving credit facility. Amounts outstanding under our existing senior credit agreement bear interest at a rate equal to, at our election, (i) a reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate (which, in the case of our term loans, shall not be less than 1.0% per annum and, in the case of our revolving credit facility, shall not be less than 0.0% per annum) plus an applicable margin of 6.0% per annum for our revolving credit facility and 5.25% for our term loans or (ii) an alternate base rate equal to the highest of (x) the prime rate announced by Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. from time to time, (y) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (z) the daily one-month reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate plus 1.0%, plus 5.0% per annum for our revolving credit facility and 4.25% for our term loans. Until our revolving credit facility terminates, we are required to pay each lender thereunder a commitment fee, which accrues at the rate of 0.50% per annum on the average daily unused amount of the revolving commitment of such lender. Under the terms of the existing senior credit agreement, we are required to pay an administration fee of $125,000 per year. We intend to use net proceeds from this offering, together with cash on hand, to repay a portion of the outstanding principal amount of indebtedness under our existing senior credit agreement.

        The indebtedness under our existing senior credit agreement is secured by substantially all of our assets. The existing senior credit agreement contains customary covenants, including covenants that restrict (subject in certain instances to minimum thresholds or exceptions) our ability to incur additional

88


Table of Contents

indebtedness, create liens, make acquisitions, dispose of assets, enter into leases, and make loans, guarantees and investments, among other things. In addition, the existing senior credit agreement contains a financial covenant that requires that we maintain a first lien net leverage ratio of no greater than 4:1 if more than 30% of the aggregate revolver commitments is outstanding as of any test date (quarter end).

        The existing senior credit agreement also contains customary provisions regarding events of default, which could result in an acceleration of amounts due under our existing senior credit agreement. Such events of default include our failure to pay principal or interest when due, our failure to satisfy or comply with covenants after applicable grace periods, a change of control, the imposition of certain judgments and the invalidation of liens we have granted.

Proposed Debt Refinancing

        Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we intend to enter into a new senior secured credit agreement to replace our existing senior secured credit agreement. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering and borrowings under the new senior credit agreement to repay all amounts outstanding under the existing senior credit agreement. As of September 30, 2017, there was $517.7 million aggregate principal amount outstanding under the existing senior credit agreement. During the fourth quarter of 2017, we paid down debt of $18.0 million, resulting in a decline in the aggregate principal amount outstanding from $517.7 million to $499.7 million as of December 31, 2017.

        We expect that borrowings under the new senior credit agreement, which will be used to repay the remaining amount outstanding under the existing senior credit agreement after giving effect to the application of the net proceeds from this offering, will include a $300.0 million term loan maturing in seven years. In addition to the term loan to be used to refinance the existing senior credit agreement, the new senior credit agreement is expected to include a $50.0 million revolving credit facility, which is expected to be undrawn as of the closing of this offering.

        This offering is not conditioned on the closing of the Proposed Debt Refinancing or the repayment of the existing senior credit agreement. If we do not enter into the Proposed Debt Refinancing, the existing senior credit agreement will remain in place. Certain of the underwriters in this offering or their affiliates are expected to be lenders under the new senior credit agreement.

Capital Requirements

        VCA is a registered broker-dealer subject to the Uniform Net Capital requirements under the Exchange Act, which requires maintenance of certain minimum net capital levels. In addition, we have certain non-U.S. subsidiaries that have minimum capital requirements. As a result, such subsidiaries of our Company may be restricted in their ability to transfer cash to their parents. VCA and our non-U.S. subsidiaries were in compliance with these requirements as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, and as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and (to the extent then-owned) 2015.

    Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 and the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
($ in thousands)
  2017   2016   2016   2015  

Net cash from operating activities

  $ 59,410   $ 23,050   $ 39,540   $ 40,654  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (5,093 )   (205,840 )   (210,082 )   (20,149 )

Net cash (used)/provided by financing activities

    (59,326 )   181,576     171,839     (31,124 )

89


Table of Contents

    Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

        Operating activities provided net cash of $59.4 million and $23.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The $36.3 million increase in net cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to the impact of the RS Acquisition on our earnings.

        Investing activities consist primarily of acquisitions and sales of property and equipment, as well as the purchase and sales of trading securities related to our deferred compensation plan. Investing activities used net cash of $5.1 million and $205.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The $200.7 million increase in the net cash used in investing activities was primarily due to the RS Acquisition in August 2016.

        Financing activities consist primarily of dividend payments to our stockholders, proceeds received or paid from the issuance or repurchase of equity and debt-related activity. For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2017, financing activities included, but were not limited to, the incurrence of $125.0 million in incremental indebtedness under the term loans under our existing senior credit agreement, the payment of a dividend to stockholders in the amount of $119.9 million and the repayment of long-term debt in the amount of $45.9 million. For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2016, financing activities included, but were not limited to, the incurrence of $135 million in incremental indebtedness under the term loans under our existing senior credit agreement and the issuance of $93.4 million of equity, both in connection with the RS Acquisition, and the repayment of long-term debt in the amount of $14.8 million. Financing activities used net cash of $59.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. Financing activities generated net cash of $181.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016.

    Year Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

        Operating activities provided net cash of $39.5 million and $40.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The $1.2 million decrease in net cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to the one-time, acquisition-related restructuring and integration-related costs incurred as a result of the RS Acquisition.

        Investing activities consist primarily of acquisitions of businesses and assets and acquisitions and sales of property and equipment. In 2016, investing activities included the RS Acquisition and in 2015 the CEMP Acquisition. Investing activities used net cash of $210.1 million and $20.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The $190.0 million increase in net cash used in investing activities was primarily due to the RS Acquisition.

        Financing activities consist primarily of dividend payments to our stockholders, proceeds received or paid from the issuance or repurchase of equity and debt-related activity. In 2016, financing activities included the incurrence of $135.0 million in incremental indebtedness under the term loans under our existing senior credit agreement and the issuance of $88.3 million in equity to finance the RS Acquisition and in 2015 the incurrence of $50.0 million in incremental indebtedness under the term loans under our existing senior credit agreement used to pay a $50.0 million dividend to our stockholders. Financing activities provided net cash of $171.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Financing activities used net cash of $31.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The $202.9 million increase in net cash from financing activities was related to the incurrence of $135.0 million in incremental indebtedness under the term loans under our existing senior credit agreement and the issuance of $88.3 million of equity related to the RS Acquisition in July 2016.

90


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

        The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2016:

 
  Payments Due  
($ in thousands)
  Total   Less Than
One Year
  One to
Three Years
  Three to
Five Years
  More Than
Five Years
 

Principal payments on borrowings(1)

  $ 438,627   $ 24,711   $ 49,423   $ 364,493   $  

Interest payable(1)(2)

    159,149     36,997     67,606     54,546      

Lease obligations(3)

    26,535     6,840     7,338     7,001     5,356  

Promissory note payments

    1,298     612     686          

CEMP deferred consideration

    13,730     2,719     11,011          

RS Investments deferred consideration

    5,067     5,067              

Severance payments

    4,315     4,315              

Total

  $ 648,720   $ 81,260   $ 136,064   $ 426,040   $ 5,356  

(1)
The total principal payments on borrowings reflects the gross amount of principal outstanding on the term loans under our existing senior credit agreement as of December 31, 2016. In February 2017, we borrowed an additional $125 million, and the proceeds, net of transaction costs, were used to pay a special dividend to our stockholders. As of September 30, 2017, the total gross amount of principal outstanding on the term loans under our existing senior credit agreement was $517.7 million. During the fourth quarter of 2017, we repaid $18.0 million outstanding on the term loan, resulting in a decline in the gross amount of principal outstanding from $517.7 million to $499.7 million as of December 31, 2017. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with cash on hand, to repay a portion of these borrowings and to refinance the remaining portion with the Proposed Debt Refinancing. See "—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Proposed Debt Refinancing."

(2)
On August 1, 2017, our existing senior credit agreement was amended to refinance all existing term loans outstanding, effective as of that date, reducing the spread above LIBOR from 7.50% to 5.25%. At September 30, 2017, the interest rate on the term loans was 6.58% as compared to 8.50% at December 31, 2016.

(3)
In the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we reduced future lease obligations by amending or terminating existing leases or signing new leases for multiple office locations. This resulted in a decrease in occupied space and future rent payments beginning in 2017.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        In connection with dividends declared in May 2015, November 2015, February 2017 and December 2017, holders of restricted stock awards that were unvested at the time such dividends were declared are entitled to be paid the dividends as and when the restricted stock vests. Holders of stock options that were unvested at the time the November 2015 dividend was declared are entitled to receive a cash bonus equivalent of the November 2015 dividend as and when their stock options vest. These amounts are not recorded as a liability until and unless the awards vest in accordance with their respective agreements.

        As of September 30, 2017, the cash bonuses and distributions related to the May 2015, November 2015 and February 2017 dividends on restricted shares and options that are expected to vest in the future totaled $1.3 million.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. In preparing the financial statements, we are required to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the

91


Table of Contents

amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We continually evaluate the accounting policies and estimates we use to prepare our consolidated financial statements. In general, our estimates are based on historical experience, information from third-party valuation professionals and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the facts and circumstances. Actual results may differ from our estimates and those differences may be material. Of the significant accounting policies described in Note 2 to the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, we believe the following policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity.

    Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets

        The accounting for indefinite-lived intangible assets requires significant estimates and judgment in several areas: (1) valuation in connection with the initial purchase price allocation; (2) ongoing evaluation for impairment; and (3) reconsideration of an asset's useful life. The process of determining the fair value of identifiable intangible assets at the date of acquisition utilizes an income approach and requires significant estimates and judgment as to expectations for earnings on the related managed assets acquired, redemption rates, growth rates from sales efforts, the effects of market conditions and a discount rate. The process for estimating the fair value of acquired tradenames considers comparable royalty rates and projected revenue streams. We typically utilize an independent valuation expert to assist with these valuations. Because the advisory and distribution contracts are with the funds, renewable annually and have a history of being renewed, industry practice under GAAP is to consider the contract lives to be indefinite and, as a result, not amortizable. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment annually as of October 1 using a qualitative approach which requires the weighing of positive and negative evidence collected through the consideration of various factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. We consider macroeconomic and entity-specific factors, including changes to legal, regulatory or contractual provisions of the renewable advisory and distribution contracts, the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition and other economic factors that could impact the funds' projected performance and the existence or expectation of significant changes in the level and mix of managed assets. In addition, we consider whether events or circumstances indicate that a change in the useful life may have occurred. Indicators of a possible change in useful life monitored by us generally include changes in the use of the asset, a significant decline in the level of managed assets and significant reductions in underlying operating cash flows. If actual changes in the underlying managed assets or other conditions indicate that it is more likely than not that the asset is impaired, or if the estimated useful life is reduced, we estimate the fair value of the intangible asset. The process of estimating the fair value of the intangible asset requires us to estimate the level and mix of managed assets, considering future redemption rates, growth rates, market appreciation/depreciation and a discount rate.

    Definite-Lived Intangible Assets

        Definite-lived intangible assets are primarily comprised of customer relationships. These assets have definite lives given the underlying advisory contracts are between the Company and an institutional customer or the underlying advisory contract with the fund does not have a sufficient history of annual renewal to support an indefinite useful life. We monitor the useful lives of definite-lived intangible assets and revise the useful lives, if necessary, based on the circumstances. We review historical and projected attrition rates and other events that may influence our projections of the future economic benefit that we will derive from these relationships. Significant judgment is required to estimate the period during which these assets will contribute to our cash flows and the pattern over which these assets will be consumed. A change in the remaining useful life of any of these assets could have a significant impact on our amortization expense. All amortization expense is calculated on a straight-line basis. We periodically evaluate the remaining useful lives and carrying values of the definite-lived intangible assets to determine whether events and circumstances indicate that a change in the useful life or impairment in value may have occurred. Indicators of impairment monitored by us include a decline in the level of managed assets,

92


Table of Contents

changes to contractual provisions underlying certain intangible assets and reductions in underlying operating cash flows. If there is an indication of a change in the useful life or impairment in value of the definite-lived intangible assets, we compare the carrying value of the asset to the projected undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the underlying asset over its remaining useful life to determine whether impairment has occurred. If the carrying value of the asset exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, the asset is written down to its fair value determined by discounting the projected cash flows.

    Goodwill

        Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of acquisitions over the fair value of identified net assets and liabilities acquired. We have determined that we have only one reporting unit for purposes of assessing the carrying value of goodwill. Goodwill impairment testing is performed at the reporting unit level annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If we determine that the carrying value of the reporting unit is less than the fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test would be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any, by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill to its recorded value. We complete our annual goodwill impairment assessment as of October 1. For purposes of this assessment, we consider various qualitative factors, including but not limited to, AUM levels and flows, market performance of our products compared to peers, turnover of key personnel, projected operating results and the implied fair value of our business based on recent transactions. We determined that it was more likely than not that the fair value of our reporting unit was greater than its carrying value. As of October 1, 2016, management estimated that a decline in the fair value of our reporting unit in excess of 40% would indicate that an impairment might exist.

    Income Taxes

        Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements, which will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future. We measure our deferred tax assets and liabilities based on enacted tax rates and projected state apportionment percentages for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Our primary deferred tax assets relate to intangible asset amortization, share-based compensation, acquisition related costs, restructuring costs, deferred compensation and operating loss carryforwards. We regularly assess the recoverability of our deferred tax assets, considering all available positive and negative evidence, including the results of recent operations and the timing, level and character of projected future taxable income. These estimates are projected through the life of the related deferred tax assets based on assumptions that we believe to be reasonable and consistent with demonstrated operating results. Based on this analysis and sensitivities of future operating results, we have concluded that it is more likely than not that the recorded deferred tax assets will be realized. Changes in future operating results not currently forecasted may have a significant impact on the realization of deferred tax assets. See "Prospectus Summary—Recent Developments—Impact of Tax Reform."

    Share-Based Compensation

        We have share-based compensation arrangements covering directors, senior management, investment professionals and other employees. We calculate share-based compensation using the fair value of the awards on the grant date. Our share-based compensation arrangements include restricted stock and options which vest based on service and performance conditions. We recognize expense net of expected forfeitures on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for service based awards and on an accelerated basis for performance based awards. We estimate the fair value of stock option awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires us to make assumptions about the volatility of our stock and the expected life of our stock options. In measuring expected volatility, we consider the historical volatility of the common stock of several public peer companies. For restricted stock

93


Table of Contents

awards with service or performance conditions, we have historically determined the fair value of the awards using our share price on the date of grant. The most subjective assumption in the determination of the fair value of share-based awards is the estimated fair value of our stock on the date of grant. We have historically considered the implied fair value of the stock based on periodic transactions with third parties, as well as an annual valuation of our Company performed by an independent third party. Following this offering, we will establish a policy of considering the closing sale price of our Class A common stock as quoted on NASDAQ on the date of grant for purposes of determining fair value of such awards.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

    Market Risk

        Substantially all of our revenues are derived from investment management, fund administration and distribution fees, which are based on the market value of our AUM. Accordingly, our revenues and net income may decline as a result of our AUM decreasing due to depreciation of our investment portfolios. In addition, such depreciation could cause our clients to withdraw their assets in favor of other investment alternatives that they perceive to offer higher returns or lower risk, which could cause our revenues and net income to decline further.

        The value of our AUM was $59.0 billion at September 30, 2017. A 10% increase or decrease in the value of our AUM, if proportionately distributed over all of our strategies, products and client relationships, would cause an annualized increase or decrease in our revenues of approximately $42.1 million at our weighted-average fee rate of 71 basis points for the nine months ended September 30, 2017. Because of declining fee rates from larger relationships and differences in our fee rates across investment strategies, a change in the composition of our AUM, in particular, an increase in the proportion of our total AUM attributable to strategies, clients or relationships with lower effective fee rates, could have a material negative impact on our overall weighted-average fee rate. The same 10% increase or decrease in the value of our total AUM, if attributed entirely to a proportionate increase or decrease in the AUM of the Victory Funds, to which we provide a range of services in addition to those provided to institutional separate accounts, would cause an annualized increase or decrease in our revenues of approximately $51.1 million at the Victory Funds' aggregate weighted-average fee rate of 87 basis points. If the same 10% increase or decrease in the value of our total AUM was attributable entirely to a proportionate increase or decrease in the assets of our institutional separate accounts, it would cause an annualized increase or decrease in our revenues of approximately $28.4 million at the weighted-average fee rate across all of our institutional separate accounts of 48 basis points for the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

        As is customary in the investment management industry, clients invest in particular strategies to gain exposure to certain asset classes, which exposes their investment to the benefits and risks of those asset classes. We believe our clients invest in each of our strategies in order to gain exposure to the portfolio securities of the respective strategies and may implement their own risk management program or procedures. We have not adopted a corporate-level risk management policy regarding client assets, nor have we attempted to hedge at the corporate level or within individual strategies the market risks that would affect the value of our overall AUM and related revenues. Some of these risks, such as sector and currency risks, are inherent in certain strategies, and clients may invest in particular strategies to gain exposure to particular risks. While negative returns in our strategies and net client cash outflows do not directly reduce the assets on our balance sheet (because the assets we manage are owned by our clients, not us), any reduction in the value of our AUM would result in a reduction in our revenues.

    Exchange Rate Risk

        A portion of the accounts that we advise hold investments that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. To the extent our AUM are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the

94


Table of Contents

value of that AUM will decrease with an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar, or increase with a decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar. Each investment team monitors its own exposure to exchange rate risk and makes decisions on how to manage that risk in the portfolios they manage. We believe many of our clients invest in those strategies in order to gain exposure to non-U.S. currencies, or may implement their own hedging programs. As a result, we generally do not hedge an investment portfolio's exposure to non-U.S. currency.

        We have not adopted a corporate-level risk management policy to manage this exchange rate risk. Assuming 6% of our AUM are invested in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and excluding the impact of any hedging arrangement, a 10% increase or decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar would decrease or increase the fair value of our AUM by $354.0 million, which would cause an annualized increase or decrease in revenues of approximately $2.5 million at our weighted-average fee rate for the business of 71 basis points for the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

        We operate in several foreign countries and incur operating expenses associated with these operations. In addition, we have revenue and revenue-sharing arrangements that are denominated in non-U.S. currencies. We do not believe foreign currency fluctuations materially affect our results of operations.

    Interest Rate Risk

        Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. At September 30, 2017, we were exposed to interest rate risk as a result of the amounts outstanding under our existing senior credit agreement. See "—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Existing Senior Credit Agreement" for a description of the amounts outstanding as of such date and the applicable interest rate.

        At September 30, 2017, we had interest rate caps totaling $104.0 million notional in place to hedge against LIBOR risk. These caps mature at the end of 2017.

95


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

        We are an independent investment management firm operating a next generation, integrated multi-boutique model with $59.0 billion in AUM as of September 30, 2017. Our differentiated model features a scalable operating platform that provides centralized distribution, marketing and operations infrastructure to our Franchises and solutions platform. As of September 30, 2017, our Franchises and our solutions platform collectively managed a diversified set of 70 investment strategies for a wide range of institutional and retail clients.

        Our Franchises are operationally integrated, but are separately branded and make investment decisions independently from one another within guidelines established by their respective investment mandates. Our integrated multi-boutique model creates a supportive environment in which our investment professionals, largely unencumbered by administrative and operational responsibilities, can focus on their pursuit of investment excellence. VCM employs all of our U.S. investment professionals across our Franchises, which are not separate legal entities.

        Our solutions platform consists of multi-Franchise and customized solutions strategies that are primarily rules-based. We offer our solutions platform through a variety of vehicles, including separate accounts, mutual funds and VictoryShares which is our ETF brand. Like our Franchises, our solutions platform is operationally integrated and supported by our centralized distribution, marketing and operational support functions.

        Our centralized key functions include distribution, marketing, trading, middle- and back-office administration, legal, compliance and finance. Our integrated model aims to "centralize, not standardize." We believe by providing our Franchises with control over their portfolio management tools, risk analytics and other investment-related functions, we can minimize disruptions to their investment process and ensure that they are able to invest in the fashion that they find most optimal.

GRAPHIC

        In addition to our integrated multi-boutique business model, we believe there are four main attributes that differentiate us from other publicly traded investment management firms:

    We have constructed a set of distinct investment approaches in specialized asset classes where we believe active managers are well positioned to generate alpha over a full market cycle through security selection and portfolio construction. We believe our strategies in these specialized asset classes, which we refer to as our current focus asset classes, will drive our future growth. These strategies have experienced less fee compression than strategies in more commoditized asset classes, and we believe demand for them typically exceeds capacity. For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we had an AUM-weighted average fee rate of 71 basis points. From 2013 through the third quarter of 2017, our AUM-weighted average fee rate has increased due to a shift to higher fee products as we positioned our business to focus on higher-fee asset classes. We attribute part of our ability to attract flows and drive revenue growth—in the face of significant

96


Table of Contents

      headwinds for active managers—to our selection of specialized asset classes and to the quality of our Franchises.

    We have a track record of successfully sourcing, executing and integrating sizable acquisitions and making these acquisitions financially attractive by extracting significant synergies. We believe our differentiated platform combining scale and boutique-like qualities is appealing to investment professionals, making us an attractive acquirer to firms looking for a strategic partner.

    We have a diversified business that offers a suite of active products and hybrid rules-based products through our proprietary ETF brand, VictoryShares, across a wide range of asset classes and distinct investment approaches, to a broad and diverse group of institutional and retail clients. We offer our 70 investment strategies through nine Franchises and our solutions platform, with no Franchise accounting for more than 31% of total AUM as of September 30, 2017. Each of our Franchises employs a different investment approach, which we believe leads to diversification in investment return streams among Franchises, even when asset classes overlap. These factors also mitigate key man risk.

    We foster a culture that encourages long-term thinking through promoting meaningful employee ownership. We have a high degree of employee ownership, with over 70% of our employees beneficially owning approximately 27% of our shares as of January 29, 2018. Many of such employees have purchased their equity interests in our firm. In addition, our employees and directors have collectively invested over $125 million in products we manage, directly aligning their investment outcomes with those of our clients.

        Since our management-led buyout with Crestview GP from KeyCorp in August 2013, we have completed three acquisitions and a strategic minority investment and grown our AUM from $17.9 billion to $59.0 billion as of September 30, 2017. We regularly evaluate potential acquisition candidates and maintain a strong network of industry participants and advisors that provide opportunities to establish potential target relationships and source transactions. Our management leads and participates in our acquisition strategy, leveraging their many years of experience actively operating our Company on a day-to-day basis towards successfully sourcing, executing and integrating sizable acquisitions. We are seeking to make acquisitions that will add high quality investment teams in our current focus asset classes, enhance our growth and financial profile, improve our diversification by asset class and investment strategy, achieve our integration and synergy expectations, expand our distribution capabilities and optimize our operating platform.

        We believe, based on our acquisition experience, that there is a significant opportunity for us to grow through additional acquisitions. We believe the universe of potential acquisition targets has grown as a result of the evolution of the distribution landscape, the increasing cost of regulatory compliance, management fee compression and outflows from actively managed funds to passive products. In the United States, investment management firms with up to $100 billion of AUM collectively manage approximately $8.8 trillion total AUM. We intend to focus our acquisition efforts on firms with $10 billion to $75 billion in AUM, a size range in which we have successfully executed two transactions—the Munder Acquisition and the RS Acquisition—and in which investment management firms in the United States collectively manage approximately $5.6 trillion of AUM.

97


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Data based on Strategic Insight's Simfund database and Investment Metrics' InvestWorks database as of most recent available date.

        Through our acquisitions to date, we have added Franchises we believe can outperform the market, and where we have a strong understanding of the core business's ability to drive growth for those Franchises and our Company as a whole. These acquisitions have shifted our AUM mix from 38% in our current focus asset classes at the time of our management-led buyout in 2013 to 75% in our current focus asset classes as of September 30, 2017. We believe our deliberate repositioning of our business through acquisitions has equipped us with stronger investment strategies in more compelling asset classes, providing us with a next generation investment management platform.

GRAPHIC

        We offer our clients an array of equity and fixed income strategies that encompass a diverse spectrum of market capitalization segments, investment styles and approaches. Our current focus asset classes—which consist of U.S. small- and mid-cap equities, global/non-U.S. equities and solutions—collectively comprised 75% of our AUM as of September 30, 2017. We believe strategies in these asset classes are

98


Table of Contents

better positioned to attract positive net flows and maintain stable fee rates over the long term. For example, according to data provided by a third-party business intelligence platform for the asset management industry, U.S. large-cap equity funds launching in 2016 had fees that were on average 22 basis points lower than such funds launching in 2011, while U.S. small- and mid-cap equity funds launching in 2016 had fees that were on average 17 basis points and 10 basis points higher than such funds launching in 2011, respectively. Furthermore, we believe we are generally able to meet investor demand in these asset classes; as of September 30, 2017, we estimate we had approximately $120 billion of total excess capacity in our four- and five-star funds in these asset classes that were open to new investors (of which approximately $76 billion is in our solutions platform).

99


Table of Contents

        As outlined below, our business is diversified on multiple fronts, including by business, Franchise and solutions platform, client type and product wrapper.

GRAPHIC


Data as of September 30, 2017.

(1)
Includes assets managed by Diversified, which were transferred to Munder on May 15, 2017. See "—Our Franchises—Munder Capital Management."

        Within individual asset classes, our Franchises employ different investment approaches. This diversification reduces the correlation between return streams generated by multiple Franchises investing within the same asset class. For example, we have three Franchises focused on Emerging Markets within global/non-U.S. equity, each with a different investment approach. Trivalent's investment team is one of the longest industry practitioners of small cap investing and primarily focuses on quantitative analysis for stock selection. Sophus employs a front-end quantitative screen balanced to first rank stocks, then further

100


Table of Contents

applies fundamental research to make investment decisions. Expedition pursues a fundamental bottoms-up approach, with an investment team that travels extensively for on-site due diligence. Due to the differences in investment approaches, each Franchise has a different return profile for investors in different market environments while having exposure to their desired asset classes. In this manner, we purposefully manage our Franchises to ensure that each has a distinct approach within its respective asset classes.

GRAPHIC


Data as of September 30, 2017.

(1)
Includes assets managed by Diversified, which were transferred to Munder on May 15, 2017. See "—Our Franchises—Munder Capital Management."

        Our multi-channel distribution capabilities provide another degree of diversification, with approximately 57% of our AUM from institutional clients and 43% from retail clients as of September 30, 2017. We believe this client diversification has a stabilizing effect on our revenue, as institutional and retail investors have shown to exhibit different demand patterns and respond to trends in different ways.

        We believe we have created a strong alignment of interests through employee ownership, our Franchise revenue share structure and employee investments in Victory products. Notably, the majority of our employee stockholders acquired their equity in connection with the management-led buyout with Crestview GP from KeyCorp, as well as in connection with the Munder Acquisition and the RS Acquisition. We believe the opportunity to own equity in a well-diversified company is attractive, both to existing employees and those who join as part of acquisitions. We principally compensate our investment professionals through a revenue share program, which we believe further incentivizes our investment professionals to focus on investment performance, while simultaneously minimizing potential distractions from the expense allocation process that would be involved in a profit-sharing program. In addition, our employees and directors collectively have invested over $125 million in products we manage, directly aligning their investment outcomes with those of our clients. We believe the combination of these mechanisms has promoted long-term thinking, an enhanced client experience and ultimately the creation of value for our stockholders.

        Our senior management team has an average of over 20 years of experience in the sector, each bringing significant expertise to his or her role. Our CEO and COO have been with us (and our predecessor) for 13 and 12 years, respectively, overseeing the transformation of the business from a bank

101


Table of Contents

subsidiary to an independent investment management firm. Our Franchises' CIOs are highly experienced, having an average of approximately 25 years of experience. Our sales leaders have had significant tenures, with an average of approximately 28 years of experience with us or a predecessor firm.

Competitive Strengths

        We believe we have significant competitive strengths that position us for sustained growth over the long term.

    Integrated Multi-Boutique Model Providing Investment Autonomy, Centralized Distribution, Marketing and Support Functions to Investment Franchises

        We believe our integrated multi-boutique model allows us to achieve the benefits from both the scale of large managers and the focus of smaller managers. Our Franchises retain investment autonomy while benefiting from our centralized middle- and back-office functions. We have demonstrated an ability to integrate our Franchises onto our flexible infrastructure without significantly increasing incremental fixed costs, which is a key component to the scalability of our model. Our structure enables our Franchises to focus their efforts on the investment process, providing them the platform to enhance their investment performance and consequently their growth prospects. Our centralized operations allow our Franchises to customize their desired investment support functions in ways that are best suited for their investment workflow. Through our centralized distribution platform, our Franchises are able to sell their products to institutional investors, retirement plans, brokerages and wealth managers to which it is challenging for smaller managers to gain access.

        Within our model, each Franchise retains its own brand and logo, which it has built over time. Unlike other models with unified branding, there is no requirement for newly acquired Franchises to adjust their product set due to pre-existing products on our platform; they are simply marketed under their own brand as they were previously. Because of this dynamic, we have the flexibility to add new Franchises either to gain greater exposure to certain asset classes or increase capacity in places where we already have exposure.

    Proven Acquirer with Compelling Proposition

        We believe our platform will allow us to continue to be a consolidator within the investment management industry, providing us with an opportunity to further grow and scale our business. Through several transactions, we have demonstrated an ability to successfully source, execute and integrate new Franchises.

        We believe our integrated multi-boutique model is compelling for potential Franchises with entrepreneurial leaders. Under our model, Franchises retain the brands they have built as well as autonomy over their investment decisions, while simultaneously benefiting from the ability to leverage our centralized distribution, marketing and operations platform. Our model further relieves our Franchises of much of their administrative burdens and allows them to instead focus on the investment process, which we believe provides them a platform to enhance their performance. By offering a platform on which Franchises can focus on their core competencies, grow their own brand faster and participate in a revenue share program focused on investment performance rather than expense allocation, we believe we are providing an attractive proposition. Furthermore, we believe transaction-related grants of Victory equity are attractive to Franchise investment personnel, as these personnel receive the advantage of sharing in the potential upside of the entirety of our diversified investment management business.

102


Table of Contents

        Because we integrate a significant portion of each Franchise's distribution, operational and administrative functions, we have been able to extract significant expense synergies from our acquisitions, enabling us to create greater value from transactions. As of September 30, 2017, we had generated net annualized expense synergies of approximately $76 million from our three acquisitions. In our most recent acquisition of RS Investments, we successfully achieved net annual expense synergies of $52 million, which represents over 45% of RS Investments' expenses in the year prior to the acquisition. We incurred $9.9 million in one-time expenses as of September 30, 2017 to achieve those synergies.

        As a disciplined acquirer, we will seek to continue to augment our next generation investment management platform by focusing on acquisition candidates that provide capabilities that are complementary to our strategies in our current focus asset classes, including presence in distribution channels that would enhance our distribution platform. Since our management-led buyout with Crestview GP, our strategy of enhancing our capabilities within our current focus asset classes has driven strong organic growth within these asset classes and for our Company overall. Furthermore, the distribution channels obtained through acquisitions have enhanced our flows.

    Portfolio of Specialized Asset Classes with Potential for Outperformance

        In assembling our portfolio of Franchises, we have selected investment managers offering strategies in specialized asset classes where active managers have shown an established track record of outperformance relative to benchmarks through security selection and portfolio construction. We continue to build our platform to address the needs of clients who would like exposure to asset classes that have potential for alpha generation.

        We find that larger industry trends of flows moving from actively managed strategies to passive ones are not as pronounced in our current focus asset classes.

    Diversified Platform Across Investment Strategies, Franchises and Client Type

        We have strategically built an investment platform that is diversified by investment strategy, Franchise and client type. Within each asset class, Franchises with overlapping investment mandates still contribute to our diversification by pursuing different investment philosophies and/or processes. For example, U.S. small-cap equities, which accounted for approximately 25% of our AUM as of September 30, 2017, consists of four Franchises, each following a different investment strategy. We believe the diversity in investment styles reduces the correlation between the return profiles of strategies within the same asset class, and consequently provides an additional layer of diversification and AUM and revenue stability.

        We believe our AUM is well diversified at the Franchise level, with no Franchise accounting for more than 31% of AUM, and the median Franchise comprising 7% of AUM, as of September 30, 2017. Furthermore, we believe our Franchises' brand independence reduces the impact of each individual Franchise's performance on clients' perceptions of the other Franchises. The distribution of AUM by Franchise, as well as succession planning, mitigates the level of key man risk typically associated with investment management businesses.

        We believe our client base serves as another important diversifying element, as different client segments have shown to have distinct characteristics, including asset class and product preferences, sales and redemptions trends, and exposure to secular trends. We strive to maintain a balance between institutional and retail clients, with 57% and 43% of our AUM as of September 30, 2017 in each of these channels, respectively. We also have the capability to deliver our strategies in product wrappers designed to meet the needs and preferences of investors in each channel. These product wrappers include mutual funds with channel-specific share classes, institutional separate accounts, SMA/UMA/CTF products and ETFs. If a strategy is currently not offered in the wrapper of choice for a client, we have the infrastructure and ability to create a new product wrapper, which helps our Franchises further diversify their investor bases.

103


Table of Contents

    Attractive Financial Profile

        Our revenues have shown to be recurring in nature, as they are based on the level of client assets we manage. The fees we earn have remained high relative to industry averages, as the majority of our strategies are in asset classes that are in higher demand and typically command higher fee rates. From 2013 through the nine-month period ended September 30, 2017, our AUM-weighted average fee rate increased by almost 12%, primarily due to changes in asset class, product and client mix as we repositioned our business to focus on higher-fee asset classes. However, we anticipate that the average fee rate is likely to decline as our solutions platform (which has a lower fee rate than other products) continues to grow. In addition, our fee revenue is generated from strategies with differing return profiles, thus diversifying our revenue stream.

        Because we largely outsource our middle- and back-office functions, as well as technology support, we have relatively minimal capital expenditure requirements. Approximately two-thirds of our expenses are variable in nature, consisting of the incentive compensation pool for employees, sales commissions, third-party distribution costs, sub-advising and the fees we pay to certain of our vendors.

        We have identified three primary net income growth drivers. Firstly, we grow our AUM organically through inflows into our strategies and the market appreciation of those strategies. Secondly, we have a proven ability to grow through synergistic acquisitions. Thirdly, we have constructed a scalable platform; as our AUM increases, we expect margins to expand.

    Economic and Structural Alignment of Interests Promotes Owner-Centric Culture

        Through our revenue share compensation model and broad employee ownership, we have structurally aligned our employees' interests with those of our clients and other stockholders and have created an owner-centric culture that encourages employees to act in the best interests of clients and our Company, as well as to think long term. Additionally, our employees invest in products managed by our Franchises and solutions platform, providing direct alignment with the interests of our clients.

        We directly align the compensation paid to our investment teams with the performance of their respective Franchises by structuring formula-based revenue sharing on the products they manage. We believe that compensation based on revenue rather than profits encourages investment professionals to focus their attention on investment performance, while encouraging them to provide good client service, focus on client retention and attract new flows. We believe the formula-based, client-aligned nature of our revenue sharing fosters a culture of transparency where Franchises understand how and on what terms they are being measured to earn compensation.

        We believe both the high percentage of employee ownership and employees' purchase of a significant percentage of their equity creates a collective alignment with our success. Further, we believe granting equity is attractive to potential new employees and is a retentive mechanism for current employees. As of January 29, 2018, our employees beneficially owned approximately 27% of our shares, having purchased approximately 40% of this equity. In addition to being aligned with our financial success through their equity ownership, our employees and directors collectively have invested over $125 million in products we manage.

Our Growth Strategy

        We have a purposeful strategy aimed to achieve continued growth and success for our Company and our Franchises. The growth we pursue is both organic and inorganic. We seek to grow organically by offering our clients strategies with strong performance track records in specialized asset classes. We intend to continue to supplement our growth through disciplined acquisitions. We primarily seek to acquire investment management firms that strengthen capabilities in our current focus asset classes and/or complement our existing capabilities. We intend for our acquisitions to diversify our business by investment

104


Table of Contents

approach and asset class. We believe one of our key advantages in a competitive sales process is our ability to provide access to new distribution channels. We believe that our centralized distribution and marketing platform drives organic growth at our acquired Franchises both by opening new distribution channels to them and providing them with the support of our sales and marketing professionals while allowing them to focus on investment performance.

    Organic Growth

        A key driver of our growth strategy lies in enhancing the strength of each of our existing Franchises. We primarily do this by providing them with access to our centralized distribution, marketing and operations platform. Largely unencumbered by the burdens of administrative and operational tasks, our investment professionals can focus on delivering investment excellence and maintaining strong client relationships, thus driving net flows. We also expect to help our Franchises through fund and share class launches and product development. We believe we are well positioned to help our Franchises grow their product offerings and diversify their investor base, with the ability to offer their strategies in multiple product wrappers to meet clients' needs.

        Our platform provides significant operating leverage to our Franchises and is a key factor in our continued success. As we continue to grow and expand, we will continue to look for ways to invest in our operations, in order to achieve greater economies of scale and provide better products to our Franchises. We continue to expand our distribution capabilities as well, demonstrated by our entry in 2016 into an exclusive distribution agreement with an independent investment management firm in Japan, as well as our launch during the first quarter of 2017 of two emerging market UCITS funds with a global financial advisory firm.

        We continually look to the future, and as a result, our infrastructure investments can range from the immediate to the long term. As an example, we have acquired a minority interest in Cerebellum Capital, an investment management firm that specializes in machine learning. Cerebellum Capital's techniques help to design, execute and improve investment programs and the firm is working with a number of our Franchises to help them optimize their investment processes. We believe investments like these provide tools that can provide enhancements to our Franchises' investment processes, give our Franchises access to proprietary technology that can give them an advantage and help position our Franchises for the future.

        Certain of our Franchise strategies have or may have capacity constraints, and we may choose to limit access to new or existing investors in these strategies. We have generally closed to new investors two Sycamore mutual funds with an aggregate of $15.4 billion in AUM as of September 30, 2017.

        We believe there is significant growth potential in solutions products, most notably in ETFs. Through our VictoryShares brand, we offer ETFs that seek to improve the risk, return and diversification profile of client portfolios. Our approach furthers our commitment to rules-based investing and includes single-and multi-factor strategies designed to provide a variety of outcomes, including maximum diversification, dividend income, downside mitigation, minimum volatility and targeted factor exposure. VictoryShares is designed to provide investors with rules-based solutions that bridge the gap between the active and passive elements of their portfolios.

        Since the CEMP Acquisition in 2015, our ETF products have grown by approximately 850% to approximately $1.9 billion in AUM as of September 30, 2017. As of September 30, 2017, we ranked among the top 20 U.S. ETF issuers by net sales for the preceding 12 months as a percentage of beginning of period assets and ranked #18 for annual growth for the preceding 12 months. In January 2017, we announced plans to launch new ETFs that will track volatility weighted indexes developed in partnership with NASDAQ and launched three new ETFs in the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

105


Table of Contents

    Growth through Acquisitions

        We intend to continue to accelerate growth through disciplined acquisitions. We regularly evaluate potential acquisition candidates and maintain a strong network among industry participants and advisers that provide opportunities to establish potential target relationships and source transactions. We seek targets that can provide us with enhanced investment offerings, complementary products/investing strategies, additional financial strength and/or a broader distribution footprint. We have a preference for investing in asset classes where we have intimate knowledge, provided that further acquisitions must continue to diversify our portfolio in terms of investment strategy. Our focus is not only on U.S. investment managers but also on investment styles that have an international or emerging market presence.

        We believe the universe of potential acquisition targets has grown as a result of the evolution of the distribution landscape, the increasing cost of regulatory compliance, management fee compression and outflows from actively managed funds to passive products. We believe our integrated multi-boutique model makes us an attractive acquirer. Further, our centralized distribution, marketing and operations platform allows us to achieve synergies.

Our Franchises

        As of September 30, 2017, seven of our nine Franchises managed over $1 billion in AUM, providing us with diversification across investment approaches, with no Franchise accounting for more than 31% of our AUM. Our Franchises are independent from one another from an investment perspective, maintain their own separate brands and logos, which they have built over time, and are led by dedicated CIOs. We customize each Franchise's interactions with our centralized platform and the formula for its respective revenue share.

    Our Franchises are:

    Expedition Investment Partners

        Expedition Investment Partners applies a fundamental growth-oriented approach to investing in secular changes occurring in the small-capitalization companies of emerging and frontier classified countries. Expedition's team has diverse backgrounds, is fluent in multiple languages and travels extensively for on-site due diligence at opportunistic and lesser known companies in the emerging and frontier market areas. Expedition is based in New York, NY and managed $0.5 billion in AUM as of September 30, 2017. Expedition's investment team consists of eight professionals with an average industry experience of approximately 16 years.

    INCORE Capital Management

        INCORE Capital Management uses niche and customized fixed income strategies focusing on exploiting structural inefficiencies in the U.S. fixed income markets. INCORE conducts extensive research that includes identifying slower prepayment rates on mortgages, market inefficiencies along particular areas of the yield curve, and proprietary quantitative credit quality modeling. INCORE is based in Birmingham, MI and Brooklyn, OH and managed $6.6 billion in AUM as of September 30, 2017. INCORE's investment team consists of 14 professionals with an average industry experience of approximately 19 years.

    Integrity Asset Management

        Integrity Asset Management utilizes a dynamic value-oriented approach to U.S. mid- and small-capitalization companies. Integrity conducts fundamental stock research to find attractive companies that have compelling discounts to the prevailing market conditions. Integrity is based in Rocky River, OH, and

106


Table of Contents

managed $6.0 billion in AUM as of September 30, 2017. Integrity's investment team consists of eight professionals with an average industry experience of approximately 17 years.

    Munder Capital Management

        Munder Capital Management has an experienced team utilizing a "Growth-at-a-Reasonable-Price" strategy in the U.S. equity markets designed to generate consistently strong performance over a market cycle. Munder performs extensive fundamental research in order to find attractive growth companies that it expects will exceed market expectations. Of the companies with independently determined growth attributes, valuation is applied to find the most inexpensive growth companies. Munder is based in Birmingham, MI, and managed $6.3 billion in AUM (including assets formerly managed by Diversified) as of September 30, 2017. Munder's investment team consists of eight professionals with an average industry experience of approximately 23 years.

    NewBridge Asset Management

        NewBridge Asset Management applies a high conviction growth-oriented strategy focusing on U.S. large-capitalization companies experiencing superior long-term growth rates and strong managements. Most of NewBridge's team has worked together since 1996 doing fundamental research on high growth companies. NewBridge usually holds between 25 and 35 securities. NewBridge is based in New York, NY and managed $1.5 billion in AUM as of September 30, 2017. NewBridge's investment team consists of six professionals with an average industry experience of approximately 21 years.

    RS Investments

        RS Investments is made up of three investment teams: RS International; RS Value; and RS Growth. RS Value and RS Growth apply an original and proprietary fundamental approach to investing in value and growth-oriented U.S. equity strategies. The RS Value and RS Growth teams conduct hundreds of company research meetings each year. RS International utilizes a highly disciplined quantitative approach to managing core-oriented global and international equity strategies. RS Investments is based in San Francisco, CA and managed $11.4 billion in AUM as of September 30, 2017. RS Investments' three investment teams consist of 18 professionals with an average industry experience of approximately 18 years.

    Sophus Capital

        Sophus Capital utilizes a disciplined quantitative process that accesses market conditions in emerging equity markets and rank orders attractive companies that are further researched from a fundamental basis. Sophus' team members travel to companies to conduct fundamental research. Sophus is based in Des Moines, IA, with offices in London, Hong Kong and Singapore, and managed $0.8 billion in AUM as of September 30, 2017. Sophus' investment team consists of ten professionals with an average industry experience of approximately 15 years.

    Sycamore Capital

        Sycamore Capital applies a quality value-oriented approach to U.S. mid- and small- capitalization companies. Sycamore conducts fundamental research to find companies with strong high-quality balance sheets that are undervalued versus comparable high quality companies. Sycamore is based in Cincinnati, OH and managed $18.3 billion in AUM as of September 30, 2017, which includes two mutual funds with an aggregate of $15.4 billion in AUM that we have generally closed to new investors. Sycamore's investment team consists of eight professionals with an average industry experience of approximately 15 years.

107


Table of Contents

    Trivalent Investments

        Trivalent Investments utilizes a disciplined approach to stock selection across large to small companies in the international and emerging markets space. Trivalent is one of the longest standing practitioners of international small-capitalization investing in the industry. Trivalent's investment strategy is primarily a proprietary quantitative process that drives stock selection across various countries. Trivalent frequently conducts reviews of stock selection rankings within a portfolio construction and risk management context in order to isolate performance to stock selection. Trivalent is based in Boston, MA, and managed $2.2 billion in AUM as of September 30, 2017. Trivalent's investment team consists of six professionals with an average industry experience of approximately 22 years.

Non-Franchise/Subadvisory Relationships

    Park Avenue

        Park Avenue Institutional Advisers LLC, a unit of New York-based Guardian Life Insurance Company of America, subadvises five of our fixed income funds: the Victory Floating Rate, High Yield, Strategic Income, Tax-Exempt, and High Income Municipal Bond funds. Guardian was the controlling shareholder of RS Investments prior to the RS Acquisition. Park Avenue and VCM have entered into a written sub-advisory agreement, pursuant to which Park Avenue provides sub-advisory services with respect to those fixed income funds, subject to the general oversight of VCM and the board of trustees of the Victory Funds.

        Under the sub-advisory agreement, VCM pays Park Avenue monthly fees for each sub-advised fund based on a percentage of the fees due from such fund to VCM for such month.

        Park Avenue employs a fundamental value approach to investing that gauges value relative to risk, rather than simply reaching for yield. Investment decisions are based on rigorous, independent research into each investment's credit quality, structure and collateral. Park Avenue is based in New York, NY, and managed $1.2 billion in AUM for the Company as of September 30, 2017. Park Avenue's investment team consists of 26 analysts and portfolio managers with an average industry experience of approximately 25 years.

    SailingStone

        SailingStone Capital Partners is an independent investment advisory firm focused exclusively on providing investment solutions in the global natural resource space. SailingStone manages concentrated, long-only natural resource equity portfolios for investors and subadvises our Victory Global Natural Resources Fund. SailingStone was formed in 2014 by members of the RS Investments global natural resources, or GNR, team, pursuant to a written agreement between RS Investments and the GNR team to spin off the GNR business into an independent specialized investment management firm. RS Investments assigned all of its rights in the agreement to VCM in the RS Acquisition. SailingStone's sub-advisory services are subject to the general oversight of VCM and the board of trustees of the Victory Funds.

        Under the sub-advisory agreement, VCM pays SailingStone a monthly fee, based on the Victory Global Natural Resource Fund's assets.

        In addition, through December 31, 2018, we are entitled to a declining percentage of the revenue of SailingStone from certain separate account clients that were transferred in January 2014.

        SailingStone is based in San Francisco, CA, and managed $1.5 billion in AUM for the Company as of September 30, 2017. SailingStone's investment team consists of five professionals with an average industry experience of approximately 21 years.

108


Table of Contents

    KPB Investment Advisors

        KPB Investment Advisors is a registered investment adviser and a wholly owned subsidiary of Key Bank NA. KPB approaches municipal bond investing with a high quality, relative value philosophy. The investment focus is on security selection and exploiting inefficiencies in the municipal market and credit risk is minimized due to ratings quality restrictions. Currently, the only investment mandates for KPB are the two Victory Municipal Bond Funds, which we will liquidate as of December 15, 2017. KPB is based in Cleveland, OH, and managed $55.9 million in AUM for the Company as of September 30, 2017. KPB's investment team consists of two municipal investment professionals with an average industry experience of approximately 21 years.

Solutions Platform

        Our solutions platform consists of multi-Franchise and customized solutions strategies that are primarily rules-based. We offer our solutions platform through a variety of vehicles, including separate accounts, mutual funds and VictoryShares, which is our ETF brand. Like our Franchises, our solutions platform is operationally integrated and supported by our centralized distribution, marketing and operational support functions. As of September 30, 2017, VictoryShares' investment management fees were generally between 30 and 45 basis points.

Our Products and Investment Performance

        As of September 30, 2017, our nine Franchises and solutions platform offered 70 investment strategies with the majority in our current focus asset classes, consisting of U.S. small- and mid-cap equities, global/non-U.S. equities and solutions. These asset classes collectively comprised 75% of our $59.0 billion AUM as of September 30, 2017.

    Product Mix

        Our investment strategies are offered through open-end mutual funds, SMAs, UMAs, ETFs, CTFs and wrap separate account programs. Our product mix is expanding, as we have the ability to add product wrappers to any strategy that is offered by our Franchises.

        Each individual asset class is diversified through the investment strategies of our Franchises, which each employ different investment approaches. Due to the differences in investment approaches, each of our Franchises has different return profiles for investors in different market environments while having exposure to their desired asset classes.

        We have repositioned our business to focus on higher-fee asset classes, resulting in increased average fees. From 2013 through the nine months ended September 30, 2017, our AUM-weighted average fee rate increased by over seven basis points, primarily due to changes in asset class, product and client mix. However, we anticipate that the average fee rate is likely to decline as our solutions platform (which has a lower fee rate than other products) continues to grow. Our ability to sustain this level of fee rates depends on future growth in specific asset classes and distribution channels.

109


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


(1)
Calculated by dividing gross investment management fees, fund administration fees and distribution fees by average AUM for the applicable period, which for 2013 is July 31, 2013 through December 31, 2013.

        We believe we are well-positioned for the phased implementation of the DOL's final regulation defining what constitutes investment advice. Among other things, the DOL's final rules restrict investment advisors from selling to ERISA plans and IRAs investment products that generate direct or indirect commissions payable by the holders thereof, unless an exemption applies. The DOL's final rule applies only to sales after June 9, 2017, and there is an exception, generally, for existing assets. In addition, certain provisions of relevant exemptions under the DOL's final rule will not be applicable until July 1, 2019. We believe we offer a wide range of products to investors covered by the DOL's final rules, and we believe the phased implementation of the DOL Rule and related exemptions will not impair our competitiveness with respect to sales from retirement investors.

    Investment Performance

        Our Franchises have established a long track record of benchmark-relative outperformance, including prior to their acquisition by us. As of September 30, 2017, 80% of our strategies by AUM had returns in excess of their respective benchmarks over a ten-year period, 85% over a five-year period and 81% over a three-year period. On an equal-weighted basis, 75% of our strategies have outperformed their benchmarks over a ten-year period, 79% over a five-year period and 74% over a three-year period. We consider both the AUM-weighted and Equal-weighted metrics in evaluating our investment performance. The advantage of the AUM-weighted metric is that it reflects the investment performance of our Company as a whole, indicating whether we tend to outperform our benchmarks for the assets we manage. The disadvantage is that the metric fails to capture the overall effectiveness of our individual investment strategies; it does not capture whether most of our strategies tend to outperform their respective benchmarks. Conversely, the Equal-weighted metric reflects the overall effectiveness of our individual investment strategies, but fails to capture the investment performance of our Company as a whole.

110


Table of Contents

        The table below sets forth our 10 largest strategies by AUM as of September 30, 2017 and their average annual total returns compared to their respective benchmark index over the three-, five- and 10-year periods ended September 30, 2017. These strategies represented approximately 64% of our total AUM as of September 30, 2017.

Strategy/Benchmark Index
  3 years   5 years   10 years  

Sycamore Mid Cap Value(1)

    13.84 %   16.84 %   11.09 %

Russell Midcap Value

    9.19 %   14.33 %   7.85 %

Excess Return

    4.65 %   2.51 %   3.24 %

Sycamore Small Cap Value(1)

   
16.36

%
 
16.85

%
 
10.92

%

Russell 2000 Value

    12.12 %   13.27 %   7.14 %

Excess Return

    4.24 %   3.58 %   3.78 %

Munder Mid-Cap Core Growth

   
9.56

%
 
13.86

%
 
7.90

%

Russell Midcap

    9.54 %   14.26 %   8.08 %

Excess Return

    0.02 %   –0.40 %   –0.18 %

Integrity Small Cap Value Equity

   
11.59

%
 
15.74

%
 
10.06

%

Russell 2000 Value

    12.12 %   13.27 %   7.14 %

Excess Return

    –0.53 %   2.47 %   2.92 %

RS Mid Cap Growth

   
10.11

%
 
14.28

%
 
7.31

%

Russell Midcap Growth

    9.96 %   14.18 %   8.20 %

Excess Return

    0.15 %   0.10 %   –0.89 %

RS Small Cap Growth

   
15.62

%
 
17.08

%
 
10.21

%

Russell 2000 Growth

    12.17 %   14.28 %   8.47 %

Excess Return

    3.45 %   2.80 %   1.74 %

Trivalent International Small-Cap Equity

   
11.79

%
 
15.31

%
 
5.32

%

S&P Developed ex-U.S. SmallCap

    10.09 %   11.89 %   4.09 %

Excess Return

    1.70 %   3.42 %   1.23 %

RS Large Cap Value

   
8.59

%
 
14.54

%
 
N/A
 

Russell 1000 Value

    8.53 %   13.20 %   5.92 %

Excess Return

    0.06 %   1.34 %   N/A  

RS Small Cap Value

   
8.97

%
 
13.59

%
 
8.62

%

Russell 2000 Value

    12.12 %   13.27 %   7.14 %

Excess Return

    –3.15 %   0.32 %   1.48 %

Integrity Small/Mid Cap Value Equity

   
10.30

%
 
14.53

%
 
8.84

%

Russell 2500 Value

    9.94 %   13.25 %   7.59 %

Excess Return

    0.36 %   1.28 %   1.25 %

(1)
Includes two mutual funds with an aggregate of $15.4 billion in AUM as of September 30, 2017 that we have generally closed to new investors.

111


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


    For each period shown, performance statistics include only strategies that existed during that entire period (including prior to our acquisition of the strategies).

        Our products have consistently won awards for performance, with three consecutive years of ranking in Barron's Top Fund Families ratings, coming in at #21, #25 and #15 overall for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

        In addition, a significant percentage of our mutual fund assets attain high Morningstar ratings. As of September 30, 2017, 22 Victory Funds and ETFs had four or five star overall ratings. On an AUM-weighted basis, 62% of our fund AUM had an overall rating of four or five stars by Morningstar. Over a five-year and three-year basis, 66% and 60% of our fund AUM achieved four or five star ratings, respectively.

GRAPHIC


Morningstar data as of September 30, 2017.

Integrated Distribution, Marketing and Operations

        The centralization of our distribution, marketing and operational functions is a key component in our model, allowing our Franchises to focus on their core competencies of security selection and portfolio construction. In addition, we believe it provides our Franchises with the benefits of operating at scale, providing them with access to larger clients as well as a more streamlined cost structure. As of September 30, 2017, we had 61 employees in management and support functions, 100 sales and marketing professionals and 115 investment professionals.

        Our centralized distribution and marketing functions lead the sales effort for both our institutional and retail channels. Our sales teams are staffed with accomplished professionals that are given specific training on how to position each of our strategies. Partially due to our background in the institutional

112


Table of Contents

market, our teams have focused on developing relationships with institutional consultants and retail intermediaries. These relationships can enhance our platform's overall reach and allow our Franchises and solutions platform to access larger clients that typically would not be willing to spend time with smaller investment management firms.

        To ensure high levels of client service, our sales teams liaise regularly with product specialists at our Franchises. The specialists are tasked with responding to institutional client and retail inquiries on product performance and also educating prospective investors and retail partners in coordination with the relevant internal sales team members. Our distribution and marketing professionals collaborate closely with our Franchises' product specialists in order to attract new clients while also servicing and generating additional sales from existing clients.

GRAPHIC

        Institutional Sales:     Our institutional sales team attracts and builds relationships with institutional clients, the largest institutional consultants and mutual fund complexes and other organizations seeking sub-advisers. Our institutional clientele includes corporations, public funds, non-profit organizations, Taft-Hartley plans, sub-advisory clients, international clients and insurance companies. Our institutional sales and client-service professionals manage existing client relationships, serve consultants and prospects and/or focus on specific segments. They have extensive experience and a comprehensive understanding of our investment activities. On average, each of our client-facing institutional sales professionals has over 20 years of industry tenure.

        Retail Sales:     Our retail sales team is split among regional external wholesalers, retirement specialists and national account specialists, all of whom are supported by an internal calling desk. In the retail channel, we focus on gathering assets through intermediaries, such as banks, broker-dealers, wirehouses, retirement platforms and RIA networks. As of September 30, 2017, 65% of our retail AUM was through intermediaries, while 35% was through retirement platforms. We offer mutual funds and separately managed wrap and unified managed accounts on intermediary and retirement platforms. We have agreements with many of the largest platforms in our retail channel, which has provided an opportunity to place our retail products on those platforms. Further, to enhance our presence on large distribution platforms, we have focused our efforts on servicing intermediary home offices and research departments. These efforts have led to strong growth in platform penetration, as measured by investment products on approved and recommended lists, as well as our inclusion in model portfolios. This penetration provides the opportunity for us to sell more products through distribution platforms. As of September 30, 2017, we had at least two and as many as 13 products on the research recommended/model portfolios of the top ten U.S. intermediary platforms by AUM. These top intermediary platforms included Morgan Stanley, Wells Fargo, Merrill Lynch and Raymond James. We also have agreements with all of the top 20 retirement platforms by AUM, including Fidelity, Vanguard, Voya and Merrill Lynch. As of September 30, 2017, we

113


Table of Contents

had at least one and as many as nine approved products on the recommended list of each of those top 20 retirement platforms that have recommended lists.

        Marketing:     Our distribution efforts are supplemented by our marketing function, which is primarily responsible for enhancing the visibility and quality of our portfolio of brands. They are specifically tasked with managing corporate, Franchise and solutions platform branding efforts, database management, the development of marketing materials, website design and the publishing of white papers. They are also a key component in our responses to requests for proposals sent over by prospective clients. The success of their efforts can be seen by our eVestment #1 ranking for Institutional Brand Awareness among asset managers with between $25 billion and $50 billion in AUM in 2015 and our #4 ranking among asset managers with between $50 billion and $100 billion in AUM in 2016.

        Operations:     Our centralized operations functions provide our Franchises and solutions platform with the support they need so that they can focus on their investment processes. Our centralized functions include distribution, marketing, trading platforms, risk and compliance, middle- and back-office support, finance, human resources, accounting and legal. Although our operations are centralized, we do allow our Franchises a degree of customization with respect to their desired investment support functions, which we believe helps them maintain their individualized investment processes and minimize undue disruptions.

        We outsource certain middle- and back-office activities, such as trade settlement, portfolio analytics, risk, custodian reconciliation, portfolio accounting, corporate action processing, performance calculation and client reporting, to scaled, recognized service providers, who provide their services to us on a variable-cost basis. Systems and processes are customized as necessary to support our investment processes and operations. We maintain relationships with multiple vendors for the majority of our outsourced functions, which we believe mitigates vendor-specific risk. We also have information security, business continuity and data privacy programs in place to help mitigate risk.

        Outsourcing these functions enables us to grow our AUM, both organically and through acquisitions, without the incremental capital expenditures and working capital that would typically be needed. Under our direction and oversight, our outsourced model enhances our ability to integrate our acquisitions, as we are experienced in working with our vendors to efficiently bring additional Franchises onto our platform in a cost-efficient manner. In addition to giving us the flexibility to grow, we believe this model, in which a substantial portion of our expenses are tied to AUM, provides margin protection in case we encounter adverse market conditions.

        We believe both the scalability of our business and our cost structure, in which approximately two-thirds of our expenses are variable, should drive increasing margins and facilitate free cash flow conversion. Additionally, we believe having a majority of our expenses tied to AUM and the number of client accounts provides downside margin protection should there be sustained net outflows or adverse market conditions.

Competition

        We compete in various markets, asset classes and structured vehicles. We sell our investment products in the traditional institutional segments and intermediary and retirement distribution channels, which include mutual funds, wrap accounts, UMAs and ETFs. We face competition in attracting and retaining assets from other investment management firms. Additionally, we compete with other acquirers of investment management firms, including independent, fully integrated investment management firms and multi-boutique businesses, insurance companies, banks, private equity firms and other financial institutions.

        We compete with other managers offering similar strategies. Some of these organizations have greater financial resources and capabilities than we are able to offer and have had strong performance track

114


Table of Contents

records. We compete with other investment management firms for client assets based on the following primary factors:

    our investment performance track record of delivering alpha;

    the specialized nature of our investment strategies;

    fees charged;

    access to distribution channels;

    client service; and

    our employees' alignment of interests with investors.

        We compete with other potential acquirers of investment management firms primarily on the basis of the following factors:

    the value that can be delivered to the seller through realization of synergies created by the combination of the businesses;

    the strength of our distribution relationships;

    the value we add through centralized distribution, marketing and operations platforms;

    the investment autonomy Franchises retain post acquisition; and

    the tenure and continuity of our management and investment professionals.

        Our ability to continue to compete effectively will also depend upon our ability to retain our current investment professionals and employees and to attract highly qualified new investment professionals and employees. For additional information concerning the competitive risks that we face, see "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Industry—The investment management industry is intensely competitive."

Employees

        As of September 30, 2017, we had approximately 276 employees. We are not subject to any collective bargaining agreement and have never been subject to a work stoppage. We believe we have maintained good relationships with our employees.

Business Organization

        Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. was formed in 2013 for the purpose of acquiring VCM and VCA from KeyCorp. VCM is a registered investment adviser managing assets through open-end mutual funds, separately managed accounts, unified management accounts, ETFs, collective trust funds, wrap separate account programs and UCITs. VCM also provides mutual fund administrative services for the Victory Portfolios, Victory Variable Insurance Funds, Victory Institutional Funds and the mutual fund series of Victory Portfolios II, a family of open-end mutual funds, collectively, the Victory Funds. VCM additionally employs all of our U.S. investment professionals across our Franchises and solutions platform, which are not separate legal entities. VCA is registered with the SEC as an introducing broker-dealer and serves as distributor and underwriter for the Victory Funds.

Office Locations

        We lease our principal executive offices, which are located in Brooklyn, OH. In the United States, we also lease office space in New York, NY; Birmingham, MI; Boston, MA; Brentwood, TN; Rocky River, OH; Cincinnati, OH; Denver, CO; Des Moines, IA; and San Francisco, CA. Outside the United States, we lease office space in Singapore, Hong Kong and London. We believe our existing facilities are adequate to meet our current and future business requirements.

Legal Proceedings

        From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings.

115


Table of Contents


REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT AND COMPLIANCE

        Our business is subject to extensive regulation in the United States at the federal level and, to a lesser extent, the state level, as well as regulation by self-regulatory organizations and outside the United States. Under these laws and regulations, agencies that regulate investment advisers have broad administrative powers, including the power to limit, restrict or prohibit an investment adviser from carrying on its business in the event that it fails to comply with such laws and regulations. Possible sanctions that may be imposed include the suspension of individual employees, limitations on engaging in certain lines of business for specified periods of time, revocation of investment adviser and other registrations, censures and fines.

SEC Investment Adviser and Investment Company Registration/Regulation

        VCM is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act, and the Victory Funds, VictoryShares and several of the investment companies we sub-advise are registered under the 1940 Act. The Advisers Act and the 1940 Act, together with the SEC's regulations and interpretations thereunder, impose substantive and material restrictions and requirements on the operations of advisers and registered funds. The SEC is authorized to institute proceedings and impose sanctions for violations of the Advisers Act and the 1940 Act, ranging from fines and censures to termination of an adviser's registration. As an investment adviser, we have a fiduciary duty to our clients. The SEC has interpreted that duty to impose standards, requirements and limitations on, among other things: trading for proprietary, personal and client accounts; allocations of investment opportunities among clients; use of soft dollars; execution of transactions; and recommendations to clients. We manage accounts for all of our clients on a discretionary basis, with authority to buy and sell securities for each portfolio, select broker-dealers to execute trades and negotiate brokerage commission rates. In connection with certain of these transactions, we receive soft dollar credits from broker-dealers that have the effect of reducing certain of our expenses. All of our soft dollar arrangements are intended to be within the safe harbor provided by Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act. If our ability to use soft dollars were reduced or eliminated as a result of the implementation of statutory amendments or new regulations, our operating expenses would increase.

        As a registered adviser, VCM is subject to many additional requirements that cover, among other things: disclosure of information about our business to clients; maintenance of written policies and procedures; maintenance of extensive books and records; restrictions on the types of fees we may charge; custody of client assets; client privacy; advertising; and solicitation of clients. The SEC has authority to inspect any investment adviser and typically inspects a registered adviser periodically to determine whether the adviser is conducting its activities (i) in accordance with applicable laws, (ii) in a manner that is consistent with disclosures made to clients and (iii) with adequate systems and procedures to ensure compliance.

        For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, 84% of our revenues were derived from our services to investment companies registered under the 1940 Act—i.e., mutual funds and ETFs. The 1940 Act imposes significant requirements and limitations on a registered fund, including with respect to its capital structure, investments and transactions. While we exercise broad discretion over the day-to-day management of the business and affairs of the Victory Funds, VictoryShares and the investment portfolios of the Victory Funds and VictoryShares and the funds we sub-advise, our own operations are subject to oversight and management by each fund's board of directors. Under the 1940 Act, a majority of the directors of our registered funds must not be "interested persons" with respect to us (sometimes referred to as the "independent director" requirement) in order to rely on certain exemptive rules under the 1940 Act relevant to the operation of registered funds. The responsibilities of the fund's board include, among other things: approving our investment advisory agreement with the fund (or, for sub-advisory arrangements, our sub-advisory agreement with the fund's investment adviser); approving other service providers; determining the method of valuing assets; and monitoring transactions involving affiliates. Our investment advisory agreements with these funds may be terminated by the funds on not more than

116


Table of Contents

60 days' notice and are subject to annual renewal by the fund's board after the initial term of one to two years. The 1940 Act also imposes on the investment adviser or sub-adviser to a registered fund a fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of the adviser's investment management fees or the sub-adviser's sub-advisory fees. That fiduciary duty may be enforced by the SEC, by administrative action or by litigation by investors in the fund pursuant to a private right of action.

        As required by the Advisers Act, our investment advisory agreements may not be assigned without the client's consent. Under the 1940 Act, investment advisory agreements with registered funds (such as the mutual funds and ETFs we manage) terminate automatically upon assignment. The term "assignment" is broadly defined and includes direct assignments as well as assignments that may be deemed to occur upon the transfer, directly or indirectly, of a "controlling block" of our outstanding voting securities. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—An assignment could result in termination of our investment advisory agreements to manage SEC-registered funds and could trigger consent requirements in our other investment advisory agreements."

SEC Broker-Dealer Registration/FINRA Regulation

        VCA is subject to regulation by the SEC, FINRA and various states. In addition, certain of our employees are registered with FINRA and such states and subject to SEC, state and FINRA regulation. The failure of these companies and/or employees to comply with relevant regulation could have a material adverse effect on our business.

ERISA-Related Regulation

        We are a fiduciary under ERISA with respect to assets that we manage for benefit plan clients subject to ERISA. ERISA, the regulations promulgated thereunder and applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries under ERISA, prohibit certain transactions involving ERISA plan clients and impose monetary penalties for violations of these prohibitions. The duties under ERISA require, among other obligations, that fiduciaries perform their duties solely in the interests of ERISA plan participants and beneficiaries.

        The DOL issued new regulations on April 6, 2016 with an original applicable date for most provisions of April 10, 2017. On April 4, 2017, the DOL released its final rule delaying the original applicable date for 60 days until June 9, 2017. In a memorandum dated February 3, 2017, the President directed the DOL to conduct an examination of the final rule to determine whether it may adversely affect the ability of Americans to gain access to retirement information and financial advice. The DOL is engaging in a careful analysis of the issues raised in the President's memorandum and it is possible, based on the results of the examination, that additional changes may be proposed. The final fiduciary rule substantially expands the definition of "investment advice" and thereby broadens the circumstances under which product distributors could be considered fiduciaries under ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code. Under the final rule, certain communications with plans, plan participants and IRA holders, including the marketing of products, and marketing of investment management or advisory services, could be deemed fiduciary investment advice, causing increased exposure to fiduciary liability if the distributor does not recommend what is in the client's best interests. The DOL also issued amendments to certain of its prohibited transaction exemptions, and issued a new exemption that applies more onerous disclosure and contact requirements to, and increases fiduciary requirements and fiduciary liability exposure in respect of, transactions involving ERISA plans, plan participants and IRAs. While the DOL's definition of what constitutes "investment advice" took effect on June 9, 2017, there is a transition period with respect to the amendments to the existing exemptions and the new exemption until July 1, 2019. During the transition period for these exemptions, financial institutions and advisers must comply with the "impartial conduct standards," including providing advice that is in the "best interest" of the ERISA plan or IRAs. Full compliance with the conditions of the exemptions will be required from and on July 1, 2019. We cannot

117


Table of Contents

predict what other proposals may be made, what legislation may be introduced or enacted, or what impact any such legislation may have on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

CFTC Regulation

        VCM is registered with the CFTC as a commodity pool operator and is a member of the NFA, a self-regulatory organization for the U.S. derivatives industry. In addition, certain of our employees are registered with the CFTC and members of NFA. Registration with the CFTC and NFA membership subject VCM to regulation by the CFTC and the NFA including, but not limited to, reporting, recordkeeping, disclosure, self-examination and training requirements. Registration with the CFTC also subjects VCM to periodic on-site audits. Each of the CFTC and NFA is authorized to institute proceedings and impose sanctions for violations of applicable regulations.

Non-U.S. Regulation

        In addition to the extensive regulation to which we are subject in the United States, we are also subject to regulation internationally. Our business is also subject to the rules and regulations of the countries in which we market our funds or services and conduct investment activities.

        In Singapore, we are subject to, among others, the Securities and Futures Act, or the SFA, the Financial Advisers Act, or the FAA, and the subsidiary legislation promulgated pursuant to these Acts, which are administered by the Monetary Authority of Singapore, or the MAS. We and our employees conducting regulated activities specified in the SFA and/or the FAA are required to be licensed with the MAS. Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations, codes, directives, notices and guidelines issued by the MAS may result in penalties including fines, censures and the suspension or revocation of licenses granted by the MAS.

        In Hong Kong, we are subject to the Securities and Futures Ordinance, or the SFO, and its subsidiary legislation, which governs the securities and futures markets and regulates, among others, offers of investments to the public and provides for the licensing of dealing in securities and investment management activities and intermediaries. This legislation is administered by the Securities and Futures Commission, or the SFC. The SFC is also empowered under the SFO to establish standards for compliance as well as codes and guidelines. We and our employees conducting any of the regulated activities specified in the SFO are required to be licensed with the SFC, and are subject to the rules, codes and guidelines issued by the SFC from time to time. Failure to comply with the applicable laws, regulations, codes and guidelines could result in various sanctions being imposed, including fines, reprimands and the suspension or revocation of the licenses granted by the SFC.

Compliance

        Our legal and compliance functions are integrated into one team of 10 professionals as of September 30, 2017. This group is responsible for all legal and regulatory compliance matters, as well as for monitoring adherence to client investment guidelines. Our legal and compliance teams work through a well-established reporting and communication structure to ensure we have a consistent and holistic program for legal and regulatory compliance. Senior management is also involved at various levels in all of these functions. We cannot assure you that our legal and compliance functions will be effective to prevent all losses. See "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—If our techniques for managing risk are ineffective, we may be exposed to material unanticipated losses."

        For more information about our regulatory environment, see "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Industry—As an investment management firm, we are subject to extensive regulation" and "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Industry—The regulatory environment in which we operate is subject to continual change and regulatory developments designed to increase oversight may materially adversely affect our business."

118


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        Following the completion of this offering, our executive officers and directors will be:

Name
  Age   Position
David C. Brown     45   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
Michael D. Policarpo     43   Chief Operating Officer
Kelly S. Cliff     48   President, Investment Franchises
Terence F. Sullivan     44   Chief Financial Officer and Head of Strategy
Nina Gupta     43   Chief Legal Officer
Milton R. Berlinski     61   Director
Alex Binderow     36   Director
Lawrence Davanzo     64   Director
Richard M. DeMartini     65   Director
James B. Hawkes     76   Director
Karin Hirtler-Garvey     61   Director
Robert J. Hurst     72   Director
Alan H. Rappaport     64   Director

Executive Officers

         David C. Brown has served as our Chief Executive Officer since our acquisition from KeyCorp in August 2013 and Chairman of our board of directors since April 2014. He joined our board of directors upon its formation. Mr. Brown serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of VCM, responsible for the development, execution and oversight of firm strategy. He is also Chairman of the VCM investment committee and a trustee for the Victory Funds. Mr. Brown joined the firm in 2004 and has held multiple senior level positions including Chief Operating Officer prior to his current role. Before joining Victory, Mr. Brown spent five years at Gartmore Global Investments, Inc. in a number of senior management positions including Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of Gartmore Emerging Managers, LLC. Prior to joining Gartmore, he worked for Ernst & Young LLP as a manager in the Assurance & Advisory Business Services unit focusing on investment management businesses. Mr. Brown also currently serves as a director of Cerebellum Capital. He previously was a member of the Bluecoats, Inc. of Cuyahoga County, OH, and previously served on the Summa Health Systems of Ohio Investment Committee and on the board of directors for JumpStart of Ohio. Mr. Brown holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in political science with an emphasis on accounting from Ursinus College and a Master of Business Administration from Case Western Reserve University. He is a Certified Public Accountant. Mr. Brown's extensive business, finance and leadership skills gained and developed through years of experience in the financial services industry, including tenure overseeing our strategic direction as Chief Executive Officer, brings valuable industry-specific knowledge and insights to our board of directors. Mr. Brown has also overseen several transactions in the asset management sector during his tenure with us. He has significant expertise in identifying, structuring and executing strategic acquisitions, as well as in managing boutique firms post-acquisition. These skills, combined with Mr. Brown's extensive knowledge of our business and our industry, enable him to provide valuable insights to our board of directors on our strategic direction.

         Michael D. Policarpo has served as our Chief Operating Officer since February 2016, responsible for the day to day operations of the business platform, including all operations and administration functions, support in inorganic growth sourcing, evaluation and execution and business platform integration. In addition, Mr. Policarpo is responsible for acquisition integration. Mr. Policarpo joined the firm in 2005 and served as our Chief Financial Officer from our acquisition from KeyCorp in August 2013 until July 1, 2017, among various other roles. Prior to joining Victory, he served as Vice President of Finance for Gartmore

119


Table of Contents

Global Investments, Inc. where he was responsible for strategic planning in conjunction with Gartmore's senior management teams. He held several other positions during his five years at Gartmore, including Chief Financial Officer of Advisor Services and corporate controller. Prior to his tenure with Gartmore, he worked for Ernst & Young LLP as a senior accountant in the Assurance & Advisory Business Services unit with a focus on investment management companies, registered investment companies and broker-dealers. Mr. Policarpo holds a Bachelor of Science degree in accounting and finance from Lehigh University. He is a Certified Public Accountant and holds Series 7, 24, 27 and 99 securities licenses.

         Kelly S. Cliff has served as our President, Investment Franchises since November 2015 and was on our board of directors from November 2015 until January 2018. In his role as our President, Investment Franchises, he serves as a strategic resource for our Franchises, focusing on best practices in alpha generation, risk management and alignment of investment management capabilities with client needs. He is also responsible for providing tactical analysis of our existing Franchises as well as evaluating the capabilities of potential new franchises as part of our acquisition strategy. Mr. Cliff oversees the centralized investment functions that support our Franchises, including trading, quantitative analysis and risk management. He is also a member of the VCM investment committee. Prior to joining Victory in 2014, Mr. Cliff spent 22 years with Callan Associates, most recently serving as the Chief Investment Officer of public markets and co-lead of the Global Manager Research Group. Previously, he was Chief Investment Officer of Callan's Trust Advisory Group. Mr. Cliff graduated from the University of the Pacific with a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration and has earned the Chartered Financial Analyst designation and the Chartered Alternative Investment Analyst designation.

         Terence F. Sullivan has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Head of Strategy since July 2017. He is responsible for all finance, accounting, treasury and corporate development activity for the firm. Before joining Victory, Mr. Sullivan was an investment banker at Morgan Stanley in their Financial Institutions Group. Mr. Sullivan joined Morgan Stanley in 2003 and served as Global Head of the Asset Management Sector since 2013 and North American Head of the Asset Management Sector from 2008 to 2013, responsible for advising investment management firms on mergers and acquisitions, capital markets transactions and other strategic initiatives, advising on over $100 billion in transaction values during his tenure. Prior to joining Morgan Stanley, Mr. Sullivan was an associate at Putnam Lovell NBF, an investment banking boutique focused on the financial institutions sector. Before his investment banking career, Mr. Sullivan was a management consultant in the Financial Services Practice at KPMG Consulting where he worked on strategic advisory and business process improvement engagements for banks, investment managers and financial technology firms. Mr. Sullivan holds a Master of Business Administration degree from Columbia Business School and a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration with a concentration in Finance from Villanova University.

         Nina Gupta has served as our Chief Legal Officer and Secretary since July 2016. Previously, Ms. Gupta was General Counsel and Secretary of RS Investments from April 2013 until RS Investments was acquired by Victory in July 2016. Prior to joining RS Investments, Ms. Gupta worked at BlackRock Inc., where she was Deputy General Counsel of BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, responsible for providing legal advice in connection with corporate matters, counterparty trading, transactional documentation and regulatory issues in connection with a variety of different fund structures and accounts. Previously, Ms. Gupta was an associate at the law firm of Shearman & Sterling LLP in New York, NY and Menlo Park, CA, where her practice focused on general corporate, structured finance and banking matters. Ms. Gupta earned a law degree from the University of London in 1996 and a Masters in Law from the University of Cambridge in 1997.

Directors

         Milton R. Berlinski joined our board of directors at the time of our acquisition from KeyCorp in August 2013. Mr. Berlinski co-founded Reverence Capital in June 2013 after concluding a 26-year career at Goldman, Sachs & Co., or Goldman Sachs, as a Partner and Managing Director. He joined Goldman

120


Table of Contents

Sachs in 1986 as Vice President of the investment banking division and as one of the founders of Goldman Sachs' Financial Institutions business. He became a Partner and Managing Director in 1996, responsible for Advisory, Principal Investing and Merchant Banking for financial institutions. In 1999, he was named head of the firm's Strategy and Corporate Development Group, and in 2001 he assumed additional responsibility as head of Firm Wide Strategy. Mr. Berlinski also served as a member of the Operating Committee and Compensation Committee. Mr. Berlinski also served as Global Head of the Financial Sponsors Group from 2005 until 2012 and was a founding member of the Financial Institutions Group. Mr. Berlinski is a founding partner of the Aruba Growth Fund, a private equity fund funded by and invested in local companies and institutions in Aruba. Mr. Berlinski received a Master of Business Administration in finance from The Wharton School of Finance at the University of Pennsylvania and a Bachelor of Arts in engineering from California State University. Mr. Berlinski's qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive background in the investment management industry, business development, corporate strategy and international finance, as well as his substantial board experience (both public and private). In addition, he brings experience relating to operations and compensation matters having served as a member of Goldman Sachs Operating and Compensation Committees for several years.

         Alex Binderow joined our board of directors at the time of our acquisition from KeyCorp in August 2013. Mr. Binderow joined Crestview in 2005. At Crestview, Mr. Binderow is a partner and a leader on the financial services team, specializing in asset and wealth management investments. Prior to joining Crestview, he worked at Bear, Stearns & Co. in the company's acquisition finance group on a range of assignments, which included leveraged buyouts, strategic refinancings and M&A financings across various industries. Mr. Binderow is currently a director of certain Crestview portfolio companies and previously served on the board of directors of Munder, a registered investment company, until the Munder Acquisition. Mr. Binderow received his Bachelor of Business Administration, with high distinction, from Emory University's Goizueta Business School with majors in finance and organization & management. Mr. Binderow's qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his in-depth knowledge and experience in mergers and acquisitions, investing, leveraged finance, capital markets and asset management.

         Lawrence Davanzo joined our board of directors in October 2014. Mr. Davanzo most recently served as President of Wilshire Associates Incorporated, overseeing the asset management areas of the firm, and as Vice Chairman of the board of directors of Wilshire and on its executive committee until his retirement in 2012. He first joined Wilshire in 1978 and rejoined in October 2004. During his tenure at Wilshire, he founded Wilshire's Pension Consulting business and built the firm's Funds Management Group. With over $70 billion in AUM for financial intermediaries, Funds Management became the firm's primary source of revenue growth. He also served as President of the firm's mutual fund complexes. During Mr. Davanzo's career, he also founded Asset Strategy Consulting and served as its managing director from February 1991 to February 2000. Mr. Davanzo earned both his Master of Finance and Bachelor of Arts degrees at the University of Wisconsin-Madison. Mr. Davanzo's qualifications to serve on our board of directors include the knowledge and experience gained in the combination of more than 40 years of asset management experience through his extensive career at Wilshire Associates and also managing and running his own investment consulting firm. This allows him to bring to the board of directors a deep understanding of issues associated with operating a business and the importance of client service and customer satisfaction unique to the asset management business.

         Richard M. DeMartini joined our board of directors at the time of our acquisition from KeyCorp in August 2013. Mr. DeMartini joined Crestview as a partner in 2005. He leads Crestview's financial services strategy. Prior to Crestview, Mr. DeMartini served as President of the Bank of America Asset Management Group from March 2001 until December 2004. At Bank of America, Mr. DeMartini was responsible for all wealth and asset management activities and oversaw approximately $400 billion in AUM. He was also a member of Bank of America's operating committee. Prior to working at Bank of

121


Table of Contents

America, Mr. DeMartini served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the international private client group at Morgan Stanley Dean Witter. His 26-year career at Morgan Stanley included roles as President of individual asset management, Co-President of Dean Witter & Company, Inc. and Chairman of Discover Card. He was also a member of the Morgan Stanley management committee. He also currently serves as a director of Partners Capital and as a trustee and President of the Whitney Museum of American Art. Mr. DeMartini has served as Chairman of the board of directors of the NASDAQ Stock Market, Vice Chairman of the board of directors of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and a director of Capital Bank Financial Corp. Mr. DeMartini received a Bachelor of Arts from San Diego State University. Mr. DeMartini's qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his in-depth knowledge and operating experience in financial services, particularly in the asset and wealth management sectors, having held senior executive positions at major institutions. In addition, Mr. DeMartini has significant experience as a director on the boards of public and private companies. He provides the board of directors with a valuable perspective on global investment management and capital markets and has extensive experience in assessing value, strategy and risks related to potential acquisitions.

         James B. Hawkes joined our board of directors at the time of our acquisition from KeyCorp in August 2013. Mr. Hawkes also serves as Chairman Emeritus of Eaton Vance. In his 37-year career at Eaton Vance, Mr. Hawkes served in numerous senior executive roles, including Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Investment Officer and Director of Investment Research. Mr. Hawkes also serves on the board of managers of Central Park Group, an alternative investment advisory firm, and on other private company boards. He is a trustee of the Peabody Essex Museum and Winterthur Museum. Mr. Hawkes earned a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School and a Bachelor of Science in aerospace engineering from the University of Oklahoma. He also earned the Chartered Financial Analyst designation. Mr. Hawkes' qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his extensive business, finance, investment and leadership skills gained and developed through years of experience in the numerous senior executive roles held during his 37-year career at Eaton Vance. In particular, as former Chief Executive Officer of Eaton Vance, Mr. Hawkes has substantial experience managing and leading a firm in the financial services industry. These skills, combined with Mr. Hawkes' extensive knowledge of our business and our industry, enable him to provide valuable insights to our board of directors on our strategic direction.

         Karin Hirtler-Garvey joined our board of directors in October 2014. Ms. Hirtler-Garvey has over nine years of experience as a board director in diversified industries and over 25 years of leadership experience in the financial services industry, preceded by eight years in public accounting as a CPA licensed in New Jersey. She commenced her board services in 2005 as a director at ARO Liquidation, Inc. (formerly Aeropostale, Inc.), where she currently serves as Chairman of the board of directors (previously the Lead Independent Director and Audit Committee Chair). Ms. Hirtler-Garvey is also a director at Medley Capital Corporation, where she serves as the Compensation Committee Chair and a member of the Audit Committee and the Nominating and Governance Committee, USAA Federal Savings Bank, where she serves as the Risk Committee Chair and a member of the Audit and Compensation Committees, Validus Holdings, Ltd., where she serves as a member of the Audit and Risk Committee, and Western World Insurance Company, where she serves as the Audit Committee Chair. Ms. Hirtler-Garvey also serves on other private company boards, including the audit and risk committees of such boards. Previously, Ms. Hirtler-Garvey served as a director and Audit Committee Chair at Residential Capital LLC. Ms. Hirtler-Garvey was previously Chief Risk Officer at Ally Financial (formerly GMAC) and held a broad range of leadership positions at Bank of America and its predecessor NationsBank and a broad range of mid-level assignments at J.P. Morgan in both the finance and risk groups. Prior to this, she worked for eight years at Ernst & Young LLP with a focus on banking, insurance, garment industry and technology clients. Ms. Hirtler-Garvey earned a Bachelor of Science from Fairleigh Dickinson University and is a Certified Public Accountant. Ms. Hirtler-Garvey brings executive experience from large national and international, diversified financial services companies providing traditional banking, real estate, insurance and asset management services and through her service on other public company boards. Ms. Hirtler-Garvey

122


Table of Contents

provides our board of directors with unique insight and perspective to its oversight of our global operations, corporate governance and risk management. She qualifies as an audit committee financial expert under the rules and regulations of the SEC.

         Robert J. Hurst joined our board of directors in October 2016. Mr. Hurst joined Crestview in 2005 and is Vice Chairman of Crestview and a member of its investment committee. He retired as Vice Chairman of Goldman Sachs in June 2004. At Goldman Sachs, Mr. Hurst spent 30 years in a variety of leadership positions, including head of the investment banking division from 1990 to 1999. Following Goldman Sachs' initial public offering, Mr. Hurst became Vice Chairman and a member of the board of directors and focused on firm-wide matters in addition to having client responsibilities. He is currently a director of VF Corporation and has served on the board of directors of six other public companies. He has been active in the nonprofit sector and currently serves as Chairman of the board of directors of the Aspen Music Festival and School, Chairman of the National Cybersecurity Center, former Chairman of the board of directors and currently Chairman of the executive committee of the Whitney Museum of American Art, a trustee and member of the executive committee of The Aspen Institute, Chairman emeritus of the Jewish Museum and a former member of the board of overseers of The Wharton School. He is a member of the Council on Foreign Relations. Mr. Hurst was also founding Chief Executive Officer of the 9/11 United Services Group, the coordinating arm for 13 social service agencies involved in relief activities, including the Red Cross. Mr. Hurst received a Master of Business Administration from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and a Bachelor of Arts from Clark University. He also did additional graduate work as a Public Finance Fellow at the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Hurst's qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his 30 years of operating and leadership experience at Goldman Sachs and as a partner in a private equity firm. Through his involvement with Crestview, he has provided leadership to both public and private companies. Mr. Hurst brings to our board of directors extensive experience in the financial services industry, finance and business development.

         Alan H. Rappaport joined our board of directors at the time of our acquisition from KeyCorp in August 2013. Mr. Rappaport was formerly the Chairman and President of Bank of America's Private Bank as well as managing director of Chase Investment Advisors and a member of the management committee of Chase Global Private Bank. Prior to Bank of America, Mr. Rappaport served as a Managing Director of the Chase Global Private Bank and a Partner of the Beacon Group. Mr. Rappaport also spent 17 years with CIBC Oppenheimer, where he was the senior executive responsible for the Asset Management Division. Mr. Rappaport serves as an adjunct professor of finance at New York University's Stern School of Business and a lecturer at Stanford University's Graduate School of Business. Previously, Mr. Rappaport had served as Chairman of the Board of Trustees of GuideStar, trustee of NYU Langone Medical Center, trustee of the American Museum of Natural History and national co-chair of the Duke University Parents Committee. He is currently a member of the Council on Foreign Relations, an advisory director of Roundtable Investment Partners, and serves on the boards of directors of PIMCO multifund complex and Allianz multifund complex. Mr. Rappaport earned a Master of Business Administration from Stanford University and a Bachelor of Arts from Harvard University. Mr. Rappaport's qualifications to serve on our board of directors include the knowledge, leadership and experience gained in over 40 years of working in the investment management business of a large global, complex asset management organization, including serving as Chairman and President of Bank of America's Private Bank. Mr. Rappaport's leadership and experience in academia provide our board of directors with a unique perspective and in-depth understanding of issues concerning international finance, economics and public policy.

Corporate Governance

Composition of the Board of Directors

        Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our directors were elected pursuant to the terms of our current certificate of incorporation and bylaws and our Amended and Restated Shareholders' Agreement, or the Shareholders' Agreement. Our directors hold

123


Table of Contents

office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal. Following the completion of this offering, under our further amended and restated Shareholders' Agreement, for so long as Crestview Victory continues to own 20% of the aggregate outstanding shares of common stock, we will have the obligation to nominate three Crestview Victory designees to the board of directors, for so long as Crestview Victory continues to own at least 10% but less than 20% of the aggregate outstanding shares of common stock, we will have the obligation to nominate two Crestview Victory designees, and for so long as Crestview Victory continues to own at least 5% but less than 10% of the aggregate outstanding shares of common stock, we will have the obligation to nominate one Crestview Victory designee (plus one individual with board observer rights who is permitted to attend board and committee meetings). For so long as Reverence Capital continues to own at least 10% of the aggregate outstanding shares of common stock, we will have the obligation to nominate two Reverence Capital designees, and for so long as Reverence Capital continues to own at least 5% but less than 10% of the aggregate outstanding shares of common stock, we will have the obligation to nominate one Reverence Capital designee. As long as it is entitled to designate at least one director to the board of directors, each of Crestview Victory and Reverence Capital will be entitled to have a designee serve on each board committee, subject to applicable law and stock exchange requirements. Each of the stockholders party to the Shareholders' Agreement (including the Employee Shareholders Committee) will also agree to vote, or cause to vote, all of its outstanding shares to ensure the above composition of our board of directors.

        In connection with this offering, we will be amending and restating our certificate of incorporation to provide for a classified board of directors, with three directors in Class I (expected to be Alex Binderow, Karin Hirtler-Garvey and Lawrence Davanzo), three directors in Class II (expected to be Robert J. Hurst, James B. Hawkes and Alan H. Rappaport) and three directors in Class III (expected to be David C. Brown, Milton R. Berlinski and Richard M. DeMartini). Class I directors will initially serve for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of the stockholders following the effective date of this offering. Class II directors will initially serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting following the effective date of this offering and Class III directors will initially serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of the stockholders following the effective date of this offering. At each succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting will be elected for a three-year term. See "Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws—Classified Board."

Background and Experience of Directors

        When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable our board of directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the board of directors focused primarily on each person's background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors' individual biographies set forth above. We believe our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business.

Director Independence

        Our board of directors has evaluated the independence of its members based upon the rules of NASDAQ. Applying these standards, our board of directors has affirmatively determined that each of the directors, other than Mr. Brown, is an independent director.

Board Leadership Structure

        Our board of directors includes our Chief Executive Officer, who also serves as Chairman of the board of directors. Our board of directors understands that there is no single, generally accepted approach to providing board leadership and that given the dynamic and competitive environment in which we operate, the right board leadership structure may vary as circumstances warrant. To this end, our board of

124


Table of Contents

directors has no policy mandating the combination or separation of the roles of Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer. The board of directors will discuss and consider the matter from time to time as circumstances change and, subject to our amended and restated bylaws, will have the flexibility to modify our board structure as it deems appropriate.

Board Committees

        Upon the completion of this offering, the board of directors will establish an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers will regularly report to the non-executive directors and the board committees to ensure effective and efficient oversight of our activities and to assist in proper risk management and the ongoing evaluation of management controls.

        Upon the completion of this offering, Crestview GP will own Class B common stock representing approximately 60% of the total voting power of our outstanding common stock and the unvested restricted stock. As a result, we will be a "controlled company" under the NASDAQ corporate governance listing standards. As a controlled company, we are exempt from the obligation to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements:

    that a majority of our board of directors consists of independent directors, as defined under the rules of NASDAQ;

    that we have a corporate governance and nominating committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities; and

    that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities.

        We intend to take advantage of these exemptions following the completion of this offering for so long as Crestview GP holds a majority of our voting power. These exemptions do not modify the independence requirements for our audit committee, and we intend to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules with respect to our audit committee within the applicable time frame.

Audit Committee

        The Audit Committee will be responsible for, among other things, assisting the board of directors in reviewing: our financial reporting and other internal control processes; our financial statements; the independent auditors' qualifications, independence and compensation; the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors; and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

        Upon the completion of this offering, the Audit Committee will consist of Karin Hirtler-Garvey (Chair), Lawrence Davanzo and Alan H. Rappaport. Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the NASDAQ rules require us to have one independent Audit Committee member upon the listing of our Class A common stock, a majority of independent directors on our Audit Committee within 90 days of the date of this prospectus and an Audit Committee composed entirely of independent directors within one year of the date of this prospectus. Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that each of Karin Hirtler-Garvey, Lawrence Davanzo and Alan H. Rappaport meet the definition of "independent director" for purposes of serving on an audit committee under Rule 10A-3 and the NASDAQ rules, and we intend to comply with the other independence requirements within the time periods specified. Karin Hirtler-Garvey has been identified as an "audit committee financial expert" as that term is defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC. The Audit Committee will have adopted a written charter that, among other things, specifies the scope of its rights and responsibilities and satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and NASDAQ. Upon the completion of this offering, the charter of the Audit Committee will be available

125


Table of Contents

on our website. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference and is not a part of this prospectus.

Compensation Committee

        The Compensation Committee will be responsible for, among other things, determining the compensation of our executive officers, reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans, administering and implementing our equity compensation plans, and preparing a report on executive compensation for inclusion in our proxy statement for our annual meeting.

        Upon the completion of this offering, the Compensation Committee will consist of Alan H. Rappaport (Chair), James B. Hawkes, Alex Binderow and Milton R. Berlinski. The Compensation Committee will have adopted a written charter that, among other things, specifies the scope of its rights and responsibilities and satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and NASDAQ. Upon the completion of this offering, the charter of the Compensation Committee will be available on our website. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference and is not a part of this prospectus.

        As a controlled company, we may rely upon the exemption from the requirement that we have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

        The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be responsible for, among other things, reviewing board structure, composition and practices, and making recommendations on these matters to our board of directors, reviewing, soliciting and making recommendations to our board of directors and stockholders with respect to candidates for election to the board of directors, overseeing our board of directors' performance and self-evaluation process, reviewing the compensation payable to board and committee members and providing recommendations to our board of directors in regard thereto, and developing and reviewing a set of corporate governance principles.

        Upon the completion of this offering, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consist of Richard M. DeMartini (Chair), James B. Hawkes and Milton R. Berlinski. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will have adopted a written charter that, among other things, specifies the scope of its rights and responsibilities and satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and NASDAQ. Upon the completion of this offering, the charter of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be available on our website. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference and is not a part of this prospectus.

        As a controlled company, we may rely upon the exemption from the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participations

        None of the members of our Compensation Committee is, or has at any time during the past year been, one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or Compensation Committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        Upon the completion of this offering, we will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting.

126


Table of Contents

Following the completion of this offering, the code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference and is not a part of this prospectus.

Director Compensation

        Certain of our non-employee directors have received annual cash compensation, stock in lieu of cash compensation or restricted stock awards for service on our board of directors. We also reimburse our directors for their reasonable travel and accommodation expenses incurred in connection with attending board and committee meetings and fulfilling their duties as members of our board of directors. See "Executive Compensation—Director Compensation" for a discussion of the compensation and reimbursement policies for our directors upon the completion of this offering.

127


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation of our Named Executive Officers

        The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to certain of our executive officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017. As an emerging growth company, we have chosen to comply with the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to "smaller reporting companies" as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Act, which require compensation disclosure for our principal executive officer and our next two most highly compensated executive officers. Throughout this prospectus, these three officers are referred to as our "named executive officers."

        The compensation reported in this Summary Compensation Table below is not necessarily indicative of how we will compensate our named executive officers in the future. We expect that we will continue to review, evaluate and modify our compensation framework as a result of becoming a publicly traded company and our compensation program following the completion of this offering could vary significantly from our historical practices.


Summary Compensation Table

Name and Principal
Position
  Year   Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)(1)
  Stock
Awards
($)(5)
  Option
Awards
($)(2)
  Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)(3)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(4)
  Total
($)
 

David C. Brown

    2017     600,000     3,684,135     3,000,000     113,970         460,776     7,858,881  

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

                                                 

Michael D. Policarpo

   
2017
   
375,000
   
830,979
   
1,700,000
   
410,293
   
   
272,612
   
3,588,884
 

Chief Operating Officer

                                                 

Kelly S. Cliff

   
2017
   
425,000
   
914,978
   
1,850,000
   
615,439
   
   
212,152
   
4,017,569
 

President, Investment Franchises

                                                 

(1)
The amounts reported as earned in this column represent the bonuses earned with respect to 2017 by each executive pursuant to our annual bonus plan. These amounts were paid in 2017. For additional information, please see "—Summary Compensation Table—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Annual Bonus Plan" below.

(2)
Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of options granted to our named executive officers in 2017, equal to $113,970 for Mr. Brown, $410,293 for Mr. Policarpo and $615,439 for Mr. Cliff. With respect to time-vesting options, the grant date fair value was determined using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and with respect to performance-vesting options, the grant date fair value was determined based on the probable outcome of the performance conditions as of the grant date. For additional information with respect to options granted during 2017, including a discussion of the assumptions made in valuation, see note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts above reflect our aggregate accounting expense for these awards and do not necessarily correspond to the actual value that will be recognized by our named executive officers, which depends on the market value of our Class B common stock on a date in the future.

(3)
Our named executive officers had no above-market or preferential earnings on deferred compensation during 2017.

(4)
The amounts reported as earned by each named executive officer in this column represent employer matching contributions made to Messrs. Brown, Policarpo and Cliff of $16,200, $16,200 and $15,369, respectively, under our 401(k) plan during 2017, as well as employer matching contributions made to Messrs. Brown, Policarpo and Cliff of $163,800, $144,024 and $124,603, respectively, under our nonqualified deferred compensation plan. Amounts reported also include dividend payments in respect of outstanding equity-based awards of $280,776, $112,388 and $72,180 for Messrs. Brown, Policarpo and Cliff, respectively.

128


Table of Contents

(5)
Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of the shares of restricted stock granted to our named executive officers in 2017. With respect to performance-vesting shares of restricted stock, the grant date fair value was determined based on the probable outcome of the performance conditions as of the grant date. For additional information with respect to shares of restricted stock granted during 2017, including a discussion of the assumptions made in valuation, see note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts above reflect our aggregate accounting expense for these awards and do not necessarily correspond to the actual value that will be recognized by our named executive officers, which depends on the market value of our Class B common stock on a date in the future.

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

        Certain of the compensation paid to our named executive officers reflected in the Summary Compensation Table was provided pursuant to the agreements, plans and programs which are summarized below. For a discussion of the severance pay and other benefits to be provided to our named executive officers in connection with a termination of employment and/or a change in control, please see "—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control" below.

        Employment Agreement with David C. Brown.     We have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Brown, dated August 5, 2014, pursuant to which he serves as the Chief Executive Officer of VCM and as a director on our board of directors (of which he is currently the Chairman). The employment agreement provided for an initial term ending July 31, 2017, with automatic one-year extensions thereafter. On July 31, 2017, the term of the agreement was automatically extended to July 31, 2018. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Brown is entitled to an annual base salary of $600,000 and an annual cash bonus of $600,000 (payable quarterly). In addition, Mr. Brown is eligible for an additional incentive award based on the achievement of specified performance criteria as determined by our board of directors, as described further under "—Summary Compensation Table—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Annual Bonus Plan" below. The 2014 employment agreement provides that Mr. Brown's additional incentive award will have an annual target of $1,200,000 and will be payable 50% in cash and 50% in fully-vested equity. However, for 2017, we and Mr. Brown agreed that the additional incentive award would be determined by our Compensation Committee in its sole discretion after considering market competitiveness, Company performance factors and individual performance (including in connection with this offering) and without regard to the target or form of payment provisions set forth in the 2014 employment agreement. For a discussion of Mr. Brown's severance entitlements pursuant to his 2014 employment agreement, see "—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control" below.

        In connection with this offering, we have entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Brown, dated March 20, 2017, which will take effect as of the effective date of this offering and supersede Mr. Brown's 2014 employment agreement. The terms of Mr. Brown's 2017 employment agreement are substantially similar to those of his 2014 employment agreement, except that his 2017 employment agreement provides that he will serve as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman for an indefinite term, that his target annual incentive award will be determined by our board of directors and Compensation Committee and be payable partly in cash and partly in fully-vested equity, that the severance benefits payable in the event of a termination without "cause" or for "good reason" (each as defined in the 2017 employment agreement) that are tied to the base salary, annual bonus and annual incentive award will be two times the average for the previous two years (as opposed to two times the previous year total), and that Mr. Brown will receive an additional pro-rated annual bonus in the event of a termination due to his death or "disability" (as defined in the 2017 employment agreement). In addition, Mr. Brown's 2017 employment agreement provides that, upon a "change in control" (as defined in the 2017 employment agreement), only unvested equity awards granted prior to March 11, 2017 will be accelerated. For a discussion of Mr. Brown's severance entitlements pursuant to his 2014 employment agreement, see "—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control" below.

        Annual Bonus Plan.     Certain employees, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Bonus Plan, pursuant to which participants are eligible to

129


Table of Contents

earn a bonus with respect to each fiscal year, typically paid in the first calendar quarter of the subsequent calendar year for which the bonus is earned, subject to the participant remaining employed with us through the payment date. Individual awards may be discretionary or earned based on individual, Company or other performance criteria determined by our Compensation Committee. 2017 annual bonuses for our named executive officers, which were paid in 2017, were determined at the discretion of the Compensation Committee after consideration of both Company and individual performance (including in connection with this offering), and in the case of Messrs. Policarpo and Cliff, recommendations from Mr. Brown. For 2017, Messrs. Policarpo and Cliff were eligible to earn target bonuses equal to $750,000 and $1,000,000, respectively, and were awarded actual bonuses of $830,979 and $914,978, respectively. In addition, Mr. Brown was awarded an actual bonus of $3,684,135. Mr. Brown did not have a target bonus for 2017, and the Compensation Committee determined the amount of his bonus after considering market competitiveness, Company performance factors and individual performance (including in connection with this offering). None of our named executive officers received any annual bonus amounts that were payable in shares of our Class B common stock. For each fiscal year, such pool, unless otherwise determined by our board of directors or Compensation Committee in accordance with the plan, will be equal to 35% of pre-bonus EBITDA, of which 30% is payable in cash and 5% is payable in shares of our Class B common stock, subject to the discretion of our board of directors to adjust such bonus pool based on extraordinary events, non-cash GAAP charges or transactions. For this purpose, and subject to additional adjustments as may be determined by our board of directors in its discretion, pre-bonus EBITDA is generally calculated using our Adjusted EBITDA, to which we add back pre-IPO governance expenses, director fees, and board-related expenses, and from which we deduct compensation in excess of expected levels due to acquisitions and lease amortization costs, to arrive at Management reported EBITDA. We then add back our incentive compensation expense to Management reported EBITDA to arrive at pre-bonus EBITDA. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Supplemental Non-GAAP Financial Information" for a discussion of how Adjusted EBITDA is calculated and a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA. For 2017, we expect that the pool payable in cash will exceed 30% of our pre-bonus EBITDA on account of special, one-time bonuses awarded in connection with this offering.

        Stock Plans.     We currently provide grants of equity-based awards to eligible service providers under the Victory Capital Holdings,  Inc. Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2013 Plan. In 2017, we granted options to members of our management team, including to each of our named executive officers, under the 2013 Plan. For a summary of the principal features of the 2013 Plan, see "—Additional Incentive Compensation Plans and Awards—Equity Incentive Plans" below. Historically, the options granted to our named executive officers have consisted of 60% options subject to time-vesting conditions, or time-vesting options, which vest over a period of four years, 25% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of the applicable grant date, and 40% options subject to performance-vesting conditions, or performance-vesting options, which are earned based on level of achievement of the following performance goals prior to the applicable expiration date:

        For performance-vesting options granted to our named executive officers in March 2017:

Performance Goal
  Weighting   Performance/Vesting Levels ($)  
 
   
  50% Vesting
  75% Vesting
  100% Vesting
 

Management reported EBITDA (in millions)(1)

    45 %   134.0     155.0     165.0  

Revenue (in millions)

    35 %   385.0     400.0     435.0  

AUM (in billions)

    20 %   57.0     (2)   61.0  

(1)
See above in "—Annual Bonus Plan" for a description of how Management reported EBITDA is calculated.

(2)
There is no 75% performance/vesting level specified for the AUM performance goal.

130


Table of Contents

        For all other performance-vesting options granted to our named executive officers:

Performance Goal
  Weighting   Performance/Vesting Levels ($)  
 
   
  50% Vesting(2)
  75% Vesting
  100% Vesting
 

Management reported EBITDA (in millions)(1)

    45 % Vested     134.0     155.0  

Revenue (in millions)

    35 % Vested     385.0     400.0  

AUM (in billions)

    20 % Vested     54.0     57.0  

(1)
See above in "—Annual Bonus Plan" for a description of how Management reported EBITDA is calculated.

(2)
50% of the performance-vesting options were vested in connection with the Munder Acquisition and/or the RS Acquisition.

        Vesting of performance-vesting options is determined on an absolute basis and is not determined by interpolation for performance between achievement levels. Time-vesting options and performance-vesting options are subject to additional vesting in connection with certain terminations of employment and/or a change in control, as discussed under "—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control" below.

        In 2017, we granted restricted shares to each of our named executive officers under the 2013 Plan. In connection with the first such grant, Messrs. Brown, Policarpo and Cliff received 222,045, 111,022 and 111,022 restricted shares, respectively. The restricted share grants were made to each of our named executive officers on March 31, 2017 and consisted 50% of restricted shares subject to time-vesting conditions, or time-vested restricted shares, which vest 100% on March 31, 2020, and 50% of restricted shares subject to performance-vesting conditions, or performance-vested restricted shares. These performance-vested shares are earned based on achievement of share price targets as follows: one-third of the performance-vested restricted shares will vest when the fair market value of a share equals or exceeds $19.98; one-third of the performance-vested restricted shares will vest when the fair market value of a share equals or exceeds $22.84; and one-third of the performance-vested restricted shares will vest when the fair market value of a share equals or exceeds $25.69. We made an additional grant of restricted shares to each of our named executive officers on January 1, 2018, under the 2013 Plan. In connection with such grant, Messrs. Brown, Policarpo and Cliff received 613,179, 350,388 and 297,829 restricted shares, respectively. Such grant consisted 50% of time-vested restricted shares, which will vest 50% on January 1, 2021, 25% on January 1, 2022 and 25% on January 1, 2023, and 50% of performance-vested restricted shares, which will be earned based on the share price performance criteria described above. Except as may otherwise be provided in an employment agreement, as discussed under "—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control" below, the restricted shares granted in 2017, or the 2017 restricted shares, are not subject to accelerated vesting upon a change in control and will generally be forfeited upon a termination of employment for any reason prior to vesting.

        In connection with this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt, and we expect our stockholders to approve, the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. 2018 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2018 Plan, and the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2018 ESPP, each of which will be effective upon the completion of the offering. For summaries of the 2018 Plan and the 2018 ESPP, see "—Additional Incentive Compensation Plans and Awards—Equity Incentive Plans" below.

        Health and Welfare Plans.     Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans that we offer to our employees generally, including medical, dental, vision, life and accidental death and dismemberment, disability, supplemental life, a health savings account, health and dependent care flexible spending accounts, critical illness and accident benefit plans, as well as commuter benefits and health and wellness rewards.

        Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan.     Messrs. Brown, Policarpo and Cliff currently participate in the Victory Capital Management Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, or the NQDC Plan, a nonqualified

131


Table of Contents

deferred compensation plan maintained by us primarily for the benefit of a select group of management or highly compensated employees. Pursuant to the NQDC Plan, participants may elect to defer up to 100% of their base compensation and cash incentive compensation. In addition, we currently provide a matching contribution equal to 100% of a participant's deferral contribution, up to a maximum of the lesser of 6% of compensation in excess of the Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(17) limit for the applicable year or $3,000,000 per year. We may also elect to provide discretionary contributions pursuant to the NQDC Plan. Deferred amounts and employer contributions are contributed to individual accounts in the NQDC Plan trust, and participants self-direct the notional investment of deferred contribution accounts in various investment funds. A participant is 100% vested in his deferral contributions when contributed, and will become 100% vested in our matching contributions and discretionary contributions after three years of continuous service. The vested balance of a participant's account may be distributed in a lump sum, in five equal installments or in another approved form upon a participant's death, disability, separation from service (including retirement), a change in control event, or on a time or fixed schedule, in each case, as elected by the participant in accordance with the terms of the NQDC Plan. As of January 11, 2018, Messrs. Brown, Policarpo and Cliff were fully vested in their NQDC account balances. For a summary of the treatment of named executive officers' account balances under the NQDC Plan in connection with certain terminations of employment and/or a change in control, see "—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control" below.

        401(k) Plan.     We sponsor a retirement plan intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, containing a cash or deferred feature that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Full-time employees, other than nonresident aliens and leased employees, who are paid from our U.S. payroll are generally eligible to participate in the plan. Participants may make pre-tax contributions to the plan from their eligible earnings up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit on pre-tax contributions under the Internal Revenue Code. Participants who are 50 years of age or older may contribute additional amounts based on the statutory limits for catch-up contributions. All employee and employer contributions are allocated to each participant's individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participant's directions. Pre-tax contributions by participants and contributions that we make to the plan and the income earned on those contributions are generally not taxable to participants until withdrawn, and all contributions are generally deductible by us when made. Participant contributions are held in trust as required by law. No minimum benefit is provided under the plan. An employee is 100% vested in his pre-tax deferrals and any employer contributions when contributed. The plan provides for an employer matching contribution for employees who have completed at least one year of service equal to 100% of a participant's 401(k) contributions, up to 6% of the participant's compensation, as well as discretionary profit sharing contributions.

132


Table of Contents


Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

        The following table sets forth outstanding equity awards to acquire shares of our Class B common stock held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2017.

 
   
  Option Awards   Stock Awards  
Name
  Grant
Date
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
(#)
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
(#)(1)(5)
  Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
(#)(2)(5)
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)(6)
  Option
Expiration
Date
  Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
(#)(3)(5)
  Market
Value
of Shares
Or Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
($)(4)
  Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares or Units
of Stock
That Have
Not Vested
(#)(3)(5)
  Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or
Payout Value
of Unearned
Shares or Units
of Stock
That Have
Not Vested
($)(4)
 

David C. Brown

    7/31/2013     367,782     0     17,330   $ 2.45     7/31/2023       $       $  

    2/5/2014     70,515     13,139     3,941   $ 2.45     2/5/2024       $       $  

    12/17/2014     32,739     6,100     1,830   $ 4.73     12/17/2024       $       $  

    3/11/2016     31,225     27,824     2,782   $ 7.52     3/11/2026       $       $  

    4/15/2016     130,107     115,937     11,593   $ 7.52     4/15/2026       $       $  

    3/10/2017     5,088     11,102     2,312   $ 13.52     3/10/2027       $       $  

    3/31/2017     0     0     0   $         111,022   $ 1,584,284     111,022   $ 1,584,284  

Michael D Policarpo

   
7/31/2013
   
171,631
   
0
   
8,087
 
$

2.45
   
7/31/2023
   
 
$

   
 
$

 

    2/5/2014     29,616     5,518     1,655   $ 2.45     2/5/2024       $       $  

    12/17/2014     25,184     4,692     1,407   $ 4.73     12/17/2024       $       $  

    3/11/2016     23,419     20,868     2,086   $ 7.52     3/11/2026       $       $  

    4/15/2016     78,064     69,562     6,956   $ 7.52     4/15/2026       $       $  

    3/10/2017     18,318     39,968     8,326   $ 13.52     3/10/2027     14,803   $ 211,238       $  

    3/31/2017     0     0     0   $         55,511   $ 792,143     55,511   $ 792,143  

Kelly S. Cliff

   
9/8/2014
   
60,441
   
11,262
   
3,378
 
$

4.73
   
9/8/2024
   
4,692
 
$

66,964
   
 
$

 

    10/29/2015     16,393     7,508     1,126   $ 5.81     10/29/2025       $       $  

    3/11/2016     9,107     8,115     811   $ 7.52     3/11/2026       $       $  

    4/15/2016     104,085     92,749     9,274   $ 7.52     4/15/2026       $       $  

    3/10/2017     27,478     59,952     12,490   $ 13.52     3/10/2027     25,905   $ 369,665       $  

    3/31/2017     0     0     0   $         55,511   $ 792,143     55,511   $ 792,143  

(1)
Time-vesting options vest 25% on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date.

(2)
Performance-vesting options are reported at the target number of shares and vest based on the level of achievement of the certain performance goals prior to the applicable expiration date, as discussed under "—Summary Compensation Table—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Equity Plans" above.

(3)
Restricted shares granted on March 31, 2017 vest 50% based on continued employment through March 31, 2020 and 50% when the value of a share of our Class B common stock first exceeds certain thresholds, subject to continued employment through the date on which such thresholds are exceeded. All other restricted shares vest 25% on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date.

(4)
Values determined based on the fair market value of our Class B common stock on December 31, 2017, which was determined to be $14.27 per share by our board of directors as of such date based on an independent valuation.

(5)
Time-vesting options, performance-vesting options and certain restricted shares are subject to additional vesting upon a termination of employment due to death or "disability," by us without "cause" or by the named executive officer without "good reason" (each such term, as defined in the 2013 Plan), as discussed under "—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control" below.

(6)
Options were adjusted in February 2017 due to declaration and payment of a special dividend to our stockholders. Amounts shown in the above table are post-adjustment.

133


Table of Contents


Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

        The following summaries describe the potential payments and benefits that we would provide to our named executive officers in connection with a termination of employment and/or a change in control.

        We have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Brown, which provides for certain payments to be made in connection with certain terminations of employment and/or a change in control. In addition, Messrs. Policarpo and Cliff are eligible to receive severance pursuant to our severance plan in connection with certain terminations of employment. Our named executive officers are also entitled to additional vesting of options and restricted shares pursuant to the terms of the 2013 Plan and their award agreements, as well as to distributions pursuant to the NQDC Plan, in connection with certain terminations of employment.

        Employment Agreement with David C. Brown.     Mr. Brown's 2014 employment agreement provides that if his employment is terminated by us without "cause" or by him for "good reason," each as defined in the 2014 employment agreement, subject to his execution of a release of claims, he will be entitled to severance benefits consisting of: (i) an amount equal to two times the sum of the base salary, the annual cash bonus and the annual incentive award earned in the year prior to the year of termination, payable in eight quarterly installments beginning within 30 days of the termination date; (ii) continuation of all medical benefits for up to 18 months following termination or an amount equal to the cost of such benefits; and (iii) a payment in respect of accrued but unused vacation and sick days. The 2014 employment agreement also provides that, in the event of a "change in control," as defined in the 2014 employment agreement, Mr. Brown will be entitled to accelerated vesting of all then-outstanding equity awards, and that in the event of a termination of employment by us without "cause" within 90 days prior to a "change in control," Mr. Brown will be entitled to accelerated vesting of all equity awards that would have vested as of the date of the change in control but for the termination (or the economic equivalent of such accelerated vesting). Following completion of this offering, such severance payments will be subject to a modified cutback provision which acts to reduce the amounts payable to Mr. Brown to the extent necessary so that no excise tax would be imposed pursuant to Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, but only if doing so would result in Mr. Brown retaining a larger after-tax amount. In the event of a termination of Mr. Brown's employment due to death or "disability," as defined in the 2014 employment agreement, he will be entitled to (i) a payment in respect of accrued but unused vacation and sick days and, (ii) for terminations due to disability, continuation of all medical benefits at no cost for up to 18 months following termination or an amount equal to the cost of such benefits. The 2014 employment agreement subjects Mr. Brown to confidentiality restrictions that apply while he is employed with us and indefinitely thereafter, to an inventions assignment commitment, to a non-compete restriction that applies during his employment with us and for one year thereafter, and to a non-solicitation restriction with respect to our customers and employees that applies during his employment with us and for two years thereafter. In connection with this offering, we have entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Brown, which will take effect as of the effective date of this offering, as discussed under "—Summary Compensation Table—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Employment Agreement with David C. Brown" above.

        Victory Capital Management Inc. Severance Pay Plan.     Messrs. Policarpo and Cliff are participants in the Victory Capital Management Inc. Severance Pay Plan, or the Severance Plan. Pursuant to the Severance Plan, in the event that a participant is terminated involuntarily without "cause," as defined in the Severance Plan, as part of a restructuring or reduction in force, subject to the execution of a release of

134


Table of Contents

claims, the participant will receive a severance payment that will be determined by the plan administrator (currently, Mr. Brown) in accordance with the following guidelines:

Benefit Type
  Severance Formula   Maximum Payout(2)
Basic Benefit   Two weeks of pay for each full year of continuous service.   30 weeks of pay

Enhanced Benefit(1)

 

Four weeks of pay for each full year of continuous service.

 

52 weeks of pay

(1)
For Chief Investment Officers, members of senior management and other designated participants. Messrs. Policarpo and Cliff would each be entitled to receive the enhanced benefit.

(2)
Subject to an additional limitation that the maximum payout may not exceed two times the lesser of (i) the Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(17) limit for the applicable year or (ii) the participant's annualized compensation for the year preceding the year of the termination.

        The payment schedule for severance benefits under the Severance Plan is determined by the plan administrator, subject to a requirement that all benefits be paid no later than the last day of the second taxable year following the taxable year in which the termination occurs. The Severance Plan provides that we have the right to amend, modify, suspend or terminate the plan at any time by formal action by our board of directors or by the plan administrator.

        Vesting of Options and Restricted Shares.     Our named executive officers are entitled to additional vesting of unvested options and restricted shares held by them in connection with certain terminations of employment pursuant to the 2013 Plan and their award agreements. Other than with respect to the 2017 restricted shares, upon a termination of employment due to death or "disability," by us without "cause" or by the named executive officer without "good reason" (each such term as defined in the 2013 Plan), time-vesting options and restricted shares will be subject to additional, pro-rated vesting, determined by multiplying the number of time-vesting options or restricted shares, as applicable, that are unvested as of the termination date by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed between the most recent vesting date (or the grant date, if no vesting date has occurred) and the termination date, and the denominator of which is the number of days between the most recent vesting date (or the grant date, if no vesting date has occurred) and the final vesting date. In addition, performance-vesting options will vest based on certain assumed levels of achievement which are enumerated in the award agreements upon a termination of employment due to death or "disability," and based on actual performance during the 12-month period preceding the termination date upon a termination by us without "cause" or by the named executive officer without "good reason." Except as may otherwise be provided in an employment agreement, the 2017 restricted shares are not subject to accelerated vesting upon a change in control and will generally be forfeited upon a termination of employment for any reason prior to vesting.

        Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan.     The NQDC Plan provides that, in the event of a termination due to death or "disability" or a "change in control" (each such term, as defined in the NQDC Plan), a participant will become 100% vested in his accrued but unvested benefits attributable to our matching contributions and discretionary contributions. In addition, the vested balance of a participant's NQDC Plan account may be distributed to such participant upon his death, disability, separation from service (including retirement) or a change in control event, in each case, as elected by the participant in accordance with the terms of the NQDC Plan, as discussed under "—Summary Compensation Table—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan" above.

135


Table of Contents


Additional Incentive Compensation Plans and Awards

Equity Incentive Plans

        We currently maintain the 2013 Plan, pursuant to which we may grant various forms of equity compensation to our service providers, including our officers, non-employee directors and consultants. We have historically granted options and restricted shares to individual service providers under the 2013 Plan. We also maintain an Outside Director Equity Plan, which is discussed under "Director Remuneration" below. In connection with this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt, and we expect our stockholders to approve, the 2018 Plan and the 2018 ESPP, which will be effective upon the completion of the offering. The principal features of the 2013 Plan, the 2018 Plan and the 2018 ESPP are summarized below. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual text of the 2013 Plan, the 2018 Plan and the 2018 ESPP, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

2013 Plan

        In 2013, our board of directors approved the 2013 Plan. Under the 2013 Plan, we may grant stock options, restricted shares and other stock-based awards to our key employees, directors and consultants.

        There are 13,230,837 shares of our Class B common stock reserved for issuance under the 2013 Plan. This number is subject to additional adjustment in the event of a corporate transaction, distribution or similar event, as determined by the Compensation Committee of the board of directors. As of January 29, 2018 options in respect of 9,435,974 shares of Class B common stock, and 3,794,863 restricted shares of Class B Common Stock, were outstanding under the 2013 Plan, of which 2,971,794 are unvested. Our Compensation Committee has had full power and authority to determine the terms of awards granted pursuant to the 2013 Plan, including, without limitation, which key employees, directors and consultants will be granted awards and the number of shares of Class B common stock subject to awards.

        Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2013 Plan at any time, provided that stockholder approval is required for any share reserve increase or change to the employees eligible to participate in the 2013 Plan, and may amend or cancel any outstanding award. No such amendment may adversely affect the rights under any outstanding award without the holder's consent.

2018 Plan

        We expect to adopt the 2018 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2018 Plan, no later than the completion of this offering. The 2018 Plan will authorize the grant of stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance awards and other awards that may be settled in or based upon shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock, collectively, our Shares, though we currently intend to grant these awards based upon shares of our Class B common stock. The 2018 Plan will become effective immediately upon the effective date of the offering and no further grants will be made under any other stock incentive plan maintained by us, including the 2013 Plan.

        Purpose.     The purpose of the 2018 Plan is to give us the ability to attract, retain, motivate and reward certain officers, employees, directors and consultants and to provide a means whereby officers, employees, directors and/or consultants can acquire and maintain ownership of our Shares or be paid incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of our Shares, thereby strengthening their commitment to our Company and encouraging such eligible people to expend maximum effort in the creation of stockholder value.

        The following summary is not a complete description of all provisions of the 2018 Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 2018 Plan, the final version of which is subject to further internal discussion and review, and approval by our stockholders and board of directors.

136


Table of Contents

        Plan Administration.     The 2018 Plan will be administered by our Compensation Committee. Our Compensation Committee will have the authority, among other things, to select participants, grant awards, determine types of awards, types of Shares subject to awards, and terms and conditions of awards for participants, prescribe rules and regulations for the administration of the plan and make all decisions and determinations as deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2018 Plan. Our Compensation Committee may delegate certain of its authority as it deems appropriate, pursuant to the terms of the 2018 Plan and to the extent permitted by applicable law, to our officers or employees, although any award granted to any person who is not our employee or who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act must be expressly approved by the Compensation Committee. Our Compensation Committee's actions will be final, conclusive and binding.

        Authorized Stock.     A total of 3,372,484 shares of either Class A common stock or Class B common stock, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Compensation Committee will be reserved and available for issuance under the 2018 Plan, subject to adjustment in accordance with its terms. The number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the 2018 Plan is subject to adjustment, as described below in the section titled "—Adjustments." The maximum number of Shares that may be issued in respect of incentive stock options will be 3,372,484. Shares issued under the 2018 Plan may consist of authorized but unissued stock or previously issued Shares. Shares underlying awards that are settled in cash, expire or are canceled, forfeited or otherwise terminated without delivery to a participant will again be available for issuance under the 2018 Plan. Shares withheld or surrendered in connection with the payment of an exercise price of an award or to satisfy tax withholding will again become available for issuance under the 2018 Plan. The Shares issuable and issued, and awards granted, pursuant to the 2018 Plan will be subject to the Employee Shareholders' Agreement, as well as to the provisions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation regarding the conversion of shares of Class B common stock to Class A common stock.

        Types of Awards.     The types of awards that may be available under the 2018 Plan are described below. All of the awards described below will be subject to the terms and conditions determined by our Compensation Committee in its sole discretion, subject to certain limitations provided in the 2018 Plan. Each award granted under the 2018 Plan will be evidenced by an award agreement, which will govern that award's terms and conditions.

        Non-qualified Stock Options.     A non-qualified stock option is an option that is not intended to meet the qualifications of an incentive stock option, as described below. An award of a non-qualified stock option grants a participant the right to purchase a certain number of Shares during a specified term in the future, or upon the achievement of performance or other conditions, at an exercise price set by our Compensation Committee on the grant date. The term of a non-qualified stock option will be set by our Compensation Committee but may not exceed 10 years from the grant date. The exercise price may be paid using any of the following payment methods: (i) immediately available funds in U.S. dollars or by certified or bank cashier's check; (ii) by delivery of stock having a value equal to the exercise price; (iii) a broker assisted cashless exercise; or (iv) by any other means approved by our Compensation Committee. The 2018 Plan provides that unless otherwise specifically determined by the Compensation Committee, vesting of non-qualified stock options will be suspended during the period of any approved leave of absence by a participant following which the participant has a right to reinstatement and will resume upon such participant's return to employment. The 2018 Plan also provides that participants terminated for "cause" (as such term is defined in the 2018 Plan) will forfeit all of their non-qualified stock options, whether or not vested. Participants terminated for any other reason will forfeit their unvested non-qualified stock options, retain their vested non-qualified stock options, and will have one year (in the case of a termination by reason of death or disability) or 90 days (in all other cases) following their termination date to exercise their vested non-qualified stock options. The 2018 Plan authorizes our Compensation Committee to provide for different treatment of non-qualified stock options upon termination than that described above, as determined in its discretion.

137


Table of Contents

        Incentive Stock Options.     An incentive stock option is a stock option that meets the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. Incentive stock options may be granted only to our employees or employees of certain of our subsidiaries and must have an exercise price of no less than 100% of the fair market value (or 110% with respect to a 10% stockholder) of a Share on the grant date and a term of no more than 10 years (or 5 years with respect to a 10% stockholder). The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our Shares subject to incentive stock options that are exercisable for the first time by a participant during any calendar year may not exceed $100,000. The 2018 Plan provides that unless otherwise specifically determined by our Compensation Committee, vesting of incentive stock options will be suspended during the period of any approved leave of absence by a participant following which the participant has a right to reinstatement and will resume upon such participant's return to employment. The 2018 Plan also provides that participants terminated for "cause" will forfeit all of their incentive stock options, whether or not vested. Participants terminated for any other reason will forfeit their unvested incentive stock options, retain their vested incentive stock options, and will have one year (in the case of a termination by reason of death or disability) or 90 days (in all other cases) following their termination date to exercise their vested incentive stock options, unless such incentive stock option expires sooner. The 2018 Plan authorizes our Compensation Committee to provide for different treatment of incentive stock options upon termination than that described above, as determined in its discretion.

        Stock Appreciation Rights.     A stock appreciation right entitles the participant to receive an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of our Shares on the exercise date and the base price of the stock appreciation right that is set by our Compensation Committee on the grant date, multiplied by the number of Shares subject to the stock appreciation right. The term of a stock appreciation right will be set by our Compensation Committee but may not exceed 10 years from the grant date. Payment to a participant upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right may be either in cash, stock or property as specified in the award agreement or as determined by our Compensation Committee. The 2018 Plan provides that unless otherwise specifically determined by our Compensation Committee, vesting of stock appreciation rights will be suspended during the period of any approved leave of absence by a participant following which the participant has a right to reinstatement and will resume upon such participant's return to employment. The 2018 Plan provides that participants terminated for "cause" will forfeit all of their stock appreciation rights, whether or not vested. Participants terminated for any other reason will forfeit their unvested stock appreciation rights, retain their vested stock appreciation rights, and will have one year (in the case of a termination by reason of death or disability) or 90 days (in all other cases) following their termination date to exercise their vested stock appreciation rights, unless such appreciation right expires sooner. The 2018 Plan authorizes our Compensation Committee to provide for different treatment of stock appreciation rights upon termination than that described above, as determined in its discretion.

        Restricted Stock.     A restricted stock award is an award of restricted Shares that does not vest until a specified period of time has elapsed, and/or upon the achievement of certain performance or other conditions determined by our Compensation Committee, and which will be forfeited if the conditions to vesting are not met. During the period that any vesting restrictions apply, transfer of the restricted Shares is generally prohibited. Unless otherwise specified in their award agreement, participants generally have all of the rights of a stockholder as to the restricted Shares, including the right to vote such Shares, provided, that any cash or stock dividends with respect to the restricted Shares will be withheld by us and will be subject to forfeiture to the same degree as the restricted Shares to which such dividends relate. The 2018 Plan provides that unless otherwise specifically determined by our Compensation Committee, vesting of restricted stock awards will be suspended during the period of any approved leave of absence by a participant following which the participant has a right to reinstatement and will resume upon such participant's return to employment. Except as otherwise determined by our Compensation Committee, in the event a participant is terminated for any reason, the vesting with respect to the participant's restricted stock will cease, and as soon as practicable following the termination, we will repurchase all of such participant's unvested restricted stock at a purchase price equal to the original purchase price paid for the

138


Table of Contents

restricted stock, or if the original purchase price is equal to $0, the unvested restricted stock will be forfeited by the participant to us for no consideration.

        Restricted Stock Units.     A restricted stock unit is an unfunded and unsecured obligation to issue Shares (or an equivalent cash amount) to the participant in the future. Restricted stock units become payable on terms and conditions determined by our Compensation Committee and will vest and be settled at such times in cash, Shares, or other specified property, as determined by our Compensation Committee. Participants have no rights of a stockholder as to the restricted stock units, including no voting rights or rights to dividends, until the underlying Shares are issued or become payable to the participant. The 2018 Plan provides that unless otherwise specifically determined by our Compensation Committee, vesting of restricted stock units will be suspended during the period of any approved leave of absence by a participant following which the participant has a right to reinstatement and will resume upon such participant's return to employment. Except as otherwise provided by our Compensation Committee, in the event a participant is terminated for any reason, the vesting with respect to the participant's restricted stock units will cease, each of the participant's outstanding unvested restricted stock units will be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such termination, and any stock remaining undelivered with respect to the participant's vested restricted stock units will be delivered on the delivery date specified in the applicable award agreement.

        Other Stock-Based Compensation.     Under the 2018 Plan, our Compensation Committee may grant other types of equity-based awards subject to such terms and conditions as our Compensation Committee may determine. Such awards may include the grant of dividend equivalents, which generally entitle the participant to receive amounts equal to the dividends that are paid on the stock underlying the award.

        Adjustments.     The aggregate number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the 2018 Plan, the individual limitations, the number of Shares covered by each outstanding award, and the price per Share underlying each outstanding award will be equitably and proportionally adjusted or substituted, as determined by our Compensation Committee in its sole discretion, as to the number, price or kind of stock or other consideration subject to such awards in connection with stock dividends, extraordinary cash dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits, recapitalizations, reorganizations, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, combinations, exchanges, or other relevant changes in our capitalization affecting our Shares or our capital structure which occurs after the date of grant of any award, in connection with any extraordinary dividend declared and paid in respect of stock or in the event of any change in applicable law or circumstances that results in or could result in, as determined by our Compensation Committee in its sole discretion, any substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights intended to be granted to, or available for, participants in the 2018 Plan.

        Corporate Events.     In the event of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving us in which we are not the surviving corporation or in which we are the surviving corporation but the holders of our Shares receive securities of another corporation or other property or cash, a "change in control" (as defined in the 2018 Plan), or a reorganization, dissolution or liquidation of us, our Compensation Committee may, in its discretion, provide for the assumption or substitution of outstanding awards, accelerate the vesting of outstanding awards, cash-out outstanding awards or replace outstanding awards with a cash incentive program that preserves the value of the awards so replaced. With respect to any award that is assumed or substituted in connection with a "change in control," the vesting, payment, purchase or distribution of such award will not be accelerated by reason of the "change in control" for any participant unless the participant's employment is involuntarily terminated as a result of the "change in control" during a period not exceeding two years commencing on the "change in control."

        Transferability.     Awards under the 2018 Plan may not be sold, transferred, pledged or assigned other than by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution, unless (for awards other than incentive stock options) otherwise provided in an award agreement or determined by our Compensation Committee.

139


Table of Contents

        Amendment.     Our board of directors or our Compensation Committee may amend the 2018 Plan or outstanding awards at any time. Our stockholders must approve any amendment if their approval is required pursuant to applicable law or the applicable rules of each national securities exchange on which our Shares are traded. No amendment to the 2018 Plan or outstanding awards which materially impairs the right of a participant is permitted unless the participant consents in writing.

        Termination.     The 2018 Plan will terminate on the day before the tenth anniversary of the date our stockholders approve the 2018 Plan, although incentive stock options may not be granted following the earlier of the tenth anniversary of (i) the date the 2018 Plan is adopted by our board of directors and (ii) the date our stockholders approve the 2018 Plan. In addition, our board of directors or our Compensation Committee may suspend or terminate the 2018 Plan at any time. Following any such suspension or termination, the 2018 Plan will remain in effect to govern any then outstanding awards until such awards are forfeited, terminated or otherwise canceled or earned, exercised, settled or otherwise paid out, in accordance with their terms.

        Clawback; Sub-Plans.     All awards under the 2018 Plan will be subject to any incentive compensation clawback or recoupment policy currently in effect, or as may be adopted by our board of directors (or any committee or subcommittee thereof) and, in each case, as may be amended from time to time. In addition, our Compensation Committee may adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the 2018 Plan by individuals who are non-U.S. nationals or are primarily employed or providing services outside the U.S., and may modify the terms of any awards granted to such participants in a manner deemed by our Compensation Committee to be necessary or appropriate in order that such awards conform with the laws of the country or countries where such participants are located.

        No-Repricing of Awards.     No awards under the 2018 Plan may be repriced without stockholder approval. For purposes of the 2018 Plan, "repricing" means any of the following (or any other action that has the same effect as any of the following): (i) changing the terms of the award to lower its exercise price or base price (other than on account of capital adjustments resulting from stock splits); (ii) any other action that is treated as a repricing under GAAP; and (iii) repurchasing for cash or canceling an award in exchange for another award at a time when its exercise price or base price is greater than the fair market value of the underlying stock.

    2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

        We expect to adopt the 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2018 ESPP no later than the completion of this offering. We do not expect to grant purchase rights under the 2018 ESPP until after the completion of this offering.

        Share Reserve.     The maximum number of shares of our Class A common stock that may be issued under the 2018 ESPP is 350,388 shares. Shares subject to purchase rights granted under the 2018 ESPP that terminate without having been exercised in full will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2018 ESPP. The Shares issuable and issued, and awards granted, pursuant to the 2018 ESPP will be subject to the Employee Shareholders' Agreement, as well as to the provisions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation regarding the conversion of shares of Class B common stock to Class A common stock.

        Administration.     Our Compensation Committee, or such other duly authorized committee or subcommittee of our board of directors, will administer the 2018 ESPP.

        Limitations.     Our employees, including executive officers, and the employees of any of our designated parent or subsidiary corporations will be eligible to participate in the 2018 ESPP, provided they may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in the 2018 ESPP, as determined by the administrator: (i) customary employment with us or one of our parents or subsidiaries

140


Table of Contents

for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year; or (ii) continuous employment with us or one of our parents or subsidiaries for a minimum period of time, not to exceed two years, prior to the first date of an offering. An employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under the 2018 ESPP (x) if such employee immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our common stock or (y) to the extent that such rights would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year that the rights remain outstanding, as determined under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code and the rules thereunder.

        The 2018 ESPP is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. The administrator may specify offerings with a duration of not more than 27 months and may specify one or more shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our Class A common stock will be purchased for the employees who are participating in the offering. The administrator, in its discretion, will determine the terms of offerings under the 2018 ESPP.

        A participant may not transfer purchase rights under the 2018 ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the 2018 ESPP.

        Holding Period.     The 2018 ESPP permits our Compensation Committee to establish a holding period for any shares of Class A common stock purchased in a particular offering, during which such shares will be subject to a resale restriction barring the holder from selling such shares. The holding period, if any, will commence on the purchase date and will end automatically on the earliest of (i) the termination of the participant's employment, (ii) the occurrence of certain specified significant corporate transactions, such as our merger or change in control, or (iii) the six month anniversary of the purchase date or such earlier date as established by our Compensation Committee.

        Payroll Deductions.     The 2018 ESPP permits participants to purchase shares of our Class A common stock through payroll deductions up to 5% of their earnings. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, the purchase price of the shares will be not less than 95% of the fair market value of the shares on the applicable purchase date. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering and will be paid their accrued contributions that have not yet been used to purchase shares. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

        Corporate Transactions.     In the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, such as our merger or change in control, a successor corporation may assume, continue or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation does not assume, continue or substitute for the outstanding purchase rights, the offering in progress will be shortened and a new exercise date will be set. The participants' purchase rights will be exercised on the new exercise date and such purchase rights will terminate immediately thereafter.

        Amendment and Termination.     Our board of directors or our Compensation Committee has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2018 ESPP, at any time and for any reason, provided certain types of amendments will require the approval of our stockholders. The 2018 ESPP will remain in effect until terminated by our board of directors or our Compensation Committee in accordance with the terms of the 2018 ESPP.

141


Table of Contents


Director Remuneration

Director Compensation

        During 2017, Messrs. Davanzo and Minetti and Ms. Hirtler-Garvey each received $125,000, payable in quarterly installments, as annual compensation for service on our board of directors. In addition, Messrs. Hawkes and Rappaport each received $52,083 as compensation for the period from August 1, 2017 through December 31, 2017. In 2017, Messrs. Davanzo, Hawkes, Minetti and Rappaport, and Ms. Hirtler-Garvey, had the opportunity to elect to receive all or a portion of their director fees in fully-vested shares of the Company's Class B common stock. In 2013, Messrs. Berlinski, Hawkes and Rappaport each received director compensation in the form of a grant of restricted shares, as discussed below, and in 2017, received certain dividend payments in respect of such restricted shares, as reflected in the Director Compensation table. The other members of our board of directors, including directors who are also employed as our executive officers, received no director compensation in 2017.

        In 2013, our board of directors approved our Outside Director Equity Plan, or the Director Plan. Under the Director Plan, we may grant restricted shares to our outside directors. There were 262,791 shares of our Class B common stock reserved for issuance under the Director Plan, all of which were granted in July 2013, as discussed below. As of December 31, 2017, no restricted shares were outstanding under the Director Plan. In July 2013, Messrs. Berlinski, Hawkes and Rappaport each received a grant of 87,597 restricted shares pursuant to the Director Plan, which grants were subject to quarterly vesting over a period of four years and which fully vested in July 2017.

        The foregoing summary of the Director Plan is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual text of the Director Plan, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

        We also reimburse our directors for reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board and committee meetings or performing other services for us in their capacities as directors.

        Except as described above, we currently have no other formal arrangements under which our directors receive compensation for service to the board of directors or its committees.

142


Table of Contents


Director Compensation

        The following table sets forth information concerning director compensation paid during the year ended December 31, 2017.

Name
  Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash
($)(1)
  Stock
Awards
($)(2)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(3)
  Total
($)
 

Milton R. Berlinski

            44,977     44,977  

Alex Binderow

                 

Lawrence Davanzo

    125,000             125,000  

Richard M. DeMartini

                 

James B. Hawkes

    52,083         44,977     97,060  

Karin Hirtler-Garvey

    125,000             125,000  

Robert J. Hurst

                 

T. Guy Minetti

    125,000             125,000  

Alan H. Rappaport

    52,083         44,977     97,060  

(1)
In 2017, Messrs. Hawkes and Rappaport elected to receive all, and Ms. Hirtler-Garvey elected to receive 20%, of their directors fees in shares of the Company's Class B common stock.

(2)
As discussed above, Messrs. Berlinski, Hawkes and Rappaport received restricted share grants in 2013, which fully vested in July 2017. As of December 31, 2017, none of the non-employee directors had any restricted shares outstanding.

(3)
Amounts reported represent dividend payments in respect of restricted shares received by the directors in 2017.

143


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Policies and Procedures for Related-Party Transactions

        Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a related-party transactions policy pursuant to which our executive officers, directors, nominees for director, any immediate family member of any of our executive officers, directors or nominees for director and any person, and his or her immediate family members, or entity, including affiliates, that was a beneficial owner of 5% or more of any class of our outstanding voting securities at the time the transaction occurred or existed, will not be permitted to enter into a related-party transaction with us, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, without the consent of our Audit Committee, another independent committee of our board of directors or the full board of directors. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, principal stockholder or any of such persons' immediate family members, will be required to be presented to our Audit Committee for review, consideration and approval. All of our directors, executive officers and employees will be required to report to our Audit Committee any such related-party transaction. In approving or rejecting the proposed transaction, our Audit Committee will take into account, among other factors it deems appropriate, whether the proposed related-party transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances, the extent of the related party's interest in the transaction and, if applicable, the impact on a director's independence. Under the policy, if we should discover related-party transactions that have not been approved, our Audit Committee will be notified and will determine the appropriate action, including ratification, rescission or amendment of the transaction. Upon completion of this offering, a copy of our related-party transactions policy will be available on our website.

Related-Party Transactions

Amended and Restated Shareholders' Agreement

        On October 31, 2014, we entered into the Shareholders' Agreement, with Crestview Victory, Reverence Capital and certain other persons named therein. In connection with this offering, we will amend and restate the Shareholders' Agreement.

        As discussed under "Management—Corporate Governance—Composition of the Board of Directors," upon the closing of this offering, each of Crestview Victory and Reverence Capital will have rights to nominate a certain number of our directors depending on their ownership and each of the stockholders party to the Shareholders' Agreement will agree to vote, or cause to vote, all of their outstanding shares to ensure the election of such directors.

        The Shareholders' Agreement will provide for certain registration rights, pursuant to which either Crestview Victory or Reverence Capital may request us, (a) beginning 180 days after the effective date of this offering, to file a registration statement with the SEC, and (b) beginning after the first anniversary of the completion of this offering, to file a shelf registration statement with the SEC, in each case, if the registration statement relates to a firmly underwritten public offering, only if the expected aggregate gross proceeds are expected to be at least $25 million or either Crestview Victory or Reverence Capital propose to sell 100% of their respective shares. Subject to certain conditions, we will not be obligated to (i) effect more than one underwritten offering involving substantial marketing effort in any consecutive 120-day period, and (ii) effect more than five demand registrations for Crestview Victory and three demand registrations for Reverence Capital. In addition, each of Crestview Victory and Reverence Capital, and each of the remaining 2% holders of registrable securities to the extent either Crestview Victory or Reverence Capital participate, will have certain "piggyback" registration rights, pursuant to which, subject to certain exceptions, it will be entitled to register its registrable securities alongside any offering of securities that we may undertake, subject to cutback in certain cases. The Shareholders' Agreement will also provide that we will pay certain expenses relating to such registrations and indemnify the holders

144


Table of Contents

against certain liabilities which may arise in connection with the registration. Each of Crestview Victory and Reverence Capital have waived their respective registration rights in connection with this offering.

Employee Shareholders' Agreement

        A substantial majority of our employee stockholders will enter into the Employee Shareholders' Agreement upon the completion of this offering, pursuant to which they will grant an irrevocable voting proxy with respect to the shares of our common stock they have acquired from us, and any shares they may acquire from us in the future, to the Employee Shareholders Committee. The employee stockholders who are party to the agreement will beneficially own in the aggregate 21% of the total common stock and 16% of the total voting power of the outstanding common stock and the unvested restricted shares following the completion of this offering, and any shares of our common stock that we may issue in the future to our employees will be subject to the Employee Shareholders' Agreement. All of the shares of our common stock issued to employees under the 2018 Plan will be subject to the Employee Shareholders' Agreement. Shares held by an employee stockholder will cease to be subject to the Employee Shareholders' Agreement upon termination of employment by such employee stockholder (including by death).

        The members of the Employee Shareholders Committee must be our employees and holders of shares subject to the agreement. The Employee Shareholders Committee will initially be composed of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and President, Investment Franchises. Employee stockholders holding shares representing a majority of the shares subject to the Employee Shareholders' Agreement will be entitled to remove and replace the Employee Shareholders Committee members (other than the Chief Executive Officer). Each member of the Employee Shareholders Committee will be entitled to indemnification from us in his or her capacity as a member of the Employee Shareholders Committee.

        The Employee Shareholders Committee will have the sole right to determine how to vote all shares subject to the Employee Shareholders' Agreement, and such shares will be voted in accordance with the majority decision of those three members. Subject to its obligations under the Shareholders' Agreement, the Employee Shareholders Committee may in its discretion vote, or abstain from voting, all or any of the shares subject to the Employee Shareholders' Agreement on any matter on which holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to vote, including, but not limited to, the election of directors to our board of directors, amendments to our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, changes to our capitalization, a merger or consolidation, a sale of substantially all of our assets, and a liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

Pre-IPO Governance Agreements

        In connection with our 2013 management-led buyout with Crestview GP from KeyCorp, we entered into a monitoring agreement with Crestview on November 22, 2013, pursuant to which Crestview provides advisory services to us and receives fees and reimbursements of related out-of-pocket expenses. The monitoring agreement will terminate in connection with the completion of this offering. Upon such termination, Crestview is entitled to any amounts that are accrued but unpaid under the agreement. As of January 29, 2018, there are no amounts that are accrued and unpaid. The monitoring agreement also contains customary indemnification provisions in favor of Crestview. During each of 2014, 2015 and 2016, we paid $1.0 million of monitoring fees to Crestview under the agreement.

        In connection with the Munder Acquisition, we entered into an investment agreement with Reverence Capital on April 16, 2014, pursuant to which, among other things, for so long as Reverence Capital is entitled to appoint a director to our board of directors and in the event that any deal, monitoring or management fees are paid to Crestview, Reverence Capital has the right to receive a fee based on its ownership of us relative to Crestview GP's ownership. The right to receive a fee under the investment agreement will be terminated upon the completion of this offering. Upon such termination, Reverence Capital is entitled to any amounts that are accrued but unpaid under the agreement. As of January 29,

145


Table of Contents

2018, $21,887 has accrued and is unpaid. During 2014, 2015 and 2016, we paid $0, $175,560 and $150,480, respectively, of monitoring fees to Reverence Capital under the agreement.

Indemnification Agreements

        We have or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors, executive officers and members of the Employee Shareholders Committee. The indemnification agreements and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, will require us to indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by Delaware law. Subject to certain limitations, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers. See "Description of Capital Stock—Limitation on Director and Officer Liability and Indemnification" for additional information.

Investment Advisory Agreements

        VCM has agreements to serve as the investment adviser of the Victory Funds and VictoryShares, in each case with which certain of our employees are affiliated. Under the terms of the investment advisory agreements with the Victory Funds and the VictoryShares, the continuation of which is subject to annual review and approval by the respective boards of the Victory Funds and the VictoryShares, VCM earns investment management fees based on a percentage of AUM as delineated in the respective investment advisory agreements and disclosed in the prospectus for each Victory Fund and each of the VictoryShares. Amounts earned from advising the Victory Funds and the VictoryShares were $186.2 million and $110.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Amounts earned from advising the Victory Funds and the VictoryShares were $169.7 million and $121.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

        VCM has agreed to waive its management fee and/or reimburse expenses for certain of the share classes of certain of the Victory Funds and for certain of the VictoryShares, to the extent their respective expenses exceed certain levels. In addition, VCM may decide to voluntarily reduce additional fees or reimburse any Victory Fund or any of the VictoryShares for other expenses. Amounts VCM waived or reimbursed for the Victory Funds and the VictoryShares were $9.8 million and $6.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Amounts VCM waived or reimbursed for the Victory Funds and the VictoryShares were $10.3 million and $5.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

        VCM has agreements to serve as the investment adviser of the Victory Collective Funds, with which certain of our employees are affiliated. Under the terms of the investment advisory agreements with the Victory Collective Funds, VCM earns investment management fees based on a percentage of AUM. Amounts earned from advising the Victory Collective Funds were $1.8 million and $1.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Amounts earned from advising the Victory Collective Funds were $1.4 million and $2.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Administration Agreements

        VCM has agreements to serve as the administrator and fund accountant for the Victory Funds, with which certain of our employees are affiliated. Under the terms of the administration agreements with the Victory Funds, the continuation of which is subject to annual approval by the board of the Victory Funds, VCM earns administration fees based on a percentage of AUM as delineated in the respective administration agreements and disclosed in the statement of additional information for each Victory Fund. Amounts earned from providing administration and fund accounting services to the Victory Funds were $16.4 million and $11.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

146


Table of Contents

Amounts earned from providing administration and fund accounting services to the Victory Funds were $16.7 million and $14.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. VCM pays a portion of these administration fees to an unaffiliated sub-administrator for services it provides as sub-administrator and sub-fund accountant to the Victory Funds.

Distribution Agreements

        VCA has agreements to serve as the distributor for the Victory Funds, with which certain of our employees are affiliated. Under the terms of the distribution agreements with the Victory Funds, the continuation of which is subject to annual approval by the board of the Victory Funds, VCA is entitled to receive payments, if any, under the 12b-1 plan for the Victory Funds in accordance with the terms thereof and payments, if any, of sales charges as set forth in the prospectus and statement of additional information of each Victory Fund. Amounts earned from providing distribution services to the Victory Funds were $32.9 million and $21.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Amounts earned from providing distribution services to the Victory Funds were $32.7 million and $24.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Compliance Services Agreement

        VCM has an agreement to furnish a VCM employee to serve as the Chief Compliance Officer as well as other compliance personnel and resources reasonably necessary to provide compliance design, administration and oversight services for the Victory Funds, with which certain of our employees are affiliated, in accordance with Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act. The term of the agreement began on July 1, 2017 and initially expires on July 1, 2019 but is subject to renewal thereafter. Amounts earned from providing these services to the Victory Funds were $75,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

147


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of January 29, 2018, and, after giving effect to this offering, by (1) each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us that will be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of either class of our outstanding common stock, (2) each of our directors, (3) each of our named executive officers and (4) all of our directors and executive officers as a group. The table gives effect to the application of a 175.194-for-1 split of our common stock and the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

        To our knowledge, each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all of the securities shown as beneficially owned by such person, except as otherwise set forth in the notes to the table. The number of securities shown represents the number of securities the person "beneficially owns," as determined by the rules of the SEC. The SEC has defined "beneficial" ownership of a security to mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of voting power and/or investment power. A security holder is also deemed to be, as of any date, the beneficial owner of all securities that such security holder has the right to acquire within 60 days after that date through (1) the exercise of any option, warrant or right, (2) the conversion of a security, (3) the power to revoke a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement, or (4) the automatic termination of a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement. These shares, and shares of unvested restricted stock (which have voting rights but are subject to future vesting based on time or performance criteria), are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding such securities for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership and voting of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership or voting of any other person.

        The percentages reflect beneficial ownership immediately prior to and immediately after the completion of this offering as determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act and are based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 55,118,673 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of January 29, 2018 (excluding 2,971,794 shares of restricted stock). Purchasers of our common stock in this offering will only receive Class A common stock. Unless otherwise noted below, the address for each of the stockholders in the table below is c/o Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., 4900 Tiedeman Road, 4th Floor, Brooklyn, OH 44144.

 
  Shares
Beneficially
Owned Prior to
Offering
  Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
Assuming the Underwriters' Option
Is Not Exercised
  Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
Assuming the Underwriters' Option
Is Exercised in Full
 
Name and Address
  # of
Shares
  % of Total
Common Stock
  # of
Class A
Shares
  # of
Class B
Shares
  % of Total
Common
Stock
  % of Total
Voting
Power(1)
  # of
Class A
Shares
  # of
Class B
Shares
  % of Total
Common
Stock
  % of Total
Voting
Power(1)
 

5% Stockholders

                                                             

Crestview GP(2)

    35,251,137     64.0 %       35,251,137     52.8 %   62.6 %       35,251,137     51.4 %   62.4 %

Reverence Capital Partners LLC(3)

    9,711,745     17.6 %       9,711,745     14.5 %   17.3 %       9,711,745     14.2 %   17.2 %

Employee Shareholders Committee(4)

    15,687,472     24.8 %       15,687,472     20.9 %   24.3 %       15,687,472     20.4 %   24.2 %

Directors and Named Executive Officers

                                                             

David C. Brown(5)(6)

    2,366,139     4.3 %       2,366,139     3.5 %   4.2 %       2,366,139     3.5 %   4.2 %

Michael D. Policarpo(5)(7)

    1,174,206     2.1 %       1,174,206     1.8 %   2.1 %       1,174,206     1.7 %   2.1 %

Kelly S. Cliff(5)(8)

    740,522     1.3 %       740,522     1.1 %   1.3 %       740,522     1.1 %   1.3 %

Milton R. Berlinski(9)

    470,660     *         470,660     *     *         470,660     *     *  

Alex Binderow

                                         

Lawrence Davanzo(10)

    149,471     *         149,471     *     *         149,471     *     *  

Richard M. DeMartini

                                         

James B. Hawkes(11)

    663,929     1.2 %       663,929     1.0 %   1.2 %       663,929     1.0 %   1.2 %

Karin Hirtler-Garvey

    17,380     *         17,380     *     *         17,380     *     *  

Robert J. Hurst

                                         

Alan H. Rappaport(12)

    388,624     *         388,624     *     *         388,624     *     *  

All directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons)

    6,432,291     11.7 %       6,432,291     9.6 %   11.4 %       6,432,291     9.4 %   11.4 %

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1)
Percentage of total voting power represents voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A and Class B common stock, as a single class, calculated on the basis of beneficial ownership. The holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share, and holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share. See "Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock". For a discussion of voting power calculated as a percentage of outstanding common stock and unvested restricted stock (which votes), see "Prospectus Summary-Post-Offering Structure and Organization".

148


Table of Contents

(2)
This number does not include 28,717,375 shares owned by other parties to the Shareholders' Agreement for which Crestview GP may be deemed to have beneficial ownership. See "Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Amended and Restated Shareholders' Agreement." Crestview GP disclaims beneficial ownership of all such shares. Crestview GP may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of 35,251,137 shares of Class B common stock owned directly by Crestview Victory. Crestview Victory GP, LLC is the general partner of Crestview Victory. Crestview Partners II, L.P., Crestview Partners II (TE), L.P., Crestview Partners II (FF), L.P., Crestview Offshore Holdings II (Cayman), L.P., Crestview Offshore Holdings II (FF Cayman), L.P. and Crestview Offshore Holdings II (892 Cayman), L.P. (collectively, the "Crestview Funds") are members of Crestview Victory GP, LLC and limited partners of Crestview Victory. Crestview GP is the general partner of each of the Crestview Funds. Crestview GP and the Crestview Funds may be deemed to be beneficial owners of the shares owned directly by Crestview Victory. Crestview GP has voting and investment control over such shares. Decisions by Crestview GP to vote or dispose of such shares require the approval of a majority of the nine members of its investment committee, which is composed of the following individuals: Barry S. Volpert, Thomas S. Murphy, Jr., Jeffrey A. Marcus, Robert J. Hurst, Richard M. DeMartini, Robert V. Delaney, Jr., Brian P. Cassidy, Alexander M. Rose and Adam J. Klein. None of the foregoing persons has the power individually to vote or dispose of any units or shares. Each of the foregoing individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of all such shares. The address of each of the foregoing is c/o Crestview, 667 Madison Avenue, 10th Floor, New York, NY 10065.

(3)
This number does not include 54,256,767 shares owned by other parties to the Shareholders' Agreement for which RCP GenPar Holdco LLC and RCP Co-Invest GP LLC (the "RCP Entities") may be deemed to have beneficial ownership. See "Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Amended and Restated Shareholders' Agreement." The RCP Entities disclaim beneficial ownership of all such shares. The RCP Entities may be deemed to be the beneficial owners of 9,711,745 shares of Class B common stock owned directly by Reverence Capital Partners Opportunities Fund I, L.P., Reverence Capital Partners Opportunities Fund I (Cayman), L.P., and Reverence Capital Partners Opportunities Fund I (AI), L.P. (collectively, the "Reverence Capital Funds") and RCP Lake Co-Invest, L.P. RCP GenPar Holdco LLC is the general partner of each of the Reverence Capital Funds and RCP Co-Invest GP LLC is the general partner of RCP Lake Co-Invest, L.P. The RCP Entities, Reverence Capital Funds and RCP Lake Co-Invest, L.P. may be deemed to be beneficial owners of the shares. The RCP Entities have voting and investment control over such shares. Decisions by each of the RCP Entities to vote or dispose of such shares require the approval of a majority of the three members of its investment committee, which is composed of the following individuals: Milton Berlinski, Peter Aberg and Alexander Chulack. None of the foregoing persons has the power individually to vote or dispose of any units or shares. Each of the foregoing individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of all such shares. The address of each of the foregoing is c/o Reverence Capital Partners, 477 Madison Ave., 23 rd  Floor, New York, NY 10022.

(4)
Effective as of the completion of this offering, a substantial majority of our employee stockholders have entered into the Employee Shareholders' Agreement pursuant to which they have granted an irrevocable voting proxy with respect to the shares of our common stock they have acquired from us and any shares they may acquire from us in the future to the Employee Shareholders Committee initially consisting of Mr. Brown, Mr. Policarpo and Mr. Cliff. All shares subject to the Employee Shareholders' Agreement will be voted in accordance with the majority decision of those three members. Shares originally subject to the agreement cease to be subject to it when sold by the employee or upon the termination of the employee's employment with us.

    The number of shares of common stock in this row includes the shares of common stock currently beneficially owned by current employees party to the Employee Shareholders' Agreement, which consist of (i) 7,428,457 shares of Class B common stock, (ii) 2,928,960 unvested restricted shares of Class B common stock and (iii) 5,330,054 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options. As members of our Employee Shareholders Committee, Mr. Brown, Mr. Policarpo and Mr. Cliff share voting power over all of these shares. Other than as shown in the row applicable to each of them individually, none of Mr. Brown, Mr. Policarpo or Mr. Cliff has investment power with respect to any of the shares subject to the Employee Shareholders' Agreement, and each disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. See "Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Employee Shareholders' Agreement."

    This number does not include 48,281,041 shares owned by other parties to the Shareholders' Agreement for which the Employee Shareholders Committee may be deemed to have beneficial ownership. The Employee Shareholders Committee disclaims beneficial of all such shares.

(5)
Pursuant to the Employee Shareholders' Agreement, Mr. Brown, Mr. Policarpo and Mr. Cliff each granted an irrevocable voting proxy with respect to all of the shares of our common stock he has acquired from us and any shares he may acquire from us in the future to the Employee Shareholders Committee as described in footnote 4 above. Each retains investment power with respect to the shares of our common stock he holds, which are the shares reflected in the row applicable to each person. This amount does not include shares owned by other parties to Employee Shareholders' Agreement for which each of Mr. Brown, Mr. Policarpo and Mr. Cliff may be deemed to have beneficial ownership. Each of such persons disclaims beneficial ownership of all such shares.

(6)
Consists of (i) 868,265 shares of Class B common stock, (ii) 835,225 unvested restricted shares of Class B common stock and (iii) 662,649 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options. Excludes 188,705 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of unvested options.

(7)
Consists of (i) 329,291 shares of Class B common stock, (ii) 476,213 unvested restricted shares of Class B common stock and (iii) 368,701 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options. Excludes 146,644 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of unvested options.

(8)
Consists of (i) 65,872 shares of Class B common stock, (ii) 439,450 unvested restricted shares of Class B common stock and (iii) 235,199 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options. Excludes 188,976 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of unvested options.

(9)
Consists of (i) 286,428 shares of common stock held of record by Mr. Berlinski and (ii) 184,231 shares of common stock held of record by MRB ICBC LLC, an entity which Mr. Berlinski controls.

(10)
Consists of 149,471 shares of common stock held of record by The Lawrence and Christina Davanzo Family Trust, for which Mr. Davanzo serves as trustee.

(11)
Consists of (i) 371,244 shares of common stock held of record by Mr. Hawkes and (ii) 292,685 shares of common stock held of record by Hawkes Family LLC, an entity which Mr. Hawkes controls.

(12)
Consists of (i) 99,763 shares of common stock held of record by Mr. Rappaport and (ii) 288,861 shares of common stock held of record by ADR Partners, an entity which Mr. Rappaport controls.

149


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

        The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock, as they will be in effect following the completion of this offering. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and this description summarizes provisions that are expected to be included in these documents. For a complete description, you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, amended and restated Shareholders' Agreement and Employee Shareholders' Agreement, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law. Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 400,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 200,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of "blank check" preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share.

        Upon the completion of this offering and the stock split, there will be:

    11,700,000 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding;

    55,118,673 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding, held by a total of 45 stockholders of record;

    2,971,794 shares of unvested restricted stock; and

    9,450,623 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options.

Common Stock

        Holders of shares of our Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote for each share of Class A common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, and holders of shares of our Class B common stock will be entitled to ten votes for each share of Class B common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Generally, holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of the stockholders, unless otherwise required by law or with respect to the matters described in the immediately following paragraph. Generally, all matters to be voted on by the stockholders must be approved by a majority (or, in the case of the election of directors, by a plurality) of the votes entitled to be cast by all shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock present in person or represented by proxy, voting together as a single class.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including as a result of a statutory merger, that would alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of the Class A common stock or Class B common stock so as to affect them adversely must also be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the shares affected by the amendment, voting as a separate class. Upon the completion of this offering, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we may not increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote, voting together as a single class.

        Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See "Dividend Policy" for additional information.

150


Table of Contents

        Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to redemption or sinking fund provisions.

        Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of, and the payment of liquidation preferences on, if any, any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

        Each outstanding share of Class B common stock will be convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon (1) any transfer, whether or not for value, which occurs after the completion of this offering, except for certain permitted transfers described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including transfers to trusts solely for the benefit of the stockholder or their family members, and partnerships, corporations and other entities exclusively owned by the stockholder or their family members in each case if controlled by such stockholders, or in the case of Crestview GP or Reverence Capital, to affiliates, (2) the death of a stockholder who is a natural person and (3) the termination of employment by an employee stockholder. All the outstanding shares of Class B common stock will convert automatically into shares of Class A common stock on the date that the number of shares of Class B common stock then outstanding (including unvested restricted shares) is less than 10% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding (including unvested restricted shares). Following such conversion, each share of Class A common stock will have one vote per share and the rights of the holders of all outstanding common stock will be identical. Once converted into Class A common stock, the Class B common stock may not be reissued.

        All of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock are, and the shares of our Class A common stock to be issued pursuant to this offering will be, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

        Under the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will be authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors will have the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.

        The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible future acquisitions and other corporate purposes, will affect, and may adversely affect, the rights of holders of common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock on the rights of holders of common stock until the board of directors determines the specific rights attached to that preferred stock. The effects of issuing preferred stock could include one or more of the following:

    restricting dividends on the common stock;

    diluting the voting power of the common stock;

    impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock; or

    delaying or preventing changes in control or management of us.

        We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

151


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Dual Class Common Stock

        As described above in "—Common Stock," our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for a dual-class common stock structure pursuant to which holders of our Class B common stock will have the ability to control the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, even if they own significantly less than a majority of the shares of our outstanding Class A common stock and Class B common stock, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our Company or its assets. Current investors, officers, directors and employees will have the ability to exercise significant influence over those matters.

Classified Board

        Our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors, and directors may be removed from office only for cause. The existence of a classified board of directors could delay a successful tender offeror from obtaining majority control of our board of directors, and the prospect of that delay might deter a potential offeror. See "Management—Corporate Governance—Composition of the Board of Directors" for additional information.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

        As discussed above in "—Preferred Stock," our board of directors will have the ability to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of us.

No Cumulative Voting

        Under Delaware law, the right to vote cumulatively does not exist unless the certificate of incorporation specifically authorizes cumulative voting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not authorize cumulative voting. Therefore, stockholders holding a majority in voting power of the shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors will be able to elect all our directors. So long as Crestview GP owns at least 50% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, Crestview GP will be able to elect all our directors.

Action by Written Consent

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require that, so long as Crestview GP owns more than 50% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, actions by our stockholders may be taken by written consent. Once Crestview GP owns 50% or less of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, actions to be taken by our stockholders may be taken only at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders and not by written consent.

Ability of Stockholders to Call a Special Meeting

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the chairperson of the board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer, a majority of our board of directors or, for so long as Crestview GP owns more than 50% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, at the request of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of votes entitled to be cast at the meeting. Stockholders may not otherwise call a special meeting, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal.

152


Table of Contents

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

        Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors. These provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer's own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

Amendment of Charter Provisions

        The amendment of the above provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will require approval by holders of at least a majority of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. In addition, amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including as a result of a statutory merger, that would alter or change the powers, preferences or rights of the Class A common stock or Class B common stock so as to affect them adversely must also be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the shares affected by the amendment, voting as a separate class. Upon the completion of this offering, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we may not increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote, voting together as a single class.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

        Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

    prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

    upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, calculated as provided under Section 203; or

    at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

        We have opted out of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. However, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains similar provisions prohibiting any business combination with any interested stockholder for a three-year period following the time such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless one of the above conditions is met.

        Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own, 15% or more of a corporation's outstanding voting stock.

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that Crestview GP and its transferees do not constitute "interested stockholders" for purposes of this provision.

153


Table of Contents

        The provisions of Delaware law and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our Class A common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Choice of Forum

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; and (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

Corporate Opportunity

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity that may from time to time be presented to Crestview GP, Reverence Capital or any of their respective officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, managers, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries (other than us and our subsidiaries) and that may be a business opportunity for Crestview GP or Reverence Capital, even if the opportunity is one that we might reasonably have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. No such person will be liable to us for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or officer or otherwise, to the fullest extent permitted by law, by reason of the fact that such person pursues or acquires any such business opportunity, directs any such business opportunity to another person or fails to present any such business opportunity, or information regarding any such business opportunity, to us. Neither Crestview GP, Reverence Capital nor any of their respective representatives has any duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us or any of our subsidiaries.

Limitation on Director and Officer Liability and Indemnification

        Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors and officers for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors and officers will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors or officers, except liability for:

    any breach of the duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

    any transaction from which an improper personal benefit is derived.

        Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding. Our amended and restated bylaws will also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director,

154


Table of Contents

employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law.

        We expect to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and members of the Employee Shareholders Committee. With specified exceptions, these agreements will provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe these charter and bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance.

        The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

Registration Rights

        The Shareholders' Agreement provides certain holders of our common stock, subject to certain conditions, certain registration rights following this offering and the expiration of any related lock-up period. See "Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Related-Party Transactions—Amended and Restated Shareholders' Agreement."

Market Listing

        We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "VCTR."

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

155


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our Class A common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our Class A common stock. Certain shares of our common stock will not be available for sale for a certain period of time after this offering because they are subject to contractual and legal restrictions on resale, some of which are described below. Sales of substantial amounts of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market after these restrictions lapse, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Sales of Restricted Securities

        After this offering, 11,700,000 shares of our Class A common stock and 55,118,673 shares of our Class B common stock, which are convertible at the option of the holder into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock, will be outstanding. Of these shares, all of the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless purchased by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The 55,118,673 shares of our Class B common stock held by Crestview GP, Reverence Capital, our directors and officers and other existing stockholders, which generally convert into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock upon transfer or termination of employment by an employee stockholder, will be "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or are sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below, shares held by non-affiliates that are not restricted securities or that have been owned for more than six months may be sold without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

Lock-up Agreements

        We, our executive officers, directors, institutional shareholders and substantially all of our other existing security holders have agreed with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of the shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. These agreements are described below under "Underwriting."

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations. Sales of shares of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

        In addition, under Rule 144, a person not subject to a lock-up agreement may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the completion of this offering and shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of our Class B common stock, without regard to volume limitations or the availability of public information about us, if:

    the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and

156


Table of Contents

    the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.

        Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, and subject to the lock-up agreements described above, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

    1% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 117,000 shares immediately after this offering; and

    the average weekly trading volume in our Class A common stock on NASDAQ during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale.

        Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

        Any of our employees, officers or directors who acquired shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell them in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares. However, all shares issued under Rule 701 are subject to lock-up agreements and will only become eligible for sale when the 180-day lock-up agreements expire.

Equity Incentive Plans

        We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our Class B common stock subject to outstanding stock options (and any shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of our Class B common stock) and shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans. We expect to file this registration statement on, or as soon as practicable after, the effective date of this prospectus. However, the shares registered on Form S-8 will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock-up agreements and market standoff provisions to which they are subject.

Registration Rights

        The Shareholders' Agreement will provide certain holders of our common stock, subject to conditions, certain registration rights following this offering and the expiration of any related lock-up period. See "Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions—Related-Party Transactions—Amended and Restated Shareholders' Agreement."

157


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

        The following is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax and estate tax consequences to non-U.S. holders relating to the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Internal Revenue Code, existing final, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences different from those set forth below. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

        This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction, or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent below. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to a non-U.S. holder's particular circumstances or to non-U.S. holders that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

    banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions;

    persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

    tax-exempt or governmental organizations, agencies or instrumentalities;

    controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

    partnerships or other entities treated as pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

    brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies;

    persons that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

    persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our Class A common stock, except to the extent specifically set forth below;

    real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies;

    certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

    persons who hold our Class A common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale, or other integrated security transaction;

    persons who hold or receive our Class A common stock as compensation; and

    persons who do not hold our Class A common stock as a capital asset (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code).

        If a partnership, or entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our Class A common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

         You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

158


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

        For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is a beneficial owner of shares of our Class A common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

    an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

    a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state or political subdivision thereof, or the District of Columbia;

    a partnership;

    an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

    a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

        If we make a distribution of cash or other property (other than certain pro rata distributions of our Class A common stock) in respect of our Class A common stock, the distribution will be treated as a dividend to the extent it is paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). If the amount of a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess first will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the non-U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in our Class A common stock, and thereafter will be treated as capital gain. Distributions treated as dividends on our Class A common stock held by a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate if provided by an applicable income tax treaty and the non-U.S. holder has provided the documentation required to claim benefits under such treaty. Generally, to claim the benefits of an income tax treaty, a non-U.S. holder will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or applicable successor form).

        If, however, a dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by the non-U.S. holder (and, if an applicable tax treaty so provides, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States), the dividend will not be subject to the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax (provided the non-U.S. holder has provided the appropriate documentation, generally an IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form), to the withholding agent), but the non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in respect of the dividend on a net income basis, and at graduated rates, in substantially the same manner as U.S. persons. Dividends received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and which are effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at the rate of 30% (or a lower rate if provided by an applicable tax treaty).

        A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund, together with the required information, with the IRS.

159


Table of Contents

Gain on Disposition of Class A Common Stock

        Subject to the discussion below of the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, and backup withholding, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

    such non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of such sale or disposition, and certain other conditions are met;

    such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a trade or business in the United States (and, if an applicable tax treaty so provides, is attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States); or

    our Class A common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a "United States real property holding corporation" for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or a USRPHC, at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder's holding period for our Class A common stock.

        A non-U.S. holder who is an individual and that is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of such sale or disposition, if certain other conditions are met, will be subject to tax at a rate of 30% on the amount by which such non-U.S. holder's taxable capital gains allocable to U.S. sources, including gain from the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock, exceed capital losses allocable to U.S. sources, except as otherwise provided in an applicable income tax treaty.

        Gain realized by a non-U.S. holder that is effectively connected with such non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis, and at graduated rates, in substantially the same manner as a U.S. person (except as provided by an applicable tax treaty). In addition, if such non-U.S. holder is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it may also be subject to a branch profits tax at the rate of 30% (or a lower rate if provided by an applicable tax treaty).

        Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business (all as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). We do not expect to be treated as a USRPHC as of the date hereof; however, there can be no assurances that we are not now or will not become in the future a USRPHC. If we were a USRPHC during the applicable testing period, as long as our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, our Class A common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only for a non-U.S. holder who actually or constructively holds (at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder's holding period) more than 5% of such regularly traded stock. Please note, though, that we can provide no assurance that our Class A common stock will remain regularly traded.

Federal Estate Tax

        Our Class A common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will generally be includable in the decedent's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Withholdable Payments to Foreign Financial Entities and Other Foreign Entities

        A 30% withholding tax may be imposed on certain payments to certain foreign financial institutions and other foreign entities, including intermediaries, or FATCA withholding. Such payments will include U.S.-source dividends and, after December 31, 2018, the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition

160


Table of Contents

of stock that can produce U.S.-source dividends. FATCA withholding applies on such payments to a foreign financial institution unless such foreign financial institution enters into (or is deemed to have entered into) an agreement with the IRS to, among other things, undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts and withhold 30% of payments to such account holders whose actions prevent the financial institution from complying with these reporting and other requirements. FATCA withholding is imposed on similar types of payments to a non-financial foreign entity unless the entity certifies that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner. Certain countries have entered into, and other countries are expected to enter into, agreements with the United States to facilitate the type of information reporting required to avoid FATCA withholding. You should consult your own tax advisors regarding the relevant U.S. law and other official guidance on FATCA withholding.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

        Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder, the non-U.S. holder's name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report is sent to the non-U.S. holder. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in the non-U.S. holder's country of residence.

        Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to a non-U.S. holder may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption, for example by properly certifying the non-U.S. holder's status on an IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the non-U.S. holder is a U.S. person.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

         The preceding discussion of U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our Class A common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

161


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as joint book-running managers and representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

Underwriter
  Number
of Shares
 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

                

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                  Incorporated

                

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

                

Barclays Capital Inc. 

                

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

                

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

                

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. 

                

William Blair & Company, L.L.C. 

                

Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P. 

                

Total

    11,700,000  

        Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

        We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

        The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer's certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

        The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $    per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

162


Table of Contents

        The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 
  Per Share   Without Option   With Option  

Public offering price

  $              $              $             

Underwriting discount

  $              $              $             

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $              $              $             

        The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $5.5 million and are payable by us. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses of approximately $25,000 in connection with the qualification of the offering of the Class A common stock with FINRA.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

        We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 1,755,000 additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter's initial amount reflected in the above table.

Reserved Share Program

        At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale to certain of our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. If these persons purchase reserved shares, it will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

No Sales of Similar Securities

        We, our executive officers, directors, institutional shareholders and substantially all of our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with, common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

    offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock,

    sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock,

    purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock,

    grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock,

    otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock,

    file, or request or demand that we file, a registration statement related to the common stock, or

    enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any shares whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

163


Table of Contents

        This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, or repayable with, common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement (subject to certain exceptions for shares acquired on the open market) or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

Listing

        We expect the shares to be approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol "VCTR."

        Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

    the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us,

    our financial information,

    the history of, and the prospects for, us and the industry in which we compete,

    an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues,

    the present state of our development, and

    the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

        An active trading market for the shares may not develop or continue or be liquid. It is also possible that after this offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

        The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares, in the aggregate, to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

        Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

        In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering. "Covered" short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option granted to them. "Naked" short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect

164


Table of Contents

investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for, or purchases of, shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of this offering.

        The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the other underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

        Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters' purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on NASDAQ, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

        Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

        In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

        Certain of the underwriters or their affiliates may be lenders under a new senior credit agreement with us, if any, in connection with the Proposed Debt Refinancing. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

        In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

European Economic Area

        In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area, no offer of shares which are the subject of the offering has been, or will be made to the public in that member state, other than under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive:

    (a)
    to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

    (b)
    to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

    (c)
    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

165


Table of Contents

provided that no such offer of shares referred to in (a) to (c) above shall result in a requirement for us or any representative to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive, or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

        Each person located in a Member State to whom any offer of shares is made or who receives any communication in respect of an offer of shares, or who initially acquires any shares, will be deemed to have represented, warranted, acknowledged and agreed to and with each representative and with us that (1) it is a "qualified investor" within the meaning of the law in that Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive; and (2) in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Member State other than qualified investors, as that term is defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale; or where shares have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

        We, the representatives and our respective affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgments and agreements.

        This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither we nor the representatives have authorized, nor do we or they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for us or the representatives to publish a prospectus for such offer.

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of shares to the public" in relation to any shares in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Member State.

        The above selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

        In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at, persons who are "qualified investors" (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

166


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

        The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or the SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

        Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to this offering, our Company, or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

        This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

        No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, in relation to this offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

        Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons, or the Exempt Investors, who are "sophisticated investors" (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), "professional investors" (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

        The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under this offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

167


Table of Contents

        This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

        The shares have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to "professional investors" as defined in the SFO (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" as defined in the SFO and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

        The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, "Japanese Person" shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

        This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the MAS. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

        Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

    (a)
    a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

    (b)
    a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that

168


Table of Contents

corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

    (a)
    to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

    (b)
    where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

    (c)
    where the transfer is by operation of law;

    (d)
    as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

    (e)
    as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

        The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations . Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

        Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

        Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

169


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer US LLP, New York, New York.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements of Victory at December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the years then ended appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

        The consolidated financial statements of RS Investments as of December 31, 2015 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2015 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

170


Table of Contents


WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits, schedules and amendments filed with the registration statement, under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock being offered. This prospectus does not contain all of the information described in the registration statement and the related exhibits and schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and the shares of Class A common stock being offered, reference is made to the registration statement and the related exhibits and schedules. With respect to statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document, reference is made to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and the related exhibits, schedules and amendments may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC in Washington D.C. at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from these offices upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov. Document requests may be directed to Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. at 4900 Tiedeman Road 4th Floor, Brooklyn, OH 44144.

        As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the full informational requirements of the Exchange Act. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports and other information with the SEC.

171


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

 
 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

 
F-2

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

 
F-3

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 
F-4

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

 
F-5

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 
F-6

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 
F-7

Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

 
 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 
F-26

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 
F-27

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 
F-28

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 
F-29

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

 
F-30

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 
F-31

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
F-32

RS Investments Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

 
 

Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 
 

Report of Independent Auditors

 
F-70

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 
F-71

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 
F-72

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members' Equity and Redeemable Units

 
F-73

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 
F-74

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
F-75

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 
 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 
F-89

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 
F-90

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members' Equity and Redeemable Units

 
F-91

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 
F-92

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
F-93

F-1


Table of Contents

Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except for shares)

 
  September 30,
2017
  Pro Forma
September 30,
2017(1)
  December 31,
2016
 

ASSETS

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 11,535   $ 11,535   $ 16,441  

Receivables

    59,964     59,964     83,870  

Prepaid expenses

    6,540     6,540     4,208  

Investments

    10,188     10,188     6,163  

Property and equipment, net

    7,802     7,802     9,544  

Goodwill

    284,108     284,108     284,108  

Other intangible assets, net

    413,676     413,676     434,349  

Deferred tax asset, net

            7,452  

Other assets

    5,697     5,697     4,816  

Total assets

  $ 799,510   $ 799,510   $ 850,951  

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ 22,101   $ 22,101   $ 31,247  

Accrued compensation and benefits

    22,500     22,500     40,539  

Dividends payable

        12,622      

Consideration payable for acquisition of business

    9,985     9,985     17,267  

Deferred tax liability, net

    1,378     1,378      

Other liabilities

    11,651     11,651     12,372  

Long-term debt

    500,018     500,018     418,528  

Total liabilities

    567,633     580,255     519,953  

Stockholders' equity:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 2017—78,837,300 shares authorized, 57,172,284 shares issued and 55,119,361 shares outstanding; 2016—78,837,300 shares authorized, 56,505,321 shares issued, 54,785,792 shares outstanding

    551     551     548  

Additional paid-in capital

    433,227     433,227     421,764  

Treasury stock, at cost: 2017—2,052,923 shares; 2016—1,719,529 shares

    (20,749 )   (20,749 )   (16,245 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (97 )   (97 )   (537 )

Retained deficit

    (181,055 )   (193,677 )   (74,532 )

Total stockholders' equity

    231,877     219,255     330,998  

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 799,510   $ 799,510   $ 850,951  

(1)
See Note 1 to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-2


Table of Contents

Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands except shares)

 
  Quarter Ended
September 30,
  Year to Date Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2017   2016   2017   2016  

Revenue

                         

Investment management fees

  $ 86,016   $ 72,208   $ 254,605   $ 166,452  

Fund administration and distribution fees

    16,372     13,963     49,378     33,352  

Total revenue

    102,388     86,171     303,983     199,804  

Expenses

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Personnel compensation and benefits

    36,097     35,778     106,772     78,284  

Distribution and other asset-based expenses

    24,801     22,103     78,226     50,546  

General and administrative

    8,867     7,338     26,049     18,346  

Depreciation and amortization

    7,055     7,482     23,340     21,751  

Change in value of consideration payable for acquisition of business

        (4 )   (25 )   (75 )

Acquisition-related costs

    844     2,552     1,435     5,675  

Restructuring and integration costs

    483     6,803     4,944     7,362  

Total operating expenses

    78,147     82,052     240,741     181,889  

Income/(loss) from operations

    24,241     4,119     63,242     17,915  

Other income (expense)

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Interest income and other income/(expense)

    753     294     (816 )   490  

Interest expense and other financing costs

    (12,018 )   (9,993 )   (38,489 )   (23,377 )

Total other income (expense), net

    (11,265 )   (9,699 )   (39,305 )   (22,887 )

Income/(loss) before income taxes

    12,976     (5,580 )   23,937     (4,972 )

Income tax (expense)/benefit

    (5,126 )   1,837     (9,320 )   1,589  

Net income/(loss)

  $ 7,850   $ (3,743 ) $ 14,617   $ (3,383 )

Earnings per share—basic

  $ 0.14   $ (0.07 ) $ 0.27   $ (0.07 )

Earnings per share—diluted

    0.13     (0.07 )   0.25     (0.07 )

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic

    54,961,161     52,534,374     54,867,257     48,403,649  

Weighted average shares outstanding—diluted

    59,738,176     52,534,374     59,517,606     48,403,649  

Dividends declared per share

  $   $   $ 2.19   $  

Unaudited Pro Forma Data(1)

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Earnings per share—basic

  $                  $ 0.44        

Earnings per share—diluted

                       0.41        

(1)
See Note 9 to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

F-3


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(in thousands except shares)

 
  Quarter Ended
September 30,
  Year to Date Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2017   2016   2017   2016  

Net income/(loss)

  $ 7,850   $ (3,743 ) $ 14,617   $ (3,383 )

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

                         

Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities

    13     49     59     53  

Net unrealized income/(loss) on cash flow hedge

    128     64     323     (50 )

Net unrealized gain on foreign currency translation

    (16 )   (32 )   58     (32 )

Total other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax

    125     81     440     (29 )

Comprehensive income/(loss)

  $ 7,975   $ (3,662 ) $ 15,057   $ (3,412 )

F-4


Table of Contents

Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

For Year to Date Ended September 30, 2017

(in thousands, except for shares)

 
  Common Stock   Treasury Stock    
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Retained
Deficit
   
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Total  

Balance, December 31, 2016

    56,505,321   $ 565     (1,719,529 ) $ (16,245 ) $ 421,747   $ (537 ) $ (74,532 ) $ 330,998  

Issuance of common stock

    284,515   $ 3       $   $ 3,029   $   $   $ 3,032  

Vesting of restricted share grants

    339,701   $ 4       $   $ (4 ) $   $   $  

Vesting of director share grants

    49,405   $       $   $   $   $   $  

Common stock repurchased

      $     (333,394 ) $ (4,504 ) $   $   $   $ (4,504 )

Equity awards modified to liabilities

    (6,658 ) $       $   $ (1,526 ) $   $   $ (1,526 )

Other comprehensive loss

      $       $   $   $ 440   $   $ 440  

Stock-based compensation

      $       $   $ 9,960   $   $   $ 9,960  

Dividend

      $       $   $   $   $ (121,129 ) $ (121,129 )

Other

      $       $   $   $   $ (11 ) $ (11 )

Net income

      $       $   $   $   $ 14,617   $ 14,617  

Balance, September 30, 2017

    57,172,284   $ 572     (2,052,923 ) $ (20,749 ) $ 433,206   $ (97 ) $ (181,055 ) $ 231,877  


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

For Year to Date Ended September 30, 2016

(in thousands, except for shares)

 
  Common Stock   Treasury Stock    
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Retained
Deficit
   
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Total  

Balance, December 31, 2015

    47,066,744   $ 471     (499,478 ) $ (3,992 ) $ 321,326   $ (542 ) $ (67,834 ) $ 249,429  

Issuance of common stock

    9,199,963   $ 93       $   $ 94,365   $   $   $ 94,458  

Equity issuance costs

      $       $   $ (232 ) $   $   $ (232 )

Vesting of restricted share grants

    194,115   $ 2       $   $ (2 ) $   $   $  

Vesting of director share grants

    49,405   $       $   $   $   $   $  

Common stock repurchased

      $     (994,401 ) $ (9,935 ) $   $   $   $ (9,935 )

Equity awards modified to liabilities

    (27,506 ) $       $   $ (1,914 ) $   $   $ (1,914 )

Other comprehensive loss

      $       $   $   $ (29 ) $   $ (29 )

Stock-based compensation

      $       $   $ 6,239   $   $   $ 6,239  

Dividend

      $       $   $   $   $ (540 ) $ (540 )

Net income

      $       $   $   $   $ (3,383 ) $ (3,383 )

Balance, September 30, 2016

    56,482,721   $ 566     (1,493,879 ) $ (13,927 ) $ 419,782   $ (571 ) $ (71,757 ) $ 334,093  

F-5


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 
  Year to Date Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2017   2016  

Cash flows from operating activities

             

Net income

  $ 14,617   $ (3,383 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

             

Provision for deferred income taxes

    8,886     (2,032 )

Depreciation and amortization

    23,340     21,751  

Deferred financing costs and derivative and accretion expense

    5,306     3,205  

Stock-based and deferred compensation

    14,325     8,890  

Change in fair value of contingent consideration obligations

    (25 )   (75 )

Impairment of other receivable

    2,011      

Unrealized depreciation (appreciation) on investments

    (755 )   (334 )

Losses (earnings) on equity method investment

    108      

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Receivables

    21,555     1,654  

Prepaid expenses

    (2,328 )   535  

Other assets

    (190 )   (61 )

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    (9,251 )   3,745  

Accrued compensation and benefits

    (17,322 )   (9,086 )

Other liabilities

    (867 )   (1,759 )

Net cash provided by operating activities

    59,410     23,050  

Cash flows from investing activities

   
 
   
 
 

Purchases of property and equipment

    (2,628 )   (762 )

Disposals of property and equipment due to restructuring

    1,695     8  

Purchases of investments

    (7,405 )   (2,528 )

Sales of investments

    4,245     1,855  

Equity method investment

    (1,000 )    

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

        (204,413 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (5,093 )   (205,840 )

Cash flows from financing activities

   
 
   
 
 

Issuance of common stock, net of costs

    3,032     89,174  

Repurchase of common stock

    (4,504 )   (8,211 )

Payment of equity awards modified to liabilities

    (1,803 )   (4,193 )

Proceeds from long-term senior debt

    125,000     129,975  

Proceeds from draw on line of credit

        4,000  

Repayment of draw on line of credit

    (3,500 )    

Payment of debt financing fees

    (1,733 )   (5,854 )

Repayment of long-term senior debt

    (45,877 )   (14,835 )

Repayment of promissory note

    (431 )   (335 )

Payment of dividends

    (121,129 )   (540 )

Payment of consideration for acquisition

    (8,381 )   (7,605 )

Net cash provided by financing activities

    (59,326 )   181,576  

Effect of changes of foreign exchange rate on cash and cash equivalents

   
103
   
(32

)

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (4,906 )   (1,246 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

   
16,441
   
15,144
 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 11,535   $ 13,898  

Supplemental cash flow information

             

Cash paid for interest

  $ 32,704   $ 19,902  

Cash paid for income taxes

    644     400  

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash item

   
 
   
 
 

Promissory note issued for repurchase of common stock and equity awards

        1,724  

F-6


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Quarters Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

        Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (along with its wholly-owned subsidiaries, collectively referred to as the Company) prepares its interim condensed consolidated financial statements on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).

        All dollar amounts, except per share data in the text and tables herein, are stated in thousands unless otherwise indicated.

        These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the years then ended.

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet Information

        In December 2017, the Company paid a cash dividend of $12.6 million (the "December 2017 Dividend"). The unaudited pro forma balance sheet gives effect to the December 2017 Dividend as of September 30, 2017. This pro forma adjustment has been reflected as an increase to dividends payable and a reduction to retained deficit.

Retroactive Adjustments for Common Stock Split

        The Company's Board of Directors and stockholders approved a 175.194 for 1 stock split of the Company's common stock on February 1, 2018. All common share and common per share amounts in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been retroactively adjusted for all periods presented to give effect to this stock split (see Notes 8 and 9).

Principles of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

        The Company evaluates entities in which it invests and investment funds that it sponsors to determine whether the Company has a controlling financial interest in these entities and is required to consolidate them. A controlling financial interest generally exists if 1) the Company holds greater than 50% voting interest in entities controlled through voting interests or if 2) the Company has the ability to direct significant activities of a fund not controlled through voting interests (a variable interest entity or VIE) and the obligation to absorb losses of and/or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

        The Company is involved with non-consolidated sponsored investment funds that are considered VIEs through providing investment advisory services, fund administration and distribution services and/or holding a minority interest. At September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company's investments in and maximum risk of loss related to unconsolidated sponsored VIE investment funds totaled $9.8 million and $5.6 million respectively which are included in investments on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company has not provided financial support to these entities outside the ordinary course of business, which includes assuming operating expenses of funds for competitive or contractual reasons through fee

F-7


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Quarters Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

waivers and fund expense reimbursements. The Company does not consolidate the sponsored investment funds in which it had an equity investment as it holds a minority interest, does not direct significant activities of these funds and does not have the right to receive benefits nor the obligation to absorb losses that could potentially be significant to these funds.

        During the period ended September 30, 2017, the Company's involvement with other non-consolidated VIEs included an equity method investment and put and call option arrangements with Cerebellum Capital, LLC (Cerebellum). The Company's maximum risk of loss associated with Cerebellum totaled $6.0 million at September 30, 2017, which included the $4.0 million investment and $2.0 million exposure under the put and call options for the purchase of additional equity, and $6.0 million at December 31, 2016, which included the $3.0 million investment and $3.0 million exposure under the put and call options (see Note 11).

        The Company applies the equity method of accounting to investments where it does not hold a controlling equity interest but has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial matters. In the event that management identifies an other than temporary decline in the estimated fair value of an equity method investment to an amount below its carrying value, the investment is written down to its estimated fair value.

Use of Estimates and Assumptions

        The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Actual results may ultimately differ from those estimates and the differences may be material.

Restructuring and Integration Costs

        Contract termination liabilities are recorded for contract termination costs when the Company terminates a contract or stops using the product or service covered by the contract. Contract termination liabilities are recognized and measured at fair value and are recorded in accounts payable and accrued expenses on the condensed consolidated balance sheet. Contract termination costs are recorded in

F-8


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Quarters Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

restructuring and integration costs on the condensed consolidated statements of operations. A rollforward of restructuring and integration liabilities for the periods ended September 30, 2017 appears below.

(in millions)
  Quarter
Ended
September 30,
2017
  Year to Date
Ended
September 30,
2017
 

Liability balance, beginning of period

  $ 2.7   $ 7.4  

Severance expense

             

RSIM

    0.1     0.4  

Other

        0.3  

Contract termination expense

             

RSIM

    0.3     3.8  

Integration costs

    0.1     0.4  

Restructuring and integration costs

    0.5     4.9  

Settlement of liabilities

    (1.8 )   (10.9 )

Liability balance, end of period

  $ 1.4   $ 1.4  

        As of September 30, 2017, $1.2 million of the liability balance was included in accounts payable and accrued expenses and $0.2 million was included in other liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2016, $6.9 million of the restructuring and integration liability was included in accounts payable and accrued expenses and $0.5 million was included in other liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Substantially all of the remaining restructuring and integration liability at September 30, 2017 is expected to be paid in 2017.

Debt Modification

        The analysis as to whether a modification of debt is an extinguishment or modification is performed on a creditor-by-creditor basis. Gains and losses on debt modifications that are considered extinguishments are recognized in current earnings. Debt modifications that are not considered extinguishments are accounted for prospectively through yield adjustments, based on the revised terms. Legal fees and other costs incurred with third parties that are directly related to debt modifications are expensed as incurred and included in general and administrative costs on the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

        In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, eliminating the requirement that an acquirer in a business combination account for a measurement-period adjustment retrospectively. Instead, an acquirer will recognize a measurement-period adjustment during the period in which the amount of the adjustment is determined. The Company adopted the new standard on January 1, 2017 and the adoption did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

F-9


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Quarters Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

New Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

        In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, to clarify the principles of recognizing revenue from contracts with customer and to improve financial reporting by creating common revenue recognition guidance for U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. This ASU will supersede existing revenue recognition guidance and require the following steps when recognizing revenue under ASU 2014-09: 1) identify the contract with the customer; 2) identify performance obligations in the contract; 3) determine the transaction price; 4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract and 5) recognize revenue when or as the entity satisfies the performance obligation. This ASU also requires additional disclosures related to the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts. An entity may apply the new guidance by using one of two methods 1) retrospective application to each prior reporting period presented or 2) a modified retrospective approach, requiring the standard be applied only to the most current period presented, with the cumulative effect of initially applying the standard recognized at the date of initial application. ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 for non-emerging growth companies and for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 for the Company. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact on its financial statements, focusing on its wholly-owned limited purpose broker-dealer subsidiary that is an SEC registrant for which the ASU will become effective next year. The Company does not expect any significant changes to the current revenue recognition policies for this subsidiary.

        In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17 requiring deferred tax assets and liabilities to be classified as non-current on the balance sheet instead of being split between current and noncurrent. The update is effective for non-emerging growth companies in annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and for the Company, in annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Management does not expect the adoption of the new guidance to impact the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In early 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, which requires equity securities to be measured at fair value and changes in the fair value of equity securities to be recognized in net income. The update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 for non-emerging growth companies and for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2018 for the Company. Management does not expect the adoption of the standard to have a significant impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 on leases. The new guidance requires lessees to record most leases on their balance sheets. Expense will be recognized in the income statement in a manner that is similar to today's accounting. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 for non-emerging growth companies and for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 for the Company. The Company is in the early process of analyzing how the new rules will impact financial reporting.

        In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09 on stock compensation. This guidance is meant to remove the cost and complexity of reporting on employee share-based payments and to address the tax reporting, forfeitures, and expected term related to equity awards. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016 for non-emerging growth companies and for fiscal years beginning

F-10


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Quarters Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

after December 15, 2017 for the Company. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the new rules on its accounting and reporting related to share-based payments.

        In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15. The update provides guidance on certain cash flow statement classifications that were previously unclear or lacked specific guidance. The classifications addressed in the update include debt extinguishment costs, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, and distributions received from equity method investees. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 for non-emerging growth companies and for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 for the Company. The Company is in the process of analyzing how the new rules will impact financial reporting.

        In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04 simplifying the test for goodwill impairment. The standard eliminates Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Under the amended guidance, an entity will perform its goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity will recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit's fair value, but the loss cannot exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. The new guidance is effective for the Company's fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2020 and requires a prospective approach to adoption. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

        In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09 clarifying when changes in the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award qualify for accounting treatment as a modification. The new guidance is effective for the Company and non-emerging growth companies for fiscal years that begin after December 15, 2017 and is applied prospectively to awards modified on or after the adoption date. The Company is currently considering how the new guidance may impact the accounting for changes in its share-based payments.

2. Acquisitions

        On July 29, 2016, the Company acquired all of the outstanding membership interests in RS Investment Management Co. LLC (RSIM) for total purchase consideration, net of cash acquired, of $221.6 million.

        On the closing date, the Company paid cash consideration, net of cash acquired, of $204.4 million and issued $5.1 million of equity to RSIM employees in exchange for certain of their outstanding RSIM membership interests. The Company paid additional cash consideration of $6.5 million in the third and fourth quarters of 2016, $5.6 million in the first and second quarters of 2017 and an immaterial amount of cash consideration in the third quarter of 2017.

        A total of $36.1 million of the cash paid at closing was placed in escrow. Since the closing date, $14.0 million was released to sellers and $0.2 million was released to the Company for claims under the indemnification provisions of the RSIM purchase agreement. The remaining $21.9 million remains in escrow through the fourth quarter of 2017, and if there are no additional indemnification claims, the funds will be released to sellers.

F-11


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Quarters Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

2. Acquisitions (Continued)

        At the time of the RSIM acquisition, the Company recorded a $25.6 million receivable for cash flows expected to be received from a third party under an agreement signed by RSIM with that party for the transfer of certain separate accounts in 2014. Pursuant to this agreement, Victory is entitled to receive earn-out payments from the buyer in the form of revenue share on the transferred separate accounts through December 31, 2018.

        The Company assesses the collectability of the receivable on a periodic basis. During the year to date period ended September 30, 2017, the Company recorded a $2.0 million loss, recorded in Interest income and other income/(expense) on the consolidated statements of operations and in Impairment of other receivable in the consolidated statement of cash flows, to write down this receivable to the estimated fair value of the remaining cash flows expected to be received under the earn-out arrangement.

        From acquisition date through September 30, 2017, the Company collected $11.4 million of this receivable and recognized interest income of $0.3 million in 2016 and $0.5 million in 2017. As of September 30, 2017, the receivable totaled $13.0 million, which is recorded in receivables on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

        As of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the earn-out liability related to the acquisition of Compass EMP (CEMP) was valued at $1.5 million. The Company paid sellers a total of $2.7 million in base payments and earn-out payments during the third quarter of 2017.

        Costs related to acquisitions are summarized below and include legal and filing fees, advisory services, mutual fund proxy voting costs and other one-time expenses related to the transactions. These costs were expensed in 2017 and 2016 and are included in acquisition-related costs in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 
  Acquisition-related costs  
 
  Quarter
Ended
September 30,
  Year to Date
Ended
September 30,
 
(in millions)
  2017   2016   2017   2016  

RSIM

  $ 0.1   $ 2.6     0.3   $ 5.7  

Other

    0.7         1.1      

  $ 0.8   $ 2.6     1.4   $ 5.7  

3. Fair Value Measurements

        The Company determines the fair value of certain financial and nonfinancial assets and liabilities. Fair value is determined based on the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value determinations utilize a valuation hierarchy based upon the transparency of inputs used in the valuation of an asset or liability.

        Classification within the fair value hierarchy contains three levels:

    Level 1—Valuation inputs are unadjusted quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

F-12


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Quarters Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

    Level 2—Valuation inputs are quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, quoted market prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and other observable inputs directly or indirectly related to the asset or liability being measured.

    Level 3—Valuation inputs are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. These inputs reflect management's own assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability.

        The table below shows assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis, all dollars are in thousands:

 
  As of September 30, 2017  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Financial Assets

                         

Investments

  $ 10,188   $ 10,188   $   $  

Interest rate cap

  $              

Total Financial Assets

  $ 10,188   $ 10,188   $   $  

Financial Liabilities

                         

Contingent Consideration Arrangements

  $ (1,465 ) $   $   $ (1,465 )

Total Financial Liabilities

  $ (1,465 ) $   $   $ (1,465 )

 

 
  As of December 31, 2016  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Financial Assets

                         

Investments

  $ 6,163   $ 6,163   $   $  

Interest rate cap

  $ 20   $   $ 20   $  

Total Financial Assets

  $ 6,183   $ 6,163   $ 20   $  

Financial Liabilities

                         

Contingent Consideration Arrangements

  $ (1,523 ) $   $   $ (1,523 )

Total Financial Liabilities

  $ (1,523 ) $   $   $ (1,523 )

        The fair value of the Company's interest rate cap is included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. Pricing is determined based on a third-party, model-derived valuation in which all significant inputs are observable in active markets (Level 2).

        Contingent consideration arrangements at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 consist of the CEMP earn-out payment liability, which is included in consideration payable for acquisition of business on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Level 3 inputs were utilized to determine fair value, or the present value of the expected future settlement, of the contingent consideration arrangement.

        Significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value calculation for this obligation include discount rates and growth assumptions. Four probability-weighted scenarios were used in formulating the growth rate assumptions. The discount rate was determined based on the pre-tax cost of debt. An increase to the

F-13


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Quarters Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

discount rate would result in a lower fair value, while an increase to growth rate assumptions would result in a higher fair value.

 
  Contingent
Consideration
Arrangements
 

Balance, December 31, 2016

  $ (1,523 )

CEMP change in fair value measurement

    25  

CEMP year 2 earn-out payment

    33  

Balance, September 30, 2017

  $ (1,465 )

        There were no transfers between any of the Level 1, 2 and 3 categories in the fair value measurement hierarchy from December 31, 2016 to September 30, 2017. The Company recognizes transfers at the end of the reporting period.

        The net carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximates fair value, due to the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities. The fair value of the Company's long-term debt at September 30, 2017 is considered to be its carrying amount as the term loans were refinanced in August 2017 (see Note 7). Level 2 inputs are utilized to determine the fair value of the Company's long-term debt.

4. Related-Party Transactions

        The Company considers certain funds that it manages, including the Victory Funds, the Victory ETFs, the Victory Collective Funds and Victory Capital Series, LLC, to be related parties as a result of the Company's advisory relationship.

        The Company receives investment management, administrative, distribution, and compliance service fees in accordance with contracts that Victory and VCA have with the Victory Funds. The Company also receives investment management fees from the Victory ETFs, Victory Collective Funds and Victory Capital Series, LLC under Victory's advisory contracts with these funds.

        Under the terms of monitoring agreements with affiliates of two shareholders of the Company, the Company pays annual fees for monitoring services which are included in general and administrative on the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

F-14


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Quarters Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

4. Related-Party Transactions (Continued)

        A summary of the balances and transactions involving related parties appears below.

 
  Line Item Affected   September 30,
2017
  December 31,
2016
 

Related party assets

                 

Investment management fees receivable from affiliates

  Receivables   $ 21,469   $ 20,811  

Fund distribution fees receivable from affiliates

  Receivables     1,635     1,937  

Fund administration fees receivable from affiliates

  Receivables     1,841     1,493  

Fund expense and other reimbursements from affiliates

  Receivables     469     1,174  

Investments, at fair value

  Investments     9,837     5,579  

Total

      $ 35,251   $ 30,994  

Related party liabilities

                 

Fund expense reimbursements payable to affiliates

  Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 1,489   $ 2,380  

Promissory note

  Other liabilities     814     1,245  

Total

      $ 2,303   $ 3,625  

F-15


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Quarters Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

4. Related-Party Transactions (Continued)


 
   
  Quarter Ended
September 30,
  Year to Date Ended
September 30,
 
 
  Line Item Affected   2017   2016   2017   2016  

Related party revenue

                             

Investment management fees from affiliates

  Investment management fees   $ 64,282   $ 50,948   $ 188,009   $ 111,834  

Fund administration fees from affiliates

  Fund administration and distribution fees     5,613     4,210     16,383     11,817  

Fund distribution fees from affiliates

  Fund administration and distribution fees     10,684     9,753     32,920     21,535  

Fund compliance fees due from affiliates

  Fund administration and distribution fees     75         75      

Total

      $ 80,654   $ 64,911   $ 237,387   $ 145,186  

Related party expense

                             

Fund expense reimbursements to affiliates

  Distribution and other asset-based expenses   $ 2,216   $ 1,571   $ 9,826   $ 6,135  

Monitoring fees

  General and administrative     288     288     864     864  

Total

        2,504     1,859     10,690     6,999  

Related party other income/(expense)

                             

Realized gains/(losses) on available-for-sale securities, net

  Interest income and other income/(expense)   $ 15   $ 49   $ 15   $ 55  

Unrealized gains/(losses) on trading securities of affiliated funds, net

  Interest income and other income/(expense)     409     189     665     323  

Realized gains/(losses) on trading securities of affiliated funds, net

  Interest income and other income/(expense)     44     (3 )   52     (30 )

Interest on promissory note

  Interest expense and other financing costs     (10 )   (13 )   (29 )   (28 )

Total

      $ 458   $ 222   $ 703   $ 320  

F-16


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Quarters Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

5. Investments

        The Company holds both available-for-sale securities and trading securities. A summary of the cost and fair value of investments classified as available-for-sale investments is as follows:

 
   
  Gross Unrealized    
 
 
   
  Fair
Value
 
(in thousands)
  Cost   Gains   (Losses)  

As of September 30, 2017

  $ 569   $ 71   $   $ 640  

As of December 31, 2016

    548     4     (27 )   525  

        As of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, available-for-sale investments consisted entirely of investments in Victory sponsored mutual funds. Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investments are recorded, net of tax, to accumulated other comprehensive loss.

        A summary of the cost and fair value of investments classified as trading securities is as follows:

 
   
  Gross Unrealized    
 
 
   
  Fair
Value
 
(in thousands)
  Cost   Gains   (Losses)  

As of September 30, 2017

  $ 8,694   $ 959   $ (105 ) $ 9,548  

As of December 31, 2016

    5,453     406     (221 )   5,638  

        As of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, trading securities included Victory sponsored and third party mutual funds held under a deferred compensation plan. Unrealized gains and losses on trading securities are recorded in interest income and other income/(expense) on the condensed consolidated statements of operation.

        Sales of investments result in realized gains or losses that are recorded in interest income and other income/(expense) on the condensed consolidated statements of operation. The details of investment sales are as follows:

 
  Quarter Ended September 30,  
 
  2017   2016  
 
   
  Realized    
  Realized  
 
  Sale
Proceeds
  Sale
Proceeds
 
(in thousands)
  Gains   (Losses)   Gains   (Losses)  

Available-for-sale investments

  $ 79   $ 15   $   $ 951   $ 49   $  

Trading investments

    2,954     84     (11 )   150         (3 )

 

 
  Year to Date Ended September 30,  
 
  2017   2016  
 
   
  Realized    
  Realized  
 
  Sale
Proceeds
  Sale
Proceeds
 
(in thousands)
  Gains   (Losses)   Gains   (Losses)  

Available-for-sale investments

  $ 79   $ 15   $   $ 1,062   $ 55   $  

Trading investments

    4,166     111     (26 )   793     2     (59 )

6. Income Taxes

        The income tax benefit for the period ended September 30, 2016 is comprised of federal and state taxes. The income tax provision for the period ended September 30, 2017 is comprised of federal and state taxes as well as foreign income taxes.

F-17


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Quarters Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

6. Income Taxes (Continued)

        For the quarter and year to date period ended September 30, 2016, the income tax benefit was $1.8 million and $1.6 million, or 32.9 percent and 32.0 percent of pre-tax income, respectively. For the quarter and year to date period ended September 30, 2017, the provision for income taxes was $5.1 million and $9.3 million, or 39.5 percent and 38.9 percent of pre-tax income, respectively.

        The differences between the Company's effective tax rate and the statutory federal rate of 35.0 percent are state and local income taxes and non-deductible expenses, and for the quarter and year to date periods ended September 30, 2017, remeasurement of prior year deferred tax assets.

        No valuation allowance has been recorded for deferred tax assets, reflecting management's belief that all deferred tax assets will be utilized. The Company has analyzed its tax positions for all open years (2013 - 2015) and has concluded that no provision for income tax is required in the financial statements.

7. Debt

        On February 6, 2017, the syndicated senior credit facility of Victory Capital Operating, LLC (the Credit Agreement) was amended to increase principal borrowed under the Term Loan facility by $125 million (Incremental Term Loan 3). The proceeds, net of transaction costs, were used to finance a special distribution (Special Dividend) to the Company's shareholders at $2.19 per share. Holders of restricted shares that were unvested at the time the Special Dividend was declared will be paid the Special Dividend when the restricted shares vest.

        The declaration of the Special Dividend resulted in the payment of cash dividends totaling $120 million in February 2017 and $0.8 million in the third quarter of 2017, with an additional $1.1 million in cash expected to be paid to holders of restricted shares as these shares vest.

        Incremental Term Loan 3 was issued at par. The Company incurred $2.7 million in costs related to the issuance of Incremental Term Loan 3, of which $1.7 million was recorded in debt issuance costs and capitalized to long-term debt and $1.0 million was expensed and is included in general and administrative expense.

        With the issuance of Incremental Term Loan 3, the terms of the Credit Agreement were amended to require principal payments of $7.9 million per calendar quarter. No other terms or conditions were changed. The Company concluded that the change resulted in a debt modification rather than an extinguishment of debt.

        On August 1, 2017 (the Effective Date), the Credit Agreement was amended to refinance all existing Term Loans outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date. The spread above LIBOR on Eurocurrency Loans was reduced to 5.25% from 7.50%, and the spread above the applicable interest rate for Alternative Base Rate Loans was reduced to 4.25% from 6.50%.

        With the August 1, 2017 amendment, a prepayment penalty of 1.0% went into effect for six months following the Effective Date in the event all or a portion of the Term Loans are repaid or refinanced (other than in connection with an initial public filing or change of control transaction) with debt having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield less than that of the Term Loans. No other terms or conditions were changed. The Company incurred $1.2 million in arranger and legal costs related to this amendment that are reflected in general and administrative costs on the condensed consolidated statement of operations. The Company recognized a $0.3 million loss on debt extinguishment with the refinancing of the term loans that is reflected in interest expense and other financing costs in the condensed consolidated

F-18


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Quarters Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

7. Debt (Continued)

statement of operations. No new debt issuance costs were recorded in conjunction with the debt refinancing.

        As of September 30, 2017 and 2016, the interest rate per annum on the Credit Agreement was 6.58% and 8.50% per annum, respectively. Including the impact of amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, the effective yield for obligations under the Term Loan facility was 7.49% as of September 30, 2017 and 9.59% as of September 30, 2016.

        The components of long-term debt on the condensed consolidated balance sheets at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 appear below.

 
  September 30, 2017   December 31, 2016  

Principal outstanding

  $ 517,750   $ 438,626  

Unamortized debt issuance costs

    (12,278 )   (13,370 )

Unamortized debt discount

    (5,454 )   (6,728 )

Long-term debt

  $ 500,018   $ 418,528  

        As of September 30, 2017, there were no outstandings under the Revolver Commitments. The balance outstanding at December 31, 2016 of $3.5 million was repaid on January 5, 2017.

8. Share-Based Compensation

        On March 30, 2017, the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan was amended to increase the maximum number of shares that may be issued in connection with awards granted under this plan to 15,097,459 shares, of which 10,118,245 shares are allocated for issuances of stock options and 4,979,214 shares are allocated for issuances of restricted shares.

        Activity during the periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 related to stock option awards and restricted stock awards is shown on the following page.

F-19


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Quarters Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

8. Share-Based Compensation (Continued)


Shares Subject to Stock Option Awards

 
  Year to Date Ended
September 30, 2017
  Year to Date Ended
September 30, 2016
 
 
  Avg wtd
grant-date
fair value
  Avg wtd
exercise
price*
  Units   Avg wtd
grant-date
fair value
  Avg wtd
exercise
price*
  Units  

Outstanding at the beginning of period

  $ 3.40   $ 4.90     8,669,475   $ 2.93   $ 3.33     6,530,181  

Granted

    6.14     13.51     774,357     4.26     7.91     2,937,303  

Forfeited

    2.89     3.44     (122,461 )   2.94     3.33     (234,410 )

Exercised

    2.44     2.54     (73,406 )            

Modified to liability to be cash settled

    2.58     2.54     (156,273 )   2.59     2.55     (438,686 )

Outstanding at the end of the period

  $ 3.66   $ 5.71     9,091,693   $ 3.39   $ 4.90     8,794,388  

Vested

  $ 3.13   $ 4.13     5,397,026   $ 2.87   $ 3.32     3,268,419  

Nonvested

    4.42     8.03     3,694,667     3.70     5.83     5,525,969  

Expected to vest

    4.30     7.71     2,662,759     3.53     5.36     4,487,145  

*
Reflects the reduction of exercise price on options granted prior to February 2017 from the February 2017 Special Dividend


Restricted Stock Awards

 
  YTD September 30,
2017
  YTD September 30,
2016
 
 
  Avg wtd
grant-date
fair value
  Units   Avg wtd
grant-date
fair value
  Units  

Nonvested at beginning of period

  $ 9.48     1,018,228   $ 5.84     378,769  

Granted

    13.51     623,165     10.27     833,573  

Vested

    7.99     (339,701 )   5.79     (194,115 )

Forfeited

    8.81     (8,585 )        

Nonvested at end of period

  $ 11.82     1,293,107   $ 9.48     1,018,228  

Vested and outstanding at end of period

  $ 6.65     851,968   $ 5.76     518,749  

Expected to vest

    11.99     1,080,883     9.23     848,834  

F-20


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Quarters Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

8. Share-Based Compensation (Continued)


Director Plan Restricted Stock Awards

 
  YTD September 30,
2017
  YTD September 30,
2016
 
 
  Avg wtd
grant-date
fair value
  Units   Avg wtd
grant-date
fair value
  Units  

Nonvested at beginning of period

  $ 5.71     49,230   $ 5.71     114,971  

Granted

                 

Vested

    5.71     (49,230 )   5.71     (49,230 )

Forfeited

                 

Nonvested at end of period

  $ 5.71       $ 5.71     65,741  

Vested and outstanding at end of period

  $ 5.71     262,791   $ 5.71     197,093  

Expected to vest

    5.71         5.71     57,808  

        The grant date fair value of stock option awards is computed using Black-Scholes option pricing framework. The grant date fair value of stock option awards granted in 2017 was computed using the following assumptions as of the date of the grant:

 
  Assumptions

Current stock price

  $13.51

Exercise price

  $13.51

Expected volatility

  50%

Risk free rate

  1.92% - 2.22%

Expected life in years

  5

        All stock option awards are considered non-qualified. For certain stock option awards granted on July 31, 2017, fifty percent of the shares of common stock subject to each option vest based on service and the remaining fifty percent of the shares of common stock subject to each option vest upon satisfaction of various performance conditions. For all other stock option awards granted in 2017, sixty percent of the shares of common stock subject to each option vest based on service; the remaining forty percent of the shares of common stock subject to each option vest upon satisfaction of various performance conditions.

        For restricted share awards granted on March 10, 2017, the shares vest 25% on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date. For restricted share awards granted on March 31, 2017 and July 1, 2017, fifty percent of the shares vest on the third anniversary of the grant date and the remaining fifty percent vest upon achievement of certain share prices for the Company's stock.

        The Company used both a market approach and income approach to estimate the current stock price used in the valuation of restricted share and stock option awards issued during 2017. The market approach considered the then current EBITDA multiples and price/earnings multiples of comparable public companies. The income approach considered management's forecast of operating results, a long-term growth rate and a discount rate. The results of the market approach and income approach were weighted in developing the estimate of fair value.

        The expected life of the options granted was based on the average holding period for a private equity investment. The risk free interest rate was based on the yield for the U.S. Treasury coupon strip with a maturity date equal to the expected life of the award. As the Company's common shares are not publicly

F-21


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Quarters Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

8. Share-Based Compensation (Continued)

traded, the Company has calculated expected volatility based on an average volatility of companies in the same or similar lines of business adjusted for differing levels of leverage.

        During the year to date period ended September 30, 2017, the Company modified equity awards to provide for the settlement of these awards in cash versus stock as originally intended. At the time of the modification, the Company recorded a reduction to equity of $1.5 million and additional compensation expense of $0.3 million, which represented the difference between the market value of the awards on the modification date in excess of the grant date fair value. The resulting liabilities of $1.8 million were paid in cash in the second quarter of 2017 and are included in cash flows from financing activities in the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows for the year to date period ended September 30, 2017 as payments related to equity awards modified to liabilities.

        During the year to date period ended September 30, 2016, the Company modified equity awards to provide for the settlement of these awards in cash versus stock as originally intended. At the time of the modification, the Company recorded a reduction to equity of $1.9 million and additional compensation expense of $0.7 million, which represented the difference between the market value of the awards on the modification date in excess of the grant date fair value. The resulting liability of $2.6 million was paid in cash in period ended September 30, 2016. The condensed consolidated statement of cash flows for the year to date period ended September 30, 2016 included $4.3 million in payments related to equity awards modified to liabilities, of which $1.7 million represented payments related to modifications of equity awards made in the year ended December 31, 2015.

        In February 2017, the Company declared a Special Dividend of $2.19 per share.

        As of September 30, 2017, the amount of cash bonuses and distributions related to dividends previously declared on restricted shares and options expected to vest in the future totaled $1.3 million, which is not recorded as a liability as of the balance sheet date. A liability will be recorded for these cash bonuses and dividends when the restricted shares and options vest.

9. Earnings Per Share

        The computation of basic and diluted earnings per share is as follows:

 
   
  Quarter Ended
September 30,
  Year to Date Ended
September 30,
 
(in thousands except per share amounts)
  2017   2016   2017   2016  
Net income/(loss)   $ 7,850   $ (3,743 ) $ 14,617   $ (3,383 )

Shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Basic:   Weighted average number of shares outstanding     54,961,161     52,534,374     54,867,257     48,403,649  
Plus:   Incremental shares from assumed conversion of dilutive instruments     4,777,015         4,650,349      
Diluted:   Weighted average number of shares outstanding     59,738,176     52,534,374     59,517,606     48,403,649  

        For the periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, there were 434,832 and 4,721,653 outstanding instruments, respectively, excluded from the above computations of weighted average shares for diluted

F-22


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Quarters Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

9. Earnings Per Share (Continued)

EPS because the effects would be anti-dilutive. Holders of non-vested share-based compensation awards do not have rights to receive non-forfeitable dividends on the shares covered by the awards.

Unaudited Pro Forma Earnings Per Share

        In February 2017 and December 2017, the Company paid cash dividends of $119.8 million and $12.6 million, respectively. SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 1.B.3 requires that pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share be presented giving effect to the number of shares whose proceeds would be used to replace capital when dividends exceed current year earnings during the previous twelve months. In addition, the offering proceeds will result in a significant change in capitalization due to the repayment of debt. The pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share below gives effect to the deemed issuance of the number of shares that would be required to generate net proceeds sufficient to pay the February 2017 Special Dividend, the December 2017 Dividend and debt repayments per the Proposed Debt Refinancing. The number of pro forma shares added to the denominator was limited to the total number of shares expected to be issued in the Company's initial public offering because all proceeds from the issuance of these shares will be used to replace the capital related to dividends in excess of earnings and the repayment of debt.

        The following is a computation of pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share for the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

 
   
  Year to Date Ended
September 30, 2017
 

Net income/(loss)

  $ 14,617  

Reduction in interest expense, net of tax

    14,874  

Pro forma net income/(loss)

  $ 29,491  

Weighted average number of shares outstanding-basic

    54,867,257  

Plus:

 

Shares to be issued in offering

    11,700,000  

Pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding-basic

    66,567,257  

Weighted average number of shares outstanding-diluted

    59,517,606  

Plus:

 

Shares to be issued in offering

    11,700,000  

Pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding-diluted

    71,217,606  

Pro forma earnings per share:

       

Basic

  $ 0.44  

Diluted

    0.41  

F-23


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Quarters Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

10. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

        The following table presents changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component for the year to date periods ending September 30, 2017 and 2016, all dollars are in thousands.

 
  Available-for-sale
Securities(a)
  Cash Flow
Hedges(b)
  Cumulative
Translation
Adjustment
  Total  

Balance, December 31, 2015

  $ (31 ) $ (511 ) $   $ (542 )

Other comprehensive income/(loss) before reclassification and tax

    71     (259 )   (42 )   (230 )

Tax impact

    (17 )   97     10     90  

Reclassification adjustments, before tax

    (2 )   180         178  

Tax impact

    1     (68 )       (67 )

Net current period other comprehensive income/(loss)

    53     (50 )   (32 )   (29 )

Balance, September 30, 2016

  $ 22   $ (561 ) $ (32 ) $ (571 )

Balance, December 31, 2016

  $ (13 ) $ (462 ) $ (62 ) $ (537 )

Other comprehensive income/(loss) before reclassification and tax

    110     (20 )   96     186  

Tax impact

    (42 )   8     (38 )   (72 )

Reclassification adjustments, before tax

    (15 )   540         525  

Tax impact

    6     (205 )       (199 )

Net current period other comprehensive income/(loss)

    59     323     58     440  

Balance, September 30, 2017

  $ 46   $ (139 ) $ (4 ) $ (97 )

(a)
Reclassifications out of AOCL related to available-for-sale securities are recorded in interest income and other income/(expense)

(b)
Reclassifications out of AOCL related to cash flow hedges are recorded in interest expense and other financing costs

11. Equity Method Investment

        On August 1, 2017, the Company signed an amendment to the Cerebellum equity investment agreement accelerating the time frame under which Cerebellum can require Victory Capital Operating (Operating) to purchase up to $3 million of additional equity at the December 5, 2016 price per unit. The $3 million equity investment made by the Company in December 2016 and the $3 million of additional equity subject to the Cerebellum put option are in participating preferred units that accrue a preferred return of 6.0% per annum.

        Under the terms of the amendment, Cerebellum can require Operating to purchase the additional $3 million in equity between August 1, 2017 and May 1, 2018 in quarterly installments not to exceed $1 million each. The first quarterly installment in the amount of $1 million was made on August 1, 2017, and the second quarterly installment in the amount of $1 million was made on November 1, 2017. The additional equity purchased in August and November 2017 did not change the classification of the investment as an equity method investment.

F-24


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Quarters Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

12. Subsequent Developments

        In November 2017, the Company's board of directors approved a dividend of $0.23 per share, with a record date of December 1, 2017 and a payment date of December 5, 2017.

F-25


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Cleveland, Ohio
March 22, 2017, except as to Note 2, as to which the date is February 1, 2018

F-26


Table of Contents

Victory Capital Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except for shares)

 
  December 31, 2016   December 31, 2015  

ASSETS

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 16,441   $ 15,144  

Investment management fees receivable

    43,597     26,818  

Fund administration and distribution fees receivable

    4,604     3,529  

Other receivables

    35,669     6,652  

Prepaid expenses

    4,208     3,645  

Available-for-sale securities, at fair value

    525     532  

Trading securities, at fair value

    5,638     2,838  

Property and equipment, net

    9,544     6,592  

Goodwill

    284,108     219,732  

Other intangible assets, net

    434,349     329,399  

Deferred tax asset, net

    7,452     4,313  

Other assets

    4,816     1,195  

Total assets

  $ 850,951   $ 620,389  

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

             

Accounts payable

  $ 3,712   $ 1,413  

Accrued compensation and benefits

    40,539     24,293  

Accrued expenses

    27,535     14,365  

Consideration payable for acquisition of business

    17,267     13,132  

Deferred compensation plan liability

    5,638     2,838  

Other liabilities

    6,734     3,021  

Long-term debt

    418,528     311,898  

Total liabilities

    519,953     370,960  

Stockholders' equity:

   
 
   
 
 

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 2016—78,837,300 shares authorized, 56,505,321 shares issued and 54,785,792 shares outstanding; 2015—78,837,300 shares authorized, 47,066,744 shares issued, 46,567,266 shares outstanding

    548     466  

Additional paid-in capital

    421,764     321,331  

Treasury stock, at cost: 2016—1,719,529 shares; 2015—499,478 shares          

    (16,245 )   (3,992 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (537 )   (542 )

Retained deficit

    (74,532 )   (67,834 )

Total stockholders' equity

    330,998     249,429  

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 850,951   $ 620,389  

(1)
See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-27


Table of Contents

Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands except share amounts)

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2016
  Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 

Revenue

             

Investment management fees

  $ 248,482   $ 201,553  

Fund administration and distribution fees

    49,401     39,210  

Total revenue

    297,883     240,763  

Expenses

   
 
   
 
 

Personnel compensation and benefits

    122,615     93,819  

Distribution and other asset-based expenses

    77,497     51,481  

General and administrative

    26,628     22,959  

Depreciation and amortization

    30,405     27,291  

Change in value of consideration payable for acquisition of business

    (378 )   193  

Acquisition-related costs

    6,619     3,187  

Restructuring and integration costs

    10,012     8,613  

Total operating expenses

    273,398     207,543  

Income/(loss) from operations

    24,485     33,220  

Other income (expense)

   
 
   
 
 

Interest income and other income

    1,086     47  

Interest expense and other financing costs

    (34,642 )   (26,045 )

Total other income (expense), net

    (33,556 )   (25,998 )

Income/(loss) before income taxes

    (9,071 )   7,222  

Income tax benefit/(expense)

   
3,000
   
(3,422

)

Net income/(loss)

  $ (6,071 ) $ 3,800  

Earnings per share—basic

  $ (0.12 ) $ 0.08  

Earnings per share—diluted

    (0.12 )   0.08  

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic

    50,017,712     46,408,891  

Weighted average shares outstanding—diluted

    50,017,712     48,090,753  

Dividends declared per share

  $   $ 1.28  

Unaudited Pro Forma Data(1)

   
 
   
 
 

Earnings per share—basic

  $ 0.08        

Earnings per share—diluted

    0.08        

(1)
See Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-28


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(in thousands)

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2016
  Year Ended
December 31, 2015
 

Net income/(loss)

  $ (6,071 ) $ 3,800  

Other comprehensive loss:

             

Net unrealized income/(loss) on available-for-sale securities, net of tax expense of $9 and tax benefit of $10, respectively

    18     (15 )

Net unrealized income/(loss) on cash flow hedge, net of tax expense of $24 and tax benefit of $287 respectively

    49     (477 )

Net unrealized loss on foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of benefit of $38 and $0 respectively

    (62 )    

Total other comprehensive income/loss

    5     (492 )

Comprehensive income/(loss)

  $ (6,066 ) $ 3,308  

F-29


Table of Contents

Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

(in thousands, except for shares)

 
  Common Stock   Treasury Stock    
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Retained
Deficit
   
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Total  

Balance, December 31, 2014

    46,592,669   $ 466     (351,264 ) $ (2,807 ) $ 315,238   $ (50 ) $ (11,533 ) $ 301,314  

Issuance of common stock

    209,006   $ 2       $   $ 1,669   $   $   $ 1,671  

Vesting of restricted share grants

    223,197   $ 2       $   $ (2 ) $   $   $  

Vesting of director share grants

    82,166   $       $   $   $   $   $  

Common stock repurchased

      $     (148,214 ) $ (1,185 ) $   $   $   $ (1,185 )

Equity awards modified to liabilities

    (40,295 ) $       $   $ (1,305 ) $   $   $ (1,305 )

Other comprehensive loss

      $       $   $   $ (492 ) $   $ (492 )

Stock-based compensation

      $       $   $ 5,727   $   $   $ 5,727  

Dividend

      $       $   $   $   $ (60,101 ) $ (60,101 )

Net income

      $       $   $   $   $ 3,800   $ 3,800  

Balance, December 31, 2015

    47,066,744   $ 470     (499,478 ) $ (3,992 ) $ 321,327   $ (542 ) $ (67,834 ) $ 249,429  

Issuance of common stock

    9,206,094   $ 92       $   $ 94,429   $   $   $ 94,521  

Equity issuance costs

      $       $   $ (210 ) $   $   $ (210 )

Vesting of restricted share grants

    194,290   $ 2       $   $ (2 ) $   $   $  

Vesting of director share grants

    65,698   $ 1       $   $ (1 ) $   $   $  

Common stock repurchased

      $     (1,220,051 ) $ (12,253 ) $   $   $   $ (12,253 )

Equity awards modified to liabilities

    (27,506 ) $       $   $ (2,316 ) $   $   $ (2,316 )

Other comprehensive loss

      $       $   $   $ 5   $   $ 5  

Stock-based compensation

      $       $   $ 8,520   $   $   $ 8,520  

Dividend

      $       $   $   $   $ (627 ) $ (627 )

Net income

      $       $   $   $   $ (6,071 ) $ (6,071 )

Balance, December 31, 2016

    56,505,321   $ 565     (1,719,529 ) $ (16,245 ) $ 421,747   $ (537 ) $ (74,532 ) $ 330,998  

F-30


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2016
  Year Ended
December 31,
2015
 

Cash flows from operating activities

             

Net income

  $ (6,071 ) $ 3,800  

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

             

Provision for deferred income taxes

    (3,080 )   2,480  

Depreciation and amortization

    30,405     27,291  

Amortization of deferred financing fees, debt discount, acquisition base payments, and interest rate cap expense

    4,792     3,208  

Stock-based and deferred compensation

    12,022     8,992  

Change in fair value of contingent consideration obligations

    (378 )   193  

Payments for settlement of contingent consideration

        (1,317 )

Unrealized depreciation (appreciation) on trading securities

    (394 )   196  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Investment management fees receivable

    (4,411 )   3,043  

Fund administration and distribution fees receivable

    (895 )   (121 )

Other receivables

    98     820  

Prepaid expenses

    1,304     661  

Other assets

    (7 )    

Accounts payable

    2,299     (60 )

Accrued compensation and benefits

    2,178     (7,376 )

Accrued expenses

    3,520     (2,372 )

Deferred compensation plan liability

    (17 )   (409 )

Other liabilities

    (1,825 )   1,625  

Net cash provided by operating activities

    39,540     40,654  

Cash flows from investing activities

   
 
   
 
 

Purchases of property and equipment

    (1,164 )   (1,928 )

Disposal of property and equipment due to restructuring

    12     31  

Purchases of trading securities

    (4,991 )   (4,807 )

Sales of trading securities

    2,585     2,132  

Purchases of available-for-sale securities

    (355 )   (369 )

Sales of available-for-sale securities

    1,290     792  

Equity method investment

    (3,025 )    

Purchase of call option

    (827 )    

Sale of put option

    806      

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

    (204,413 )   (16,000 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (210,082 )   (20,149 )

Cash flows from financing activities

   
 
   
 
 

Issuance of common stock, net of costs

    89,259     1,671  

Repurchase of common stock

    (10,529 )   (1,185 )

Payment of equity awards modified to liabilities

    (4,632 )   (51 )

Proceeds from long-term senior debt

    129,975     49,625  

Proceeds from draw on line of credit

    3,500      

Payment for interest rate cap on debt

        (375 )

Payment of debt financing fees

    (5,854 )   (1,979 )

Repayment of long-term senior debt

    (21,013 )   (16,673 )

Repayment of promissory note

    (479 )    

Payment of dividends

    (627 )   (60,101 )

Payment of consideration for acquisition

    (7,761 )   (2,056 )

Net cash provided by financing activities

    171,839     (31,124 )

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

    1,297     (10,619 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    15,144     25,763  

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 16,441   $ 15,144  

Supplemental cash flow information

             

Cash paid for interest

    29,393     22,579  

Cash paid for income taxes

    495     613  

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash item

   
 
   
 
 

Promissory note issued for repurchase of common stock and equity awards

    1,724      

Equity awards modified to liabilities pending payment

        (1,255 )

F-31


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

1. Organization and Nature of Business

        Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (along with its wholly-owned subsidiaries, collectively referred to as the Company) was formed on February 13, 2013 for the purpose of acquiring Victory Capital Management Inc. (Victory) and Victory Capital Advisers, Inc. (VCA), which occurred on August 1, 2013. The Company has one class of common stock with a par value of $0.01. Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held.

        Victory, a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, manages assets for institutional, intermediary and retirement clients through separately managed accounts, collective trust funds, open-end mutual funds, exchanged-traded funds (ETFs) and unified managed account and wrap separate account programs. Victory also provides mutual fund administrative services to the Victory Portfolios, Victory Variable Insurance Funds, Victory Institutional Funds and the mutual fund series of Victory Portfolios II (collectively, the Victory Funds), a family of open-end mutual funds.

        VCA is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as an introducing broker-dealer and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) and Securities Investor Protection Corporation (SIPC). VCA serves as distributor and underwriter for the Victory Funds and placement agent for Victory Capital Series, LLC, a Delaware multi-series limited liability company.

        On November 1, 2014, the Company acquired all of the outstanding membership interests in Munder Capital Management GP (Munder), a registered investment adviser and Delaware general partnership formed on December 31, 1994, and Munder's wholly-owned subsidiary, Integrity Asset Management LLC (Integrity), a registered investment adviser and Delaware limited liability company formed on February 13, 2003. Munder and Integrity provided investment management services to institutional investors such as pension plans, profit sharing plans and endowments. In addition, all series of the Munder Funds were reorganized and moved into the Victory Portfolios.

        On May 1, 2015, with the acquisition of Compass EMP (CEMP), Victory became the advisor to Victory Portfolios II, an open-end investment management company organized as a Delaware statutory trust and formerly known as Compass EMP Funds Trust. Victory Portfolios II includes mutual fund series and exchange-traded funds series (Victory ETFs). On November 1, 2015, VCA became the distributor for the mutual fund series of Victory Portfolios.

        On July 29, 2016, Victory Capital Operating, LLC (Operating) acquired all of the outstanding membership interests in RS Investment Management Co. LLC (RSIM) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. On August 1, 2016, RSIM was merged into Victory, and RSIM's subsidiaries became subsidiaries of Victory.

        RSIM was a registered investment adviser and Delaware limited liability company formed on November 10, 1998 and provided investment advisory and related services to the RS Investment Trust (mutual funds), RS Variable Products Trust (variable investment trusts), and institutional and other clients. RSIM's four subsidiaries include RS Investment Management (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. (RSSI), RS Investments (Hong Kong) Limited (RSHK), RS Investments (UK) Limited (RSUK) and RS Funds Distributor LLC (RSFD).

        Concurrent with the RSIM acquisition, the RS Investment Trust and RS Variable Products Trust were re-organized into newly created series of the Victory Portfolios and Victory Variable Insurance Funds, and VCA became the distributor for the newly re-organized funds.

F-32


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

        The Company prepares its consolidated financial statements on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).

        All dollar amounts, except per share data in the text and tables herein, are stated in thousands unless otherwise indicated.

Retroactive Adjustments for Common Stock Split

        The Company's Board of Directors and stockholders approved a 175.194 for 1 stock split of the Company's common stock on February 1, 2018. All common share and common per share amounts in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been retroactively adjusted for all periods presented to give effect to this stock split (see Notes 13 and 16).

Principles of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

        The Company evaluates entities in which it invests and investment funds that it sponsors to determine whether the Company has a controlling financial interest in these entities and is required to consolidate them. A controlling financial interest generally exists if 1) the Company holds greater than 50% voting interest in entities controlled through voting interests or if 2) the Company has the ability to direct significant activities of a fund not controlled through voting interests (a variable interest entity or VIE) and the obligation to absorb losses of and/or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

        The Company's involvement with non-consolidated sponsored investment funds that are considered VIEs include providing investment advisory services, fund administration and distribution services and/or holding a minority interest. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company's investments in and maximum risk of loss related to unconsolidated sponsored VIE investment funds totaled $5.6 million and $2.3 million respectively which are included in available-for-sale securities and trading securities on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company has not provided financial support to these entities outside the ordinary course of business, which includes assuming operating expenses of funds for competitive or contractual reasons through fee waivers and fund expense reimbursements. The Company does not consolidate the sponsored investment funds in which it had an equity investment as it holds a minority interest, does not direct significant activities of these funds and does not have the right to receive benefits nor the obligation to absorb losses that could potentially be significant to these funds.

        During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company's involvement with other non-consolidated VIEs included an equity method investment and put and call option arrangements with Cerebellum Capital, LLC (Cerebellum). The Company's maximum risk of loss associated with Cerebellum totaled $6.0 million at December 31, 2016, which includes the $3.0 million investment and $3.0 million exposure under the put option for the purchase of additional equity (see Note 12).

F-33


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Company applies the equity method of accounting to investments where it does not hold a controlling equity interest but has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial matters. In the event that management identifies an other than temporary decline in the estimated fair value of an equity method investment to an amount below its carrying value, the investment is written down to its estimated fair value.

Use of Estimates and Assumptions

        The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Actual results may ultimately differ from those estimates and the differences may be material.

Revenue Recognition

Investment Management Fees

        Investment management fees are accrued as earned and are calculated as a contractual percentage of assets under management and advisement (AUM) and vary as levels of AUM change from inflows, outflows and market movement and with number of days in a reporting period.

        In 2016 and 2015, waivers of investment management fees from affiliated funds were immaterial and are included in investment management fees on the consolidated statements of operation. Any fees collected in advance are deferred and recognized as income over the period earned.

        Performance-based investment management fees are accrued only when the performance period is complete, the amount of revenue is no longer subject to adjustment and collectability is reasonably assured. In 2016 the Company recognized an immaterial amount of performance-based investment management fees, which are recorded in investment management fees on the consolidated statements of operations. In 2015, the Company did not have any investment management agreements that included performance-based fees.

Fund Administration and Distribution Fees

        Fund administration fees are accrued on a monthly basis and are determined based on the contractual rate applied to average daily net assets of the Victory Funds for which administration services are provided. The Company is the primary obligor and has the ability to select the service provider and establish pricing and therefore, records fund administration fees and expenses on a gross basis.

        Fund distribution fees are accrued on a monthly basis and are determined based on the contractual rate applied to average daily net assets of the Victory Funds for which distribution services are provided. The Company is the primary obligor and has the ability to select the service provider and establish pricing and therefore, records distribution fees and expenses on a gross basis.

        The fair value of AUM of Victory Funds is primarily determined using quoted market prices or independent third-party pricing services or broker price quotes. In limited circumstances, a quotation or price evaluation is not readily available from a pricing service. In these cases, pricing is determined by management based on a prescribed valuation process that has been approved by the directors/trustees of the sponsored products. The same prescribed valuation process is used to price securities in separate

F-34


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

accounts and other vehicles for which a quotation or price evaluation is not readily available from a pricing service. For the periods presented, a de minimis amount of the AUM was priced in this manner.

Distribution and Other Asset-Based Expenses

        Distribution and other asset-based expenses include broker dealer distribution, platform distribution, sub-administration, and sub-advisory expenses. These expenses are accrued on a monthly basis and are generally calculated as a percentage of AUM and vary as levels of AUM change from inflows, outflows and market movement and with the number of days in the month.

        Also included in distribution and other asset-based expenses are middle office expenses. Middle office expenses are accrued on a monthly basis and vary with changes in mutual fund, institutional and wrap separate account AUM levels, the number of accounts and volume of account transaction activity.

Restructuring and Integration Costs

        In connection with business combinations, asset purchases and changes in business strategy, the Company incurs costs integrating investment platforms, products and personnel into existing systems, processes and service provider arrangements and restructuring the business to capture operating expense synergies. In the case of business combinations, these costs are incurred after the closing date.

        These costs include severance-related expenses related to one-time benefit arrangements and contract termination costs. A liability for restructuring costs is recognized only after management has developed a formal plan to which it has committed. The costs included in the restructuring liability are those costs that are either incremental or incurred as a direct result of the plan, or are the result of a continuing contractual obligation with no continuing economic benefit to the Company, or a penalty incurred to cancel the contractual obligation. Severance expense is recorded when management has committed to a plan for a reduction in workforce, the plan has been communicated to employees and it is unlikely that there will be significant changes to the plan.

        Contract termination liabilities are recorded for contract termination costs when the Company terminates a contract or stops using the product or service covered by the contract. Contract termination liabilities are recognized and measured at fair value. Contract termination costs are recorded in

F-35


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

restructuring and integration costs on the consolidated statements of operations. A rollforward of restructuring and integration liabilities for 2016 and 2015 appears below.

(in millions)
  2016   2015  

Liability balance, beginning of year

  $ 5.0   $ 4.3  

Severance expense

             

RSIM

    7.4      

Other

        5.0  

CEMP

        0.5  

Munder

        2.1  

Contract termination expense

             

RSIM

    2.4      

CEMP

         

Munder

        0.9  

Integration costs

    0.2     0.1  

Restructuring and integration costs

    10.0     8.6  

Settlement of liabilities

    (7.6 )   (7.9 )

Liability balance, end of year

  $ 7.4   $ 5.0  

        As of December 31, 2016, $6.9 million of the liability balance was included in accrued expenses and $0.5 million was included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2015, $2.7 million of the restructuring and integration liability was included in accrued expenses and $2.3 million was included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Substantially all of the remaining restructuring and integration liability at December 31, 2016 is expected to be paid in 2017.

        As a result of recent growth and changes in the business and additional senior management hires, the Company made the decision in late 2015 to streamline the leadership team. The Company recorded $5.0 million in restructuring and integration costs on the consolidated statements of operation related to one-time benefit arrangements in connection with this restructuring plan.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash at banks, money market funds and short-term liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase. For the Company and certain subsidiaries, cash deposits at a financial institution may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits.

Investments

Available-For-Sale Securities

        Available-for-sale securities include investments in affiliated mutual funds and are recorded in available-for-sale securities on the consolidated balance sheets. Investments in available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value. Changes in fair value are recognized as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) until the securities are sold. Unrealized holdings gains or losses (to the extent such losses are

F-36


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

considered temporary) are reported net of deferred tax as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until realized. Upon disposition, the gain or loss on the security is reclassified from other comprehensive income (loss) to other income (expense) on the consolidated statements of operations. The cost of securities sold is determined using the specific identification method. Dividend income is accrued on the declaration date and is included in other income in the consolidated statements of operations. Transactions are recorded on a trade-date basis.

        The Company periodically reviews each individual security that is in an unrealized loss position to determine if the impairment is other-than-temporary. Factors that are considered in determining whether other-than-temporary declines in value have occurred include the severity and duration of the unrealized loss and the Company's ability and intent to hold the security for a length of time sufficient to allow for recovery of such unrealized losses. Impairment charges are recorded in other income (expense) on the consolidated statements of operations. No impairments were recognized as a result of such review in the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Trading Securities

        Trading securities include investments in affiliated and third party mutual funds held in a rabbi trust under a deferred compensation plan. Trading securities are recorded at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets. Changes in value in trading securities are recognized by the Company in other income (expense) on the consolidated statements of operations.

        The Company's available-for-sale and trading securities are valued through the use of quoted market prices available in an active market, which is the NAV of the funds.

Derivative Financial Instruments

        The Company evaluates financial instruments and other contracts to determine if the arrangement meets the characteristics of a derivative under ASC 815 and the criteria to use hedge accounting.

Hedging instruments

        The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk related to a portion of its long-term debt. Derivatives are recorded as other assets and other liabilities on the balance sheet and are measured at fair value. To qualify for hedge accounting, the derivative must be deemed to be highly effective in offsetting the designated changes in the hedged item. If the Company's derivatives qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of fluctuations in the fair value of the derivatives are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and reclassified, as adjustments to interest expense, as the underlying hedged item impacts earnings.

        The change in fair value of the ineffective portion of the derivative, if any, is recognized immediately in earnings. If a cash flow hedge is terminated or is no longer considered to be effective, hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. If the derivative continues to exist, future changes in fair value are accounted for in income unless the derivative is re-designated in a new qualifying hedge relationship.

F-37


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Company assesses ongoing effectiveness for its interest rate cap derivatives, which have been designated as cash flow hedges, based on total changes in the cap's cash flows and by reviewing whether there have been any changes in the critical terms of the cap or transaction being hedged or any adverse changes in the counterparty's credit. If no such changes have occurred, no ineffectiveness is recorded. If there are changes in critical terms, prospective and retrospective hedge effectiveness is assessed via a cumulative dollar offset test and ineffectiveness is recognized in earnings. No hedge ineffectiveness was recorded in the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, generally three to ten years. Improvements to leased property are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the useful life of the improvements or the term of the applicable lease. When assets are sold or retired, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in other income (expense) in earnings. Gains and losses resulting from the sale or disposal of assets as part of a restructuring plan are included in restructuring and integration costs in earnings. The cost of repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Equipment and leasehold improvements are tested for impairment whenever changes in facts or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.

Segment Reporting

        The Company operates in one business segment that provides investment management services and products to institutional and intermediary clients. The Company's determination that it has one operating segment is based on the fact that the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) reviews the Company's financial performance on an aggregate level.

Goodwill

        Goodwill represents the excess cost of the acquisition over the fair value of net assets acquired in a business combination.

        For goodwill impairment testing purposes, the Company has determined that there is only one reporting unit.

        The Company tests goodwill for impairment on annual basis, or more frequently if facts and circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. Factors that could trigger an impairment review include significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the Company's use of the acquired assets in a business combination or strategy for the Company's overall business, and significant negative industry or economic trends. The Company conducts the annual impairment assessment as of October 1st. The Company uses a qualitative approach to test for potential impairment of goodwill. If, after considering various factors, management determines that it is more likely than not that goodwill is impaired, a two-step process to test for and measure impairment is performed which begins with an estimation of the fair value of the Company by considering discounted cash flows. The assumptions used to estimate fair value include management's estimates of future growth

F-38


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

rates, operating cash flows, discount rates and terminal value. These assumptions and estimates can change in future periods based on market movement and factors impacting the expected business performance. Changes in assumptions or estimates could materially affect the determination of the fair value of the Company. If the present value of future expected cash flows falls below the recorded book value of equity, the Company's goodwill would be considered impaired. There were no impairments to goodwill recognized during the years ended December 31, 2016 or 2015.

Intangible Assets

        Intangible assets acquired by the Company outside of a business combination are initially recognized and measured based on the Company's cost to acquire the intangible assets. If a group of assets is acquired, the cost is allocated to individual assets based on their relative fair value. Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are initially recognized and measured at fair value. In valuing these assets, the Company makes assumptions regarding useful lives and projected growth rates, and significant judgment is required.

        Definite-lived intangible assets represent the value of acquired customer relationships in institutional separate accounts, collective funds, intermediary wrap separate account (wrap SMA) and unified managed account/model (UMA) programs. Definite-lived intangible assets also include intellectual property, advisory contracts that do not have a sufficient history of annual renewal and non-competition agreements.

        The Company amortizes definite-lived identifiable intangible assets on a straight-line basis over a period that is shorter than the asset's economic life as the pattern of economic benefit cannot be reliably determined. Management periodically evaluates the remaining useful lives and carrying values of the intangible assets to determine whether events and circumstances indicate that a change in the useful life or impairment in value may have occurred. Indicators of impairment monitored by management include a decline in the level of managed assets, changes to contractual provisions underlying certain intangible assets and reductions in underlying operating cash flows. Should there be an indication of a change in the useful life or impairment in value of the definite-lived intangible assets, the Company compares the carrying value of the asset to the projected undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the underlying asset over its remaining useful life to determine whether impairment has occurred. If the carrying value of the asset exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, the asset is written down to its fair value determined using discounted cash flows. The Company writes off the cost and accumulated amortization balances for all fully amortized intangible assets.

        In 2015, the Company recorded an immaterial impairment loss related to the CEMP trade name indefinite-lived intangible asset following the launch of a new logo for CEMP. There were no impairments to definite-lived intangible assets recognized in 2016 or 2015.

        Indefinite-lived intangible assets include trade names and contracts for advisory and distribution services where the Company expects to, and has the ability to continue to manage these funds indefinitely, the contracts have annual renewal provisions, and there is a high likelihood of continued renewal based on historical experience. Trade names are considered indefinite-lived intangible assets when they are expected to generate cash flows indefinitely.

        Indefinite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment annually as of October 1st using a qualitative approach which requires that positive and negative evidence collected as a result of considering

F-39


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

various factors be weighed in order to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. In addition, periodically management reconsiders whether events or circumstances indicate that a change in the useful life may have occurred.

        Indicators of a possible change in useful life monitored by management include a significant decline in the level of managed assets, changes to legal, regulatory or contractual provisions of the renewable investment advisory contracts and reductions in underlying operating cash flows. The Company estimates the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset and compares it to the book value of the asset to determine whether an impairment charge is necessary. Impairment is indicated when the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value. There were no impairments to indefinite-lived intangible assets recognized during the years ended December 31, 2016 or 2015.

Accounts Receivable

        Accounts receivable includes investment management, fund administration, and fund distribution fees due from the Victory Funds and Victory ETFs and investment management fees due from non-affiliated parties. Provision for credit losses on customer accounts is made in amounts required to maintain an adequate allowance to cover anticipated losses. All accounts receivable were determined to be collectible as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and accordingly, no reserve for credit losses and no provision for credit losses were recognized as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Other Receivables

        Other receivables primarily include income and other taxes receivable and amounts due to the Company under a contract with a third party acquired in the acquisition of RSIM. All amounts included in other receivables were determined to be collectible as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Share-Based Compensation

        Compensation expense related to share-based payments is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award. The fair value of each option granted is estimated using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The Black-Scholes option valuation model incorporates assumptions as to dividend yield, expected volatility, an appropriate risk-free interest rate and the expected life of the option. Compensation expense is adjusted for estimated forfeitures and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the total vesting period of the award for restricted share awards and the service portion of stock option awards. Compensation expense for performance based stock option awards is recognized on an accelerated basis over the requisite service period if it is probable that the performance conditions will be satisfied. Compensation expense is adjusted for estimated forfeitures.

        The corresponding credit for restricted share and stock option compensation expense is recorded to additional paid in capital.

        As the Company was not a taxpayer in 2015 and 2016 due to net operating loss carryforwards, stock based compensation deductions for tax provision purposes were limited to the amount of the expense recorded for financial reporting purposes for vested restricted shares, stock options cancelled with cash payment in lieu of exercise, dividends paid on newly vested restricted shares and the cash bonus equivalent of dividends paid on vested options in 2015 and 2016.

F-40


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Earnings per share

        The calculation of basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of shares of the Company's common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is similar to basic earnings per share, but adjusts for the dilutive effect of the potential issuance of incremental shares of the Company's common stock. The Company had vested and unvested stock options and unvested restricted stock grants outstanding during the periods presented and applies the treasury stock method to these securities in its calculation of diluted earnings per share. The treasury stock method assumes that the proceeds of exercise are used to purchase common stock at the average market price for the period. The Company does not have any participating securities that would require the use of the two-class method of computing earnings per share.

Deferred Financing Fees

        The costs of obtaining term loan financing are capitalized in long-term debt and amortized to interest expense over the term of the respective financing using the effective interest method. The costs of obtaining revolving line of credit financing are capitalized in other assets and amortized to interest expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the facility.

Debt Modification

        Gains and losses on debt modifications that are considered extinguishments are recognized in current earnings. Debt modifications that are not considered extinguishments are accounted for prospectively through yield adjustments, based on the revised terms. Legal fees and other costs incurred with third parties that are directly related to debt modifications are expensed as incurred and included in acquisition-related costs on the consolidated statements of operations. During 2016, the Company expensed $0.8 million in costs related to debt modifications upon the issuance of Incremental Term Loan 2 to finance the RSIM acquisition (see Note 10). The analysis as to whether a modification of debt is an extinguishment or modification is performed on a creditor-by-creditor basis.

Leases

        The Company currently leases office space and equipment under various leasing arrangements. As these leases expire, it can be expected that in the normal course of business they will be renewed or replaced. Leases are classified as either capital leases or operating leases, as appropriate. Lease agreements that are classified as operating leases may contain renewal options, rent escalation clauses or other inducements provided by the landlord. Rent expense is accrued to recognize lease escalation provisions and inducements provided by the landlord, if any, on a straight-line basis over the lease term commencing when the Company obtains the right to control the use of the leased property.

Treasury Stock

        Acquisitions of treasury stock are recorded at cost. Treasury stock held is reported as a deduction from stockholders' equity on the consolidated balance sheets. At the date of subsequent reissue, the treasury stock account is reduced by the cost of such stock on a specific-identification basis. Additional paid-in capital from treasury stock transactions is increased as the Company reissues treasury stock for

F-41


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

more than the cost of the shares. If the Company issues treasury stock for less than its cost, additional paid-in capital from treasury stock transactions is reduced to no less than zero. Once this account is at zero, any further required reductions are recorded to retained deficit on the consolidated balance sheets. To date, the Company has not reissued any treasury stock.

Foreign Currency Transactions

        The financial statements of RSSI, RSHK and RSUK, which operate outside of the United States (U.S.), are measured using the local currency as the functional currency. Adjustments to translate those statements into U.S. dollars are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) (OCI), which were immaterial in amount at December 31, 2016. There was no currency translation adjustments in accumulated OCI at December 31, 2015.

        Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are recorded using the exchange rate on the date of the transaction. Exchange differences arising on the settlement of financial assets and liabilities are recorded in other income (expense) on the consolidated statements of operations. Foreign exchange gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2016 were immaterial. There were no foreign exchange gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Income Taxes

        Income taxes are accounted for using the assets and liability method as required by ASC 740, Income Taxes (ASC 740). Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Deferred tax liabilities are generally attributable to indefinite-lived intangible assets and depreciation. Deferred tax assets are generally attributable to definite-lived intangible assets, stock compensation, deferred compensation and federal, state and foreign loss carryforwards and the benefit of uncertain tax positions. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

        The Company assesses whether a valuation allowance should be established against its deferred income tax assets based on consideration of all available evidence, both positive and negative, using a more likely than not standard. The assessment considers, among other matters, the nature, frequency and severity of recent operating results, forecasts of future profitability, the duration of statutory carry back and carry forward periods and the Company's experience with tax attributes expiring unused. Changes in circumstance could cause the Company to revalue its deferred tax balances with the resulting change impacting the consolidated statements of operations in the period of the change.

        The Company records income tax liabilities pursuant to ASC 740, which prescribes the recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. It also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification of interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. For tax positions meeting a "more-likely-than-not" threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest amount of benefit greater than 50% likely of being sustained. The more-likely-than-not threshold must continue to be met in each reporting period to support continued recognition of the benefit. The Company's accounting policy with respect to interest and penalties related to tax uncertainties is to classify these amounts as income taxes.

F-42


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Loss Contingencies

        The Company continuously reviews any investor, client, employee or vendor complaints and pending or threatened litigation. The Company evaluates the likelihood that a loss contingency exists under the criteria of applicable accounting standards through consultation with legal counsel and records a loss contingency, inclusive of legal costs, if the contingency is probable and reasonably estimable at the date of the financial statements.

Business Combinations

        The Company accounts for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting and allocates the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values on the date of acquisition. The fair values are determined in accordance with the guidance in ASC 820 based on valuations performed by the Company and independent valuation specialists.

Contingent and Deferred Payment Arrangements

        The Company periodically enters into contingent and/or deferred payment arrangements in connection with its business combinations. Liabilities under contingent and deferred payment arrangements are recorded in consideration payable for acquisition of business on the consolidated balance sheets. In contingent payment arrangements, the Company agrees to pay additional consideration to the sellers based on future performance, such as future net revenue levels. The Company estimates the fair value of these potential future obligations at the time a business combination is consummated and records a liability on the consolidated balance sheet at estimated fair value. In deferred payment arrangements, the Company records a liability on the consolidated balance sheet for the estimated fair value, which is the present value, of the future payments as of the acquisition date.

        If the Company's expected payments under contingent payment obligations subsequently change, the obligation is reduced or increased in the current period resulting in a gain or loss, respectively. Gains and losses resulting from changes to expected payments under contingent payment obligations are reflected in change in value of consideration payable for acquisition of business in the consolidated statements of operations.

        The Company accretes deferred payment obligations to their expected payment amounts over the period covered by the arrangement. Accretion expense related to deferred payment obligations is reflected in interest expense and other financing costs on the consolidated statements of operations and totaled $0.7 million and $0.5 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists. The adoption of the standard did not have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.

        In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, to clarify the principles of recognizing revenue from contracts with customer and to improve financial reporting by creating common revenue recognition guidance for GAAP and International Financial Reporting

F-43


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Standards. This ASU will supersede existing revenue recognition guidance and require the following steps when recognizing revenue under ASU 2014-09: 1) identify the contract with the customer 2) identify performance obligations in the contract 3) determine the transaction price 4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract and 5) recognize revenue when or as the entity satisfies the performance obligation. This ASU also requires additional disclosures related to the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts. An entity may apply the new guidance by using one of two methods 1) retrospective application to each prior reporting period presented or 2) a modified retrospective approach, requiring the standard by applied only to the most current period presented, with the cumulative effect of initially applying the standard recognized at the date of initial application. ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period, for non-emerging growth companies, and for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period, for the Company. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact on its financial statements.

        In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern, providing guidance on management's responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. The Company adopted this guidance in 2016, and the adoption did not impact its consolidated financial statements.

        In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02 simplifying current consolidation rules. The new guidance makes consolidation of a variable interest entity (VIE) less likely by a decision maker or service provider involved with a VIE. The Company adopted this guidance in 2016, and the adoption did not impact its consolidated financial statements.

        In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, which requires debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability to be presented in the balance sheet as a deduction from the carrying amount of the debt, consistent with debt discounts, rather than in other assets. The amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015. In August 2015, the FASB further clarified that debt issuance costs associated with line of credit arrangements may continue to be presented as assets and amortized over the term of the line of credit facility. The Company adopted ASU 2015-03 in the first quarter of 2016 and reclassified term loan debt issuance costs totaling $10.0 million from other assets to a reduction of long-term debt on the consolidated balance sheets.

        In May 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-07, eliminating the requirement to categorize investments measured using the net asset value (NAV) practical expedient in the fair value hierarchy and changing certain disclosure requirements related to investments measured using the NAV practical expedient. The Company adopted ASU 2015-07 in 2016 and removed its available-for-sale investments and trading investments, which are measured using the NAV practical expedient, from the fair value hierarchy in Note 4.

        In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, eliminating the requirement that an acquirer in a business combination account for a measurement-period adjustment retrospectively. Instead, an acquirer will recognize a measurement-period adjustment during the period in which the amount of the adjustment

F-44


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

is determined. The Company will adopt the new standard in 2017 and does not expect the adoption to impact the consolidated financial statements.

        In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17 requiring deferred tax assets and liabilities to be classified as non-current on the balance sheet instead of being split between current and noncurrent. The update is effective for non-emerging growth companies in annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period, and for the Company, in annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within that reporting period. Management does not believe the adoption of the new guidance in 2017 will have a significant impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In early 2016, the FASB issued Update 2016-01. This update requires equity securities to be measured at fair value and changes in the fair value of equity securities to be recognized in net income. The update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 for non-emerging growth companies and for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2018 for the Company. Management does not expect the adoption of the standard to have a significant impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In February 2016, the FASB issued Update 2016-02 on leases. The new guidance requires lessees to record most leases on their balance sheets. Expense will be recognized in the income statement in a manner that is similar to today's accounting. The update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 for non-emerging growth companies and for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 for the Company. The Company is in the early process of analyzing how the new rules will impact financial reporting.

        In March 2016, the FASB issued Update 2016-09 on stock compensation. This update is meant to remove the cost and complexity of reporting on employee share-based payments and to address the tax reporting, forfeitures, and expected term related to equity awards. The update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016 for non-emerging growth companies and for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 for the Company. The Company is currently analyzing how the new rules will impact the accounting and reporting related to share-based payments.

        In August 2016, the FASB issued Update 2016-15. The update provides guidance on certain cash flow statement classifications that were previously unclear or lacked specific guidance. The classifications addressed in the update include debt extinguishment costs, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, and distributions received from equity method investees. The update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 for non-emerging growth companies and for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 for the Company. The Company is in the process of analyzing how the new rules will impact financial reporting.

3. Acquisitions

        On November 1, 2014, the Company acquired all of the outstanding membership interests in Munder. In 2015, the Company re-valued consideration payable and recorded a $1.3 million liability and expense. Also, in 2015, the Company paid sellers deferred consideration of $2.1 million in cash and an additional $1.3 million in cash which satisfied the remaining consideration payable. All amounts previously held in escrow have been released to sellers.

F-45


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

3. Acquisitions (Continued)

        On November 26, 2014, the Company signed an asset purchase agreement with CEMP, a Tennessee limited liability company and rules-based index investment manager offering mutual fund and ETF products. The transaction closed on April 30, 2015.

        Consideration for the CEMP transaction included cash payments of $15.8 million on the closing date and an additional $0.2 million in May 2015 as well as a total of $10.7 million in future base payments and a total of $3.1 million in future earn-out payments. The base payments and earn-out payments will be made to sellers following each of the first four anniversaries of the closing date. Each annual base payment is fixed in amount, with the amounts increasing over the four year period. The earn-out payments are calculated as a fixed percentage of the net revenue earned by the Company on the CEMP business over the twelve month period ending on each of the first four anniversaries of the CEMP closing date. The first base payment and earn-out payment were made in 2016.

        The fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed were determined in accordance with the guidance in ASC 820 based on valuations performed by an independent valuation specialist and are disclosed in the table below.

        The following represents the May 1, 2015 allocation of the purchase price of the CEMP acquisition, all dollars are in thousands:

Investment management fees receivable

  $ 569  

Other receivables

    656  

Prepaid expenses

    32  

Property and equipment

    12  

Intangible assets

    10,694  

Goodwill

    18,703  

Accrued compensation

    (54 )

Accrued expenses

    (984 )

Consideration payable for acquisition of business

    (13,779 )

Consideration paid at closing, net of cash acquired

  $ 15,849  

        Intangible assets acquired in the CEMP transaction include advisory contracts with the CEMP mutual funds and ETFs, trade name, intellectual property and non-competition clause, which were valued using the income approach by discounting future cash flows to their present value at a risk adjusted required rate of return. Significant assumptions related to the May 1, 2015 valuation of assets and liabilities include the following:

    The advisory contracts with the CEMP mutual fund and ETFs were valued using an excess earnings model and were assigned a definite life.

    The investment process and trade name intangible assets were valued using the relief from royalty approach and assumed 15% and 1% royalty rates respectively.

    The non-competition provision was valued using an economic loss model, which considers a base case scenario with a sensitivity analysis of certain scenarios without the non-competition clause in place.

F-46


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

3. Acquisitions (Continued)

        The acquisition date fair value of the base payment liability was determined by discounting the four required annual payments by the Company's pre-tax cost of debt. The liability is being accreted to the amount of cash to be paid in the future.

        The acquisition date fair value of the earn-out payment liability of $3.1 million was calculated by discounting the probability-weighted future cash flows under a base case scenario and various sensitized scenarios.

        As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the earn-out liability was valued at $1.5 million and $1.9 million respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded gains in the amount of $0.4 million and $1.2 million as a result of decreases in the estimated fair value of future earn-out payments. The Company paid sellers a total of $1.3 million in base payments and earn-out payments in 2016.

        On December 17, 2015, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire RSIM, a Delaware limited liability company and SEC registered investment advisor, and RSIM's wholly-owned subsidiaries, including RS Funds Distributor LLC, an SEC registered broker dealer and FINRA member, and RSIM's three non-U.S. subsidiaries. RSIM provided investment advisory and related services to the RS Investment Trust (mutual funds) and RS Variable Products Trust (variable investment trusts), collectively referred to as the RS Funds, private investment unit trusts, institutional and other clients.

        On July 29, 2016, the RSIM acquisition closed for total purchase consideration, net of cash acquired, of $221.6 million.

        The Company paid cash consideration, net of cash acquired, of $204.4 million on July 29, 2016 and on that date issued $5.1 million of equity to RSIM employees in exchange for certain of their outstanding RSIM membership interests. The Company paid additional cash consideration of $6.5 million in the third and fourth quarters of 2016. Cash consideration of $5.0 million was paid in the first quarter of 2017; the remaining consideration of $0.6 million is expected to be paid by the end of the third quarter in 2017.

        A total of $36.1 million of the cash paid at closing was placed in escrow. Since the closing date, $14.0 million has been released to sellers. The remaining $22.1 million remains in escrow through the fourth quarter of 2017 and is available to compensate the Company for eligible claims under the merger agreement's indemnification provisions.

F-47


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

3. Acquisitions (Continued)

        The Company used an independent valuation specialist to assist with the determination of fair value for certain of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities that are disclosed below.

Investment management fees receivable

  $ 12,368  

Fund distribution fees receivable

    180  

Available-for-sale securities

    900  

Other receivables

    29,192  

Prepaid expenses

    1,867  

Property and equipment

    4,956  

Other assets

    302  

Intangible assets

    132,200  

Goodwill

    64,376  

Accrued expenses

    (10,628 )

Accrued compensation

    (14,075 )

Total consideration, net of cash acquired

  $ 221,638  

        Significant assumptions related to the acquisition date valuation of assets and liabilities include the following:

    The advisory contracts with the RS Funds were valued using an excess earnings model and assumed a 3% attrition rate.

    The institutional customer relationships were valued using an excess earnings model and assumed a 10% attrition rate.

    The trade name intangible asset was valued using the relief from royalty approach and assumed a 1% royalty rate.

        In addition to the intangible assets described above, the Company recorded a $25.6 million receivable for cash flows expected to be received from a third party under an agreement signed by RSIM with that party for the transfer of certain separate accounts in 2014. Pursuant to this agreement, Victory is now entitled to receive earn-out payments from the buyer in the form of revenue share on the transferred separate accounts through December 31, 2018.

        The acquisition date fair value of the amounts receivable under this arrangement was calculated by discounting the probability-weighted future cash flows under a base case scenario and various sensitized scenarios. The discount rate used was 6.2% which represents the Company's estimated pre-tax cost of debt at the acquisition date. Interest income on the consideration receivable is being accreted over the life of the receivable and is accrued quarterly and included in interest income and other income in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company collected $3.3 million of this receivable in 2016. As of December 31, 2016, the receivable totaled $22.7 million, which is recorded in other receivables on the consolidated balance sheets.

        The Company's consolidated financial statements include RSIM's operating results from the date of acquisition through December 31, 2016. The following unaudited pro forma information gives effect to the Company's acquisition of RSIM as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2015 and RSIM had been

F-48


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

3. Acquisitions (Continued)

included in the Company's consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 
  Pro Forma Data
for the Year Ended
December 31,
 
(in millions)
  2016   2015  

Revenue

  $ 381.1   $ 420.6  

Net loss

    (22.1 )   (48.2 )

        The historical consolidated financial information of the Company and RSIM has been adjusted to give effect to pro forma events that are directly attributable to the transaction, factually supportable and expected to have continuing impact on the combined results. These amounts have been calculated after adjusting the results of RSIM to reflect additional interest expense and income taxes as well as intangible asset amortization that would have been charged assuming the fair value adjustments had been applied on January 1, 2015. In addition, the Company's and RSIM's results were adjusted to remove incentive compensation, legal fees and mutual fund proxy costs directly attributable to the acquisition.

        For the period from July 30, 2016 to December 31, 2016, RSIM revenue was $53.4 million. Net income attributable to RSIM is impractical to determine as the Company does not prepare discrete financial information at that level.

        Costs related to each of the acquisitions are summarized below and include legal and filing fees, advisory services, mutual fund proxy voting costs and other one-time expenses related to the transactions. These costs were expensed in 2016 and 2015 and are included in acquisition-related costs in the consolidated statements of operations.

 
  Acquisition-
related costs
 
(in millions)
  2016   2015  

RSIM

  $ 6.4   $ 2.0  

CEMP

        0.7  

Munder

        0.5  

Other

    0.2      

  $ 6.6   $ 3.2  

        In 2016, the Company incurred additional costs of $6.1 million of which $5.9 million was capitalized as debt issuance costs and $0.2 million was recorded as equity issuance costs.

4. Fair Value Measurements

        The Company determines the fair value of certain financial and nonfinancial assets and liabilities. Fair value is determined based on the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value determinations utilize a valuation hierarchy based upon the transparency of inputs used in the valuation of an asset or liability.

F-49


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

4. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

        Classification within the fair value hierarchy contains three levels:

    Level 1—Valuation inputs are unadjusted quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

    Level 2—Valuation inputs are quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, quoted market prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and other observable inputs directly or indirectly related to the asset or liability being measured.

    Level 3—Valuation inputs are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. These inputs reflect management's own assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability.

        The table below shows assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis, all dollars are in thousands:

 
  As of December 31, 2016  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Financial Assets

                         

Interest rate cap

    20         20      

Total Financial Assets

  $ 20   $   $ 20   $  

Financial Liabilities

                         

Contingent Consideration Arrangements

  $ (1,523 ) $   $   $ (1,523 )

Total Financial Liabilities

  $ (1,523 ) $   $   $ (1,523 )

 

 
  As of December 31, 2015  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Financial Assets

                         

Interest rate cap

    275         275      

Total Financial Assets

  $ 275   $   $ 275   $  

Financial Liabilities

                         

Contingent Consideration Arrangements

  $ (1,926 ) $   $   $ (1,926 )

Total Financial Liabilities

  $ (1,926 ) $   $   $ (1,926 )

        The fair value of the Company's interest rate cap is included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. Pricing is determined based on a third-party, model-derived valuation in which all significant inputs are observable in active markets (Level 2).

        Contingent consideration arrangements at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 consist of the CEMP earn-out payment liability, which is included in consideration payable for acquisition of business on the consolidated balance sheets. Level 3 inputs were utilized to determine fair value, or the present value of the expected future settlement, of the contingent consideration arrangement (see Note 3).

        Significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value calculation for this obligation include discount rates and growth assumptions.

F-50


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

4. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

        Four scenarios were used in formulating the growth rate assumptions with varying levels of revenue growth and were probability-weighted. An increase to the discount rate would result in a lower fair value, while an increase to growth rate assumptions would result in a higher fair value.

 
  Contingent
Consideration
Arrangements
 

Balance, December 31, 2014

  $  

Munder change in fair value measurement

    (1,316 )

Munder payment

    1,316  

CEMP initial liability

    (3,050 )

CEMP change in fair value measurement

    1,124  

Balance, December 31, 2015

  $ (1,926 )

CEMP change in fair value measurement

    378  

CEMP year 1 earn-out payment

    25  

Balance, December 31, 2016

  $ (1,523 )

        There were no transfers between any of the Level 1, 2 and 3 categories in the fair value measurement hierarchy for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. The Company recognizes transfers at the end of the reporting period.

        The net carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximates fair value, due to the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities. The fair value of the Company's long-term debt at December 31, 2016 and 2015 is considered to be its carrying amount as the interest rate reset with the issuance of Incremental Term Loan 2 in July 2016. In addition, Incremental Term Loan 3 (see Note 10) in February 2017 was issued with terms similar to those of the Term Loans at December 31, 2016. Level 2 inputs are utilized to determine the fair value of the Company's long-term debt.

        The fair value of investments measured using the net asset value practical expedient at December 31, 2016 and 2015 totaled $6.2 million and $3.4 million respectively.

5. Related-Party Transactions

        The Company considers certain funds that it manages, including the Victory Funds, the Victory ETFs, the Victory Collective Funds and Victory Capital Series, LLC, to be related parties as a result of the Company's advisory relationship.

        The Company receives investment management, administrative and distribution fees in accordance with contracts that Victory and VCA have with the Victory Funds. The Company also receives investment management fees from the Victory ETFs, Victory Collective Funds and Victory Capital Series, LLC under Victory's advisory contracts with these funds.

        Under the terms of monitoring agreements with affiliates of two shareholders of the Company, the Company pays annual fees for monitoring services which are included in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

F-51


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

5. Related-Party Transactions (Continued)

        In March 2016, the Company issued a promissory note for $1.7 million for amounts due upon repurchase of Company common stock from a shareholder (see Note 10).

        A summary of the balances and transactions involving related parties appears below.

 
  As of December 31  
 
  2016   2015  

Related party assets

             

Investment management fees receivable from affiliates

  $ 20,811   $ 10,699  

Fund distribution fees receivable from affiliates

    1,937     2,066  

Fund administration fees receivable from affiliates

    1,493     1,282  

Fund expense reimbursements due from affiliates

    1,174     181  

Available-for-sale securities, at fair value

    525     532  

Trading securities of affiliated funds, at fair value

    5,054     1,800  

Total related party assets

  $ 30,994   $ 16,560  

Related party liabilities

             

Fund expense reimbursements payable to affiliates

  $ 2,380   $ 732  

Promissory note

    1,245      

Total related party liabilities

  $ 3,625   $ 732  

 

 
  Year ended December 31  
 
  2016   2015  

Related party revenue

             

Investment management fees from affiliates

  $ 171,112   $ 124,338  

Fund administration fees from affiliates

    16,668     14,879  

Fund distribution fees from affiliates

    32,733     24,331  

Total related party revenue

  $ 220,513   $ 163,548  

Related party expense

             

Fund expense reimbursements to affiliates

  $ 10,342   $ 5,179  

Monitoring fees

    1,150     1,150  

Total related party expense

    11,492     6,329  

Related party other income/(expense)

             

Realized gains/(losses) on available-for-sale securities, net

  $ 51   $ (3 )

Unrealized gains/(losses) on trading securities of affiliated funds, net

    173     (174 )

Interest on promissory note

    (42 )    

Total related party other income/(expense)

  $ 182   $ (177 )

F-52


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

6. Investments

        The Company holds both available-for-sale securities and trading securities. A summary of the cost and fair value of investments classified as available-for-sale investments is as follows:

 
   
  Gross Unrealized    
 
 
   
  Fair
Value
 
(in thousands)
  Cost   Gains   (Losses)  

As of December 31, 2016

  $ 548   $ 4   $ (27 ) $ 525  

As of December 31, 2015

    583         (51 )   532  

        As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, available-for-sale investments consisted entirely of investments in Victory sponsored mutual funds. Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investments are recorded, net of tax, to accumulated other comprehensive loss.

        A summary of the cost and fair value of investments classified as trading securities is as follows:

 
   
  Gross Unrealized    
 
(in thousands)
  Cost   Gains   (Losses)   Fair Value  

As of December 31, 2016

  $ 5,453   $ 406   $ (221 ) $ 5,638  

As of December 31, 2015

    3,034         (196 )   2,838  

        As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, trading securities included Victory sponsored and third party mutual funds held under a deferred compensation plan. Unrealized gains and losses on trading securities are recorded in earnings in other income (expense).

        Sales of investments throughout the year result in realized gains or losses that are recognized on the consolidated statements of operations as other income (expense). As part of the acquisition of RSIM, the Company acquired certain securities classified as available-for-sale and liquidated them before year-end. The details of investment sales are as follows:

 
   
  Realized  
 
  Sale
Proceeds
 
As of December 31, 2016
(in thousands)
  Gains   (Losses)  

Available-for-sale investments

  $ 1,290   $ 78   $ (27 )

Trading investments

    2,585     64     (72 )

 

 
   
  Realized  
 
  Sale
Proceeds
 
As of December 31, 2015
(in thousands)
  Gains   (Losses)  

Available-for-sale investments

  $ 792   $ 14   $ (17 )

Trading investments

    2,132     4     (91 )

F-53


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

7. Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment consisted of the following as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, all dollars are in thousands:

 
  2016   2015  

Equipment, Purchased Software and Implementation Costs

  $ 10,979   $ 8,925  

Leasehold Improvements

    4,274     839  

Furniture and Fixtures

    1,382     593  

Total

    16,635     10,357  

Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization

    (7,091 )   (3,765 )

Total Property and Equipment, Net

  $ 9,544   $ 6,592  

        Depreciation and amortization expense for property and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2016 and period ended December 31, 2015, was $3.2 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

8. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        The table below shows changes in the goodwill balance from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016, all dollars are in thousands:

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $ 201,029  

Goodwill recorded upon acquisition of Compass

    18,703  

Balance at December 31, 2015

  $ 219,732  

Goodwill recorded upon acquisition of RSIM

    64,376  

Balance at December 31, 2016

  $ 284,108  

Identifiable Intangible Assets

        A summary of definite-lived intangible assets by type appears on the next page, all dollars are in thousands.

 
  Customer
Relationships
  Fund Advisory
Contracts
  Intellectual
Property/Other
  Totals  

Gross Book Value—12/31/15

  $ 108,600   $ 2,368   $ 7,177     118,145  

2015 Accumulated Amortization

    (36,836 )   (526 )   (1,516 )   (38,878 )

2015 Net Book Value—12/31/15

  $ 71,764   $ 1,842   $ 5,661   $ 79,267  

Weighted Average Useful Life (yrs)

    3.2     2.3     2.6     3.2  

Gross Book Value—12/31/16

 
$

123,200
 
$

2,368
 
$

7,177
 
$

132,745
 

2016 Accumulated Amortization

    (61,022 )   (1,316 )   (3,789 )   (66,127 )

2016 Net Book Value—12/31/16

  $ 62,178   $ 1,052   $ 3,388   $ 66,618  

Weighted Average Useful Life (yrs)

    2.5     1.3     1.6     2.4  

F-54


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

8. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Continued)

        Amortization expense for definite-lived intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, was $27.2 million and $25.0 million, respectively, and is recorded in depreciation and amortization within the consolidated statements of operations.

        Estimated amortization expense for definite-lived intangible assets for each of the five succeeding years is as follows, all dollars are in thousands:

2017

  $ 26,349  

2018

    20,038  

2019

    15,548  

2020

    2,979  

2021

    1,704  

  $ 66,618  

        The carrying amount of indefinite-lived intangible assets, which are not amortized, totaled $367.7 million at December 31, 2016, and included $342.9 million for advisory and distribution contracts with the Victory Funds and $24.8 million related to the Victory, Munder, Integrity, CEMP and RSIM trade names. At December 31, 2015, indefinite-lived intangible assets totaled $250.1 million and included $230.7 million for advisory and distribution contracts with the Victory Funds and $19.4 million related to the Victory, Munder, Integrity and CEMP trade names.

9. Income Taxes

        The provision for income taxes consists of the following for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, all dollars are in thousands:

 
  2016   2015  

Current tax expense (benefit):

             

Federal

  $ (3 ) $ 129  

State

    93     813  

Foreign

    (10 )    

Total current tax expense (benefit)

    80     942  

Deferred tax expense (benefit):

             

Federal

    (2,728 )   2,188  

State

    (388 )   292  

Foreign

    36      

Total deferred tax expense (benefit)

    (3,080 )   2,480  

Income tax expense (benefit)

  $ (3,000 ) $ 3,422  

F-55


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

9. Income Taxes (Continued)

        The effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily as a result of certain non-deductible expenses and state and local income taxes as follows.

 
  2016   2015  

Federal income tax at U.S. statutory rate

    35.0 %   35.0 %

State income tax rate, net of federal tax benefit

    1.2 %   7.6 %

Prior year provision to return adjustment

    0.3 %   2.5 %

Change of state income tax rate, net of federal tax benefit

    0.5 %   –0.2 %

Non-deductible expenses

    –3.1 %   2.4 %

Other—foreign taxes

    –0.9 %   0.1 %

Income tax expense (benefit)

    33.0 %   47.4 %

        Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amount used for income tax reporting purposes.

        In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers the reversal of deferred tax liabilities as well as projections of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences are expected to reverse. Based on the consideration of these facts, the Company believes it is more likely than not that all of its gross deferred tax assets will be realized in the future, and as a result has not recorded a valuation allowance on these amounts as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

F-56


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

9. Income Taxes (Continued)

        The components of deferred income tax assets and liabilities were as follows at December 31, 2016 and 2015, all dollars are in thousands:

 
  2016   2015  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Definite-lived intangible assets

  $ 17,703   $ 10,503  

Share-based compensation expense

    5,619     4,257  

Acquisition-related costs

    6,740     5,121  

Deferred compensation

    2,163     1,093  

Loss carryforward

    6,497     335  

Restructuring expenses

    2,995     1,860  

Other comprehensive loss

    330     327  

Debt issuance costs

        127  

Contingent consideration arrangements

    448     485  

CEMP goodwill

    556     716  

AMT credit carryforward

    125     129  

Other

    38     101  

Total deferred tax assets

    43,214     25,054  

Deferred tax liabilities:

   
 
   
 
 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets

    31,111     17,828  

Debt issuance costs

    2,762      

Share-based compensation expense

    155     398  

Prepaid insurance

    48     335  

Depreciation

    470     1,031  

Prepaid commissions

    267     134  

CEMP base payments interest expense

    373     581  

Change in value of consideration payable for acquisition of business

    576     434  

Total deferred tax liabilities

    35,762     20,741  

Net deferred tax assets

  $ 7,452   $ 4,313  

        The Company had net operating loss carryforwards of $1.0 million from 2014 and $16.5 million from 2016 that will expire in 2034 and 2036 respectively.

        The Company has analyzed its tax positions for all open years (December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015) and has concluded that no provision for income tax is required in the financial statements.

        The Company did not record any amounts at December 31, 2016 or 2015 related to uncertain tax positions or tax contingencies.

F-57


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

10. Debt

        As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the debt of the Company consists of the following:

Senior Credit Facility

        On October 31, 2014, Operating entered into a syndicated senior credit facility (the Credit Agreement), which provides for a seven-year $295 million term-loan facility (the Term Loan) and a five-year $25 million revolving credit facility (the Revolver Commitments). The Term Loan was issued at a discount of $2.95 million, and proceeds from the facility were utilized to pay off prior debt, acquire Munder and pay transaction costs to lenders and other third parties

        On May 5, 2015, the Credit Agreement was amended to increase principal borrowed under the Term Loan facility by $50 million (Incremental Term Loan). Proceeds from the Incremental Term Loan were used to make a $50 million special distribution to the Company's shareholders. The Incremental Term Loan was issued at a discount of $0.4 million and the Company incurred $2.0 million in new debt issuance costs.

        On July 29, 2016, the Credit Agreement was amended to increase principal borrowed under the Term Loan facility by $135 million (Incremental Term Loan 2). Proceeds from Incremental Term Loan 2 were used to finance the RSIM acquisition and pay transaction costs to lenders and other third parties. Incremental Term Loan 2 was issued at a discount of $5.0 million. The Company incurred $6.7 million in costs related to the issuance of Incremental Term Loan 2, of which $5.9 million was recorded in debt issuance costs and capitalized to long-term debt and $0.8 million was expensed and is included in acquisition-related costs.

        The Term Loan, Incremental Term Loan and Incremental Term Loan 2 are hereafter collectively referred to as the Term Loans.

        As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the unamortized debt discount is $6.7 million and $2.7 million respectively, and is included in long-term debt on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company recorded $1.0 million and $0.5 million of debt discount amortization expense in 2016 and 2015, respectively, which is included in interest expense and other financing costs on the consolidated statements of operations.

        Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are designated as either Eurocurrency or Alternative Base Rate (ABR) Loans. Until the issuance of Incremental Term Loan 2, Eurocurrency Loans accrued interest at a rate equal to the LIBOR rate for that interest period multiplied by the Statutory Reserve Rate plus 6.0%. With the issuance of Incremental Term Loan 2, the spread above the LIBOR rate for Eurocurrency Loans increased from 6.0% to 7.5%. For the Term Loans only, the adjusted LIBOR rate for Eurocurrency Loans is subject to a 1.0% floor. ABR Loans bear interest at an annual rate equal to the sum of a) the greatest of the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 1 / 2 of 1%, or the adjusted one month LIBOR rate plus 100 basis points and b) 6.5%. Revolver Commitment borrowings may be prepaid at any time without penalty. With the amendment to the Credit Agreement on July 29, 2016, a prepayment penalty of 1.0% went into effect for the Term Loans for one year in the event all or a portion of the Term Loans are repaid or refinanced with debt having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield less than that of the Term Loans through other than a change of control transaction.

        As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Term Loans were designated as Eurocurrency Loans with an interest period of three months. The interest rate per annum was 8.5% as of December 31, 2016 and

F-58


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

10. Debt (Continued)

7.0% per annum as of December 31, 2015. Including the impact of amortization of debt issue costs and original issue discount described herein, the effective yield for obligations under the Term Loans for 2016 and 2015 was 9.59% and 7.79% respectively.

        Prior to the issuance of the Incremental Term Loan, Term Loan principal was repaid quarterly at the end of each calendar quarter in an amount equal to 1.25% multiplied by initial principal of $295 million. With the issuance of the Incremental Term Loan, the terms of the Term Loan facility were changed to require principal payments at the end of each calendar quarter of $4.3 million. The required principal payments increased to $6.2 million per calendar quarter under the terms of the Credit Agreement as amended upon the issuance of Incremental Term Loan 2. Additional required principal payments are triggered upon receipt of certain proceeds and generation of excess cash. The final scheduled principal payment on the outstanding borrowings under the Term Loans is due on October 31, 2021.

        As of December 31, 2016, $3.5 million was outstanding on the Revolver Commitments, which was repaid in full on January 5, 2017. As of December 31, 2015, no borrowings were outstanding under the Revolver Commitments. Outstandings under the Revolver Commitments are included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

        Borrowings and interest under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. (Holdings) and Victory and are collateralized by certain assets of Holdings and Operating. The Credit Agreement restricts Operating's, and Holdings' ability to incur additional indebtedness, issue capital securities, make investments, pay dividends, use assets as security in other transactions, sell certain assets, or merge with or into other companies. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, Operating was in compliance with all covenants for the Credit Agreement.

        Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $29.5 million and $22.6 million respectively. Debt issuance costs related to the Term Loans totaled $18.2 million and $12.3 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015 and are net of amortization of $4.8 million and $2.3 million respectively. Upon adoption of ASU 2015-03 in 2016, debt issuance costs related to the Term Loans were reclassified to long-term debt on the balance sheet. Debt issuance costs related to the Revolver Commitments are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and totaled $0.6 million and $0.9 million, and are reflected net of accumulated amortization of $0.5 million and $0.2 million. Amortization expense of debt issuance costs for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $2.7 million and $2.2 million, respectively, and is included in interest expense and other financing costs within the consolidated statements of operations.

Promissory Note

        On March 11, 2016 the Company issued a promissory note for $1.7 million for amounts due to a shareholder upon the repurchase of shares of Company common stock at fair value. The promissory note is subordinate to the Term Loans. Principal and interest on the promissory note is payable monthly for a period of 36 months beginning in March 2016. Interest on outstanding principal is calculated at prime rate. In 2016, the Company paid $0.5 million in principal and interest on the promissory note. The promissory note is included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

F-59


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

11. Derivatives

Interest Rate Caps

        Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, at least 50% of the initial principal outstanding of $295 million on the Term Loan is required to be protected from interest rate fluctuations for a period of at least two years.

        Operating entered into two interest rate caps, one in late 2014 and one in early 2015, to manage interest rate exposure on 50% of the initial principal outstanding on the Term Loan for a three year period. The caps were designated as cash flow hedges of the variability in expected future cash flows on the Term Loan based on fluctuations in 3-month LIBOR above 1.50%. The caps are considered to be perfectly effective as all critical terms of the interest rate caps completely match the hedged forecasted interest on the Term Loan. The fair value of the interest rate caps and the impact on other comprehensive income (loss) and earnings for 2016 and 2015 were immaterial.

12. Equity Method Investment

        In December 2016, the Company acquired a 7.6% ownership interest in Cerebellum. Cerebellum is an investment management firm that develops machine learning-focused technology to invent and manage investment strategies. As the Company does not have the ability to direct significant activities of Cerebellum and does not have the right to receive benefits nor the obligation to absorb losses that could potentially be significant to Cerebellum, the Company does not consolidate Cerebellum.

        Given the level of ownership interest in Cerebellum, the fact that Cerebellum maintains specific ownership accounts for the investors, which makes Cerebellum more like a limited partnership, and the Company's influence through assignment of one of eight board positions, the Company accounts for its investment in Cerebellum using the equity method of accounting.

        In conjunction with making the equity investment, Operating entered into put and call options on additional Cerebellum equity interests. The options were determined to be free-standing instruments as Operating has the right to transfer or assign its obligations and rights under the options to other parties. Under the put option written by Cerebellum, provided certain conditions are met, Cerebellum can require Operating to purchase up to $3 million of additional equity at the December 5, 2016 (Closing Date) price per unit in quarterly installments during a one year period starting on the first anniversary of the Closing Date through the second anniversary of the Closing Date.

        Under the call option, Operating has the ability to purchase up to $3 million of additional equity at the Closing Date price per unit during a two year period starting on the first anniversary of the Closing Date through the third anniversary of the Closing Date, provided these units have not already been purchased under the put option.

        The options were valued on the Closing Date using an option pricing model, resulting in a call option asset valuation of $0.8 million and put option liability of $0.8 million. Significant inputs include the exercise period, which was determined to be 1.375 years and expected volatility, which was determined to be 60%. The call option is included in other assets and the put option in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. As the put and call options did not meet the net settlement characteristic of a derivative under ASC 815, the options are not marked to market.

F-60


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

13. Share-Based Compensation

        The Company maintains an Equity Incentive Plan (Equity Plan) for equity-based compensation awards. Under the Equity Plan, executives and key employees of the Company receive restricted share awards and stock option awards.

        The total number of shares of common stock of the Company which may be awarded under restricted share and stock option awards was 8,243,650 as of December 31, 2015. In conjunction with the closing of the RSIM transaction, the Company's board approved an increase in the total number of shares of common stock which may be awarded under restricted share and stock option awards to 12,136,850.

        All stock option awards are considered non-qualified. For certain stock option awards granted on July 29, 2016, fifty percent of the shares of common stock subject to each option vest based on service and the remaining fifty percent of the shares of common stock subject to each option vest upon satisfaction of various performance conditions. For all other stock option awards, sixty percent of the shares of common stock subject to each option vest based on service; the remaining forty percent of the shares of common stock subject to each option vest upon satisfaction of various performance conditions.

        As of December 31, 2016, stock option awards to purchase an aggregate of 8,669,475 shares of common stock and restricted share awards for 1,536,977 shares of common stock had been granted and were outstanding. As of December 31, 2015, stock option awards to purchase an aggregate of 6,530,181 shares of common stock and restricted share awards for 770,153 shares of common stock had been granted and were outstanding.

F-61


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

13. Share-Based Compensation (Continued)

        Activity during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 related to stock option awards and restricted stock awards is shown in the tables below.

 
  Shares Subject to Stock Option Awards  
 
  Year ended December 31, 2016   Year ended December 31, 2015  
 
  Avg wtd
grant-date
fair value
  Avg wtd
exercise
price*
  Units   Avg wtd
grant-date
fair value
  Avg wtd
exercise
price*
  Units  

Outstanding at the beginning of period

  $ 2.93   $ 5.49     6,530,181   $ 2.89   $ 6.48     6,917,010  

Granted

    4.27     10.10     2,961,655     3.49     7.12     131,396  

Forfeited

    3.09     5.88     (286,793 )   2.60     4.77     (252,980 )

Modified to liability to be cash settled

    2.67     4.93     (535,568 )   2.54     4.63     (265,244 )

Outstanding at the end of the period

  $ 3.40   $ 7.09     8,669,475   $ 2.93   $ 5.49     6,530,181  

Vested

  $ 2.93   $ 5.61     3,493,018   $ 2.70   $ 4.98     2,378,434  

Nonvested

    3.71     8.08     5,176,457     3.06     5.78     4,151,747  

Expected to vest

    3.53     7.59     4,238,468     3.01     5.66     3,699,046  

*
Reflects the reduction of exercise price on options granted prior to May 2015 from the Special Dividend
 
  Restricted Stock Awards  
 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2016   2015  
 
  Avg wtd
grant-date
fair value
  Units   Avg wtd
grant-date
fair value
  Units  

Nonvested at beginning of period

  $ 5.84     378,769   $ 5.78     644,364  

Granted

    10.27     833,653     7.99     8,059  

Vested

    5.79     (194,148 )   5.76     (223,197 )

Forfeited

            5.71     (50,456 )

Nonvested at end of period

  $ 9.48     1,018,275   $ 5.84     378,769  

Vested and outstanding at end of period

  $ 5.76     518,667   $ 5.74     391,383  

Expected to vest

    9.23     848,834     5.82     360,321  

F-62


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

13. Share-Based Compensation (Continued)


 
  Director Plan Restricted Stock Awards  
 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2016   2015  
 
  Avg wtd
grant-date
fair value
  Units   Avg wtd
grant-date
fair value
  Units  

Nonvested at beginning of period

  $ 5.71     114,971   $ 5.71     197,093  

Granted

                 

Vested

    5.71     (65,698 )   5.71     (82,122 )

Forfeited

                 

Nonvested at end of period

  $ 5.71     49,273   $ 5.71     114,971  

Vested and outstanding at end of period

  $ 5.71     213,561   $ 5.71     147,820  

Expected to vest

    5.71     43,098     5.71     102,066  

        Share-based compensation expense for equity awards is measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and recognized over the requisite employee service period. Stock option awards have an expiration date of ten years from the grant date. For restricted share awards and certain stock option awards granted on July 29, 2016, the restricted shares and the service portion of the stock option awards vest ratably at 20% per year over a five-year period. The remaining restricted stock awards and service portion of all other stock option awards vest ratably at 25% over a four-year period from date of grant. The performance portion of certain stock option awards granted on July 29, 2016 vest based on achievement of revenue and AUM levels related to specific investment franchises. For all other stock option awards, the performance portion of the awards vests 50%, 25% and 25% upon the Company's achievement of certain revenue, assets under management, and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization levels.

        The grant date fair value of stock option awards is computed using Black-Scholes option pricing framework. The grant date fair value of stock option awards granted upon the Company's acquisition of RSIM on July 29, 2016 was computed using the following assumptions as of the date of the grant:

 
  July 29, 2016  

Current stock price

  $ 10.27  

Exercise price

  $ 10.27  

Expected volatility

    50 %

Risk free rate

    1.10 %

Expected average years to exit

    5  

        The current stock price was the price per share used for all equity issued on July 29, 2016 upon the RSIM acquisition. The expected life of the options granted was based on the average holding period for a private equity investment. The risk free interest rate was based on the yield for the U.S. Treasury coupon strip with a maturity date equal to the expected life of the award. As the Company's common shares are not publicly traded, the Company has calculated expected volatility based on an average volatility of companies in the same or similar lines of business adjusted for differing levels of leverage.

F-63


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

13. Share-Based Compensation (Continued)

        On July 29, 2016, the Company's board of directors approved a modification to outstanding options issued on or after October 31, 2014 and prior to the RSIM acquisition providing that 50% of the performance options were deemed to be vested. As a result of accelerated vesting on these awards, the Company recognized an additional $0.5 million in expense related to options that vested on July 29, 2016 that the Company had previously not expected to vest. The incremental expense was calculated using the fair value per unit on the vesting date.

        The Company also established a new vesting schedule for all remaining unvested performance options issued prior to July 29, 2016 to align with the combined company's financial projections. No other terms and conditions for stock option awards issued prior to July 29, 2016 were modified (i.e. the exercise price per option or term of the option).

        The Company considered it probable that both the original and modified performance options would vest and calculated that the per share option fair value immediately prior to the modification based on current circumstances was approximately the same as the per share option fair value of the award immediately following the modification.

        Compensation expense not yet recognized at July 31, 2016 related to the remaining 50% of the performance options under awards granted between October 31, 2014 and July 29, 2016 is being recognized over the period of time it is expected to take to achieve the performance conditions. No cumulative catch up adjustment was recorded as the period of time expected to take to achieve the performance conditions did not change.

        For options granted prior to October 31, 2014, the Company revised the estimate of time it expected to take to achieve the performance conditions as modified on July 29, 2016 on the remaining unvested options. A cumulative catch up adjustment was recorded so that the cumulative recognized compensation costs on these performance options was equal to what would have been recognized had the new estimate been used since the grant date.

        In the fourth quarter of 2015, the Company revised the estimate of the time it is expected to take to achieve the performance conditions on the stock option awards. A cumulative catch up adjustment was recorded so that the cumulative recognized compensation cost on the performance options was equal to what would have been recognized had the new estimate been used since the grant date.

        In May 2015, the Company declared and paid a special dividend (Special Dividend) of $1.08 per share. Holders of restricted shares that were unvested at the time the Special Dividend was declared are paid the Special Dividend when the restricted shares vest. The strike price per share for all stock option awards granted prior to May 2015 was reduced by $1.08 under the anti-dilution provisions of the stock option grant agreements.

        In November 2015, the Company declared and paid a second dividend (Second Dividend) of $0.20 per share. Holders of restricted stock awards that were unvested at the time the Second Dividend was declared are paid the Second Dividend when the restricted stock vests. Holders of stock options that were unvested at the time the Second Dividend was declared receive a cash bonus equivalent of $0.20 per share when the stock options vest.

F-64


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

13. Share-Based Compensation (Continued)

        As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the amount of cash bonuses and distributions related to Special Dividends and Second Dividends on restricted shares and options expected to vest in the future totaled $0.8 million and $1.3 million, which is not recorded as a liability as of the balance sheet date.

        During 2015, the Company modified certain equity awards through the exercise of an employee call right only upon termination of employment to settle these awards in cash versus stock as originally intended. At the time of the modification, the Company recorded a reduction to equity of $1.3 million and additional compensation expense of $0.4 million, which represented the difference between the market value of the awards on the modification date in excess of the grant date fair value. The resulting liability of $1.7 million was paid in 2016. During 2016, the Company modified equity awards to provide for the settlement of these awards in cash versus stock as originally intended. At the time of the modification, the Company recorded a reduction to equity of $2.3 million and additional compensation expense of $0.7 million, which represented the difference between the market value of the awards on the modification date in excess of the grant date fair value. The resulting liability of $3.0 million was paid in 2016.

        The Company recorded $8.8 million and $5.7 million of stock based compensation expense related to the Equity Plan in personnel compensation and benefits expense within the consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

        In addition to the Equity Plan, the Company maintains an Outside Director Equity Incentive Plan (the Director Plan) to attract and retain highly qualified independent directors. The maximum number of shares that may be issued under the Director Plan is 262,791. Compensation expense for Director Plan shares is recognized over the requisite service period.

        The Company recognized Director Plan expense of $0.4 million in 2016 and 2015, which is recorded in general and administrative expense.

        The Company expects to recognize total share-based compensation expense of $17.8 million over a weighted average period of 2.2 years. The total fair value of restricted share awards vested during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 under the Equity Plan was $2.0 million and $1.8 million respectively; the fair value of restricted share awards vested under the Director Plan for these same periods was $0.7 million and $0.7 million respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options currently exercisable at December 31, 2016 and 2016 was $35.2 million and $11.2 million respectively.

14. Commitments

        The Company leases office space and equipment under operating leases expiring at various dates. The Company has no right to renew or extend the leases under the agreements for certain non-headquarter

F-65


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

14. Commitments (Continued)

office spaces. Future calendar year minimum lease payments under the leases are as follows, all dollars are in thousands:

2017

    6,840  

2018

    3,726  

2019

    3,612  

2020

    3,498  

2021

    3,503  

  $ 21,179  

        Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was $5.9 million and $5.2 million, respectively, and is included in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

        At December 31, 2015, the Company had outstanding obligations of $4.2 million to repurchase equity, which were settled in cash in March 2016.

15. Employee Benefit Plans

        The Company maintains a defined contribution 401(k) Plan (the 401(k) Plan), covering substantially all employees who have met the eligibility requirements. The 401(k) Plan is subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001. For each of the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recognized expense of $1.9 million in employer matched contributions. The Company made employer declared discretionary (profit-sharing) contributions of $0.4 million in early 2015 for the year ended December 31, 2014 to the 401(k) Plan and deferred compensation plan. No profit-sharing contributions were approved for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

        The Company sponsors a deferred compensation plan for key investment professionals and executives as a means to reward and motivate them. The Company purchases mutual funds as directed by the plan participants to fund its related obligations. Such securities are held in a rabbi trust for the participants, and under the terms of the trust agreement, the assets of the trust are available to satisfy the claims of the Company's general creditors in the event of bankruptcy.

        Gains and losses from fluctuations in value of deferred compensation plan investments are offset entirely in the consolidated statements of operations by the corresponding changes in value of the deferred compensation liability. Investments held under the deferred compensation plan are recorded as trading securities on the consolidated balance sheets.

        The Company recognized deferred compensation plan expense of $2.8 million in 2016, which included $1.5 million of employee compensation, $0.7 million of employer contributions and $0.6 million in increase in value of the deferred compensation plan liability. In 2015, the Company recognized deferred compensation plan expense of $2.9 million, of which $2.0 million related to employee compensation, $1.0 million related to employer contributions and $0.1 million in decline in value of the deferred compensation plan liability.

F-66


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

16. Earnings Per Share

        The computation of basic and diluted earnings per share is as follows:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
(in thousands except per share amounts)
  2016   2015  

Net income/(loss)

  $ (6,071 ) $ 3,800  

Shares:

             

Basic: Weighted average number of shares outstanding

    50,017,712     46,408,891  

Plus: Incremental shares from assumed conversion of dilutive instruments

        1,681,862  

Diluted: Weighted average number of shares outstanding

    50,017,712     48,090,753  

        For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, there were 6,614,274 and 1,480,740 outstanding instruments, respectively, excluded from the above computations of weighted average shares for diluted EPS because the effects would be anti-dilutive. Holders of non-vested share-based compensation awards do not have rights to receive nonforfeitable dividends on the shares covered by the awards.

Unaudited Pro Forma Earnings Per Share

        In February 2017 and December 2017, the Company paid cash dividends of $119.8 million and $12.6 million, respectively. SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 1.B.3 requires that pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share be presented giving effect to the number of shares whose proceeds would be used to replace capital when dividends exceed current year earnings during the previous twelve months. In addition, the offering proceeds will result in a significant change in capitalization due to the repayment of debt. The pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share below gives effect to the deemed issuance of the number of shares that would be required to generate net proceeds sufficient to pay the February 2017 Special Dividend, the December 2017 Dividend and debt repayments per the Proposed Debt Refinancing. The number of pro forma shares added to the denominator was limited to the total number of shares expected to be issued in the Company's initial public offering because all proceeds from the issuance of these shares will be used to replace the capital related to dividends in excess of earnings and the repayment of debt.

F-67


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

16. Earnings Per Share (Continued)

        The following is a computation of pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31,2016:

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2016
 

Net income/(loss)

  $ (6,071 )

Reduction in interest expense, net of tax

    10,961  

Pro forma net income/(loss)

  $ 4,890  

Weighted average number of shares outstanding-basic

    50,017,712  

Plus: Shares to be issued in offering

    11,700,000  

Pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding-basic

    61,717,712  

Weighted average number of shares outstanding-diluted

    50,017,712  

Plus: Incremental shares from assumed conversion of dilutive instruments

    1,993,448  

Plus: Shares to be issued in offering

    11,700,000  

Pro forma weighted average number of shares outstanding-diluted

    63,711,160  

Pro forma earnings per share:

       

Basic

  $ 0.08  

Diluted

    0.08  

17. Net Capital Requirements

        VCA is subject to the SEC Uniform Net Capital Rule (Rule 15c3-1 under the Exchange Act) administered by the SEC and FINRA, which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital, as defined, and requires that the ratio of aggregate indebtedness to net capital, cannot exceed 15 to 1. Net capital and the related net capital requirement may fluctuate on a daily basis.

        At December 31, 2016, VCA had net capital under the Rule 15c3-1 of $1.6 million which was $1.3 million in excess of its minimum required net capital of $0.3 million. At December 31, 2015, VCA had net capital under Rule 15c3-1 of $0.9 million, which was $0.7 million in excess of its minimum required net capital of $0.2 million. The Company's ratio of aggregate indebtedness to net capital at December 31, 2016 and 2015 was 2.63 to 1 and 3.21 to 1 respectively.

        Capital requirements may limit the amount of cash available for dividend from VCA to the parent company. VCA's cash and cash equivalents is generally not available for corporate purposes.

F-68


Table of Contents


Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

18. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

        The following table presents changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component for the years ending December 31, 2016 and 2015, all dollars are in thousands and net of income taxes.

 
  Unrealized Loss
Available-for-sale
Securities
  Unrealized Loss
on Cash Flow
Hedges
  Cumulative
Translation
Adjustment
  Total  

Balance, December 31, 2014

  $ (16 ) $ (34 ) $   $ (50 )

Other comprehensive loss before reclassification

    (18 )   (480 )       (498 )

Reclassification adjustment

    3     3         6  

Net current period other comprehensive loss

    (15 )   (477 )       (492 )

Balance, December 31, 2015

  $ (31 ) $ (511 ) $   $ (542 )

Other comprehensive loss before reclassification

    26     (156 )   (62 )   (192 )

Reclassification adjustment

    (8 )   205         197  

Net current period other comprehensive loss

    18     49     (62 )   5  

Balance, December 31, 2016

  $ (13 ) $ (462 ) $ (62 ) $ (537 )

19. Subsequent Events

        In February 2017, the Company amended the Credit Agreement to borrow an additional $125 million. The proceeds, net of transaction costs, were used to pay a special dividend of $2.19 per share in February 2017 to the Company's shareholders.

        Holders of restricted shares that were unvested at the time the February 2017 dividend was declared will be paid the dividend when the restricted shares vest. The strike price per share for all stock option awards granted prior to February 2017 was reduced by $2.19.

        The Company has evaluated all subsequent events through March 22, 2017, the date the accompanying consolidated financial statements were issued. Based upon the Company's review, no other subsequent events requiring disclosure were identified.

F-69


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Auditors

To Management of RS Investment Management Co. LLC

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of RS Investment Management Co. LLC and its subsidiaries, which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of changes in members' equity and redeemable units, and of cash flows for the years then ended.

Management's Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements

        Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors' Responsibility

        Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

        An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the Company's preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of RS Investment Management Co. LLC and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Emphasis of Matter

        As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for redeemable units in 2016. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Francisco, California
March 24, 2016, except for the change in the manner in which the Company accounts for redeemable units as discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, as to which the date is April 7, 2017

F-70


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2015 and 2014

(in thousands of dollars except units)
  2015   2014  

Assets

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 21,340   $ 17,590  

Accounts receivable

             

Management fees

    14,569     17,701  

Distribution fees

    1,692     2,694  

Related parties

    2,603     3,186  

Other

    750     737  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    2,101     3,449  

Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements, net

    6,121     7,950  

Investments in equity securities

    763     5,036  

Goodwill

    118,700     220,865  

Other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization

    140,688     141,754  

Total assets

  $ 309,328   $ 420,963  

Liabilities, Redeemable Units and Members' Equity

             

Liabilities

             

Accrued compensation and benefits

  $ 2,315   $ 4,763  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    12,746     13,525  

Accounts payable - related parties

    1,924     4,869  

Distributions payable to unit holders

    16,951     23,052  

Promissory notes payable to unit holders

        408  

Line of credit - related party

    15,000      

Total liabilities

    48,935     46,617  

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 7, 8 and 14)

             

Redeemable units

    21,925     60,894  

Members' equity (58,778,276 and 58,395,588 units outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014)

    238,468     313,452  

Total liabilities, redeemable units and members' equity

  $ 309,328   $ 420,963  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-71


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

(in thousands of dollars)
  2015   2014  

Revenue

             

Management fees, net

  $ 142,511   $ 183,489  

Distribution fees

    37,310     27,376  

Other revenue

    22     27  

Total revenue

    179,844     210,893  

Expenses

             

Employee compensation and benefits

    82,348     86,681  

Sub-advisory fees

    15,494     21,851  

Marketing and distribution expenses

    47,987     40,217  

Professional fees

    4,952     7,238  

Computer lease, maintenance and services

    5,985     6,818  

Other expenses

    3,449     2,501  

Amortization of intangible assets

    1,066     1,725  

Travel and entertainment

    3,553     4,402  

Occupancy and equipment

    2,931     3,075  

Depreciation and amortization

    2,297     2,880  

Goodwill and other intangible assets impairment charge

    102,165      

Insurance

    390     474  

Interest

    120     137  

Total expenses

    272,737     177,998  

Other income

             

Gain (loss) on GNR transaction

        1,458  

Earnout from sale of GNR separate accounts

    11,413     7,902  

Net change in unrealized appreciation on seeded products

    (272 )   36  

Net change in realized appreciation on seeded products

    178      

Total other income

    11,319     9,396  

Income tax

    44     262  

Net income/(loss)

  $ (81,618 ) $ 42,029  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-72


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members' Equity and Redeemable Units

Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 
  Members' Equity   Redeemable Units  
(in thousands of dollars except units)
  Units   Value   Units   Value  

Balance at December 31, 2013

    56,569,055   $ 346,084     6,541,428   $ 46,558  

Net income/(loss)

        39,575         2,454  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

        (96 )       (6 )

Distributions

        (42,977 )       (2,615 )

Accrued distribution to RSU holders

                (2,331 )

Issuance of units

    1,826,533     13,085     854,308     5,276  

Sale of GNR—equity repurchased

            (2,605,892 )   (21,175 )

Repurchase of units

            (2,474,435 )   (18,340 )

Change in value of redeemable units

        (51,074 )       51,074  

Unit-based compensation expense

        8,854          

Balance at December 31, 2014

    58,395,588   $ 313,452     2,315,409   $ 60,894  

Net income/(loss)

        (77,812 )       (3,806 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

        (119 )       (7 )

Distributions

        (27,428 )       (1,502 )

Accrued distribution to RSU holders

                (2,046 )

Issuance of units

    382,688     3,270     13,587,577     91,596  

Repurchase of units

            (12,148,737 )   (105,462 )

Change in value of redeemable units

        17,743         (17,743 )

Unit-based compensation expense

        9,363          

Balance at December 31, 2015

    58,778,276   $ 238,468     3,754,249   $ 21,925  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-73


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

(in thousands of dollars)
  2015   2014  

Cash flows from operating activities

             

Net income/(loss)

  $ (81,618 ) $ 42,029  

Adjustments to reconcile net income/(loss) to net cash required for operating activities

             

Gain on sale of GNR assets

        (1,458 )

Earnout from sale of GNR separate accounts

    (11,413 )   (7,902 )

Depreciation and amortization

    2,297     2,880  

Amortization of intangible assets

    1,066     1,725  

(Increase)/decrease in goodwill impairment charge

    102,165      

Realized loss/(gain) in investment in equity securities

    (178 )    

Unrealized loss/(gain) in investment in equity securities

    272     (36 )

Unit based compensation expense

    9,363     9,091  

(Increase)/decrease in accounts receivable

    4,704     (2,089 )

(Increase)/decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets

    1,349     547  

Increase in accrued compensation and benefits

    (2,448 )   (323 )

Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses

    (3,724 )   8,998  

Net cash from operating activities

    21,835     53,461  

Cash flows from investing activities

             

Investment in equity securities

    (1,000 )   (5,000 )

Proceeds from sale of investment in equity securities

    5,178      

Purchase price adjustment related to sale of GNR accounts

        (3,214 )

Earnout from sale of GNR separate accounts

    11,413     7,902  

Purchases of furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements

    (469 )   (2,463 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    15,123     (2,774 )

Cash flows from financing activities

             

Distributions to unit holders

    (37,078 )   (37,263 )

Issuance of units

    3,269     13,654  

Repurchase of units

    (13,865 )   (13,225 )

Payment of note payable

    (408 )      

Line of credit—related party

    15,000     (5,000 )

Net cash used in financing activities

    (33,082 )   (41,833 )

Effect of changes of foreign exchange rate on cash and cash equivalents

    (126 )   (102 )

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

    3,750     8,752  

Cash and cash equivalents

             

Beginning of year

    17,590     8,838  

End of year

  $ 21,340   $ 17,590  

Non-Cash Items

             

Promissory note payable

  $   $ 408  

Cash transactions

             

Cash paid for interest

  $ 120   $ 129  

Cash paid for business taxes

    997     1,040  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-74


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015 and 2014

1. Organization and Company Description

        RS Investment Management Co. LLC (the "Company") was formed on November 10, 1998 as a limited liability company and commenced operations on March 1, 1999. The Company operated as a privately held company until August 31, 2006 when its members sold a 65% interest to Guardian Investor Services LLC ("GIS"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Guardian Life Insurance Company of America ("Guardian"). The Company operates as an independent subsidiary of Guardian. See Note 5 for a further description of the transaction.

        The Company provides investment advisory and related services to the RS Investment Trust (mutual funds), RS Variable Products Trust (variable investment trusts), private investment unit trusts, and institutional and other clients. The majority of these activities are provided by the Company, a registered investment advisor regulated by the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. GIS serves as sub-adviser to the fixed income and index mutual funds and variable investment trusts. In June 2014, the Company established RS Funds Distributor LLC ("RSFD") as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company to serve as the exclusive distributor of the RS mutual funds and RS variable investment products (individually a "Fund" and collectively the "Funds"). RSFD is registered as a broker/dealer with the SEC and is primarily regulated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA"). RSFD is subject to certain net capital requirements pursuant to Net Capital Rule 15c3-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. At December 31, 2015, net capital for RSFD exceeded all minimum requirements. The financial results of RSFD are consolidated by the Company.

        The Company has no stated life, however, the Company shall dissolve or commence liquidation upon the first of the following to occur: a) the entry of decree of judicial dissolution pursuant to Section 17351 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act; or b) the unanimous consent of the Board of Directors and approval of a majority of the total LLC units outstanding, and prior to the earlier of August 31, 2016 or the first date on which GIS has held at least 80% of the total LLC units for any consecutive 180-days, a Majority Interest. GIS held 94.0% of the total LLC units at December 31, 2015.

        On December 17, 2015, the Company entered into a definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger with Victory Capital whereby Victory Capital will acquire 100% of the equity ownership of the Company from Guardian Life Insurance Company and other employee shareholders. The transaction, which is expected to close by the end of the second quarter of 2016, is subject to regulatory and other customary approvals, conditions and consents, including approvals by the shareholders and boards of trustees of the Company-advised mutual funds and the boards of trustees of the Victory Funds.

        Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period reported amounts to conform to current year presentation.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

        These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP") using the accrual method of accounting. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries of which a greater than 50% interest is held or management has determined that they have control of the operations of such entity. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

F-75


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2015 and 2014

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Change in Accounting Principle

        The Company's financial statements have been adjusted to conform to the requirements of Regulation S-X. Under SEC Accounting Series Release ("ASR") 268, "Presentation in Financial Statements of 'Preferred Redeemable Stock'," units that are redeemable in cash or other assets at the option of the holder or upon the occurrence of an event that is not solely within the control of the issuer are to be classified as temporary equity and measured at the value of the redemption right. Under the terms of the Company's operating agreement, a portion of the units held by employees of the Company for at least six months can be put back to the Company at the option of the holder during a specified period each year. In addition, all units and vested restricted units and option awards held by a party who is an employee of the Company can be put back to the Company upon termination of employment for other than cause or for good reason. To conform to the requirements of ASR 268, the redemption value of redeemable units, restricted stock units and unit options at January 1, 2014 was calculated at $46,557,798, and this amount was reclassified from members' equity (permanent equity) to redeemable units (temporary equity).

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2015 and 2014 consisted of cash in banks, overnight interest bearing instruments and a money market fund. At times, cash balances may exceed the limits of FDIC insurance coverage.

Investments in Equity Securities

        As discussed in the basis of presentation note above and in Note 4, Fair Value of Financial Instruments, the Company periodically adds new investment strategies to its investment product offerings by providing the initial cash investment or "seeding." The primary purpose of seeded investment products is to generate an investment performance track record in a product to attract third-party investors. Seed investments by the Company are typically made in separate accounts which are 100% owned by the Company and are accounted for as trading securities with gain/(loss) recorded on the Statement of Operations.

Financial Instruments

        The carrying amount of the Company's financial instruments, which include cash and cash equivalents and investments approximates fair value at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

F-76


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2015 and 2014

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Furniture, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements

        Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation of furniture, equipment, and computer hardware is computed using the double declining method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, ranging from 1 to 7 years. Depreciation of computer software is computed using the straight-line method over 3 years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the remaining term of the lease. Improvements are capitalized and maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

        The Company follows U.S. GAAP accounting guidance related to goodwill and other intangible assets, and tests goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis as of June 30 of each year. The Company tests goodwill and intangible assets for impairment between the annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.

Revenue Recognition

Management Fees

        The Company recognizes management fees pursuant to contractual agreements with mutual funds, variable investment trusts, private investment unit trusts and institutional and other clients. Management fees are recognized ratably over the period that assets are under management, and are based on the assets under management and the fee schedule for each account. Since management fees are based on assets under management, significant changes in the value of these assets can impact fees earned by the Company in future periods.

        Performance-based management fees may be earned on certain investment advisory contracts for exceeding performance benchmarks, and are recognized at the end of the performance measurement period. The Company recognizes incentive income when it is earned and no longer subject to adjustment.

Distribution Fees

        The Company recognizes distribution fees primarily by distributing the Funds pursuant to an underwriting agreement with each Fund. Under each agreement, RSFD offers and sells the Funds' shares on a continuous basis and pays certain costs associated with underwriting and distributing the Funds, including the costs of developing and producing sales literature and printing of prospectuses, which may be either partially or fully reimbursed by the Funds pursuant to the Rule 12b-1 service plan in place with each Fund. Distribution fees are recognized ratably over the period assets are under management and the 12b-1 service plan for each fund.

        The Company may, in turn, pay other broker/dealers and sales professionals for services it provides to the Company. These payments are recognized as Distribution Expenses.

F-77


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2015 and 2014

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Share-Based Payment

        The Company follows the U.S. GAAP accounting guidance related to share-based payments and accounting for stock-based compensation, which focuses primarily on transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments for employee services and generally establishes standards for the accounting for transactions in which an entity obtains goods or services in share-based payment transactions. Generally, U.S. GAAP requires the fair value of all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock (unit) options, to be recognized in the consolidated statement of operations based on their fair value.

Income Taxes

        As a limited liability company, federal and state income taxes are the responsibility of the members and redeemable unit holders. Accordingly, no provision for federal and state taxes is included in the consolidated financial statements. The taxes included in the consolidated statement of operations are related to the consolidated foreign subsidiaries.

        The Company has implemented a policy to assess whether tax positions of the Company are more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by an applicable taxing authority (including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes) based on technical merits of the positions. The tax benefit recognized in the financial statements is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Any interest or penalty expense associated with an uncertain tax position would be recorded as a component of income tax expense.

        The Company has applied this policy to all tax positions taken in years where the statute of limitations is still in effect, and it has not accrued any liabilities associated with uncertain income tax positions. No interest or penalties were incurred during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, or were accrued as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

Translation of Foreign Currencies

        Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at year-end exchange rates and income and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates in effect during the period. Foreign currency translation gains and losses are recognized as Other Comprehensive Income. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in Net Income.

Allocation of Profits and Losses

        The profits and losses of the Company are allocated among the members and redeemable unit holders in proportion to their respective units, as of the first day of each calendar month.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        The FASB issued new guidance in May 2014 that requires use of a single principles-based model for recognition of revenue from contracts with customers. The core principle of the model is that revenue is recognized upon the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the expected consideration to be received for the goods or services. The guidance is effective for the Company on October 1, 2018 and allows for either a full retrospective or modified approach at adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting the guidance.

F-78


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2015 and 2014

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The FASB issued new guidance for the accounting for leases in February 2016. The new guidance requires lessees to recognize assets and liabilities arising from substantially all leases. The guidance is effective for the Company on October 1, 2019 and requires a modified retrospective approach at adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting the guidance.

3. Comprehensive Income

        The Company reports all changes in comprehensive income in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. Comprehensive income is equal to the sum of net income and foreign currency translation adjustment for the period.

4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        Current guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value measurements are based on observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company's view of market assumptions based on internally developed data in the absence of observable market information.

        The guidance requires entities to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining the fair value of an asset or liability. The statement classifies all assets and liabilities carried or disclosed at fair value in one of the following three categories:

  Level 1   Inputs are quoted market prices available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities on the reporting date. Assets included in this category include U.S. Treasury Securities, certain mutual funds in which the fund holds investments in common stock, and securities held by consolidated private investment funds.

 

Level 2

 

Inputs are quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant value drivers are observable.

 

Level 3

 

Inputs are unobservable where there is little or no market activity for the asset or liability and the Company makes estimates and assumptions based on internally derived information.

        The following table summarizes the Company's financial instruments carried at fair value by their fair value hierarchy levels.

 
  As of December 31, 2014  
(in thousands of dollars)
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
Fair Value
  Carrying
Amount
 

Assets

                               

Investments in Equity Securities

  $ 5,036   $   $   $ 5,036   $ 5,036  

  $ 5,036   $   $   $ 5,036   $ 5,036  

F-79


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2015 and 2014

4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)


 
  As of December 31, 2015  
(in thousands of dollars)
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
Fair Value
  Carrying
Amount
 

Assets

                               

Investments in Equity Securities

  $ 763   $   $   $ 763   $ 763  

  $ 763   $   $   $ 763   $ 763  

        There were no transfers between Levels 1, 2, or 3 during 2015 or 2014.

5. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

        The Company operated as a privately held company until August 31, 2006 when its members sold a 65% interest to GIS. Then on October 9, 2006, GIS contributed its mutual fund and variable investment trust businesses (the "Guardian-sponsored Funds") and certain investment contracts relating to Guardian's securities investment accounts and master pension trust (collectively, the "Contributed Businesses") to the Company. In exchange for the Contributed Businesses, initially valued at $80 million, GIS was issued an additional 7,619,048 units which increased its ownership interest in the Company to approximately 69.3%. Total goodwill in the amount of $236,328,408 was recorded on the consolidated balance sheet as a result of the acquisition. With the subsequent repurchase by the Company of certain minority unit holders' interests, GIS ownership interest increased to 94.0% and 96.2% at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

        On December 17, 2015, the Company entered into a definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger with Victory Capital whereby Victory Capital will acquire 100% of the equity ownership of the Company from Guardian Life Insurance Company and other employee shareholders. The transaction, which is expected to close by the end of the second quarter of 2016, is subject to regulatory and other customary approvals, conditions and consents, including approvals by the shareholders and boards of trustees of the Company-advised mutual funds and the boards of trustees of the Victory Funds.

        As a result of the sale agreement, the Company recognized a non-cash pretax goodwill and intangible asset impairment charge of $102,164,984 in 2015 in order to write down the carrying value of the assets to their current fair value.

F-80


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2015 and 2014

5. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Continued)

Other Intangible Assets

        The table below reflects the identified intangible assets associated with the acquisition of the Company by GIS. These intangible assets include assets with a useful life, which are being amortized over their remaining useful life, as well as those intangible assets with an indefinite life.

 
   
  December 31,  
 
  Amortizable
Life
(years)
 
(in thousands of dollars)
  2015   2014  

Finite life intangible assets

                 

Institutional investment management contracts and relationships (RS Investments)

  9 years   $ 15,442   $ 15,442  

        15,442     15,442  

Accumulated amortization

       
(15,442

)
 
(14,376

)

            1,066  

Goodwill

        118,700     220,865  

Indefinite life intangible assets

 

 

   
 
   
 
 

Mutual fund and variable investment trust investment management contracts

  Indefinite     132,002     132,002  

Company trade name

  Indefinite     8,686     8,686  

Goodwill and Other intangible assets, net

      $ 259,388   $ 362,619  

        Amortization of intangible assets expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $1,065,812 and $1,725,049, respectively.

6. Furniture, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements

        At December 31, 2015 and 2014, furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements consisted of the following:

(in thousands of dollars)
  2015   2014  

Furniture and equipment

  $ 1,704   $ 2,379  

Computer software and hardware

    5,183     4,815  

Leasehold improvements

    5,386     5,392  

Art

    6     6  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (6,159 )   (4,643 )

  $ 6,121   $ 7,950  

        During 2015, the Company relocated and capitalized furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements acquired in connection with the move to the new building. Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $2,297,365 and $2,879,581, respectively.

F-81


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2015 and 2014

7. Lease Commitments

        The Company occupies office space in California, Boston, London, Singapore, Hong Kong, Villanova, and Des Moines under non-cancelable operating lease agreements expiring at various times to June 2023. At December 31, 2015, the Company had remaining minimum lease commitments, net of a committed sublease, as follows:

(in thousands of dollars)
  Operating
Leases
 

Years Ended December 31,

       

2016

    2,686  

2017

    2,587  

2018

    2,169  

2019

    2,062  

2020

    2,048  

Thereafter

    6,168  

  $ 17,720  

        Rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $2,578,463 and $2,624,868, respectively.

8. Non-pension Postretirement Plans

        The Company has a non-pension postretirement healthcare plan (the "Healthcare Plan") that provides medical and dental benefits for eligible retirees and eligible dependents, as well as life insurance for eligible retirees. An eligible retiree is the Chief Executive Officer ("CEO"), or any direct report of the CEO, that has 18 years or more of service and has attained the age of 55 years. The costs of the benefits provided under the Healthcare Plan are to be paid by the eligible retiree. In December 2007, one retiree became eligible for benefits under the Healthcare Plan and the Company agreed to pay the cost of the benefits pursuant to the terms of the retiree's employment agreement.

        For the Healthcare Plan accounting, the Company reviews external data and its own historical trends for healthcare costs to determine the healthcare cost trend rates. The Company used the actual premium rates in place for 2012, assumed the healthcare cost trend for 2013 will be 6.0% and then decreasing to 4.75% over the next 5 years. The net periodic Healthcare Plan cost for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $(31,148) and ($36,320), respectively. The accumulated benefit obligation of the Healthcare Plan as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $316,000 and $304,000, respectively.

9. Compensation Plans

Unit Options

        Unit options are provided to certain eligible employees as provided under the terms of the related option agreements. When unit options are exercised, the Company issues new units. Certain options are exercised through a cashless process whereby the exercise price and any minimum statutory tax withholding is done by the Company through a reduction in units.

F-82


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2015 and 2014

9. Compensation Plans (Continued)

        A summary of the status of the Company's unit option grants is as follows:

 
  Unit Options  
 
  Units   Weighted
Average
Grant Price
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

    15,675,654   $ 5.75  

Exercisable at December 31, 2013

    14,080,486        

Granted

   
5,800,000
   
7.83
 

Exercised

    (854,308 )   6.18  

Cancellation

    (1,209,515 )   6.46  

Forfeited

    (507,668 )   7.13  

Expired

         

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

    18,904,163     7.01  

Exercisable at December 31, 2014

   
13,779,163
       

Granted

   
   
 

Exercised

   
(13,587,577

)
 
6.74
 

Cancellation

    (37,500 )   7.35  

Forfeited

   
(62,500

)
 
7.92
 

Expired

    (262,703 )   6.05  

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

    4,953,883   $ 7.80  

Exercisable at December 31, 2015

    2,491,383        

        At December 31, 2015, the intrinsic value of outstanding and exercisable options is $0 and $0 respectively.

        The following information summarizes the Company's stock options outstanding at December 31, 2015:

Exercise Price
  Option Shares
Outstanding
  Weighted-Average
Remaining Life
(in years)
 

6.05

    130,500     2.34  

6.32

    288,383     0.08  

7.35

    2,510,000     2.60  

7.77

    100,000     3.51  

8.51

    375,000     3.83  

8.77

    1,550,000     4.01  

    4,953,883        

F-83


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2015 and 2014

9. Compensation Plans (Continued)

        The following information summarizes the Company's stock options exercisable at December 31, 2015:

Exercise Price
  Option Shares
Exercisable
 

$6.05

    130,500  

  6.32

    288,383  

  7.35

    885,000  

  8.51

    187,500  

  8.77

    1,000,000  

    2,491,383  

        The following information summarizes the unvested stock options under the Company's compensation plans at December 31, 2015:

 
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Option Shares unvested at December 31, 2014

    5,125,000   $ 7.76  

Granted

         

Vested

    (2,600,000 )   7.75  

Canceled/forfeited

    (62,500 )   7.92  

Option Shares unvested at December 31, 2015

    2,462,500   $ 7.77  

        Unit options-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense on the straight-line basis over the employee's requisite service period. Option related compensation expense of $2,171,749 and $4,439,856 was included in employee compensation and benefits for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

        The Black-Scholes pricing model is used to estimate the fair value of each unit option award on their respective grant dates. The following are the assumptions that were incorporated in the model:

 
  2014 Option
Grants
  2015 Option
Grants

Dividend yield

  7.90%  

Volatility

  26.56%-33.78%  

Risk-free interest rate

  0.81%-1.19%  

Expected lives

  3.03  

Forfeiture rate

  10.00%  

        The expected dividend yield is based on the estimated annual unit holder cash profit allocation distributions expected to be paid over the expected life of the options as a percentage of the formula value of the Company's units as of the grant date.

        The expected unit price volatility is estimated using the historical volatility of a comparative group of publicly held guideline companies and other factors. The historical volatility covers a period that

F-84


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2015 and 2014

9. Compensation Plans (Continued)

corresponds to the expected life of the options. The risk-free interest rate for the expected life of the options granted is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect as of the grant date. The expected life of the options represents the period of time that the options are expected to be outstanding based on historical experience.

        Unrecognized compensation cost for unit options as of December 31, 2015 was $1,032,859 with a weighted average recognition period of less than 1 year.

        The Company uses the bifurcated approach for equity compensation modifications.

Restricted Stock Units

        Restricted stock units ("RSUs") are awarded to certain officers and key employees and those units generally vest over a period of time ranging from two to four years. The fair value for restricted stock unit awards is calculated based on the unit fair value on the date of grant. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period on a straight line basis. Restricted Stock related compensation expense of $7,191,362 and $4,413,901 was included in employee compensation and benefits for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

        The following table shows the Restricted Stock Unit activity:

 
  # of RSU   Weighted
Average
Fair Market
Value on
Date of Grant
 

Outstanding RSU as of December 31, 2014

    4,192,390   $ 7.45  

Granted

    336,525   $ 8.62  

Forfeited

         

Outstanding RSU as of December 31, 2015

    4,528,915   $ 7.54  

        Unrecognized compensation cost of restricted stock units as of December 31, 2015 was $22,287,636 with a weighted average recognition period of 2.75 years.

Stock Appreciation Rights

        Stock Appreciation Rights ("SARs") are awarded to certain key employees at exercise prices equal to the unit value on the date of the grant. SARs generally expire five years after the date of grant and both vest and may be exercised in cumulative installments of one quarter at the end of each of the first four years following the date of grant. No units are issued for SARs and all amounts payable will be settled in cash. The fair value of the unvested awards is remeasured on each balance sheet date based on the excess, if any, of the fair value of the Company's unit, as of the balance sheet date, over the fair value of the unit on the date of grant. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period on a straight line basis. SARs related compensation expense of $(237,161) and $237,161 was included in employee compensation and benefits for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

F-85


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2015 and 2014

9. Compensation Plans (Continued)

        The following table shows the Stock Appreciation Rights activity:

 
  # of SARs   Weighted
Average
Fair Market
Value
 

Outstanding SARs as of December 31, 2014

    855,000   $ 7.93  

Granted

      $  

Forfeited

    (150,000 )   7.68  

Outstanding SARs as of December 31, 2015

    705,000   $ 7.56  

        At December 31, 2015, the intrinsic value of outstanding SARs was $0.

        Unrecognized compensation cost of SARs as of December 31, 2015 was $0 with a weighted average recognition period of 1.6 years.

Defined Contribution Pension Plan

        The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan whereby employees may elect to contribute a percentage of their compensation. Employees who are age 19 years or older are eligible to participate upon employment. The Company may make a discretionary profit sharing contribution up to the maximum permitted by law. Employees are eligible for the employer profit sharing pension plan contributions after one year of employment. The Company contributed $395,916 and $2,090,145 to the plans for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

10. Redeemable Units (temporary equity)

        Redeemable units represent units, restricted stock units and unit options that are subject to certain put rights at the option of the holder or upon the occurrence of an event that is not solely under the control of the Company. Under the terms of the Company's operating agreement, a portion of the units held by employees of the Company for at least six months can be put back to the Company at the option of the holder during a specified period each year. In addition, all units as well as vested restricted units and unit options held by an employee can be put back to the Company upon termination of employment for other than cause or for good reason. These equity instruments are valued at their redemption right and are classified as redeemable units on the consolidated balance sheets.

        For redeemable units and restricted stock units, redemption value per unit is the estimated price per unit at the reporting date. For unit options, the redemption value of a unit option is its intrinsic value. Changes in the number and redemption value of redeemable units for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 are included in the consolidated statements of changes in members' equity and redeemable units.

11. Related Party Transactions

Management Fees

        The Company provides investment advisory and administrative services to affiliated mutual funds (the "Funds") for which it earned management fees totaling approximately $126,512,570 and $155,975,312 for

F-86


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2015 and 2014

11. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company has also agreed to voluntarily reimburse the Funds by waiving all or a portion of the management fees and reimbursing the Funds' expenses so that the expense ratios of the Funds remain below certain levels. Such waived and reimbursed fees and expenses totaled $5,345,899 and $8,118,119 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and are reflected as a reduction in management fee revenue. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, net management fees receivable from affiliated mutual funds totaled $8,707,351 and $10,705,211, respectively.

        The Company provides investment advisory and administrative services to Guardian with respect to their securities investment accounts and master pension trust for which it earned $180,461 and $335,554 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, investment advisory fees receivable totaled $31,948 and $92,433, respectively.

Sub-advisory Services Agreement

        In connection with the investment advisory agreements with the RS Investment Trust and the RS Variable Products Trust, the Company has retained GIS to provide sub-advisory services to certain of the RS mutual funds and variable investment trusts. The Company paid GIS 28% of net management fees totaling $5,862,968 and $7,954,702 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Sub-advisory fees of $471,787 and $649,938 are reflected in accounts payable-related parties at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Marketing and Distribution Agreement

        As a registered broker-dealer and pursuant to the Marketing and Distribution Agreement, GIS served as the principal underwriter and distributor for the RS Investment Trust and RS Variable Products Trust effective October 9, 2006 and through June 2014. GIS provided a variety of third party marketing and distribution support services including access to their wholesale sales force, use of their sales and customer relationship systems and technology, marketing materials, professional development, industry positioning, and securities registration, as well as other similar services. As of July 2014 these activities were performed by RSFD, the wholly owned broker-dealer subsidiary of the Company.

Line of Credit

        Effective April 30, 2015, the Company obtained a line of credit from Guardian for $15,000,000 with an interest rate per annum of Eurodollar Rate + 1%, for a term of 12 months ending April 30, 2016. The credit line has a commitment fee of 0.15% on the amount of the line of credit, payable quarterly at the end of each quarter. At December 31, 2015, the balance outstanding was $15,000,000 with a rate of 1.48% and $0 is available at the request of the Company. During 2015, the Company paid interest of $76,359 and a commitment fee of $15,678.

12. Significant Transactions

        On January 7, 2014, the Company signed a definitive agreement to transfer the Global Natural Resources ("GNR") separate accounts to SailingStone Capital Partners LLC ("SSCP"). Pursuant to the agreement the Company transferred assets held for sale totaling $16.5 million consisting primarily of

F-87


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2015 and 2014

12. Significant Transactions (Continued)

Goodwill and Intangible assets in exchange for consideration, including Company equity and equity options, valued at $21.2 million. This transaction closed in the second quarter of 2014, resulting in a gain of $1.4 million, which is recorded as Other Income. The Company net settled the transaction with SSCP in the amount of $3.2 million in order to achieve an economic close as of January 1, 2014. Pursuant to this agreement, the Company will receive an earnout in the form of revenue share on these separate accounts for the five-year period ending December 31, 2018. The earnout is considered realized when the amounts are determinable. Earnout payments received by the Company pursuant to this agreement totaled $11.4 million and $7.9 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively.

        On December 17, 2015, the Company entered into a definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger with Victory Capital whereby Victory Capital will acquire 100% of the equity ownership of the Company from Guardian Life Insurance Company and other employee shareholders. The transaction closed on July 29, 2016. Consideration paid included the enterprise value less certain adjustments related to client consents and working capital balances.

13. Indemnifications

        The Company has provided general indemnifications to members, redeemable unit holders and officers of the Company and others when they act, in good faith, in the best interest of the Company. The Company is unable to develop an estimate of the maximum potential amount of future payments that could result from any hypothetical future claim, but expects the risk of having to make any payments under these general business indemnifications to be remote.

14. Commitments and Contingencies

        The Company is subject to various claims and lawsuits which arise in the ordinary course of business. It is the opinion of management that the ultimate resolution of these matters would not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.

F-88


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheets

June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015

(in thousands of dollars)
  June 30
2016
  December 31
2015
 

Assets

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 27,082   $ 21,340  

Accounts receivable

             

Management fees

    11,365     14,569  

Distribution fees

    1,469     1,692  

Related parties

    3,297     2,603  

Other

    1,862     750  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    2,161     2,101  

Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements, net

    5,116     6,121  

Investments in equity securities

    901     763  

Goodwill

    89,007     118,700  

Other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization

    140,688     140,688  

Total assets

  $ 282,948   $ 309,328  

Liabilities, Redeemable Units and Members' Equity

             

Liabilities

             

Accrued compensation and benefits

  $ 15,691   $ 2,315  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    10,919     12,746  

Accounts payable - related parties

    1,397     1,924  

Distributions payable to unit holders

    9,555     16,951  

Promissory notes payable to unit holders

         

Line of credit - related party

    15,000     15,000  

Total liabilities

    52,563     48,935  

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 7, 8 and 14)

             

Redeemable units

    16,248     21,925  

Members' equity (58,778,276 units outstanding at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively)

    214,137     238,468  

Total liabilities, redeemable units and members' equity

  $ 282,948   $ 309,328  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-89


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations

Six-Month Period Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

(in thousands of dollars)
  2016   2015  

Revenue

             

Management fees, net

  $ 56,012   $ 73,220  

Distribution fees

    15,539     19,227  

Other revenue

    19     4  

Total revenue

    71,571     92,451  

Expenses

             

Employee compensation and benefits

    33,222     38,471  

Sub-advisory fees

    5,886     8,319  

Marketing and distribution expenses

    19,900     24,736  

Professional fees

    2,772     2,540  

Computer lease, maintenance and services

    2,418     3,418  

Other expenses

    2,810     1,518  

Travel and entertainment

    1,308     1,790  

Occupancy and equipment

    1,386     1,500  

Depreciation and amortization

    1,040     1,953  

Goodwill impairment charge

    29,693     102,165  

Insurance

    167     209  

Interest

    104     82  

Total expenses

    100,705     186,701  

Other income

             

Earnout from sale of GNR separate accounts

    5,843     6,379  

Net change in unrealized appreciation on seeded products

    137     (36 )

Net change in realized appreciation on seeded products

        171  

Total other income

    5,981     6,514  

Income tax

    18     (8 )

Net income/(loss)

  $ (23,172 ) $ (87,727 )

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-90


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members' Equity and Redeemable Units

Six-Month Period Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

 
  Members' Equity   Redeemable Units  
(in thousands of dollars, except units)
  Units   Value   Units   Value  

Balances at January 1, 2015

    58,395,588   $ 313,452     2,315,409   $ 60,894  

Net income/(loss)

        (83,554 )       (4,173 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

        (25 )       (1 )

Distributions

        (12,347 )       (617 )

Accrued distribution to RSU holders

                (904 )

Issuance of units

    382,688     3,270     12,662,577     85,044  

Repurchase of units

            (11,326,297 )   (98,745 )

Change in value of redeemable units

        (1,597 )       1,597  

Unit-based compensation expense

        4,573          

Balances at June 30, 2015

    58,778,276   $ 223,772     3,651,689   $ 43,096  

Balances at January 1, 2016

   
58,778,276
 
$

238,468
   
3,754,249
 
$

21,925
 

Net income/(loss)

        (21,955 )       (1,217 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

        13         1  

Distributions

        (6,479 )       (360 )

Accrued distribution to RSU holders

                (365 )

Issuance of units

                 

Repurchase of units

            (1,007,636 )   (3,416 )

Change in value of redeemable units

        320         (320 )

Unit-based compensation expense

        3,771          

Balance at June 30, 2016

    58,778,276   $ 214,137     2,746,613   $ 16,248  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-91


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Six-Month Period Ended June 30, 2016 and 2015

(in thousands of dollars)
  2016   2015  

Cash flows from operating activities

             

Net income/(loss)

  $ (23,172 ) $ (87,727 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income/(loss) to net cash required for operating activities

             

Earnout from sale of GNR separate accounts

    (5,843 )   (6,379 )

Depreciation and amortization

    1,040     1,153  

Amortization of intangible assets

        800  

Goodwill impairment charge

    29,693     102,165  

Realized gain in investment in equity securities

        (171 )

Unrealized loss/(gain) in investment in equity securities

    (137 )   36  

Unit based compensation expense

    3,771     4,573  

Decrease in accounts receivable

    1,622     2,655  

(Increase)/decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets

    (61 )   692  

Increase in accrued compensation and benefits

    13,376     13,320  

Decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses

    (2,353 )   (4,287 )

Net cash from operating activities

    17,937     26,830  

Cash flows from investing activities

             

Investment in equity securities

        (1,000 )

Proceeds from sale of investment in equity securities

        5,171  

Earnout from sale of GNR separate accounts

    5,843     6,379  

Purchases of furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements

    (35 )   (379 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    5,809     10,171  

Cash flows from financing activities

             

Distributions to unit holders

    (14,601 )   (26,509 )

Issuance of units

        3,269  

Repurchase of units

    (3,416 )   (13,701 )

Payment of note payable

        312  

Net cash used in financing activities

    (18,016 )   (36,628 )

Effect of changes of foreign exchange rate on cash and cash equivalents

    14     (26 )

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

    5,742     347  

Cash and cash equivalents

             

Beginning of period

    21,340     17,590  

End of period

  $ 27,082   $ 17,937  

Cash transactions

             

Cash paid for interest

  $ 68   $ 104  

Cash paid for business taxes

    490     195  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-92


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2016 and 2015

1. Organization and Company Description

        RS Investment Management Co. LLC (the "Company") was formed on November 10, 1998 as a limited liability company and commenced operations on March 1, 1999. The Company operated as a privately held company until August 31, 2006 when its members sold a 65% interest to Guardian Investor Services LLC ("GIS"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Guardian Life Insurance Company of America ("Guardian"). The Company operates as an independent subsidiary of Guardian. See Note 5 for a further description of the transaction.

        The Company provides investment advisory and related services to the RS Investment Trust (mutual funds), RS Variable Products Trust (variable investment trusts), private investment unit trusts, and institutional and other clients. The majority of these activities are provided by the Company, a registered investment advisor regulated by the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. GIS serves as sub-adviser to the fixed income and index mutual funds and variable investment trusts. In June 2014, the Company established RS Funds Distributor LLC ("RSFD") as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company to serve as the exclusive distributor of the RS mutual funds and RS variable investment products (individually a "Fund" and collectively the "Funds"). RSFD is registered as a broker/dealer with the SEC and is primarily regulated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA"). RSFD is subject to certain net capital requirements pursuant to Net Capital Rule 15c3-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. At June 30, 2016 and 2015, net capital for RSFD exceeded all minimum requirements. The financial results of RSFD are consolidated by the Company.

        The Company has no stated life, however, the Company shall dissolve or commence liquidation upon the first of the following to occur: a) the entry of decree of judicial dissolution pursuant to Section 17351 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act; or b) the unanimous consent of the Board of Directors and approval of a majority of the total LLC units outstanding, and prior to the earlier of August 31, 2016 or the first date on which GIS has held at least 80% of the total LLC units for any consecutive 180-days, a Majority Interest. GIS held 95.6% of the total LLC units at June 30, 2016.

        On December 17, 2015, the Company entered into a definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger with Victory Capital whereby Victory Capital will acquire 100% of the equity ownership of the Company from Guardian Life Insurance Company and other employee shareholders. The transaction closed on July 29, 2016. Consideration paid included the enterprise value less certain adjustments related to client consents and working capital balances. There was no contingent consideration associated with the transaction. Certain consideration amounts have been held in escrow and not distributed. Escrowed amounts will be paid to selling shareholders on the timelines associated with each escrow category.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

        These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP for interim information") using the accrual method of accounting. In the opinion of management, all adjustments consisting solely of normal recurring accruals considered necessary for the fair statement of consolidated financial statements for the interim periods have been included. The current period's results of operations are not necessarily indicative of results that ultimately may be achieved for the year. Therefore, the interim unaudited consolidated

F-93


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

June 30, 2016 and 2015

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

financial statements and notes should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the period ended December 31, 2015. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries of which a greater than 50% interest is held or management has determined that they have control of the operations of such entity. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Change in Accounting Principle

        The Company's financial statements have been adjusted to conform to the requirements of Regulation S-X. Under SEC Accounting Series Release ("ASR") 268, "Presentation in Financial Statements of 'Preferred Redeemable Stock'," units that are redeemable in cash or other assets at the option of the holder or upon the occurrence of an event that is not solely within the control of the issuer are to be classified as temporary equity and measured at the value of the redemption right. Under the terms of the Company's operating agreement, a portion of the units held by employees of the Company for at least six months can be put back to the Company at the option of the holder during a specified period each year. In addition, all units and vested restricted units and option awards held by a party who is an employee of the Company can be put back to the Company upon termination of employment for other than cause or for good reason. To conform to the requirements of ASR 268, the redemption value of redeemable units, restricted stock units and unit options at January 1, 2015 and December 31, 2015 was calculated at $60,894,307, and $21,925,624, respectively and these amounts were reclassified from members' equity (permanent equity) to redeemable units (temporary equity).

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 consisted of cash in banks, overnight interest bearing instruments and a money market fund. At times, cash balances may exceed the limits of FDIC insurance coverage.

Investments in Equity Securities

        As discussed in the basis of presentation note above and in Note 4, Fair Value of Financial Instruments, the Company periodically adds new investment strategies to its investment product offerings by providing the initial cash investment or "seeding." The primary purpose of seeded investment products is to generate an investment performance track record in a product to attract third-party investors. Seed investments by the Company are typically made in separate accounts which are 100% owned by the Company and are accounted for as trading securities with gain/(loss) recorded on the Statement of Operations.

F-94


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

June 30, 2016 and 2015

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Financial Instruments

        The carrying amount of the Company's financial instruments, which include cash and cash equivalents and investments approximates fair value at June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

Furniture, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements

        Furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation of furniture, equipment, and computer hardware is computed using the double declining method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, ranging from 1 to 7 years. Depreciation of computer software is computed using the straight-line method over 3 years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the remaining term of the lease. Improvements are capitalized and maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

        The Company follows U.S. GAAP accounting guidance related to goodwill and other intangible assets, and tests goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis as of June 30 of each year. The Company tests goodwill and intangible assets for impairment between the annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.

Revenue Recognition

Management Fees

        The Company recognizes management fees pursuant to contractual agreements with mutual funds, variable investment trusts, private investment unit trusts and institutional and other clients. Management fees are recognized ratably over the period that assets are under management, and are based on the assets under management and the fee schedule for each account. Since management fees are based on assets under management, significant changes in the value of these assets can impact fees earned by the Company in future periods.

        Performance-based management fees may be earned on certain investment advisory contracts for exceeding performance benchmarks, and are recognized at the end of the performance measurement period. The Company recognizes incentive income when it is earned and no longer subject to adjustment.

Distribution Fees

        The Company recognizes distribution fees primarily by distributing the Funds pursuant to an underwriting agreement with each Fund. Under each agreement, RSFD offers and sells the Funds' shares on a continuous basis and pays certain costs associated with underwriting and distributing the Funds, including the costs of developing and producing sales literature and printing of prospectuses, which may be either partially or fully reimbursed by the Funds pursuant to the Rule 12b-1 service plan in place with each Fund. Distribution fees are recognized ratably over the period assets are under management and the 12b-1 service plan for each fund.

F-95


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

June 30, 2016 and 2015

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Company may, in turn, pay other broker/dealers and sales professionals for services it provides to the Company. These payments are recognized as Distribution Expenses.

Share-Based Payment

        The Company follows the U.S. GAAP accounting guidance related to share-based payments and accounting for stock-based compensation, which focuses primarily on transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments for employee services and generally establishes standards for the accounting for transactions in which an entity obtains goods or services in share-based payment transactions. Generally, U.S. GAAP requires the fair value of all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock (unit) options, to be recognized in the consolidated statement of operations based on their fair value.

Income Taxes

        As a limited liability company, federal and state income taxes are the responsibility of the members and redeemable unit holders. Accordingly, no provision for federal and state taxes is included in the consolidated financial statements. The taxes included in the consolidated statement of operations are related to the consolidated foreign subsidiaries.

        The Company has implemented a policy to assess whether tax positions of the Company are more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by an applicable taxing authority (including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes) based on technical merits of the positions. The tax benefit recognized in the financial statements is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Any interest or penalty expense associated with an uncertain tax position would be recorded as a component of income tax expense.

        The Company has applied this policy to all tax positions taken in years where the statute of limitations is still in effect, and it has not accrued any liabilities associated with uncertain income tax positions. No interest or penalties were incurred during the periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, or were accrued as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

Translation of Foreign Currencies

        Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at year-end exchange rates and income and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates in effect during the period. Foreign currency translation gains and losses are recognized as Other Comprehensive Income. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in Net Income.

Allocation of Profits and Losses

        The profits and losses of the Company are allocated among the members and redeemable unit holders in proportion to their respective units, as of the first day of each calendar month.

F-96


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

June 30, 2016 and 2015

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        The FASB issued new guidance in May 2014 that requires use of a single principles-based model for recognition of revenue from contracts with customers. The core principle of the model is that revenue is recognized upon the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the expected consideration to be received for the goods or services. The guidance is effective for the Company on October 1, 2018 and allows for either a full retrospective or modified approach at adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting the guidance.

        The FASB issued new guidance for the accounting for leases in February 2016. The new guidance requires lessees to recognize assets and liabilities arising from substantially all leases. The guidance is effective for the Company on October 1, 2019 and requires a modified retrospective approach at adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting the guidance.

3. Comprehensive Income

        The Company reports all changes in comprehensive income in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. Comprehensive income is equal to the sum of net income and foreign currency translation adjustment for the period.

4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        Current guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value measurements are based on observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company's view of market assumptions based on internally developed data in the absence of observable market information.

        The guidance requires entities to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining the fair value of an asset or liability. The statement classifies all assets and liabilities carried or disclosed at fair value in one of the following three categories:

  Level 1   Inputs are quoted market prices available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities on the reporting date. Assets included in this category include U.S. Treasury Securities, certain mutual funds in which the fund holds investments in common stock, and securities held by consolidated private investment funds.

 

Level 2

 

Inputs are quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant value drivers are observable.

 

Level 3

 

Inputs are unobservable where there is little or no market activity for the asset or liability and the Company makes estimates and assumptions based on internally derived information.

F-97


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

June 30, 2016 and 2015

4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the Company's financial instruments carried at fair value by their fair value hierarchy levels.

 
  As of December 31, 2015  
(in thousands of dollars)
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
Fair Value
  Carrying
Amount
 

Assets

                               

Investments in Equity Securities

  $ 763   $   $   $ 763   $ 763  

  $ 763   $   $   $ 763   $ 763  

 

 
  As of June 30, 2016  
(in thousands of dollars)
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
Fair Value
  Carrying
Amount
 

Assets

                               

Investments in Equity Securities

  $ 901   $   $   $ 901   $ 901  

  $ 901   $   $   $ 901   $ 901  

        There were no transfers between Levels 1, 2, or 3 during the six months ended June 30, 2016 and during the year ended December 31, 2015.

5. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

        The Company operated as a privately held company until August 31, 2006 when its members sold a 65% interest to GIS. Then on October 9, 2006, GIS contributed its mutual fund and variable investment trust businesses (the "Guardian-sponsored Funds") and certain investment contracts relating to Guardian's securities investment accounts and master pension trust (collectively, the "Contributed Businesses") to the Company. In exchange for the Contributed Businesses, initially valued at $80 million, GIS was issued an additional 7,619,048 units which increased its ownership interest in the Company to approximately 69.3%. Total goodwill in the amount of $236,328,408 was recorded on the consolidated balance sheet as a result of the acquisition. With the subsequent repurchase by the Company of certain minority unit holders' interests, GIS ownership interest increased to 95.6% and 94.2% at June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

        On December 17, 2015, the Company entered into a definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger with Victory Capital whereby Victory Capital will acquire 100% of the equity ownership of the Company from Guardian Life Insurance Company and other employee shareholders. The transaction closed on July 29, 2016.

        As a result of the sale agreement, the Company recognized a non-cash pretax goodwill impairment charge of $29,692,870 in 2016 in order to write down the carrying value of the assets to their current fair value.

F-98


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

June 30, 2016 and 2015

5. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Continued)

Other Intangible Assets

        The table below reflects the identified intangible assets associated with the acquisition of the Company by GIS. These intangible assets include assets with a useful life, which are being amortized over their remaining useful life, as well as those intangible assets with an indefinite life.

(in thousands of dollars)
  Amortizable
Life (years)
  June 30,
2016
  December 31,
2015
 

Finite life intangible assets

                 

Institutional investment management contracts and relationships (RS Investments)

  9 years   $ 15,442   $ 15,442  

        15,442     15,442  

Accumulated amortization

        (15,442 )   (15,442 )

             

Goodwill

        89,007     118,700  

Indefinite life intangible assets

 

 

   
 
   
 
 

Mutual fund and variable investment trust investment management contracts

  Indefinite     132,002     132,002  

Company trade name

  Indefinite     8,686     8,686  

Goodwill and Other intangible assets, net

      $ 229,695   $ 259,388  

        Amortization of intangible assets expense for the periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 was $0 and $800,110, respectively.

6. Furniture, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements

        At June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements consisted of the following:

(in thousands of dollars)
  June 30,
2016
  December 31,
2015
 

Furniture and equipment

  $ 2,413   $ 1,704  

Computer software and hardware

    4,328     5,183  

Leasehold improvements

    5,391     5,386  

Art

    6     6  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (7,022 )   (6,159 )

  $ 5,116   $ 6,121  

        During 2015, the Company relocated and capitalized furniture, equipment and leasehold improvements acquired in connection with the move to the new building. Depreciation and amortization expense for the periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 was $1,039,827 and $1,153,036, respectively.

F-99


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

June 30, 2016 and 2015

7. Lease Commitments

        The Company occupies office space in California, Boston, London, Singapore, Hong Kong, Villanova, and Des Moines under non-cancelable operating lease agreements expiring at various times to June 2023. At June 30, 2016, the Company had remaining minimum lease commitments, net of a committed sublease, as follows:

Annual periods ending December 31,

       

Remainder of 2016

    1,367  

2017

    2,613  

2018

    2,178  

2019

    2,062  

2020

    2,048  

2021

    2,082  

Thereafter

    4,085  

  $ 16,435  

        Rental expense for the periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 was $1,255,159 and $1,291,141 respectively.

8. Non-pension Postretirement Plans

        The Company has a non-pension postretirement healthcare plan (the "Healthcare Plan") that provides medical and dental benefits for eligible retirees and eligible dependents, as well as life insurance for eligible retirees. An eligible retiree is the Chief Executive Officer ("CEO"), or any direct report of the CEO, that has 18 years or more of service and has attained the age of 55 years. The costs of the benefits provided under the Healthcare Plan are to be paid by the eligible retiree. In December 2007, one retiree became eligible for benefits under the Healthcare Plan and the Company agreed to pay the cost of the benefits pursuant to the terms of the retiree's employment agreement.

        For the Healthcare Plan accounting, the Company reviews external data and its own historical trends for healthcare costs to determine the healthcare cost trend rates. The Company used the actual premium rates in place for 2012, assumed the healthcare cost trend for 2013 will be 6.0% and then decreasing to 4.75% over the next 5 years. The net periodic Healthcare Plan cost for the periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 was $0 and $0 respectively. The accumulated benefit obligation of the Healthcare Plan as of June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 was $304,835 and $316,000, respectively.

9. Compensation Plans

Unit Options

        Unit options are provided to certain eligible employees as provided under the terms of the related option agreements. When unit options are exercised, the Company issues new units. Certain options are exercised through a cashless process whereby the exercise price and any minimum statutory tax withholding is done by the Company through a reduction in units.

F-100


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

June 30, 2016 and 2015

9. Compensation Plans (Continued)

        A summary of the status of the Company's unit option grants is as follows:

 
  Unit Options  
 
  Units   Weighted Average
Grant Price
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2015

    18,904,163   $ 7.01  

Exercisable at January 1, 2015

    13,779,163        

Granted

         

Exercised

    (12,662,577 )   6.72  

Cancellation

         

Forfeited

         

Expired

    (144,790 )   6.05  

Outstanding at June 30, 2015

   
6,096,796
   
7.66
 

Exercisable at June 30, 2015

    2,734,296        

Outstanding at January 1, 2016

   
4,953,883
 
$

7.80
 

Exercisable at January 1, 2016

    2,491,383        

Granted

         

Exercised

         

Cancellation

    (187,500 )   8.25  

Forfeited

    (275,000 )   8.12  

Expired

    (288,383 )   6.32  

Outstanding at June 30, 2016

    4,203,000   $ 7.86  

Exercisable at June 30, 2016

    3,603,000        

        At June 30, 2016, the intrinsic value of outstanding and exercisable options is $0 and $0 respectively.

        The following information summarizes the Company's stock options outstanding at June 30, 2016:

Exercise Price
  Option Shares
Outstanding
  Weighted-Average
Remaining Life
(in years)
 

6.05

    130,500     1.84  

7.35

    2,422,500     2.12  

8.51

    175,000     3.33  

8.77

    1,475,000     3.50  

    4,203,000        

F-101


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

June 30, 2016 and 2015

9. Compensation Plans (Continued)

        The following information summarizes the Company's stock options exercisable at June 30, 2016:

Exercise Price
  Option Shares
Exercisable
 

$6.05

    130,500  

  7.35

    2,422,500  

  8.51

    87,500  

  8.77

    962,500  

    3,603,000  

        The following information summarizes the unvested stock options under the Company's compensation plans at June 30, 2016:

 
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Option Shares unvested at January 1, 2016

    2,462,500   $ 5.81  

Granted

         

Vested

    (1,587,500 )   7.35  

Forfeited

    (275,000 )   8.12  

Option Shares unvested at June 30, 2016

    600,000   $ 8.73  

        Unit options-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense on the straight-line basis over the employee's requisite service period. Option related compensation expense of $551,762 and $1,102,414 was included in employee compensation and benefits for the periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

        The Black-Scholes pricing model is used to estimate the fair value of each unit option award on their respective grant dates. The following are the assumptions that were incorporated in the model:

 
  2015 Option
Grants
  2016 Option
Grants

Dividend yield

  7.90%  

Volatility

  26.56% - 33.78%  

Risk-free interest rate

  0.81% - 1.19%  

Expected lives

  3.03  

Forfeiture rate

  10.00%  

        The expected dividend yield is based on the estimated annual unit holder cash profit allocation distributions expected to be paid over the expected life of the options as a percentage of the formula value of the Company's units as of the grant date.

        The expected unit price volatility is estimated using the historical volatility of a comparative group of publicly held guideline companies and other factors. The historical volatility covers a period that corresponds to the expected life of the options. The risk-free interest rate for the expected life of the

F-102


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

June 30, 2016 and 2015

9. Compensation Plans (Continued)

options granted is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect as of the grant date. The expected life of the options represents the period of time that the options are expected to be outstanding based on historical experience.

        Unrecognized compensation cost for unit options as of June 30, 2016 was $217,705 with a weighted average recognition period of less than 1 year.

        The Company uses the bifurcated approach for equity compensation modifications.

Restricted Stock Units

        Restricted stock units ("RSUs") are awarded to certain officers and key employees and those units generally vest over a period of time ranging from two to four years. The fair value for restricted stock unit awards is calculated based on the unit fair value on the date of grant. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period on a straight line basis. Restricted stock related compensation expense of $3,219,229 and $3,471,024 was included in employee compensation and benefits for the periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

        The following table shows the Restricted Stock Unit activity:

 
  # of RSU   Weighted
Average
Fair Market
Value on
Date of Grant
 

Outstanding RSU as of January 1, 2016

    4,528,915   $ 7.54  

Granted

      $  

Forfeited

    (180,180 ) $ 7.77  

Outstanding RSU as of June 30, 2016

    4,348,735   $ 7.53  

        Unrecognized compensation cost of restricted stock units as of June 30, 2016 was $17,668,406 with a weighted average recognition period of 2.56 years.

Stock Appreciation Rights

        Stock Appreciation Rights ("SARs") are awarded to certain key employees at exercise prices equal to the unit value on the date of the grant. SARs generally expire five years after the date of grant and both vest and may be exercised in cumulative installments of one quarter at the end of each of the first four years following the date of grant. No units are issued for SARs and all amounts payable will be settled in cash. The fair value of the unvested awards is remeasured on each balance sheet date based on the excess, if any, of the fair value of the Company's unit, as of the balance sheet date, over the fair value of the unit on the date of grant. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period on a straight line basis. SARs related compensation expense of $0 and ($53,228) was included in employee compensation and benefits for the periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

F-103


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

June 30, 2016 and 2015

9. Compensation Plans (Continued)

        The following table shows the Stock Appreciation Rights activity:

 
  # of SARs   Weighted
Average
Fair Market
Value
 

Outstanding SARs as of December 31, 2015

    705,000   $ 7.56  

Granted

      $  

Forfeited

    (100,000 ) $ 8.18  

Cancelled

      $  

Outstanding SARs as of July 29, 2016

    605,000   $ 7.95  

        At June 30, 2016, the intrinsic value of outstanding SARs was $0.

        Unrecognized compensation cost of SARs as of June 30, 2016 was $0 with a weighted average recognition period of 0.9 years.

Defined Contribution Pension Plan

        The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan whereby employees may elect to contribute a percentage of their compensation. Employees who are age 19 years or older are eligible to participate upon employment. The Company may make a discretionary profit sharing contribution up to the maximum permitted by law. Employees are eligible for the employer profit sharing pension plan contributions after one year of employment. The Company contributed $0 and $0 to the plans for the periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

10. Redeemable Units (temporary equity)

        Redeemable units represent units, restricted stock units and unit options that are subject to certain put rights at the option of the holder or upon the occurrence of an event that is not solely under the control of the Company. Under the terms of the Company's operating agreement, a portion of the units held by employees of the Company for at least six months can be put back to the Company at the option of the holder during a specified period each year. In addition, all units as well as vested restricted units and unit options held by a party can be put back to the Company upon termination of employment for other than cause or for good reason. These equity instruments are valued at their redemption right and are classified as redeemable units on the consolidated balance sheets.

        For redeemable units and restricted stock units, redemption value per unit is the estimated price per unit at the reporting date. For unit options, the redemption value of a unit option is its intrinsic value. Changes in the number and redemption value of redeemable units for the six month period ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 are included in the consolidated statements of changes in members' equity and redeemable units.

F-104


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

June 30, 2016 and 2015

11. Related Party Transactions

Management Fees

        The Company provides investment advisory and administrative services to affiliated mutual funds (the "Funds") for which it earned management fees totaling approximately $50,094,606 and $65,833,543 for the periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company has also agreed to voluntarily reimburse the Funds by waiving all or a portion of the management fees and reimbursing the Funds' expenses so that the expense ratios of the Funds remain below certain levels. Such waived and reimbursed fees and expenses totaled $3,769,468 and $2,750,828 for the periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and are reflected as a reduction in management fee revenue. At June 30, 2016 and 2015, net management fees receivable from affiliated mutual funds totaled $7,981,272 and $11,075,847, respectively.

        The Company provides investment advisory and administrative services to Guardian with respect to their securities investment accounts and master pension trust for which it earned $114,886 and $118,349 for the periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. At June 30, 2016 and 2015, investment advisory fees receivable totaled $71,915 and $31,641, respectively.

Sub-advisory Services Agreement

        In connection with the investment advisory agreements with the RS Investment Trust and the RS Variable Products Trust, the Company has retained GIS to provide sub-advisory services to certain of the RS mutual funds and variable investment trusts. The Company paid GIS 28% of net management fees totaling $2,265,477 and $3,005,653 for the periods ended June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Sub-advisory fees of $541,141 and $436,837 are reflected in accounts payable-related parties at June 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Line of Credit

        Effective April 30, 2015, the Company obtained a line of credit from Guardian for $15,000,000 with an interest rate per annum of Eurodollar Rate + 1%, for a term of 12 months ending April 30, 2016. The maturity date was subsequently extended to July 29, 2016. The credit line has a commitment fee of 0.15% on the amount of the line of credit, payable quarterly at the end of each quarter. At June 30, 2016, the balance outstanding was $15,000,000 with a rate of 1.48% and $0 is available at the request of the Company. During 2016, the Company paid interest of $103,456 and a commitment fee of $475.

12. Significant Transactions

        On January 7, 2014, the Company signed a definitive agreement to transfer the Global Natural Resources ("GNR") separate accounts to SailingStone Capital Partners LLC ("SSCP"). Pursuant to the agreement the Company transferred assets held for sale totaling $16.5 million consisting primarily of Goodwill and Intangible assets in exchange for consideration, including Company equity and equity options, valued at $21.2 million. Pursuant to this agreement, the Company will receive an earnout in the form of revenue share on these separate accounts for the five-year period ending June 30, 2018. The earnout is considered realized when the amounts are determinable. Earnout payments received by the Company pursuant to this agreement totaled $5.9 million and $6.4 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively.

        On December 17, 2015, the Company entered into a definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger with Victory Capital whereby Victory Capital will acquire 100% of the equity ownership of the Company from

F-105


Table of Contents


RS Investment Management Co. LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

June 30, 2016 and 2015

12. Significant Transactions (Continued)

Guardian Life Insurance Company and other employee shareholders. The transaction closed on July 29, 2016. Consideration paid included the enterprise value less certain adjustments related to client consents and working capital balances.

13. Indemnifications

        The Company has provided general indemnifications to members, redeemable unit holders and officers of the Company and others when they act, in good faith, in the best interest of the Company. The Company is unable to develop an estimate of the maximum potential amount of future payments that could result from any hypothetical future claim, but expects the risk of having to make any payments under these general business indemnifications to be remote.

14. Commitments and Contingencies

        The Company is subject to various claims and lawsuits which arise in the ordinary course of business. It is the opinion of management that the ultimate resolution of these matters would not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.

F-106


Table of Contents

 

        Through and including                        , 2018 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the Class A common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

11,700,000 Shares

LOGO

Class A Common Stock



PROSPECTUS



J.P. Morgan
BofA Merrill Lynch
Morgan Stanley
Barclays
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
RBC Capital Markets
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods
                                      A Stifel Company
William Blair
Sandler O'Neill + Partners, L.P.

                        , 2018

   



PART II—INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount, in connection with the sale of Class A common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fees and the NASDAQ listing fee.

SEC registration fee

  $ 31,828  

FINRA filing fee

  $ 38,847  

NASDAQ listing fee

  $ 125,000  

Printing and engraving expenses

  $ 390,000  

Legal fees and expenses

  $ 2,730,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

  $ 730,000  

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

  $ 60,000  

Miscellaneous

  $ 1,394,325  

Total

  $ 5,500,000  

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation's board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents.

        As permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the registrant's certificate of incorporation, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering, includes provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors, except for the following:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the registrant or its stockholders;

    acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law;

    under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (regarding unlawful dividends and stock purchases); or

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper benefit.

        In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the bylaws of the registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering, provide that:

    The registrant shall indemnify its directors and officers for serving the registrant in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at the registrant's request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct was unlawful.

    The registrant may, in its discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.

    The registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such director or officer shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

II-1


    The registrant will not be obligated to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person, except with respect to proceedings authorized by the registrant's board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.

    The rights conferred in the certificate of incorporation and bylaws are not exclusive, and the registrant is authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

        The registrant's policy is to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of its directors, officers and members of the Employee Shareholders Committee that provide the maximum indemnity allowed to directors and executive officers by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and also provide for certain additional procedural protections. The registrant also maintains directors and officers insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.

        These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered into between the registrant and its officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant's officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933.

        The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification in limited circumstances by the underwriters of the registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 and otherwise.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        On October 31, 2014, the registrant issued and sold 17,566,906 shares of its common stock for aggregate cash consideration equal to $140.4 million in connection with financing the Munder Acquisition and issued 3,068,190 shares of its common stock to Munder employees in exchange for a portion of their Munder equity.

        On July 31, 2016, the registrant issued and sold 8,594,580 shares of its common stock for aggregate cash consideration equal to $88.3 million in connection with financing the RS Acquisition and issued 491,675 shares of its common stock to RS Investments employees in exchange for a portion of their RS Investments equity.

        Since January 1, 2015, the registrant has granted to its directors, officers, employees, consultants, and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 4,215,882 shares of its common stock under its equity compensation plans at exercise prices ranging from approximately $5.71 to $14.27 per share.

        Since January 1, 2015, the registrant has granted to its directors, officers, employees, consultants, and other service providers an aggregate of 3,143,213 shares of restricted stock under its equity compensation plans.

        None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and the registrant believes the transactions were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 in reliance on Section 4(2) thereof, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 thereunder, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701. The recipients of securities in such transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and instruments issued in such transactions. If applicable, the recipients of securities were accredited or sophisticated and either received adequate information about the registrant or had access, through relationships with the registrant, to such information.

II-2


Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)
Exhibits

        The list of exhibits is set forth under "Exhibit Index" at the end of this registration statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

(b)
Financial Statement Schedules

        Schedules have been omitted because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, information therein is not applicable or the omitted schedules are not required.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter, at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

        (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

        (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
No.
  Description
  1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement
        
  3.1   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering
        
  3.2   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering
        
  4.1   Form of Class A common stock certificate
        
  4.2   Form of Class B common stock certificate
        
  4.3   Form of Amended and Restated Shareholders' Agreement
        
  4.4   Form of Employee Shareholders' Agreement
        
  5.1   Opinion of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP
        
  10.1   Form of Indemnification Agreement
        
  10.2   Form of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. 2018 Stock Incentive Plan
        
  10.3   Form of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
        
  10.4   Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan
        
  10.5   Amendment No. 1 to the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan
        
  10.6   Amendment No. 2 to the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan
        
  10.7   Amendment No. 3 to the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan
        
  10.8   Form of Amendment No. 4 to the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan
        
  10.9   Victory Capital Management Inc. Severance Pay Plan and Summary Plan Description
        
  10.10   Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Bonus Plan
        
  10.11   Victory Capital Management Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan
        
  10.12   First Amendment to the Victory Capital Management Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan
        
  10.13   First Addendum to the Victory Capital Management Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan
        
  10.14   Second Amendment to the Victory Capital Management Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan
        
  10.15   Form of Stock Option Grant Notice under the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan
        
  10.16   Form of Restricted Shares Grant Notice under the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan
        
  10.17   Form of Stock Option Grant Notice under Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan
        
  10.18   Form of Restricted Shares Grant Notice under Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan
 
   

II-4


Exhibit
No.
  Description
  10.19   Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2014, by and among Victory Capital Operating, LLC, VCH Holdings, LLC, the lenders party thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding,  Inc., as Administrative Agent
        
  10.20   Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2015, by and among Victory Capital Operating, LLC, VCH Holdings, LLC, Victory Capital Management, Inc. and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.
        
  10.21   Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2016, by and among Victory Capital Operating, LLC, VCH Holdings, LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding,  Inc. and Royal Bank of Canada
        
  10.22   Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2016, by and among Victory Capital Operating, LLC, VCH Holdings, LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding,  Inc. and Royal Bank of Canada
        
  10.23   Amendment No. 4 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2017, by and among Victory Capital Operating, LLC, VCH Holdings, LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding,  Inc. and Royal Bank of Canada
        
  10.24   Amendment No. 5 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2017, by and among Victory Capital Operating, LLC, VCH Holdings, LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding,  Inc., Royal Bank of Canada and the lenders party thereto
        
  10.25   Amendment No. 6 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2017, by and among Victory Capital Operating, LLC, VCH Holdings, LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding,  Inc., Royal Bank of Canada and the lenders party thereto
        
  10.26   Employment Agreement by and between Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. and David C. Brown, dated as of March 20, 2017
        
  21.1   List of Subsidiaries
        
  23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
        
  23.2 # Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
        
  23.3   Consent of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
        
  24.1 # Power of Attorney (included in the signature page to registration statement)

#
Previously filed.

II-5


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Brooklyn, State of Ohio on this 5th day of February, 2018.

  VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ DAVID C. BROWN


      Name:   David C. Brown

      Title:   Chief Executive Officer

II-6


        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ DAVID C. BROWN

David C. Brown
  Chief Executive Officer and Chairman (Principal Executive Officer)     February 5, 2018  

/s/ TERENCE F. SULLIVAN

Terence F. Sullivan

 

Chief Financial Officer and Head of Strategy (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

February 5, 2018

 

*

Milton R. Berlinski

 

Director

 

 

February 5, 2018

 

*

Alex Binderow

 

Director

 

 

February 5, 2018

 

*

Lawrence Davanzo

 

Director

 

 

February 5, 2018

 

*

Richard M. DeMartini

 

Director

 

 

February 5, 2018

 

*

James B. Hawkes

 

Director

 

 

February 5, 2018

 

*

Robert J. Hurst

 

Director

 

 

February 5, 2018

 

*

Karin Hirtler-Garvey

 

Director

 

 

February 5, 2018

 

II-7


Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
*

Alan H. Rappaport
  Director     February 5, 2018  

*
Pursuant to Power of Attorney.
By:   /s/ DAVID C. BROWN

David C. Brown
Attorney-in-fact
   

II-8




Exhibit 1.1

 



 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 

[ · ] Shares of Class A Common Stock

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

Dated: February [ · ], 2018

 



 



 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 

[ · ] Shares of Class A Common Stock

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

February [ · ], 2018

 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

Incorporated

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

 

as Representatives of the several Underwriters

 

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

Incorporated

One Bryant Park
New York, New York 10036

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), confirms its agreement with J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“J.P. Morgan”), Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”), Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“Morgan Stanley”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “Underwriters,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom J.P. Morgan, Merrill Lynch and Morgan Stanley are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “Representatives”), with respect to (i) the sale by the Company and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (“Class A Common Stock”) set forth in Schedule A hereto and (ii) the grant by the Company to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of [ · ] additional shares of Class A Common Stock.  The aforesaid [ · ] shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Initial Securities”) to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the [ · ] shares of Class A Common Stock subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the “Option Securities”) are herein called, collectively, the “Securities.”  The shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the Securities, together with the shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Class B Common Stock”) are referred to herein as the “Common Stock.”

 

The Company understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered.

 



 

The Company and the Underwriters agree that up to 5% of the Initial Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters (the “Reserved Securities”) shall be reserved for sale by the Underwriters to certain persons designated by the Company (the “Invitees”), as part of the distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters, subject to the terms of this Agreement, the applicable rules, regulations and interpretations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and all other applicable laws, rules and regulations.  The Company solely determined, without any direct or indirect participation by the Underwriters, the Invitees who will purchase Reserved Securities (including the amount to be purchased by such persons) sold by the Underwriters.  To the extent that such Reserved Securities are not orally confirmed for purchase by Invitees by 11:59 P.M. (New York City time) on the date of this Agreement, such Reserved Securities may be offered to the public as part of the public offering contemplated hereby.

 

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-222509), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses, covering the registration of the sale of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”).  Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A (“Rule 430A”) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act (the “1933 Act Regulations”) and Rule 424(b) (“Rule 424(b)”) of the 1933 Act Regulations.  The information included in such prospectus that was omitted from such registration statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A(b) is herein called the “Rule 430A Information.”  Such registration statement, including the amendments thereto, the exhibits thereto and any schedules thereto, at the time it became effective, and including the Rule 430A Information, is herein called the “Registration Statement.”  Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations is herein called the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement” and, after such filing, the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement.  Each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a “preliminary prospectus.”  The final prospectus, in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities, is herein called the “Prospectus.”  For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system or any successor system (“EDGAR”).

 

As used in this Agreement:

 

“Applicable Time” means [ · ]:00 [P./A.M.], New York City time, on February [ · ], 2018 or such other time as agreed by the Company and the Representatives.

 

“General Disclosure Package” means any Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectuses issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, the most recent preliminary prospectus that is distributed to investors prior to the Applicable Time and the information included on Schedule B-1 hereto, all considered together.

 

“Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 433”), including without limitation any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 405”)) relating to the Securities that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission, or (iii) exempt from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Securities or of the offering that does not reflect

 

2



 

the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

 

“Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors (other than a “ bona fide electronic road show,” as defined in Rule 433 (the “Bona Fide Electronic Road Show”)), as evidenced by its being specified in Schedule B-2 hereto.

 

“Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus.

 

“Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the 1933 Act.

 

“Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the 1933 Act.

 

SECTION 1.         Representations and Warranties .

 

(a)           Representations and Warranties by the Company .  The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, the Applicable Time, the Closing Time (as defined below) and any Date of Delivery (as defined below), and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:

 

(i)            Registration Statement and Prospectuses .  Each of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has become effective under the 1933 Act.  No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated.  The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.

 

Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations.  Each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the time each was filed with the Commission, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations.  Each preliminary prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this offering and the Prospectus was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

(ii)           Accurate Disclosure .  Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at its effective time, at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.  As of the Applicable Time, none of (A) the General Disclosure Package, (B) any individual Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package and (C) individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were

 

3



 

made, not misleading.  Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto, as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein.  For purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished shall be the information in the second sentence of the fourth paragraph under the heading “Underwriting,” the first paragraph under the heading “Underwriting—Commissions and Discounts,” the information in the second sentence of the first paragraph, and the second, third and fourth paragraphs under the heading “Underwriting—Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids” and the information under the heading “Underwriting—Electronic Distribution” in each case contained in the Prospectus (collectively, the “Underwriter Information”).

 

(iii)          Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses .  Except to the extent superseded or modified, no Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, and any preliminary or other prospectus deemed to be a part thereof that has not been superseded or modified.  The Company has made available a Bona Fide Electronic Road Show in compliance with Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) such that no filing of any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433(h)) is required in connection with the offering of the Securities.  The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from any Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses made in reliance upon or in connection with Underwriter Information.

 

(iv)          Testing-the-Waters Materials .  The Company (A) has not engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the 1933 Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the 1933 Act and (B) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications.  The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications.  The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule B-3 hereto.

 

(v)           Company Not Ineligible Issuer .  At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the 1933 Act Regulations) of the Securities and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.

 

(vi)          Emerging Growth Company Status.   From the time of the initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any Person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the 1933 Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”).

 

4



 

(vii)         Independent Accountants .  Ernst & Young LLP, who certified the financial statements of the Company and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, are independent public accountants with respect to the Company as required by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.  To the knowledge of the Company, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who certified certain financial statements of RS Investment Management Co. LLC. (“RS Investments”) and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, are independent public accountants with respect to RS Investments as required by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

 

(viii)        Financial Statements; Non-GAAP Financial Measures .  The financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved.  The financial statements of RS Investments included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of RS Investments and its consolidated subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of RS Investments and its consolidated subsidiaries for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved.  The supporting schedules, if any, included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein.  The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein.  The pro forma financial statements and the related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the information shown therein, have been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial statements and have been properly compiled on the bases described therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein.  Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations.  All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply with Regulation G of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the 1933 Act, to the extent applicable.

 

(ix)          No Material Adverse Change in Business .  Except as otherwise stated therein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary

 

5



 

course of business, (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.

 

(x)           Good Standing of the Company .  The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings or business of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”).

 

(xi)          Good Standing of Subsidiaries .  Each “significant subsidiary” of the Company (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X), Victory Capital Advisers, Inc. and Victory Capital Management Inc. (each, a “Subsidiary” and, collectively, the “Subsidiaries”) has been duly organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, has corporate or similar power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and is owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity, other than any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, or any other claim under that certain credit agreement, dated as of October 31, 2014, as amended on May 5, 2015, July 29, 2016 (two amendments), February 6, 2017 (two amendments) and August 1, 2017 by and among Victory Capital Operating, LLC, VCH Holdings, LLC, the lenders party thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part) (the “Existing Credit Facility”).  None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any Subsidiary were issued in violation of the preemptive or similar rights of any securityholder of such Subsidiary that have not been waived.  The only subsidiaries of the Company are the subsidiaries listed on Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement, except for subsidiaries that, considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would not constitute a “significant subsidiary” (as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act).

 

(xii)         Capitalization .  The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company as of September 30, 2017 are as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus in the column entitled “Actual” under the caption “Capitalization” (except for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, pursuant to

 

6



 

reservations, agreements or employee benefit plans referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or pursuant to the exercise of convertible securities or options referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus).  The outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; and, after giving effect to transactions and events described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company will have been duly authorized and validly issued and will have been fully paid and non-assessable.  None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company were issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company that have not been waived.

 

(xiii)        Authorization of Agreement .  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

 

(xiv)        Authorization and Description of Securities .  The Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth herein, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable; and the issuance of the Securities is not subject to the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.  The Common Stock conforms in all material respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and such description conforms in all material respects to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the same.

 

(xv)         Registration Rights .  There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered for sale pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered for sale or sold by the Company under the 1933 Act pursuant to this Agreement, other than those rights that have been disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and have been waived.

 

(xvi)        Absence of Violations, Defaults and Conflicts .  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (A) in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational document, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company or any subsidiary is subject (collectively, “Agreements and Instruments”), except for such defaults that would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (C) in violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or agency having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, assets or operations (each, a “Governmental Entity”), except for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein (including the issuance and sale of the Securities by the Company and the use of proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) and compliance by the Company with its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien,

 

7


 

 

charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of (A) the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational document of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (B) any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity (except, with respect to clause (B), for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect).  As used herein, a “Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

(xvii)       Absence of Labor Dispute .  No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or any subsidiary’s principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors, which, in either case, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xviii)      Absence of Proceedings .  Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or, to the knowledge of the Company, investigation before or brought by any Governmental Entity now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against the Company or any of its subsidiaries, which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect their respective properties or assets or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder.

 

(xix)        Accuracy of Exhibits .  There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement which have not been so described in all material respects and filed as required.

 

(xx)         Absence of Further Requirements .  No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any Governmental Entity is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, in each case, on the terms contemplated by the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except (A) such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the rules of the Nasdaq Global Select Market, state securities laws or the rules of FINRA and (B) such as have been obtained under the laws and regulations of jurisdictions outside the United States in which the Reserved Securities were offered.

 

(xxi)        Possession of Licenses and Permits .  The Company and its subsidiaries possess such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “Governmental Licenses”) issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  The Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a

 

8



 

Material Adverse Effect.  All of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxii)       Title to Property .  Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company does not own any real property.  The Company and its subsidiaries have good title to all other properties owned by them that are material to the Company (excluding for the purpose of this section Intellectual Property (as defined below)), free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such as (A) are described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (B) do not, singly or in the aggregate, materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (C) would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect or (D) exist pursuant to the Existing Credit Facility; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise, and under which the Company or any of its subsidiaries holds properties described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxiii)      Possession of Intellectual Property .  The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) necessary to carry on the business now operated by them except where the failure to own, possess or otherwise acquire such rights would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Company or any of its subsidiaries therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxiv)     Environmental Laws .  Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any applicable federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos-containing materials or mold (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of

 

9



 

Hazardous Materials (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (B) the Company and its subsidiaries have all permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws for the operation of their business or the occupancy of their real property and are each in compliance with their requirements, (C) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, proceedings or, to the knowledge of the Company, investigations relating to any Environmental Law against the Company or any of its subsidiaries and (D) to the knowledge of the Company, there are no events or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or Governmental Entity, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws.

 

(xxv)      Accounting Controls .  The Company and its subsidiaries maintain effective internal control over financial reporting (as defined under Rule 13-a15 and 15d-15 under the 1934 Act Regulations) and a system of internal accounting controls designed to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.  Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (1) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (2) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially and adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (it being understood that this subsection shall not require the Company to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (as defined below) as of any date earlier than such date the Company would otherwise be required to so comply under applicable laws).

 

(xxvi)     Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.   The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, it will be in compliance in all material respects with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) that are then in effect and with which the Company is required to comply as of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and is taking commercially reasonable steps to ensure that it will be in compliance with other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act not currently in effect, upon the effectiveness of such provisions, or which will become applicable to the Company at all times after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

 

(xxvii)    Payment of Taxes .  (A) All United States federal income tax returns of the Company and its subsidiaries required by law to be filed have been filed, except returns for which extensions have been obtained, and (B) all taxes shown by such returns or otherwise assessed, which are due and payable, have been paid, except assessments against which appeals have been or will be promptly taken and as to which adequate reserves have been provided and except, in the case of (A) and (B), where the failure to so file or pay would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.  The United States federal income tax returns of the Company through the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 have been settled and no assessment in connection therewith has been made against the Company.  The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all other tax returns that are required to have been filed by them pursuant to applicable foreign, state, local or other law except insofar as the failure to file such

 

10



 

returns would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and has paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Company and its subsidiaries, except for such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been established by the Company or the non-payment of which would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company in respect of any income and corporation tax liability for any years not finally determined are adequate to meet any assessments or re-assessments for additional income tax for any years not finally determined, except to the extent of any inadequacy that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxviii)   Insurance .  The Company and its subsidiaries carry or are entitled to the benefits of insurance, with financially sound and reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as is generally maintained by similarly sized companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar business, and all such insurance is in full force and effect.  The Company has no reason to believe that it or any of its subsidiaries will not be able (A) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither of the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied since the beginning of the period covered by the financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(xxix)     Investment Company Act .  The Company is not required, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not be required, to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

 

(xxx)      Absence of Manipulation .  Neither the Company nor any controlled affiliate of the Company has taken, nor will the Company or any controlled affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed, or would reasonably be expected, to cause or result in, or which constitutes, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities or to result in a violation of Regulation M under the 1934 Act.

 

(xxxi)     Foreign Corrupt Practices Act .  None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, controlled affiliate, agent, employee or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”), or any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, or committed an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the applicable anti-corruption laws and the Company, its subsidiaries

 

11



 

and, to the knowledge of the Company, its controlled affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintained and will continue to maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith and with the representation and warranty contained herein.  Neither the Company nor its subsidiaries will use, directly or indirectly, the proceeds of the offering in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any person in violation of any applicable anti-corruption laws.

 

(xxxii)    Money Laundering Laws .  The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar applicable rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

(xxxiii)   OFAC .  None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, controlled affiliate, agent, employee or representative of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is an individual or entity (“Person”), or is owned or controlled by one or more Persons, that is currently the subject or target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the United States Government, including, without limitation, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), the United Nations Security Council (“UNSC”), the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is the Company located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria (each, a “Sanctioned Country”)); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiaries, joint venture partners or other Person, to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.  For the past five years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in and are not now knowingly engaged in any dealings or transactions with any Person that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject or the target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Country.

 

(xxxiv)   Sales of Reserved Securities .  In connection with any offer and sale of Reserved Securities outside the United States, each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the time it was distributed, complied and will comply in all material respects with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions.  The Company has not offered, or caused the Representatives to offer, Reserved Securities to any person with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company or any of its affiliates to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with any such entity or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or any of its affiliates, or their respective businesses or products.

 

(xxxv)    Lending Relationship Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company (i) does not have any material

 

12



 

lending or other relationship with any bank or lending affiliate of any Underwriter and (ii) does not intend to use any of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities to repay any outstanding debt owed to any affiliate of any Underwriter.

 

(xxxvi)   Statistical and Market-Related Data .  Any statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes, after reasonable inquiry, to be reliable and accurate in all material respects and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.

 

(xxxvii)  Investment Advisers Act .  (i) Victory Capital Management Inc. is in compliance with, in all material respects, and registered, licensed or qualified pursuant to, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Advisers Act”) (and such registration, license or qualification is in full force and effect), to the extent applicable, in each case, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or where the failure to be in such compliance or so registered, licensed or qualified would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (ii) Victory Capital Advisers, Inc. is registered, licensed or qualified as a broker-dealer or as a commodity trading advisor, a commodity pool operator or a futures commission merchant or any or all of the foregoing, as applicable, in each jurisdiction where the conduct of its business requires such registration, license or qualification (and such registration, license or qualification is in full force and effect), and is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws requiring any such registration, licensing or qualification, in each case, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or where the failure to be so registered, licensed, qualified or in compliance would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxxviii) No Assignment .  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein will not constitute an “assignment” within the meaning of such term under the 1940 Act or the Advisers Act of any of the investment advisory contracts between Victory Capital Management Inc. and any entity for which Victory Capital Management Inc. acts as an investment adviser.

 

(xxxix)   No Rated Securities .  Neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries have any debt securities or preferred stock that are rated by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the 1934 Act).

 

(b)           Officer’s Certificates .  Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

 

SECTION 2.         Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing .

 

(a)           Initial Securities .  On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, that number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional number of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof, subject, in each case, to such adjustments among the Underwriters as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

 

13



 

(b)           Option Securities .  In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [•] shares of Class A Common Stock, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities.  The option hereby granted may be exercised for 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part at any time from time to time upon notice by the Representatives to the Company setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities.  Any such time and date of delivery (a “Date of Delivery”) shall be determined by the Representatives, but shall not be later than seven full business days nor, for any Date of Delivery after the Closing Time, earlier than two full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time.  If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Option Securities, each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of Option Securities then being purchased which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject, in each case, to such adjustments as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

 

(c)           Payment .  Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates or security entitlements, if any, for, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer US LLP, 601 Lexington Avenue, 31 st  Floor, New York, New York 10022, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, at 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the second (third, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (New York City time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “Closing Time”).

 

In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates or security entitlements, if any, for, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Representatives to the Company.

 

Payment shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Company against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the Underwriters of certificates or security entitlements, if any, for the Securities to be purchased by them.  It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representatives, for its account, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase.  J.P. Morgan, Merrill Lynch and Morgan Stanley, each individually and not as representatives of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

 

SECTION 3.         Covenants of the Company .  The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

 

(a)           Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests .  The Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply in all material respects with the requirements of Rule 430A, and will notify the Representatives promptly, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall

 

14



 

have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the 1933 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities.  The Company will effect all filings required under Rule 424(b), in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)), and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus.  The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof as soon as possible.

 

(b)           Continued Compliance with Securities Laws .  The Company will comply in all material respects with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.  If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 172”), would be) required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to (i) amend the Registration Statement in order that the Registration Statement will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order that the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser or (iii) amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly (A) give the Representatives notice of such event, (B) prepare any amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus comply with such requirements and, a reasonable amount of time prior to any proposed filing or use, furnish the Representatives with copies of any such amendment or supplement and (C) file with the Commission any such amendment or supplement; provided that the Company shall not file or use any such amendment or supplement to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object in a timely manner.  The Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request.  The Company has given the Representatives notice of any filings made pursuant to the 1934 Act or 1934 Act Regulations within 48 hours prior to the Applicable Time; the Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time to the Closing Time and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object in a timely manner.

 

(c)           Delivery of Registration Statements .  The Company has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Representatives, without

 

15


 

 

charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters, in each case, if requested by the Representatives.  The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

(d)                                  Delivery of Prospectuses .  The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act.  The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request.  The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

(e)                                   Blue Sky Qualifications .  The Company will use its reasonable best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representatives may reasonably designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required to complete the distribution of the Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

 

(f)                                    Rule 158 .  The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable an earning statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

 

(g)                                   Use of Proceeds .  The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”

 

(h)                                  Listing .  The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to effect the listing of the Class A Common Stock (including the Securities) on the Nasdaq Global Select Market.

 

(i)                                      Restriction on Sale of Securities .  During a period of 180 days from the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or file any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise.  The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) the Securities to be sold hereunder, (B) any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon the exercise of an option or warrant, the vesting or settlement of a restricted stock award or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof and referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (C) any shares of Common Stock issued or options to purchase Common Stock or restricted

 

16



 

stock awards granted pursuant to existing employee benefit plans of the Company referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (D) any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to any non-employee director stock plan or dividend reinvestment plan referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (E) any shares of Common Stock issued in connection with the acquisition by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of the securities, business, property or other assets of another Person or pursuant to any employee benefit plan assumed by the Company in connection with any such acquisition, (F) any shares of Common Stock issued or options to purchase shares of Common Stock or restricted stock awards granted in connection with joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions or (G) the filing by the Company of a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the registration of shares of Common Stock or other securities issued under existing employee benefit plans of the Company referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided that, in the case of the preceding clauses (E) and (F), (i) the Company shall cause each such recipient of such securities to execute and deliver to the Representatives a “lock-up” agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto and (ii) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issued in connection with, or issuable pursuant to the exercise of any options or vesting or settlement of any restricted stock awards granted in connection with, all such acquisitions and other transactions do not exceed 10% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately as of the last Date of Delivery (or the Closing Time if the Underwriters do not exercise the option to purchase the Option Securities as provided in Section 2(b)).

 

(j)                                     Release of Waiver of Lock-Up .  If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up agreement described in Section 5(k) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

(k)                                  Reporting Requirements .  The Company, during the period when a Prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and 1934 Act Regulations.  Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Securities as may be required under Rule 463 under the 1933 Act.

 

(l)                                      Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses .  The Company agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Representatives, it will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” or a portion thereof, required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433; provided that the Representatives will be deemed to have consented to the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses listed on Schedule B-2 hereto and any “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i) that has been reviewed by the Representatives.  The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each such free writing prospectus consented to, or deemed consented to, by the Representatives as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and that it has complied and will comply, in all material respects, with the applicable requirements of Rule 433 with respect thereto, including timely filing with the Commission where required, legending and record keeping.  If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and

 

17



 

will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.  Each Underwriter represents that it has not made, and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Company, it will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” or a portion thereof, required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433; provided that the Company will be deemed to have consented to the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses listed on Schedule B-2 hereto and any “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i) that has been reviewed and approved by the Company.

 

(m)                              Compliance with FINRA Rules .  The Company hereby agrees that it will ensure that the Reserved Securities will be restricted as required by FINRA or the FINRA rules from sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation for a period of three months following the date of this Agreement.  The Underwriters will notify the Company as to which persons will need to be so restricted.  At the request of the Underwriters, the Company will direct the transfer agent to place a stop transfer restriction upon such securities for such period of time.  Should the Company release, or seek to release, from such restrictions any of the Reserved Securities, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for any reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, legal expenses) they incur in connection with such release.

 

(n)                                  Testing-the-Waters Materials .  If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company (i) will promptly notify the Representatives and (ii) if the Company and the Representatives reasonably agree necessary or advisable, will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

 

(o)                                  Emerging Growth Company Status .  The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 3(i).

 

SECTION 4.                             Payment of Expenses .

 

(a)                                  Expenses .  The Company will pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and each amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and the reasonable costs associated with electronic delivery of any of the foregoing by the Underwriters to investors, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates or security entitlements, if any, for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(e) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto in an amount not to exceed $10,000, (vi) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities, (vii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Securities,

 

18



 

including without limitation, reasonable and documented expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior authorization of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show with the prior authorization of the Company (with the remainder of the cost of such aircraft to be paid by the Underwriters), (viii) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Securities in an amount not to exceed $25,000, (ix) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on the Nasdaq Global Select Market and (x) all costs and expenses of the Underwriters, including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters, in connection with matters related to the Reserved Securities which are designated by the Company for sale to Invitees.  It is understood and agreed that except as provided in Section 3(m), this Section 4 and Section 6, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel and stock transfer taxes, if any, payable on resale of any of the Securities by them.

 

(b)                                  Termination of Agreement .  If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 or Section 9(a)(ii) hereof, the Company shall reimburse the Underwriters for their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.

 

SECTION 5.                             Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations .  The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein or in certificates of any officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

 

(a)                                  Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430A Information .  The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and, at the Closing Time, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated; and the Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.  A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 424(b) without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.

 

(b)                                  Opinion of Counsel for Company .  At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the opinion, dated the Closing Time, of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and substance attached hereto as Exhibit A, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters.

 

(c)                                   Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters .  At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the opinion, dated the Closing Time, of Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer US LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters in a form reasonably acceptable to the Underwriters.  In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the law of the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the federal securities laws of the United States, upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Representatives.  Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such

 

19



 

opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers and other representatives of the Company and its subsidiaries and certificates of public officials.

 

(d)                                  No Material Adverse Change .  At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, which is not described in the General Disclosure Package (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the Prospectus (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the effect of which, in the judgment of the Representatives, makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Securities at the Closing Time on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(e)                                   Officers’ Certificate .  At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company, dated the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, which is not described in the General Disclosure Package (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the Prospectus (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto), (ii) the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the 1933 Act has been issued, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, contemplated.

 

(f)                                    CFO Certificate.   At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from Terence F. Sullivan, the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, a certificate, dated such date, in the form of Exhibit D hereto and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such certificate for each of the other Underwriters, containing statements and information with respect to certain information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(g)                                   Accountants’ Comfort Letters .  At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from (i) Ernst & Young LLP a letter, dated such date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and (ii) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP a letter, dated such date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus relating to RS Investments.

 

(h)                                  Bring-down Comfort Letter .  At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received a letter, from each of Ernst & Young LLP and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, dated as of the Closing Time,

 

20



 

to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in their respective letters furnished pursuant to subsection (f) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Time.

 

(i)                                Approval of Listing .  At the Closing Time, the Securities shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, subject only to official notice of issuance.

 

(j)                               No Objection .  FINRA has confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements relating to the offering of the Securities.

 

(k)                            Lock-up Agreements .  At the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto signed by the persons listed on Schedule C hereto.

 

(l)                                      Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities .  In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the Company and any of its subsidiaries hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representatives shall have received:

 

(i)                                      Officers’ Certificate .  A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the Chief Executive Officer or President or a Vice President of the Company and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

 

(ii)                                   Opinion of Counsel for Company .  If requested by the Representatives, the opinion of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b) hereof.

 

(iii)                                Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters .  If requested by the Representatives, the opinion of Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer US LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof.

 

(iv)                               Bring-down Comfort Letter .  If requested by the Representatives, a letter from each of Ernst & Young LLP and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 5(g) hereof, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than three business days prior to such Date of Delivery.

 

(v)                                  Bring-down CFO Certificate .  If requested by the Representatives, a certificate from Terence F. Sullivan, the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the certificate furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 5(f) hereof.

 

21



 

(m)                              Additional Documents .  At the Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery (if any) counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such certificates and documents as they may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.

 

(n)                                  Termination of Agreement .  If any condition specified in this Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 14, 15 and 16 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 6.                             Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  Indemnification of Underwriters .  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the 1933 Act (each, an “Affiliate”)), its selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

 

(i)                                      against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included (A) in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or (B) in any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Securities (“Marketing Materials”), including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically), or the omission or alleged omission in any preliminary prospectus, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, Prospectus or in any Marketing Materials of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(ii)                                   against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company;

 

(iii)                                against any and all reasonably incurred and documented expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of one counsel (in addition to any local counsel reasonably necessary to prepare or defend against any litigation, investigation or proceeding based upon such untrue statement or omission) chosen by the

 

22



 

Representatives), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

 

provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package, any preliminary prospectus, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any Marketing Materials in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

 

(b)                                  Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers .  Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package, any preliminary prospectus, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any Marketing Materials in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

 

(c)                                   Actions against Parties; Notification .  Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement.  In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Representatives, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company.  An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party.  In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances.  No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

(d)                                  Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse .  If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) or settlement of any claim in connection with any violation referred to in Section 6(e)

 

23



 

effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

 

(e)                                   Indemnification for Reserved Securities .  In connection with the offer and sale of the Reserved Securities, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters, their Affiliates and selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, from and against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending, investigating or settling any such action or claim), as incurred, (i) arising out of the violation of any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions where Reserved Securities have been offered, (ii) arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any other material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Invitees in connection with the offering of the Reserved Securities or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (iii) caused by the failure of any Invitee to pay for and accept delivery of Reserved Securities which have been orally confirmed for purchase by any Invitee by 11:59 P.M. (New York City time) on the date of this Agreement or (iv) related to, or arising out of or in connection with, the offering of the Reserved Securities; provided that the Company shall not be responsible under this clause (iv) for any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense which shall have been finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the indemnified party in conducting the offering of the Reserved Securities; and

 

provided further that no indemnification shall be available under this Section 6(e) for any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission contained in any other material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Invitees in connection with the offering of the Reserved Securities in reliance upon or in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

 

SECTION 7.                             Contribution .  If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and of the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions, or in connection with any violation of the nature referred to in Section 6(e) hereof, which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

 

The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, on the other hand, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus.

 

24


 

The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission or any violation of the nature referred to in Section 6(e) hereof.

 

The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7.  The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting commissions received by such Underwriter in connection with the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public.

 

No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each Underwriter’s Affiliates and selling agents shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.  The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.

 

SECTION 8.                             Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive .  All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Securities.

 

SECTION 9.                             Termination of Agreement .

 

(a)                                  Termination .  The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by written notice to the Company, at any time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the offering or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, (ii) if trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the Nasdaq

 

25



 

Global Select Market, (iii) if trading generally on the NYSE MKT or the New York Stock Exchange or in the Nasdaq Global Select Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority, (iv) if a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States or (v) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.

 

(b)                                  Liabilities .  If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 14, 15 and 16 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 10.                      Default by One or More of the Underwriters .  If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at the Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “Defaulted Securities”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:

 

(i)                                      if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or

 

(ii)                                   if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase, and the Company to sell, the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.

 

No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

 

In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, either the (i) Representatives or (ii) the Company shall have the right to postpone Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements.  As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

 

SECTION 11.                      Notices .  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication.  Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (fax: (212) 622-8358); Attention Equity Syndicate Desk; Merrill Lynch at One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, attention of Syndicate Department (facsimile: (646) 855-3073), with a copy to ECM Legal (facsimile: (212) 230-8730); Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to

 

26



 

the Legal Department; and a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer US LLP, 601 Lexington Avenue, 31 st  Floor, New York, NY 10022, attention of Paul Tropp, Esq.; notices to the Company shall be directed to it at 4900 Tiedeman Road 4th Floor, Brooklyn, OH 44144 attention of Nina Gupta, and a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, attention of David K. Boston and Danielle Scalzo.

 

SECTION 12.                      No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship .  The Company acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the initial public offering price of the Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering of the Securities and the process leading thereto, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or their respective stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering of the Securities or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company or any of its subsidiaries on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Company with respect to the offering of the Securities except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering of the Securities and the Company has consulted its own respective legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.

 

SECTION 13.                      Parties .  This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors.  Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained.  This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation.  No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

 

SECTION 14.                      Trial by Jury .  The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

SECTION 15.                      GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF, THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS.

 

SECTION 16.                      Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity .  Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (“Related Proceedings”) shall be instituted in (i) the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan or (ii) the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan (collectively, the “Specified Courts”), and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the

 

27



 

enforcement of a judgment of any such court (a “Related Judgment”), as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding.  Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court.  The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

SECTION 17.                      TIME . TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

 

SECTION 18.                      Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

SECTION 19.                      Effect of Headings .  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

28



 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters and the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,
                                                as of the date first above written:

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
INCORPORATED

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

 

By: J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

By: MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH

 

INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

For themselves and as Representatives of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto.

 

29



 

SCHEDULE A

 

The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[ · ].

 

The purchase price per share for the Securities to be paid by the several Underwriters shall be $[ · ], being an amount equal to the initial public offering price set forth above less $[ · ] per share, subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 2(b) for dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities.

 

Name of Underwriter

 

Number of
Initial Securities

 

 

 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

 

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated

 

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

 

 

Barclays Capital Inc.

 

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

 

 

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

 

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

 

 

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

 

 

Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.

 

 

Total

 

[ · ]

 

Sch A- 1


 

SCHEDULE B-1

 

Pricing Terms

 

1.                                       The Company is selling [ · ] shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

2.                                       The Company has granted an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [ · ] shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

3.                                       The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[ · ].

 

Sch B - 1



 

SCHEDULE B-2

 

Free Writing Prospectuses

 

[None.]

 

Sch B - 2



 

SCHEDULE B-3

 

Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

 

1.               June 2017 Company Presentation

 

Sch B - 3



 

SCHEDULE C

 

List of Persons and Entities Subject to Lock-up

 

Crestview Victory, L.P.

RCP Lake Co-Invest, L.P.

Reverence Capital Partners Opportunities Fund I, L.P.

Reverence Capital Partners Opportunities Fund I (AI), L.P.

Reverence Capital Partners Opportunities Fund I (Cayman), L.P.

David C. Brown

Michael D. Policarpo

Kelly S. Cliff

Terence F. Sullivan

Nina Gupta

Milton R. Berlinski

Alex Binderow

Lawrence Davanzo

Richard M. DeMartini

James B. Hawkes

Karin Hirtler-Garvey

Bob Hurst

Alan H. Rappaport

 

Sch C - 1




Exhibit 3.1

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify as follows:

 

(1)                                  The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 13, 2013.

 

(2)                                  This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL.

 

(3)                                  This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation in its entirety.

 

(4)                                  The text of the current Certificate of Incorporation hereby is amended and restated in entirety as follows:

 

ARTICLE I.
NAME

 

The name of the corporation (the “ Corporation ”) is Victory Capital Holdings, Inc.

 

ARTICLE II.
REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

 

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

ARTICLE III.
PURPOSE

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), as the same exists or may hereafter be amended.

 

ARTICLE IV.
CAPITAL STOCK

 

I.                                         Authorized Capital

 

A.                                     The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 610,000,000, which shall be divided into three classes as follows: 400,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Class A Common

 



 

Stock ”); 200,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Class B Common Stock ” and, together with Class A Common Stock, the “ Common Stock ”); and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).

 

B.                                     Immediately upon the effectiveness (the “ Effective Time ”) of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended or modified from time to time, this “ Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”), each share of the Corporation’s common stock issued and outstanding or held as treasury stock immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, automatically and without further action by any holder thereof, be reclassified as, and shall become, one share of Class B Common Stock. Any stock certificate that immediately prior to the Effective Time represented shares of the Corporation’s common stock shall from and after the Effective Time be deemed to represent shares of Class B Common Stock, without the need for surrender or exchange thereof or, if such shares are uncertificated, the Corporation, or any transfer agent of the Corporation, shall register such shares of Class B Common Stock in book-entry form.

 

C.                                     The number of authorized shares of any class of capital stock of the Corporation may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of such class voting separately as a class shall be required therefor, unless a vote of any such holder is required pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock). For the avoidance of doubt, all references to the number of shares outstanding in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall include shares of capital stock subject to time-vesting or other restrictions.

 

II.                                    Common Stock

 

A.                                     Voting Rights .

 

1.                                       Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise required by applicable law, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall at all times vote together as one class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote or for the consent of the stockholders of the Corporation. No stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such stockholder is entitled.

 

2.                                       Except as provided in Section II.F.5 of this Article IV, each holder of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Class A Common Stock held as of the applicable record date on any matter that is submitted to a vote or for the consent of the stockholders of the Corporation; provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Class A Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one

 

2



 

or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock).

 

3.                                       Each holder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to ten votes for each share of Class B Common Stock held as of the applicable record date on any matter that is submitted to a vote or for the consent of the stockholders of the Corporation; provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Class B Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock).

 

B.                                     Dividends .  Subject to the preferences applicable to any series of Preferred Stock, if any, outstanding at any time, the holders of Class A Common Stock and the holders of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to share equally, on a per share basis, in such dividends and other distributions of cash, property or shares of stock of the Corporation as may be declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) from time to time with respect to the Common Stock out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor; provided , however , that in the event that such dividend is paid in the form of shares of Common Stock or rights to acquire Common Stock, the holders of Class A Common Stock shall receive Class A Common Stock or rights to acquire Class A Common Stock, as the case may be, and the holders of Class B Common Stock shall receive Class B Common Stock or rights to acquire Class B Common Stock, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors may pay or make a disparate dividend or distribution per share of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock (whether in the amount of such dividend or distribution payable per share, the form in which such dividend or distribution is payable, the timing of the payment, or otherwise) if such disparate dividend or distribution is approved in advance by the affirmative vote (or written consent) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

 

C.                                     Liquidation .  Subject to the preferences applicable to any series of Preferred Stock, if any, outstanding at any time, in the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or winding up of the Corporation, all assets of the Corporation of whatever kind available for distribution to the holders of Common Stock shall be divided among and distributed ratably to the holders of the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock treated as a single class unless disparate or different treatment of the shares of each such class with respect to distributions upon any such liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or winding up is approved in advance by the affirmative vote (or written consent) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

 

D.                                     Subdivision, Combination or Reclassification .  If the Corporation in any manner subdivides, combines or reclassifies the outstanding shares of one class of Common Stock, the

 

3



 

outstanding shares of the other class of Common Stock will be subdivided, combined or reclassified in the same manner; provided , however , that shares of one such class of Common Stock may be subdivided, combined or reclassified in a different or disproportionate manner if such subdivision, combination or reclassification is approved in advance by the affirmative vote (or written consent) of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

 

E.                                      Equal Status .  Except as expressly permitted in this Article IV, Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters.

 

F.                                       Conversion of Class B Common Stock .

 

1.                                       Voluntary Conversion .  Each share of Class B Common Stock shall be convertible into one fully paid and non-assessable share of Class A Common Stock at the option of the holder thereof. Before any holder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled voluntarily to convert any shares of such Class B Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor (if any), duly endorsed, at the principal corporate office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Class B Common Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at its principal corporate office of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names (a) in which the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Class A Common Stock into which the shares of Class B Common Stock are so converted are to be issued if such shares are certificated or (b) in which such shares are to be registered in book entry if such shares are uncertificated. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Class B Common Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates representing the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid (if such shares are certificated) or, if such shares are uncertificated, register such shares in book-entry form. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Class B Common Stock to be converted following or contemporaneously with the written notice of such holder’s election to convert, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Class A Common Stock as of such time. The Corporation shall take all steps required to retire each share of Class B Common Stock that is converted pursuant to this Section II.F.1 of Article IV and the reissuance of such shares shall be prohibited.

 

2.                                       Automatic Conversion .  (a) Each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without further action by the holder thereof, be converted into one fully paid and non-assessable share of Class A Common Stock upon (i) the occurrence of a Transfer (as defined below), other than a Permitted Transfer (as defined below), of such share of Class B Common Stock, (ii) if held by a natural person or such natural person’s Permitted Transferees, death of such natural person and (iii) if held by an Employee Shareholder (as defined below) or such Employee Shareholder’s Permitted Transferees, the termination of employment by such Employee Shareholder; and (b) all shares of

 

4



 

Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without further action by any holder thereof, be converted into an identical number of shares of fully paid and non-assessable Class A Common Stock on the date on which the number of shares of Class B Common Stock then outstanding constitutes less than 10% of the aggregate number of shares (not voting power) of Common Stock then outstanding (the occurrence of an event described in clause (a) or (b) of this Section II.F.2 of Article IV, a “ Conversion Event ”). Each outstanding stock certificate that, immediately prior to a Conversion Event, represented one or more shares of Class B Common Stock subject to such Conversion Event shall, upon such Conversion Event, be deemed to represent an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock, without the need for surrender or exchange thereof. The Corporation, or any transfer agent of the Corporation, shall, upon the request of any holder whose shares of Class B Common Stock have been converted into shares of Class A Common Stock as a result of a Conversion Event and upon surrender by such holder to the Corporation of the outstanding certificate(s) formerly representing such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock (if any), issue and deliver to such holder certificate(s) representing the shares of Class A Common Stock into which such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock were converted as a result of such Conversion Event (if such shares are certificated) or, if such shares are uncertificated, register such shares in book-entry form. The Corporation shall take all steps required to retire each share of Class B Common Stock that is converted pursuant to this Section II.F.2 of Article IV and the reissuance of such shares shall be prohibited.

 

3.                                       Policies and Procedures of Conversion .  The Corporation may, from time to time, establish such policies and procedures, not in violation of applicable law or the other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, relating to the conversion of the Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock and the general administration of this dual class stock structure, including the issuance of stock certificates (or the establishment of book-entry positions) with respect thereto, as it may deem necessary or advisable in connection therewith. If the Corporation has a reasonable basis to believe that a Transfer giving rise to a conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock has occurred but has not theretofore been reflected on the books of the Corporation, the Corporation may request in writing that the holder of such shares furnish affidavits or other reasonable evidence to the Corporation as the Corporation deems necessary to determine whether a Transfer giving rise to a conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock has occurred and if such holder does not, within thirty (30) days after receipt of such written request, furnish reasonable evidence to the Corporation to enable the Corporation to determine that no such Transfer has occurred, any such shares of Class B Common Stock, to the extent not previously converted, shall be automatically converted into shares of Class A Common Stock and the same shall thereupon be registered on the books and records of the Corporation. In connection with any action of stockholders taken at a meeting or by written consent, the stock ledger of the Corporation shall be presumptive evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders or in connection with any such written consent and the class or classes or series of shares held by each such stockholder and the number of shares of each class or classes or series held by such stockholder.  A determination by the Board of Directors

 

5



 

that a Transfer results in a conversion to Class A Common Stock shall be conclusive and binding.

 

4.                                       Reservation of Stock .  The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Class B Common Stock, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

5.                                       Protective Provisions .  The Corporation shall not, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, amend, alter, repeal or waive this Section II of Article IV (or adopt any provision inconsistent therewith), unless such action is first approved by the affirmative vote (or written consent) of the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock, voting as a separate class, in addition to any other vote required by applicable law, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (as defined in Article V), and the holders of Class A Common Stock shall have no right to vote thereon.

 

G.                                     Definitions . For purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (except where specified sections of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation otherwise define such terms):

 

1.                                       Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person; provided that no securityholder of the Corporation shall be deemed an Affiliate of any other securityholder solely by reason of any investment in the Corporation.

 

2.                                       control ” (including the terms “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

3.                                       Crestview Entities ” shall mean Crestview Victory, L.P. and the Crestview Funds and their respective Crestview Permitted Holders, other than any such Crestview Permitted Holder that receives shares of Common Stock pursuant to a Distribution in Kind.

 

4.                                       Crestview Funds ” shall mean, collectively, Crestview Partners II, L.P., Crestview Partners II (FF), L.P., Crestview Partners II (TE), L.P., Crestview Offshore Holdings II (Cayman), L.P., Crestview Offshore Holdings II (FF Cayman), L.P. and Crestview Offshore Holdings II (892 Cayman), L.P.

 

5.                                       Crestview Permitted Holder ” shall mean (A) any Crestview Fund, (B) any Affiliate or member of any Crestview Entity, (C) any general or limited partner of any Crestview Fund (a “ Crestview Partner ”), (D) any current or former general partner, limited partner, manager, director, officer or employee of any Crestview Fund or any

 

6



 

Crestview Partner (collectively, “ Crestview Associates ”), (E) any heir, executor, administrator, testamentary trustee, legatee or beneficiary of any Crestview Partner or any Crestview Associate and (F) a trust, corporation, partnership or other entity substantially all of the economic interests of which are held by or for the benefit of the Crestview Funds, their Affiliates, any Crestview Partner, any Crestview Associate, their spouses or their children (whether by birth or adoption).

 

6.                                       Distribution in Kind ” shall mean, directly or indirectly, any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation, exchange, pledge, encumbrance, distribution, bequest, donation or other transfer or disposition by any Crestview Entity or RCP Entity, as applicable, of shares of Common Stock to any members, stockholders or partners of such Crestview Entity or RCP Entity, as applicable, by means of a distribution in respect of the shares of or equity interests in such Crestview Entity or RCP Entity, as applicable.

 

7.                                       Employee Shareholder ” shall mean any employee of the Corporation or its subsidiaries who holds shares of Class B Common Stock.

 

8.                                       Employee Shareholders’ Agreement ” shall mean that certain Employee Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of [     ], 2018, among the Corporation and the Employee Shareholders named therein, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

9.                                       Permitted Transfer ” shall mean any of the following: (A) any Transfer of shares of Class B Common Stock to a broker or other nominee; provided that the transferor, immediately following such Transfer, retains (1) Voting Control, (2) control over the disposition of such shares, and (3) the economic consequences of ownership of such shares; (B) any Transfer of shares of Class B Common Stock by a Crestview Entity to a Crestview Permitted Holder; (C) any Transfer of shares of Class B Common Stock by an RCP Entity to an RCP Permitted Holder; and (D) any Transfer of shares of Class B Common Stock by a stockholder who is a natural person to a trust the beneficiaries of which, or any corporation, limited liability company or partnership the stockholders, members or partners of which, include only such stockholder or the spouse or lineal descendants (whether natural or adopted) of such stockholder and which is controlled solely by such stockholder; provided that the transferor, immediately following such Transfer, retains Voting Control. The transferee of any such Permitted Transfer shall be referred to as a “ Permitted Transferee.

 

10.                                Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

 

11.                                RCP Entities ” shall mean, collectively, RCP Lake Co-Invest, L.P., Reverence Capital Partners Opportunities Fund I, L.P., Reverence Capital Partners Opportunities Fund I (AI), L.P., Reverence Capital Partners Opportunities Fund I (Cayman), L.P. and any RCP Fund and their respective RCP Permitted Holders, other

 

7



 

than any such RCP Permitted Holder that receives shares of Common Stock pursuant to a Distribution in Kind.

 

12.                                RCP Fund ” shall mean any private investment fund raised by Reverence Capital Partners, LLC after the date of adoption of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that is focused on financial services investments, together with its parallel and related investment vehicles.

 

13.                                RCP Permitted Holder ” shall mean (A) any RCP Fund, (B) any Affiliate or member of any RCP Entity, (C) any general or limited partner of any RCP Fund (an “ RCP Partner ”), (D) any current or former general partner, limited partner, manager, director, officer or employee of any RCP Fund or any RCP Partner (collectively, “ RCP Associates ”), (E) any heir, executor, administrator, testamentary trustee, legatee or beneficiary of any RCP Partner or any RCP Associate and (F) a trust, corporation, partnership or other entity substantially all of the economic interests of which are held by or for the benefit of the RCP Funds, their Affiliates, any RCP Partner, any RCP Associate, their spouses or their children (whether by birth or adoption).

 

14.                                Transfer ” of a share of Class B Common Stock shall mean, directly or indirectly, any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation, exchange, pledge, encumbrance, distribution, bequest, donation or other transfer or disposition of such share or any legal or beneficial interest in such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law (including by merger, consolidation or otherwise), including, without limitation, the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, Voting Control over such share, by proxy or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not be considered a “ Transfer ” within the meaning of this Article IV:

 

(a)                                  the granting by a stockholder of a proxy to (x) with respect to Employee Shareholders, the Employee Shareholders Committee (as defined in the Employee Shareholders’ Agreement) pursuant to the Employee Shareholders’ Agreement, (y) officers or directors of the Corporation at the request of the Board of Directors in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or in connection with any action by written consent of the stockholders or (z) a representative of a stockholder, in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or in connection with any action by written consent of the stockholders;

 

(b)                                  the pledge of shares of Class B Common Stock by a stockholder that creates a mere security interest in such shares pursuant to a bona fide loan or indebtedness transaction for so long as such stockholder continues to exercise Voting Control over such pledged shares; provided , however , that a foreclosure on such shares or other similar action by the pledgee shall constitute a “ Transfer ” unless such foreclosure or similar action qualifies as a “ Permitted Transfer ” at such time;

 

8



 

(c)                                   the entering into of a tender, support or similar voting agreement (with or without granting a proxy) in connection with (x) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, (y) any sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, or (z) any consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other Person or any other corporate reorganization; or

 

(d)                                  the fact that the spouse of any holder of shares of Class B Common Stock possesses or obtains an interest in such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock arising solely by reason of the application of the community property laws of any jurisdiction, so long as no other event or circumstance shall exist or have occurred that constitutes a “ Transfer ” of such shares of Class B Common Stock.

 

A “Transfer” shall be deemed to have occurred with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock beneficially held by a Permitted Transferee on the date that such Permitted Transferee ceases to meet the qualifications to be a Permitted Transferee of the stockholder who effected the Transfer of such shares to such Permitted Transferee.

 

15.                                Voting Control ” shall mean, with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock, the power (whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of such share by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise.

 

III.                               Preferred Stock

 

A.                                     Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time by the Corporation. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions, to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for one or more series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix, without stockholder approval, the designation of such series, the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of such series of Preferred Stock and the number of shares of such series, and as may be permitted by the DGCL. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of each series of Preferred Stock, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.

 

B.                                     Except as otherwise required by law, holders of any series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to only such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to such series of Preferred Stock).

 

ARTICLE V.
AMENDMENT OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

 

A.                                     Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation .  The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in any manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.

 

9



 

B.                                     Amendment of Bylaws .  The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind, in whole or in part, the amended and restated bylaws of the Corporation (as in effect from time to time, the “ Bylaws ”) without the consent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend, repeal or rescind, in whole or in part, any provision of the Bylaws or to adopt any provision inconsistent therewith.

 

ARTICLE VI.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

A.                                     Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the total number of directors shall be determined from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors. The directors (other than those directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be) shall be divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as practicable, of one-third of the total number of such directors. Class I directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date the Class A Common Stock is first publicly traded (the “ IPO Date ”), Class II directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date and Class III directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date. At each succeeding annual meeting, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting shall be elected for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders. If the number of such directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as practicable, and any such additional director of any class elected to fill a newly created directorship resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case shall a decrease in the number of directors remove or shorten the term of any incumbent director. Any such director shall hold office until the annual meeting at which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or his or her death, resignation, disqualification or removal from office. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to their respective class.

 

B.                                     Subject to the rights granted to the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any newly created directorship on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors (whether by death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause) shall be filled, unless otherwise required by law or by the Board of Directors, by a majority vote of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.

 

10


 

C.                                     Any or all of the directors (other than the directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be) may be removed at any time only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting as a single class.

 

D.                                     Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws shall so provide.

 

ARTICLE VII.
LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

A.                                     To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it now exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty owed to the Corporation or its stockholders.

 

B.                                     Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any modification of law shall eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect any right or protection of a current or former director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal, adoption or modification.

 

ARTICLE VIII.
CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS IN LIEU OF MEETING; ANNUAL AND SPECIAL
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

A.                                     For as long as the Crestview Entities beneficially own, in the aggregate, more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation in the manner required by law. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand, overnight courier or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Once the Crestview Entities beneficially own, in the aggregate, 50% or less of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders; provided , however , that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, to the extent expressly so provided by the applicable certificate of designation relating to such series of Preferred Stock.

 

11



 

B.                                     Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock outstanding, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation; provided , however , that for as long as Crestview Entities hold, in the aggregate, more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes shall also be called by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors at the request of the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to cast a majority of votes entitled to be cast at the meeting.

 

C.                                     An annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, if any, on such date, and at such time as shall be fixed exclusively by, or in the manner determined by, the Board of Directors.

 

D.                                     A majority of the total number of authorized directors shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors, and, except as otherwise expressly required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, all matters shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present.

 

E.                                      Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX.
COMPETITION AND CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

 

A.                                     In recognition and anticipation that certain directors, principals, members, officers, associated funds, employees and/or other representatives of the Crestview Entities or the RCP Entities and their respective Affiliates may serve as directors, officers or agents of the Corporation, the Crestview Entities, the RCP Entities and their respective Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, the provisions of this Article IX are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities as they may involve any of the Crestview Entities, the RCP Entities or their respective Affiliates and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its directors, officers and stockholders in connection therewith.

 

B.                                     None of (i) the Crestview Entities or any of their respective Affiliates or (ii) the RCP Entities or any of their respective Affiliates (the Persons identified in (i) and (ii) above being referred to, collectively, as “ Identified Persons ” and, individually, as an “ Identified Person ”) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have any duty to refrain from directly or indirectly (1) engaging in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which the

 

12



 

Corporation or any of its Affiliates now engages or proposes to engage or (2) otherwise competing with the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no Identified Person shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person engages in any such activities. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for an Identified Person and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, except as provided in Section D of this Article IX. Subject to said Section D of this Article IX, in the event that any Identified Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other matter or business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, such Identified Person shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no fiduciary duty or other duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate, present or offer such transaction or other business opportunity to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty or other duty (contractual or otherwise) as a stockholder, director or officer of the Corporation solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself, offers or directs such corporate opportunity to another Person, or does not present such corporate opportunity to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates.

 

C.                                     In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article IX, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that (i) the Corporation and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are neither financially or legally able, nor contractually permitted, to undertake, (ii) from its nature, is not in the line of the Corporation’s or its subsidiaries’ businesses or is of no practical advantage to the Corporation or its subsidiaries or (iii) is one in which neither the Corporation nor its subsidiaries has any interest or reasonable expectancy.

 

D.                                     The Corporation does not renounce its interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any Person if such opportunity is expressly offered to such Person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation.

 

E.                                      To the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article IX. Neither the alteration, amendment, addition to or repeal of this Article IX, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) inconsistent with this Article IX, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article IX in respect of any business opportunity first identified or any other matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article IX, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment, addition, repeal or adoption.

 

F.                                       For purposes of this Article IX, “ Affiliate ” shall mean (a) in respect of any Crestview Entity, any Person that directly or indirectly is controlled by such Crestview Entity, controls such Crestview Entity or is under common control with such Crestview Entity and shall include any Crestview Partner or Crestview Associate, (b) in respect of any RCP Entity, any

 

13



 

Person that directly or indirectly is controlled by such RCP Entity, controls such RCP Entity or is under common control with such RCP Entity and shall include any RCP Partner or RCP Associate and (c) in respect of the Corporation, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE X.
DGCL SECTION 203 AND BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

 

A.                                     The Corporation hereby expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

 

B.                                     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not engage in any business combination (as defined below), at any point in time at which the Corporation’s Class A Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), with any interested stockholder (as defined below) for a period of three (3) years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

1.                                       Prior to such time, the Board of Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

2.                                       Upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock (as defined below) of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by Persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

3.                                       At or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

C.                                     For purposes of this Article X:

 

1.                                       Affiliate ” shall mean a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another Person.

 

2.                                       associate, ” when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, shall mean: (a) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such Person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock; (b) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee

 

14



 

or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (c) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such Person.

 

3.                                       business combination, ” when used in reference to the Corporation and any interested stockholder of the Corporation, shall mean:

 

(a)                                  any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (i) with the interested stockholder, or (ii) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Section B of this Article X is not applicable to the surviving entity;

 

(b)                                  any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the interested stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the Corporation;

 

(c)                                   any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the interested stockholder, except: (i) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the interested stockholder became such; (ii) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the DGCL; (iii) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed pro rata to all holders of a class or series of stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the interested stockholder became such; (iv) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase stock made on the same terms to all holders of said stock; or (v) any issuance or transfer of stock by the Corporation; provided , however , that in no case under items (iii)-(v) of this subsection (c) shall there be an increase in the interested stockholder’s proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the voting stock of the Corporation (except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments);

 

(d)                                  any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the interested stockholder, except as a

 

15



 

result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the interested stockholder; or

 

(e)                                   any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subsections (a)–(d) above) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.

 

4.                                       control, ” including the terms “ controlling, ” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with, ” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract or otherwise. A Person who is the owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such Person holds voting stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this Article X, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.

 

5.                                       Crestview Transferee ” shall mean any Person that acquires (other than in a registered public offering or through a broker’s transaction executed on any securities exchange or other over-the-counter market) directly from the Crestview Entities or any of their respective Affiliates or successors beneficial ownership of 5% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation. For the purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, beneficial ownership of shares shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act (except, for the avoidance of doubt, holders of Class B Common Stock will not be deemed to be beneficial owners of Class A Common Stock).

 

6.                                       interested stockholder ” shall mean any person (other than the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (a) is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, or (b) is an affiliate or associate of the Corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation at any time within the three (3) year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder, and the affiliates and associates of such person; provided , however , that “ interested stockholder ” shall not include or be deemed to include, in any case, (i) any Crestview Entity, any Crestview Transferee or any of their respective Affiliates or successors, or (ii) any Person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of any action taken solely by the Corporation, provided further that such Person shall be an interested stockholder if thereafter such Person acquires additional shares of voting stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such Person. For the purpose of determining whether a Person is an interested stockholder, the voting stock of the

 

16



 

Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include stock deemed to be owned by the Person through application of the definition of “ owner ” below but shall not include any other unissued stock of the Corporation which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

 

7.                                       owner, ” including the correlative terms “ own ” and “ owned, ” when used with respect to any stock, shall mean a Person that individually or with or through any of its Affiliates or associates:

 

(a)                                  beneficially owns such stock, directly or indirectly; or

 

(b)                                  has (i) the right to acquire such stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided , however , that a Person shall not be deemed the owner of stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such Person or any of such Person’s affiliates or associates until such tendered stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (ii) the right to vote such stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided , however , that a Person shall not be deemed the owner of any stock because of such Person’s right to vote such stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to ten or more Persons; or

 

(c)                                   has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (ii) of subsection (b) above), or disposing of such stock with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such stock.

 

8.                                       Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity.

 

9.                                       stock ” shall mean, with respect to any corporation, capital stock and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest.

 

10.                                voting stock ” shall mean stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

 

ARTICLE XI.
MISCELLANEOUS

 

A.                                     If any provision or provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (1) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of

 

17



 

Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (2) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

B.                                     When the terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation refer to a specific agreement or other document or a decision by any body or Person that determines the meaning or operation of a provision hereof, the Corporation shall maintain a copy of such agreement, document or decision at the principal executive offices of the Corporation and a copy thereof shall be provided free of charge to any stockholder who makes a request therefor.

 

C.                                     Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders or creditors, (3) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (as either may be amended and/or restated from time to time) or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (4) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses any action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state court sitting in the State of Delaware. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section C of Article XI.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

18



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by its duly authorized officer on this       th day of               , 2018.

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc.]

 




Exhibit 3.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

OF

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

* * * * *

 

ARTICLE I

 

Offices

 

SECTION 1.01 Registered Office . The registered office and registered agent of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) in the State of Delaware shall be as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as defined below). The Corporation may also have offices in such other places in the United States or elsewhere (and may change the Corporation’s registered agent) as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) may, from time to time, determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Meetings of Stockholders

 

SECTION 2.01 Annual Meetings . Annual meetings of stockholders may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board of Directors (or its designee) shall determine and state in the notice of meeting. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that meetings of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as described in Section 2.11 of these Bylaws in accordance with Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”). The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2.02 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders may only be called in the manner provided in the Corporation’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation as then in effect (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”) and may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board of Directors (or its designee), the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall determine and state in the notice of meeting. The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation; provided , however , that with respect to any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors at the request of the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to cast a majority of votes entitled to be cast at such meeting, the Board of Directors shall not postpone, reschedule or cancel such special meeting without the prior written consent of the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to cast a majority of votes entitled to be cast at such meeting.

 

SECTION 2.03 Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations .

 

(A)  Annual Meetings of Stockholders .

 

(1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (a) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) delivered pursuant to Section 2.04 of Article II of these Bylaws, (b) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (c) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who, subject to paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 2.03, complied with the notice procedures set forth in

 



 

paragraphs (A)(2) and (A)(3) of this Section 2.03 and who was a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation.

 

(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (c) of paragraph (A)(1) of this Section 2.03, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, and, in the case of business other than nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, such other business must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than thirty (30) days, or delayed by more than seventy (70) days, from the anniversary date of the previous year’s meeting (or deemed meeting), or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.03(A)(2) to the contrary, if the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least one hundred (100) calendar days prior to the first anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting (or deemed meeting) of stockholders, then a stockholder’s notice required by this Section shall be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it is received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) calendar day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

(3) Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director, all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books and records, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (iii) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of the stock of the Corporation at the time of the giving of the notice, will be entitled to vote at such meeting and will appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, (iv) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, will be or is part of a group that will (x) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (y) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination, (v) a certification regarding whether such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, have complied with all applicable federal, state and other legal requirements in connection with the stockholder’s and/or beneficial owner’s acquisition of shares of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation and/or the stockholder’s and/or beneficial owner’s acts or omissions as a stockholder of the Corporation and (vi) any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in an election contest pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (d) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or

 

2



 

proposal and/or the voting of shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation between or among the stockholder giving the notice, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, any of their respective affiliates or associates and/or any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing (collectively, “ proponent persons ”); and (e) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including without limitation any contract to purchase or sell, acquisition or grant of any option, right or warrant to purchase or sell, swap or other instrument) to which any proponent person is a party, the intent or effect of which may be (i) to transfer to or from any proponent person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security of the Corporation, (ii) to increase or decrease the voting power of any proponent person with respect to shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation and/or (iii) to provide any proponent person, directly or indirectly, with the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from, or to otherwise benefit economically from, any increase or decrease in the value of any security of the Corporation. A stockholder providing notice of a proposed nomination for election to the Board of Directors or other business proposed to be brought before a meeting (whether given pursuant to this paragraph (A)(3) or paragraph (B) of this Section 2.03 of these Bylaws) shall update and supplement such notice from time to time to the extent necessary so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct (x) as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting and (y) as of the date that is fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, provided that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting is less than fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, the information shall be supplemented and updated as of such later date. Any such update and supplement shall be delivered in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting), not later than ten (10) days prior to the date for the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update or supplement required to be made as of fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or adjournment or postponement thereof) and not later than five (5) days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, but no later than the date prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of a date less than fifteen (15) days prior the date of the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation and to determine the independence of such director under the Exchange Act and rules and regulations thereunder and applicable stock exchange rules.

 

(B)  Special Meetings of Stockholders . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (2) provided that the Board of Directors (or the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to cast a majority of votes entitled to be cast at such meeting pursuant to Section B of Article VIII of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who (subject to paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 2.03) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.03 and who is a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting if the stockholder’s notice as required by paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 2.03 shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(C)  General . (1) Except as provided in paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 2.03, only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.03 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at an annual or special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the

 

3



 

meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the chairman of the meeting shall, in addition to making any other determination that may be appropriate for the conduct of the meeting, have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded. The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the chairman of the meeting. The Board of Directors may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting, (b) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (c) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (d) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (e) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 2.03, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

(2) Whenever used in these Bylaws, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure (a) in a press release released by the Corporation, provided such press release is released by the Corporation following its customary procedures, is reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service, or is generally available on internet news sites, or (b) in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.03; provided, however , that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to these Bylaws (including paragraphs (A)(1)(c) and (B) hereof), and compliance with paragraphs (A)(1)(c) and (B) of this Section 2.03 of these Bylaws shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) to elect directors under specified circumstances (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock).  Nothing in this Section 2.03 shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

 

(4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.03, for as long as the Crestview Entities (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) beneficially own, in the aggregate, more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation, the Crestview Entities and their respective Affiliates (as defined in Article IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) shall not be subject to the notice procedures set forth in paragraphs (A)(2), (A)(3) or (B) of this Section 2.03 with respect to any annual or special meeting of stockholders.

 

4



 

SECTION 2.04 Notice of Meetings . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a timely notice in writing or by electronic transmission, in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL, of the meeting, which shall state the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be mailed to or transmitted electronically by the Secretary of the Corporation to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting. Unless otherwise provided by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

 

SECTION 2.05 Quorum . Unless or except to the extent that the presence of a larger number may be required by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Corporation’s securities are listed, the holders of record of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to the vote on that matter. Once a quorum is present to organize a meeting, it shall not be broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholders.

 

SECTION 2.06 Voting . Except as otherwise provided by or pursuant to the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, held by such stockholder and ten votes for each share of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, held by such stockholder that has voting power upon the matter in question. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy in any manner provided by applicable law, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. Unless required by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, or determined by the chairman of the meeting to be advisable, the vote on any question need not be by ballot. On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by such stockholder’s proxy, if there be such proxy. When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of applicable law, of the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, of any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence and subject to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, all elections of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast in respect of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

 

SECTION 2.07 Chairman of Meetings . Such person as the Board of Directors may have designated or, in the absence of such a person, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if one is elected, or, in his or her absence or disability, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer, such person as shall be chosen by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote thereon who are present, in person or by proxy, shall be the chairman of the meeting and, as such, preside at all meetings of the stockholders.

 

SECTION 2.08 Secretary of Meetings . The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at all meetings of the stockholders. In the absence or disability of the Secretary, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint a person to act as secretary at such meetings.

 

5



 

SECTION 2.09 Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . For as long as the Crestview Entities beneficially own, in the aggregate, more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote only in the manner provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and in accordance with applicable law. Once the Crestview Entities beneficially own, in the aggregate, 50% or less of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders; provided, however, that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, to the extent expressly so provided by the applicable certificate of designation relating to such series of Preferred Stock.

 

SECTION 2.10 Adjournment . At any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, if less than a quorum be present, the chairman of the meeting or stockholders holding a majority in voting power of the shares of stock of the Corporation, present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until a quorum shall be present. Any business may be transacted at the adjourned meeting that might have been transacted at the meeting originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

SECTION 2.11 Remote Communication . If authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

 

(A) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

 

(B) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided , that

 

(1) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder;

 

(2) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings; and

 

(3) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

 

SECTION 2.12 Inspectors of Election . The Corporation may, and shall if required by law, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election, who may be employees of the Corporation, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and to make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. In the event that no inspector so appointed or designated is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed or designated shall (a) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each such share, (b) determine the shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (c) count all votes and ballots, (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (e) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and such inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots. Such certification and

 

6



 

report shall specify such other information as may be required by law. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Board of Directors

 

SECTION 3.01 Powers . Except as otherwise provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may exercise all such authority and powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not, by the DGCL or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

SECTION 3.02 Number and Term; Chairman . Subject to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolution of the Board of Directors. Directors shall be elected by the stockholders at their annual meeting, and the term of each director so elected shall be as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders. The Board of Directors shall elect a Chairman of the Board of Directors, who shall initially be the Chief Executive Officer following the adoption of these Bylaws and who shall have the powers and perform such duties as provided in these Bylaws and as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors at which he or she is present. If the Chairman of the Board of Directors is not present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer (if the Chief Executive Officer is a director and is not also the Chairman of the Board of Directors) shall preside at such meeting, and, if the Chief Executive Officer is not present at such meeting or is not a director, a majority of the directors present at such meeting may elect one (1) of their members to preside.

 

SECTION 3.03 Resignations . Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation. The resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and if no time is specified, at the time of its receipt. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise expressly provided in the resignation.

 

SECTION 3.04 Removal . Directors of the Corporation may be removed in the manner provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

 

SECTION 3.05 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, vacancies occurring in any directorship (whether by death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause) and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled in accordance with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.

 

SECTION 3.06 Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such places and times as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or the Chairman of the Board of Directors or as provided by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation if directed by the Board of Directors and shall be at such places and times as they or he or she shall fix. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board of Directors. At least twenty four (24) hours before each special meeting of the Board of Directors, either written notice, notice by electronic transmission or oral notice (either in person or by telephone) of the time, date and place of the meeting shall be given to each director. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

 

7



 

SECTION 3.07 Quorum, Voting and Adjournment . A quorum for the transaction of business shall be as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Except as otherwise required by law or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting to another time and place. Notice of such adjourned meeting need not be given if the time and place of such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting so adjourned.

 

SECTION 3.08 Committees; Committee Rules . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, including but not limited to an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation and the meetings of such committees to be held in compliance with these Bylaws. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the Corporation. Each committee of the Board of Directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present at a meeting of the committee at which a quorum is present. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, in the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the Board of Directors, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

SECTION 3.09 Action Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed in the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form or shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

SECTION 3.10 Remote Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment in which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

SECTION 3.11 Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

 

SECTION 3.12 Reliance on Books and Records. A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the performance of such person’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

8



 

ARTICLE IV

 

Officers

 

SECTION 4.01 Number. The officers of the Corporation shall include a Chief Executive Officer and a Secretary, each of whom shall be elected by or in the manner determined by the Board of Directors and who shall hold office for such terms as shall be determined by or in the manner determined by the Board of Directors and until their successors are elected and qualify or until their earlier resignation or removal. In addition, the Board of Directors (or its designees) may elect a President, one or more Vice Presidents, including one or more Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, a Treasurer and one or more Assistant Treasurers and one or more Assistant Secretaries, who shall hold their office for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by or in the manner determined by the Board of Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

SECTION 4.02 Other Officers and Agents . The Board of Directors (or its designees) may appoint such other officers and agents as it deems advisable, who shall hold their office for such terms and shall exercise and perform such powers and duties as shall be determined from time to time by or in the manner determined by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.03 Chief Executive Officer/President . The Chief Executive Officer, who may also be the President, subject to the determination of the Board of Directors, shall have general executive charge, management, and control of the properties and operations of the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business, with all such powers with respect to such properties and operations as may be reasonably incident to such responsibilities. If the Board of Directors has not elected a Chairman of the Board of Directors or in the absence or inability to act as the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall exercise all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the Chairman of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.04 Vice Presidents . Each Vice President, if any are appointed, of whom one or more may be designated an Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors (or its designees).

 

SECTION 4.05 Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have custody of the corporate funds, securities, evidences of indebtedness and other valuables of the Corporation and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation. The Treasurer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors or its designees selected for such purposes. The Treasurer shall render to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, upon their request, statements of the accounts of the Corporation.

 

In addition, the Treasurer shall have such further powers and perform such other duties incident to the office of Treasurer as from time to time are assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors (or its designees).

 

SECTION 4.06 Secretary . The Secretary shall: (a) cause minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and directors to be recorded and kept properly; (b) cause all notices required by these Bylaws or otherwise to be given properly; (c) see that the minute books, stock books, and other nonfinancial books, records and papers of the Corporation are kept properly; and (d) cause all reports, statements, returns, certificates and other documents to be prepared and filed when and as required. The Secretary shall have such further powers and perform such other duties as prescribed from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors (or its designees).

 

SECTION 4.07 Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries . Each Assistant Treasurer and each Assistant Secretary, if any are appointed, shall be vested with all the powers and shall perform all the duties of the Treasurer and Secretary, respectively, in the absence or disability of such officer, unless or until the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors (or its designees) shall otherwise determine. In addition, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors (or its designees).

 

9



 

SECTION 4.08 Compensation . The compensation of the officers shall be fixed by or in the manner determined by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.09 Corporate Funds and Checks . The funds of the Corporation shall be kept in such depositories as shall from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors or its designees selected for such purposes. All checks or other orders for the payment of money shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, a Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary or such other person or agent as may from time to time be authorized and with such countersignature, if any, as may be required by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.10 Contracts and Other Documents . The Chief Executive Officer and the Secretary, or such other officer or officers as may from time to time be authorized by the Board of Directors (or its designees) shall have power to sign and execute on behalf of the Corporation deeds, conveyances and contracts, and any and all other documents requiring execution by the Corporation.

 

SECTION 4.11 Ownership of Stock of Another Entity . Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, a Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary, or such other officer or agent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors (or its designees), shall have the power and authority, on behalf of the Corporation, to attend and to vote at any meeting of securityholders of any entity in which the Corporation holds securities or equity interests and may exercise, on behalf of the Corporation, any and all of the rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities or equity interests at any such meeting, including the authority to execute and deliver proxies and consents on behalf of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 4.12 Delegation of Duties . In the absence, disability or refusal of any officer to exercise and perform his or her duties, the Board of Directors may delegate to another officer such powers or duties.

 

SECTION 4.13 Resignation and Removal . Any officer of the Corporation may be removed from office for or without cause at any time by or in the manner determined by the Board of Directors. Any officer may resign at any time in the same manner prescribed under Section 3.03 of these Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Stock

 

SECTION 5.01 Shares With Certificates . The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Every holder of stock in the Corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, any two of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, a Vice President, the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, or any other authorized officers of the Corporation, certifying the number and class of shares of stock of the Corporation owned by such holder. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. The Corporation shall have the power to appoint one or more transfer agents and/or registrars for the transfer or registration of certificates of stock of any class, and may require stock certificates to be countersigned or registered by one or more of such transfer agents and/or registrars.

 

SECTION 5.02 Shares Without Certificates . If the Board of Directors chooses to issue shares of stock without certificates, the Corporation, if required by the DGCL, shall, within a reasonable time after the issue or transfer of shares without certificates, send the stockholder a written statement of the information required by the DGCL. The Corporation may adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares of stock by electronic or other means not involving the issuance of certificates, provided the use of such system by the Corporation is permitted in accordance with applicable law.

 

SECTION 5.03 Transfer of Shares . Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, in the manner prescribed by

 

10



 

law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and in these Bylaws, upon surrender to the Corporation by delivery thereof (to the extent evidenced by a physical stock certificate) to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers. Certificates representing such shares, if any, shall be cancelled and new certificates, if the shares are to be certificated, shall thereupon be issued. Shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are not represented by a certificate shall be transferred in accordance with applicable law. A record shall be made of each transfer. Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer if, when the certificates are presented, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation to do so. The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or proper concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 5.04 Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates . A new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may, in its discretion, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum as the Corporation may direct, in order to indemnify the Corporation against any claims that may be made against it in connection therewith. A new certificate or uncertificated shares of stock may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation that has become mutilated upon the surrender by such owner of such mutilated certificate and, if required by the Corporation, the posting of a bond by such owner in an amount sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it in connection therewith.

 

SECTION 5.05 List of Stockholders Entitled To Vote . The Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting ( provided, however , that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 5.05 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

SECTION 5.06 Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record.

 

(A) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall

 

11



 

also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

 

(B) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

(C) Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting is fixed by the Board of Directors, (a) when no prior action of the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law, and (b) if prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

SECTION 5.07 Registered Stockholders . Prior to the surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates for a share or shares of stock or notification to the Corporation of the transfer of uncertificated shares with a request to record the transfer of such share or shares, the Corporation may treat the registered owner of such share or shares as the person entitled to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner of such share or shares. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Notice and Waiver of Notice

 

SECTION 6.01 Notice . If mailed, notice to stockholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.

 

SECTION 6.02 Waiver of Notice . A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting (in person or by remote communication) shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

SECTION 6.03 Notice to Person With Whom Communication Is Unlawful . Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

 

12


 

SECTION 6.04 Affidavit of Mailing . An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the Corporation or its transfer agent and/or registrar appointed with respect to the class of stock affected or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Indemnification

 

SECTION 7.01 Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “ proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “ indemnitee ”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, if permitted, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however , that, except as provided in Section 7.03 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses or with respect to any compulsory counterclaim brought by such indemnitee, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 7.02 Right to Advancement of Expenses . In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 7.01, an indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in appearing at, participating in or defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition or in connection with a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VII (which shall be governed by Section 7.03) (hereinafter an “ advancement of expenses ”); provided , however , that, if the DGCL requires or in the case of an advance made in a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made solely upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “ undertaking ”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “ final adjudication ”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified or entitled to advancement of expenses under Sections 7.01 and 7.02 or otherwise.

 

SECTION 7.03 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 7.01 or 7.02 is not paid in full by the Corporation within (a) 60 days after a written claim for indemnification has been received by the Corporation or (b) 20 days after a claim for an advancement of expenses has been received by the Corporation, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim or to obtain advancement of expenses, as applicable. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (a) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (b) any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to

 

13



 

have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

SECTION 7.04 Indemnification Not Exclusive .

 

(A) The provision of indemnification to or the advancement of expenses and costs to any indemnitee under this Article VII, or the entitlement of any indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs under this Article VII, shall not limit or restrict in any way the power of the Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses and costs to such indemnitee in any other way permitted by law or be deemed exclusive of, or invalidate, any right to which any indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs may be entitled under any law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such indemnitee’s capacity as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Corporation and as to action in any other capacity.

 

(B) Given that certain jointly indemnifiable claims (as defined below) may arise due to the service of the indemnitee as a director and/or officer of the Corporation at the request of the indemnitee-related entities (as defined below), the Corporation shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of all expenses judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws (or any other agreement between the Corporation and such persons) in connection with any such jointly indemnifiable claims, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Article VII, irrespective of any right of recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities. Any obligation on the part of any indemnitee-related entities to indemnify or advance expenses to any indemnitee shall be secondary to the Corporation’s obligation and shall be reduced by any amount that the indemnitee may collect as indemnification or advancement from the Corporation. The Corporation irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the indemnitee-related entities from any and all claims against the indemnitee-related entities for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. Under no circumstance shall the Corporation be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the indemnitee-related entities and no right of advancement or recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the indemnitee or the obligations of the Corporation hereunder. In the event that any of the indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnitee against the Corporation, and the indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. For purposes of this Section 7.04(B) of Article VII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(1) The term “ indemnitee-related entities ” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Corporation or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for which the indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Corporation or at the Corporation’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described herein) from whom an indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Corporation may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation.

 

(2) The term “ jointly indemnifiable claims ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both the indemnitee-related entities and the Corporation pursuant to Delaware law, any agreement or certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited

 

14



 

partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Corporation or the indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.

 

SECTION 7.05 Corporate Obligations; Reliance . The rights granted pursuant to the provisions of this Article VII shall vest at the time a person becomes a director or officer of the Corporation and shall be deemed to create a binding contractual obligation on the part of the Corporation to the persons who from time to time are elected as officers or directors of the Corporation, and such persons in acting in their capacities as officers or directors of the Corporation or any subsidiary shall be entitled to rely on such provisions of this Article VII without giving notice thereof to the Corporation. Such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VII that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate, or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.

 

SECTION 7.06 Insurance . The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

 

SECTION 7.07 Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation . The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by or in the manner determined by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Miscellaneous

 

SECTION 8.01 Electronic Transmission . For purposes of these Bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, 1 or more networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

SECTION 8.02 Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.

 

SECTION 8.03 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the 31st day in December of each year, or such other day as the Board of Directors may designate.

 

SECTION 8.04 Section Headings . Section headings in these Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

 

SECTION 8.05 Inconsistent Provisions . In the event that any provision of these Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the DGCL or any other applicable law, such provision of these Bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

 

SECTION 8.06 Stock Transfer Agreement . The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

15



 

ARTICLE IX

 

Amendments

 

SECTION 9.01 Amendments . The Board of Directors is authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind, in whole or in part, these Bylaws without the consent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of voting power of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required in order for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend, repeal or rescind, in whole or in part, any provision of the Bylaws or to adopt any provision inconsistent therewith.

 

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

16




Exhibit 4.1

 

VCTR INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE CLASS A COMMON SHARES, $0.01 PAR VALUE, OF VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. transferable on the books of the Corporation byCthe hOolder Mhereof iMn persoOn or bNy Attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. Dated: CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD, PRESIDENT OR VICE PRESIDENT TREASURER OR SECRETARY COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY (Brooklyn, New York) TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR BY AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE THIS CERTIFIES THAT is the owner of CUSIP 000000 00 0

GRAPHIC

 

 

THE BOARD OF THIS CORPORATION HAS THE AUTHORITY TO CREATE AND DETERMINE THE RELATIVE RIGHTS AND PREFERENCES OF CLASSES OR SERIES OF SHARES OF CAPITAL STOCK OTHER THAN COMMON STOCK. THIS CORPORATION WILL FURNISH TO ANY SHAREHOLDER UPON WRITTEN REQUEST SENT TO ITS PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES, AND WITHOUT CHARGE, A FULL STATEMENT OF THE BOARD’S AUTHORITY TO CREATE AND DETERMINE THE RELATIVE RIGHTS AND PREFERENCES OF CLASSES OR SERIES OF SHARES OF CAPITAL STOCK AS WELL AS THE DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES, LIMITATIONS AND RELATIVE RIGHTS OF THE SHARES OF EACH CLASS OR SERIES THEN OUTSTANDING OR AUTHORIZED TO BE ISSUED. The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: UTMA – Custodian TEN COM TEN ENT JT TEN – as tenants in common – as tenants by entireties – as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common (Cust) (Minor) under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. For value received hereby sell, assign, and transfer unto PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE) Shares of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER. SIGNATURE GUARANTEED ALL GUARANTEES MUST BE MADE BY A FINANCIAL INSTITUTION (SUCH AS A BANK OR BROKER) WHICH IS A PARTICIPANT IN THE SECURITIES TRANSFER AGENTS MEDALLION PROGRAM (“STAMP”), THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE, INC. MEDALLION SIGNATURE PROGRAM (“MSP”), OR THE STOCK EXCHANGES MEDALLION PROGRAM (“SEMP”) AND MUST NOT BE DATED. GUARANTEES BY A NOTARY PUBLIC ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.

GRAPHIC

 



Exhibit 4.2

 

VCTR INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE CLASS B COMMON SHARES, $0.01 PAR VALUE, OF VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. transferable on the books of the Corporation byCthe hOolder Mhereof iMn persoOn or bNy Attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. Dated: CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD, PRESIDENT OR VICE PRESIDENT TREASURER OR SECRETARY COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY (Brooklyn, New York) TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR BY AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE THIS CERTIFIES THAT is the owner of CUSIP 000000 00 0

GRAPHIC

 

 

THE BOARD OF THIS CORPORATION HAS THE AUTHORITY TO CREATE AND DETERMINE THE RELATIVE RIGHTS AND PREFERENCES OF CLASSES OR SERIES OF SHARES OF CAPITAL STOCK OTHER THAN COMMON STOCK. THIS CORPORATION WILL FURNISH TO ANY SHAREHOLDER UPON WRITTEN REQUEST SENT TO ITS PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES, AND WITHOUT CHARGE, A FULL STATEMENT OF THE BOARD’S AUTHORITY TO CREATE AND DETERMINE THE RELATIVE RIGHTS AND PREFERENCES OF CLASSES OR SERIES OF SHARES OF CAPITAL STOCK AS WELL AS THE DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES, LIMITATIONS AND RELATIVE RIGHTS OF THE SHARES OF EACH CLASS OR SERIES THEN OUTSTANDING OR AUTHORIZED TO BE ISSUED. The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: UTMA – Custodian TEN COM TEN ENT JT TEN – as tenants in common – as tenants by entireties – as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common (Cust) (Minor) under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. For value received hereby sell, assign, and transfer unto PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE) Shares of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER. SIGNATURE GUARANTEED ALL GUARANTEES MUST BE MADE BY A FINANCIAL INSTITUTION (SUCH AS A BANK OR BROKER) WHICH IS A PARTICIPANT IN THE SECURITIES TRANSFER AGENTS MEDALLION PROGRAM (“STAMP”), THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE, INC. MEDALLION SIGNATURE PROGRAM (“MSP”), OR THE STOCK EXCHANGES MEDALLION PROGRAM (“SEMP”) AND MUST NOT BE DATED. GUARANTEES BY A NOTARY PUBLIC ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.

GRAPHIC

 



Exhibit 4.3

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

dated as of

 

[      ], 2018

 

among

 

CRESTVIEW VICTORY, L.P.

 

RCP LAKE CO-INVEST, L.P.

 

REVERENCE CAPITAL PARTNERS OPPORTUNITIES FUND I, L.P.

 

REVERENCE CAPITAL PARTNERS OPPORTUNITIES FUND I (AI), L.P.

 

REVERENCE CAPITAL PARTNERS OPPORTUNITIES FUND I (CAYMAN), L.P.

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

EMPLOYEE SHAREHOLDERS COMMITTEE

 

and

 

CERTAIN OTHER PERSONS NAMED HEREIN

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

PAGE

 

 

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

 

Section 1.01.

Definitions

1

Section 1.02.

Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions

5

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

5

 

 

 

Section 2.01.

Composition of the Board

5

Section 2.02.

Removal

6

Section 2.03.

Vacancies

6

Section 2.04.

Committees

7

Section 2.05.

Charter or Bylaw Provisions

7

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3. TRANSFERS AND COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAWS

7

 

 

 

Section 3.01.

Transfers and Compliance with Securities Laws

7

Section 3.02.

Registration Rights

8

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4. CERTAIN COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

8

 

 

 

Section 4.01.

Investment Opportunities and Conflicts of Interest

8

Section 4.02.

Confidentiality

8

Section 4.03.

Lending Relationship

9

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS

10

 

 

 

Section 5.01.

Headings

10

Section 5.02.

Entire Agreement

10

Section 5.03.

Addresses and Notices

10

Section 5.04.

Governing Law; Arbitration; Waiver of Jury Trial

11

Section 5.05.

Severability

13

Section 5.06.

Termination

13

Section 5.07.

Successors, Assigns, Transferees

13

Section 5.08.

Waivers; Amendments

13

Section 5.09.

Counterparts; Effectiveness

14

Section 5.10.

Recapitalization, Etc.

14

Section 5.11.

Remedies; Specific Performance

14

Section 5.12.

Further Assurances

14

Section 5.13.

Third Party Beneficiaries

15

Section 5.14.

No Rights to Continued Relationship

15

 

 

 

Exhibit A                           Registration Rights

 

Exhibit B                           Joinder Agreement

 

 

i



 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT dated as of [   ], 2018 (this “ Agreement ”) among Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Crestview Victory, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Crestview Aggregator ”), RCP Lake Co-Invest, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, Reverence Capital Partners Opportunities Fund I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Reverence Capital Partners Opportunities Fund I (AI), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Reverence Capital Partners Opportunities Fund I (Cayman), L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership (collectively, “ RCP ”), the Employee Shareholders Committee, created under the Employee Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (such committee, as it may be reconstituted from time to time, the “ Employee Shareholders Committee ”), and certain other Persons listed on the signature page hereof (the “ Management Shareholders ”).  “Crestview Aggregator” and “RCP” shall each mean, if such Persons shall have Transferred any of their Company Securities to any of their respective Designated Transferees, such Persons and such Designated Transferees, taken together, and any right, obligation or action that may be exercised or taken at the election of such entities or persons may be taken at the election of such Persons and such Designated Transferees.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the existing shareholders of the Company (the “ Existing Shareholders ”) entered into that certain Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2014 (the “ Existing Shareholders’ Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Company has closed its IPO (as defined below);

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement to govern the rights, duties and obligations of the Crestview Aggregator, RCP, the Management Shareholders and the Employee Shareholders Committee following the consummation of the IPO; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 6.08(b) of the Existing Shareholders’ Agreement, Existing Shareholders owning a majority of the outstanding Shares hereby consent to the amendment and restatement of the Existing Shareholders’ Agreement and all Existing Shareholders shall be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01.                           Definitions .  The following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:

 

1



 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person; provided that no securityholder of the Company shall be deemed an Affiliate of any other securityholder solely by reason of any investment in the Company.  For purposes of this definition, the term “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized by law to close.

 

Bylaws ” means the bylaws of the Company, as amended from time to time.

 

Charter ” means the certificate of incorporation of the Company, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Company Equity Plans ” means the management equity plans and the outside director equity plan, each as in effect on the date hereof and as may be amended from time to time in accordance therewith.

 

Company Securities ” means (i) the Shares, (ii) any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Shares, (iii) any other equity interest or equity-linked security issued by the Company, and (iv) any Equity Awards or other rights to acquire Shares or any other equity interest or equity-linked security issued by the Company.

 

Crestview Entities ” means the Crestview Aggregator, the Crestview Funds and their respective Designated Transferees, other than any such Designated Transferee that receives Shares pursuant to a Distribution in Kind.

 

Crestview Funds ” means, collectively, Crestview Partners II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Crestview Partners II (FF), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Crestview Partners II (TE), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Crestview Offshore Holdings II (Cayman), L.P., an exempted limited partnership organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands, Crestview Offshore Holdings II (FF Cayman), L.P., an exempted limited partnership organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and Crestview Offshore Holdings II (892 Cayman), L.P., an exempted limited partnership organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and any of their respective Designated Transferees.

 

Designated Transferee ” means:

 

(i)                                      with respect to any Crestview Entity, (A) any Crestview Fund, (B) any Affiliate or member of any Crestview Entity, (C) any general or limited partner of any Crestview Fund (a “ Crestview Partner ”), (D) any current or former general partner, limited partner, manager, director, officer or employee of any Crestview Fund or any Crestview Partner (collectively, “ Crestview Associates ”), (E) any heir, executor,

 

2



 

administrator, testamentary trustee, legatee or beneficiary of any Crestview Partner or any Crestview Associate and (F) a trust, corporation, partnership, or other entity substantially all of the economic interests of which are held by or for the benefit of the Crestview Funds, their Affiliates, any Crestview Partners, any Crestview Associates, their spouses or their children (whether by birth or adoption); and

 

(ii)                                   with respect to any RCP Entity, (A) any RCP Fund, (B) any Affiliate or member of any RCP Entity, (C) any general or limited partner of any RCP Fund (an “ RCP Partner ”), (D) any current or former general partner, limited partner, manager, director, officer or employee of any RCP Fund or any RCP Partner (collectively, “ RCP Associates ”), (E) any heir, executor, administrator, testamentary trustee, legatee or beneficiary of any RCP Partner or any RCP Associate and (F) a trust, corporation, partnership, or other entity substantially all of the economic interests of which are held by or for the benefit of the RCP Funds, their Affiliates, any RCP Partners, any RCP Associates, their spouses or their children (whether by birth or adoption).

 

Distribution in Kind ” means any Transfer by any Crestview Entity or RCP Entity, as applicable, of Shares to any members, stockholders or partners of such Crestview Entity or RCP Entity, as applicable, by means of a distribution in respect of the shares of or equity interests in such Crestview Entity or RCP Entity, as applicable.

 

Equity Awards ” means any equity awards granted to any Management Shareholder under the Company Equity Plans, including Shares that are subject to specified vesting and forfeiture provisions and options to purchase Shares.  Any Shares that are not subject to vesting and forfeiture provisions, any Shares that have vested and are no longer subject to forfeiture under the applicable award agreement and any Shares acquired pursuant to exercise of such options, shall not, themselves, constitute “Equity Awards” hereunder.

 

Individual Shareholder ” means a Shareholder that is not an Institutional Investor and who is not a party to the Employee Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

Institutional Investors ” means the Crestview Entities and the RCP Entities.

 

IPO ” means the Company’s initial Public Offering pursuant to a prospectus dated as of [   ], 2018.

 

Person ” means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

 

Public Offering ” means an underwritten public offering of securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor forms.

 

RCP Entities ” means RCP, any RCP Fund and their respective Designated Transferees, other than any such Designated Transferee that receives Shares pursuant to a Distribution in Kind.

 

3



 

RCP Fund ” means any private investment fund raised by Reverence Capital Partners, LLC after the date of this Agreement that is focused on financial services investments, together with its parallel and related investment vehicles.

 

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Securities Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Shareholder ” means, at any time, any Person (other than the Company) who is then a party to or bound by this Agreement, so long as such Person “beneficially owns” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act) any Company Securities.

 

Shares ” means shares of Class A common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Class A Common Stock ”), and of Class B common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share, and any stock into which such common stock is hereafter converted or changed.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any entity of which securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person.

 

Transfer ” means, with respect to any Company Security, directly or indirectly, any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation, exchange, pledge, encumbrance, distribution, bequest, donation or other transfer or disposition of such Company Security or any legal or beneficial interest in such Company Security, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law (including by merger, consolidation or otherwise), including, without limitation, the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, the power (whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of such Company Security by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise.

 

Each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term:

 

Term

 

Section

Agents

 

4.02

Agreement

 

Preamble

Company

 

Preamble

Confidential Information

 

4.02

Crestview Aggregator

 

Preamble

Crestview Associates

 

1.01

Crestview Partner

 

1.01

Employee Shareholders Committee

 

Preamble

Existing Shareholders

 

Recitals

Existing Shareholders’ Agreement

 

Recitals

 

4



 

Management Shareholders

 

Preamble

Other Business

 

4.01

RCP

 

Preamble

RCP Associates

 

1.01

RCP Partner

 

1.01

Replacement Nominee

 

2.03(a)

 

Section 1.02.                           Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions .  The words “ hereof ,” “ herein ” and “ hereunder ” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof.  References to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Annexes are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Annexes to or of this Agreement unless otherwise specified.  All Exhibits and Annexes attached hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein.  Any capitalized terms used in any Exhibit or Annex but not otherwise defined therein shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement.  Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular.  Whenever the words “ include ,” “ includes ” or “ including ” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation,” whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import.  “ Writing ,” “ written ” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form.  References to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; provided that, with respect to any agreement or contract listed on any schedules hereto, all such amendments, modifications or supplements must also be listed in the appropriate schedule.  References to any statute or regulation are to the statute or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, in the case of statutes, include any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and references to any section of any statute or regulation include any successors of such sections.  References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person.  References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively.

 

ARTICLE 2.

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

Section 2.01.                           Composition of the Board .

 

(a)                                  From and after the date hereof, (i) for so long as the Crestview Entities collectively own at least 20% of the outstanding Shares, the Crestview Aggregator shall have the right to require the Company to nominate and use its best efforts to have three individuals designated by the Crestview Aggregator and reasonably acceptable to the Company elected to the Board, (ii) for so long as the Crestview Entities collectively own at least 10% but less than 20% of the outstanding Shares, the Crestview Aggregator shall have the right to require the Company to nominate and use its best efforts to have two individuals designated by the Crestview Aggregator and reasonably acceptable to the Company elected to the Board, (iii) for so long as the Crestview Entities collectively own at least 5% but less than 10% of the

 

5



 

outstanding Shares, (A) the Crestview Aggregator shall have the right to require the Company to nominate and use its best efforts to have one individual designated by the Crestview Aggregator and reasonably acceptable to the Company elected to the Board and (B) the Crestview Aggregator shall have the right to designate one representative to attend and observe all meetings of the Board and any committees thereof, (iv) for so long as RCP owns at least 10% of the outstanding Shares, RCP shall have the right to require the Company to nominate and use its best efforts to have two individuals designated by RCP and reasonably acceptable to the Company elected to the Board, and (v) for so long as RCP owns at least 5% but less than 10% of the outstanding Shares, RCP shall have the right to require the Company to nominate and use its best efforts to have one individual designated by RCP and reasonably acceptable to the Company elected to the Board.

 

(b)                                  Each Institutional Investor, Individual Shareholder and the Employee Shareholders Committee agrees that, if at any time it is entitled to vote for the election of directors to the Board, it shall, in the case of each Institutional Investor and Individual Shareholder, vote its Shares or, in the case of the Employee Shareholders Committee, vote the Shares it has the authority to vote, or execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, and take all other necessary action (including causing the Company to call a special meeting of Shareholders) in order to ensure that the composition of the Board is as set forth in this Section 2.01.

 

Section 2.02.                           Removal .  Each Institutional Investor, Individual Shareholder and the Employee Shareholders Committee agrees that, if at any time it is entitled to vote for the removal of directors from the Board, it shall, in the case of each Institutional Investor and Individual Shareholder, not vote its Shares or, in the case of the Employee Shareholders Committee, not vote the Shares it has the authority to vote, or execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, in favor of the removal of any director who shall have been designated pursuant to Section 2.01(a) or Section 2.03, unless the Person or Persons entitled to designate or nominate such director pursuant to Section 2.01(a) shall have consented to such removal in writing; provided that, if the Person or Persons entitled to designate any director pursuant to Section 2.01(a) shall request in writing the removal (with or without cause) of such director, each Institutional Investor, Individual Shareholder and the Employee Shareholders Committee shall, in the case of each Institutional Investor and Individual Shareholder, vote all of its Shares or, in the case of the Employee Shareholders Committee, vote the Shares it has the authority to vote, or execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, in favor of such removal.

 

Section 2.03.                           Vacancies .  If, as a result of death, disability, retirement, resignation, removal (with or without cause) or otherwise, there shall exist or occur any vacancy on the Board:

 

(a)                                  the Person or Persons entitled under Section 2.01(a) to designate such director, subject to Section 2.01, may designate another individual reasonably acceptable to the Company (the “ Replacement Nominee ”) to fill such vacancy and serve as a director on the Board;

 

(b)                                  subject to Section 2.01, each Institutional Investor, Individual Shareholder and the Employee Shareholders Committee agrees that if it is then entitled to vote for the

 

6



 

election of directors to the Board, it shall, in the case of each Institutional Investor and Individual Shareholder, vote its Shares or, in the case of the Employee Shareholders Committee, vote the Shares it has the authority to vote, or execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, in order to ensure that the Replacement Nominee be elected to the Board; and

 

(c)                                   the Company will nominate and use its best efforts to have the Replacement Nominee elected to the Board.

 

Section 2.04.                           Committees .

 

(a)                                  The Board may create executive, compensation, audit, nominating and such other committees as it may determine.

 

(b)                                  (A) For so long as the Crestview Aggregator is entitled to designate at least one director pursuant to Section 2.01, one director appointed by the Crestview Aggregator pursuant to Section 2.01 shall be entitled to serve on each such committee; and (B) for so long as RCP is entitled to designate at least one director pursuant to Section 2.01, one director appointed by RCP pursuant to Section 2.01 shall be entitled to serve on each such committee, in each case unless prohibited by law or applicable rules or regulations of any stock exchange on which the Shares are listed and excluding any committee formed to consider a transaction between any of the Crestview Entities or any of the RCP Entities, as applicable, and the Company.

 

Section 2.05.                           Charter or Bylaw Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Each Institutional Investor, Individual Shareholder and the Employee Shareholders Committee agrees to, in the case of each Institutional Investor and Individual Shareholder, vote its Shares or, in the case of the Employee Shareholders Committee, vote the Shares it has the authority to vote, or execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, and to take all other actions necessary, to ensure that the Charter and Bylaws (i) facilitate, and do not at any time conflict with, any provision of this Agreement and (ii) permit each Shareholder to receive the benefits to which each such Shareholder is entitled under this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The Charter and Bylaws shall provide for (i) the elimination of the liability of each director on the Board to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, (ii) the indemnification of each director on the Board for acts on behalf of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and (iii) the advancement of expenses to each director on the Board in respect of any action, suit or other proceeding relating to the director’s service on the Board to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

 

ARTICLE 3.

 

TRANSFERS AND COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAWS

 

Section 3.01.                           Transfers and Compliance with Securities Laws .  Each Shareholder understands and agrees that the Company Securities issued prior to the date hereof have not been registered under the Securities Act and are restricted securities thereunder.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each Shareholder agrees that it shall not Transfer any Company

 

7



 

Securities (or solicit any offers in respect of any Transfer of any Company Securities), except in compliance with the Securities Act and any other applicable securities or “blue sky” laws.

 

Section 3.02.                           Registration Rights .  The Shareholders shall comply with, and be entitled to the benefits of, the provisions set forth in Exhibit A hereto governing and providing for, among other matters, registration rights with respect to Registrable Securities (as defined in Exhibit A hereto).

 

ARTICLE 4.

 

CERTAIN COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

 

Section 4.01.                           Investment Opportunities and Conflicts of Interes t.  The Shareholders expressly acknowledge and agree that (a) the Crestview Entities and the RCP Entities and their respective Affiliates are permitted to have, and may presently or in the future have, investments or other business relationships, ventures, agreements or arrangements with entities engaged in the same or a similar business as the business conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries, and in related businesses (an “ Other Business ”); (b) the Crestview Entities and the RCP Entities or their respective Affiliates have or may develop strategic relationships with businesses that are or may be competitive with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (c) none of the Crestview Entities nor the RCP Entities or their respective Affiliates will be prohibited by virtue of their investments in the Company and its Subsidiaries or their services as a director or officer from pursuing and engaging in any such activities; (d) the other Shareholders will not acquire, be provided with an option or opportunity to acquire or be entitled to any interest or participation in any Other Business as a result of the participation therein of any of the Crestview Entities or the RCP Entities or their respective Affiliates; (e) none of the Crestview Entities nor the RCP Entities or their respective Affiliates will be obligated to inform the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any such opportunity, relationship or investment; (f) the Shareholders expressly waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any rights to assert any claim that any such activity of the Crestview Entities or the RCP Entities or their respective Affiliates breaches any duty owed to any Shareholder, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any rights to assert that any such activity constitutes or gives rise to a conflict of interest by such Persons with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and (g) nothing contained herein shall limit, prohibit or restrict any director serving as a member of the Board as a designee of the Crestview Aggregator or RCP, or the board of directors or similar governing body of any of its Subsidiaries, or as a member of any committee thereof, or any representative of any of the Crestview Entities or the RCP Entities or any of their respective Affiliates, from serving as managing member, director, officer or in any similar capacity with respect to any Other Business.

 

Section 4.02.                           Confidentiality .  Each Shareholder hereby agrees that Confidential Information has been and may be made available to it in connection with such Shareholder’s investment or participation in the Company.  Each Shareholder further agrees that it will not disclose any Confidential Information to any Person, other than (a) to such Shareholder’s Affiliates, equityholders, members, partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, counsel, investment advisers or agents (all such Persons being collectively referred to as “ Agents ”) in the normal course of the performance of their duties or for the purpose of reporting to such

 

8



 

Shareholder’s equityholders, members or partners the performance of such Shareholder’s investment in the Company, (b) to the extent required by any applicable law (including complying with any oral or written questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process to which a Shareholder is subject; provided that such Shareholder gives the Company prompt notice of such request(s), to the extent practicable, so that the Company may seek an appropriate protective order or similar relief (and the Shareholder shall cooperate with such efforts by the Company, and shall in any event make only the minimum disclosure required by applicable law)), (c) to any regulatory entity or rating agency in the regular course of such Shareholder’s dealings with such entity or agency, as long as such entity or agency is advised of the confidential nature of such information, (d) to any regulatory or self-regulatory body having or claiming authority to regulate or oversee any aspect of the business of the Shareholder or any Affiliate of such Shareholder, as long as such body is advised of the confidential nature of such information, and (e) to any Person to whom such Shareholder is contemplating a Transfer of its Company Securities; provided that (i) such Transfer would not violate the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) the potential transferee is advised of the confidential nature of such information and agrees to be bound by a confidentiality agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and consistent with the provisions hereof.  As used herein, “ Confidential Information ” means any information concerning the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or the financial condition, business, operations or prospects of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates in the possession of or furnished to any Shareholder; provided that the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information that (1) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by a Shareholder or its Agents in violation of this Agreement, (2) is or becomes available to such Shareholder from a source other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (provided that such source is not, at the time of such Shareholder’s receipt of the relevant information, to the best of such Shareholder’s knowledge, bound by confidentiality obligations to the Company or another Person restricting the disclosure of such information) or (3) is independently developed by such Shareholder without violating any confidentiality obligation to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

 

Section 4.03.                           Lending Relationship .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing contained in this Agreement shall affect, limit or impair the rights and remedies of any party to this Agreement (or its Affiliates) in its capacity as a lender to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to any agreement pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has borrowed money from such party.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no such lender (or its Affiliates), in exercising its (or their) rights as a lender, including making its (or their) decision as to whether to foreclose on any collateral security, shall have any duty to consider (a) its (or their) status as a direct or indirect equityholder of the Company, (b) the interests of the Company or (c) any duty it (or they) may have to any other direct or indirect equityholder of the Company, except as may be required under the applicable loan documents or by applicable law.

 

9


 

ARTICLE 5.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 5.01.                           Headings .  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provisions hereof.

 

Section 5.02.                           Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein, and there are no restrictions, promises, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings with respect to the subject matter hereof other than those expressly set forth or referred to herein.  This Agreement supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

Section 5.03.                           Addresses and Notices .  All notices, requests or other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (which may include facsimile transmission) and shall be given,

 

if to the Company, to:

 

4900 Tiedeman Road

Brooklyn, Ohio 44144

Attention:  Michael Policarpo

Nina Gupta

Telephone:  (216) 898-2552

Facsimile:  (216) 370-9011

 

with a copy to:

 

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

787 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention:  David K. Boston

Danielle Scalzo

Telephone:  (212) 728-8625

Facsimile:  (212) 728-8111

 

if to any Crestview Entity:

 

c/o Crestview Partners II, L.P.

667 Madison Avenue, 10th Floor

New York, NY 10065

Attention:  Richard M. DeMartini

Alex Binderow

Telephone: (212) 906-0700

Facsimile:  (212) 906-0750

E-mail: rdemartini@crestview.com

 

10



 

abinderow@crestview.com

 

with a copy to:

 

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention:  Michael Davis

Telephone:  (212) 450-4000

Facsimile:  (212) 701-5800

 

if to any RCP Entity, to:

 

Reverence Capital Partners, LLC

477 Madison Avenue, 23rd floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention:              Milton R. Berlinski

Email:                                 milton.berlinski@reverencecapital.com

 

with a copy to:

 

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz

51 W. 52nd Street

New York, NY 10019

Telephone: (212) 403-1000
Facsimile:  (212) 403-2000
Attention:  Nicholas G. Demmo

Email:                            NGDemmo@wlrk.com

 

and if to any other party hereto, to the address or facsimile number set forth on the signature page hereto or any other address or facsimile number in the United States as such party hereafter may specify for such purpose to the Company.

 

All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received by the recipient thereof on the date of receipt if received prior to 5 p.m. in the place of receipt and such day is a Business Day in the place of receipt.  Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt.

 

Section 5.04.                           Governing Law; Arbitration; Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

(a)                                  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by said laws, without regard to conflict of laws principles.

 

11



 

(b)

 

(i)                                      To the fullest extent permitted by law, the parties hereto agree that any claim, dispute or controversy based on any matter arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the other agreements or transactions contemplated hereby shall be submitted to and resolved exclusively by arbitration conducted in accordance with this Section 5.04(b).

 

(ii)                                   Any party may, by delivering a written demand to any other party, submit any such claim, dispute or controversy to binding arbitration conducted in New York City, New York (or such other location as the parties thereto may agree) in accordance with the applicable rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect, and the arbitration shall be heard and determined by a panel of three arbitrators in accordance with such rules (except that in the event of any inconsistency between such rules and this Section 5.04(b), the provisions of this Section 5.04(b) shall control).  Each demand shall briefly set forth the nature of the underlying dispute and the amount, if any, involved.  The arbitration panel may not modify the arbitration rules specified above without the prior written approval of all parties to the arbitration (provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any arbitration between the Company and/or the Crestview Aggregator or RCP, on the one hand, and one or more Management Shareholders, on the other hand, the arbitration panel may modify such arbitration rules with the prior written approval of the Company, the Crestview Aggregator, RCP and Management Shareholders owning a majority of the Shares owned by the Management Shareholders who are party to such arbitration).

 

(iii)                                Within ten Business Days after the receipt of a demand, each party shall designate one arbitrator, each of whom shall have experience involving complex business or legal matters, but shall not have any prior, existing or potential material business relationship with any party to the arbitration (provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any arbitration between the Company and/or the Crestview Aggregator and/or RCP, on the one hand, and one or more Management Shareholders, on the other hand, the Company and/or the Crestview Aggregator and/or RCP shall designate one arbitrator, and Management Shareholders owning a majority of the Shares owned by the Management Shareholders who are party to such arbitration shall designate one arbitrator).  The two arbitrators so designated shall select a third arbitrator, who shall preside over the arbitration, shall be similarly qualified as the two arbitrators and shall have no prior, existing or potential material business relationship with any party to the arbitration; provided that if the two arbitrators are unable to agree upon the selection of such third arbitrator, such third arbitrator shall be designated in accordance with the arbitration rules referred to above.

 

(iv)                               The arbitrators will decide the dispute by majority decision, and the decision shall be rendered in writing and shall bear the signatures of the arbitrators and the party or parties who shall be charged therewith, or the allocation of the expenses among the parties in the discretion of the panel.  The arbitration decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but in any event not later than 120 days after the constitution of the arbitration panel.  The arbitration decision shall be final and binding upon all parties to the arbitration.  The parties hereto agree that judgment upon any award rendered by the arbitration panel may be entered in the United States District Court for

 

12



 

the Southern District of New York or any New York State court sitting in New York City.  To the maximum extent permitted by law, the parties hereby irrevocably waive any right of appeal from any judgment rendered upon any such arbitration award in any such court.  Notwithstanding Section 5.04(b)(i), any party may seek injunctive relief in any such court.

 

(c)                                   EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

Section 5.05.                           Severability .  If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party.  Upon such a holding by a court or other authority, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner so that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

Section 5.06.                           Termination .  This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect with respect to any Shareholder when such Shareholder ceases to beneficially own any Shares; provided that the provisions of Sections 4.01, 4.02 and 4.03 and this Article 5 shall survive any termination hereof.

 

Section 5.07.                           Successors, Assigns, Transferees .  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by the Company or any Shareholder, other than (a) in connection with a Transfer permitted pursuant to Article 3, (b) any Crestview Entity may assign any of its rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities hereunder to (or exercise any of the foregoing jointly with) any of its Affiliates without the consent of the other parties hereto if each such Affiliate agrees in writing in an instrument substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto to be bound by the terms of this Agreement as a Shareholder and a Crestview Entity and (c) any RCP Entity may assign any of its rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities hereunder to (or exercise any of the foregoing jointly with) any of its Affiliates without the consent of the other parties hereto if each such Affiliate agrees in writing in an instrument substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto to be bound by the terms of this Agreement as a Shareholder.

 

Section 5.08.                           Waivers; Amendments .

 

(a)                                  Any provision of this Agreement may be waived if, but only if, such waiver is in writing and is signed, by the party or parties against whom the waiver is to be effective.  Except as expressly set forth herein, no failure or delay on the part of any party in

 

13



 

exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

 

(b)                                  No provision of this Agreement may be amended or otherwise modified except by the prior written consent of Shareholders owning a majority of the outstanding Shares owned by the Shareholders; provided that any amendment that materially and adversely affects any Shareholder in a manner that is disparate from the manner in which it affects other Shareholders shall also require the consent of the Shareholder so affected in addition to the consent required above and provided further that any amendment that materially and adversely affects rights unique to RCP shall require the consent of RCP in addition to the consent required above.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall be deemed amended from time to time to reflect the addition of a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.07 hereof, and no consent pursuant to this Section 5.08 shall be required in connection with any such amendment.

 

Section 5.09.                           Counterparts; Effectiveness .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.  This Agreement shall become effective when each party hereto shall have received counterparts hereof signed by all of the other parties hereto.  Until and unless each party has received a counterpart hereof signed by the other parties hereto, this Agreement shall have no effect and no party shall have any right or obligation hereunder (whether by virtue of any other oral or written agreement or other communication).

 

Section 5.10.                           Recapitalization, Etc.   In the event that any capital stock or other securities are issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution of, any Shares by reason of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation, spin-off, partial or complete liquidation, stock dividend, split-up, sale of assets, distribution to stockholders or combination of the Shares or any other change in capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made, if necessary, with respect to the relevant provisions of this Agreement so as to fairly and equitably preserve, as far as practicable, the original rights and obligations of the parties hereto under this Agreement.

 

Section 5.11.                           Remedies; Specific Performance .  Except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement, (a) the rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law and (b) each party hereto acknowledges that the remedies at law of the other parties for a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement would be inadequate and, in recognition of this fact, any party to this Agreement, without posting any bond shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, a temporary restraining order, a temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy that may then be available.

 

Section 5.12.                           Further Assurances .  The Company and each Shareholder shall take, or cause to be taken, all actions and do, or cause to be done, all things necessary or desirable under applicable law to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

14



 

Section 5.13.                           Third Party Beneficiaries .  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer on any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.14.                           No Rights to Continued Relationship .  Neither this Agreement nor any action taken or omitted to be taken hereunder shall be deemed to create or confer on any Person any right to be retained in any employment, consultant, advisory, director, manager or other such relationship by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or to interfere with or to limit in any way the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate such relationship with any such Person at any time.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

15



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: David C. Brown

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CRESTVIEW VICTORY, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

CRESTVIEW VICTORY GP, LLC,

 

 

Its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

[Signature Page to Second A&R Shareholders’ Agreement]

 



 

 

RCP LAKE CO-INVEST, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

RCP Lake Co-Invest GP LLC,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

Reverence Capital Partners LLC,

 

 

its managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

[Signature Page to Second A&R Shareholders’ Agreement]

 



 

 

REVERENCE CAPITAL PARTNERS OPPORTUNITIES FUND I, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

RCP Opp Fund I GP, L.P., its general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

RCP GenPar LP, its general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

RCP GenPar HoldCo LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

REVERENCE CAPITAL PARTNERS OPPORTUNITIES FUND I (CAYMAN), L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

RCP Opp Fund I GP, L.P., its general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

RCP GenPar LP, its general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

RCP GenPar HoldCo LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

REVERENCE CAPITAL PARTNERS OPPORTUNITIES FUND I (AI), L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

RCP Opp Fund I GP, L.P., its general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

RCP GenPar LP, its general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

RCP GenPar HoldCo LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

[Signature Page to Second A&R Shareholders’ Agreement]

 



 

 

MANAGEMENT SHAREHOLDER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

[Signature Page to Second A&R Shareholders’ Agreement]

 



 

 

EMPLOYEE SHAREHOLDERS COMMITTEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name: David C. Brown

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Kelly S. Cliff

 

[Signature Page to Second A&R Shareholders’ Agreement]

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

ARTICLE I.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 1.01.            Defined Terms .

 

(a)                                  All terms used and not defined herein have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Shareholders’ Agreement to which this Exhibit A is attached.  As used in this Exhibit A , the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Adverse Disclosure ” means public disclosure of material non-public information that, in the Board’s good faith judgment, after consultation with independent outside counsel to the Company, would be required to be made in any Registration Statement filed with the SEC by the Company so that such Registration Statement would not be materially misleading and would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing of such Registration Statement, but which information the Company has a bona fide business purpose for not disclosing publicly.

 

Company Share Equivalent ” means securities exercisable, exchangeable or convertible into Shares.

 

Exhibit A ” means this Exhibit A to the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

 

Form S-1 ” means a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, or any comparable or successor form or forms thereto.

 

Form S-3 ” means a registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act, or any comparable or successor form or forms thereto.

 

Holder ” means any holder of Registrable Securities that is a party hereto or that succeeds to rights hereunder pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ” means an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act, relating to an offer of Registrable Securities.

 

Marketed Underwritten Offering ” means any Underwritten Offering (including a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, but, for the avoidance of doubt, not including any Shelf Take-Down that is not a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down) that involves a customary “road show” (including an “electronic road show”) or other substantial marketing effort by the Company and the underwriters over a period of at least 48 hours.

 

A- 1



 

Participating Holder ” means, with respect to any Registration, any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement.

 

Participating Institutional Investor ” means, with respect to any Registration, any Institutional Investor that is a Holder of Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement.

 

Pro Rata Institutional Investors Shelf Percentage ” means, as of the date that an Initiating Holder delivers a Shelf Notice to the Company pursuant to Section 2.02(a), an amount equal to the fraction (expressed as a percentage) determined by dividing (i) the number of Registrable Securities held by such Initiating Holder (and its Affiliates) requested by such Initiating Holder to be registered on the applicable Shelf Registration Statement as of such date by (ii) the total number of Registrable Securities held as of such date by such Initiating Holder (and its Affiliates).

 

Pro Rata Shelf Percentage ” means, as of any date, with respect to a Holder, a number of Registrable Securities equal to (i) the number of Registrable Securities held by such Holder as of such date multiplied by (ii) the largest Pro Rata Institutional Investors Shelf Percentage with respect to the Participating Institutional Investor(s) for the applicable Shelf Registration Statement.

 

Prospectus ” means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, all amendments and supplements to such prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments to such Registration Statement, and all other material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

 

Registrable Securities ” means any Shares of Class A Common Stock and any securities that may be issued or distributed or be issuable or distributable in respect of, or in substitution for, any Shares of such Class A Common Stock by way of conversion (including a voluntary conversion pursuant to the Charter), exercise, dividend, stock split or other distribution, merger, consolidation, exchange, recapitalization or reclassification or similar transaction, in each case whether now owned or hereinafter acquired; provided, however, that any such Registrable Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities to the extent (i) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such Registrable Securities has been declared effective under the Securities Act and such Registrable Securities have been disposed of in accordance with the plan of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement, (ii) such Registrable Securities have been distributed pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 145 of the Securities Act (or any successor rule) and new certificates (if certificated) for them not bearing a legend restricting transfer shall have been delivered by the Company, (iii) a Registration Statement on Form S-8 (or any successor form) covering such securities is effective or (iv) such security ceases to be outstanding. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that, with respect to any Registrable Securities for which a Holder holds vested but unexercised options or other Company Share Equivalents at such time exercisable for, convertible into or exchangeable for Shares, to the extent that such Registrable Securities are to be sold pursuant to this Exhibit A , such Holder must exercise the relevant option or exercise, convert or exchange such other relevant Company Share Equivalent and transfer the underlying Registrable Securities (in each

 

A- 2



 

case, net of any amounts required to be withheld by the Company in connection with such exercise) pursuant to a Registration.

 

Registration ” means a registration with the SEC of the Company’s securities for offer and sale to the public under a Registration Statement.  The term “ Register ” shall have a correlative meaning.

 

Registration Statement ” means any registration statement of the Company that covers Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Exhibit A filed with, or to be filed with, the SEC under the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, including the related Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including pre- and post-effective amendments, and all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

 

Representatives ” means, with respect to any Person, any of such Person’s officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, accountants, actuaries, consultants, equity financing partners or financial advisors or other Person associated with, or acting on behalf of, such Person.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Shareholders’ Agreement ” means the Second Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of [   ], 2018, by and among the Company, the Crestview Aggregator, RCP, the Management Shareholders and the Employee Shareholders Committee, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

Shelf Registration ” means a Registration effected pursuant to Section 2.02.

 

Shelf Registration Statement ” means a Registration Statement of the Company filed with the SEC on either (i) Form S-3 or (ii) if the Company is not permitted to file a Registration Statement on Form S-3, an evergreen Registration Statement on Form S-1, in each case for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (or any successor provision) covering all or any portion of the Registrable Securities, as applicable.

 

Underwritten Offering ” means a Registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter or underwriters on a firm commitment basis for reoffering to the public.

 

(b)                                  Each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term:

 

Term

 

Section

Company Public Sale

 

2.03(a)

Demand Company Notice

 

2.01(d)

Demand Notice

 

2.01(a)

Demand Party

 

2.01(a)

 

A- 3



 

Demand Period

 

2.01(c)

Demand Registration

 

2.01(a)

Demand Registration Statement

 

2.01(a)

Demand Suspension

 

2.01(e)

Initiating Holder

 

2.02(a)

Initiating Shelf Take-Down Holder

 

2.02(e)

Institutional Investors Registration Demands

 

2.11(c)

Long-Form Registration

 

2.01(a)

Loss or Losses

 

2.09(a)

Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down

 

2.02(e)

Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice

 

2.02(e)

Piggyback Registration

 

2.03(a)

Register

 

1.01(a)

Registration Expenses

 

2.08

Shelf Holder

 

2.02(c)

Shelf Notice

 

2.02(a)

Shelf Suspension

 

2.02(d)

Shelf Take-Down

 

2.02(e)

Short-Form Registration

 

2.01(a)

Special Registration

 

2.12

Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice

 

2.02(e)

 

SECTION 1.02.            Other Interpretive Provisions .  In this Exhibit A , except as otherwise provided:

 

(a)                                  A reference to an Article or Section is a reference to an Article or Section of this Exhibit A .

 

(b)                                  Headings are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Exhibit A .

 

(c)                                   Unless the context otherwise requires, words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa, words importing the masculine include the feminine and vice versa, and words importing persons include corporations, associations, partnerships, joint ventures and limited liability companies and vice versa.

 

(d)                                  Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “hereof” and “herein,” and words of similar meaning, refer to this Exhibit A as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or clause.  The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

 

A- 4



 

(e)                                   A reference to any legislation or to any provision of any legislation shall include any amendment, modification or re-enactment thereof and any legislative provision substituted therefor.

 

(f)                                    All determinations to be made by an Institutional Investor hereunder may be made by such Institutional Investor in its sole discretion, and such Institutional Investor may determine, in its sole discretion, whether or not to take actions that are permitted, but not required, by this Exhibit A to be taken by such Institutional Investor, including the giving of consents required hereunder.

 

ARTICLE II.

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

SECTION 2.01.            Demand Registration .

 

(a)                                  Demand by an Institutional Investor .  At any time 180 days after the effective date of the IPO, each of Crestview Aggregator or RCP (such Institutional Investor(s), a “ Demand Party ”) may, subject to Section 2.11, make a written request (a “ Demand Notice ”) to the Company for Registration of all or part of the Registrable Securities held by such Demand Party (i) on Form S-1 (a “ Long-Form Registration ”) or (ii) on Form S-3 (a “ Short-Form Registration ”) if the Company qualifies to use such short form (any such requested Long-Form Registration or Short-Form Registration, a “ Demand Registration ”).  Each Demand Notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities of the Demand Party to be registered and the intended methods of disposition thereof.  Subject to Section 2.11, after delivery of such Demand Notice, the Company (x) shall file promptly (and, in any event, within (i) 90 days in the case of a request for a Long-Form Registration or (ii) thirty (30) days in the case of a request for a Short-Form Registration, in each case, following delivery of such Demand Notice) with the SEC a Registration Statement relating to such Demand Registration (a “ Demand Registration Statement ”), and (y) shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Demand Registration Statement to promptly be declared effective under (A) the Securities Act and (B) the “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any Participating Holder or any underwriter, if any, reasonably requests.

 

(b)                                  Demand Withdrawal .  A Demand Party may withdraw its Registrable Securities from a Demand Registration at any time prior to the effectiveness of the applicable Demand Registration Statement.  Upon delivery of a notice by the Demand Party to such effect, the Company shall cease all efforts to secure effectiveness of the applicable Demand Registration Statement, and such Registration shall not be deemed to be a Demand Registration with respect to such Demand Party for purposes of Section 2.11.

 

(c)                                   Effective Registration .  The Company shall be deemed to have effected a Demand Registration with respect to the applicable Demand Party for purposes of Section 2.11 if the Demand Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and remains effective for not less than 120 days (or such shorter period as shall terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold or withdrawn), or if such Registration Statement relates to an Underwritten Offering, such longer period as, in the opinion of counsel

 

A- 5



 

for the underwriter or underwriters, a Prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer (the applicable period, the “ Demand Period ”).  No Demand Registration shall be deemed to have been effected for purposes of Section 2.11 if (i) during the Demand Period such Registration is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or other governmental agency or court, (ii) the conditions to closing specified in the underwriting agreement, if any, entered into in connection with such Registration are not satisfied other than by reason of a wrongful act, misrepresentation or breach of such applicable underwriting agreement by a Demand Party or (iii) there is a Demand Suspension.

 

(d)                                  Demand Company Notice .  Promptly upon delivery of any Demand Notice (but in no event more than five Business Days thereafter), the Company shall deliver a written notice (a “ Demand Company Notice ”) of any such Registration request to all Holders (other than the Demand Party), and the Company shall, subject to Section 2.01(g), include in such Demand Registration all such Registrable Securities of such Holders which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten Business Days after the date that such Demand Company Notice has been delivered.  All requests made pursuant to this Section 2.01(d) shall specify the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities of such Holder to be registered.

 

(e)                                   Delay in Filing; Suspension of Registration .  If the Company shall furnish to the Participating Holders a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer or equivalent senior executive officer of the Company stating that the filing, effectiveness or continued use of a Demand Registration Statement would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, then the Company may delay the filing (but not the preparation of) or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, the Demand Registration Statement (a “ Demand Suspension ”); provided, however, that the Company, unless otherwise approved in writing by each Institutional Investor, its successors or assigns, shall not be permitted to exercise aggregate Demand Suspensions and Shelf Suspensions more than twice, or for more than an aggregate of 120 days, in each case, during any 12-month period; provided, further, that in the event of a Demand Suspension, such Demand Suspension shall terminate at such earlier time as the Company would no longer be required to make any Adverse Disclosure.  Each Participating Holder shall keep confidential the fact that a Demand Suspension is in effect, the certificate referred to above and its contents unless and until otherwise notified by the Company, except (A) for disclosure to such Participating Holder’s employees, agents and professional advisers who reasonably need to know such information for purposes of assisting the Participating Holder with respect to its investment in the Company and agree to keep it confidential, (B) for disclosures to the extent required in order to comply with reporting obligations to its limited partners or other direct or indirect investors who have agreed to keep such information confidential, (C) if and to the extent such matters are publicly disclosed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any other Person that, to the actual knowledge of such Participating Holder, was not subject to an obligation or duty of confidentiality to the Company and its Subsidiaries and (D) as required by law, rule or regulation.  In the case of a Demand Suspension, the Participating Holders agree to suspend use of the applicable Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in connection with any sale or purchase of, or offer to sell or purchase, Registrable Securities, upon delivery of the notice referred to above.  The Company shall immediately notify the Participating Holders upon the termination of any Demand Suspension, amend or supplement the Prospectus and any Issuer

 

A- 6



 

Free Writing Prospectus, if necessary, so it does not contain any untrue statement or omission and furnish to the Participating Holders such numbers of copies of the Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as so amended or supplemented as the Participating Holders may reasonably request.  The Company agrees, if necessary, to supplement or make amendments to the Demand Registration Statement if required by the registration form used by the Company for the applicable Registration or by the instructions applicable to such registration form or by the Securities Act or the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder, or as may reasonably be requested by any Demand Party.

 

(f)                                    Underwritten Offering .  If a Demand Party so requests, an offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Demand Registration shall be in the form of an Underwritten Offering, and the Company shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer the offering.  If the Demand Party intends to sell the Registrable Securities covered by its demand by means of an Underwritten Offering, such Demand Party shall so advise the Company as part of its Demand Notice, and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Company Notice.

 

(g)                                   Priority of Securities Registered Pursuant to Demand Registrations .  If the managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed Underwritten Offering of the Registrable Securities included in a Demand Registration advise the Board in writing that, in its or their opinion, the number of securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, the securities to be included in such Demand Registration (i) first, shall be allocated pro rata among the Institutional Investors that have requested to participate in such Demand Registration based on the relative number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Institutional Investor (provided that any securities thereby allocated to an Institutional Investor that exceed such Institutional Investor’s request shall be reallocated to the remaining requesting Institutional Investor), (ii) second, and only if all the securities referred to in clause (i) have been included in such Registration, shall be allocated pro rata among the Holders (excluding the Institutional Investors) that have requested to participate in such Demand Registration based on the relative number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Holder (provided that any securities thereby allocated to a Holder that exceed such Holder’s request shall be reallocated among the remaining requesting Holders in like manner), (iii) third, and only if all the securities referred to in clause (ii) have been included in such Registration, the number of securities that the Company proposes to include in such Registration that, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or underwriters, can be sold without having such adverse effect, and (iv) fourth, and only if all of the securities referred to in clause (iii) have been included in such Registration, any other securities eligible for inclusion in such Registration that, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or underwriters, can be sold without having such adverse effect.

 

SECTION 2.02.            Shelf Registration .

 

(a)                                  Filing .  Subject to the right to deliver a Shelf Notice in the manner contemplated by the first proviso below, at any time after the first anniversary of the date hereof, each of the Crestview Aggregator and RCP (such Institutional Investor(s), the “ Initiating Holder ”) may, subject to Section 2.11, make a written request (a “ Shelf Notice ”) to the

 

A- 7



 

Company to file a Shelf Registration Statement, which Shelf Notice shall specify whether such Registration shall be a Long-Form Registration or, if the Company qualifies to use such short form, a Short-Form Registration, the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities of the Initiating Holder to be registered therein and the intended methods of distribution thereof.  Following the delivery of a Shelf Notice, the Company (x) shall file promptly (and, in any event, within (i) 90 days in the case of a request for a Long-Form Registration or (ii) 30 days in the case of a request for a Short-Form Registration, in each case, following delivery of such Shelf Notice) with the SEC such Shelf Registration Statement (which shall be an automatic Shelf Registration Statement if the Company qualifies at such time to file such a Shelf Registration Statement) relating to the offer and sale of all Registrable Securities requested for inclusion therein by the Initiating Holder and, to the extent requested under Section 2.02(c), the other Holders from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders (to the extent permitted in this Section 2.02) and set forth in the Shelf Registration Statement.  If, on the date of any such request, the Company does not qualify to file a Shelf Registration Statement under the Securities Act, the provisions of this Section 2.02 shall not apply, and the provisions of Section 2.01 shall apply instead.

 

(b)                                  Continued Effectiveness .  The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep any Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2.02(a) continuously effective under the Securities Act in order to permit the Prospectus forming a part thereof to be usable by Shelf Holders until the earliest of (i) the date as of which all Registrable Securities have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or another Registration Statement filed under the Securities Act (but in no event prior to the applicable period referred to in Section 4(3) of the Securities Act and Rule 174 thereunder), (ii) the date as of which each of the Shelf Holders is permitted to sell its Registrable Securities without Registration pursuant to Rule 144 without volume limitation or other restrictions on transfer thereunder and (iii) such shorter period as the Institutional Investors with respect to such Shelf Registration shall agree in writing.

 

(c)                                   Company Notices .  Promptly upon delivery of any Shelf Notice pursuant to Section 2.02(a) (but in no event more than five Business Days thereafter), the Company shall deliver a written notice of such Shelf Notice to all Holders (other than the Initiating Holder) and the Company shall include in such Shelf Registration all such Registrable Securities of such other Holders which the Company has received a written request for inclusion therein within five Business Days after such written notice is delivered to such other Holders (each such Holder delivering such a request, together with the Initiating Holder, a “ Shelf Holder ”); provided that the Company shall not include in such Shelf Registration Registrable Securities of any Holder (other than an Institutional Investor) in an amount in excess of such Holder’s Pro Rata Shelf Percentage.

 

(d)                                  Suspension of Registration .  If the Company shall furnish to the Shelf Holders a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer or equivalent senior executive officer of the Company stating that the continued use of a Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2.02(a) would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, then the Company may suspend use of the Shelf Registration Statement (a “ Shelf Suspension ”); provided, however, that the Company, unless otherwise approved in writing by each Institutional Investor, its successors or assigns, shall not be permitted to exercise aggregate Demand Suspensions and Shelf Suspensions more than twice, or for more than an aggregate of 90 days, in each case,

 

A- 8



 

during any 12-month period; provided, further, that in the event of a Shelf Suspension, such Shelf Suspension shall terminate at such earlier time as the Company would no longer be required to make any Adverse Disclosure.  Each Shelf Holder shall keep confidential the fact that a Shelf Suspension is in effect, the certificate referred to above and its contents unless and until otherwise notified by the Company, except (A) for disclosure to such Shelf Holder’s employees, agents and professional advisers who reasonably need to know such information for purposes of assisting the Holder with respect to its investment in the Shares and agree to keep it confidential, (B) for disclosures to the extent required in order to comply with reporting obligations to its limited partners or other direct or indirect investors who have agreed to keep such information confidential, (C) if and to the extent such matters are publicly disclosed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any other Person that, to the actual knowledge of such Shelf Holder, was not subject to an obligation or duty of confidentiality to the Company and its Subsidiaries and (D) as required by law, rule or regulation.  In the case of a Shelf Suspension, the Holders agree to suspend use of the applicable Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in connection with any sale or purchase of, or offer to sell or purchase, Registrable Securities, upon delivery of the notice referred to above.  The Company shall immediately notify the Shelf Holders upon the termination of any Shelf Suspension, amend or supplement the Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, if necessary, so it does not contain any untrue statement or omission and furnish to the Shelf Holders such numbers of copies of the Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as so amended or supplemented as the Shelf Holders may reasonably request.  The Company agrees, if necessary, to supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement if required by the registration form used by the Company for the applicable Registration or by the instructions applicable to such registration form or by the Securities Act or the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder, or as may reasonably be requested by any Initiating Holder.

 

(e)                                   Shelf Take-Downs .

 

i.                                           An offering or sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement (each, a “ Shelf Take-Down ”) may be initiated only by an Institutional Investor (an “ Initiating Shelf Take-Down Holder ”).  Except as set forth in Section 2.02(e)(iii) with respect to Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Downs, each such Initiating Shelf Take-Down Holder shall not be required to permit the offer and sale of Registrable Securities by other Shelf Holders in connection with any such Shelf Take-Down initiated by such Initiating Shelf Take-Down Holder.

 

ii.                                        Subject to Section 2.11, if the Initiating Shelf Take-Down Holder elects by written request to the Company, a Shelf Take-Down shall be in the form of an Underwritten Offering (an “ Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice ”) and the Company shall amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement for such purpose as soon as practicable.  The Company shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer such offering subject to the consent of such Initiating Shelf Take-Down Holder (not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned).  The provisions of Section 2.01(g) shall apply to any Underwritten Offering pursuant to this Section 2.02(e), mutatis mutandis .

 

A- 9


 

iii.                                     If the plan of distribution set forth in any Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice includes a customary “road show” (including an “electronic road show”) or other substantial marketing effort by the Company and the underwriters over a period expected to exceed 48 hours (a “ Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down ”), promptly upon delivery of such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice (but in no event more than three Business Days thereafter), the Company shall promptly deliver a written notice (a “ Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice ”) of such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down to all Shelf Holders (other than the Initiating Shelf Take-Down Holder), and the Company shall include in such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down all such Registrable Securities of such Shelf Holders that are Registered on such Shelf Registration Statement for which the Company has received written requests, which requests must specify the aggregate amount of such Registrable Securities of such Holder to be offered and sold pursuant to such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, for inclusion therein within three (3) Business Days after the date that such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice has been delivered.

 

SECTION 2.03.            Piggyback Registration .

 

(a)                                  Participation .  If the Company at any time proposes to file a Registration Statement with respect to any offering of its equity securities for its own account or for the account of any other Persons (other than (i) a Registration under Section 2.01 or 2.02, it being understood that this clause (i) does not limit the rights of Holders to make written requests pursuant to Section 2.01 or 2.02 or otherwise limit the applicability thereof, (ii) a Registration Statement on Form S-4 or S-8 (or such other similar successor forms then in effect under the Securities Act), (iii) a registration of securities solely relating to an offering and sale to employees, directors or consultants of the Company or its Subsidiaries pursuant to any employee stock plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement, (iv) a registration not otherwise covered by clause (ii) above pursuant to which the Company is offering to exchange its own securities for other securities, (v) a Registration Statement relating solely to dividend reinvestment or similar plans or (vi) a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to which only the initial purchasers and subsequent transferees of debt securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that are convertible or exchangeable for Shares and that are initially issued pursuant to Rule 144A and/or Regulation S (or any successor provisions) of the Securities Act may resell such notes and sell the Shares into which such notes may be converted or exchanged) (a “ Company Public Sale ”), then, (A) as soon as practicable (but in no event less than 30 days prior to the proposed date of filing of such Registration Statement), the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to the Institutional Investors, and such notice shall offer each Institutional Investor the opportunity to Register under such Registration Statement such number of Registrable Securities as such Institutional Investor may request in writing delivered to the Company within ten days of delivery of such written notice by the Company, and (B) subject to Section 2.03(c), as soon as practicable after the expiration of such ten-day period (but in no event less than fifteen (15) days prior to the proposed date of filing of such Registration Statement), the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to the Holders (other than the Institutional Investors), and such notice shall offer each such Holder the opportunity to Register under such Registration Statement such number of Registrable Securities as such Holder may request in writing within ten days of delivery of such written notice by the Company.  Subject to Sections 2.03(b) and (c), the Company shall include in such Registration Statement all such Registrable Securities that are

 

A- 10



 

requested by Holders to be included therein in compliance with the immediately foregoing sentence (a “ Piggyback Registration ”); provided that if at any time after giving written notice of its intention to Register any equity securities and prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection with such Piggyback Registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to Register or to delay Registration of the equity securities covered by such Piggyback Registration, the Company shall give written notice of such determination to each Holder that had requested to Register its, his or her Registrable Securities in such Registration Statement and, thereupon, (1) in the case of a determination not to Register, shall be relieved of its obligation to Register any Registrable Securities in connection with such Registration (but not from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses in connection therewith, to the extent payable), without prejudice, however, to the rights of the Institutional Investors to request that such Registration be effected as a Demand Registration under Section 2.01, and (2) in the case of a determination to delay Registering, in the absence of a request by the Institutional Investor(s) to request that such Registration be effected as a Demand Registration under Section 2.01, shall be permitted to delay Registering any Registrable Securities, for the same period as the delay in Registering the other equity securities covered by such Piggyback Registration.  If the offering pursuant to such Registration Statement is to be underwritten, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant this Section 2.03(a), and each Holder making a request for a Piggyback Registration pursuant to this Section 2.03(a) must, and the Company shall make such arrangements with the managing underwriter or underwriters (which, in the case of any Piggyback Registration, shall be selected by the Company) so that each such Holder may, participate in such Underwritten Offering, subject to the conditions of Section 2.03(b) and (c).  If the offering pursuant to such Registration Statement is to be on any other basis, the Company shall so advise the Holders as part of the written notice given pursuant to this Section 2.03(a), and each Holder making a request for a Piggyback Registration pursuant to this Section 2.03(a) must, and the Company shall make such arrangements so that each such Holder may, participate in such offering on such basis, subject to the conditions of Section 2.03(b) and (c).  Each Holder shall be permitted to withdraw all or part of its Registrable Securities from a Piggyback Registration at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement.

 

(b)                                  Priority of Piggyback Registration .  If the managing underwriter or underwriters of any proposed Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities included in a Piggyback Registration informs the Company and the Holders that have requested to participate in such Piggyback Registration in writing that, in its or their opinion, the number of securities which such Holders and any other Persons intend to include in such offering exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, then the securities to be included in such Registration shall be (i) first, 100% of the securities that the Company or (subject to Section 2.07) any Person (other than a Holder) exercising a contractual right to demand Registration, as the case may be, proposes to sell, (ii) second, and only if all the securities referred to in clause (i) have been included, the number of Registrable Securities that, in the opinion of such managing underwriter or underwriters, can be sold without having such adverse effect in such Registration, which such number shall be allocated pro rata among the Institutional Investors that have requested to participate in such Registration based on the relative number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Institutional Investor (provided that any securities thereby allocated to an Institutional Investor that exceed such Institutional Investor’s request shall be reallocated to the remaining requesting Institutional Investor), (iii) third, only if

 

A- 11



 

all the securities referred to in clause (ii) have been included, the number of Registrable Securities that, in the opinion of such managing underwriter or underwriters, can be sold without having such adverse effect in such Registration, which such number shall be allocated pro rata among the Holders (excluding the Institutional Investors) that have requested to participate in such Registration based on the relative number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Holder (provided that any securities thereby allocated to a Holder that exceed such Holder’s request shall be reallocated among the remaining requesting Holders in like manner) and (iv) fourth, and only if all of the Registrable Securities referred to in clause (iii) have been included in such Registration, any other securities eligible for inclusion in such Registration that, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or underwriters, can be sold without having such adverse effect in such Registration.

 

(c)                                   Restrictions on Non-Institutional Investor Holders .  Notwithstanding any provisions contained herein, Holders other than the Institutional Investors shall not be able to exercise the right to a Piggyback Registration unless at least one Institutional Investor exercises its rights with respect to such Piggyback Registration.

 

(d)                                  No Effect on Demand Registrations .  No Registration of Registrable Securities effected pursuant to a request under this Section 2.03 shall be deemed to have been effected pursuant to Section 2.01 or 2.02 or shall relieve the Company of its obligations under Section 2.01 or 2.02.

 

SECTION 2.04.            Lock-Up Periods .

 

(a)                                  Lock-Up Periods for Holders .  In the event of a Company Public Sale of the Company’s equity securities in an Underwritten Offering, each of the Holders agrees, if requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in such Underwritten Offering (and, with respect to a Company Public Sale other than the IPO, if and only if the Crestview Aggregator, or its successors or assigns, agrees to such request), not to (1) offer for sale, sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any Shares (including Shares that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and Shares that may be issued upon exercise of any options or warrants) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Shares, (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks of ownership of Shares, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise, (3) make any demand for or exercise any right or cause to be filed a Registration Statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any Shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Shares or any other securities of the Company or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, in each case, during the period beginning seven (7) days before and ending 180 days (in the event of the IPO) or 90 days (in the event of any other Company Public Sale) (or, in each case, such other period as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the managing underwriter or underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in the FINRA rules or any successor provisions or amendments

 

A- 12



 

thereto) after the date of the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with such Company Public Sale, to the extent timely notified in writing by the Company or the managing underwriter or underwriters; provided that no Holder shall be subject to any such lock-up period of longer duration than that applicable to any Institutional Investor or any director or executive officer who holds Registrable Securities.  If requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters of any such Company Public Sale (and, with respect to any such Company Public Sale other than the IPO, if and only if each Institutional Investor agrees to such request), the Holders shall execute a separate agreement to the foregoing effect.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of the period referenced above.

 

(b)                                  Lock-Up Period for the Company and Others .  In the case of an offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.01 or 2.02 that is a Marketed Underwritten Offering, the Company and each of the Holders agree, if requested by a Participating Institutional Investor or the managing underwriter or underwriters with respect to such Marketed Underwritten Offering, not to (1) offer for sale, sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any Shares (including Shares that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and Shares that may be issued upon exercise of any options or warrants) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Shares, (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks of ownership of Shares, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise, (3) make any demand for or exercise any right or cause to be filed a Registration Statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any Shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Shares or any other securities of the Company or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, in each case, during the period beginning seven (7) days before, and ending 90 days (or such other period as may be reasonably requested by a Participating Institutional Investor or the managing underwriter or underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in the FINRA rules or any successor provisions or amendments thereto) after, the date of the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with such Marketed Underwritten Offering, to the extent timely notified in writing by a Participating Institutional Investor or the managing underwriter or underwriters, as the case may be; provided that no Holder shall be subject to any such lock-up period of longer duration than that applicable to any Participating Institutional Investor.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may effect a public sale or distribution of securities of the type described above and during the periods described above if such sale or distribution is made pursuant to Registrations on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form to such Forms or as part of any Registration of securities for offering and sale to employees, directors or consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries pursuant to any employee stock plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement.  The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to obtain from each of its directors and officers and each other holder of restricted securities of the Company, which securities are the same as or similar to the Registrable Securities being Registered, or any restricted securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of such securities, an agreement not to effect any public sale or distribution of such securities

 

A- 13



 

during any such period referred to in this paragraph, except as part of any such Registration, if permitted.  Without limiting the foregoing (but subject to Section 2.07), if after the date hereof the Company or any of its Subsidiaries grants any Person (other than a Holder) any rights to demand or participate in a Registration, the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, provide that the agreement with respect thereto shall include such Person’s agreement to comply with any lock-up period required by this Section as if it were a Holder hereunder.  If requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters of any such Marketed Underwritten Offering, the Holders shall execute a separate agreement to the foregoing effect.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of the period referenced above.

 

SECTION 2.05.            Registration Procedures .

 

(a)                                  In connection with the Company’s Registration obligations under Sections 2.01, 2.02 and 2.03 and subject to the applicable terms and conditions set forth therein, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect such Registration to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof as expeditiously as reasonably practicable, and in connection therewith the Company shall:

 

i.                                           prepare the required Registration Statement including all exhibits and financial statements required under the Securities Act to be filed therewith, and before filing a Registration Statement, Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, (x) furnish to the underwriters, if any, and the Participating Institutional Investors, if any, copies of all documents prepared to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review and comment of such underwriters and the Participating Institutional Investors and their respective counsel and (y) except in the case of a Registration under Section 2.03, not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus or amendments or supplements thereto to which any Participating Institutional Investor or the underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object;

 

ii.                                        as promptly as practicable file with the SEC a Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Securities including all exhibits and financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable;

 

iii.                                     prepare and file with the SEC such pre- and post-effective amendments to such Registration Statement, supplements to the Prospectus and such amendments or supplements to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act or as (x) reasonably requested by any Participating Institutional Investor, (y) reasonably requested by any other Participating Holder (to the extent such request relates to information relating to such Holder), or (z) necessary to keep such Registration effective for the period of time required by this Exhibit A , and comply with provisions of the applicable securities laws with respect to the sale or other disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance

 

A- 14



 

with the intended method or methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement;

 

iv.                                    promptly notify the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and (if requested) confirm such advice in writing and provide copies of the relevant documents, as soon as reasonably practicable after notice thereof is received by the Company (A) when the applicable Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed or becomes effective, and when the applicable Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto has been filed, (B) of any written comments by the SEC or any request by the SEC or any other federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or for additional information (provided that such notice to the Participating Holders shall be deemed given upon a notice to a representative to be designated by the Participating Holders, which shall be the Crestview Aggregator so long as the Crestview Aggregator is a Participating Holder), (C) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or any order by the SEC or any other regulatory authority preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary or final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for such purposes, (D) if, at any time, the representations and warranties of the Company in any applicable underwriting agreement cease to be true and correct in all material respects; provided by a notice to a representative to be designated by the Participating Holders, which shall be the Crestview Aggregator so long as the Crestview Aggregator is a Participating Holder, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction and (F) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction;

 

v.                                       promptly notify the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, when the Company becomes aware of the happening of any event as a result of which the applicable Registration Statement, the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (as then in effect) or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of such Prospectus, any preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, when any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus includes information that may conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such time period to amend or supplement such Registration Statement, Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in order to comply with the Securities Act and, in either case as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter, prepare and file with the SEC, and furnish without charge to the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, an amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement, Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus which shall correct such misstatement or omission or effect such compliance;

 

A- 15



 

vi.                                    use its reasonable best efforts to prevent, or obtain the withdrawal of, any stop order or other order suspending the use of any preliminary or final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus;

 

vii.                                 promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or post-effective amendment to the applicable Registration Statement such information as the managing underwriter or underwriters and the Participating Institutional Investor(s) agree should be included therein relating to the plan of distribution with respect to such Registrable Securities, and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or post-effective amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or post-effective amendment;

 

viii.                              furnish to each Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, without charge, as many conformed copies as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request of the applicable Registration Statement and any amendment or post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference);

 

ix.                                    deliver to each Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, without charge, as many copies of the applicable Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request (it being understood that the Company consents to the use of such Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by such Holder and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities thereby) and such other documents as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder or underwriter;

 

x.                                       on or prior to the date on which the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective, use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify, and cooperate with the Participating Holders, the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel, in connection with the registration or qualification of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of each state and other jurisdiction of the United States as any Participating Holder or managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or their respective counsel reasonably request in writing and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to keep such registration or qualification in effect for such period as required by Section 2.01(c) or 2.02(b), whichever is applicable, provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to taxation or general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

 

xi.                                    cooperate with the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (if

 

A- 16



 

certificated) representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends, and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriters may request at least two (2) Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities to the underwriters;

 

xii.                                 use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

xiii.                              not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities and provide the applicable transfer agent with printed certificates for the Registrable Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company;

 

xiv.                             make such representations and warranties to the Participating Holders and the underwriters or agents, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers in secondary underwritten public offerings;

 

xv.                                enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting and indemnification agreements) and take all such other actions as any Participating Institutional Investor or the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the registration and disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

xvi.                             obtain for delivery to the Participating Holders and to the underwriter or underwriters, if any, an opinion or opinions from counsel for the Company dated the effective date of the Registration Statement or, in the event of an Underwritten Offering, the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, in customary form, scope and substance, which opinions shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Participating Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities included in the Registration, or underwriters, as the case may be, and their respective counsel;

 

xvii.                          in the case of an Underwritten Offering, obtain for delivery to the Company and the managing underwriter or underwriters, with copies to the Participating Holders, a cold comfort letter from the Company’s independent certified public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters as the managing underwriter or underwriters reasonably request, dated the date of execution of the underwriting agreement and brought down to the closing under the underwriting agreement;

 

xviii.                       cooperate with each Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA;

 

xix.                             use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable securities laws and make available to its securityholders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings

 

A- 17



 

statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

xx.                                provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

 

xxi.                             use its reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange on which any of the Shares are then listed or quoted and on each inter-dealer quotation system on which any of the Shares are then quoted;

 

xxii.                          make available upon reasonable notice at reasonable times and for reasonable periods for inspection by any Participating Institutional Investor, by any underwriter participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such Registration Statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such Participating Institutional Investor(s) or any such underwriter, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause all of the Company’s officers, directors and employees, and use reasonable best efforts to cause the independent public accountants who have certified its financial statements, to make themselves available to discuss the business of the Company and to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Person in connection with such Registration Statement as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility; provided that any such Person gaining access to information regarding the Company pursuant to this Section 2.05(a)(xxii) shall agree to hold in strict confidence and shall not make any disclosure or use any information regarding the Company that the Company determines in good faith to be confidential, and of which determination such Person is notified, unless (w) the release of such information is requested or required by law or by deposition, interrogatory, requests for information or documents by a governmental entity, subpoena or similar process, (x) such information is or becomes publicly known other than through a breach of this or any other agreement of which such Person has actual knowledge, (y) such information is or becomes available to such Person on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company or (z) such information is independently developed by such Person; and

 

xxiii.                       in the case of an Underwritten Offering, cause the senior executive officers of the Company to participate in the customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in any such Underwritten Offering and otherwise to facilitate, cooperate with, and participate in each proposed offering contemplated herein and customary selling efforts related thereto.

 

(b)                                  The Company may require each Participating Holder to furnish to the Company such information regarding the distribution of such securities and such other information relating to such Holder and its ownership of Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.  Each Participating Holder agrees to furnish such information to the Company and to cooperate with the Company as reasonably necessary to enable the Company to comply with the provisions of this Exhibit A .

 

A- 18


 

(c)                                   Each Participating Holder agrees that, upon delivery of any notice by the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.05(a)(iv)(C), (D), or (E) or Section 2.05(a)(v), such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement until (i) such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus contemplated by Section 2.05(a)(v), (ii) such Holder is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, may be resumed, (iii) such Holder is advised in writing by the Company of the termination, expiration or cessation of such order or suspension referenced in Section 2.05(a)(iv)(C) or (E) or (iv) such Holder is advised in writing by the Company that the representations and warranties of the Company in such applicable underwriting agreement are true and correct in all material respects.  If so directed by the Company, such Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of delivery of such notice.  In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the period during which the applicable Registration Statement is required to be maintained effective shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement either receives the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus contemplated by Section 2.05(a)(v) or is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus may be resumed.

 

SECTION 2.06.            Underwritten Offerings .

 

(a)                                  Demand and Shelf Registrations .  If requested by the underwriters for any Underwritten Offering requested by any Participating Institutional Investor pursuant to a Registration under Section 2.01 or Section 2.02, the Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement with such underwriters for such offering, such agreement to be reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to the Company, each Participating Institutional Investor and the underwriters, and to contain such representations and warranties by the Company and such other terms as are generally prevailing in agreements of that type, including indemnities no less favorable to the recipient thereof than those provided in Section 2.09.  Each Participating Institutional Investor shall cooperate with the Company in the negotiation of such underwriting agreement and shall give consideration to the reasonable suggestions of the Company regarding the form thereof.  The Participating Holders shall be parties to such underwriting agreement, which underwriting agreement shall (i) contain such representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such Participating Holders as are customarily made by issuers to selling stockholders in secondary underwritten public offerings and (ii) provide that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement also shall be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Participating Holders.  Any such Participating Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters in connection with such underwriting agreement other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Participating Holder, such Participating Holder’s title to the Registrable Securities, such Participating Holder’s authority to sell the Registrable Securities, such Participating Holder’s intended method of distribution, absence of liens with respect to the Registrable Securities, enforceability of the applicable underwriting agreement as against such

 

A- 19



 

Participating Holder, receipt of all consents and approvals with respect to the entry into such underwriting agreement and the sale of such Registrable Securities and any other representations required to be made by such Participating Holder under applicable law, rule or regulation, and the aggregate amount of the liability of such Participating Holder in connection with such underwriting agreement shall not exceed such Participating Holder’s net proceeds from such Underwritten Offering.

 

(b)                                  Piggyback Registrations .  If the Company proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act as contemplated by Section 2.03 and such securities are to be distributed in an Underwritten Offering through one or more underwriters, the Company shall, if requested by any Holder pursuant to Section 2.03 and subject to the provisions of Sections 2.03(b) and (c), use its reasonable best efforts to arrange for such underwriters to include on the same terms and conditions that apply to the other sellers in such Registration all the Registrable Securities to be offered and sold by such Holder among the securities of the Company to be distributed by such underwriters in such Registration.  The Participating Holders shall be parties to the underwriting agreement between the Company and such underwriters, which underwriting agreement shall (i) contain such representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such Participating Holders as are customarily made by issuers to selling stockholders in secondary underwritten public offerings and (ii) provide that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement also shall be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Participating Holders.  Any such Participating Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to, or agreements with the Company or the underwriters in connection with such underwriting agreement other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Participating Holder, such Participating Holder’s title to the Registrable Securities, such Participating Holder’s authority to sell the Registrable Securities, such Holder’s intended method of distribution, absence of liens with respect to the Registrable Securities, enforceability of the applicable underwriting agreement as against such Participating Holder, receipt of all consents and approvals with respect to the entry into such underwriting agreement and the sale of such Registrable Securities or any other representations required to be made by such Participating Holder under applicable law, rule or regulation, and the aggregate amount of the liability of such Participating Holder in connection with such underwriting agreement shall not exceed such Participating Holder’s net proceeds from such Underwritten Offering.

 

(c)                                   Participation in Underwritten Registrations .  Subject to the provisions of Sections 2.06(a) and (b) above, no Person may participate in any Underwritten Offering hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

 

(d)                                  Price and Underwriting Discounts .  In the case of an Underwritten Offering under Section 2.01 or 2.02, the price, underwriting discount and other financial terms for the Registrable Securities shall be determined by the Participating Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities included in the Registration.  In the case of an Underwritten

 

A- 20



 

Offering under Section 2.03, the price, underwriting discount and other financial terms for the Registrable Securities shall be determined by the Company.

 

SECTION 2.07.            No Inconsistent Agreements; Additional Rights .  The Company is not currently a party to, and shall not hereafter enter into without the prior written consent of each Institutional Investor, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Institutional Investors by this Exhibit A , including allowing any other holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company (a) registration rights in the nature or substantially in the nature of those set forth in Section 2.01, Section 2.02 or Section 2.03 that would have priority over the Registrable Securities with respect to the inclusion of such securities in any Registration (except to the extent such registration rights are solely related to registrations of the type contemplated by Section 2.03(a)(ii) through (iv)) or (b) demand registration rights in the nature or substantially in the nature of those set forth in Section 2.01 or Section 2.02 that are exercisable prior to such time as the Institutional Investors can first exercise their rights under Section 2.01 or Section 2.02.

 

SECTION 2.08.            Registration Expenses .  All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Exhibit A shall be paid by the Company, including (i) all registration and filing fees, and any other fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with the SEC, FINRA and, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter,” as such term is defined in Rule 5121 of the FINRA rules (or any successor provision), and of its counsel, (ii) all fees and expenses in connection with compliance with any securities or “blue sky” laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with “blue sky” qualifications of the Registrable Securities), (iii) all printing, duplicating, word processing, messenger, telephone, facsimile and delivery expenses (including expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing Prospectuses and Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses), (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of all independent certified public accountants of the Company (including the expenses of any special audit and cold comfort letters required by or incident to such performance), (v) Securities Act liability insurance or similar insurance if the Company so desires or the underwriters so require in accordance with then-customary underwriting practice, (vi) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of Registrable Securities on any securities exchange or quotation of the Registrable Securities on any inter-dealer quotation system, (vii) all applicable rating agency fees with respect to the Registrable Securities, (viii) all reasonable fees and disbursements of one legal counsel and one accounting firm as selected by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such Registration, (ix) any reasonable fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, (x) all fees and expenses of any special experts or other Persons retained by the Company in connection with any Registration, (xi) all of the Company’s internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (xii) all expenses related to the “road-show” for any Underwritten Offering, including all travel, meals and lodging and (xiii) any other fees and disbursements customarily paid by the issuers of securities.  All such expenses are referred to herein as “ Registration Expenses .”  The Company shall not be required to pay any underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities.

 

A- 21



 

SECTION 2.09.            Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  Indemnification by the Company .  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, each of the Holders, each of their respective direct or indirect partners, members or shareholders and each of such partner’s, member’s or shareholder’s partners, members or shareholders and, with respect to all of the foregoing Persons, each of their respective Affiliates, employees, directors, managers, officers, trustees or agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act) such Persons and each of their respective Representatives from and against any and all losses, penalties, judgments, suits, costs, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, joint or several (including reasonable costs of investigation and legal expenses) (each, a “ Loss ” and, collectively, “ Losses ”) arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities were Registered under the Securities Act (including any final, preliminary or summary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, or any other disclosure document produced by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries including reports and other documents filed under the Securities Exchange Act, (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus, preliminary Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of any federal, state or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any such registration, qualification, compliance or sale of Registrable Securities, (iv) any failure to register or qualify Registrable Securities in any state where the Company or its agents have affirmatively undertaken or agreed in writing that the Company (the undertaking of any underwriter being attributed to the Company) will undertake such registration or qualification on behalf of the Holders of such Registrable Securities (provided that in such instance the Company shall not be so liable if it has undertaken its reasonable best efforts to so register or qualify such Registrable Securities) or (v) any actions or inactions or proceedings in respect of the foregoing whether or not such indemnified party is a party thereto, and the Company will reimburse, as incurred, each such Holder and each of their respective direct or indirect partners, members or shareholders and each of such partner’s, member’s or shareholder’s partners, members or shareholders and, with respect to all of the foregoing Persons, each of their respective Affiliates, employees, directors, managers, officers, trustees or agents and controlling Persons and each of their respective Representatives, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action; provided that the Company shall not be liable to any particular indemnified party to the extent that any such Loss arises out of or is based upon (A) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any such Registration Statement or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such indemnified party expressly for use in the preparation thereof or (B) an untrue statement or omission in a preliminary Prospectus relating to Registrable Securities, if a Prospectus (as then amended or supplemented) that would have cured the defect was furnished to the indemnified party from whom the Person asserting the claim giving rise to such Loss purchased Registrable Securities at least five days prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the Registrable Securities to such Person and a copy of such

 

A- 22



 

Prospectus (as amended and supplemented) was not sent or given by or on behalf of such indemnified party to such Person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the Registrable Securities to such Person.  This indemnity shall be in addition to any liability the Company may otherwise have.  Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Holder or any indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder.  The Company shall also indemnify underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the indemnified parties.

 

(b)                                  Indemnification by the Participating Holders .  Each Participating Holder agrees (severally and not jointly) to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act), and each other Holder, each of such other Holder’s respective direct or indirect partners, members or shareholders and each of such partner’s, member’s or shareholder’s partners, members or shareholders and, with respect to all of the foregoing Persons, each of their respective Affiliates, employees, directors, managers, officers, trustees or agents and each Person who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act) such Persons and each of their respective Representatives from and against any Losses resulting from (i) any untrue statement of a material fact in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities were Registered under the Securities Act (including any final, preliminary or summary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein) or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, or (ii) any omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus, preliminary Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information furnished in writing by such Holder to the Company specifically for inclusion in such Registration Statement and has not been corrected in a subsequent writing prior to or concurrently with the sale of the Registrable Securities to the Person asserting the claim, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) was made in such Registration Statement, prospectus, offering circular, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or other document, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein.  In no event shall the liability of such Holder hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder under the sale of Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation.

 

(c)                                   Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings .  Any Person entitled to indemnification under this Section 2.09 shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that any delay or failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder only to the extent, if at all, that it is actually and materially prejudiced by reason of such delay or failure) and (ii) permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; provided that any Person

 

A- 23



 

entitled to indemnification hereunder shall have the right to select and employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such claim, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Person unless (A) the indemnifying party has agreed in writing to pay such fees or expenses, (B) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such claim within a reasonable time after delivery of notice of such claim from the Person entitled to indemnification hereunder and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Person, (C) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based upon advice of its counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, or (D) in the reasonable judgment of any such Person (based upon advice of its counsel) a conflict of interest may exist between such Person and the indemnifying party with respect to such claims (in which case, if the Person notifies the indemnifying party in writing that such Person elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such claim on behalf of such Person).  If the indemnifying party assumes the defense, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to settle such action, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement, in each case without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, unless the entry of such judgment or settlement (i) includes as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of an unconditional release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of such indemnified party, and provided that any sums payable in connection with such settlement are paid in full by the indemnifying party.  If such defense is not assumed by the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its prior written consent, but such consent may not be unreasonably withheld.  It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, except as specifically set forth in this Section 2.09(c), in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees, disbursements or other charges of more than one separate firm admitted to practice in such jurisdiction at any one time unless (x) the employment of more than one counsel has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party or parties, (y) an indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on the advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the other indemnified parties, and/or (z) a conflict or potential conflict exists or may exist (based upon advice of counsel to an indemnified party) between such indemnified party and the other indemnified parties, in each of which cases the indemnifying party shall be obligated to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such additional counsel or counsels.

 

(d)                                  Contribution .  If for any reason the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 2.09 is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any Losses referred to therein, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such Loss in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the acts, statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  In connection with any Registration Statement filed with the SEC by the Company, the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to

 

A- 24



 

information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  The parties hereto agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.09(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 2.09(d).  No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the Losses referred to in Sections 2.09(a) and 2.09(b) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.09(d), in connection with any Registration Statement filed by the Company, a Participating Holder shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder under the sale of Registrable Securities giving rise to such contribution obligation less any amount paid by such Holders pursuant to Section 2.09(b).  If indemnification is available under this Section 2.09, the indemnifying parties shall indemnify each indemnified party to the full extent provided in Sections 2.09(a) and 2.09(b) hereof without regard to the provisions of this Section 2.09(d).

 

(e)                                   No Exclusivity .  The remedies provided for in this Section 2.09 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity or pursuant to any other agreement.

 

(f)                                    Survival .  The indemnities provided in this Section 2.09 shall survive the transfer of any Registrable Securities by such Holder.

 

SECTION 2.10.            Rules 144 and 144A and Regulation S .  The Company covenants that it will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder (or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the reasonable request of an Institutional Investor, make publicly available such necessary information for so long as necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rules 144, 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act), and it will take such further action as any Institutional Investor may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable the Holders, following the IPO, to sell Registrable Securities without Registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rules 144, 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time, or (ii) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.  Upon the reasonable request of a Holder, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements and, if not, the specifics thereof.

 

SECTION 2.11.            Limitation on Registrations and Underwritten Offerings .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding the rights and obligations set forth in Sections 2.01 and 2.02, in no event shall the Company be obligated to take any action to effect any Demand Registration or any Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down after the Company has effected such number of Demand Registrations and/or Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Downs at the

 

A- 25



 

request of an Institutional Investor or its Affiliates equal to the number of Institutional Investors Registration Demands.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the rights and obligations set forth in Sections 2.01 and 2.02, in no event shall the Company be obligated to take any action to (i) effect more than one Marketed Underwritten Offering in any consecutive 120-day period or (ii) effect any Underwritten Offering unless the Institutional Investor initiating such Underwritten Offering proposes to sell Registrable Securities in such Underwritten Offering having a reasonably anticipated gross aggregate price (before deduction of underwriter commissions and offering expenses) of at least $25,000,000 or 100% of the Registrable Securities then held by such Institutional Investor (if the value of such Registrable Securities is reasonably anticipated to have a gross aggregate price of less than $25,000,000).

 

(c)                                   For purposes of this Exhibit A , “ Institutional Investors Registration Demands ” means (i) five, for the Crestview Aggregator, and (ii) three, for RCP; provided, however, that with respect to Registrations pursuant to Section 2.02(a), if the Company is eligible to file a Short Form Registration, such Short Form Registrations shall be limited to four (4) in the aggregate per 12-month period, but shall not count as an Institutional Investors Registration Demand for purposes of Section 2.11(a).

 

SECTION 2.12.            Clear Market .  With respect to any Underwritten Offerings of Registrable Securities by an Institutional Investor, the Company agrees not to effect (other than pursuant to the Registration applicable to such Underwritten Offering or pursuant to a Special Registration or pursuant to the exercise by another Institutional Investor of any of its rights under Section 2.01 or Section 2.02) any public sale or distribution, or to file any Registration Statement (other than pursuant to the Registration applicable to such Underwritten Offering or pursuant to a Special Registration or pursuant to the exercise by an Institutional Investor of any of its rights under Section 2.01 or Section 2.02) covering any of its equity securities or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the period not to exceed ten days prior and 60 days following the effective date of such offering or such longer period up to 90 days as may be requested by the managing underwriter for such Underwritten Offering.  “ Special Registration ” means the registration of (A) equity securities and/or options or other rights in respect thereof solely registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 (or successor form) or (B) equity securities and/or options or other rights in respect thereof to be offered to directors, employees, consultants, customers, lenders or vendors of the Company or its Subsidiaries or in connection with dividend reinvestment plans.

 

SECTION 2.13.            In-Kind Distributions .  If any Holder seeks to effectuate an in-kind distribution of all or part of its Shares to its direct or indirect equityholders, the Company will reasonably cooperate with and assist such Holder, such equityholders and the Company’s transfer agent to facilitate such in-kind distribution in the manner reasonably requested by such Holder (including the delivery of instruction letters by the Company or its counsel to the Company’s transfer agent, the delivery of customary legal opinions by counsel to the Company and the delivery of Shares without restrictive legends, to the extent no longer applicable).

 

A- 26



 

ARTICLE III.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 3.01.            Term .  The provisions of this Exhibit A shall terminate with respect to any Holder (a) for those Holders that beneficially own less than 2% of the Company’s outstanding Shares, if all of the Registrable Securities then owned by such Holder could be sold in any 90-day period pursuant to Rule 144, (b) as to any Holder, if all of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder have been sold in a Registration pursuant to the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption therefrom or (c) with respect to any Management Shareholder, on the date on which such Management Shareholder ceases to be an employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Sections 2.09, 2.10 and 2.13 and all of this Section 3.01 shall survive any such termination.

 

A- 27



 

EXHIBIT B

 

JOINDER TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS’
AGREEMENT

 

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder Agreement ”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “ Joining Party ”) in accordance with the Second Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement dated as of [   ], 2018 (the “ Shareholders’ Agreement ”) among Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., Crestview Victory, L.P., RCP Lake Co-Invest, L.P., RCP Opportunities Fund I, L.P., RCP Opportunities Fund I (AI), L.P., RCP Opportunities Fund I (Cayman), L.P., certain other Persons named therein and the Employee Shareholders Committee, as the same may be amended from time to time.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

The Joining Party hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party shall be deemed to be a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement from and after the date hereof and shall have all of the rights and obligations of a “Shareholder” thereunder as if the Joining Party had executed the Shareholders’ Agreement, and the Company hereby acknowledges the Joining Party as a “Shareholder” under the Shareholders’ Agreement.  As of the date hereof, the Joining Party hereby ratifies and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date written below.

 

Date: [         ]

 

 

 

 

[ NAME OF JOINING PARTY ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

[         ]

 

[         ]

 

Fax: [          ]

 

Acknowledged and agreed:

 

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

1




Exhibit 4.4

 

EMPLOYEE SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

dated as of

 

[   ], 2018

 

among

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

and

 

THE EMPLOYEE SHAREHOLDERS NAMED HEREIN

 



 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

PAGE

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

 

Section 1.01.

Definitions

1

Section 1.02.

Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions

4

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2. VOTING AGREEMENT

4

 

 

 

Section 2.01.

Irrevocable Proxy and Power of Attorney

4

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3. EMPLOYEE SHAREHOLDERS COMMITTEE

5

 

 

 

Section 3.01.

Initial Membership and Composition

5

Section 3.02.

Membership Criteria

6

Section 3.03.

Replacement/Removal of Committee Members

6

Section 3.04.

Determinations of and Actions by the Employee Shareholders Committee

6

Section 3.05.

Vote Required for Actions

7

Section 3.06.

Liability and Indemnity

7

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4. TRANSFER AND ISSUANCE OF SHARES

7

 

 

 

Section 4.01.

Restrictions on Transfer of Shares

7

Section 4.02.

Issuance of Additional Common Stock

8

Section 4.03.

Amendments

8

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

8

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6. OTHER AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

10

 

 

 

Section 6.01.

Adjustment upon Changes in Capitalization; Adjustments upon Changes of Control

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7. MISCELLANEOUS

10

 

 

 

Section 7.01.

Term of the Agreement; Termination of Certain Provisions

10

Section 7.02.

Headings

11

Section 7.03.

Entire Agreement

11

Section 7.04.

Addresses and Notices

11

Section 7.05.

Governing Law; Arbitration; Waiver of Jury Trial

12

Section 7.06.

Severability

13

Section 7.07.

Successors, Assigns

13

Section 7.08.

Waivers; Amendments

13

Section 7.09.

Counterparts; Effectiveness

14

Section 7.10.

Remedies; Specific Performance

14

Section 7.11.

Further Assurances

14

 

i



 

Section 7.12.

Third Party Beneficiaries

14

Section 7.13.

No Rights to Continued Relationship

14

 

Exhibit A

Joinder

Exhibit B

Spousal Consent

Schedule A

Covered Persons

 

ii



 

EMPLOYEE SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

EMPLOYEE SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT dated as of [   ], 2018 (this “ Agreement ”) among Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), each Person listed on Schedule A , as such Schedule A may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (each such Person, a “ Covered Person ”), executing this Agreement or a joinder (the “ Joinder ”) substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the Covered Persons are employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries who own shares of Common Stock or the right to acquire shares of Common Stock and will include future employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries to whom the Company has issued shares of Common Stock or the right to acquire shares of Common Stock;

 

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Company has closed its initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of the Class A Common Stock; and

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, the parties to this Agreement deem it in their best interests to agree to form an Employee Shareholders Committee having the powers set forth in this Agreement to facilitate the exercise of voting rights relating to the Covered Common Stock.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01.                           Definitions .  The following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:

 

A “ beneficial owner ” of a security includes any Person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise has or shares: (a) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security (for the avoidance of doubt, including with respect to unvested restricted stock), and/or (b) investment power, which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition of, such security, but for purposes of this Agreement a Person shall not be deemed a beneficial owner of Common Stock solely by virtue of the application of Exchange Act Rule 13d-3(d) or Exchange Act Rule 13d-5. “Beneficially own” and “beneficial ownership” shall have correlative meanings.

 

Business Day ” shall mean any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized by law to close.

 

Charter ” shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the Company, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

1



 

Common Stock ” shall mean, collectively, Class A common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Class A Common Stock ”), and Class B common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Class B Common Stock ”), and any stock into which such common stock is hereafter converted or changed.

 

Covered Common Stock ” shall mean those shares of Common Stock that are beneficially owned at any particular time by a Covered Person and that were or are acquired by such Covered Person from the Company, including upon the exercise of options. For the avoidance of doubt, Covered Common Stock does not include shares of Common Stock that a Covered Person acquires on the open market or any issuer-directed Common Stock a Covered Person acquires in the IPO.

 

Employee Shareholders Committee ” shall mean the body constituted pursuant to Article 3 hereof.

 

Exchange Act ” shall mean the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

Exchange Act Rule ” shall mean such rule or regulation of the SEC under the Exchange Act, as in effect from time to time or as replaced by a successor rule thereto.

 

Permitted Transfer ” shall mean, with respect to a Covered Person, any of the following: (a) any Transfer of shares of Covered Common Stock to a broker or other nominee; provided that the transferor, immediately following such Transfer, retains (i) the power (whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of such share by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise, (ii) control over the disposition of such shares, and (iii) the economic consequences of ownership of such shares; and (b) any Transfer of shares of Covered Common Stock by a Covered Person who is a natural person to a trust the beneficiaries of which, or any corporation, limited liability company or partnership the stockholders, members or partners of which, include only such Covered Person or the spouse or lineal descendants (whether natural or adopted) of such Covered Person and which is controlled solely by such Covered Person; provided that the transferor, immediately following such Transfer, retains the power (whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of such share by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise. The transferee of any such Permitted Transfer shall be referred to as a “ Permitted Transferee .”

 

A “ Person ” shall include, as applicable, an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

 

Requisite Vote ” shall mean, as of any time, the affirmative vote or consent of Covered Persons holding a majority of the voting power associated with the shares of Covered Common Stock.

 

SEC ” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Sole Beneficial Owner ” shall mean a person who is the beneficial owner of shares of Common Stock, who does not share beneficial ownership of such shares of Common Stock with any other person (other than pursuant to this Agreement or applicable community

 

2



 

property laws) and who is the only person (other than pursuant to applicable community property laws) with a direct economic interest in such shares of Common Stock. The interest of a spouse or a domestic partner in a joint account, and an economic interest of the Company as pledgee, shall be disregarded for this purpose.

 

Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any entity of which securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person.

 

Transfer ” shall mean, with respect to any share of Covered Common Stock, directly or indirectly, any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation, exchange, pledge, encumbrance, distribution, bequest, donation or other transfer or disposition of such share or any legal or beneficial interest in such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law (including by merger, consolidation or otherwise), including, without limitation, the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, the power (whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of such share by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not be considered a “Transfer” of a share of Covered Common Stock:

 

(a)                                  the granting by a Covered Person of a proxy to (x) the Employee Shareholders Committee pursuant to this Agreement, (y) officers or directors of the Company at the request of the Board of Directors in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or in connection with any action by written consent of the stockholders or (z) a representative of such Covered Person, in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or in connection with any action by written consent of the stockholders;

 

(b)                                  the pledge of shares of Covered Common Stock by a Covered Person that creates a mere security interest in such shares pursuant to a bona fide loan or indebtedness transaction for so long as such Covered Person continues to exercise the power (whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of such pledged shares by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise; provided , however , that a foreclosure on such shares or other similar action by the pledgee shall constitute a “Transfer” unless such foreclosure or similar action qualifies as a “Permitted Transfer” at such time;

 

(c)                                   the entering into of a support or similar voting agreement (with or without granting a proxy) in connection with (x) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, (y) any sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (z) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other Person or any other corporate reorganization; or

 

(d)                                  the fact that the spouse of any Covered Person possesses or obtains an interest in such Covered Person’s shares of Covered Common Stock arising solely by reason of the application of the community property laws of any jurisdiction, so long as no other event or circumstance shall exist or have occurred that constitutes a “Transfer” of such shares of Covered Common Stock.

 

3



 

A “Transfer” shall be deemed to have occurred with respect to a share of Covered Common Stock beneficially held by a Permitted Transferee on the date that such Permitted Transferee ceases to meet the qualifications to be a Permitted Transferee of the Covered Person who effected the Transfer of such shares to such Permitted Transferee.

 

vote ” shall include actions taken or proposed to be taken by written consent.

 

Section 1.02.                           Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions .  The words “ hereof ,” “ herein ” and “ hereunder ” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof.  References to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Annexes are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Annexes to or of this Agreement unless otherwise specified.  All Exhibits and Annexes attached hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein.  Any capitalized terms used in any Exhibit or Annex but not otherwise defined therein shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement.  Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular.  Whenever the words “ include ,” “ includes ” or “ including ” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation,” whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import.  “ Writing ,” “ written ” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form.  References to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; provided that, with respect to any agreement or contract listed on any schedules hereto, all such amendments, modifications or supplements must also be listed in the appropriate schedule.  References to any statute or regulation are to the statute or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, in the case of statutes, include any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and references to any section of any statute or regulation include any successors of such sections.  References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person.  References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively.

 

ARTICLE 2.

 

VOTING AGREEMENT

 

Section 2.01.                           Irrevocable Proxy and Power of Attorney .

 

(a)                                  By signing this Agreement or a Joinder, each Covered Person irrevocably appoints and constitutes the members of the Employee Shareholders Committee (each a “ Committee Member ”), acting jointly or each and any of them acting in his or her capacity as a Committee Member in accordance with the other provisions hereof, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, as its true and lawful proxy to vote, abstain from voting or otherwise act, for and in such Covered Person’s name, place and stead, with respect to all of the Covered Person’s Covered Common Stock as of the relevant record date or other date used for purposes of determining holders of Common Stock entitled to vote or take any action, as fully, to the same extent and with the same effect as such Covered Person might or could do under any

 

4



 

applicable laws or regulations governing the rights and powers of stockholders of a Delaware corporation. The proxy granted the Committee Members pursuant to this Section 2.01(a)  shall revoke all prior proxies granted by the Covered Person with respect to the Covered Common Stock, shall be irrevocable during the term set forth in the last sentence of this Section 2.01(a) , shall survive the bankruptcy or dissolution of the Covered Person and shall be deemed to be coupled with an interest sufficient at law to support an irrevocable power. The Committee Members are authorized to execute that certain Second Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Second A&R Shareholders’ Agreement ”), and the Employee Shareholders Committee, as such committee may be reconstituted from time to time, is authorized to vote Covered Common Stock in order to ensure that the composition of the board of directors of the Company is as set forth in Section 2.01 of the Second A&R Shareholders’ Agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Committee Members are authorized to vote Covered Common Stock in favor of the election of one or more Committee Members in elections of directors of the Company. Each Covered Person agrees that this irrevocable proxy may be exercised by the Committee Members with respect to all Covered Common Stock of such Covered Person for the period beginning on the effective date of this Agreement and ending on the earlier of (i) the date this Agreement shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  and (ii) the date of termination of this Agreement as to such Covered Person pursuant to Section 7.01(b) .

 

(b)                                  By signing this Agreement or a Joinder, each Covered Person irrevocably appoints and constitutes the Committee Members, acting jointly or each and any of them acting in his or her capacity as a Committee Member in accordance with the other provisions hereof, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact to direct the voting of any Covered Common Stock held of record by any other Person but beneficially owned by such Covered Person, granting to such attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing whatsoever that such attorney or attorneys may deem necessary, advisable or appropriate to carry out fully the intent of this Section 2.01 as such Covered Person might or could do personally, hereby ratifying and confirming all acts and things that such attorney or attorneys may do or cause to be done by virtue of this power of attorney. It is understood and agreed by each Covered Person that this appointment, empowerment and authorization may be exercised by the aforementioned Persons with respect to all Covered Common Stock of such Covered Person, and held of record by another Person, for the period beginning on the effective date of this Agreement and ending on the earlier of (i) the date this Agreement shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  and (ii) the date of termination of this Agreement as to such Covered Person pursuant to Section 7.01(b) . The power of attorney granted by the Covered Person hereunder is a durable power of attorney and shall survive the dissolution or bankruptcy of the Covered Person and shall revoke any and all prior powers of attorney granted by the Covered Person with respect to the shares of Covered Common Stock subject hereto.

 

ARTICLE 3.

 

EMPLOYEE SHAREHOLDERS COMMITTEE

 

Section 3.01.                           Initial Membership and Composition .  The Employee Shareholders Committee shall consist of three individuals.  The initial Committee Members shall be David C.

 

5



 

Brown, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “ CEO ”), Michael D. Policarpo, the Chief Operating Officer of the Company (the “ COO ”), and Kelly S. Cliff, the President, Investment Franchises of the Company (the “ President ”).

 

Section 3.02.                           Membership Criteria . The Committee Members shall be individuals who are employees of the Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries and who own shares of Common Stock (the “ Membership Criteria ”).

 

Section 3.03.                           Replacement/Removal of Committee Members .

 

(a)                                  If the individual holding the position of CEO ceases to hold such position for any reason, such individual will automatically cease to be a Committee Member and the new individual appointed as CEO shall automatically become a Committee Member upon such appointment. For the avoidance of doubt, the CEO cannot be removed by the Covered Persons.

 

(b)                                  If the individual holding the position of COO or President ceases to hold such position for any reason, if such individual was a Committee Member at such time, such individual will automatically cease to be a Committee Member and the new individual appointed as COO or President shall automatically become a Committee Member upon such appointment.  If no individual is appointed as a replacement COO or President (or a substantially similar position in lieu thereof) within 90 days, such vacancy may be temporarily filled with an individual satisfying the Membership Criteria designated by Covered Persons holding the Requisite Vote, until such time as a replacement appointment of such officer is made.

 

(c)                                   Any Committee Member, other than the CEO, may be removed for any reason and replaced by an individual satisfying the Membership Criteria designated by Covered Persons holding the Requisite Vote.

 

(d)                                  No Committee Member that is then CEO, COO or President may resign from the Employee Shareholders Committee without resigning as an officer of the Company; any other Committee Member may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company and the other Committee Members. Such resignation will take effect at the time specified in the related notice, and unless otherwise specified in the notice no acceptance of the resignation will be necessary to make it effective.  If any Committee Member resigns or ceases to satisfy the Membership Criteria or is unable to serve as a Committee Member by reason of his or her death, such individual shall immediately cease to be a Committee Member and shall, if not replaced pursuant to Section 3.03(b) , be replaced by an individual satisfying the Membership Criteria designated by Covered Persons holding the Requisite Vote.

 

(e)                                   Any successor Committee Member must become a party to this Agreement as a Committee Member by executing documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

 

Section 3.04.                           Determinations of and Actions by the Employee Shareholders Committee .

 

(a)                                  All determinations necessary or advisable under this Agreement with respect to the Covered Persons (including determinations of beneficial ownership and status as a

 

6



 

Covered Person) shall be made by the Employee Shareholders Committee, the determinations of which, absent manifest error, shall be final and binding.

 

(b)                                  Each Covered Person recognizes and agrees that the Committee Members in acting hereunder shall at all times be acting in their capacities as Committee Members and not as directors or officers of the Company and in so acting or failing to act shall not have any fiduciary duties to the Covered Persons as a Committee Member by virtue of the fact that one or more of such Committee Members may also be serving as a director or officer of the Company or otherwise.

 

(c)                                   The Employee Shareholders Committee may act at a meeting (in person or telephonically) or by a written instrument signed by the number of Committee Members the consent or approval of which is otherwise required for action. Meetings of the Employee Shareholders Committee may be held at any time or place, whenever called by any Committee Member. Reasonable notice thereof will be given by the Committee Member or Committee Members calling the meeting to the other Committee Members.

 

Section 3.05.                           Vote Required for Actions .  The vote or consent, as applicable, of at least two Committee Members present at a meeting of the Employee Shareholders Committee or acting by written consent (or of the sole Committee Member, if there is only one such member) shall be the act of the Employee Shareholders Committee.

 

Section 3.06.                           Liability and Indemnity .  No Committee Member shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of fact or law, or for any action or omission under this Agreement, except in the case of such Committee Member’s fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct. No Committee Member shall be liable for acting on any notice, request or instruction or other document believed to be genuine by such Committee Member and to have been executed by or on behalf of the proper party or parties. The Company shall pay all reasonable expenses of the Committee Members, including counsel fees, and shall discharge all liabilities incurred by them in connection with the exercise of their powers and the performance of their duties under this Agreement. Any action or omission undertaken by a Committee Member in good faith in accordance with the advice of legal counsel shall be binding and conclusive on the parties to this Agreement. The Company shall also defend, indemnify and hold the Committee Members harmless from and against any and all claims and liabilities in connection with or arising out of the exercise of any powers or the performance of any duties by the Committee Members as herein provided or contemplated, except for such claims or liabilities as shall arise from the fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Committee Members.

 

ARTICLE 4.

 

TRANSFER AND ISSUANCE OF SHARES

 

Section 4.01.                           Restrictions on Transfer of Shares .  No Covered Person shall Transfer any shares of Common Stock to a Permitted Transferee who is not a Covered Person unless such transferee has executed and delivered to the Company a Joinder substantially in the form of Exhibit A . In the event that a Covered Person Transfers any of its shares of Class B Common Stock to a Person other than a Permitted Transferee, such shares shall, effective upon the

 

7



 

consummation of such Transfer, be converted into shares of Class A Common Stock in accordance with the Charter.

 

Section 4.02.                           Issuance of Additional Common Stock .  If the Company issues additional shares of Common Stock to employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries, the proposed recipient of any such shares shall be required as a condition of such issuance to execute and deliver to the Company a Joinder substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

 

Section 4.03.                           Amendments .  The Company shall amend Schedule A as necessary from time to time to reflect any changes in the Covered Persons pursuant to this Article 4 .

 

ARTICLE 5.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

 

Each Covered Person severally represents and warrants or agrees, as applicable, for itself that:

 

(a)                                  Such Covered Person has (and, with respect to shares of Common Stock to be acquired, will have) good, valid and marketable title to the shares of Common Stock of which the Covered Person is the Sole Beneficial Owner, free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, charge, claim, equity or encumbrance of any kind, other than pursuant to this Agreement, an agreement with the Company by which such Covered Person is bound and to which the shares of Common Stock are subject or as permitted by the policies of the Company in effect from time to time;

 

(b)                                  Such Covered Person has (and, with respect to shares of Common Stock to be acquired, will have) the right to vote pursuant to Section 2.01 of this Agreement all shares of Common Stock of which the Covered Person is the Sole Beneficial Owner;

 

(c)                                   If the Covered Person is not a natural person:

 

(i)                                      such Covered Person is duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of such Covered Person’s formation;

 

(ii)                                   such Covered Person has full right, power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement;

 

(iii)                                the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of the transactions contemplated herein have been duly authorized, and no further proceedings on the part of such Covered Person are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement; and this Agreement has been duly executed by such Covered Person;

 

(iv)                               the Person signing this Agreement on behalf of such Covered Person has been duly authorized by such Covered Person to do so;

 

8


 

(d)                                  this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Covered Person, enforceable against such Covered Person in accordance with its terms (subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles);

 

(e)                                   neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Covered Person nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein conflicts with or results in a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any agreement or instrument to which such Covered Person is a party or by which the assets of such Covered Person are bound (including without limitation the organizational documents of such Covered Person, if such Covered Person is other than a natural person), or constitutes a default under any of the foregoing, or violates any law or regulation;

 

(f)                                    such Covered Person has obtained all authorizations, consents, approvals and clearances of all courts, governmental agencies and authorities, and any other Person, if any (including the consent of the spouse of such Covered Person with respect to the interest of such spouse in the shares of Common Stock of such Covered Person; such consent in substantially the form of Exhibit B ), required to permit such Covered Person to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated herein;

 

(g)                                   there are no actions, suits or proceedings pending, or, to the knowledge of such Covered Person, threatened against or affecting such Covered Person or such Covered Person’s assets in any court or before or by any federal, state, municipal or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality which, if adversely determined, would impair the ability of such Covered Person to perform this Agreement;

 

(h)                                  the performance of this Agreement will not violate any order, writ, injunction, decree or demand of any court or federal, state, municipal or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality to which such Covered Person is subject;

 

(i)                                      no statement, representation or warranty made by such Covered Person in this Agreement, nor any information provided by such Covered Person for inclusion in a registration statement filed by the Company in connection with the IPO, contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements, representations or warranties contained herein or information provided therein not misleading; and

 

(j)                                     Each Covered Person severally, and not jointly, agrees for itself that the foregoing provision of this Article 5 shall be a continuing representation and covenant by it during the period that it shall be a Covered Person, and it shall take all actions as shall from time to time be necessary to cure any breach or violation and to obtain any authorizations, consents, approvals and clearances in order that such representations shall continue to be true and correct during that period.

 

9



 

ARTICLE 6.

 

OTHER AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

 

Section 6.01.                           Adjustment upon Changes in Capitalization; Adjustments upon Changes of Control .

 

(a)                                  In the event of any change in the outstanding Common Stock by reason of stock dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits, spin-offs, split-ups, recapitalizations, combinations, exchanges of shares and the like, the terms “Class A Common Stock” and “Class B Common Stock,” as applicable, shall refer to and include the securities received or resulting therefrom, but only to the extent such securities are received in exchange for or in respect of Common Stock. Upon the occurrence of any event described in the immediately preceding sentence, the Employee Shareholders Committee shall make such adjustments to or interpretations of any provisions of this Agreement as it shall deem necessary, advisable or appropriate to carry out the intent of such provisions. If the Employee Shareholders Committee deems it necessary, advisable or appropriate, any such adjustments may take effect from the record date, the “when issued trading date,” the “ex dividend date” or another appropriate date.

 

(b)                                  In the event of any business combination, restructuring, recapitalization or other extraordinary transaction involving the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective securities or assets as a result of which any of the parties hereto (other than the Company) holds voting securities of a Person other than the Company and in which the shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock or other equity securities that represent, immediately following such transaction, at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock or other equity securities of the surviving or resulting entity or of the parent entity of such surviving or resulting entity, such party agrees that this Agreement shall also continue in full force and effect with respect to such voting securities of such other Person formerly representing or distributed in respect of Common Stock and the terms “Class A Common Stock,” “Class B Common Stock” and “the Company” shall refer to such voting securities formerly representing or distributed in respect of shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, and such other Person, respectively. Upon the occurrence of any event described in the immediately preceding sentence, the Employee Shareholders Committee shall make such adjustments to or interpretations of any provisions of this Agreement as it shall deem necessary, advisable or appropriate to carry out the intent of such provisions. If the Employee Shareholders Committee deems it necessary, advisable or appropriate, any such adjustments may take effect from the record date or another appropriate date.

 

ARTICLE 7.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 7.01.                           Term of the Agreement; Termination of Certain Provisions .

 

(a)                                  This Agreement may be terminated in its entirety as follows:

 

10



 

(i)                                      at any time by written consent of all of the parties to this Agreement; or

 

(ii)                                   following the conversion of all the shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock, in accordance with the Charter, by written consent of Covered Persons holding at least two-thirds of the total number of outstanding shares of Covered Common Stock.

 

(b)                                  Any Person who has Transferred all of its shares of Covered Common Stock, other than to a Permitted Transferee, died, or whose employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has been terminated, shall cease to be a Covered Person and shall no longer be bound by, or have any rights pursuant to, the provisions of this Agreement, and such Person’s name shall be removed from Schedule A to this Agreement. Additionally, the shares of Class B Common Stock owned by any such Person, if any, shall automatically convert into shares of Class A Common Stock, in accordance with the Charter.

 

(c)                                   Sections 3.04 and 3.06 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall continue to apply to each Person who ceases to be a Covered Person.

 

Section 7.02.                           Headings .  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provisions hereof.

 

Section 7.03.                           Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein, and there are no restrictions, promises, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings with respect to the subject matter hereof other than those expressly set forth or referred to herein.  This Agreement supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

Section 7.04.                           Addresses and Notices .  All notices, requests or other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (which may include facsimile transmission) and shall be given,

 

if to the Company or the Employee Shareholders Committee, to:

 

4900 Tiedeman Road

Brooklyn, Ohio 44144

Attention:  Michael Policarpo

Nina Gupta

Telephone:  (216) 898-2552

Facsimile:  (216) 370-9011

 

and if to any other party hereto, to the address or facsimile number set forth on the signature page hereto or any other address or facsimile number in the United States as such party hereafter may specify for such purpose to the Company.

 

11



 

All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received by the recipient thereof on the date of receipt if received prior to 5 p.m. in the place of receipt and such day is a Business Day in the place of receipt.  Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt.

 

Section 7.05.                           Governing Law; Arbitration; Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

(a)                                  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by said laws, without regard to conflict of laws principles.

 

(b)

 

(i)                                      To the fullest extent permitted by law, the parties hereto agree that any claim, dispute or controversy based on any matter arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the other agreements or transactions contemplated hereby shall be submitted to and resolved exclusively by arbitration conducted in accordance with this Section 7.05(b) .

 

(ii)                                   Any party may, by delivering a written demand to any other party, submit any such claim, dispute or controversy to binding arbitration conducted in New York City, New York (or such other location as the parties thereto may agree) in accordance with the applicable rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect, and the arbitration shall be heard and determined by a panel of three arbitrators in accordance with such rules (except that in the event of any inconsistency between such rules and this Section 7.05(b) , the provisions of this Section 7.05(b)  shall control).  Each demand shall briefly set forth the nature of the underlying dispute and the amount, if any, involved.  The arbitration panel may not modify the arbitration rules specified above without the prior written approval of all parties to the arbitration (provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any arbitration between the Company and/or the Employee Shareholders Committee, on the one hand, and one or more Covered Persons, on the other hand, the arbitration panel may modify such arbitration rules with the prior written approval of the Company, the Employee Shareholders Committee and Covered Persons owning a majority of the Covered Common Stock owned by the Covered Persons who are party to such arbitration).

 

(iii)                                Within ten Business Days after the receipt of a demand, each party shall designate one arbitrator, each of whom shall have experience involving complex business or legal matters, but shall not have any prior, existing or potential material business relationship with any party to the arbitration (provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any arbitration between the Company and/or the Employee Shareholders Committee, on the one hand, and one or more Covered Persons, on the other hand, the Company and/or the Employee Shareholders Committee shall designate one arbitrator, and Covered Persons owning a majority of the Covered Common Stock owned by the Covered Persons who are party to such arbitration shall designate one arbitrator).  The two arbitrators so designated shall select a third arbitrator, who shall

 

12



 

preside over the arbitration, shall be similarly qualified as the two arbitrators and shall have no prior, existing or potential material business relationship with any party to the arbitration; provided that if the two arbitrators are unable to agree upon the selection of such third arbitrator, such third arbitrator shall be designated in accordance with the arbitration rules referred to above.

 

(iv)                               The arbitrators will decide the dispute by majority decision, and the decision shall be rendered in writing and shall bear the signatures, the arbitration and the party or parties who shall be charged therewith, or the allocation of the expenses among the parties in the discretion of the panel.  The arbitration decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but in any event not later than 120 days after the constitution of the arbitration panel.  The arbitration decision shall be final and binding upon all parties to the arbitration.  The parties hereto agree that judgment upon any award rendered by the arbitration panel may be entered in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or any New York State court sitting in New York City.  To the maximum extent permitted by law, the parties hereby irrevocably waive any right of appeal from any judgment rendered upon any such arbitration award in any such court.  Notwithstanding Section 7.05(b)(i) , any party may seek injunctive relief in any such court.

 

(c)                                   EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

Section 7.06.                           Severability .  If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party.  Upon such a holding by a court or other authority, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner so that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

Section 7.07.                           Successors, Assigns .  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

Section 7.08.                           Waivers; Amendments .

 

(a)                                  Any provision of this Agreement may be waived if, but only if, such waiver is in writing and is signed, by the party or parties against whom the waiver is to be effective.  Except as expressly set forth herein, no failure or delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any

 

13



 

single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

 

(b)                                  No provision of this Agreement may be amended or otherwise modified except by the prior written consent of (a) the Company, (b) the Employee Shareholders Committee, and (c) the Covered Persons holding the Requisite Vote; provided that any amendment to Section 7.01(a)(ii)  shall require the consent of Covered Persons holding at least two-thirds of the total number of outstanding shares of Covered Common Stock.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall be deemed amended from time to time to reflect the addition of a party to this Agreement pursuant to Article 4 hereof, and no consent pursuant to this Section 7.08 shall be required in connection with any such amendment.

 

Section 7.09.                           Counterparts; Effectiveness .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by electronic mail portable document format (*.pdf) (or similar electronic means) or facsimile signature), each of which shall be an original with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

Section 7.10.                           Remedies; Specific Performance .  Except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement, (a) the rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law and (b) each party hereto acknowledges that the remedies at law of the other parties for a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement would be inadequate and, in recognition of this fact, any party to this Agreement, without posting any bond, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, a temporary restraining order, a temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy that may then be available.

 

Section 7.11.                           Further Assurances .  The Company and each party hereto shall take, or cause to be taken, all actions and do, or cause to be done, all things necessary or desirable under applicable law to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 7.12.                           Third Party Beneficiaries .  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer on any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.13.                           No Rights to Continued Relationship .  Neither this Agreement nor any action taken or omitted to be taken hereunder shall be deemed to create or confer on any Person any right to be retained in any employment, consultant, advisory, director, manager or other such relationship by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or to interfere with or to limit in any way the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate such relationship with any such Person at any time.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

14



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: David C. Brown

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Employee Shareholders’ Agreement]

 



 

 

[COVERED PERSONS]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Employee Shareholders’ Agreement]

 



 

 

EMPLOYEE SHAREHOLDERS COMMITTEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name: David C. Brown

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Kelly S. Cliff

 

[Signature Page to Employee Shareholders’ Agreement]

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

JOINDER TO EMPLOYEE SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

In consideration of the [Transfer (as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement)] [issuance by Victory Capital Holdings, Inc.] to the undersigned of shares of Covered Common Stock (as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement), the undersigned hereby consents and agrees to become a party to and be bound by the Employee Shareholders’ Agreement (the “ Shareholders’ Agreement ”), dated as of [   ], 2018, as amended (receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged), as fully as if the undersigned were one of the original Covered Persons (as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement), and all shares of Covered Common Stock beneficially owned by the undersigned shall be held in accordance with and restricted by the terms of such Shareholders’ Agreement and such stockholder’s name shall be listed on Schedule A.

 

Date: [        ]

 

Name of Covered Person:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sign Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SSN/EIN:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Approved by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

1



 

EXHIBIT B

 

SPOUSAL CONSENT

 

Dated: [ · ]

 

I am the spouse, domestic partner, or partner under a civil union, as applicable (the “ Spouse ”), of [•], a party to that certain Employee Shareholders’ Agreement (the “ Shareholders’ Agreement ”), dated as of [   ], 2018, as amended.  Capitalized terms used and not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

On behalf of myself and my heirs and legatees, I hereby confirm and acknowledge that I (i) have read the Shareholders’ Agreement in its entirety, (ii) understand and am familiar with the terms and conditions set forth therein, (iii) have been advised and encouraged to consult with independent counsel of my own choosing with respect to the Shareholders’ Agreement and the matters set forth therein, (iv) approve and consent to the execution and delivery by my Spouse of the Shareholders’ Agreement, (v) agree that my interest (community property or otherwise) in the Company will be subject to this consent and (vi) agree that my Spouse may join in any future amendments or modifications to the Shareholders’ Agreement or any related document without notice to me and without my further signature, acknowledgement, agreement or consent.

 

 

 

 

[NAME]

 

2




Exhibit 5.1

 

[Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP Letterhead]

 

February 5, 2018

 

Victory Capital Holdings, Inc.

4900 Tiedeman Road, 4th Floor

Brooklyn, OH  44144

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Company ”), in connection with the preparation of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-222509) (as amended, the “ Registration Statement ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), relating to the offer and sale (the “ Offering ”) by the Company of up to 13,455,000 shares of Class A common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (“ Class A Common Stock ”), including up to 1,755,000 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase such additional shares. All shares of Class A Common Stock registered under the Registration Statement are herein called the “Shares.”

 

We have examined copies of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Amended & Restated Bylaws, as currently in effect as of the date hereof, and the form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”) of the Company and the form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, each to become effective prior to the closing of the Offering, the Registration Statement, the form of the share certificate for the Class A Common Stock, all relevant resolutions adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors and such other records and documents that we have deemed necessary for the purpose of this opinion. We have also examined and are familiar with originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such other documents, corporate records, papers, statutes and authorities as we have deemed necessary to form a basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed. We have also assumed that the Shares will be sold to the underwriters at a price established by the Company’s Board of Directors or the Pricing Committee thereof in accordance with Section 153 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”)

 

As to questions of fact material to the opinions expressed below, we have relied without independent check or verification upon certificates and comparable documents of public officials and officers and representatives of the Company and statements of fact contained in the documents we have examined. In our examination and in rendering our opinions contained herein, we have assumed (i) the genuineness of all signatures of all parties; (ii) the authenticity of all corporate records, documents, agreements, instruments and certificates submitted to us as originals and the conformity to original documents and agreements of all documents and agreements submitted to us as conformed, certified or photostatic copies; and (iii) the capacity of natural persons.

 



 

Based on the foregoing, and subject to (i) the filing and effectiveness of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and (ii) the qualifications, assumptions and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that when the Shares to be issued and sold by the Company have been issued, sold and paid for in accordance with the terms set forth in the prospectus contained in the Registration Statement and the form of underwriting agreement most recently filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, the issue and sale of the Shares will have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company and the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

This opinion is limited to the DGCL and to the specific legal matters expressly addressed herein, and no opinion is expressed or implied with respect to the laws of any other jurisdiction or any legal matter not expressly addressed herein. The opinions expressed herein are given as of the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to update or supplement such opinions after the date hereof. Insofar as provisions of any of the documents referenced in this opinion letter for indemnification or contribution, the enforcement thereof may be limited by public policy considerations.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to us under the heading “Legal Matters” in the prospectus included as part of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

 

2




Exhibit 10.1

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 



 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into, effective as of February [ · ], 2018, by and between Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [        ] (“ Indemnitee ”).

 

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director and/or officer of the Company [and also serves on the Employee Shareholders Committee (the “ Employee Shareholders Committee ”) pursuant to that certain Employee Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of February [ · ], 2018, to which the Company is a party], and/or is serving or may in the future serve as a director, officer or other fiduciary of one or more other corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint ventures, trusts, employee benefit plans or other enterprises (“ Related Entities ”) at the request or direction of the Company or on behalf of the investors or limited partners for which the Company or an affiliate acts as general partner or investment advisor (the “ Company’s Request or Direction ”);

 

WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors and/or officers of corporations and other entities [and the members of the Employee Shareholders Committee]; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) and Bylaws (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Bylaws ”) require the Company to indemnify, and to advance expenses to, its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law, and the Indemnitee has agreed to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company [and also serves on the Employee Shareholders Committee], and has agreed or may agree to serve as a director, officer or other fiduciary of one or more Related Entities at the Company’s Request or Direction, in part in reliance on such provisions; and

 

WHEREAS, in recognition of Indemnitee’s reliance on the aforesaid provisions in the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws, and Indemnitee’s desire for (i) additional protection against personal liability, including protection in circumstances that may or may not presently be covered in the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws, and (ii) specific contractual assurance that the protection promised by the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws, and may be otherwise available under Delaware law, will be extended to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws or any change in the composition of the Company’s Board of Directors or acquisition transaction relating to the Company), and as an inducement to provide services to the Company and/or any Related Entity at the Company’s Request or Direction, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete) permitted under Delaware law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the extent directors’ and officers’ liability insurance is maintained by the Company, to provide for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under such policies of insurance.

 

1



 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and of Indemnitee continuing to serve the Company and the Related Entities at the Company’s Request or Direction, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Certain Definitions:

 

(a)                                  Board : the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Affiliate : any corporation or other person or entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.

 

(c)                                   Change in Control : shall be deemed to have occurred if, for any reason whatsoever, (i) Crestview Victory, L.P. and its Affiliates (“Crestview”) shall cease to be entitled to appoint or elect a majority of the Board, or the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Company’s direct or indirect majority parent entities, or (ii) Crestview shall cease to be the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities.

 

(d)                                  Expenses : all direct or indirect costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses) reasonably incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include (i) any of the foregoing costs or expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, and (ii) any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments in respect of the foregoing amounts under this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Indemnifiable Event : any event or occurrence that takes place either prior to or after the execution of this Agreement related to (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was (w) a director or officer of the Company, (x) a director, officer, or other fiduciary of any Related Entity serving at the Company’s Request or Direction, (y) a director, officer, or other fiduciary of any predecessor of the Company or any Related Entity serving at the request or direction of such predecessor or (z) a member of the Employee Shareholders Committee, or (ii) anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, including any Proceeding related to any of the foregoing matters, whether or not the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action or inaction in the Indemnitee’s official capacity as a director, officer, or other fiduciary of the Company, any Related Entity, or any predecessor of the Company or any Related Entity or as a member of the Employee Shareholders Committee, or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, or other fiduciary of the Company, any Related Entity, or any predecessor of the Company or any Related Entity or as a member of the Employee Shareholders Committee, or otherwise as

 

2



 

described above, in each case, whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    Independent Counsel : the person or body appointed in connection with Section 3.

 

(g)                                   Losses : all losses or liabilities, including any judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement, arising out of or in connection with any Proceeding (including without limitation all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any such judgments, fines, penalties or amounts paid in settlement). Losses also shall include any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments in respect of the foregoing amounts under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Losses shall not include amounts paid in respect of settlement by Indemnitee unless such settlement is entered into a manner in accordance with the terms set forth in Section 6(c).

 

(h)                                  Proceeding : any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternative dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding (including an action by or in the right of the Company), or any inquiry, hearing, or investigation that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit, alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or other proceeding, in each case whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory, legislative or investigative (formal or informal) nature, and whether initiated or conducted by the Company or any other party, including any appeal therefrom, and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the date of this Agreement in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of alleged action or inaction in the Indemnitee’s official capacity as a director, officer, or other fiduciary of the Company, any Related Entity, or any predecessor of the Company or any Related Entity or as a member of the Employee Shareholders Committee, or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, or other fiduciary of the Company, any Related Entity, or any predecessor of the Company or any Related Entity or as a member of the Employee Shareholders Committee, or otherwise as described above.

 

(i)                                      Reviewing Party : the person or body appointed in accordance with Section 3.

 

(j)                                     Voting Securities : any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

 

2.                                       Agreement to Indemnify.

 

(a)                                  General Agreement . In the event Indemnitee was, is, or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, a Proceeding by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses and Losses to the fullest extent permitted by law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or interpreted

 

3



 

(but in the case of any such amendment or interpretation, only to the extent that such amendment or interpretation permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than were permitted prior thereto). The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws or the vote of the Company’s shareholders or disinterested directors.

 

(b)                                  Initiation of Proceedings . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any director or officer of the Company unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding; (ii) the Proceeding is one to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement; (iii) such Proceeding arises in connection with any mandatory counterclaim or cross-claim or affirmative defense brought or raised by Indemnitee in any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding); or (iv) the Proceeding is instituted after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control).

 

(c)                                   Expense Advances . If so requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance (within ten business days of such request) any and all Expenses to Indemnitee (an “ Expense Advance ”) in connection with any Proceeding; provided that such an Expense Advance shall be made on the condition that an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee shall have been made to repay the amount thereof if it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company; provided, further, that the execution and delivery by Indemnitee hereof shall constitute such undertaking. If and to the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be so indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided that if Indemnitee has commenced or commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, as provided in Section 4, any determination made by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding, and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense Advance, until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or have lapsed). The advancement of Expenses provided for in this Agreement shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Indemnitee’s obligation to reimburse the Company for Expense Advances shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon.

 

(d)                                  Mandatory Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses and Losses incurred in connection therewith.  If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses and Losses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with or related to each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter to the fullest extent permitted

 

4



 

by applicable law. For purposes of this Section 2(d) and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

(e)                                   Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses and Losses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

(f)                                    Prohibited Indemnification . No indemnification pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid by the Company (i) on account of any Proceeding in which judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of any federal, state, or local laws, or (ii) for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including without limitation any such reimbursements that arise under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002).

 

(g)                                   Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s status as a director, officer, or other fiduciary of the Company, any Related Entity, or any predecessor of the Company or any Related Entity or as a member of the Employee Shareholders Committee, or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, or other fiduciary of the Company, any Related Entity, or any predecessor of the Company or any Related Entity or as a member of the Employee Shareholders Committee, or otherwise as described above, a witness, is or was made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests in any Proceeding or otherwise asked to participate in any aspect of a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he or she shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

 

3.                                       Reviewing Party.

 

For purposes hereof, (i) the “ Reviewing Party ” shall be (x) prior to any Change in Control, any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Board or any other person or body appointed by the Board who is not a party to the particular Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification; and (y) after a Change in Control, the Independent Counsel referred to below; and (ii) the “ Independent Counsel ” shall be a law firm, or a member of a law firm, (x) experienced in matters of corporate law, (y) selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), and (z) who or which has not otherwise performed services for the Company or Indemnitee (other than in connection with indemnification matters hereunder or under other similar indemnification agreements) or for any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder, in each case in this clause (z), within the last five years; provided that the Independent Counsel shall not be any law firm or person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights

 

5



 

under this Agreement. Where there has been a written demand by Indemnitee for indemnification hereunder, then as soon as is reasonably practicable, the Reviewing Party shall make a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto, which determination shall be set forth in a written opinion delivered to the Company and Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall reasonably cooperate with the Reviewing Party, including providing to the Reviewing Party upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Reviewing Party shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification). The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities, loss, and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the engagement of Independent Counsel pursuant hereto.

 

4.                                       Indemnification Process and Appeal.

 

(a)                                  Indemnification Payment . Indemnitee shall be entitled to Expense Advances and indemnification of Expenses and Losses, and shall receive payment thereof, from the Company in accordance with this Agreement as soon as practicable after Indemnitee has made written demand on the Company for such Expense Advances or indemnification, unless the Reviewing Party has made a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to such Expense Advances or indemnification.

 

(b)                                  Suit to Enforce Rights . Regardless of any action by the Reviewing Party, if Indemnitee has not received the full amount of any Expense Advances or full indemnification, as applicable, within thirty days after making a demand in accordance with Section 4(a), Indemnitee shall have the right to enforce its rights under this Agreement by commencing litigation in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Chancery Court ”), seeking an initial determination by such court or challenging any determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof. The Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. The remedy provided for in this Section 4 shall be in addition to any other remedies available to Indemnitee at law or in equity.

 

(c)                                   Defense to Indemnification, Burden of Proof, and Presumptions . It shall be a defense to any action brought by Indemnitee against the Company to enforce this Agreement (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Expenses incurred in defending a Proceeding in advance of its final disposition) that the Company is prohibited by applicable law from indemnifying Indemnitee for the amount claimed. In connection with any such action or any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, it shall be presumed, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, and the burden of proof to establish such defense or overcome such presumption shall be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Reviewing Party or the Company (including the Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action by Indemnitee that indemnification of the claimant is proper under the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct set forth in applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party or the Company (including the Board, independent legal

 

6



 

counsel, or its stockholders) that Indemnitee had not met any applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, action, suit, or proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval), conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is prohibited by applicable law.

 

(d)                                  Knowledge of Others . The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, officer, agent or employee of the Company or any Related Entity of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the Company’s Request or Direction as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, board of directors’ committee member, employee or agent, shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

5.                                       Indemnification for Expenses Incurred in Enforcing Rights.

 

The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for (i) indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws or applicable law, in each case now or hereafter in effect relating to advancement of Expenses or indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, and/or (ii) recovery under directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, except to the extent not permitted by law. In addition, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in pursuing an action to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

6.                                       Notification and Defense of Proceeding.

 

(a)                                  Notice . Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee.

 

(b)                                  Defense . With respect to any such Proceeding, (i) Indemnitee shall be entitled to control the prosecution or defense thereof with (x) before a Change in Control, counsel of the Company’s choosing, which shall be reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee, or (y) after a Change in Control, counsel of Indemnitee’s choosing, which shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company; provided that, regardless of whether or not a Change in Control has occurred, Indemnitee agrees to jointly engage the same counsel as the other individuals party to similar indemnification agreements with the Company with respect to any Proceeding arising from the same or substantially similar facts and circumstances, except that Indemnitee may engage separate counsel to the extent that (x) the Company has previously authorized Indemnitee in writing to do so or (y) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded upon the advice of counsel that there is a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and the other individuals party to similar indemnification agreements with the Company in respect of the conduct of the prosecution or

 

7



 

defense of such Proceeding, and (ii) the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

 

(c)                                   Settlement of Claims . The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the Company shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in settlement if the Independent Counsel has approved the settlement. The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any Losses or limitation on Indemnitee, or would constitute or result in any admission of negligence or wrongdoing or the making of any other statement against Indemnitee’s interest, without Indemnitee’s written consent.

 

7.                                       Entire Agreement.

 

This Agreement and the documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby, and any other prior or contemporaneous oral or written understandings or agreements with respect to the matters covered hereby are superseded by this Agreement; provided that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Company and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

8.                                       Non-Exclusivity.

 

The rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, applicable law, or otherwise; provided, however, that this Agreement shall supersede any prior indemnification agreement between the Company and Indemnitee. To the extent that a change in applicable law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification or advancement than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, applicable law, or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.

 

9.                                       Liability Insurance.

 

To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing general and/or directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any Company director or officer or member of the Employee Shareholders Committee.

 

10.                                Period of Limitations.

 

No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors, or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of

 

8



 

accrual of such cause of action, or such longer period as may be required by state law under the circumstances. Any claim or cause of action of the Company or any of its Affiliates shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing and notice of a legal action within such period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, the shorter period shall govern.

 

11.                                Duration of Agreement.

 

This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or member of the Employee Shareholders Committee or (b) one year after the final termination of any Proceeding then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding (including any appeal thereof) commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement relating thereto. The indemnification and advancement of expenses rights provided by or granted pursuant to this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Related Entity or member of the Employee Shareholders Committee, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

 

12.                                Amendment of this Agreement.

 

No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding unless in the form of a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the waiver is sought, and no such waiver shall operate as a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided herein, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof.

 

13.                                Subrogation.

 

In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

14.                                No Duplication of Payments.

 

The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment to Indemnitee hereunder to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws or otherwise) of the amounts indemnifiable hereunder.

 

9


 

15.                                Binding Effect.

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity pertaining to an Indemnifiable Event even though he may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any Proceeding.

 

16.                                Severability.

 

If any provision (or portion thereof) of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, which is not itself invalid, void, or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, void, or unenforceable.

 

17.                                Enforcement.

 

The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director or officer of the Company or member of the Employee Shareholders Committee, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company or member of the Employee Shareholders Committee.

 

18.                                Entire Agreement.

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance maintained by the Company and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

19.                                Governing Law.

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such State

 

10



 

without giving effect to its principles of conflicts of laws. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Chancery Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of such court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in such court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in such court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

20.                                Contribution.

 

(a)           Whether or not the indemnification provided in this agreement is available, in respect of any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee. The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in a manner that would impose any penalty or admission of guilt or liability on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent.

 

(b)           Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses and Losses paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company or members of the Employee Shareholders Committee, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such Proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company or members of the Employee Shareholders Committee other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such Expenses and/or Losses, as well as any other equitable considerations which the applicable law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their respective conduct is active or passive.

 

11



 

(c)           The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company or members of the Employee Shareholders Committee, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

 

(d)           To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee, whether for Losses and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

21.                                Notices.

 

All notices, demands, and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given, if delivered by hand, against receipt, or if mailed, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and addressed (i) if to the Company, at Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., 4900 Tiedeman Road, Brooklyn, Ohio, Attention: Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, and (ii) if to Indemnitee, at the address set forth on the Indemnitee’s signature page hereto. Notice of change of such addresses shall be effective only when given in accordance with this Section. All notices complying with this Section shall be deemed to have been received on the date of hand delivery or on the third business day after mailing.

 

22.                                Counterparts.

 

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

23.                                Headings.

 

The Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

 

12



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS. INC.

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

INDEMNITEE

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1




Exhibit 10.2

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.
2018 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1.              Purpose.

 

The purpose of the Plan is to assist the Company in attracting, retaining, motivating, and rewarding certain employees, officers, directors, and consultants of the Company and its Affiliates and promoting the creation of long-term value for stockholders of the Company by closely aligning the interests of such individuals with those of such stockholders.  The Plan authorizes the award of Stock-based and cash-based incentives to Eligible Persons to encourage such Eligible Persons to expend maximum effort in the creation of stockholder value.

 

2.              Definitions.

 

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

 

(a)            “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to a Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.

 

(b)            “ Award ” means any Option, award of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Stock Appreciation Right, or other Stock-based award granted under the Plan.

 

(c)            “ Award Agreement ” means an Option Agreement, a Restricted Stock Agreement, an RSU Agreement, a SAR Agreement, or an agreement governing the grant of any other Stock-based Award granted under the Plan.

 

(d)            “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(e)            “ Cause ” means, with respect to a Participant and in the absence of an Award Agreement or Participant Agreement otherwise defining Cause, (1) the Participant’s plea of nolo contendere to, conviction of or indictment for, any crime (whether or not involving the Company or its Affiliates) (i) constituting a felony or (ii) that has, or could reasonably be expected to result in, an adverse impact on the performance of the Participant’s duties to the Service Recipient, or otherwise has, or could reasonably be expected to result in, an adverse impact on the business or reputation of the Company or its Affiliates, (2) conduct of the Participant, in connection with his or her employment or service, that has resulted, or could reasonably be expected to result, in injury to the business or reputation of the Company or its Affiliates, (3) any material violation of the policies of the Service Recipient, including, but not limited to, those relating to sexual harassment or the disclosure or misuse of confidential information, or those set forth in the manuals or statements of policy of the Service Recipient; (4) the Participant’s act(s) of negligence or willful misconduct in the course of his or her employment or service with the Service Recipient; (5) misappropriation by the Participant of any assets or business opportunities of the Company or its Affiliates; (6) embezzlement or fraud committed by the Participant, at the Participant’s direction, or with the Participant’s prior actual knowledge; or (7) willful neglect in the performance of the Participant’s duties for the Service Recipient or willful or repeated failure or refusal to perform such duties.  If, subsequent to the Termination of a Participant for any reason other than by the Service Recipient for Cause, it is

 



 

discovered that the Participant’s employment or service could have been terminated for Cause, such Participant’s employment or service shall, at the discretion of the Committee, be deemed to have been terminated by the Service Recipient for Cause for all purposes under the Plan, and the Participant shall be required to repay to the Company all amounts received by him or her in respect of any Award following such Termination that would have been forfeited under the Plan had such Termination been by the Service Recipient for Cause.  In the event that there is an Award Agreement or Participant Agreement defining Cause, “ Cause ” shall have the meaning provided in such agreement, and a Termination by the Service Recipient for Cause hereunder shall not be deemed to have occurred unless all applicable notice and cure periods in such Award Agreement or Participant Agreement are complied with.

 

(f)             Change in Control ” means:

 

(1)           a change in ownership or control of the Company effected through a transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or similar non-U.S. regulatory agency or pursuant to a Non-Control Transaction) whereby any “person” (as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act) or any two or more persons deemed to be one “person” (as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than the Company or any of its Affiliates, an employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any of its Affiliates (or its related trust), or any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, directly or indirectly acquire “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities eligible to vote in the election of the Board (the “ Company Voting Securities ”);

 

(2)           the date, within any consecutive twenty-four (24) month period commencing on or after the Effective Date, upon which individuals who constitute the Board as of the Effective Date (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however , that any individual who becomes a director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then constituting the Incumbent Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such individual is named as a nominee for director, without objection to such nomination) shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest (including, but not limited to, a consent solicitation) with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than the Board; or

 

(3)           the consummation of a merger, consolidation, share exchange, or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company or any of its Affiliates that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders (whether for such transaction, the issuance of securities in the transaction or otherwise) (a “ Reorganization ”), unless

 

2



 

immediately following such Reorganization (i) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of (A) the corporation resulting from such Reorganization (the “ Surviving Company ”) or (B)   if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that has, directly or indirectly, beneficial ownership of one hundred percent (100%) of the voting securities of the Surviving Company (the “ Parent Company ”), is represented by Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Reorganization (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Reorganization), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting Securities among holders thereof immediately prior to such Reorganization, (ii) no person, other than an employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Company or the Parent Company (or its related trust), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Company, or if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company, and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Company, or if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company, following the consummation of such Reorganization are members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Reorganization (any Reorganization which satisfies all of the criteria specified in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) above shall be a “ Non-Control Transaction ”); or

 

(4)           the sale or disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any “person” (as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act) or to any two or more persons deemed to be one “person” (as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than the Company’s Affiliates.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the Company Voting Securities as a result of an acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company that reduces the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control shall then be deemed to occur, and (y) with respect to the payment of any amount that constitutes a deferral of compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code payable upon a Change in Control, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred, unless the Change in Control constitutes a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code.

 

(g)            “ Class A Common Stock ” means the Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and such other securities as may be substituted for such stock pursuant to Section 10 hereof.

 

3



 

(h)            “ Class B Common Stock ” means the Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and such other securities as may be substituted for such stock pursuant to Section 10 hereof.

 

(i)             “ Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, including the rules and regulations thereunder and any successor provisions, rules and regulations thereto.

 

(j)             “ Committee ” means the Board or such other committee consisting of two or more individuals appointed by the Board to administer the Plan and each other individual or committee of individuals designated to exercise authority under the Plan.

 

(k)            “ Company ” means Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(l)             “ Corporate Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(b) hereof.

 

(m)           “ Data ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(f) hereof.

 

(n)            “ Disability ” means, in the absence of an Award Agreement or Participant Agreement otherwise defining Disability, the permanent and total disability of such Participant within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.  In the event that there is an Award Agreement or Participant Agreement defining Disability, “ Disability ” shall have the meaning provided in such Award Agreement or Participant Agreement.

 

(o)            “ Disqualifying Disposition ” means any disposition (including any sale) of Stock acquired upon the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option made within the period that ends either (1) two years after the date on which the Participant was granted the Incentive Stock Option or (2) one year after the date upon which the Participant acquired the Stock.

 

(p)            “ Effective Date ” means January [  ], 2018, which is the date on which the Plan was approved by the Board.

 

(q)            “ Eligible Person ” means (1) each employee and officer of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (2) each non-employee director of the Company or any of its Affiliates; (3) each other natural Person who provides substantial services to the Company or any of its Affiliates as a consultant or advisor (or a wholly owned alter ego entity of the natural Person providing such services of which such Person is an employee, stockholder or partner) and who is designated as eligible by the Committee, and (4) each natural Person who has been offered employment by the Company or any of its Affiliates; provided that such prospective employee may not receive any payment or exercise any right relating to an Award until such Person has commenced employment or service with the Company or its Affiliates; provided further, however , that (i) with respect to any Award that is intended to qualify as a “stock right” that does not provide for a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, the term “ Affiliate ” as used in this Section 2(q) shall include only those corporations or other entities in the unbroken chain of corporations or other entities beginning with the Company where each of the corporations or other entities in the unbroken chain other than the last corporation or other entity owns stock possessing at least fifty percent (50%) or more of the total

 

4



 

combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations or other entities in the chain, and (ii) with respect to any Award that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, the term “ Affiliate ” as used in this Section 2(q) shall include only those entities that qualify as a “subsidiary corporation” with respect to the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code.  An employee on an approved leave of absence may be considered as still in the employ of the Company or any of its Affiliates for purposes of eligibility for participation in the Plan.

 

(r)             “ Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, including the rules and regulations thereunder and any successor provisions, rules and regulations thereto.

 

(s)             “ Expiration Date ” means, with respect to an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, the date on which the term of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right expires, as determined under Section 5(b) or 8(b) hereof, as applicable.

 

(t)             “ Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any share of Class A Common Stock or share of Class B Common Stock, as of any date when the Class A Common Stock is listed on one or more national securities exchanges, the closing price of a share of Class A Common Stock as reported on the principal national securities exchange on which such Class A Common Stock is listed and traded on the date of determination or, if the closing price is not reported on such date of determination, the closing price reported on the most recent date prior to the date of determination.  If the Class A Common Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange, “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean, with respect to any share of Class A Common Stock or share of Class B Common Stock, the amount determined by the Board in good faith, and in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code, to be the fair market value per share of Class A Common Stock.

 

(u)            “ GAAP ” means the U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, as in effect from time to time.

 

(v)            “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(w)           “ Nonqualified Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(x)            “ Option ” means a conditional right, granted to a Participant under Section 5 hereof, to purchase Stock at a specified price during a specified time period.

 

(y)            “ Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option Award.

 

(z)            “ Participant ” means an Eligible Person who has been granted an Award under the Plan or, if applicable, such other Person who holds an Award.

 

(aa)          “ Participant Agreement ” means an employment or other services agreement between a Participant and the Service Recipient that describes the terms and

 

5



 

conditions of such Participant’s employment or service with the Service Recipient and is effective as of the date of determination.

 

(bb)          “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, firm, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other entity.

 

(cc)          “ Plan ” means this Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. 2018 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

(dd)          “ Qualified Member ” means a member of the Committee who is a “Non-Employee Director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and an “independent director” as defined under, as applicable, the NASDAQ Listing Rules, the NYSE Listed Company Manual or other applicable stock exchange rules.

 

(ee)          “ Qualifying Committee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof.

 

(ff)           “ Restricted Stock ” means Stock granted to a Participant under Section 6 hereof that is subject to certain restrictions and to a risk of forfeiture.

 

(gg)          “ Restricted Stock Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Restricted Stock Award.

 

(hh)          “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a notional unit representing the right to receive one share of Stock (or the cash value of one share of Stock, if so determined by the Committee) on a specified settlement date.

 

(ii)            “ RSU Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Award of Restricted Stock Units.

 

(jj)            “ SAR Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(kk)          “ Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, including the rules and regulations thereunder and any successor provisions, rules and regulations thereto.

 

(ll)            “ Service Recipient ” means, with respect to a Participant holding an Award, either the Company or an Affiliate of the Company by which the original recipient of such Award is, or following a Termination was most recently, principally employed or to which such original recipient provides, or following a Termination was most recently providing, services, as applicable.

 

(mm)       “ Stock ” means either the Class A common stock or the Class B Common Stock.

 

6



 

(nn)          “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means a conditional right to receive an amount equal to the value of the appreciation in the Stock over a specified period.  Except in the event of extraordinary circumstances, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, or pursuant to Section 10(b) hereof, Stock Appreciation Rights shall be settled in Stock.

 

(oo)          “ Substitute Award ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

(pp)          “ Termination ” means the termination of a Participant’s employment or service, as applicable, with the Service Recipient; provided, however , that, if so determined by the Committee at the time of any change in status in relation to the Service Recipient ( e.g. , a Participant ceases to be an employee and begins providing services as a consultant, or vice versa), such change in status will not be deemed a Termination hereunder.  Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event that the Service Recipient ceases to be an Affiliate of the Company (by reason of sale, divestiture, spin-off, or other similar transaction), unless a Participant’s employment or service is transferred to another entity that would constitute the Service Recipient immediately following such transaction, such Participant shall be deemed to have suffered a Termination hereunder as of the date of the consummation of such transaction.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Participant’s change in status in relation to the Service Recipient (for example, a change from employee to consultant) shall not be deemed a Termination hereunder with respect to any Awards constituting “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code that are payable upon a Termination unless such change in status constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.  Any payments in respect of an Award constituting nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code that are payable upon a Termination shall be delayed for such period as may be necessary to meet the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code.  On the first business day following the expiration of such period, the Participant shall be paid, in a single lump sum without interest, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of all payments delayed pursuant to the preceding sentence, and any remaining payments not so delayed shall continue to be paid pursuant to the payment schedule applicable to such Award.

 

3.              Administration.

 

(a)            Authority of the Committee .  Except as otherwise provided below, the Plan shall be administered by the Committee.  The Committee shall have full and final authority, in each case subject to and consistent with the provisions of the Plan, to (1) select Eligible Persons to become Participants, (2) grant Awards, (3) determine the type, number and type of shares of Stock subject to, other terms and conditions of, and all other matters relating to, Awards, (4) prescribe Award Agreements (which need not be identical for each Participant) and rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan, (5) construe and interpret the Plan and Award Agreements and correct defects, supply omissions, and reconcile inconsistencies therein, (6) suspend the right to exercise Awards during any period that the Committee deems appropriate to comply with applicable securities laws, and thereafter extend the exercise period of an Award by an equivalent period of time or such shorter period required by, or necessary to comply with, applicable law, and (7) make all other decisions and determinations as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.  Any action of the Committee shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all Persons, including, without

 

7



 

limitation, the Company, its stockholders and Affiliates, Eligible Persons, Participants, and beneficiaries of Participants.  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall have the ability to accelerate the vesting of any outstanding Award at any time and for any reason, including upon a Corporate Event, subject to Section 10(d), or in the event of a Participant’s Termination by the Service Recipient other than for Cause, or due to the Participant’s death, Disability or retirement (as such term may be defined in an applicable Award Agreement or Participant Agreement, or, if no such definition exists, in accordance with the Company’s then-current employment policies and guidelines).  For the avoidance of doubt, the Board shall have the authority to take all actions under the Plan that the Committee is permitted to take.

 

(b)            Manner of Exercise of Committee Authority At any time that a member of the Committee is not a Qualified Member, any action of the Committee relating to an Award granted or to be granted to a Participant who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act in respect of the Company, must be taken by the remaining members of the Committee or a subcommittee, designated by the Committee or the Board, composed solely of two or more Qualified Members (a “ Qualifying Committee ”).  Any action authorized by such a Qualifying Committee shall be deemed the action of the Committee for purposes of the Plan.  The express grant of any specific power to a Qualifying Committee, and the taking of any action by such a Qualifying Committee, shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee.

 

(c)            Delegation .  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee may delegate to officers or employees of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or committees thereof, the authority, subject to such terms as the Committee shall determine, to perform such functions under the Plan, including, but not limited to, administrative functions, as the Committee may determine appropriate.  The Committee may appoint agents to assist it in administering the Plan.  Any actions taken by an officer or employee delegated authority pursuant to this Section 3(c) within the scope of such delegation shall, for all purposes under the Plan, be deemed to be an action taken by the Committee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, any Award granted under the Plan to any Eligible Person who is not an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates (including any non-employee director of the Company or any Affiliate) or to any Eligible Person who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act must be expressly approved by the Committee or Qualifying Committee in accordance with subsection (b) above.

 

(d)            Sections 409A and 457A The Committee shall take into account compliance with Sections 409A and 457A of the Code in connection with any grant of an Award under the Plan, to the extent applicable.  While the Awards granted hereunder are intended to be structured in a manner to avoid the imposition of any penalty taxes under Sections 409A and 457A of the Code, in no event whatsoever shall the Company or any of its Affiliates be liable for any additional tax, interest, or penalties that may be imposed on a Participant as a result of Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code or any damages for failing to comply with Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code or any similar state or local laws (other than for withholding obligations or other obligations applicable to employers, if any, under Section 409A or Section 457A of the Code).

 

8



 

4.              Shares Available Under the Plan; Other Limitations.

 

(a)            Number of Shares Available for Delivery .  Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10 hereof, the total number of shares of Stock reserved and available for delivery in connection with Awards under the Plan shall equal 3,372,484 shares of either Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee.  Shares of Stock delivered under the Plan shall consist of authorized and unissued shares or previously issued shares of Stock reacquired by the Company on the open market or by private purchase.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) except as may be required by reason of Section 422 of the Code, the number of shares of Stock available for issuance hereunder shall not be reduced by shares issued pursuant to Awards issued or assumed in connection with a merger or acquisition as contemplated by, as applicable, NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c) and IM-5635-1, AMEX Company Guide Section 711, or other applicable stock exchange rules, and their respective successor rules and listing exchange promulgations (each such Award, a “ Substitute Award ”); and (ii) shares of Stock shall not be deemed to have been issued pursuant to the Plan with respect to any portion of an Award that is settled in cash.

 

(b)            Share Counting Rules .  The Committee may adopt reasonable counting procedures to ensure appropriate counting, avoid double-counting (as, for example, in the case of tandem awards or Substitute Awards) and make adjustments if the number of shares of Stock actually delivered differs from the number of shares previously counted in connection with an Award.  Other than with respect to a Substitute Award, to the extent that an Award expires or is canceled, forfeited, settled in cash, or otherwise terminated without delivery to the Participant of the full number of shares of Stock to which the Award related, the undelivered shares of Stock will again be available for grant.  Shares of Stock withheld in payment of the exercise price or taxes relating to an Award and shares of Stock equal to the number surrendered in payment of any exercise price or taxes relating to an Award shall not be deemed to constitute shares delivered to the Participant and shall be deemed to again be available for delivery under the Plan.

 

(c)            Incentive Stock Options .  No more than 3,372,484 shares of Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10 hereof) reserved for issuance hereunder may be issued or transferred upon exercise or settlement of Incentive Stock Options.

 

(d)            Shares Available Under Acquired Plans .  To the extent permitted by NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c) or other applicable stock exchange rules, subject to applicable law, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio of formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the number of shares of Stock reserved and available for delivery in connection with Awards under the Plan; provided that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards could have been made under the terms of such pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to

 

9



 

individuals who were not employed by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or combination.

 

(e)            Limitation on Awards to Non-Employee Directors .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the maximum value of any Awards granted to a non-employee director of the Company in any one calendar year , taken together with any cash fees paid to such non-employee director during such calendar year, shall not exceed $400,000 (calculating the value of any such Awards based on the grant date fair value of such Awards for financial reporting purposes and excluding, for this purpose, the value of any dividend equivalent payments paid pursuant to any Award granted in a previous year).

 

(f)             Governing Documents .  The shares of Stock issuable and issued, and Awards granted, pursuant to this Plan are subject to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., dated as of [   ], 2018, including the provisions thereof regarding the conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock.

 

5.              Options.

 

(a)            General .  Certain Options granted under the Plan may be intended to be Incentive Stock Options; however, no Incentive Stock Options may be granted hereunder following the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board and (ii) the date the stockholders of the Company approve the Plan.  Options may be granted to Eligible Persons in such form and having such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate; provided , however , that Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Eligible Persons who are employees of the Company or an Affiliate (as such definition is limited pursuant to Section 2(q) hereof) of the Company.  The provisions of separate Options shall be set forth in separate Option Agreements, which agreements need not be identical.  No dividends or dividend equivalents shall be paid on Options.

 

(b)            Term .  The term of each Option shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant; provided , however , that no Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable after, and each Option shall expire, ten (10) years from the date it was granted.

 

(c)            Exercise Price .  The exercise price per share of Stock for each Option shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant and shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant, subject to Section 5(g) hereof in the case of any Incentive Stock Option.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Option that is a Substitute Award, the exercise price per share of Stock for such Option may be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant; provided , that such exercise price is determined in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code.

 

(d)            Payment for Stock .  Payment for shares of Stock acquired pursuant to an Option granted hereunder shall be made in full upon exercise of the Option in a manner approved by the Committee, which may include any of the following payment methods:  (1) in immediately available funds in U.S. dollars, or by certified or bank cashier’s check, (2)  by delivery of shares of Stock having a value equal to the exercise price, (3) by a broker-assisted cashless exercise in accordance with procedures approved by the Committee, whereby payment

 

10


 

 

of the Option exercise price or tax withholding obligations may be satisfied, in whole or in part, with shares of Stock subject to the Option by delivery of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker (on a form prescribed by the Committee) to sell shares of Stock and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate exercise price and, if applicable, the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s withholding obligations, or (4) by any other means approved by the Committee (including, by delivery of a notice of “net exercise” to the Company, pursuant to which the Participant shall receive the number of shares of Stock underlying the Option so exercised reduced by the number of shares of Stock equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Option divided by the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise).  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Committee determines that any form of payment available hereunder would be in violation of Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, such form of payment shall not be available.

 

(e)            Vesting .  Options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner, on such date or dates, or upon the achievement of performance or other conditions, in each case as may be determined by the Committee and set forth in an Option Agreement; provided , however , that notwithstanding any such vesting dates, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the vesting of any Option at any time and for any reason.  Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Committee, the vesting of an Option shall occur only while the Participant is employed by or rendering services to the Service Recipient, and all vesting shall cease upon a Participant’s Termination for any reason.  To the extent permitted by applicable law and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, vesting shall be suspended during the period of any approved unpaid leave of absence by a Participant following which the Participant has a right to reinstatement and shall resume upon such Participant’s return to active employment.  If an Option is exercisable in installments, such installments or portions thereof that become exercisable shall remain exercisable until the Option expires, is canceled or otherwise terminates.

 

(f)             Termination of Employment or Service .  Except as provided by the Committee in an Option Agreement, Participant Agreement or otherwise:

 

(1)           In the event of a Participant’s Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date for any reason other than (i) by the Service Recipient for Cause, or (ii) by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability, (A) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Options outstanding shall cease, (B) all of such Participant’s unvested Options outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination, and (C) all of such Participant’s vested Options outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration on the earlier of (x) the applicable Expiration Date and (y) the date that is ninety (90) days after the date of such Termination.

 

(2)           In the event of a Participant’s Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date by reason of such Participant’s death or Disability, (i) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Options outstanding shall cease, (ii) all of such Participant’s unvested Options outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination, and (iii) all of such Participant’s vested Options outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration on the earlier of (x) the applicable Expiration Date and (y) the date that is twelve (12) months after the date of

 

11



 

such Termination.  In the event of a Participant’s death, such Participant’s Options shall remain exercisable by the Person or Persons to whom such Participant’s rights under the Options pass by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution until the earlier of (x) the applicable Expiration Date and (y) the date that is twelve (12) months after the date of such Termination, but only to the extent that the Options were vested at the time of such Termination.

 

(3)           In the event of a Participant’s Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date by the Service Recipient for Cause, all of such Participant’s Options outstanding (whether or not vested) shall immediately terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination.

 

(g)            Special Provisions Applicable to Incentive Stock Options .

 

(1)           No Incentive Stock Option may be granted to any Eligible Person who, at the time the Option is granted, owns directly, or indirectly within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code, stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any parent or subsidiary thereof, unless such Incentive Stock Option (i) has an exercise price of at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value on the date of the grant of such Option and (ii) cannot be exercised more than five (5) years after the date it is granted.

 

(2)           To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of Stock for which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds $100,000, such excess Incentive Stock Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.

 

(3)           Each Participant who receives an Incentive Stock Option must agree to notify the Company in writing immediately after the Participant makes a Disqualifying Disposition of any Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option.

 

6.              Restricted Stock.

 

(a)            General .  Restricted Stock may be granted to Eligible Persons in such form and having such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate.  The provisions of separate Awards of Restricted Stock shall be set forth in separate Restricted Stock Agreements, which agreements need not be identical.  Subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 6(b) hereof, and except as otherwise set forth in the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement, the Participant shall generally have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such Restricted Stock, including the right to vote such Restricted Stock.  Unless otherwise set forth in a Participant’s Restricted Stock Agreement, cash dividends and stock dividends, if any, with respect to the Restricted Stock shall be withheld by the Company for the Participant’s account, and shall be subject to forfeiture to the same degree as the shares of Restricted Stock to which such dividends relate.  Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, no interest will accrue or be paid on the amount of any cash dividends withheld.

 

12



 

(b)            Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer .  Restricted Stock shall vest in such manner, on such date or dates, or upon the achievement of performance or other conditions, in each case as may be determined by the Committee and set forth in a Restricted Stock Agreement; provided, however , that notwithstanding any such vesting dates, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the vesting of any Award of Restricted Stock at any time and for any reason.  Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Committee, the vesting of an Award of Restricted Stock shall occur only while the Participant is employed by or rendering services to the Service Recipient, and all vesting shall cease upon a Participant’s Termination for any reason.  To the extent permitted by applicable law and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, vesting shall be suspended during the period of any approved unpaid leave of absence by a Participant following which the Participant has a right to reinstatement and shall resume upon such Participant’s return to active employment.  In addition to any other restrictions set forth in a Participant’s Restricted Stock Agreement, the Participant shall not be permitted to sell, transfer, pledge, or otherwise encumber the Restricted Stock prior to the time the Restricted Stock has vested pursuant to the terms of the Restricted Stock Agreement.

 

(c)            Termination of Employment or Service .  Except as provided by the Committee in a Restricted Stock Agreement, Participant Agreement or otherwise, in the event of a Participant’s Termination for any reason prior to the time that such Participant’s Restricted Stock has vested, (1) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Restricted Stock outstanding shall cease, and (2) as soon as practicable following such Termination, the Company shall repurchase from the Participant, and the Participant shall sell, all of such Participant’s unvested shares of Restricted Stock at a purchase price equal to the original purchase price paid for the Restricted Stock; provided that, if the original purchase price paid for the Restricted Stock is equal to zero dollars ($0), such unvested shares of Restricted Stock shall be forfeited to the Company by the Participant for no consideration as of the date of such Termination.

 

7.              Restricted Stock Units.

 

(a)            General .  Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Eligible Persons in such form and having such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate.  The provisions of separate Restricted Stock Units shall be set forth in separate RSU Agreements, which agreements need not be identical.

 

(b)            Vesting .  Restricted Stock Units shall vest in such manner, on such date or dates, or upon the achievement of performance or other conditions, in each case as may be determined by the Committee and set forth in an RSU Agreement; provided , however , that notwithstanding any such vesting dates, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the vesting of any Restricted Stock Unit at any time and for any reason.  Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Committee, the vesting of a Restricted Stock Unit shall occur only while the Participant is employed by or rendering services to the Service Recipient, and all vesting shall cease upon a Participant’s Termination for any reason.  To the extent permitted by applicable law and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, vesting shall be suspended during the period of any approved unpaid leave of absence by a Participant following which the Participant has a right to reinstatement and shall resume upon such Participant’s return to active employment.

 

13



 

(c)            Settlement .  Restricted Stock Units shall be settled in Stock, cash, or property, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, on the date or dates determined by the Committee and set forth in an RSU Agreement.  Unless otherwise set forth in a Participant’s RSU Agreement, a Participant shall not be entitled to dividends, if any, or dividend equivalents with respect to Restricted Stock Units prior to settlement.

 

(d)            Termination of Employment or Service .  Except as provided by the Committee in an RSU Agreement, Participant Agreement or otherwise, in the event of a Participant’s Termination for any reason prior to the time that such Participant’s Restricted Stock Units have been settled, (1) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Restricted Stock Units outstanding shall cease, (2) all of such Participant’s unvested Restricted Stock Units outstanding shall be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination, and (3) any shares remaining undelivered with respect to vested Restricted Stock Units then held by such Participant shall be delivered on the delivery date or dates specified in the RSU Agreement.

 

8.              Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(a)            General .  Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted to Eligible Persons in such form and having such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate.  The provisions of separate Stock Appreciation Rights shall be set forth in separate SAR Agreements, which agreements need not be identical.  No dividends or dividend equivalents shall be paid on Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(b)            Term .  The term of each Stock Appreciation Right shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant; provided , however , that no Stock Appreciation Right granted hereunder shall be exercisable after, and each Stock Appreciation Right shall expire, ten (10) years from the date it was granted.

 

(c)            Base Price .  The base price per share of Stock for each Stock Appreciation Right shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant and shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Stock Appreciation Right that is a Substitute Award, the base price per share of Stock for such Stock Appreciation Right may be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant; provided , that such base price is determined in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(d)            Vesting .  Stock Appreciation Rights shall vest and become exercisable in such manner, on such date or dates, or upon the achievement of performance or other conditions, in each case as may be determined by the Committee and set forth in a SAR Agreement; provided , however , that notwithstanding any such vesting dates, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the vesting of any Stock Appreciation Right at any time and for any reason.  Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Committee, the vesting of a Stock Appreciation Right shall occur only while the Participant is employed by or rendering services to the Service Recipient, and all vesting shall cease upon a Participant’s Termination for any reason.  To the extent permitted by applicable law and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, vesting shall be suspended during the period of any approved unpaid leave of absence by a Participant following which the Participant has a right to reinstatement and shall resume upon such Participant’s return to active employment.  If a Stock Appreciation Right is exercisable in

 

14



 

installments, such installments or portions thereof that become exercisable shall remain exercisable until the Stock Appreciation Right expires, is canceled or otherwise terminates.

 

(e)            Payment upon Exercise .  Payment upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right may be made in cash, Stock, or property as specified in the SAR Agreement or determined by the Committee, in each case having a value in respect of each share of Stock underlying the portion of the Stock Appreciation Right so exercised, equal to the difference between the base price of such Stock Appreciation Right and the Fair Market Value of one (1) share of Stock on the exercise date.  For purposes of clarity, each share of Stock to be issued in settlement of a Stock Appreciation Right is deemed to have a value equal to the Fair Market Value of one (1) share of Stock on the exercise date.  In no event shall fractional shares be issuable upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, and in the event that fractional shares would otherwise be issuable, the number of shares issuable will be rounded down to the next lower whole number of shares, and the Participant will be entitled to receive a cash payment equal to the value of such fractional share.

 

(f)             Termination of Employment or Service .  Except as provided by the Committee in a SAR Agreement, Participant Agreement or otherwise:

 

(1)           In the event of a Participant’s Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date for any reason other than (i) by the Service Recipient for Cause, or (ii) by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability, (A) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding shall cease, (B) all of such Participant’s unvested Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination, and (C) all of such Participant’s vested Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration on the earlier of (x) the applicable Expiration Date and (y) the date that is ninety (90) days after the date of such Termination.

 

(2)           In the event of a Participant’s Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date by reason of such Participant’s death or Disability, (i) all vesting with respect to such Participant’s Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding shall cease, (ii) all of such Participant’s unvested Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination, and (iii) all of such Participant’s vested Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding shall terminate and be forfeited for no consideration on the earlier of (x) the applicable Expiration Date and (y) the date that is twelve (12) months after the date of such Termination.  In the event of a Participant’s death, such Participant’s Stock Appreciation Rights shall remain exercisable by the Person or Persons to whom such Participant’s rights under the Stock Appreciation Rights pass by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution until the applicable Expiration Date, but only to the extent that the Stock Appreciation Rights were vested at the time of such Termination.

 

(3)           In the event of a Participant’s Termination prior to the applicable Expiration Date by the Service Recipient for Cause, all of such Participant’s Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding (whether or not vested) shall immediately terminate and be forfeited for no consideration as of the date of such Termination.

 

15



 

9.              Other Stock-Based Awards.

 

The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based upon or related to Stock, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan.  The Committee may also grant Stock as a bonus (whether or not subject to any vesting requirements or other restrictions on transfer), and may grant other Awards in lieu of obligations of the Company or an Affiliate to pay cash or deliver other property under the Plan or under other plans or compensatory arrangements, subject to such terms as shall be determined by the Committee.  The terms and conditions applicable to such Awards shall be determined by the Committee and evidenced by Award Agreements, which agreements need not be identical.

 

10.           Adjustment for Recapitalization, Merger, etc.

 

(a)            Capitalization Adjustments .  The aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be delivered in connection with Awards (as set forth in Section 4 hereof) , the numerical share limits in Section 4 hereof, the number of shares of Stock covered by each outstanding Award, and the price per share of Stock underlying each such Award shall be equitably and proportionally adjusted or substituted, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, as to the number, price, or kind of a share of Stock or other consideration subject to such Awards (1) in the event of changes in the outstanding Stock or in the capital structure of the Company by reason of stock dividends, extraordinary cash dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits, recapitalizations, reorganizations, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, combinations, exchanges, or other relevant changes in capitalization occurring after the date of grant of any such Award (including any Corporate Event); (2) in connection with any extraordinary dividend declared and paid in respect of shares of Stock, whether payable in the form of cash, stock, or any other form of consideration; or (3) in the event of any change in applicable laws or circumstances that results in or could result in, in either case, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, any substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights intended to be granted to, or available for, Participants in the Plan.

 

(b)            Corporate Events .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement, Participant Agreement or otherwise, in connection with (i) a merger, amalgamation, or consolidation involving the Company in which the Company is not the surviving corporation, (ii) a merger, amalgamation, or consolidation involving the Company in which the Company is the surviving corporation but the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another corporation or other property or cash, (iii) a Change in Control, or (iv) the reorganization, dissolution or liquidation of the Company (each, a “ Corporate Event ”), the Committee may provide for any one or more of the following:

 

(1)           The assumption or substitution of any or all Awards in connection with such Corporate Event, in which case the Awards shall be subject to the adjustment set forth in subsection (a) above;

 

16



 

(2)           The acceleration of vesting of any or all Awards not assumed or substituted in connection with such Corporate Event, subject to the consummation of such Corporate Event;

 

(3)           The cancellation of any or all Awards not assumed or substituted in connection with such Corporate Event (whether vested or unvested) as of the consummation of such Corporate Event, together with the payment to the Participants holding vested Awards (including any Awards that would vest upon the Corporate Event but for such cancellation) so canceled of an amount in respect of cancellation equal to the amount payable pursuant to any Cash Award or, with respect to other Awards, an amount based upon the per-share consideration being paid for the Stock in connection with such Corporate Event, less, in the case of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, and other Awards subject to exercise, the applicable exercise or base price; provided, however , that holders of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, and other Awards subject to exercise shall be entitled to consideration in respect of cancellation of such Awards only if the per-share consideration less the applicable exercise or base price is greater than zero dollars ($0), and to the extent that the per-share consideration is less than or equal to the applicable exercise or base price, such Awards shall be canceled for no consideration;

 

(4)           The cancellation of any or all Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and other Awards subject to exercise not assumed or substituted in connection with such Corporate Event (whether vested or unvested) as of the consummation of such Corporate Event; provided that all Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and other Awards to be so canceled pursuant to this paragraph (4) shall first become exercisable for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to such Corporate Event, with any exercise during such period of any unvested Options, Stock Appreciation Rights or other Awards to be (A) contingent upon and subject to the occurrence of the Corporate Event, and (B) effectuated by such means as are approved by the Committee; and

 

(5)           The replacement of any or all Awards (other than Awards that are intended to qualify as “stock rights” that do not provide for a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) with a cash incentive program that preserves the value of the Awards so replaced (determined as of the consummation of the Corporate Event), with subsequent payment of cash incentives subject to the same vesting conditions as applicable to the Awards so replaced and payment to be made within thirty (30) days of the applicable vesting date.

 

Payments to holders pursuant to paragraph (3) above shall be made in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, and to the extent applicable, in the form of such other consideration necessary for a Participant to receive property, cash, or securities (or a combination thereof) as such Participant would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the Participant had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of shares of Stock covered by the Award at such time (less any applicable exercise or base price).  In addition, in connection with any Corporate Event, prior to any payment or adjustment contemplated under this subsection (b), the Committee may require a Participant to (A) represent and warrant as to the unencumbered title to his or her Awards, (B) bear such Participant’s pro-rata share of any post-closing indemnity obligations, and be subject to the same post-closing

 

17



 

purchase price adjustments, escrow terms, offset rights, holdback terms, and similar conditions as the other holders of Stock, and (C) deliver customary transfer documentation as reasonably determined by the Committee.  The Committee need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants.  The Committee may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of an Award.

 

(c)            Fractional Shares .  Any adjustment provided under this Section 10 may, in the Committee’s discretion, provide for the elimination of any fractional share that might otherwise become subject to an Award.  No cash settlements shall be made with respect to fractional shares so eliminated.

 

(d)            Double-Trigger Vesting .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, an Award Agreement or Participant Agreement to the contrary, with respect to any Award that is assumed or substituted in connection with a Change in Control, the vesting, payment, purchase or distribution of such Award may not be accelerated by reason of the Change in Control for any Participant unless the Participant experiences an involuntary Termination as a result of the Change in Control.  Unless otherwise provided for in an Award Agreement or Participant Agreement, any Award held by a Participant who experiences an involuntary Termination as a result of a Change in Control shall immediately vest as of the date of such Termination.  For purposes of this Section 10(d), a Participant will be deemed to experience an involuntary Termination as a result of a Change in Control if the Participant experiences a Termination by the Service Recipient other than for Cause, or otherwise experiences a Termination under circumstances which entitle the Participant to mandatory severance payment(s) pursuant to applicable law or, in the case of a non-employee director of the Company, if the non-employee director’s service on the Board terminates in connection with or as a result of a Change in Control, in each case, at any time beginning on the date of the Change in Control up to and including the second (2nd) anniversary of the Change in Control.

 

11.           Use of Proceeds.

 

The proceeds received from the sale of Stock pursuant to the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.

 

12.           Rights and Privileges as a Stockholder.

 

Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no Person shall be entitled to the rights and privileges of Stock ownership in respect of shares of Stock that are subject to Awards hereunder until such shares have been issued to that Person.

 

13.           Transferability of Awards.

 

Awards may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and to the extent subject to exercise, Awards may not be exercised during the lifetime of the grantee other than by the grantee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to Incentive Stock Options, Awards and a Participant’s rights under the Plan shall be transferable for no value to the extent provided in an Award Agreement or otherwise determined at any time by the Committee.

 

18



 

14.           Employment or Service Rights.

 

No individual shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for the grant of any other Award.  Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any individual any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

 

15.           Compliance with Laws.

 

The obligation of the Company to deliver Stock upon issuance, vesting, exercise, or settlement of any Award shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required.  Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Award to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell, and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling, any shares of Stock pursuant to an Award unless such shares have been properly registered for sale with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act (or with a similar non-U.S. regulatory agency pursuant to a similar law or regulation) or unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to the Company, that such shares may be offered or sold without such registration pursuant to an available exemption therefrom and the terms and conditions of such exemption have been fully complied with.  The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale or resale under the Securities Act any of the shares of Stock to be offered or sold under the Plan or any shares of Stock to be issued upon exercise or settlement of Awards.  If the shares of Stock offered for sale or sold under the Plan are offered or sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, the Company may restrict the transfer of such shares and may legend the Stock certificates representing such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.

 

16.           Withholding Obligations.

 

As a condition to the issuance, vesting, exercise, or settlement of any Award (or upon the making of an election under Section 83(b) of the Code), the Committee may require that a Participant satisfy, through deduction or withholding from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant, or through such other arrangements as are satisfactory to the Committee, the amount of all federal, state, and local income and other taxes of any kind required or permitted to be withheld in connection with such issuance, vesting, exercise, or settlement (or election).  The Committee, in its discretion, may permit shares of Stock to be used to satisfy tax withholding requirements, and such shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the issuance, vesting, exercise, or settlement date of the Award, as applicable.  Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold by considering the applicable minimum statutorily required withholding rates or other applicable withholding rates in the applicable Participant’s jurisdiction, including maximum applicable rates that may be utilized without creating adverse accounting treatment under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor pronouncement thereto).

 

19



 

17.           Amendment of the Plan or Awards.

 

(a)            Amendment of Plan .  The Board or the Committee may amend the Plan at any time and from time to time.

 

(b)            Amendment of Awards .  The Board or the Committee may amend the terms of any one or more Awards at any time and from time to time.

 

(c)            Stockholder Approval; No Material Impairment .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no amendment to the Plan or any Award shall be effective without stockholder approval to the extent that such approval is required pursuant to applicable law or the applicable rules of each national securities exchange on which the Stock is listed.  Additionally, no amendment to the Plan or any Award shall materially impair a Participant’s rights under any Award unless the Participant consents in writing (it being understood that no action taken by the Board or the Committee that is expressly permitted under the Plan, including, without limitation, any actions described in Section 10 hereof, shall constitute an amendment to the Plan or an Award for such purpose).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, and without an affected Participant’s consent, the Board or the Committee may amend the terms of the Plan or any one or more Awards from time to time as necessary to bring such Awards into compliance with applicable law, including, without limitation, Section 409A of the Code.

 

(d)            No Repricing of Awards Without Stockholder Approval .  Notwithstanding subsection (a) or (b) above, or any other provision of the Plan, the repricing of Awards shall not be permitted without stockholder approval.  For this purpose, a “ repricing ” means any of the following (or any other action that has the same effect as any of the following): (1) changing the terms of an Award to lower its exercise or base price (other than on account of capital adjustments resulting from share splits, etc., as described in Section 10(a) hereof), (2) any other action that is treated as a repricing under GAAP, and (3) repurchasing for cash or canceling an Award in exchange for another Award at a time when its exercise or base price is greater than the Fair Market Value of the underlying Stock, unless the cancellation and exchange occurs in connection with an event set forth in Section 10(b) hereof.

 

18.           Termination or Suspension of the Plan.

 

The Board or the Committee may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time.  Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate on the day before the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the date the stockholders of the Company approve the Plan.  No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated; provided, however , that following any suspension or termination of the Plan, the Plan shall remain in effect for the purpose of governing all Awards then outstanding hereunder until such time as all Awards under the Plan have been terminated, forfeited, or otherwise canceled, or earned, exercised, settled, or otherwise paid out, in accordance with their terms.

 

19.           Effective Date of the Plan.

 

The Plan is effective as of the Effective Date, subject to stockholder approval.

 

20


 

20.           Miscellaneous.

 

(a)            Certificates .  Stock acquired pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such a manner as the Committee shall determine.  If certificates representing Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, the Committee may require that (1) such certificates bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Stock, (2) the Company retain physical possession of the certificates, and (3) the Participant deliver a stock power to the Company, endorsed in blank, relating to the Stock.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, that the Stock shall be held in book-entry form rather than delivered to the Participant pending the release of any applicable restrictions.

 

(b)            Other Benefits .  No Award granted or paid out under the Plan shall be deemed compensation for purposes of computing benefits under any retirement plan of the Company or its Affiliates nor affect any benefits under any other benefit plan now or subsequently in effect under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to the level of compensation.

 

(c)            Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards .  Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant.  In the event that the corporate records ( e . g ., Committee consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the grant contain terms ( e .g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares of Stock) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement as a result of a clerical error in connection with the preparation of the Award Agreement, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement.

 

(d)            Clawback/Recoupment Policy .  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, all Awards granted under the Plan shall be and remain subject to any incentive compensation clawback or recoupment policy currently in effect or as may be adopted by the Board (or a committee or subcommittee of the Board) and, in each case, as may be amended from time to time.  No such policy adoption or amendment shall in any event require the prior consent of any Participant.  No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company or any of its Affiliates.  In the event that an Award is subject to more than one such policy, the policy with the most restrictive clawback or recoupment provisions shall govern such Award, subject to applicable law.

 

(e)            Non -Exempt Employees .  If an Option is granted to an employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates in the United States who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option will not be first exercisable for any shares of Stock until at least six (6) months following the date of grant of the Option (although the Option may vest prior to such date).  Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (1) if such employee dies or suffers a Disability, (2) upon a Corporate Event in which such Option is not assumed, continued, or substituted, (3) upon a

 

21



 

Change in Control, or (4) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the applicable Award Agreement or a Participant Agreement, or, if no such definition exists, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options held by such employee may be exercised earlier than six (6) months following the date of grant.  The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.  To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any other Award will be exempt from such employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section 20(e) will apply to all Awards.

 

(f)             Data Privacy .  As a condition of receipt of any Award, each Participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use, and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this Section 20(e) by and among, as applicable, the Company and its Affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan.  In furtherance of such implementation, administration, and management, the Company and its Affiliates may hold certain personal information about a Participant, including, but not limited to, the Participant’s name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social security or insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title(s), information regarding any securities of the Company or any of its Affiliates, and details of all Awards (the “ Data ”).  In addition to transferring the Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan, the Company and its Affiliates may each transfer the Data to any third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan.  Recipients of the Data may be located in the Participant’s country or elsewhere, and the Participant’s country and any given recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections.  By accepting an Award, each Participant authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain, and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of assisting the Company in the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or the Participant may elect to deposit any shares of Stock.  The Data related to a Participant will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Plan and Awards and the Participant’s participation in the Plan.  A Participant may, at any time, view the Data held by the Company with respect to such Participant, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data with respect to such Participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data with respect to the Participant, or refuse or withdraw the consents herein in writing, in any case without cost, by contacting his or her local human resources representative.  The Company may cancel the Participant’s eligibility to participate in the Plan, and in the Committee’s discretion, the Participant may forfeit any outstanding Awards if the Participant refuses or withdraws the consents described herein.  For more information on the consequences of refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participants may contact their local human resources representative.

 

22



 

(g)            Participants Outside of the United States .  The Committee may modify the terms of any Award under the Plan made to or held by a Participant who is then a resident, or is primarily employed or providing services, outside of the United States in any manner deemed by the Committee to be necessary or appropriate in order that such Award shall conform to laws, regulations, and customs of the country in which the Participant is then a resident or primarily employed or providing services, or so that the value and other benefits of the Award to the Participant, as affected by non—U.S. tax laws and other restrictions applicable as a result of the Participant’s residence, employment, or providing services abroad, shall be comparable to the value of such Award to a Participant who is a resident, or is primarily employed or providing services, in the United States.  An Award may be modified under this Section 20(g) in a manner that is inconsistent with the express terms of the Plan, so long as such modifications will not contravene any applicable law or regulation or result in actual liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act for the Participant whose Award is modified.  Additionally, the Committee may adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Eligible Persons who are non—U.S. nationals or are primarily employed or providing services outside the United States.

 

(h)            Change in Time Commitment .  In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company or any of its Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an employee of the Company and the employee has a change in status from a full-time employee to a part-time employee) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Committee has the right in its sole discretion to (i) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares of Stock subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (ii) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award.  In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced or extended.

 

(i)             No Liability of Committee Members .  Neither any member of the Committee nor any of the Committee’s permitted delegates shall be liable personally by reason of any contract or other instrument executed by such member or on his or her behalf in his or her capacity as a member of the Committee or for any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee and each other employee, officer, or director of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan may be allocated or delegated, against all costs and expenses (including counsel fees) and liabilities (including sums paid in settlement of a claim) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan, unless arising out of such Person’s own fraud or willful misconduct; provided, however , that approval of the Board shall be required for the payment of any amount in settlement of a claim against any such Person.  The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such Persons may be entitled under the Company’s certificate or articles of incorporation or by-laws, each as may be amended from time to time, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

 

(j)             Payments Following Accidents or Illness .  If the Committee shall find that any Person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for his or her affairs

 

23



 

because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due to such Person or his or her estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may, if the Committee so directs the Company, be paid to his or her spouse, child, relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such Person, or any other Person deemed by the Committee to be a proper recipient on behalf of such Person otherwise entitled to payment.  Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Committee and the Company therefor.

 

(k)            Governing Law .  The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of State of Delaware without reference to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

(l)             Electronic Delivery .  Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document or “writing” will include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled or authorized by the Company to which the Participant has access) to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

(m)           Arbitration .  All disputes and claims of any nature that a Participant (or such Participant’s transferee or estate) may have against the Company arising out of or in any way related to the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be submitted to and resolved exclusively by binding arbitration conducted in New York City, New York (or such other location as the parties thereto may agree) in accordance with the applicable rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect, and the arbitration shall be heard and determined by a panel of three arbitrators in accordance with such rules (except that in the event of any inconsistency between such rules and this Section 5.20(m), the provisions of this Section 5.20(m) shall control).  The arbitration panel may not modify the arbitration rules specified above without the prior written approval of all parties to the arbitration.  Within ten business days after the receipt of a written demand, each party shall designate one arbitrator, each of whom shall have experience involving complex business or legal matters, but shall not have any prior, existing or potential material business relationship with any party to the arbitration.  The two arbitrators so designated shall select a third arbitrator, who shall preside over the arbitration, shall be similarly qualified as the two arbitrators and shall have no prior, existing or potential material business relationship with any party to the arbitration; provided that if the two arbitrators are unable to agree upon the selection of such third arbitrator, such third arbitrator shall be designated in accordance with the arbitration rules referred to above.  The arbitrators will decide the dispute by majority decision, and the decision shall be rendered in writing and shall bear the signatures of the arbitrators and the party or parties who shall be charged therewith, or the allocation of the expenses among the parties in the discretion of the panel.  The arbitration decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but in any event not later than 120 days after the constitution of the arbitration panel.  The arbitration decision shall be final and binding upon all parties to the arbitration.  The parties hereto agree that judgment upon any award rendered by the arbitration panel may be entered in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or any New York State court sitting in New York City.  To the maximum extent permitted by law, the parties hereby irrevocably waive any right of appeal from any judgment rendered upon any such arbitration award in any such court.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party may seek injunctive relief in any such court.

 

24



 

(n)            Statute of Limitations .  A Participant or any other person filing a claim for benefits under the Plan must file the claim within one (1) year of the date the Participant or other person knew or should have known of the facts giving rise to the claim.  This one-year statute of limitations will apply in any forum where a Participant or any other person may file a claim and, unless the Company waives the time limits set forth above in its sole discretion, any claim not brought within the time periods specified shall be waived and forever barred.

 

(o)            Funding .  No provision of the Plan shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company be required to maintain separate bank accounts, books, records, or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes.  Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company, except that insofar as they may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by performance of services, they shall have the same rights as other employees and service providers under general law.

 

(p)            Reliance on Reports .  Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board shall be fully justified in relying, acting, or failing to act, and shall not be liable for having so relied, acted, or failed to act in good faith, upon any report made by the independent public accountant of the Company and its Affiliates and upon any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any Person or Persons other than such member.

 

(q)            Titles and Headings .  The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.

 

*              *              *

 

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: [  ], 2018
APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: [  ], 2018
TERMINATION DATE: [  ], 2028

 

25




Exhibit 10.3

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

2018 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

1.                                       GENERAL; PURPOSE.

 

(a)                                  The Plan provides a means by which Eligible Employees of the Company and certain Designated Companies may be given an opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock.  The Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

(b)                                  The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of its Employees, to secure and retain the services of new Employees and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Related Corporations.

 

(c)                                   The Company intends (but makes no undertaking or representation to maintain) the Plan to qualify as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The provisions of the Plan, accordingly, will be construed in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. In addition, under the Plan, the Company may make separate Offerings which vary in terms (provided that such terms are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or the requirements of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan), and the Company will designate which Designated Companies will participate in each separate Offering.

 

2.                                       ADMINISTRATION.

 

(a)                                  The Committee will administer the Plan.

 

(b)                                  The Committee will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

 

(i)                                      To determine how and when Purchase Rights will be granted and the terms and conditions of each Offering (which need not be identical);

 

(ii)                                   To designate from time to time which Related Corporations of the Company will be eligible to participate in the Plan as Designated Companies, which Related Corporations may be excluded from participation in the Plan, and which Designated Companies will participate in each separate Offering (to the extent that the Company makes separate Offerings);

 

(iii)                                To construe and interpret the Plan and Purchase Rights, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration.  The Committee, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective;

 

(iv)                               To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Purchase Rights granted under the Plan.

 



 

(v)                                  To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time as provided in Section 11(b) below;

 

(vi)                               To amend the Plan at any time as provided in Section 11(a) below;

 

(vii)                            Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as it deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Related Corporations and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan; and

 

(viii)                         To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit or facilitate participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed or located outside the United States.

 

(c)                                   The Committee may, in its sole discretion, designate Employees and professional advisors to assist it in the administration of the Plan and (to the extent permitted by applicable laws, rules and regulations) may grant authority to Employees to execute agreements or other documents on behalf of the Committee relating to the Plan.  The Committee may, in its sole discretion, employ legal counsel, consultants and agents as it may deem desirable for the administration of the Plan and may rely upon any opinion received from any such counsel or consultant and any computation received from any such consultant or agent.  Expenses incurred in the engagement of any such counsel, consultant or agent will be paid by the Company.  Neither the Board, the Committee, any Employee to whom authority has been delegated pursuant to this Section 2(c), nor any current or former Director, will be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and to the maximum extent permitted by applicable laws, rules and regulations, no current or former Director or Employee to whom authority has been delegated pursuant to this Section 2(c) will be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan.

 

(d)                                  All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Committee in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

3.                                       SHARES OF COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

 

(a)                                  Subject to the provisions of Section 10(a) below relating to Changes in Capitalization, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan will not exceed 350,388 shares of Common Stock.

 

(b)                                  If any Purchase Right granted under the Plan terminates without having been exercised in full, the shares of Common Stock not purchased under such Purchase Right will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

 

(c)                                   The stock purchasable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

 

2



 

4.                                       GRANT OF PURCHASE RIGHTS; OFFERING.

 

(a)                                  The Committee may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Offering (consisting of one or more Purchase Periods) on an Offering Date or Offering Dates selected by the Committee.  Each Offering will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Committee will deem appropriate, and will comply with the requirement of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Employees granted Purchase Rights will have the same rights and privileges.  The terms and conditions of an Offering will be incorporated by reference into the Plan and treated as part of the Plan.  The terms and conditions of separate Offerings need not be identical, but each Offering will include (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference in the document comprising the Offering or otherwise) the period during which the Offering will be effective, which period will not exceed 27 months beginning with the Offering Date, and the substance of the provisions contained in Sections 5 through 8, inclusive.

 

(b)                                  If a Participant has more than one Purchase Right outstanding under the Plan, unless he or she otherwise indicates in forms delivered to the Company: (i) each form will apply to all of his or her Purchase Rights under the Plan, and (ii) a Purchase Right with a lower exercise price (or an earlier-granted Purchase Right, if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised to the fullest possible extent before a Purchase Right with a higher exercise price (or a later-granted Purchase Right if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised.

 

5.                                       ELIGIBILITY.

 

(a)                                  Purchase Rights may be granted only to Employees of the Company or, as the Committee may designate in accordance with Section 2(b), to Employees of a Related Corporation.  An Employee will not be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights unless, on the Offering Date, the Employee has been in the employ of the Company or a Related Corporation, as the case may be, for such continuous period preceding such Offering Date as the Committee may require, but in no event will the required period of continuous employment be equal to or greater than two years.  In addition, the Committee may provide that no Employee will be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights under the Plan unless, on the Offering Date, such Employee’s customary employment with the Company or the Related Corporation, as applicable, is more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year or such other criteria as the Committee may determine consistent with Section 423 of the Code, unless such exclusion from eligibility is prohibited by applicable laws or regulations.

 

(b)                                  No Employee will be eligible for the grant of any Purchase Rights if, immediately after any such Purchase Rights are granted, such Employee owns stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Related Corporation.  For purposes of this Section 5(b), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code will apply in determining the stock ownership of any Employee, and stock which such Employee may purchase under all outstanding Purchase Rights and options will be treated as stock owned by such Employee.

 

(c)                                   As specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, an Eligible Employee may be granted Purchase Rights only if such Purchase Rights, together with any other rights granted under all Employee Stock Purchase Plans of the Company and any Related Corporations, do not

 

3



 

permit such Eligible Employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Related Corporation to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time such rights are granted, and which, with respect to the Plan, will be determined as of their respective Offering Dates) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

 

(d)                                  Officers of the Company and any Designated Company, if they are otherwise Eligible Employees, will be eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may provide in an Offering that Employees who are highly compensated Employees within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code will not be eligible to participate, unless such exclusion from eligibility is prohibited by applicable laws or regulations.

 

6.                                       PURCHASE RIGHTS; PURCHASE PRICE.

 

(a)                                  On each Offering Date, each Eligible Employee, pursuant to an Offering made under the Plan, will be granted a Purchase Right to purchase up to that number of shares of Common Stock purchasable either with a percentage or with a maximum dollar amount, as designated by the Committee, but in either case not exceeding five percent (5%) of such Employee’s earnings (which, except as otherwise defined by the Committee in an Offering, shall mean an Employee’s base pay) during the period that begins on the Offering Date (or such later date as the Committee determines for a particular Offering) and ends on the date stated in the Offering, which date will be no later than the end of the Offering.

 

(b)                                  The Committee will establish one or more Purchase Dates during an Offering on which Purchase Rights granted for that Offering will be exercised and shares of Common Stock will be purchased in accordance with such Offering.

 

(c)                                   In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Committee may specify (i) a maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by any Participant on any Purchase Date during such Offering, (ii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants pursuant to such Offering and/or (iii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants on any Purchase Date under the Offering.  If the aggregate purchase of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Purchase Rights granted under the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, then, in the absence of any Committee action otherwise, a pro rata (based on each Participant’s accumulated Contributions) allocation of the shares of Common Stock available will be made in as nearly a uniform manner as will be practicable and equitable.

 

(d)                                  Subject to such other limitations determined by the Committee, the purchase price of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to Purchase Rights will be not less than an amount equal to 95% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the applicable Purchase Date.

 

4



 

7.                                       PARTICIPATION; WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION.

 

(a)                                  An Eligible Employee who chooses to become a Participant must, unless otherwise required under applicable laws or regulations, elect to authorize payroll deductions as the means of making Contributions by completing and delivering to the Company, within the time specified in the Offering, an enrollment form provided by the Company.  Except as may otherwise be determined by the Committee, a Participant’s completion of an enrollment form with respect to any Offering will enroll such Participant in the Plan for each subsequent Offering on the terms contained therein until the Participant either submits a new enrollment form, withdraws from participation under the Plan as provided in Section 7(b) hereof, or otherwise becomes ineligible to participate in the Plan.  The enrollment form will specify the amount of Contributions not to exceed the maximum amount specified by the Committee.  Each Participant’s Contributions will be credited to a bookkeeping account for such Participant under the Plan and will be deposited with the general funds of the Company except where applicable laws or regulations require that Contributions be deposited with a third party or otherwise be segregated.  If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may begin such Contributions with the first payroll occurring on or after the Offering Date (or, in the case of a payroll date that occurs after the end of the prior Offering but before the Offering Date of the next new Offering, Contributions from such payroll will be included in the new Offering).  If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may thereafter reduce (including to zero) his or her Contributions by completing and delivering a new enrollment form to the Company within the time specified in the Offering.  If required under applicable laws or regulations, in addition to or instead of making Contributions by payroll deductions, a Participant may make Contributions through a payment by cash, check or wire transfer prior to a Purchase Date, in a manner directed by the Company.

 

(b)                                  During an Offering, a Participant may cease making Contributions and withdraw from the Offering by delivering to the Company a withdrawal form provided by the Company.  The Company may impose a deadline before a Purchase Date for withdrawing.  Upon Participant’s timely withdrawal in accordance with the deadline imposed by the Company, such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering will immediately terminate and the Company will distribute to such Participant all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions as soon as practicable thereafter.  A Participant’s withdrawal from that Offering will have no effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any other Offerings under the Plan, but such Participant will be required to deliver a new enrollment form to participate in subsequent Offerings.

 

(c)                                   Unless otherwise required by applicable laws or regulations, Purchase Rights granted pursuant to any Offering under the Plan will terminate immediately if the Participant either (i) is no longer an Employee for any reason or for no reason (subject to any post-employment participation period required by law) or (ii) is otherwise no longer eligible to participate.  The Company will distribute to such individual all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions as soon as practicable thereafter.

 

(d)                                  During a Participant’s lifetime, Purchase Rights will be exercisable only by such Participant.  Purchase Rights are not transferable by a Participant, except by will, or by the laws of descent and distribution.  If a Participant dies, the Company will deliver any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant.

 

5


 

(e)                                   Unless otherwise specified in the Offering or required by applicable law, the Company will have no obligation to pay interest on Contributions.

 

8.                                       EXERCISE OF PURCHASE RIGHTS.

 

(a)                                  On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated Contributions will be applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock, up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock permitted by the Plan and the applicable Offering, at the purchase price specified in the Offering.  No fractional shares will be issued unless specifically provided for in the Offering.

 

(b)                                  If any amount of accumulated Contributions remains in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock (whether as a result of the application of purchase limits or otherwise) and such remaining amount is less than the amount required to purchase one share of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will be held in such Participant’s account for the purchase of shares of Common Stock under the next Offering under the Plan, unless such Participant withdraws from or is not eligible to participate in such Offering, in which case such amount will be distributed to such Participant after the final Purchase Date, without interest.  If the amount of Contributions remaining in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock is at least equal to the amount required to purchase one whole share of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will not roll over to the next Offering and will instead be distributed in full to such Participant after the final Purchase Date of such Offering without interest (unless otherwise required by applicable law).

 

(c)                                   No Purchase Rights may be exercised to any extent unless the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon such exercise under the Plan are covered by an effective registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act and the Plan is in material compliance with all applicable U.S. federal and state, foreign and other securities and other laws applicable to the Plan.  If on a Purchase Date the shares of Common Stock are not so registered or the Plan is not in such compliance, no Purchase Rights will be exercised on such Purchase Date, and the Purchase Date will be delayed until the shares of Common Stock are subject to such an effective registration statement and the Plan is in material compliance, except that the Purchase Date will in no event be more than 6 months from the Offering Date.  If, on the Purchase Date, as delayed to the maximum extent permissible, the shares of Common Stock are not registered and the Plan is not in material compliance with all applicable laws or regulations, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, no Purchase Rights will be exercised and all accumulated but unused Contributions will be distributed to the Participants without interest, unless otherwise required by applicable laws or regulations.

 

(d)                                  The Committee may, in its discretion, establish a holding period for any shares of Common Stock purchased in a particular Offering unless such holding period is prohibited by applicable laws or regulations.  The holding period, if any, will commence on the Purchase Date and will not exceed six months; provided that the holding period, if any, with respect to any Participant will end automatically if either (i) the Participant is no longer an Employee, or (ii) a Change in Control occurs.  During such holding period, the holder of the shares of Common Stock will not be permitted to sell such shares and the shares will be designated with an

 

6



 

applicable resale restriction.  The applicable holding period will be set forth in the Offering Document for the applicable Offering, and each Participant will be required to agree to such holding period as a condition to participating in the Offering.

 

9.                                       COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

 

The Company will seek to obtain from each U.S. federal or state, foreign or other regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Purchase Rights and issue and sell shares of Common Stock thereunder unless the Company determines in its sole discretion, that doing so would cause the Company to incur costs that are unreasonable.  If, after commercially reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the grant of Purchase Rights or the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, and at a commercially reasonable cost, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to grant Purchase Rights and/or to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Purchase Rights.

 

10.                                ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; CHANGE IN CONTROL.

 

(a)                                  In the event of a Change in Capitalization, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, the Committee will, in such manner as it deems equitable, appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and number of securities subject to, and the purchase price applicable to, outstanding Offerings and Purchase Rights, and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities that are the subject of the purchase limits under each ongoing Offering.  In addition, if any change in the capital structure or business of the Company that is not a Change in Capitalization occurs, then the Committee, in its sole discretion, may make adjustments to the Plan in such manner as it deems appropriate and equitable to prevent substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to, or available for, Participants under the Plan.  The Committee will make these adjustments in its discretion, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided by the Committee, in the event of a Change in Control, then: (i) any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue outstanding Purchase Rights or may substitute similar rights (including a right to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the Change in Control) for outstanding Purchase Rights, or (ii) if any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such Purchase Rights or does not substitute similar rights for such Purchase Rights, then the Participants’ accumulated Contributions will be used to purchase shares of Common Stock within ten business days prior to the Change in Control under the outstanding Purchase Rights, and the Purchase Rights will terminate immediately after such purchase.

 

11.                                AMENDMENT; TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

 

(a)                                  The Board or the Committee may amend the Plan at any time in any respect the Board or the Committee, as applicable, deems necessary or advisable. However, except as

 

7



 

provided in Section 10(a) relating to Changes in Capitalization, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment of the Plan for which stockholder approval is required by applicable laws, regulations or listing requirements, including, without limitation, any amendment that either (i) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (ii) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to become Participants and receive Purchase Rights, (iii) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be purchased under the Plan, or (iv) expands the types of awards available for issuance under the Plan, but in each of (i) through (iv) above only to the extent stockholder approval is required by applicable laws, regulations or listing requirements.  In addition, no amendment may make any change to any outstanding Purchase Right which materially adversely affects such Purchase Right without the consent of the person to whom such Purchase Right was granted, except (x) as provided in Section 10(a) relating to Changes in Capitalization, (y) to the extent necessary to comply with any laws, listing requirements, or governmental regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 423 of the Code and the regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder relating to Employee Stock Purchase Plans) including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the Effective Date, or (z) as necessary to obtain or maintain any special tax, listing, or regulatory treatment.

 

(b)                                  The Board or the Committee may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time.  No Purchase Rights may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.  In addition, the Board or the Committee may terminate an Offering if the Board or the Committee determines that the termination of the Offering is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.

 

12.                                EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

 

The Plan will become effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the IPO Date.  No Purchase Rights will be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval must be within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted (or if required under Section 11(a) above, materially amended) by the Board.

 

13.                                MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

 

(a)                                  Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Purchase Rights will constitute general funds of the Company.

 

(b)                                  To the extent required by applicable law, rules or regulations, a Participant will be required to make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the payment of any withholding or similar tax obligations that arise in connection with the Plan or any Offering.

 

(c)                                   A Participant will not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, shares of Common Stock subject to Purchase Rights unless and until the Participant’s shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Purchase Rights are recorded in the books of the Company (or its transfer agent).

 

(d)                                  Neither the Plan nor any Offering hereunder will give any Participant or other Employee any right with respect to continuance of employment by the Company or any Related

 

8



 

Corporation, nor will they be a limitation in any way on the right of the Company or any Related Corporation by which an Employee is employed or retained to terminate his or her employment at any time.

 

(e)                                   The Plan and actions taken in connection herewith will be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (regardless of the law that might otherwise govern under applicable Delaware principles of conflict of laws).

 

(f)                                    If any provision of the Plan will be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other provisions hereof, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if such provisions had not been included.

 

(g)                                   All disputes and claims of any nature that a Participant (or such Participant’s transferee or estate) may have against the Company arising out of or in any way related to the Plan must be submitted solely and exclusively to binding arbitration in accordance with the then-current employment arbitration rules and procedures of the American Arbitration Association (AAA) to be held in New York, New York.  All information regarding the dispute or claim and arbitration proceedings, including any settlement, shall not be disclosed by the Participant or any arbitrator to any third party without the written consent of the Company, except with respect to judicial enforcement of any arbitration award.  Any arbitration claim must be brought solely in the Participant’s (or such Participant’s transferee’s or estate’s) individual capacity and not as a claimant or class member (or similar capacity) in any purported multiple-claimant, class, collective, representative or similar proceeding, and the arbitrator may not permit joinder of any multiple claimants and their claims without the express written consent of the Company.  Any arbitrator selected to adjudicate the claim must be knowledgeable in the industry standards and practices, and each Participant will be deemed to agree that any claims pursuant to the Plan is inherently a matter involving interstate commerce and thus, notwithstanding the choice of law provision included herein, the Federal Arbitration Act shall govern the interpretation and enforcement of this arbitration provision.  The arbitrator shall not be permitted to award any punitive or similar damages, but may award attorney’s fees and expenses to the prevailing party in any arbitration.  Any decision by the arbitrator shall be binding on all parties to the arbitration.

 

(h)                                  The headings and captions herein are provided for reference and convenience only, will not be considered part of the Plan, and will not be employed in the construction of the Plan.

 

14.                                DEFINITIONS.

 

As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

 

(a)                                  Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Change in Capitalization ” means any change in the capital structure of the Company by reason of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification of shares that may be issued under the Plan, any recapitalization, any merger, any consolidation, any spin off, any reorganization or any

 

9



 

partial or complete liquidation, or any other corporate transaction or event having an effect similar to the foregoing.

 

(c)                                   Change in Control ” will have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Company’s 2018 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

 

(d)                                  Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Any reference to any section of the Code will also be a reference to any successor provision.

 

(e)                                   Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee or subcommittee of the Board appointed from time to time by the Board.  To the extent that no Committee exists that has the authority to administer the Plan, the functions of the Committee will be exercised by the Board.

 

(f)                                    Common Stock ” means the Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company.

 

(g)                                   Company ” means Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors by operation of law.

 

(h)                                  Contributions ” means the payroll deductions that a Participant contributes to fund the exercise of a Purchase Right.  If required by applicable law or regulation and if specifically provided for in the Offering, a Participant may make additional payments into his or her account, and then only if the Participant has not already had the maximum permitted amount withheld during the Offering through payroll deductions.

 

(i)                                      Designated Company ” means any Related Corporation selected by the Committee as participating in the Plan.

 

(j)                                     Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

(k)                                  Effective Date ” means [  ], 2018, which is the date on which the Plan was approved by the Board.

 

(l)                                      Eligible Employee ” means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in the document(s) governing the Offering for eligibility to participate in the Offering, provided that such Employee also meets the requirements for eligibility to participate set forth in the Plan.

 

(m)                              Employee ” means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is treated as an employee in the records of the Company or a Related Corporation.  However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

 

(n)                                  Employee Stock Purchase Plan ” means a plan that grants Purchase Rights intended to be options issued under an “employee stock purchase plan,” as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code.

 

10



 

(o)                                  Fair Market Value ” will have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Company’s 2018 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

 

(p)                                  IPO ” means an initial underwritten public offering of the Company’s equity securities pursuant to an effective Form S-1 or Form F-1 registration statement filed under the Securities Act or similar law or regulation governing the offering and sale of securities in a jurisdiction other than the United States.

 

(q)                                  IPO Date ” means the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO.

 

(r)                                     Offering ” means the grant to Eligible Employees of Purchase Rights, with the exercise of those Purchase Rights automatically occurring at the end of one or more Purchase Periods.  The terms and conditions of an Offering will generally be set forth in the “ Offering Document ” approved by the Committee for that Offering.

 

(s)                                    Offering Date ” means a date selected by the Committee for an Offering to commence.

 

(t)                                     Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Corporation within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and all rules, regulations and successor provisions promulgated thereunder.

 

(u)                                  Participant ” means an Eligible Employee who holds an outstanding Purchase Right.

 

(v)                                  Plan ” means this Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

(w)                                Purchase Date ” means one or more dates during an Offering selected by the Committee on which Purchase Rights will be exercised and on which purchases of shares of Common Stock will be carried out in accordance with such Offering.

 

(x)                                  Purchase Period ” means a period of time specified within an Offering, generally beginning on the Offering Date or on the first Trading Day following a Purchase Date, and ending on a Purchase Date.  An Offering may consist of one or more Purchase Periods.

 

(y)                                  Purchase Right ” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(z)                                   Related Corporation ” means any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company whether now or subsequently established, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

 

(aa)                           Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Any reference to any section of the Securities Act will also be a reference to any successor provision.

 

11



 

(bb)                           Trading Day ” means any day on which the exchange(s) or market(s) on which shares of Common Stock are listed, including but not limited to the NYSE, Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Capital Market or any successors thereto, is open for trading.

 

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS:  [ · ], 2018
APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS:  [
· ], 2018

 

12




Exhibit 10.4

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

ARTICLE 1

PURPOSE

 

Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby establishes the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) effective as of the Effective Date. The purposes of the Plan are to advance the interests of the Company and its shareholders by providing a means by which the Company and its Subsidiaries can attract, retain and motivate selected directors, officers, other key employees and consultants and provide such personnel with an opportunity to participate in the increased value of the Company which their effort, initiative and skill have helped produce.

 

ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 2.01. As used in this Plan, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

 

(a)           “ Affiliate ” shall have the meaning designated in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

(b)           “ Award ” means any grant of an Option, Restricted Shares, a Stock Award or other award denominated in Shares, in each case as granted under the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Award” shall not refer to vested Shares received upon the exercise of an Option or the vesting of an Award.

 

(c)           “ Award Agreement ” means any written agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing any Award, which may, but need not (as determined by the Committee) be required to be executed or acknowledged by a Participant as a condition precedent to receiving an Award or the benefits under an Award.

 

(d)           “ Beneficial owner ” or “ beneficially own ” has the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act.

 

(e)           “ Beneficiary ” or “ Beneficiaries ” means the person(s) designated by a Participant or his or her Permitted Transferee in writing to the Company to receive payments pursuant to the Plan upon the death of the Participant or his or her Permitted Transferee. If no Beneficiary is so designated or if no Beneficiary is living at the time a payment is due pursuant to the Plan, payments shall be made to the estate of the Participant or his or her Permitted Transferee. The Participant or Permitted Transferee, as the case may be, shall have the right to change the designated Beneficiaries from time to time by written instrument filed with the Committee in accordance with such rules as may be specified by the Committee.

 

(f)            “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 



 

(g)           “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

(h)           “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, or if no such committee has been designated, the Board.

 

(i)            “ Cause ” means, with respect to any Participant, “Cause” as defined in such Participant’s employment agreement, if any, or if not so defined, except as otherwise provided in such Participant’s Award Agreement:

 

(i)          the willful or gross neglect by a Participant of his employment duties (other than as a result of his incapacity due to physical or mental illness or injury) as determined by the Committee;

 

(ii)          the plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, or conviction for, the commission of a felony offense by a Participant;

 

(iii)          willful misconduct by a Participant that is injurious to the Company or an Affiliate, or an act of fraud, embezzlement, misrepresentation or breach of a fiduciary duty against the Company or any of its Affiliates, as determined by the Committee;

 

(iv)          a breach by a Participant of any nondisclosure, non-solicitation or noncompetition obligation owed to the Company or any of its Affiliates; or

 

(v)          the willful failure of a Participant to follow instructions of the Board or his direct superiors.

 

(j)            “ Disability ” means, with respect to any Participant, “disability” as defined in such Participant’s employment agreement, if any, or if not so defined, except as otherwise provided in such Participant’s Award Agreement:

 

(i)          a permanent and total disability that entitles the Participant to disability income payments under any long-term disability plan or policy provided by the Company or a Subsidiary under which the Participant is covered, as such plan or policy is then in effect; or

 

(ii)          if such Participant is not covered under a long-term disability plan or policy provided by the Company or a Subsidiary at such time for whatever reason, then the term “Disability” means a “permanent and total disability” as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code and, in this case, the existence of any such Disability will be certified by a physician acceptable to the Company.

 

(k)           “ Effective Date ” means the closing date of the transactions contemplated in the Purchase Agreement.

 

2



 

(l)           “ Eligible Individual ” means any officer, director or key employee of, or consultant to, the Company or a Subsidiary.

 

(m)          “ Exercise Price ” means the price at which a Share may be purchased by a Participant pursuant to an Option.

 

(n)           “ Fair Market Value ” shall have the meaning designated in the Shareholders’ Agreement. For grants of Awards made as of the Effective Date, the Fair Market Value of such Awards shall be based on the per Share price used in the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.

 

(o)           “ Good Reason ” means, with respect to any Participant, “Good Reason” as defined in such Participant’s employment agreement, if any, or if not so defined, except as otherwise provided in such Participant’s Award Agreement:

 

(i)          a material decrease in the Participant’s compensation, excluding (A) any reduction in the Participant’s compensation made for performance reasons or (B) a reduction in compensation that is generally applicable to similarly-situated employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries; and

 

(ii)          an actual non-temporary relocation of the Participant’s principal office to a location that is more than 50 miles from the location of the Participant’s principal office as of the date of this Agreement.

 

(p)           “ Option ” means an option to purchase Shares granted to an Eligible Individual under the Plan.

 

(q)           “ Option Shares ” means the Shares acquired by a Participant upon exercise of an Option.

 

(r)            “ Participant ” means an Eligible Individual who receives an Award under the Plan.

 

(s)            “ Permitted Transferee ” (i) with respect to any Shares underlying an Award held by a Participant, shall have the meaning designated in the Shareholders’ Agreement, and (ii) with respect to any Vested Options held by a Participant, means any Person to whom such Vested Options are transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

(t)            “ Performance Goals ” means the performance objectives of the Company or an Affiliate which may be used for purposes of determining whether, and to what extent, Awards will vest.

 

(u)           “ Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, association, trust, limited liability company or any other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency, unit or instrumentality thereof.

 

3



 

(v)           “ Purchase Agreement ” means the agreement dated as of February 19, 2013 between the Company and Seller, pursuant to which the Company has acquired from Seller and its Affiliates on the date hereof all of the issued and outstanding common stock of Victory Capital Management Inc., a New York corporation, and Victory Capital Advisors, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(w)          “ Restricted Shares ” means Shares issued or transferred to a Participant subject to forfeiture and other restrictions set forth in Section 7.01.

 

(x)           “ Sale of the Company ” shall have the meaning designated in the Shareholders’ Agreement, provided that if an event that constitutes a Sale of the Company would trigger payment under any Award that is subject to Section 409A, such event shall not trigger such payment unless such event also constitutes a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5).

 

(y)           “ Section 409A ” has the meaning assigned to it in Article 17.

 

(z)           “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable rules and regulations thereunder.

 

(aa)         “ Securities Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and applicable rules and regulations thereunder.

 

(bb)         “ Seller ” means KeyCorp, an Ohio Corporation.

 

(cc)         “ Shareholders’ Agreement ” means the Shareholders’ Agreement dated as of July 31, 2013 by and among the Company, Crestview Victory, L.P. and certain management shareholders of the Company, as amended from time to time.

 

(dd)         “ Shares ” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company and any stock into which such common stock may thereafter be converted or changed.

 

(ee)         “ Subsidiary ” shall have the meaning designated in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

(ff)          “ Vested Options ” means, as of any date, Options (including any portion of an Option) which by their terms have vested and become exercisable as of such date.

 

ARTICLE 3

ADMINISTRATION

 

Section 3.01. Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.

 

4



 

Section 3.02. Authority of the Committee. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and Annex II of the Shareholders’ Agreement, the Committee shall have the authority, in its discretion and on behalf of the Company:

 

(a)           to designate Participants;

 

(b)           to determine the type or types of Awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of such Awards;

 

(c)           to interpret the Plan;

 

(d)           to prescribe, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan;

 

(e)           to cancel and regrant, accelerate vesting or otherwise adjust the Exercise Price of an Option previously granted under the Plan; and

 

(f)            to make all other determinations and findings, including factual findings, deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

 

Section 3.03. Committee Discretion. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations and other decisions made in good faith by the Committee under or with respect to the Plan, any Award or Award Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

Section 3.04. Committee Delegation. To the extent permitted by applicable law or regulation, the Committee may delegate its authority, or specified items thereof, to one or more designated individuals or other committees of the Board.

 

ARTICLE 4

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

Section 4.01. General Limitation.

 

(a)           Subject to the provisions of Section 4.02, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued in connection with Awards granted under the Plan shall be 35,171.307 Shares, of which an aggregate of 29,309.423 Shares shall be allocated for issuances of Options and 5,861.884 Shares shall be allocated for issuances of Restricted Shares, in each case in connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.

 

(b)           To the extent any Shares covered by an Option are not issued because the Option is forfeited, canceled, expires without being exercised, such Shares shall not be deemed to have been issued for purposes of determining the maximum number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan.

 

5



 

Section 4.02. Adjustments. Awards may be subject to dilution by any additional investments or new grants of equity awards consistent with the treatment for Shares generally. In the event that any corporate transaction or distribution affects the Shares such that the Committee determines an adjustment is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number of Shares or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted under Section 4.01; (ii) the number of Shares or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities and property) subject to outstanding Awards; and (iii) the Exercise Price of any Option or the terms and conditions of any Award.

 

Section 4.03. Amendment to Awards. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively.

 

Section 4.04. Sale of the Company. In the event of a Sale of the Company, except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion whether and to what extent vesting of Awards may be accelerated and/or whether and to what extent Awards may be settled in Shares or cash.

 

Section 4.05 Other Provisions. The grant of any Award may also be subject to such other provisions as the Committee deems appropriate (whether or not applicable to any Award granted to any other Participant), including the treatment of Awards and Shares upon the occurrence of any corporate transaction or distribution involving the Company, including any merger, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar corporate event.

 

ARTICLE 5

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Committee shall determine and designate, from time to time, from among the Eligible Individuals those persons who will be granted one or more Awards under the Plan and thereby become Participants in the Plan. Awards may be granted on conditions specified by the Committee.

 

ARTICLE 6

OPTIONS

 

Section 6.01. Options. Any Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement and shall contain terms and conditions not inconsistent with the following limitations and conditions.

 

Section 6.02. Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of each Option shall be established by the Committee at the time the Option is granted. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee and specified in the Award Agreement, the Exercise Price shall be the Fair Market Value of a

 

6


 

Share on the date of grant of the Option (which shall not be less than the “fair market value” of a Share within the meaning of Section 409A).

 

Section 6.03. Vesting and Exercise. An Option shall vest and become exercisable only in accordance with the terms and conditions and during such periods as may be established by the Committee in the Award Agreement.

 

Section 6.04. Payment. No Shares shall be delivered pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the Exercise Price, or adequate provision therefor (in the discretion of the Committee), is received by the Company. Such payment may be made, as determined by the Committee in its discretion, (i) in cash, (ii) in Shares owned by the Participant or in Shares which may be received by the Participant upon exercise of the Option (in each case, the value of such Shares shall be their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise), (iii) in other property acceptable to the Committee or (iv) by any combination thereof.

 

Section 6.05. Expiration and Termination. An Option and all rights and obligations thereunder shall expire on the date set forth in the Award Agreement, which shall be not later than ten years from the date of grant of such Option.

 

Section 6.06. Settlement of Award. Shares delivered pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be subject to such conditions (other than vesting conditions), restrictions and contingencies as the Committee may establish pursuant to the Plan and Award Agreement, in addition to the conditions set forth herein.

 

ARTICLE 7

OTHER AWARDS

 

Section 7.01.    Restricted Shares. The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Shares to any Participant. The number and terms and conditions of Restricted Shares shall be determined by the Committee. The Committee shall specify in the applicable Award Agreement the date or dates on which the Restricted Shares shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems appropriate, including performance criteria or service to the Company or any of its Affiliates, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods, as determined by the Committee.

 

(a)           Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, the Participant generally shall have the rights and privileges of a shareholder as to such Restricted Shares, including the right to vote such Restricted Shares. The Award Agreement for the Restricted Shares shall specify whether, to what extent and on what terms and conditions the applicable Participant shall be entitled to receive current or deferred cash or Share dividends on the Restricted Shares, including whether any such dividends will be held subject to the vesting of the underlying Restricted Shares or held subject to meeting Performance Goals.

 

7



 

(b)           Awards of Restricted Shares shall be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including book-entry registration or issuance of one or more stock certificates. Any certificate issued in respect of Restricted Shares shall be registered in the name of the applicable Participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award. The Committee may require that the certificates evidencing such shares be held in custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed and that, as a condition of any Award of Restricted Shares, the applicable Participant shall have delivered a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Shares covered by such Award.

 

Section 7.02.    Other Awards. The Committee may issue unrestricted Shares, or other Awards denominated in Shares (valued at Fair Market Value as of the date of payment), under the Plan to Participants, alone or in tandem with other Awards, in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions, including vesting schedules or other criteria, as the Committee shall from time to time in its sole discretion determine. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, a Participant who receives an Award, other than an award of Restricted Shares, shall have no rights as a Company shareholder with respect to such Award until the Award has vested and the Shares covered by such Award have been issued to such Participant.

 

ARTICLE 8

TAX WITHHOLDING

 

The Committee may condition the delivery of Shares or other benefits upon satisfaction of all applicable withholding requirements. The Committee, in its sole discretion and subject to such requirements as it may prescribe, may permit such withholding obligations to be satisfied through any combination of the following: (i) cash payment by the Participant, (ii) payroll withholding of the Participant’s salary, wages or other compensation, (iii) surrender of Shares which the Participant already owns (either by actual surrender or attestation) or (iv) surrender of Shares or other benefits to which the Participant is otherwise entitled (e.g. , upon exercise of an Option) under the terms of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE 9

TRANSFERABILITY

 

Section 9.01. Transferability of Awards. Except as otherwise expressly provided in an Award Agreement, no award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit Awards to be transferred by a Participant without consideration, subject to such rules as the Committee may adopt consistent with any applicable Award Agreement to preserve the purposes of the Plan, to a Permitted Transferee.

 

8



 

Section 9.02. Transferability of Shares. Except as otherwise expressly provided in an Award Agreement or the Shareholders’ Agreement, Shares underlying Awards may not be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered, whether voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of law.

 

Section 9.03. Shareholders’ Agreement. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, each Participant who is granted an Award shall, as a condition to the issuance of Shares on settlement or exercise of such Award, execute an agreement pursuant to which such Participant shall become a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement. Each Permitted Transferee shall, as a condition to the transfer of an Award or Shares underlying an Award to such Permitted Transferee, execute an agreement pursuant to which it shall become a party to the Award Agreement applicable to the transferor and, upon the issuance of Shares on settlement or exercise of such Award, shall become a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement, including the applicable call rights and drag rights of the Company.

 

ARTICLE 10

LIMITATION ON IMPLIED RIGHTS

 

Section 10.01. Property Rights. Neither a Participant nor any other Person shall, by reason of participation in the Plan, acquire any right in or title to any assets, funds or property of the Company or any Affiliate whatsoever including without limitation, any specific funds, assets or other property which the Company or any Affiliate, in its or their sole discretion, may set aside in anticipation of a liability under the Plan. Subject to the terms of the Plan, a Participant shall have only a contractual right to the Shares or amounts, if any, payable under the Plan, unsecured by any assets of the Company or any Affiliate, and nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute a representation or guarantee that the assets of the Company or any Affiliate shall be sufficient to pay any benefits to any Person.

 

Section 10.02. Employment Rights. Nothing in this Plan nor in any Award Agreement shall confer upon any Participant any promise or commitment by the Company or an Affiliate regarding employment, employment positions, work assignments, compensation or any other term or condition of employment or affiliation.

 

Section 10.03. No Implied Rights or Obligations. The Company, in establishing and maintaining this Plan as a voluntary and unilateral undertaking, expressly disavows the creation of any rights in Participants or others claiming entitlement under the Plan or any obligations on the part of the Company, any Affiliate or the Committee, except as expressly provided herein. In particular, unless otherwise expressly provided for in the Award Agreement, no third-party beneficiary rights shall be created under the Plan.

 

Section 10.04. No Trust or Fund Created. Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate and a Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any Person

 

9



 

acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any Affiliate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

Section 10.05. Rights as a Shareholder. No Participant or holder of any Award shall have any rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares to be issued with respect to an Award under the Plan until such Award has vested and settled in Shares, or, in the case of an Option, the Participant has exercised the Option in accordance with the terms of the Plan and become the holder of such Shares in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE 11

GOVERNMENT AND STOCK EXCHANGE REGULATIONS

 

Section 11.01. The Committee may refuse to issue or transfer any Shares or other consideration under an Award if, acting in its sole discretion, it determines that the issuance or transfer of such Shares or such other consideration might violate any applicable law or regulation or entitle the Company to recover the same under Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act, and any payment tendered to the Company by a Participant, other holder or beneficiary in connection with the exercise of such Award shall be promptly refunded to the relevant Participant, holder or beneficiary. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Award granted hereunder shall be construed as an offer to sell securities of the Company, and no such offer shall be outstanding, unless and until the Committee in its sole discretion has determined that any such offer, if made, would be in compliance with all applicable requirements of the U.S. federal and state securities laws and any other laws to which such offer, if made, would be subject.

 

Section 11.02. Upon the issuance of Shares in connection with the settlement or exercise of an Award at a time when there is not in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to such Shares and available for delivery a prospectus meeting the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act, or if the rules or interpretations of the Securities and Exchange Commission so require, such Shares may be issued only if the Company and the holder of such Shares are in compliance with all securities law requirements for an exemption from registration.

 

Section 11.03. The Company is under no duty to ensure that Shares may legally be delivered under the Plan, and shall have no liability to Award recipients in the event such delivery of Shares may not be made.

 

ARTICLE 12

AMENDMENTS, SUSPENSIONS OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

 

Section 12.01. Amendment and Termination of the Plan. The Board may at any time suspend or terminate the Plan and may amend it from time to time in such respects as the Board

 

10



 

may deem advisable in order that Awards granted thereunder shall conform to any change in the law, or in any other respect which the Board may deem to be in the best interests of the Company; provided, however , that no such amendment shall, without the approval of holders of a majority of the voting power represented by the securities of the Company entitled to vote, increase the maximum number of Shares for which Awards may be granted under the Plan (in the aggregate or to any single individual), except as specified in Section 4.02, or change the class of employees eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

Section 12.02. Amendment of Award Agreements. The Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable Award Agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Award theretofore granted or the associated Award Agreement, prospectively or retroactively; provided that any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary.

 

ARTICLE 13

TERMINATION

 

The Plan shall continue in effect until July 31, 2023 unless earlier terminated by the Board pursuant to Article 12.

 

ARTICLE 14

GOVERNING LAW

 

The validity, construction and effect of the Plan, the Award Agreements and any rules, regulations or procedures relating thereto shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without application of the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

ARTICLE 15

ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES

 

To the fullest extent permitted by law, the parties hereto agree that any claim, dispute or controversy based on any matter arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the other agreements or transactions contemplated hereby shall be submitted to and resolved exclusively by arbitration conducted in accordance with Section 6.04(b) of the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

11



 

ARTICLE 16

RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

 

Each Award granted under this Plan may be subject to restrictive covenants provisions, as specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 17

SECTION 409A OF THE CODE

 

The Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance thereunder (“ Section 409A ”), the provisions of the Plan shall be interpreted in a manner that satisfies such requirements, and the Plan shall be operated accordingly. If any provision of the Plan would otherwise frustrate or conflict with this intent, the provision will be interpreted and deemed amended so as to avoid this conflict. If an operational failure occurs with respect to the requirements of Section 409A, any affected Participant shall fully cooperate with the Company to correct the failure, to the extent possible, in accordance with any correction procedure established by the Internal Revenue Service. No provision of the Plan shall be interpreted to transfer any liability for a failure to comply with Section 409A from a Participant or any other Person to the Company.

 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement, to the extent applicable, if at the time of termination of a Participant’s employment or service with the Company he or she is a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A) and any payments upon such termination under the Plan or such Award Agreement are treated as deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, he or she will not be entitled to such payments until the earlier of (i) the date that is six months after such termination or (ii) any earlier date that does not result in any additional tax or interest to such Participant under Section 409A.

 

12




Exhibit 10.5

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

AMENDMENT

TO THE

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

This Amendment (the “ Amendment ”) to the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (as amended, the “ Plan ”), is made effective as of this 31 day of October, 2014.

 

WHEREAS, Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”) maintains the Plan;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Article 12 of the Plan, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) may, at any time and from time to time, amend the Plan; and

 

WHEREAS, the Board desires to amend the Plan to increase the maximum number of shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share, available for awards under the Plan to 47,046.984 shares of common stock.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as follows:

 

1.             Section 2.01(cc) is hereby restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“(cc)       ‘Shareholders’ Agreement’ means the Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement dated as of October 31, 2014 by and among the Company, Crestview Victory, L.P., RCP Lake Co-Invest, L.P., RCP Opportunities Fund I, L.P., RCP Opportunities Fund I (AI), L.P., RCP Opportunities Fund I (Cayman), L.P. and certain management shareholders of the Company, as amended from time to time.”

 

2.             The first sentence of Section 4.01(a) of the Plan is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“Subject to the provisions of Section 4.02, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued in connection with Awards granted under the Plan shall be 47,054.411 Shares, of which an aggregate of 41,087.85 Shares shall be allocated for issuances of Options and 5,966.561 Shares shall be allocated for issuances of Restricted Shares, in each case in connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.”

 

3.             The reference in Section 3.02 of the Plan to “Annex II of the Shareholders’ Agreement” is hereby replaced by a reference to the “the Shareholders’ Agreement.”

 

4.             Except as specifically amended by this Amendment, the Plan is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects and remains valid and in full force and effect.

 

*              *              *

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned, a duly authorized officer of the Company, has executed this instrument as of the 31 day of October, 2014, on behalf of the Board.

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David C. Brown

 

 

Name: David C. Brown

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 




Exhibit 10.6

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO THE

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

This Amendment No. 2 (the “ Amendment ”) to the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (as amended, the “ Plan ”), is made effective as of this 29 th  day of July, 2016.

 

WHEREAS , Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”) maintains the Plan;

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to Article 12 of the Plan, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) may, at any time and from time to time, amend the Plan; and

 

WHEREAS , the Board desires to amend the Plan to increase the maximum number of shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share, available for awards under the Plan to 69,276.633 shares of common stock.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , the Plan is hereby amended as follows:

 

1.             The following definition is added to Section 2.01:

 

Merger Agreement ” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 17, 2015, by and among Victory Capital Operating, LLC, VCO MS, LLC, RS Investment Management Co. LLC, Guardian Investor Services LLC, as Unitholders’ Representative, and the Company, as amended.

 

2.             The first sentence of Section 4.01(a) of the Plan is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“Subject to the provisions of Section 4.02, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued in connection with Awards granted under the Plan shall be 69,276.633 Shares, of which an aggregate of 57,754.516 Shares shall be allocated for issuances of Options and 11,522.117 Shares shall be allocated for issuances of Restricted Shares, in each case in connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement.”

 

3.             Except as specifically amended by this Amendment, the Plan is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects and remains valid and in full force and effect.

 

*      *      *

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned, a duly authorized officer of the Company, has executed this instrument as of the 30 day of March, 2017, on behalf of the Board.

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David C. Brown

 

 

Name: David C. Brown

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan]

 




Exhibit 10.7

 

AMENDMENT NO. 3

TO THE

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

This Amendment No. 3 (the “ Amendment ”) to the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (as amended, the “ Plan ”), is made effective as of this 30 th  day of March, 2017.

 

WHEREAS, Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”) maintains the Plan;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Article 12 of the Plan, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) may, at any time and from time to time, amend the Plan; and

 

WHEREAS, the Board desires to amend the Plan to increase the maximum number of shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share, available for awards under the Plan to 86,175.661 shares of common stock.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as follows:

 

1.                                       The first sentence of Section 4.01(a) of the Plan is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“Subject to the provisions of Section 4.02, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued in connection with Awards granted under the Plan shall be 86,175.661 Shares, of which an aggregate of 57,754.516 Shares shall be allocated for issuances of Options and 28,421.145 Shares shall be allocated for issuances of Restricted Shares.”

 

2.                                       Except as specifically amended by this Amendment, the Plan is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects and remains valid and in full force and effect.

 

*                                          *                                          *

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, a duly authorized officer of the Company, has executed this instrument as of the 30 day of March, 2017, on behalf of the Board.

 

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David C. Brown

 

 

Name: David C. Brown

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 




Exhibit 10.8

AMENDMENT NO. 4

TO THE

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

This Amendment No. 4 (the “ Amendment ”) to the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (as amended, the “ Plan ”), is made effective as of this    day of January, 2018.

 

WHEREAS, Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”) maintains the Plan;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Second Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement dated as of January [  ], 2018 among the Company, Crestview Victory, L.P., RCP Lake Co-Invest, L.P., RCP Opportunities Fund I, L.P., RCP Opportunities Fund I (AI), L.P., RCP Opportunities Fund I (Cayman), L.P., the Employee Shareholders Committee and certain management shareholders of the Company (the “ Second Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Article 12 of the Plan, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) may, at any time and from time to time, amend the Plan; and

 

WHEREAS, the Board desires to amend the Plan to clarify certain provisions of the Plan in light of the Company’s adoption of the Second Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as follows:

 

1.                                       Section 2.01(n) of the Plan is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“(n)                            Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any Share, as of any date when the Shares are listed on one or more national securities exchanges, the closing price of a Share as reported on the principal national securities exchange on which such Shares are listed and traded on the date of determination or, if the closing price is not reported on such date of determination, the closing price reported on the most recent date prior to the date of determination.  If the Shares are not listed on a national securities exchange, “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean, with respect to any Share, the amount determined by the Board in good faith, and in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code, to be the fair market value per Share.”

 

2.                                       Section 2.01(s) of the Plan is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“(s)                              Permitted Transferee ” (i) with respect to any Shares underlying an Award held by a Participant, means (A) a Person to whom securities are transferred by such Participant by will or the laws of descent and distribution and (B)(1) the spouse and lineal descendants (whether natural or adopted) of such Participant or (2) a trust the beneficiaries of which, or any corporation, limited liability company or partnership the stockholders, members or partners of which, include only such Participant or his or her Permitted Transferees under clause (B)(1) and which is controlled solely by such Participant; provided that, in the case of clause (B), such Participant retains sole voting control of the securities that are transferred.”

 

3.                                       Section 2.01(x) of the Plan is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 



 

“(x)                            Sale of the Company ” means either (i) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) a transaction or series of related transactions (including by way of merger, consolidation, reorganization, exchange offer, sale of stock or otherwise) the result of which is that any Person or “group” (as defined in Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act), other than the Crestview Entities or any of their respective Affiliates, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding capital stock of the Company.

 

4.                                       The preamble to Section 3.02 of the Plan is amended to read as follows:

 

“Section 3.02. Authority of the Committee. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority, in its discretion and on behalf of the Company:”

 

5.                                       Article 15 of the Plan is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“ARTICLE 15

ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES

 

To the fullest extent permitted by law, the parties hereto agree that any claim, dispute or controversy based on any matter arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the other agreements or transactions contemplated hereby shall be submitted to and resolved exclusively by arbitration conducted in accordance with Section 7.05(b) of the Shareholders’ Agreement.”

 

6.                                       Except as specifically amended by this Amendment, the Plan is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects and remains valid and in full force and effect.

 

*                                          *                                          *

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, a duly authorized officer of the Company, has executed this instrument as of the    day of January, 2018, on behalf of the Board.

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: David C. Brown

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan]

 




Exhibit 10.9

 

VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INC.

SEVERANCE PAY PLAN

AND

SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION

 



 

VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INC.

SEVERANCE PAY PLAN AND SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

ARTICLE II - SCOPE

3

 

 

ARTICLE III - CONDITIONS FOR ELIGIBILITY

3

 

 

ARTICLE IV - BENEFITS

4

 

 

4.1

Amount of Benefits

4

4.2

Confirmation of Benefits

5

4.3

Payments

5

 

 

 

ARTICLE V - ADMINISTRATION

7

 

 

5.1

Allocation of Responsibility Among Fiduciaries for Plan Administration

7

5.2

Delegation of Fiduciary Responsibilities

7

5.3

Miscellaneous

7

5.4

Plan Administration

8

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI - MISCELLANEOUS

17

 

 

6.1

Limitation of Rights

17

6.2

Benefits Solely From General Assets

17

6.3

Nonassignability of Rights

18

6.4

Indemnification

18

6.5

Amendment or Termination of Plan

19

6.6

Governing Law

20

 

i



 

VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

SEVERANCE PAY PLAN AND SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION

 

WHEREAS, Victory Capital Management Inc., a New York corporation (“Employer”), desires to adopt the Victory Capital Management Severance Pay Plan (the “Plan”) in order to set forth the circumstances under which it will provide severance benefits to eligible employees.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Employer hereby adopts the Plan effective November 1, 2014 (the “Effective Date”), to read in its entirety as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings, unless the context requires otherwise:

 

1.1 “Board” means the board of directors of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc.

 

1.2 “Cause” means involuntary termination of employment for one or more of the following reasons:

 

(a)                                  the Employee has been convicted of or pled guilty or no contest to (1) any criminal offense which is classified as a felony (or its equivalent under the laws or regulations of any country or political subdivision thereof), or (2) any other criminal offense which involves a violation of federal or state securities laws or regulations (or equivalent laws or regulations of any country or political subdivision thereof), embezzlement, fraud, material wrongful taking or material misappropriation of property, theft or any other crime involving a material act of dishonesty;

 

(b)                                  the Employee has failed to perform his/her job duties and responsibilities in a manner consistent with the Employer’s expectations;

 

(c)                                   negligence or willful misconduct of the Employee in the performance of

 

1



 

his or her duties to the material detriment of the Employer or any Affiliate of the Employer; or

 

(d)                                  engagement by the Employee in activities which violate any non-compete or non-solicit prohibitions applicable to the Employee or which the Plan Administrator determines to be in conflict with the interests of the Employer.

 

Whether employment is terminated for “Cause” shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator and such determination shall be final and binding.

 

1.3 “Claim” means any claim for a Plan benefit filed by a Participant.

 

1.4 “Chief Executive Officer” means the Chief Executive Officer of the Employer.

 

1.5 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.6 “Compensation Committee” shall mean the Board or a committee of the Board designated by the Board as having primary responsibility for determining the compensation of the Employer’s officers and employees.

 

1.7 “Employee” means any employee, full-time or part-time, who is working (on average) at least 24 hours per week for Employer or an Employer subsidiary approved for participation in the Plan. It does not include interns, independent contractors or seasonal, temporary, or leased employees.

 

1.8 “Participant” means Employees who are eligible for severance benefits under the Plan in accordance with Article III.

 

1.9 “Plan Year” means the period beginning on January 1 st  and ending on December 31 st of each calendar year; provided, the period from Effective Date to December 31, 2014 shall be designated as the first Plan Year.

 

1.10 “Plan Administrator” means the Chief Executive Officer or such other person or group of persons as may be appointed by the Board from time to time.

 

2



 

1.11 “Separation Agreement and General Release” means the written severance agreement (in such form as approved by the Plan Administrator) entered into by an Employee and the Employer as required pursuant to this Plan, which may include such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator in its discretion determines are reasonably necessary, including, but not limited to, restrictive covenant provisions and provisions regarding post-termination cooperation by the Participant.

 

1.12 “Severance Benefits” mean the benefit payments, if any, provided pursuant to this Plan.

 

1.13 Where necessary or appropriate to the context, the masculine shall include the feminine, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular.

 

ARTICLE II

SCOPE

 

The Plan is intended to be an employee welfare benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). The Plan is also intended to be a separation pay plan providing separation benefits upon an Employee’s involuntary separation from service and which is exempt from Code Section 409A pursuant to regulations issued thereunder.

 

ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS FOR ELIGIBILITY

 

3.1 An Employee shall be considered a Participant eligible for Severance Benefits, if the Employee meets all of the following conditions:

 

(a)             such Employee is involuntarily terminated by the Employer without Cause as part of a restructuring or reduction in force as determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator, and

 

3



 

(b)             such Employee is offered by the Employer and timely executes, a Separation Agreement and General Release in connection with his or her involuntary separation, and does not, under the applicable terms of the Separation Agreement and General Release, revoke that agreement.

 

3.2 Severance Benefits will not be authorized or paid to a Participant until he shall have submitted a signed Separation Agreement and General Release, within the time period provided in such Separation Agreement and General Release, and the applicable revocation period has lapsed.

 

3.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, an Employee who has not returned all Employer properties and paid the Employer all monies owed to the Employer shall not be eligible for any Severance Benefits hereunder. The Employer, in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator, may reduce the Severance Benefits by any monies owed by the Employee to the Employer or its Affiliates.

 

ARTICLE IV

BENEFITS

 

4.1 Amount of Benefits . The amount of Severance Benefits payable under the Plan to any Participant shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator; provided the following guideline will provide the Plan Administrator assistance in making its Severance Benefit determination:

 

·                                           A Participant may receive up to two weeks of pay for each full year of continuous service with the Employer (the “Basic Plan Benefit”) or may receive an enhanced plan benefit (the “Enhanced Plan Benefit”) of up to four weeks of pay for each full year of continuous service with the Employer if such Participant is a Chief Investment Officer, member of

 

4



 

Senior Management or other specified employee who is designated in writing by the Chief Executive Officer as being eligible to receive the Enhanced Plan Benefit.

 

·                                           A Participant will not receive more than 30 weeks of pay if such Participant receives the Basic Plan Benefit and not more than 52 weeks of pay if such Participant receives the Enhanced Plan Benefit.

 

·                                           “Full year of continuous service” generally means each full year of employment measured from Participant’s most recent hire date or rehire date with the Employer or its predecessors, including merged or acquired businesses.

 

·                                           Participants with less than two full years of service may receive up to four weeks of pay.

 

·                                           A Participant who was eligible to receive commission payments will receive the payment set forth in the applicable commission plan.

 

Actual Severance Benefits will be reflected in the Participant’s Separation Agreement and General Release.

 

4.2 Confirmation of Benefits . The Separation Agreement and General Release will detail the Severance Benefits for which the Participant is eligible and the conditions under which they will be paid.

 

4.3 Payments .

 

(a)             Severance Benefits payments to a Participant shall be made at such times, and in such manner, as described in the Participant’s Separation Agreement and General Release.

 

(b)             All payments under this Plan shall be subject to any withholding required

 

5



 

by local, State and Federal law.

 

(c)              Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Separation Agreement and General Release, no Participant will receive any amounts pursuant to the Plan (or the related Separation Agreement and General Release) in excess of two times the lesser of (i) his annualized compensation based on the annual rate of pay for services provided to the Employer for the tax year of the Participant preceding the tax year in which the Participant’s separation from service occurs (as adjusted pursuant to regulations under Code Section 409A), or (ii) the maximum amount of compensation that may be taken into account with respect to a qualified plan pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17) for the year in which Participant has a separation from service.

 

(d)             All such severance payments pursuant to the Plan and Separation Agreement and General Release shall be completed before the last day of the second taxable year of the Participant following the Participant’s taxable year in which separation from service occurs.

 

4.4 Offset of Other Severance Benefits. If, for any reason, a Participant becomes entitled to or receives any other severance, separation, notice or termination payments on account of his employment or termination of employment with the Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, including, for example, any payments required to be paid, or advance notice of termination of employment required to be given, to the Participant under any federal, state or local law (including, without limitation, the Worker Adjustment and Retaining Notification Act) or pursuant to any agreement (except unemployment benefits payable in accordance with state law and payment for accrued but unused vacation in accordance with state law and/or Employer policy), his severance benefits under the Plan will be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis by the amount of such other payments paid or payable. A Participant must notify the Plan

 

6



 

Administrator if he receives or is claiming to be entitled to receive any such payment.

 

ARTICLE V

ADMINISTRATION

 

5.1 Allocation of Responsibility Among Fiduciaries for Plan Administration . In general, powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations shall be allocated as follows:

 

(a)             The Employer or a subsidiary of the Employer that has adopted this Plan shall have sole responsibility for making the payments provided for under the Plan and related Separation Agreement and General Release and shall have sole authority to appoint an agent of the Plan for the service of legal process.

 

(b)             The Plan Administrator shall have the sole responsibility for the administration of the benefit structure of the Plan as specifically described in the Plan.

 

5.2 Delegation of Fiduciary Responsibilities . The Employer and the Plan Administrator shall have the power to delegate their respective specific fiduciary responsibilities to officers or employees of the Employer or to other individuals or organizations by notifying them as to the duties and responsibilities delegated. Each person to whom responsibilities are so delegated shall serve at the pleasure of the fiduciary making the delegation and, if an employee of the Employer, without any additional compensation. Any such person may resign by delivering a written resignation to the fiduciary making the delegation. Vacancies created by resignation, death or other cause may be filled by the fiduciary or the assigned responsibilities may be reassumed or redelegated by the fiduciary.

 

5.3 Miscellaneous . Each fiduciary agrees that any directions given, information furnished or action taken by it shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Plan authorizing or providing for such information, direction or action. Furthermore, each fiduciary may rely upon any such direction, information or action of another fiduciary as being proper under the

 

7



 

Plan and is not required under the Plan to inquire into the propriety of any such direction, information or action. It is intended that each fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper exercise of its own powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations under the Plan and to the extent permitted by law, shall not be responsible for any act or failure to act of another fiduciary.

 

5.4 Plan Administration .

 

(a)             Powers of the Plan Administrator . Except to the extent delegated by the Employer, the Plan Administrator shall administer the benefit structure of the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have all powers necessary to carry out its terms, including, but not by way of limitation, the following:

 

(1)                                  To resolve all questions relating to the participation in the Plan by Employees.

 

(2)                                  To compute and certify to the Employer the amount of benefits payable to Participants.

 

(3)                                  To authorize all disbursements of benefits to Participants.

 

(4)                                  To obtain from the Employer and from Participants such information as shall be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan.

 

(5)                                  To prepare and distribute information explaining the Plan.

 

(6)                                  To furnish the Employer, upon request, such annual reports with respect to the administration of the Plan as are reasonable and appropriate.

 

(7)                                  To receive, review and keep on file (as it deems convenient or proper) reports of the receipts and disbursements of the Plan.

 

(8)                                  To adopt and prescribe regulations and procedures to be

 

8


 

followed by any Participant in filing applications for benefits, and for the furnishing and verification of evidence and proofs necessary to establish his/her rights to benefits under the Plan.

 

(9)                                  To make and publish such rules for the regulation of the Plan as are not inconsistent with the terms set forth herein.

 

(10)                           To exercise the broadest possible discretion in interpreting the terms of the Plan.

 

The Plan Administrator shall have the power to add to, subtract from or modify any of the terms of the Plan, or to change or add to any Severance Benefits provided by the Plan, or to waive or fail to apply any requirements of eligibility for a Severance Benefit under the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall perform all of its duties in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

 

(b)             Finality of Decision . All determinations of the Plan Administrator, or its delegate if its authority is so delegated, shall be final and binding on all persons except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

 

(c)              Examination of Records . The Plan Administrator will make available to each Participant such of its records under the Plan as pertain to it, for examination at reasonable times during normal business hours.

 

(d)             Reliance on Tables, etc . In administering the Plan, the Plan Administrator will be entitled to the extent permitted by law to rely conclusively on all tables, valuation, certificates, opinions and reports which are furnished by accountants, counsel or other experts employed or engaged by the Employer.

 

(e)              Claims and Claims Review Procedures . The procedures for submission of a Claim and obtaining review of a denied Claim shall be as follows:

 

9



 

(1)                                  Claims Procedure . The following procedures shall be applicable to the submission of any Claim by a Participant:

 

(A)                                For the purpose of these Claims and Claims Review Procedures, a Claim means any request for Severance Benefits by a Participant.

 

(B)                                All Claims shall be made by the Participant or his duly authorized representative in writing and shall be personally served on or mailed to the Plan Administrator.

 

(C)                                A Claim shall set forth the following:

 

(i)                                      The name and address of the Participant;

 

(ii)                                   The specific bases for the Claim;

 

(iii)                                Specific reference to the pertinent Plan provision upon which the Claim is based; and

 

(iv)                               Any additional material or information which the Participant desires to submit in justification of the Claim.

 

(D)                                Each Claim shall be promptly reviewed by the Plan Administrator. If the Claim is wholly or partially denied, written notice of the decision of the Plan Administrator shall be furnished to the Participant within 90 days after receipt of the Claim by the Plan Administrator, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the Claim, in which case, before the expiration of said 90-day period, the Participant shall be furnished a written notice of such extension indicating the special

 

10



 

circumstances and the date a final decision is expected. The written notice wholly or partially denying the Claim shall set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Participant:

 

(i)                                      The specific reason or reasons for the denial;

 

(ii)                                   Specific reference to the pertinent Plan provision upon which the denial is based;

 

(iii)                                A description of any material or information necessary for the Participant to perfect the Claim and explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

 

(iv)                               A copy of the Plan’s claims review procedure as described in Section 5.4(e)(2) and the Participant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

(E)                                 If notice of denial of the Claim is not furnished in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.4(e)(1)(D), and the Claim has not been granted by the Plan Administrator within such 90-day period, the Claim shall be deemed denied for the purposes of proceeding to the claims review procedure described in Section 5.4(e)(2).

 

(2)                                  Claims Review Procedure . The following procedures shall be applicable to the submission of any request for review of the denial in whole or in part of any Claim:

 

(A)                                The Participant or his duly authorized

 

11



 

representative, may within 60 days after receipt of written notification of denial of a Claim, appeal the denial of such Claim to the Compensation Committee for a full and fair review by filing an Application for Review. In the Application for Review, the Participant or his representative:

 

(i)                                      Shall set forth specific reasons for requesting review;

 

(ii)                                   May submit issues, documents, records, comments and other information relating to the Claim in writing; and

 

(iii)                                May request that the Plan Administrator grant the Claimant a hearing and may submit reasons for such request.

 

(B)                                The Participant, or his duly authorized representative, may review this Plan and such shall, upon request and free of charge, be provided reasonable access to, and copies of, other documents, records and other information relevant to the Claim as the Plan Administrator shall deem pertinent.

 

(C)                                The Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, upon request of a Claimant or his/her duly authorized representative, but shall not be required to, convene a hearing to consider the matters raised in the Application. If a hearing is granted, the Claimant is entitled:

 

(i)                                      To be represented by legal counsel or other duly authorized representative at his or her own expense;

 

(ii)                                   To request the presence of a court reporter

 

12



 

for the taking of a transcript of the hearing at his or her own expense;

 

(iii)                                To present evidence;

 

(iv)                               To request the testimony of witnesses at the hearing; and

 

(v)                                  To cross-examine witnesses.

 

(D)                                Not later than 60 days after receipt by the Plan Administrator of an Application for Review, the Compensation Committee shall render his decision; provided, however, if a hearing is requested by the Claimant and granted, in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee, a decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but not later than 120 days after receipt of the Application for Review.

 

(E)                                 The decision on the Application for Review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Participant, with specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based and the Participant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

(F)                                  The decision of the Compensation Committee shall be final and binding upon the Employer, the Plan and the Participant:

 

(i)                                      60 days after the Participant’s receipt of written notification of denial of a Claim; or

 

(ii)                                   Upon the receipt by the Participant of the

 

13



 

Compensation Committee’s decision on the Application for Review or if none is furnished within the time period referred to in Section 5.4(e)(2)(D), the Claim shall be deemed denied upon review.

 

5.5 ERISA Rights . Participants in the Plan are entitled to certain rights and protections under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA). ERISA provides that all Participants shall be entitled to:

 

(a)                             Receive Information About the Plan and Benefits:

 

(1)                                  Examine, without charge, at the Plan Administrator’s office and at other specified locations, such as worksites, all documents governing the Plan, including a copy of the latest annual report (Form 5500 Series), if any, filed by the Plan with the U.S. Department of Labor and available at the Public Disclosure Room of the Employee Benefits Security Administration.

 

(2)                                  Obtain, upon written request to the Plan Administrator, copies of documents governing the operation of the Plan, including copies of the latest annual report (Form 5500 Series) and updated summary plan description. The Administrator may make a reasonable charge for the copies.

 

(3)                                  Receive a summary of the Plan’s annual financial report, if any. The Plan Administrator is required by law to furnish each Participant with a copy of this summary annual report.

 

(b)                             Prudent Actions by Plan Fiduciaries: In addition to creating rights for Participants, ERISA imposes duties upon the people who are responsible for the operation of the employee benefit plan. The people who operate the Plan, called “fiduciaries” of the Plan, have a duty to do so prudently and in the interest of Participants and other beneficiaries. No one,

 

14



 

including a Participant’s employer or any other person, may fire a Participant or otherwise discriminate against a Participant in any way to prevent a Participant from obtaining a welfare benefit or exercising such Participant’s rights under ERISA.

 

(c)                              Enforce Rights:

 

(1)                                  If a Participant’s claim for a welfare benefit is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, the Participant has a right to know why this was done, to obtain copies of documents relating to the decision without charge, and to appeal any denial, all within certain time schedules.

 

(2)                                  Under ERISA, there are steps a Participant can take to enforce the above rights. For instance, if a Participant requests a copy of plan documents or the latest annual report from the Plan and do not receive them within 30 days, the Participant may file suit in a federal court. In such a case, the court may require the Plan Administrator to provide the materials and pay the Participant up to $110 a day until the Participant receives the materials, unless the materials were not sent because of reasons beyond the control of the Plan Administrator. If a Participant has a claim for benefits which is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, the Participant may file suit in a state or federal court. If a Participant disagrees with the Plan’s decision or lack thereof concerning the qualified status of a domestic relations order or a medical child support order, the Participant may file suit in federal court. If it should happen that Plan fiduciaries misuse the plan’s money, or if a Participant is discriminated against for asserting his or her rights, he or she may seek assistance from the U.S. Department of Labor, or may file suit in a federal court. The court will decide who should pay court costs and legal fees. If the Participant is successful the court may order the person the Participant has sued to pay these costs and fees. If the a Participant loses, the court may order the Participant to pay these costs

 

15



 

and fees, for example, if it finds the Participant’s claim is frivolous.

 

(d)                             Assistance with Questions :

 

(1)                                  If a Participant has any questions about the Plan, he should contact the Plan Administrator.

 

(2)                                  If a Participant has any questions about this statement or about his rights under ERISA, or if he needs assistance in obtaining documents from the Plan Administrator, he should contact the nearest office of the Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, listed in the telephone directory or the Division of Technical Assistance and Inquiries, Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue N.W., Washington, D.C. 20210.

 

(3)                                  Participants may also obtain certain publications about their rights and responsibilities under ERISA by calling the Employee Benefits Security Administration’s publications hotline at 1-866-444-3272.

 

(e)                              Contact Information and Other Important Facts :

 

Official Name of the Plan:

Victory Capital Management Severance Pay Plan

 

 

Sponsor:

Victory Capital Management Inc.

 

 

Plan Employers:

Victory Capital Management Inc.

 

 

Employer Identification Number:

13-2700161

 

 

Plan Number:

 

 

 

Type of Plan:

Severance Welfare Benefit Plan

 

 

End of Plan Year:

December 31, 2014

 

 

Type of Administration:

Employer Administered

 

16



 

 

Victory Capital Management

 

 

Plan Administrator:

4900 Tiedeman Road

 

 

 

Cleveland, Ohio 44144

 

 

 

 

Effective Date:

November 1, 2014

 

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1 Limitation of Rights . The Plan shall not in any manner be liable for or subject to or for the debts of any Participant or beneficiary. No right or benefit at any time under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or encumbrance of any kind. If a Participant or beneficiary shall attempt to or shall alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise encumber his rights or benefits under the Plan or any part thereof or if by reason of his bankruptcy or other event such benefits would otherwise be received by anyone else or would not be enjoyed by him, the Plan Administrator in its discretion may terminate his interest in any such benefit and hold or apply such benefit to or for the benefit of such person, his spouse, children or other dependents, or any of them as the Plan Administrator shall determine.

 

Neither the establishment of this Plan nor any provisions of the Plan or modifications thereof shall be held or construed as giving any Participant in the Plan the right to be retained in the service of the Employer and the Employer expressly reserves its right to discharge any such Participant whenever the interests of the Employer may so require.

 

6.2 Benefits Solely From General Assets . The benefits provided hereunder will be paid solely from the general assets of the Employer. Nothing herein will be construed to require the Employer, the Plan Administrator or any of the Employer’s affiliates to maintain any fund or

 

17



 

segregate any amount for the benefit of any Participant, and no Participant or other person shall have any claim against, right to, or security or other interest in, any fund, account or asset of the Employer from which any payment under the Plan may be made.

 

6.3 Nonassignability of Rights . The right of any Participant to receive any payment under the Plan shall not be alienable by the Participant by assignment or any other method, and will not be subject to be taken by his creditors by any process whatsoever. Any attempt to cause such right to be so subjected will not be recognized, except to such extent as may be required by law.

 

6.4 Indemnification . To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Employer shall indemnify any person who was or is a party to or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that he is or was involved in the administration of the Plan, against any and all losses, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the Employer or its shareholders, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Employer or its shareholders and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. This right of indemnification shall not be deemed exclusive of

 

18


any other rights to which any person covered by this right of indemnification may be entitled as a matter of law or otherwise, to the extent permitted by law.

 

6.5 Section 409A of the Code . Any payment of Severance Benefits is intended to be structured in a manner to avoid the implication of penalty taxes under Section 409A of the Code. Regardless of any other term in this Plan that conflicts or may seem to conflict:

 

(a) the payment (or commencement of a series of payments) of any nonqualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) upon termination of a Participant’s employment shall be delayed until such time as the Participant has also undergone a “separation from service” as defined in Treas. Reg. 1.409A-1(h), at which time any applicable nonqualified deferred compensation (calculated as of the date of a Participant’s termination of employment) shall be paid (or commence to be paid) as if such Participant had undergone termination of employment (under the same circumstances) on the date of such Participant’s ultimate “separation from service;”

 

(b) each payment in a series of payments hereunder will be deemed to be a separate payment for pursues of Section 409A of the Code;

 

(c) any payment otherwise required to be made hereunder to a Participant at any date as a result of his termination of employment will be delayed for such period of time as may be necessary to meet the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and any payments so delayed will be paid in accordance with the schedule described in such Participant’s Separation Agreement and General Release following the expiration of such period; and

 

(d) while the payments and benefits provided hereunder are intended to be structured in a manner to avoid the implication of any penalty taxes under Section 409A of the Code, in no event whatsoever shall the Employer be liable for any additional tax, interest, or

 

19



 

penalties that may be imposed on any Participant as a result of Section 409A of the Code or any damages for failing to comply with Section 409A of the Code (other than for withholding obligations or other obligations applicable to employers, if any, under Section 409A of the Code).

 

6.6 Amendment or Termination of Plan . This Plan has been established by the Employer and is intended to supersede and revoke any and all previous group plans or group policies providing for Employee severance pay. The Employer’s intention is that this Plan be maintained indefinitely. Nonetheless, the Employer reserves the right to amend, modify, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time by written instrument adopted by formal action of the Board or the Plan Administrator.

 

6.7 Governing Law . The Plan shall be construed according to the applicable federal law and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, to the laws of the State of Ohio, where it is made and where it shall be enforced.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 1st day of November, 2014.

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David C. Brown

 

Its:

Chairman/Chief Executive Officer

 

20




Exhibit 10.10

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

BONUS PLAN

 

SECTION 1 .            Purpose. The purpose of the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Bonus Plan (the “ Plan ”) is to advance the interests of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and its shareholders by recognizing contributions and rewarding performance of key employees of the Company and its Affiliates. The Plan was adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors on July 31, 2013.

 

SECTION 2 .            Definitions. As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

(a)                                  Affiliate ” shall have the meaning designated in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Award ” means an incentive compensation award opportunity granted under the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(d)                                  Annual Bonus Pool ” means the incentive compensation pool payable to Participants with respect to any fiscal year of the Company. The Annual Bonus Pool shall be divided into the Cash Bonus Pool and the Stock Bonus Pool, each as defined in Section 5(b).

 

(e)                                   Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, or if no such committee has been designated, the Board.

 

(f)                                    Fair Market Value ” shall have the meaning designated in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

(g)                                   Participant ” means an employee of the Company or its Affiliates designated by the Committee as a participant in the Plan.

 

(h)                                  Pre-Bonus EBITDA ” means, for a specified fiscal year, an amount equal to (i) the Company’s revenues for such fiscal year, minus (ii)(A) base salaries of all employees of the Company paid or payable for such year, (B) all institutional and retail sales commissions paid or payable by the Company to its employees for such year and (C) all other expenses incurred by the Company (other than Awards to employees of the Company) for such year,

 

(i)                                      Shareholders’ Agreement ” means the Shareholders’ Agreement dated as of July 31, 2013 by and among the Company, Crestview Victory, L.P. and certain management shareholders of the Company, as amended from time to time.

 

(j)                                     Shares ” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company and any stock into which such common stock may thereafter be converted or changed.

 

(k)                                  Subsidiaries ” shall have the meaning designated in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 



 

SECTION 3 .            Plan Administration.

 

(a)                                  The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority, in its discretion and on behalf of the Company, to (i) designate Participants, (ii) determine the terms and conditions of Awards, (iii) interpret the Plan, (iv) prescribe, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and (v) to make all other determinations and findings, including factual findings, deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations and other decisions made in good faith by the Committee under or with respect to the Plan or any Award shall be final, binding and conclusive on all Participants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendments to the Plan are permitted that would be in violation of Annex II of the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

(b)                                  To the extent permitted by applicable law or regulation, the Committee may delegate its authority, or specified items thereof, to one or more designated individuals or other committees of the Board.

 

SECTION 4 .            Eligibility. Awards may be granted to Participants selected by the Committee in its sole discretion.

 

SECTION 5 .            Calculation of Annual Bonus Pool.

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 7, each fiscal year, the Annual Bonus Pool for all awards payable under the Plan with respect to that fiscal year will be equal to 35% of Pre-Bonus EBITDA for such fiscal year. The potential impact of any extraordinary or one-time events, non-cash GAAP charges and/or transactions on the Annual Bonus Pool will be addressed by the Board in its discretion in consultation with Company management either (i) at the time of such transaction or (ii) at the time at which Pre-Bonus EBITDA is calculated.

 

(b)                                  Unless otherwise determined by the Board in its discretion, the Annual Bonus Pool shall be divided as follows:

 

(i)                     A portion of the Annual Bonus Pool equal to 30% of Pre-Bonus EBITDA shall be payable to Participants in cash (the “ Cash Bonus Pool ”); and

 

(ii)                     A portion of the Annual Bonus Pool equal to 5% of Pre-Bonus EBITDA shall he payable to Participants in Shares, based on the Fair Market Value of such Shares as of the date on which the value of the Annual Bonus Pool is calculated (the “ Stock Bonus Pool ”). The number of Shares will equal the dollar value of the Stock Bonus Pool divided by the Fair Market Value of a Share as determined in accordance with Section 5.05 of the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

SECTION 6 .            Shareholders’ Agreement. Any Shares granted under the Plan shall be subject to the Shareholders’ Agreement. To the extent that a recipient of any Shares under the Plan is not already a Shareholder (as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement) as of the date such

 

2



 

Shares are granted, the Participant may be required to execute and deliver to the Company an instrument or instruments confirming that the Participant has agreed to be bound as a “Shareholder” by the terms of the Shareholders’ Agreement before any Shares are to be issued.

 

SECTION 7 .            Terms of Awards. Awards granted under the Plan (or any program implemented thereunder) shall be communicated to Participants in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve and the terms and conditions of such Awards shall be set forth therein. Awards may be discretionary or earned based on factors, criteria, or objectives determined by the Committee which may include the performance of the Company, its Affiliates or divisions, the personal goals of the individual, or any other criteria established by the Committee. Management shall make a recommendation to the Committee regarding the amount and terms of Awards to be made with respect to each fiscal year. The Committee may in its discretion increase or decrease the amount of an Award.

 

SECTION 8 .            Plan Amendment and Termination. Except as explicitly prohibited by law, this Plan is provided at the Company’s sole discretion, and the Board or the Committee may modify or terminate it at any time, prospectively or retroactively, without notice or obligation for any reason, subject to obtaining any necessary shareholder approval as required by law, regulation or listing exchange requirement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior approval of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company shall be required for any amendment to the Plan that would reduce the aggregate Annual Bonus Pool to a number that is less than 35% of Pre-Bonus EBITDA, unless the Board determines in good faith that such amendment is reasonably necessary to prevent or cure any default by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under any outstanding indebtedness or similar obligations thereof, in which case the prior approval of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company shall not be required in order to make such amendment.

 

SECTION 9 .            Arbitration of Disputes. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the parties hereto agree that any claim, dispute or controversy based on any matter arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the other agreements or transactions contemplated hereby shall be submitted to and resolved exclusively by arbitration conducted in accordance with Section 6.04(b) of the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

SECTION 10 . Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

(a)                                  No Rights to Awards . No employee, Participant or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants or beneficiaries of Awards under the Plan. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each Participant. Any Award granted under the Plan shall be a one-time Award which does not constitute a promise of future grants. The Company, in its sole discretion, maintains the right to make available future grants hereunder.

 

(b)                                  Withholding . The Company shall be authorized to deduct and withhold from (i) any Award granted, (ii) any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant under the Plan, or (iii) with the consent of any Participant, from any other compensation owed to such Participant, any amounts required to be deducted and withheld in respect of an Award under the

 

3



 

provisions of any applicable federal, state and local statute, law, or regulation. The Committee may condition the delivery of Shares or other benefits upon satisfaction of all applicable withholding requirements.

 

(c)                                   No Limit on Other Compensation Arrangements . Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company from adopting or continuing in effect other or additional compensation arrangements, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

(d)                                  No Assignment or Transfer . None of the rights, benefits, obligations or duties under the Plan may be assigned or transferred by any Participant. Participation in the Plan does not give a Participant any ownership, security or other rights in any assets of the Company or its Affiliates.

 

(e)                                   No Right to Continued Employment . The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of, or to continue to provide services to, the Company or any of its Affiliates for any specific duration. Further, the Company or any Affiliate may at any time terminate a Participant’s employment, free from any liability or claim under the Plan. The receipt of any Award under the Plan is not intended to confer any rights on the receiving Participant except as set forth in the terms of the Award.

 

(f)                                    Governing Law . The validity, construction and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan and any Award shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without application of the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

(g)                                   Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any person or Award, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws.

 

(h)                                  Plan Funding . The Plan shall be unfunded. Neither the Plan nor any Award shall be deemed to require the Company to deposit, invest or set aside amounts for the payment of any Awards under the Plan. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

 

4




Exhibit 10.11

 

VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

Prepared by

THE ERISA LAW GROUP, P.A.

205 NORTH TENTH STREET, SUITE 300

BOISE, IDAHO 83702

(208) 342-5522

 

2013

 



 

VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1

 — DEFINITIONS

1

 

1.1

Account

1

 

1.2

Accrued Benefit

1

 

1.3

Beneficiary

1

 

1.4

Benefit or benefits

1

 

1.5

Board

1

 

1.6

Cause

2

 

1.7

Change in Control

2

 

1.8

Code

2

 

1.9

Compensation

2

 

1.10

Discretionary Employer Contribution Account

2

 

1.11

Discretionary Employer Contributions

2

 

1.12

Disability

2

 

1.13

Earnings

2

 

1.14

Effective Date

2

 

1.15

Election Date

2

 

1.16

Employee

2

 

1.17

Employer

3

 

1.18

ERISA

3

 

1.19

Matching Employer Contribution Account

3

 

1.20

Matching Employer Contributions

3

 

1.21

Participant

3

 

1.22

Payment Event

3

 

1.23

Plan

3

 

1.24

Plan Administrator

3

 

1.25

Plan Year

3

 

1.26

Salary Deferral Agreement

3

 

1.27

Salary Deferral Contribution Account

3

 

1.28

Salary Deferral Contributions

3

 

1.29

Section 401(a)(17)

3

 

1.30

Segregated Investment Account

3

 

1.31

Separation from Service

4

 

1.32

Spouse

4

 

1.33

Trust

4

 

1.34

Trustee

4

 

1.35

Valuation Date

4

 

1.36

Valuation Period

4

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

 — PARTICIPATION

4

 

2.1

Eligibility

4

 

2.2

Change of Participation

4

 

i



 

ARTICLE 3

 — CONTRIBUTIONS, VESTING AND FORFEITURE

5

 

3.1

Salary Deferral Contributions

5

 

3.2

Matching Employer Contributions

6

 

3.3

Discretionary Employer Contributions

7

 

3.4

Vesting

7

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4

 — PLAN ACCOUNTING, EARNINGS AND FUNDING

9

 

4.1

Investment

9

 

4.2

Accounting

9

 

4.3

Account Adjustments

9

 

4.4

Allocation of Earnings

9

 

4.5

Participant Direction of Investment

10

 

4.6

Trust and No Funding

10

 

4.7

Benefit Responsibility

11

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5

 — TIME AND METHOD OF PAYMENT

11

 

5.1

Election of Payment

11

 

5.2

Payment Events

12

 

5.3

Method of Payment

12

 

5.4

Default Payment

12

 

5.5

Intervening Disability or Death

13

 

5.6

Change in Election

13

 

5.7

Payment for Unforeseeable Emergency

13

 

5.8

Permitted Payment Acceleration

14

 

5.9

Domestic Relations Orders

14

 

5.10

Overpayment

14

 

5.11

Facility of Payment

14

 

5.12

Taxes

15

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6

 — PARTICIPANT PROVISIONS

15

 

6.1

Beneficiary Designation

15

 

6.2

Community Property and Legal Effect

15

 

6.3

No Beneficiary Designation

15

 

6.4

Revocation Upon Divorce

15

 

6.5

Personal Data to Employer

16

 

6.6

Assignment or Alienation

16

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7

 — ADMINISTRATION

16

 

7.1

Authority and Responsibility of the Plan Administrator

16

 

7.2

Claims Procedures

16

 

7.3

Expenses

18

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8

 — MISCELLANEOUS

18

 

8.1

USERRA and Family and Medical Leave Act

18

 

8.2

Amendment or Termination

18

 

8.3

No Liability

18

 

8.4

Employment Relations

18

 

8.5

Enforceability

19

 

ii



 

 

8.6

Construction

19

 

8.7

Entire Agreement

19

 

8.8

Governing Law

19

 

iii



 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

Victory Capital Management Inc. (“Employer”) hereby adopts this unfunded Plan for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Employer (“Participants”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the services of the Participants and their experience and knowledge of the affairs of the Employer are extremely valuable to the Employer;

 

WHEREAS, each Participant is part of a select group of management or highly compensated employees who are essential to the Employer’s success, and who have duties and responsibilities that play a unique and vital role in the well-being of the Employer’s business;

 

WHEREAS, the Employer desires that Participants remain in its service, and to motivate and reward them for their performance;

 

WHEREAS, to accomplish these goals the Employer desires to establish and adopt this deferred compensation Plan which will allow for Participant contributions and Employer contributions to it; and

 

WHEREAS, the Employer desires that this Plan comply with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the Internal Revenue Code, particularly, Section 409A.

 

NOW THEREFORE, to accomplish these ends, this Plan is adopted and reads as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1 “Account” means the one or more accounts maintained for a Participant to record his/her Salary Deferral Contributions, Matching Employer Contributions, and Discretionary Employer Contributions, and which are credited with Earnings pursuant to Article 4.

 

Section 1.2 “Accrued Benefit” means the Participant’s interest in the Plan, as determined under Section 4.2, of the amount credited to a Participant’s Account(s) as of any date.

 

Section 1.3 “Beneficiary” means a person or entity entitled to receive any Accrued Benefit which is payable by reason of a Participant’s death.

 

Section 1.4 “Benefits” or “benefits” means the Accrued Benefit(s) that is (are) payable under this Plan.

 

Section 1.5 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Employer.

 

1



 

Section 1.6 “Cause” means, with respect to any Participant and as determined by the Employer’s Board of Directors: (a) the plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, or conviction for, the commission of a felony offense by the Participant; (b) willful misconduct by the Participant that is injurious to the Employer or an affiliate or an act of fraud, embezzlement, misrepresentation or breach of a fiduciary duty against the Employer or any of its affiliates, as determined by the Employer’s Board of Directors; or (c) a breach by the Participant of any nondisclosure, non-solicitation or non-competition obligation owed to the Employer or any of its affiliates.

 

Section 1.7 “Change in Control” means a change in ownership or effective control of the Employer or a change in ownership of a substantial portion of the Employer’s assets, all in accordance with Code Section 409A.

 

Section 1.8 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Section 1.9 “Compensation” means, with respect to each Plan Year or performance period, the Participant’s gross regularly paid salary, and the Participant’s incentive compensation (as defined by the Employer and understood by it and each Participant pursuant to the Participant’s employment by the Employer) otherwise received in cash (i.e., incentive compensation does not include any incentive compensation the Participant receives in shares of stock of the Employer).

 

Section 1.10 “Discretionary Employer Contribution Account” means the individual account for a Participant to record the Discretionary Employer Contributions and which is credited for such Account’s Earnings pursuant to Article 4.

 

Section 1.11 “Discretionary Employer Contributions” means the amounts contributed on a Participant’s behalf pursuant to Section 3.3.

 

Section 1.12 “Disability” . A Participant is “Disabled” or incurs a “Disability” if either: (a) the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, or (b) by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, the Participant is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employer. The determination of Disability shall be made by the Employer.

 

Section 1.13 “Earnings” means gains and losses, realized and not realized.

 

Section 1.14 “Effective Date” means the effective date of this Plan, which is January 1, 2014.

 

Section 1.15 “Election Date” is the respective date prescribed in Sections 3.1(d) and 5.1(a).

 

Section 1.16 “Employee” means an individual who is employed by the Employer as a common-law employee.

 

2



 

Section 1.17 “Employer” means Victory Capital Management Inc., incorporated in the State of New York.

 

Section 1.18 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

Section 1.19 “Matching Employer Contribution Account” means the individual account for a Participant to record the Matching Employer Contributions and which is credited for such Account’s Earnings pursuant to Article 4.

 

Section 1.20 “Matching Employer Contributions” means the amounts contributed on a Participant’s behalf pursuant to Section 3.2.

 

Section 1.21 “Participant” means an Employee who: (a) is among a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of ERISA, (b) is designated in writing as a Participant by the Employer and who satisfies the eligibility requirements under Article 2, and (c) has not received a distribution of his or her entire Accrued Benefit. References herein to Participant include references to the Participant’s Beneficiary each place where the context so requires or applies, as determined in the discretion of the Employer. Furthermore, the use of the word Beneficiary herein does not preclude the Employer’s interpretation of the word “Participant” to include a Beneficiary elsewhere in the Plan.

 

Section 1.22 “Payment Event” is defined in Section 5.2.

 

Section 1.23 “Plan” means the nonqualified deferred compensation plan established by the Employer in the form of this document, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Section 1.24 “Plan Administrator” means the Employer. The Plan Administrator is responsible for compliance with applicable requirements under ERISA.

 

Section 1.25 “Plan Year” means the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending every December 31.

 

Section 1.26 “Salary Deferral Agreement” means the agreement a Participant executes in accordance with Section 3.1.

 

Section 1.27 “Salary Deferral Contribution Account” means the individual account for a Participant to record the Salary Deferral Contributions and which is credited for such Account’s Earnings pursuant to Article 4.

 

Section 1.28 “Salary Deferral Contributions” means the amounts credited on a Participant’s behalf in accordance with the Participant’s election to defer compensation pursuant to Section 3.1.

 

Section 1.29 “Section 401(a)(17)” means, for each Plan Year, the compensation limitation in effect under Code Section 401(a)(17).

 

Section 1.30 “Segregated Investment Account” means a Participant-directed Account pursuant to Section 4.5.

 

3



 

Section 1.31 “Separation from Service” means a Participant’s termination of employment with the Employer by reason of death, retirement, or otherwise that qualifies as a separation from service within the meaning of Code Section 409A.

 

(a)     For this purpose the 20%, 36-month threshold of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A- 1(h)(1)(ii) shall apply. Generally, under these regulations a Participant Separates from Service if the facts and circumstances indicate that the Employer and Participant reasonably anticipate that no further services after a certain date will be performed or the level of services after such date will permanently decrease significantly as described under the regulations.

 

(b)           In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between this definition and the definition of “separation from service” or similar term as provided in Code Section 409A, the definition under Code Section 409A shall govern.

 

Section 1.32 “Spouse” means the person who is living and married to the Participant as of any relevant date within the meaning of the laws of the state of the Participant’s residence, as evidenced by a valid marriage certificate or other proof acceptable to the Employer.

 

Section 1.33 “Trust” means the trust established and maintained in connection with this Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

Section 1.34 “Trustee” means the trustee appointed pursuant to this Plan and the Trust.

 

Section 1.35 “Valuation Date” means each business day of the Plan Year on which Plan assets for which there is an established market are valued and the Trustee is conducting business. Otherwise, the Valuation Date means the last day of each Plan Year, and/or such other Valuation Date(s) as selected by the Employer.

 

Section 1.36 “Valuation Period” with respect to any Valuation Date means the period since the preceding Valuation Date.

 

ARTICLE 2

PARTICIPATION

 

Section 2.1      Eligibility . For one or more Plan Years, the Employer in its sole discretion shall designate the Employees who are eligible to participate in the Plan. The designation to participate shall not guarantee that an Employee will remain a Participant in the Plan. Participation in the Plan does not create any right to be employed by the Employer or to earn future benefits of any kind. Except for Salary Deferral Contributions made pursuant to Section 3.1, nothing in the Plan shall be construed to require any contributions to the Plan on behalf of the Participant.

 

Section 2.2      Change of Participation . The Employer in its sole discretion may remove any Participant from the Plan or designate new Participants in the Plan. Notwithstanding, an Employee designated to participate in the Plan shall cease to actively participate in the Plan (e.g., make Salary Deferral Contributions or receive Matching or Discretionary Employer Contributions) if he or she is determined to not be among a select group of management or highly compensated employees within

 

4



 

the meaning of ERISA. Any Participant who ceases to actively participate under the Plan shall, until the Participant’s Accrued Benefit has been distributed to him or her, enjoy the rights afforded to him or her as provided under the Plan.

 

ARTICLE 3

CONTRIBUTIONS, VESTING, AND FORFEITURE

 

Section 3.1    Salary Deferral Contributions

 

(a)           In General . A Participant may elect to defer a percentage or amount of his or her Compensation for a Plan Year and have the Employer credit the deferred amount to the Plan. A Participant’s election to defer shall be made by executing a Salary Deferral Agreement in accordance with this Section 3.1.

 

(b)           Form of Election . The Participant’s Salary Deferral Agreement must be in writing, must be dated and signed or otherwise authenticated by the Participant, and must be delivered to the Employer in the medium the Employer designates, together with all other documents or information required as determined by the Employer. The Salary Deferral Agreement shall be in the form provided by the Employer and shall include the Participant’s elections of the time and method of payment of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit in accordance with Article 5.

 

(c)           Election Periods

 

(i)            In General . The Employer shall schedule an annual election period during which Participants who elect to complete Salary Deferral Agreements must complete such agreements. Such periods shall end each Plan Year no later than the day immediately prior to the beginning of the next Plan Year during which the services that are performed by the Participant give rise to the Compensation that may be deferred. The Employer may, in writing to the Employee, designate that said election period will end on a specified date earlier than the day immediately prior to the beginning of such next Plan Year.

 

(ii)           Performance-Based Compensation . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employer in its sole discretion may schedule election periods for the deferral of compensation that is performance-based compensation (as defined in Code Section 409A) that will end no later than the date that is six (6) months before the end of the performance period, provided that the Participant performs services for the Employer continuously from the later of the beginning of the performance period or the date the performance criteria are established through the date the Participant makes an election hereunder, and provided further that the Participant’s election to defer shall not be made after the performance-based compensation has become readily ascertainable within the meaning of Code Section 409A.

 

(d)           Election Date/Irrevocability . A Participant’s Salary Deferral Agreement shall become irrevocable as of the end of the election period designated by the Employer (“Election Date”) and shall remain irrevocable and in effect for Compensation paid (or deferred) with respect to services the Participant performs in the Plan Year (or performance period) next following the Election Date.

 

5



 

(e)           Amount and Compensation . A Participant’s Salary Deferral Contributions with respect to a Plan Year shall not be less than such amount the Employer prescribes in the Salary Deferral Agreement nor more than one hundred percent (100%) of the Participant’s Compensation (minus required payroll deductions and deductions for any other Employer-sponsored plan or program) or such other amount the Employer establishes in the Salary Deferral Agreement. A Salary Deferral Agreement shall be made (and/or limited) with respect to such Compensation prescribed by the Employer and set forth in one or more Salary Deferral Agreements.

 

(f)            Failure to Elect . In the event a Salary Deferral Agreement is not properly completed and in effect for a Plan Year or performance period, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected to not make any Salary Deferral Contributions for the subject Plan Year or performance period, as applicable.

 

(g)           When Deferral Election Becomes Effective . A Participant’s Salary Deferral Agreement will be effective, and Salary Deferral Contributions will be made, only if and when the Participant has Compensation as defined in Section 1.9 that exceeds Section 401(a)(17). The amount or percentage of Compensation that a Participant elects to defer shall not be subject to change during the Plan Year or performance period, as applicable.

 

(i)            Salary Withholding . Beginning with the payroll period that commences after the Participant’s Compensation exceeds Section 401(a)(17), the Employer shall withhold the amount or percentage of Compensation elected to be deferred that constitutes gross salary in approximately equal amounts for each payroll period within the remaining Plan Year or performance period at or proximate to the time or times such amounts otherwise would be paid to the Participant. Subject to Section 409A requirements, Compensation payable after the last day of the Plan Year solely for services provided during the final payroll period containing the last day of the Plan Year is treated as Compensation for services performed in the subsequent taxable year.

 

(ii)           Incentive Compensation Withholding . The Participant’s Salary Deferral Agreement with respect to incentive compensation shall apply and be effective immediately to such compensation if and once the Participant’s Compensation exceeds Section 401(a)(17). The Employer shall withhold the amount or percentage of any incentive compensation specified by the Participant to be deferred at or proximate to the time or times such incentive compensation otherwise would be paid to the Participant. Any incentive compensation that the Participant exchanges for shares of Employer stock may not be contributed under the Plan and credited to the Participant’s Salary Deferral Contribution Account. Also with respect to incentive compensation, the amount that may be deferred for a Plan Year that is attributable to a period of time services are performed that precedes the beginning of a Plan Year generally shall be limited ratably to the extent required under Code Section 409A.

 

Section 3.2    Matching Employer Contributions

 

(a)           In General . For all or any portion of one or more Plan Years the Employer may award an amount on behalf of Participants who make Contributions for the Plan Year (“Matching Employer Contributions”).

 

6


 

(b)                                  Discretionary Amount . The amount of the Matching Employer Contributions, if any, shall be determined by the Employer in the Employer’s sole discretion. Without limitation, the Employer may limit the amount of Matching Employer Contributions to a set percentage of either the Participant’s Compensation or amount of Salary Deferral Contributions. Until a change is announced to Participants (which change shall be documented in an addendum to the Plan before, on or after such announcement), the Matching Employer Contribution will equal the amount of each Participant’s Salary Deferral Contributions with respect to a Plan Year, with a maximum Matching Employer Contribution equal to 6% of the Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year that exceeds Section 401(a)(17).

 

Section 3.3             Discretionary Employer Contributions

 

(a)                                  In General . With respect to one or more Plan Years, other performance periods, or at any time with respect to any or no period, the Employer may award to the Plan on behalf of one or more Participants, as Discretionary Employer Contributions, an amount the Employer from time to time may deem advisable.

 

(b)                                  Discretionary . Such amount, if any, shall be determined by the Employer on a Participant by Participant basis in the Employer’s sole discretion and will be identified on an addendum issued with respect to a Plan Year or performance period identifying the amounts, if any, awarded on behalf of one or more Participants. For example, and without limitation, the Employer may choose to specify an amount of contribution equal to a specified percentage of Compensation for all employees who are Participants for a specified Plan Year.

 

Section 3.4             Vesting

 

(a)                                  Full Vesting of Salary Deferrals . A Participant shall have a nonforfeitable vested interest in all of his or her Accrued Benefit attributable to the Participant’s Salary Deferral Contribution Account.

 

(b)                                  Vesting in Employer Contributions

 

(i)                                      Vesting Schedule . Except as provided below in Section 3.4(b)(ii), a Participant shall have a nonforfeitable vested interest in his or her Accrued Benefit attributable to the Participant’s Matching Employer Contribution Account and Discretionary Employer Contribution Account in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth below. A Participant’s nonforfeitable vested benefits in such Accounts shall equal the applicable percentage which corresponds to the Participant’s Years of Service multiplied by the value of such Account(s).

 

Years of Service

 

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 3 years

 

0

%

3 years or more

 

100

%

 

(A)                                A “Year of Service,” with respect separately to each Participant, means each twelve-consecutive month period during which the Participant is continuously employed by the Employer (i.e., the Participant must be employed throughout the entire twelve-

7



 

month period). Such period begins on the first day of the Participant’s employment with the Employer and each one-year anniversary thereof.

 

(B)                                All Years of Service of a Participant are taken into account. The Years of Service need not be three-consecutive Years of Service in order for a Participant to have earned three Years of Service.

 

(C)                                If a Participant is employed by the Employer at any particular time, he or she is treated as employed at such time for purposes of Section 3.4(b) even if the Participant is on any Employer authorized leave of absence. In addition, the Participant is treated as employed if any law requires the Participant to be treated as employed for purposes of Section 3.4(b) (for example, if the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, or other mandate applies to this Plan).

 

(ii)                                   Full Vesting on Death, Disability or Change in Control . Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant shall at all times have a nonforfeitable vested interest in the Accrued Benefit attributable to his or her Matching Employer or Discretionary Employer Contribution Accounts (and any other Participant Accounts) upon his or her termination of employment by reason of his or her death or Disability, or if there is a Change in Control.

 

(c)                                   Forfeiture . Notwithstanding any other provision herein, or any provision of any employment or other agreement, including if a Participant is 100% vested because the Participant has earned three Years of Service, a Participant (including a Beneficiary) will lose all of his or her interest in his or her Accrued Benefit, resulting in a complete forfeiture of Accrued Benefit, if either Section 3.4(c)(i) or (ii) below is satisfied.

 

(i)                                      The Participant’s employment terminates in connection with an event that constitutes Cause.

 

(ii)                                   The Participant (or Beneficiary) at any time is determined by the Employer, U.S. Department of Labor, or a court of law to not be among the select group of management or highly compensated employees and if the Employer in its sole discretion determines such forfeiture is required or advisable as a condition of maintaining the intended tax and/or ERISA status of the Plan.

 

(iii)                                If some or all of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit has been paid, and Section 3.4(c)(i) is satisfied, or pursuant to Section 3.4(c)(ii) the Employer in its sole discretion determines that the Participant’s repayment to the Employer is required or advisable, then within ninety (90) days of notice to the Participant or Beneficiary of such circumstance the Participant or Beneficiary shall repay to the Employer the amount of the Accrued Benefit requested to be repaid. The Employer’s determination under Section 3.4(c)(ii) that a Participant is not among the select group of management or highly compensated employees, that a forfeiture is required, and/or that repayment is required, will be made only if the Employer with reluctance concludes such determination or determinations is necessary in its opinion in order for the Plan to remain in compliance with the Code and/or ERISA.

 

8



 

ARTICLE 4

PLAN ACCOUNTING, EARNINGS, AND FUNDING

 

Section 4.1                  Investment . The Employer shall pay contributions under the Plan to one or more designated investment vehicles for investment, including to a Trust, within a period that is not longer than is reasonable for the proper administration of Accounts.

 

Section 4.2             Accounting . The Plan shall maintain one or more bookkeeping Accounts in the name of each Participant to reflect the Participant’s Accrued Benefit under the Plan, including to record each type of contribution (Salary Deferral, Matching or Discretionary Employer Contributions) and Earnings thereon. A Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of any applicable date is the balance of his or her Account(s) as determined in accordance with this Article 4.

 

Section 4.3             Account Adjustments . Except for Earnings of a Segregated Investment Account, as of each Valuation Date the applicable Account of each Participant shall be credited or charged, as the case may be, with:

 

(a)                                  distributions made to or withdrawals by the Participant or his or her Beneficiaries during the Valuation Period;

 

(b)                                  Salary Deferral, Matching and/or Discretionary Employer Contributions allocated to the Participant’s Account(s) during the Valuation Period;

 

(c)                                   Earnings allocated to the Participant’s Account(s) for the Valuation Period;

 

(d)                                  if contributions, Earnings, or other benefits under the Plan are subject to federal, state or local income, employment (e.g., taxes under the Federal Insurance Contributions Act or Federal Unemployment Tax Act), or other taxes, said taxes shall, in the discretion of the Employer, be withheld and deducted from a portion of the Participant’s compensation and/or charged against the applicable Participant Account as determined by the Employer; and

 

(e)                                   other amounts, if any, allocated to or charged against the Participant’s Account(s) under the Plan (e.g., Plan expenses).

 

The provisions of Section 4.5 shall also apply to Accounts.

 

Section 4.4             Allocation of Earnings . As of each Valuation Date, and excluding for this purpose Segregated Investment Accounts, Earnings for all Accounts shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account pursuant to a fraction, the numerator of which is the value of such Account and the denominator of which is the value of all Accounts. To calculate each fraction, the Accounts to which Earnings shall be allocated will be valued as of the preceding applicable Valuation Date (the “opening Account balance”), provided, however, the Employer may establish procedures that are uniformly applied to similarly-situated Participants to determine the Earnings with respect to each Plan Year contribution and to value Accounts which recognize increases and decreases in Accounts that occur during the Valuation Period, including, without limitation, a procedure that provides that each Account, or portion thereof, which is distributed during the applicable Valuation Period shall either not share in Earnings, shall be deemed to share in Earnings at an imputed rate of return or shall share in Earnings

 

9



 

based on that period of time prior to the distribution of the Account or portion thereof, and also including a procedure which credits to such opening Account balances contributions that are made during the applicable Valuation Period. For example, the Earnings may be credited and allocated among Accounts by using a weighted average method. Such method may treat a weighted portion of the applicable contributions as if includable in the Participant’s Account as of the beginning of the Valuation Period. The weighted portion may, without limitation, be a fraction, the numerator of which may be the number of months in the applicable Valuation Period following the date of the applicable contributions, and the denominator of which may be the total number of months in the Valuation Period.

 

Section 4.5             Participant Direction of Investment

 

(a)                                  The Employer and/or if there is a Trust, its Trustee, shall invest the contributions under the Plan, and shall establish and prescribe such rules and limitations it deems appropriate.

 

(b)                                  Subject to Section 4.5(a) above, each Participant shall designate the investment(s) in which the Participant’s Account(s) shall be deemed to be invested for purposes of determining the Account’s Earnings and value of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit. The Employer will accept direction from each Participant on a written election form or by other means that the Employer may require pursuant to conditions, limitations and other provisions established by the Employer. The Employer may establish procedures relating to Participant direction of investment under this Section 4.5, including the establishment of a list of investments or funds selected by the Employer from which the Participant may choose for the deemed investment of the amounts allocated to the Participant’s Account(s).

 

(c)                                   The Plan will maintain a Segregated Investment Account(s) to the extent a Participant’s Account(s) is subject to Participant investment direction. A Segregated Investment Account will be deemed to receive Earnings credited/debited to it and will bear all of its expenses. A Segregated Investment Account, including one invested in a pooled fund (in which more than one Account is invested), shall be subject to such accounting procedures and/or Sections 4.3 and 4.4 as the Employer deems appropriate.

 

(d)                                  The Participant’s investment selections shall remain in effect until the Participant makes a new investment election. If an investment selection is not made or if for any reason the selection becomes ineffective, the Earnings shall be determined by the Employer.

 

(e)                                   The Participant’s right to select the investment of his or her Account(s) does not give the Participant any vested interest or secured or preferred position with respect to the assets over which the Participant provides investment instructions.

 

Section 4.6             Trust and No Funding

 

(a)                                  The Employer may establish the Trust for the purpose of retaining and managing assets set aside by the Employer for payment of all or a portion of the amounts payable pursuant to the Plan. Any Benefits not paid from the Trust shall be paid solely from the Employer’s general funds, and any Benefits paid from the Trust shall be credited against and reduce by a corresponding amount the Employer’s liability to Participants under the Plan. No special or separate fund, other than the Trust,

 

10



 

shall be established and no other segregation of assets shall be made to provide the payment of any Accrued Benefit hereunder.

 

(b)                                  All Trust funds, and any other amounts contributed under the Plan, and all Earnings thereon, shall be subject to the claims of general creditors of the Employer. The obligations of the Employer to pay Benefits under the Plan constitute an unfunded, unsecured promise to pay and Participants shall have no greater rights than general creditors of the Employer. Trust assets shall not, at any time, be located outside of the United States or be transferred outside of the United States.

 

(c)                                   The right of a Participant or his or her Beneficiary to an Accrued Benefit hereunder shall be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the Employer, and neither the Participant nor his or her Beneficiary shall have any rights in or against any amount credited to his or her Account(s) or any other specific assets of the Employer, except as otherwise provided in the Trust. Except as provided under the Trust, nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Plan and the Employer or any other person. Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute a guarantee by the Employer that the assets of the Employer will be sufficient to pay any benefit to any person.

 

(d)                                  The Employer shall appoint and/or discharge the Trustee, if any, pursuant to the Trust document and/or other written agreement between the Employer and the Trustee. Except as otherwise provided herein, the services of the Trustee and the Trust provisions shall be set forth in the Trust document. To the extent provided therein and consistent with the Plan, the Trustee shall assume such responsibilities and duties of the Employer as the Employer and Trustee agree.

 

Section 4.7             Benefit Responsibility . The Employer, through the Trust, shall be responsible for providing the Accrued Benefit of each Participant. Victory Capital Holdings Inc. agrees to not interfere directly or indirectly with the Employer’s payments of benefits under the Plan. Such agreement will be evidenced by and effective with written Board of Director action which is hereby made a part of and incorporated into this Plan.

 

ARTICLE 5

TIME AND METHOD OF PAYMENT

 

Section 5.1             Election of Payment

 

(a)                                  No later than the Election Date, the Participant will submit a written election form setting forth the time and method of payment of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit. The Election Date is defined in Section 3.1(d) for Salary Deferral Contributions and with respect to Matching and Discretionary Employer Contributions is no later than the earlier of the last day of the Plan Year for Compensation attributable to services to be performed for the immediately following Plan Year and the date otherwise dictated by Code Section 409A (e.g., when such contribution is made to the Trust). The “Election Date” is determined under Code Section 409A with respect to each “plan” (i.e., each source of Benefits provided under the Plan pursuant to Sections 3.1, 3.2, and 3.3 respectively) as disaggregated to the greatest extent allowed under Code Section 409A.

 

(b)                                  Subject to the other provisions herein, a Participant’s election (or nonelection) is irrevocable as of the Election Date. Each Participant’s election or change in election must be in

 

11



 

compliance with this Article 5 and in accordance with and as limited by the election form the Employer provides. The Election Date, payment events and/or methods of payment provided in the election form may be sooner or narrower and more limited than as set forth in this Article, as determined each Plan Year by the Employer.

 

Section 5.2             Payment Events . A Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall commence to be paid upon one or more of the following times or events (“Payment Event”) as set forth and limited by the Participant’s election form:

 

(a)                                  upon the Participant’s Separation from Service,

 

(b)                                  a time or a fixed schedule under the Plan,

 

(c)                                   upon a Change in Control,

 

(d)                                  upon the Participant’s Disability,

 

(e)                                   upon the Participant’s death,

 

(f)                                    upon the earliest to occur of the events specified in Subsection (a) through (e).

 

The Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be paid or commence to be paid within ninety (90) days following the date set forth in the payment election form that follows or coincides with the Participant’s Payment Event. The Employer, and specifically not the Participant, will determine and designate the exact date and taxable year of payment. This Section 5.2 is subject to a subsequent election made under Section 5.6.

 

Section 5.3             Method of Payment . A Participant’s Accrued Benefit, or portion thereof, shall be paid under one of the following methods as set forth and limited by the Participant’s election form:

 

(a)                                  by payment in a lump sum;

 

(b)                                  by payment in substantially five (5) equal annual installments, with each installment equaling the product of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date divided by the number of remaining installments; or

 

(c)                                   by payment in any other form or under any other method approved by the Employer and set forth in the payment election form the Employer provides that is consistent with Code Section 409A.

 

Regardless of the method of payment, any distribution (including one that is not a lump sum payment) will be accelerated and paid in accordance with the second and third sentences of Section 5.2 upon the earliest to occur of the events as set forth in Section 5.2 and the election form (i.e., Separation from Service, death, Disability or a Change in Control).

 

Section 5.4             Default Payment . If the Participant does not properly and timely elect a time and/or method of payment, the Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be paid in a lump sum to the Participant within the ninety (90) day period following his or her Separation from Service. The Employer, and

 

12



 

specifically not the Participant, will determine and designate the exact date and taxable year of payment.

 

Section 5.5             Intervening Disability or Death . Unless the Participant elects otherwise in accordance with this Article 5, in the event the Participant becomes Disabled or dies prior to payment or the completion of payment hereunder, the Participant’s remaining Accrued Benefit shall be paid to the Participant or Beneficiary in a lump sum within the ninety (90) day period following the Participant’s Disability or death. The Employer, and specifically not the Participant or Beneficiary, will determine and designate the exact date and taxable year of payment.

 

Section 5.6             Change in Election . In accordance with the written election form the Employer provides to the Participant, a Participant may change the time payment commences and/or method of payment established under Article 5 so long as the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(a)                                  in the case of an election related to a payment to be made at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, the Participant’s election to delay a payment must be made no later than twelve (12) months prior to the date of the first scheduled payment;

 

(b)                                  the Participant’s election must not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the election is made;

 

(c)                                   in the case of an election related to a payment other than a payment made on account of Disability, death, or Unforeseeable Emergency the payment with respect to which the election is made must be deferred for a period of at least five (5) years from the date such payment would otherwise have been made;

 

(d)                                  a Participant may not accelerate the time or schedule of any payment under the Plan, except as provided in Code Section 409A; and

 

(e)                                   the Participant may not elect payment earlier than the Participant’s Separation from Service, Disability, death, a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, or a Change in Control or upon Unforeseeable Emergency, all in accordance with Code Section 409A.

 

This Section 5.6 does not allow a payment change in the event payment is accelerated in accordance with the last sentence of Section 5.3 and/or the election form.

 

Section 5.7             Payment for Unforeseeable Emergency

 

(a)                                  In the case of an Unforeseeable Emergency, and upon the Participant’s request, the Employer may, in its sole discretion, direct that payments be made notwithstanding any other provision hereunder. Payment because of an Unforeseeable Emergency shall be limited to the amount reasonably necessary to satisfy the Unforeseeable Emergency (which may include amounts necessary or anticipated to pay any taxes or penalties resulting from the distribution).

 

(b)                                  “Unforeseeable Emergency” means, as determined by the Employer in its sole discretion, a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from: an illness or accident of the Participant or Beneficiary, the Participant’s Spouse, or a dependent (as defined in Code Section 152 without regard to Code Section 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B)) of such Participant; loss of the

 

13



 

Participant’s property due to casualty; or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. An Unforeseeable Emergency generally shall not include the purchase of a home or payment of college tuition, but may include the imminent foreclosure of or eviction from the Participant’s primary residence, the need to pay for medical expenses, or the payment of funeral expenses of the Participant’s Spouse, Beneficiary or dependent. To qualify as an Unforeseeable Emergency, the circumstance must satisfy the requirements of Code Section 409A.

 

(c)                                   If the Participant receives an Unforeseeable Emergency payment, then the Participant’s Salary Deferral Contributions will be cancelled and the Participant will not be eligible to participate in the Plan (“Plan” will be determined in accordance with the Code Section 409A regulations) until the later of the 24-month period beginning on the date of the Participant’s Unforeseeable Emergency payment or the first day of the Plan Year following the 24-month period, as determined by the Employer.

 

Section 5.8             Permitted Payment Acceleration . To the extent permitted by Code Section 409A, the Employer may, in its sole discretion, commence distribution to a Participant, Beneficiary or other appropriate payee of the portion of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit authorized for distribution for one or more of the following reasons: (a) a de minimis cashout payment that results in the termination of the entirety of a Participant’s interest in the Plan (and any required aggregated plan), if the payment is not greater than the applicable dollar amount under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B) and if the Employer exercises its discretion hereunder evidenced in writing no later than the date of such payment; (b) payment of the amount required to be included in a Participant’s income as a result of any failure to comply with Code Section 409A; (c) payment to pay the Federal Insurance Contributions Act tax imposed under the Code as permitted under Code Section 409A; (d) payment to a party other than to the Participant pursuant to a domestic relations order; (e) termination of the Plan; and (f) any other circumstance permitted under Code Section 409A.

 

Section 5.9             Domestic Relations Orders . Nothing contained in this Plan prevents the Employer from complying with the provisions of a domestic relations order under the Plan which awards a Participant’s Accrued Benefit to an alternate payee; provided, however, compliance with the order and payment will only be made to the extent the Employer determines such compliance and payment is in accordance with applicable law, including ERISA and the Code. For purposes of this Section, an alternate payee is the spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant who is recognized by a domestic relations order as having a right to receive all, or a portion of, the Benefits payable under the Plan with respect to such Participant.

 

Section 5.10           Overpayment . If for any reason, including, without limitation, mathematical or administrative error, the amounts paid to the Participant or Beneficiary exceed the Accrued Benefit to which the Participant or Beneficiary is entitled under the Plan, such excess shall constitute an indebtedness of such party to the Employer. Such indebtedness shall be payable to the Employer by the Participant, or Beneficiary as the case may be, upon demand by the Employer, or as determined by the Employer, such indebtedness shall be charged against amounts credited to such Participant’s Account(s).

 

Section 5.11           Facility of Payment . Whenever, in the Employer’s opinion, a Participant or Beneficiary entitled to receive a payment of Benefits hereunder is under disability or is

 

14



 

incapacitated so as to not receive or acknowledge payment hereunder, the Employer may make payments to the party’s representative, relative or other person for the party’s benefit or otherwise apply the payment for the benefit of such Participant or Beneficiary in such manner that the Employer considers advisable. Any payment of Benefits in accordance with the provision of this document shall be a complete discharge of any liability for the making of such payment under the provisions of the Plan.

 

Section 5.12           Taxes . Amounts payable hereunder or the Participant’s Compensation shall be reduced by applicable federal, state, and local taxes or charges that the Employer is required to withhold or the Employer deems appropriate.

 

ARTICLE 6

PARTICIPANT PROVISIONS

 

Section 6.1             Beneficiary Designation . Each Participant shall designate, in writing, any person or persons, who, contingently or successively, are to succeed to the Participant’s Accrued Benefit under the Plan in the event of the Participant’s death. The Employer shall prescribe a sample form for the written designation of the Beneficiary and, upon the Participant’s filing the form with the Employer, it shall effectively revoke all designations filed prior to that date by the Participant.

 

Section 6.2             Community Property and Legal Effect . The Participant, and specifically not the Employer or any other party, shall be responsible for ensuring the legal validity and enforceability of the Participant’s Beneficiary designation. The Participant is strongly encouraged to seek his or her own legal counsel for this purpose. If the Participant’s Accrued Benefit is subject to the Spouse’s or a former Spouse’s community property interest, the Participant’s designation of the Beneficiary shall be valid and enforceable only to the extent such Accrued Benefit is not subject to such community property interest and/or the Spouse has waived his or her election in accordance with applicable state law.

 

Section 6.3             No Beneficiary Designation . If a Participant fails to name a Beneficiary in accordance with Section 6.1, if the Beneficiary named by a Participant predeceases him or her or dies before complete distribution is made to the Beneficiary under the Plan, or there is a disclaimer pursuant to law, then the Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s Spouse, but if the Spouse predeceases the Participant, then the Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s descendants per stirpes , and if none survive the Participant, then the Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s estate.

 

Section 6.4             Revocation Upon Divorce . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant designates his or her Spouse as a Beneficiary, a subsequent divorce decree that relates to such Spouse shall automatically revoke the Participant’s designation of the Spouse as a Beneficiary unless the decree or a domestic relations order provides otherwise or unless the Participant designates such former Spouse as his or her Beneficiary, in accordance with this Article 6, at any time after the date of such divorce decree.

 

15



 

Section 6.5             Personal Data to Employer . Each Participant and each Beneficiary of a deceased Participant must furnish to the Employer such evidence, data or information as the Employer considers necessary or desirable for the purpose of administering the Plan. The provisions of this Plan are effective for the benefit of each Participant upon the condition precedent that each Participant will furnish promptly full, true and complete evidence, data and information when requested by the Employer.

 

Section 6.6             Assignment or Alienation . Neither a Participant nor a Beneficiary shall anticipate, transfer, assign or alienate (either at law or in equity) any Accrued Benefit provided under this Plan, and the Employer shall not recognize any such anticipation, transfer, assignment or alienation. To the extent permitted by law, the right of any Participant or any Beneficiary to any benefit or to any payment under this Plan shall not be subject in any manner to attachment or other legal process for the debts of such Participant or Beneficiary.

 

ARTICLE 7

ADMINISTRATION

 

Section 7.1             Authority and Responsibility of the Plan Administrator . Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, the Plan Administrator (i.e., the Employer) shall have full and complete authority, responsibility, discretion and control over the management, administration and operation of the Plan and investments hereunder, except to the extent the Trust otherwise provides, including but not limited to the authority to: (a) formulate, adopt, issue, revise and apply procedures and rules in accordance with law; (b) construe and apply the provisions of the Plan; (c) make all determinations under the Plan, including those concerning eligibility for Benefits and eligibility to receive payment of Benefits; (d) adopt and prescribe the use of necessary forms; (e) prepare and file reports, notices, and any other documents relating to the Plan which may be required by the United States Secretary of Labor or Secretary of the Treasury; (f) prepare and distribute to Participants any communication materials required by ERISA or the Code; (g) employ or retain agents and/or other professionals (including those who may be employed by or represent the Employer) to aid it in the administration of the Plan; (h) be the agent for service of legal process; (i) make available for inspection and provide upon request documents and instruments required to be disclosed by ERISA or the Code; (j) direct the payment of Benefits under the Plan and issue such other directions and instructions as are necessary for the proper administration of the Plan; and (k) analyze and report Plan activity. Any decisions or determinations the Plan Administrator may make under or with respect to the Plan shall be made in its sole discretion and shall be final and binding.

 

Section 7.2             Claims Procedures

 

(a)                                  Initial Claim for Benefits and Timing . Each person entitled to Benefits under this Plan (“Claimant”) must submit his or her claim for Benefits to the Employer in such form as is provided or approved by such Employer. A Claimant shall have no right to seek review of a denial of Benefits, or to bring any action in any court to enforce a claim for Benefits prior to his or her filing a claim and exhausting his or her rights under this Section. When a claim for Benefits has been filed properly, such claim shall be evaluated and the Claimant shall be notified by the Employer (or its agent) of its approval or denial within a reasonable period of time but not later than ninety (90) days after the Employer’s receipt of such claim unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If such an extension of time is required, written notice

 

16


 

of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant by the Employer (or its agent) prior to the termination of the initial ninety (90) day period which shall specify the special circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which a final decision is expected to be reached (which date shall not be later than one hundred and eighty (180) days after the date on which the claim was received by the Employer).

 

(b)                                  Content of Denial Notice . If a claim is denied, in whole or in part, the Claimant shall be given written notice which shall contain (i) the specific reason(s) for the denial, (ii) reference to the specific Plan provision(s) upon which the denial is based, (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iv) a description of the Plan’s appeal procedure and its applicable time limits, as set forth herein, including a statement of the Claimant’s rights to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse determination on appeal.

 

(c)                                   Appeal of Claim Denial . The purpose of the review procedure set forth in this Section is to provide a procedure by which a Claimant under the Plan may have a reasonable opportunity to appeal a denial of a claim for a full and fair review. If a claim is denied, in whole or in part (or if within the time periods prescribed in Subsection (a), the Employer or its agent has not furnished the Claimant with a denial and the claim is therefore deemed denied), and if the Claimant wishes to appeal the denial, the Claimant must file a written request with the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after the date on which the Claimant received written notification of the denial that the Plan Administrator conduct a full and fair review of the denial of the claim for Benefits, which shall include a hearing if deemed necessary by the Plan Administrator.

 

(d)                                  Review Requirements . The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for Benefits. The review shall take into account all such comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the Claimant, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

(e)                                   Decision on Review . Decision on review of a denied claim shall be made in the following manner:

 

(i)                                      The decision on review shall be made and be communicated to the Claimant within a reasonable period of time but not later than sixty (60) days after the Plan Administrator receives the request for review unless the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances (such as the need to hold a hearing) require an extension of time for processing the claim. If the Plan Administrator determines that an extension of time is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial sixty (60) day period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of sixty (60) days from the end of the initial period. The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Plan expects to render the determination on review.

 

(ii)                                   The decision on review shall be set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, shall be in writing, and shall include: the specific reason(s) for the decision, reference to the specific Plan provision(s) on which the decision is based, a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies

 

17



 

of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for Benefits, and a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

 

(iii)                                In the event that the decision on review is not furnished within the time period set forth in this Subsection, the claim shall be deemed denied on review.

 

Section 7.3             Expenses . To the extent not inconsistent with the Trust, the Trustee is authorized to pay from the Trust all expenses, taxes and fees incurred in connection with the Plan and/or Trust (including without limitation recordkeeping, administration, attorneys’ fees, and investment fees) to the extent they are not paid by the Employer. Such expenditures shall be charged against the Trust and as applicable the Participant’s Account(s) pursuant to Section 4.3 or otherwise as determined by the Trustee and Employer in accordance with the Trust.

 

ARTICLE 8

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 8.1             USERRA and Family and Medical Leave Act . The Plan shall comply with the requirements of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 and the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993.

 

Section 8.2             Amendment or Termination

 

(a)                                  In General . The Plan may be amended in whole or in part from time to time by the Employer and may be terminated by the Employer, in its sole discretion, but subject to compliance with Code Section 409A. Upon Plan termination, the Participants shall be entitled to receive their Accrued Benefits only in accordance with the Plan as if it had not terminated or as the Plan otherwise is amended or administered in compliance with the Code and ERISA, as applicable.

 

(b)                                  Amendments and Administration . The Plan may be amended and administered by the Employer at any time and retroactively, if required, if warranted in the opinion of the Employer, to ensure that the Plan is characterized as a “top hat” plan maintained for a select group of management or highly compensated employees as described under ERISA, and/or to conform the Plan to the provisions and requirements of any applicable law (including but not limited to ERISA and the Code). Any reduction, elimination or change of a Participant’s Benefits under this Section 8.2 shall not be deemed to prejudice nor impermissibly reduce in contravention of this Plan any interest of a Participant or a Beneficiary hereunder. Any payment election or provision in effect prior to any Plan amendment shall be conformed and interpreted as warranted to comply with the Code.

 

Section 8.3             No Liability . The Employer, Victory Capital Holdings Inc., and each of the respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees shall not be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the Plan unless attributable to such person’s own fraud or willful misconduct. The Employer shall not be responsible for any act or failure to act of any Trustee appointed to administer the Trust.

 

Section 8.4             Employment Relations . The adoption and maintenance of the Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Employer and its Employees or to be

 

18



 

consideration for, or an inducement or condition of, the employment of any person. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to: (a) give to any person the right to be retained in the employ of the Employer; (b) affect the right of the Employer to discipline or discharge any person at any time; (c) give the Employer the right to require any person to remain in its employ; or (d) affect any person’s right to terminate his or her employment at any time.

 

Section 8.5             Enforceability . This Plan shall be binding upon the assigns, successors, and the legal representatives of the Participant and of the Employer, subject to Section 8.2, unless the Employer determines otherwise in writing.

 

Section 8.6             Construction

 

(a)                                  Words used in the masculine shall apply to the feminine where applicable, and wherever the context of the Plan dictates, the plural shall be read as the singular and the singular as the plural. Reference to the provisions of any particular section of the Code, ERISA, other statute, regulation or release by governing authorities shall be deemed to be a reference to any section of the authority which may hereafter contain the same or similar provisions.

 

(b)                                  This Plan shall be administered, construed and limited in the manner appropriate for the Plan to comply with the provisions of ERISA, particularly to qualify as an ERISA “top hat” plan and to comply with the provisions of the Code, including without limitation Code Section 409A. ERISA and Code sections and regulations are incorporated by reference as is necessary for such administration, interpretation and limitation.

 

(c)                                   If any provision of this Plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provisions, to the extent invalid or unenforceable, had not been included herein.

 

(d)                                  The headings of Articles, Sections and subsections hereunder are included solely for convenience of reference, and if there is any conflict between such headings and the text of this Plan, the text shall control.

 

Section 8.7                  Entire Agreement . Except as otherwise amended or incorporated herein, or supplemented with addenda, in writing by the Employer, this Plan document constitutes the entire agreement between the Employer, Participants and Beneficiaries and contains all of the agreements among such parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and furthermore, to the extent conflicting, this Plan supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or in writing, without limitation including in any employment agreement among the parties hereto, with respect to the subject matter hereof. Any such other agreement shall be null, void, and of no effect with respect to the subject matter of this Plan. This Section in no way limits or abrogates the provisions of the Trust nor the Employer’s right to amend or terminate the Plan in any respect, including without limitation pursuant to Section 8.2.

 

Section 8.8             Governing Law . The Plan and all matters arising with respect thereto shall be governed by ERISA and the Code (and/or other federal law), except as otherwise not applicable, in which case New York State law shall govern.

 

19



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has executed this Plan this 30th day of December, 2013.

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Brown

 

 

David Brown, CEO

 

20




Exhibit 10.12

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE

VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

WHEREAS, Victory Capital Management Inc. (“Employer”) has adopted and maintains the Victory Capital Management Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (“Plan”) for the benefit of eligible employees; and

 

WHEREAS, the Employer is permitted and desires to amend the Plan pursuant to Plan Section 8.2.

 

NOW THEREFORE, the Employer hereby amends the Plan, effective as of the date the Employer acquires the stock of Munder Capital Management, a Delaware general partnership (“Munder Effective Date”), as follows:

 

FIRST : Section 3.4(b)(i) of the Plan is hereby amended by adding a new subsection (D), to read as follows:

 

(D)                                For purposes of calculating Years of Service, employment with Munder Capital Management, a Delaware general partnership, prior to the Munder Effective Date shall be treated as employment with the Employer.

 

SECOND : IN ALL OTHER RESPECTS, the Plan is hereby ratified and affirmed.

 

This Amendment is adopted this 14 day of October, 2014.

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Brown

 

 

David Brown, CEO

 




Exhibit 10.13

 

FIRST ADDENDUM

VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

WHEREAS, Victory Capital Management Inc. (“Employer”) has adopted and maintains the Victory Capital Management Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (“Plan”) for the benefit of eligible employees; and

 

WHEREAS, the Employer is permitted and desires to change the Employer’s discretionary matching contributions pursuant to Plan Section 3.2(b).

 

NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the matching contribution is hereby modified in accordance with a revised Plan Section 3.2(b) which is hereby restated and reads as follows:

 

(b)  Discretionary Amount . The amount of the Matching Employer Contributions, if any, shall be determined by the Employer in the Employer’s sole discretion. Without limitation, the Employer may limit the amount of Matching Employer Contributions to a set percentage of either the Participant’s Compensation or amount of Salary Deferral Contributions. Until a change is announced to Participants (which change shall be documented in an addendum to the Plan before, on or after such announcement), the Matching Employer Contribution will equal the amount of each Participant’s Salary Deferral Contributions with respect to a Plan Year, with a maximum Matching Employer Contribution equal to 6% of the Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year that exceeds the Section 401(a)(17) limit for such Plan Year. Notwithstanding, no Matching Employer Contribution for a Plan Year shall be made on Compensation for such Plan Year that exceeds $4,000,000.00.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Addendum is hereby adopted effective for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2015.

 

Dated: October 14, 2014

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Brown

 

 

David Brown, CEO

 




Exhibit 10.14

 

Second Amendment

VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

WHEREAS, Victory Capital Management Inc. (“Employer”) has adopted and maintains the Victory Capital Management Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (“Plan”) for the benefit of eligible employees;

 

WHEREAS , the Employer is permitted and desires to change the Definition of Compensation pursuant to Plan Section 8.2;

 

WHEREAS , the Employer desires to change the definition of Spouse to make it consistent with current law;

 

WHEREAS , the Employer is permitted and desires to change the Employer’s discretionary matching contributions pursuant to Plan Section 3.2(b); and

 

WHEREAS , the Employer is permitted and desires to accommodate past service credit on account of its acquisition of Compass Efficient Model Portfolios (as of April 30, 2015).

 

NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED , that the Definition of Compensation, Plan Section 1.9, is hereby restated to read as follows:

 

Section 1.9 “Compensation” means, with respect to each Plan Year or performance period, the Participant’s gross regularly paid salary, and the Participant’s incentive compensation (as defined by the Employer and understood by it and each Participant pursuant to the Participant’s employment by the Employer) otherwise received in cash (i.e., incentive compensation does not include any incentive compensation the Participant receives in shares of stock of the Employer), excluding signing bonuses, retention bonuses, moving allowances, dividends on vested and unvested options, and dividends on vested and unvested restricted stock.

 

RESOLVED FURTHER that the definition of Spouse in Section 1.32 is restated to read as follows:

 

Section 1.32 “Spouse” means the person who is legally married to the Participant under the laws of a state or other recognized jurisdiction as of any relevant date, as evidenced by a valid marriage certificate or other proof acceptable to the Employer. This includes married individuals of the same sex, even if the married couple resides in a state or jurisdiction that does not recognize the validity of same sex marriages.

 

RESOLVED FURTHER that the matching contribution is hereby modified in accordance with a restated Plan Section 3.2(b) which reads as follows:

 

(b)  Discretionary Amount . The amount of the Matching Employer Contributions, if any, shall be determined by the Employer in the Employer’s sole discretion. Without limitation, the Employer may limit the amount of Matching Employer Contributions

 



 

to a set percentage of either the Participant’s Compensation or amount of Salary Deferral Contributions. Until a change is announced to Participants (which change shall be documented in an Amendment to the Plan before, on or after such announcement), the Matching Employer Contribution will equal the amount of each Participant’s Salary Deferral Contributions with respect to a Plan Year, with a maximum Matching Employer Contribution equal to 6% of the Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year that exceeds the Section 401(a)(17) limit for such Plan Year. Notwithstanding, no Matching Employer Contribution shall be made for a Plan Year on Compensation for such Plan Year that exceeds $3,000,000.00.

 

RESOLVED FURTHER , that Section 3.4(b)(i) of the Plan is hereby amended by adding thereto a new subsection (E), to read as follows:

 

(E)           For purposes of calculating Years of Service, employment with Compass Efficient Model Portfolios (“Compass EMP”) prior to April 30, 2015 (“Compass Closing Date”) shall be treated as employment with the Employer if the Participant was employed by Compass EMP on the Compass Closing Date.

 

RESOLVED FURTHER , that in all other respects the Plan shall remain unmodified and affirmed.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

2



 

This Amendment is hereby adopted effective for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2016.

 

Dated:

11-9-2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Brown

 

 

David Brown, CEO

 

3




Exhibit 10.15

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

 

Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”), has granted to the individual listed below (“ Optionee ”) an option to purchase the number of Shares set forth below (the “ Option ”). The Option is subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the award agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Award Agreement ”) and the Plan, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this grant notice have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan or the Award Agreement.

 

Optionee                                                                                              [NAME]

 

Number of Shares                                           [ · ] Shares

Subject to the

Option

 

Exercise Price per                                         $[ · ]

Share

 

Grant Date                                                                                  [ · ], 2014 (the “ Grant Date ”)

 

Expiration Date                                                      Ten years following the Grant Date

 

Vesting                                                                                                       Service Vesting Options : [ · ]Shares subject to the Option (the “ Service Vesting Option ”) will vest and become exercisable based on satisfaction of the service condition specified in Section 2(a) of the Award Agreement.

 

Performance Vesting Options : [ · ]Shares subject to the Option (the “ Performance Vesting Option ”) will vest and become exercisable based on satisfaction of the performance condition specified in Section 2(b) of the Award Agreement.

 



 

OPTION AGREEMENT

Under the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan

 

THIS AWARD AGREEMENT (the “ Award Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [ · ], 2014 between Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [NAME] (the “ Optionee ”).

 

The Company hereby grants to the Optionee an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase certain Shares on the terms and conditions as set forth in this Award Agreement and in the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

In accordance with this grant, and as a condition thereto, the Company and the Optionee agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. Exercise Price; Number of Shares; Date of Grant. The price at which each Share subject to this Option may be purchased, the number of Shares for which the Option may be exercised and the date of grant of the Option are as set forth in the Stock Option Grant Notice.

 

SECTION 2. Term and Vesting Schedule. This Option shall not be exercisable after the tenth anniversary of date of grant (the “ Expiration Date ”). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement and the Plan, the Option shall vest and the Optionee shall be entitled to exercise the Option prior to the Expiration Date and to purchase Shares hereunder in accordance with the following terms:

 

(a)                                  Service Vesting Option. The Service Vesting Option (as set forth in the Stock Option Grant Notice) will vest 25% on each anniversary of the Grant Date, subject to continued employment or service on the vesting date or as set forth in Section 4.

 

(b)                                  Performance Vesting Option. The Performance Vesting Option (as set forth in the Stock Option Grant Notice) will vest based on the attainment of certain performance criteria, as set forth on Exhibit D hereto.

 

(c)                                   The right to exercise this Option shall be cumulative so that to the extent this Option is not exercised when it becomes initially exercisable with respect to any Shares, it shall be exercisable with respect to such Shares at any time thereafter as provided herein and in the Plan until the Expiration Date and any Shares subject to this Option which have not then been purchased may not, thereafter, be purchased hereunder. A Share shall be considered to have been purchased on or before the Expiration Date if the Company has been given notice of the purchase pursuant to Section 3 and Section 10, and the Company has actually received payment for the Share on or before the Expiration Date.

 

SECTION 3. Notice of Exercise, Payment and Certificate. Exercise of this Option, in whole or in part, shall be by delivery of a notice to the Company as provided in Section 10 which specifies the number of Shares being purchased and is accompanied by payment therefor in cash (or adequate provision therefor, in the Company’s sole discretion), or such other consideration as may be permitted by the Committee pursuant to Section 6.04 of the Plan. Promptly after receipt of such notice and purchase price (or adequate provision therefor), the Company shall deliver to

 

A- 1



 

the person exercising the Option a certificate, or other indication of ownership, for the number of Shares purchased. Shares to be issued upon the exercise of this Option may be either authorized and unissued Shares or Shares which have been reacquired by the Company.

 

SECTION 4. Termination of Employment or Service. This Option may be exercised only while the Optionee is employed (as an employee or an officer) by the Company or its Subsidiaries or is otherwise performing services for the Company or its Subsidiaries (as a director or consultant) or as follows:

 

(a)                                  Death or Permanent Disability. If the Optionee’s employment or service with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates due to his or her death or Disability, the unvested portion of the Option will vest in accordance with clauses (i) and (ii) below and the Optionee (or, in the case of his or her death, his or her Permitted Transferees) shall have the right to exercise the vested portion of the Option for a period which ends not later than the earliest of (x) twelve months after such termination and (y) the Expiration Date.

 

(i)                                      The portion of the Service Vesting Option that shall vest shall equal (A) the number of Shares underlying the unvested portion of the Option, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of days between the last vesting date that immediately precedes such termination (or the grant date, if no such vesting date has passed) and the termination date and the denominator of which shall be the number of days between the vesting date that immediately precedes such termination (or the grant date) and the final vesting date. Any portion of the Service Vesting Option that does not vest in accordance with this Section 4(a)(i) shall be forfeited without any payment to the Optionee.

 

(ii)                                   The Performance Vesting Option shall vest as if the target performance criteria set forth in Exhibit D hereto had been met as of the date of termination of Optionee’s employment or service with the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

(b)                                  Termination without Cause; Termination for Good Reason. If the Optionee’s employment or service with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated by the Company without Cause or by the Optionee for Good Reason, the unvested portion of the Option will vest in accordance with clauses (i) and (ii) below and the Optionee shall have the right to exercise the vested portion of the Option for a period which ends not later than the earliest of (x) three months after such termination and (y) the Expiration Date.

 

(i)                                      The portion of the Service Vesting Option that shall vest shall be determined in accordance with Section 4(a)(i) above.

 

(ii)                                   The Performance Vesting Option shall vest based on the level of achievement of the performance criteria set forth in Exhibit D hereto, measured as of the date of termination of Optionee’s employment or service with the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

(c)                                   Resignation. If the Optionee’s employment or service with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated by the Optionee’s resignation without Good Reason, the unvested portion of the Option is deemed to be immediately forfeited. The Optionee shall have the right to

 

A- 2



 

exercise the vested portion of the Option for a period which ends not later than the earliest of (i) three months after such termination and (ii) the Expiration Date.

 

(d)                                  Termination for Cause. If the Optionee’s employment or service with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated by the Company for Cause, this Option shall be deemed immediately forfeited and cancelled in its entirety upon such termination of employment or service or breach without any payment or consideration being due from the Company. The Optionee shall also forfeit any Shares acquired upon the exercise of an Option for which the Optionee has not yet paid taxes.

 

(e)                                   Company Call Right. In the case of each termination of employment or service described above, the Company shall have a call right with respect to any Option Shares pursuant to Section 4.05 of the Shareholders’ Agreement (the “ Call Right ”).

 

SECTION 5. Integration of Shareholders’ Agreement and Award Terms; Consent.

 

(a)                                  In consideration of, and as a condition to, the grant of the Option, as of the Grant Date the Optionee hereby agrees to be bound by Section 4.02 of the Shareholders’ Agreement relating to drag rights, as if the Optionee were a “Management Shareholder” for purposes of such Section 4.02. In addition, to the extent that the Optionee is not already a Shareholder (as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement) at the time the Optionee exercises this Option, the Optionee must execute and deliver to the Company an instrument or instruments substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto confirming that the Optionee has agreed to be bound as a “Shareholder” by the terms of the Shareholders’ Agreement before any Shares are to be issued upon such exercise.

 

(b)                                  For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the Optionee shall have no rights as a Shareholder under the Shareholders’ Agreement during any period that the Optionee is not the record owner of Shares; and (ii) the provisions of the Plan and this Award Agreement will at all times take precedence over the terms of the Shareholders’ Agreement to the extent that the provisions of the Plan and this Award Agreement provide for the adjustment or cancellation of the Option upon specified events, including, without limitation, as provided under Articles 3 and 4 of the Plan.

 

(c)                                   The Optionee agrees to cause any current or future spouse of his or hers to deliver to the Company a consent in the form of the consent set forth in Exhibit C hereto validly executed by such spouse on the date hereof or promptly after any such person becomes his or her spouse, as applicable.

 

SECTION 6. Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation

 

(a)                                  The Optionee hereby acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and, accordingly, agrees that, as a condition of the grant of the Option, during his or her employment (and the period in which the Optionee is providing services to the Company or its Subsidiaries) and for the longer of (x) the applicable Non-Competition Period or Non-Solicitation Period, each as defined in the Participant’s employment agreement, if any, or (y) one year following the Optionee’s termination of employment or service (subject to Section 6(b) below), the Optionee shall not, except as otherwise permitted in writing by the Board:

 

A- 3



 

(i)                                      be engaged, directly or indirectly, either for his own account or as agent, consultant, employee, partner, officer, director, proprietor, investor (except as a passive investor owning less than 3% of the equity or holding less than 3% of a debt instrument in an entity) or otherwise by any person, firm, corporation or enterprise engaged in money management, asset management, wealth management or mutual fund management (a “ Competing Business ”) ;

 

(ii)                                   provide financial (except as a passive investor owning less than 3% of the equity or holding less than 3% of a debt instrument in an entity) or other assistance to any person, firm, corporation, or enterprise engaged in a Competing Business;

 

(iii)                                directly or indirectly contact, solicit or induce any person, corporation or other entity who or which is a customer or referral source of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to become a customer or referral source for any person or entity other than the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; or

 

(iv)                               directly or indirectly solicit, induce or encourage any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates who is employed on the date of termination, to leave the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or to seek, obtain or accept employment with any person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

 

(b)                                  If Optionee’s employment or service is terminated by the Company without cause, the restrictions under Section 6(a)(a)(i), (a)(ii) and (a)(iii) above shall apply only for the length of time for which the Optionee receives severance payments from the Company, and if the Optionee receives no severance in connection with the termination without Cause, the restrictions under Section 6(a)(a)(i), (a)(ii) and (a)(iii) will not apply.

 

(c)                                   If Optionee breaches any terms of this Section 6, or any restrictive covenant contained in an employment agreement or other agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the Optionee shall forfeit (i) any vested or unvested Options and (ii) any Shares the Optionee received upon exercise of an Option. In the event that the breach of this Section 6 or any restrictive covenant contained in an employment agreement or other agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries occurs following the exercise by the Company of its Call Right, in addition to forfeiture pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above, Optionee shall be required to repay any portion of the Granted Shares Call Price (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement) previously paid by the Company.

 

(d)                                  It is expressly understood and agreed that, although the Optionee and the Company consider the restrictions contained in this Section 6 to be reasonable for the purpose of preserving for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, their good will and other proprietary rights, if a final judicial determination is made by a court having jurisdiction (without regard to any ability to appeal or whether an appeal is in fact taken, during the pendency of that appeal) that the time or territory or any other restriction contained in this Section 6 is an unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable restriction against the Optionee, the provisions of this Section 6 shall not be rendered void, but shall be deemed amended to apply as to such maximum

 

A- 4



 

time and territory and to such other extent as such court may judicially determine or indicate to be reasonable.

 

(e)                                   Subject to Section 6(c), the provisions of this Section 6 shall continue to apply following the date of the Optionee’s termination of service as provided herein, regardless of the reason for termination.

 

SECTION 7. Governing Law. This Award Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without application of the conflict of law principles thereof.

 

SECTION 8. Adjustment of Option. The Company may adjust the Option as set forth in the Plan. Specifically, in the event of payment of a dividend (other than an ordinary dividend), recapitalization, stock split or reverse stock split with respect to outstanding shares, the Board shall adjust the exercise price of the Option to the extent that such adjustment is deemed by the Committee to be appropriate and is permitted under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A Ø 1(b)(5)(v)(D).

 

SECTION 9. Interpretation. The Optionee accepts this Option subject to all the terms and provisions of the Plan, which shall control in the event of any conflict between any provision of the Plan and this Award Agreement, and accepts as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board or the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan and/or this Award Agreement. The Optionee acknowledges receiving a copy of the Plan.

 

SECTION 10. Notices. Any notice under this Award Agreement shall be (i) if in writing, effective when delivered in person or deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified, and addressed to the Optionee at his or her last known address on the books of the Company or, in the case of the Company, at the address set forth below, subject to the right of either party to designate some other address at any time hereafter in a notice satisfying the requirements of this Section, or (ii) if delivered by electronic email transmission, effective when a receipt of such e-mail is requested and received.

 

c/o Victory Capital Management Inc.

4900 Tiedeman Road, 4th Floor

Brooklyn, OH 44144

Attention:                          Gregory Ewald

Michael Policarpo

 

SECTION 11. Sections and Headings. All section references in this Award Agreement are to sections hereof for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the meaning of any provision of this Award Agreement.

 

SECTION 12. Counterparts. This Award Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

A- 5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Award Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

David Brown

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

OPTIONEE

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

JOINDER TO SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder Agreement ”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “ Joining Party ”) in accordance with the Amended & Restated Shareholders’ Agreement dated as of October 31, 2014 (the “ Shareholders’ Agreement ”) among Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., Crestview Victory, L.P. and certain other Persons named therein, as the same may be amended from time to time. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

The Joining Party hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party shall be deemed to be a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement from and after the date hereof and shall have all of the rights and obligations of a “Shareholder” thereunder as if the Joining Party had executed the Shareholders’ Agreement, and the Company hereby acknowledges the Joining Party as a “Shareholder” under the Shareholders’ Agreement. As of the date hereof, the Joining Party hereby ratifies and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date written below.

 

Date: [                ]

 

 

[NAME OF JOINING PARTY]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

[                ]

 

[                ]

 

Fax: [               ]

 

B- 1



 

EXHIBIT C

 

CONSENT OF SPOUSE

 

The undersigned, as the spouse of the Optionee who is the signatory to the foregoing Award Agreement, (i) hereby consents to, confirms and ratifies any sale by such Optionee of any Option or Option Shares contemplated by the foregoing Award Agreement or the Plan and for purposes of any community property laws and all other laws conveys all of his or her right, title and interest in and to such Option or Option Shares to the purchaser of such Option or Option Shares, and (ii) agrees to be bound by all of the Optionee’s obligations under the foregoing Award Agreement and the Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spouse of

 

 

C- 1




Exhibit 10.16

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED SHARES GRANT NOTICE

 

Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”), has granted to the individual listed below (“ Participant ”) an award of Restricted Shares as set forth below (the “ Award ”).  The Award is subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the award agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Award Agreement ”) and the Plan, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this grant notice have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan or the Award Agreement.  [The Award granted hereunder is in full satisfaction of the Company’s obligation to grant restricted stock units to Participant pursuant to that certain letter agreement dated as of December 17, 2015 by and between the Company and Participant.](1)

 

Participant

 

[NAME]

Number of Restricted Shares

 

[ · ] Restricted Shares (the “ Restricted Shares ”)

Grant Date

 

[ · ], 2016 (the “ Grant Date ”)

Vesting

 

Subject to Section 2 of the Award Agreement, the Restricted Shares shall vest 20% on each of the first five anniversaries of the Grant Date, provided that the Participant does not experience a termination of employment or service at any time prior to the applicable vesting date.

 


(1)  To be included only for the CIO’s with employment agreements entered into at signing.

 



EXHIBIT A

 

RESTRICTED SHARE AGREEMENT
Under the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan

 

THIS AWARD AGREEMENT (the “ Award Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [•], 2016 between Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [NAME] (the “ Participant ”).

 

The Company hereby grants to the Participant an award (the “ Award ”) of restricted shares (“ Restricted Shares ”) on the terms and conditions as set forth in this Award Agreement and in the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “ Plan ”).  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

In accordance with this grant, and as a condition thereto, the Company and the Participant agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.  Number of Shares; Date of Grant; Vesting Schedule .  The number of Restricted Shares granted, the date of grant of the Award and the vesting schedule of the Restricted Shares are as set forth in the Restricted Share Grant Notice.

 

SECTION 2.  Termination of Employment or Service .  Upon termination of the Participant’s employment or service to the Company or its Subsidiaries (as a director or consultant), the Restricted Shares shall be treated as follows:

 

(a)           Death or Permanent Disability; Termination without Cause; Resignation for Good Reason .  If the Participant’s employment or service with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated due to his or her death or Disability, by the Company without Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason, the unvested Restricted Shares will vest on a pro-rata basis.  Such pro-rata portion shall equal (A) the number of Restricted Shares multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of days between the last vesting date that immediately precedes such termination (or the Grant Date, if no such vesting date has passed) and the termination date, and the denominator of which shall be the number of days between the vesting date that immediately precedes such termination (or the Grant Date) and the final vesting date.  Any Restricted Shares that do not vest in accordance with this Section 2(a) shall be forfeited without any payment to the Participant.

 

(b)           Resignation; Termination for Cause .  If the Participant’s employment or service with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Participant without Good Reason, the unvested Restricted Shares are immediately forfeited.

 

(c)           Company Call Right .  In the case of each termination of employment or service described above, the Company shall have a call right with respect to any Restricted Shares that have vested, pursuant to Section 4.05 of the Shareholders’ Agreement (the “ Call Right ”).

 

A- 1



 

SECTION 3.  Additional Terms and Conditions .

 

(a)           Issuance of Shares .  Upon delivery of the Restricted Shares, such Restricted Shares shall be evidenced by book-entry registration; provided , however , that the Committee may determine that such Restricted Shares shall be evidenced in such other manner as it deems appropriate, including the issuance of a stock certificate or certificates.

 

(b)           Dividend and Voting Rights .  After the Grant Date, the Participant shall be the record owner of the Restricted Shares unless and until such Restricted Shares are forfeited pursuant to Participant’s termination of employment or service with the Company and its Subsidiaries or are sold or otherwise disposed of, and as record owner the Participant shall be entitled to all rights of a common shareholder of the Company, including, without limitation, voting rights, if any, with respect to the Restricted Shares; provided that any cash or in-kind dividends paid with respect to unvested Restricted Shares shall be withheld by the Company and shall be paid to Participant, without interest, only when, and if, such Restricted Shares become vested.

 

(c)           Transferability .  Unless and until the Restricted Shares vest, they shall be subject to the transfer restrictions in Section 9 of the Plan and in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

SECTION 4.  Integration of Shareholders’ Agreement and Award Terms; Consent .

 

(a)           In consideration of, and as a condition to, the grant of the Award, to the extent that the Participant is not already a Shareholder (as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement) as of the Grant Date, the Participant must execute and deliver to the Company an instrument or instruments substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto confirming that the Participant has agreed to be bound as a “Shareholder” by the terms of the Shareholders’ Agreement before any Restricted Shares are to be issued.

 

(b)           The Participant agrees to cause any current or future spouse of his or hers to deliver to the Company a consent in the form of the consent set forth in Exhibit C hereto validly executed by such spouse on the date hereof or promptly after any such person becomes his or her spouse, as applicable.

 

SECTION 5.  Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.

 

(a)           The Participant hereby acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and, accordingly, agrees that, as a condition of the grant of this Award, during his or her employment (and the period in which the Participant is providing services to the Company or its Subsidiaries) and for the longer of (x) the applicable Non-Competition Period or Non-Solicitation Period, each as defined in the Participant’s employment agreement, if any, or (y) one year following the Participant’s termination of employment or service (subject to Section 5(b) below), the Participant shall not, to the extent permitted by applicable law or except as otherwise permitted in writing by the Board:

 

(i)            be engaged, directly or indirectly, either for his own account or as agent, consultant, employee, partner, officer, director, proprietor, investor (except as a passive

 

A- 2



 

investor owning less than 3% of the equity or holding less than 3% of a debt instrument in an entity) or otherwise by any person, firm, corporation or enterprise engaged in money management, asset management, wealth management or mutual fund management (a “ Competing Business ”);

 

(ii)           provide financial (except as a passive investor owning less than 3% of the equity or holding less than 3% of a debt instrument in an entity) or other assistance to any person, firm, corporation, or enterprise engaged in a Competing Business;

 

(iii)          directly or indirectly contact, solicit or induce any person, corporation or other entity who or which is a customer or referral source of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to become a customer or referral source for any person or entity other than the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; or

 

(iv)          directly or indirectly solicit, induce or encourage any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates who is employed on the date of termination, to leave the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or to seek, obtain or accept employment with any person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

 

(b)           If Participant’s employment or service is terminated by the Company without Cause, the restrictions under Section 5(a)(i), (a)(ii) and (a)(iii) above shall apply only for the length of time for which the Participant receives severance payments from the Company (to the extent permitted by applicable law), and if the Participant receives no severance in connection with the termination without Cause, the restrictions under Section 5(a)(i), (a)(ii) and (a)(iii) will not apply.

 

(c)           If Participant breaches any terms of this Section 5, or any restrictive covenant contained in an employment agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Participant shall forfeit (i) any outstanding Restricted Shares and (ii) any Shares held as a result of vesting of the Restricted Shares. In the event that the breach of this Section 5 or any restrictive covenant contained in an employment agreement or other agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries occurs following the exercise by the Company of its Call Right, in addition to forfeiture pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above, to the extent permitted by applicable law, Participant shall be required to repay any portion of the Granted Shares Call Price (as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement) previously paid by the Company.

 

(d)           It is expressly understood and agreed that, although the Participant and the Company consider the restrictions contained in this Section 5 to be reasonable for the purpose of preserving for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, their good will and other proprietary rights, if a final judicial determination is made by a court having jurisdiction (without regard to any ability to appeal or whether an appeal is in fact taken, during the pendency of that appeal) that the time or territory or any other restriction contained in this Section 5 is an unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable restriction against the Participant, the provisions of this Section 5 shall not be rendered void, but shall be deemed amended to apply as to such maximum

 

A- 3



 

time and territory and to such other extent as such court may judicially determine or indicate to be reasonable.

 

(e)           Subject to Section 5(c) and applicable law, the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply following the date of the Participant’s termination of service as provided herein, regardless of the reason for termination.

 

SECTION 6.  Governing Law .  This Award Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without application of the conflict of law principles thereof.

 

SECTION 7.  Interpretation .  The Participant accepts this Award subject to all the terms and provisions of the Plan, which shall control in the event of any conflict between any provision of the Plan and this Award Agreement, and accepts as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board or the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan and/or this Award Agreement.  The Participant acknowledges receiving a copy of the Plan.

 

SECTION 8.  Notices .  Any notice under this Award Agreement shall be (i) if in writing, effective when delivered in person or deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified, and addressed to the Participant at his or her last known address on the books of the Company or, in the case of the Company, at the address set forth below, subject to the right of either party to designate some other address at any time hereafter in a notice satisfying the requirements of this Section 8, or (ii) if delivered by electronic email transmission, effective when a receipt of such e-mail is requested and received.

 

Victory Capital Holdings, Inc.

c/o Victory Capital Management Inc.
4900 Tiedeman Road, 4th Floor
Brooklyn, OH 44144
Attention:   General Counsel

 

SECTION 9.  [ Withholding Taxes . Regardless of any action the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates which is the Participant’s employer (the “ Employer ”) takes with respect to any or all income tax (including foreign, federal, state and local tax), social insurance, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to the Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Participant (“ Tax-Related Items ”), the Participant acknowledges that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due by the Participant is and remains the Participant’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company and/or the Employer. The Participant further acknowledges that the Company and the Employer (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Award, including but not limited to the grant or vesting of the Award; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Award to reduce or eliminate the Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if the Participant has become subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction, the Participant acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

 

A- 4



 

Prior to any relevant taxable or tax withholding event (“ Tax Date ”), as applicable, the Participant will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, the Participant authorizes the Company and/or the Employer or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy the obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following: (a) accept a cash payment in U.S. dollars in the amount of Tax-Related Items, (b) withhold whole Shares which would otherwise be issued to the Participant having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, or withhold an amount of cash from the Participant’s wages or other cash compensation which would otherwise be payable to the Participant by the Company and/or the Employer, equal to the amount necessary to satisfy any such obligations, or (c) withhold from proceeds of the sale of Shares either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on the Participant’s behalf pursuant to this authorization).  The Participant shall pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold as a result of the Participant’s participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company shall have sole discretion to refuse or delay the issuance of Shares if the Participant fails to comply with his/her obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items as described in this Section and the Participant unconditionally consents to and approves any such action taken by the Company. The Participant (or any beneficiary or person entitled to act on the Participant’s behalf) shall provide the Company with any forms, documents or other information reasonably required by the Company. ] (2)

 

[ The Participant agrees that if he/she does not pay, or the Employer or the Company does not withhold, the full amount of Tax-Related Items that the Participant owes at the grant of the Award or the receipt of any other benefit in connection with the Award (the “ Taxable Event ”) within 90 days after the Taxable Event, or such other period specified in Section 222(1)(c) of the U.K. Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003, then the amount that should have been withheld shall constitute a loan owed by the Participant to the Employer, effective 90 days after the Taxable Event. The Participant agrees that the loan will bear interest at Her Majesty’s Revenue & Customs’ (“HMRC”) official rate and will be immediately due and repayable by the Participant, and the Company and/or the Employer may recover it at any time thereafter by withholding the funds from salary, bonus or any other funds due to the Participant by the Employer, by withholding in Shares or from the cash proceeds from the sale of Shares or by demanding cash or a check from the Participant. The Participant also authorizes the Company to delay the issuance of any Shares unless and until the loan is repaid in full.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant is an officer or executive director of the Company, the terms of the immediately foregoing provision will not apply.  In the event that the Participant is an officer or executive director of the Company and Tax-Related Items are not collected from or paid by the Participant within 90 days of the Taxable Event, the amount of any uncollected Tax-Related Items may constitute a benefit to the Participant on which additional income tax and national insurance contributions may be payable. The Participant acknowledges

 


(2)  Section 9 (Withholding Taxes) to be included only for Participant in the UK, Hong Kong and Singapore.

 

A- 5



 

that the Company or the Employer may recover any such additional income tax and national insurance contributions at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in this Section. ](3)

 

SECTION 10.  Sections and Headings .  All section references in this Award Agreement are to sections hereof for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the meaning of any provision of this Award Agreement.

 

SECTION 11.  Counterparts .  This Award Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 


(3)  To be included only for Participant in the U.K.

 

A- 6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Award Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

[ Signature Page to Restricted Share Award Agreement]

 



EXHIBIT B

 

JOINDER TO SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder Agreement ”) is made as of the date written below by the undersigned (the “ Joining Party ”) in accordance with the Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement dated as of October 31, 2014 (the “ Shareholders’ Agreement ”) among Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., Crestview Victory, L.P. and certain other Persons named therein, as the same may be amended from time to time.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

The Joining Party hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by its execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party shall be deemed to be a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement from and after the date hereof and shall have all of the rights and obligations of a “Shareholder” thereunder as if the Joining Party had executed the Shareholders’ Agreement, and the Company hereby acknowledges the Joining Party as a “Shareholder” under the Shareholders’ Agreement.  As of the date hereof, the Joining Party hereby ratifies and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date written below.

 

Date:  [          ]

 

 

[NAME OF JOINING PARTY]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

[          ]

 

[          ]

 

Fax: [               ]

 

B- 1



EXHIBIT C

 

CONSENT OF SPOUSE

 

The undersigned, as the spouse of the Participant who is the signatory to the foregoing Award Agreement, (i) hereby consents to, confirms and ratifies any sale by such Participant of any Award or Shares contemplated by the foregoing Award Agreement or the Plan and for purposes of any community property laws and all other laws conveys all of his or her right, title and interest in and to such Award or Shares to the purchaser of such Award or Shares, and (ii) agrees to be bound by all of the Participant’s obligations under the foregoing Award Agreement and the Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spouse of

 

 

C- 1




Exhibit 10.17

 

OPTION GRANT NOTICE AND AGREEMENT

 

Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2018 Stock Incentive Plan (as may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Holder the number of [Time Vested Options and Performance Vested Options (collectively, the “ Options ”)][Options (the “ Options ”)] set forth below, each Option representing the right to purchase one share of Stock at the applicable Exercise Price (set forth below).  The Options are subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Option Grant Notice and Agreement (this “ Award Agreement ”), as well as all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, all of which are incorporated herein in their entirety.  To the extent that any provisions herein (or portion thereof) conflicts with any provision of the Plan, the Plan shall prevail and control.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan.  [The Options granted hereby are in satisfaction of the obligation to grant the Options to Holder under his, her or its employment letter with [ · ], dated [ · ], as may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.]

 

 

 

 

Holder :

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

Date of Grant :

 

[ · ], 20[ · ]

 

 

 

Number of [Time Vested] Options :

 

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

[Number of Performance Vested Options :]

 

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

Exercise Price :

 

$[ · ]

 

 

 

Expiration Date :

 

The tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Date of Grant

 

 

 

Type of Option :

 

[Nonqualified][Incentive] Stock Option

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

 

 

 

 

 

[ Time Vested Options :]

 

[Insert Vesting Schedule]

 

 

 

[ Performance Vested

 

 

Options :]

 

[Insert Vesting Schedule]

 

 

 

Exercise of Options :

 

To exercise vested Options, Holder (or his, her or its authorized representative) must give written notice to the Company, using the form of Option Exercise Notice as proscribed by the Committee, stating the number of Options which he, she or it intends to exercise. The Company will issue the shares of Stock with respect to which the Options are exercised upon payment of the shares of Stock acquired in accordance with Section 5(d) of the Plan, which Section 5(d) is incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

 



 

 

 

Upon exercise of Options, Holder will be required to satisfy applicable withholding tax obligations as provided in Section 17 of the Plan.

 

 

 

Termination :

 

Section 5(f) of the Plan regarding treatment of Options upon Termination is incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

 

 

 

Restrictive Covenants :

 

Holder hereby acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and Affiliates (collectively, the “ Company Group ”), and, accordingly agrees that, as a condition of the grant of Options hereunder, Holder agrees that, during his or her employment with the Company Group and for [the longer of (x) the applicable Non-Competition Period or Non-Solicitation Period, each as defined in Holder’s employment agreement, if any, or (y)] one (1) year following Holder’s Termination, Holder shall not, to the extent permitted by applicable law or except as otherwise permitted in writing by the Board:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)               be engaged, directly or indirectly, either for his own account or as agent, consultant, employee, partner, officer, director, proprietor, investor (except as a passive investor owning less than 3% of the equity or holding less than 3% of a debt instrument in an entity) or otherwise by any person, firm, corporation or enterprise engaged in money management, asset management, wealth management or mutual fund management (a “ Competing Business ”);

 

 

 

 

 

(b)               provide financial (except as a passive investor owning less than 3% of the equity or holding less than 3% of a debt instrument in an entity) or other assistance to any person, firm, corporation, or enterprise engaged in a Competing Business;

 

 

 

 

 

(c)                directly or indirectly contact, solicit or induce any person, corporation or other entity who or which is a customer or referral source of any member of the Company Group to become a customer or referral source for any person or entity other than the members of the Company Group; or

 

 

 

 

 

(d)               directly or indirectly solicit, induce or encourage any employee of the Company Group who is employed on the date of Holder’s Termination, to leave the employ of the Company Group, or to seek, obtain or accept employment with any Person other than the members of the Company Group.

 

2



 

 

 

The restrictions under clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) above shall be collectively referred to herein as the “ Restrictive Covenants .”

 

 

 

 

 

In the event that Holder undergoes a Termination by the Company Group without Cause (other than on account of death or Disability), the restrictions under clauses (a), (b) and (c) above shall apply only for the length of time for which Holder receives severance payments in connection with such Termination, and if Holder receives no severance in connection with such Termination, the restrictions under clauses (a), (b) and (c) above will not apply.

 

 

 

 

 

If Holder breaches any terms of any of the Restrictive Covenants, or any restrictive covenant contained in an employment agreement or other agreement between Holder and a member of the Company Group, to the extent permitted by applicable law, Holder shall forfeit (i) all vested and unvested Options and (ii) all shares of Stock received upon exercise of an Option.

 

 

 

 

 

It is expressly understood and agreed that, although Holder and the Company consider the Restrictive Covenants to be reasonable for the purpose of preserving for the Company Group’s good will and other proprietary rights, if a final judicial determination is made by a court having jurisdiction (without regard to any ability to appeal or whether an appeal is in fact taken, during the pendency of that appeal) that the time or territory restrictions or any other provision herein related to the Restrictive Covenants is an unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable restriction against Holder, the provisions herein related to the Restrictive Covenants shall not be rendered void, but shall be deemed amended to apply as to such maximum time and territory and to such other extent as such court may judicially determine or indicate to be reasonable.

 

 

 

 

 

Holder acknowledges and agrees that the provisions herein related to the Restrictive Covenants shall continue to apply following Holder’s Termination, regardless of the reason for such Termination.

 

 

 

[Employee Shareholders’

 

 

Agreement :

 

From and after the date hereof, Holder hereby agrees to be bound by the terms and provisions of that certain Employee Stockholders Agreement by and between the Company, and certain employees of the Company Group, dated as of [ · ], 2018, as the same may be amended, restated and/or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ Employee Stockholders Agreement ”) as if Holder were an original signatory thereto. As a condition to the issuance of any shares of Stock upon exercise of the Options granted hereby, Holder shall execute such additional documents as the Company

 

3



 

 

 

may reasonably request to effectuate Holder’s Joinder to the Employee Stockholders Agreement.]

 

 

 

Additional Terms :

 

Options shall be subject to the following additional terms:

 

 

 

 

 

·                        Options shall be exercisable in whole shares of Stock only.

 

 

 

 

 

·                        Each Option shall cease to be exercisable as to any share of Stock when Holder purchases the share of Stock or when the Option otherwise expires or is forfeited.

 

 

 

 

 

·                        Any certificates representing the shares of Stock delivered to Holder shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such shares are listed, and any applicable federal or state laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions as the Committee deems appropriate.

 

 

 

 

 

·                        Holder shall be the record owner of the shares of Stock issued in respect of the Options, and as record owner shall generally be entitled to all rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of Stock issued in respect of the Options.

 

 

 

 

 

·                        This Award Agreement does not confer upon Holder any right to continue as an employee or service provider of the Service Recipient or any other member of the Company Group.

 

 

 

 

 

·                        This Award Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

 

 

 

 

 

·                        Holder and the Company acknowledge that the Options are intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code, with the Exercise Price intended to be at least equal to the Fair Market Value per share of Stock on the Date of Grant. Holder acknowledges that there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with this valuation, and agrees not to make any claim against the Company, the Committee, the Company’s officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service or any other person, entity or agency asserts that the valuation was too low or that the Options are not otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code.

 

4



 

 

 

·                        Holder agrees that the Company may deliver by email all documents relating to the Plan or the Options (including, without limitation, a copy of the Plan) and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). Holder also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify Holder by email or such other reasonable manner as then determined by the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

·                        This Award Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto and supersede all prior negotiations, discussions, correspondence, communications, understandings, and agreements (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) between the Company and Holder relating to the subject matter of this Award Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, to the extent Holder has entered into an employment or similar agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates, and the terms noted in such employment or similar agreement are inconsistent with or conflict with this Award Agreement, then the terms of this Award Agreement will supersede and be deemed to amend and modify the inconsistent or conflicting terms set forth in such employment or similar agreement.

 

*                                          *                                          *

 

5



 

THE UNDERSIGNED HOLDER ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF THIS AWARD AGREEMENT AND THE PLAN, AND, AS AN EXPRESS CONDITION TO THE GRANT OF OPTIONS UNDER THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, AGREES TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF BOTH THIS AWARD AGREEMENT AND THE PLAN.

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

HOLDER

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Signature

 

Signature

Title:

 

 

Print Name:

 

Date:

 

 

Date:

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Employee Shareholders’ Agreement

 

(attached)

 




Exhibit 10.18

 

RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT NOTICE AND AGREEMENT

 

Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2018 Stock Incentive Plan (as may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Holder the number of shares of [Time Vested Restricted Stock and Performance Vested Restricted Stock (collectively, the “ Restricted Stock ”)][Restricted Stock] set forth below.  The Restricted Stock is subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Restricted Stock Agreement (this “ Award Agreement ”), as well as the terms and conditions of the Plan, all of which are incorporated herein in their entirety.  To the extent that any provisions herein (or portion thereof) conflicts with any provision of the Plan, the Plan shall prevail and control.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan.  [The Restricted Stock granted hereby are in satisfaction of the obligation to grant the Restricted Stock to Holder under his, her or its employment letter with [ · ], dated [ · ], as may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.]

 

Holder :

[ · ]

 

 

Date of Grant :

[ · ], 20[ · ]

 

 

Number of Shares of

[Time Vested] Restricted Stock :

 

[ · ]

 

 

[Number of Shares of

Performance Vested Restricted

Stock :]

 

 

[ · ]

 

Vesting Schedule :

 

 

 

 

 

[ Time Vested

 

 

Restricted Stock :]

 

[Insert Vesting Schedule]

 

 

 

[ Performance Vested

 

 

Restricted Stock :]

 

[Insert Vesting Schedule]

 

 

 

Termination :

 

Section 6(c) of the Plan regarding Termination is incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof. Following any such Termination, the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan shall apply to all shares of Restricted Stock that have vested on or prior to such Termination.

 

 

 

Restrictive Covenants :

 

Holder hereby acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and Affiliates (collectively, the “ Company Group ”), and, accordingly agrees that, as a condition of the grant of Restricted Stock hereunder, Holder agrees that, during his or her employment with the Company Group and for [the longer of (x) the applicable Non-Competition Period or Non-Solicitation Period, each as defined in Holder’s employment agreement, if any, or (y)]

 



 

 

 

one (1) year following Holder’s Termination, Holder shall not, to the extent permitted by applicable law or except as otherwise permitted in writing by the Board:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)          be engaged, directly or indirectly, either for his own account or as agent, consultant, employee, partner, officer, director, proprietor, investor (except as a passive investor owning less than 3% of the equity or holding less than 3% of a debt instrument in an entity) or otherwise by any person, firm, corporation or enterprise engaged in money management, asset management, wealth management or mutual fund management (a “ Competing Business ”);

 

 

 

 

 

(b)          provide financial (except as a passive investor owning less than 3% of the equity or holding less than 3% of a debt instrument in an entity) or other assistance to any person, firm, corporation, or enterprise engaged in a Competing Business;

 

 

 

 

 

(c)           directly or indirectly contact, solicit or induce any person, corporation or other entity who or which is a customer or referral source of any member of the Company Group to become a customer or referral source for any person or entity other than the members of the Company Group; or

 

 

 

 

 

(d)          directly or indirectly solicit, induce or encourage any employee of the Company Group who is employed on the date of Holder’s Termination, to leave the employ of the Company Group, or to seek, obtain or accept employment with any Person other than the members of the Company Group.

 

 

 

 

 

The restrictions under clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) above shall be collectively referred to herein as the “ Restrictive Covenants .”

 

 

 

 

 

In the event that Holder undergoes a Termination by the Company Group without Cause (other than on account of death or Disability), the restrictions under clauses (a), (b) and (c) above shall apply only for the length of time for which Holder receives severance payments in connection with such Termination, and if Holder receives no severance in connection with such Termination, the restrictions under clauses (a), (b) and (c) above will not apply.

 

 

 

 

 

If Holder breaches any terms of any of the Restrictive Covenants, or any restrictive covenant contained in an employment agreement or other agreement between Holder and a member of the Company Group, to the extent permitted by applicable law, Holder shall

 

2



 

 

 

forfeit (i) any outstanding shares of Restricted Stock and (ii) any shares of Stock held as a result of vesting of shares of Restricted Stock.

 

 

 

 

 

It is expressly understood and agreed that, although Holder and the Company consider the Restrictive Covenants to be reasonable for the purpose of preserving for the Company Group’s good will and other proprietary rights, if a final judicial determination is made by a court having jurisdiction (without regard to any ability to appeal or whether an appeal is in fact taken, during the pendency of that appeal) that the time or territory restrictions or any other provision herein related to the Restrictive Covenants is an unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable restriction against Holder, the provisions herein related to the Restrictive Covenants shall not be rendered void, but shall be deemed amended to apply as to such maximum time and territory and to such other extent as such court may judicially determine or indicate to be reasonable.

 

 

 

 

 

Holder acknowledges and agrees that the provisions herein related to the Restrictive Covenants shall continue to apply following Holder’s Termination, regardless of the reason for such Termination.

 

 

 

[Employee Shareholders’

 

 

Agreement :

 

From and after the date hereof, Holder hereby agrees to be bound by the terms and provisions of that certain Employee Stockholders Agreement by and between the Company, and certain employees of the Company Group, dated as of [ · ], 2018, as the same may be amended, restated and/or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ Employee Stockholders Agreement ”) as if Holder were an original signatory thereto. As a condition to the issuance of any shares of Stock hereunder, Holder shall execute such additional documents as the Company may reasonably request to effectuate Holder’s Joinder to the Employee Stockholders Agreement.]

 

 

 

Additional Terms :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

·                   Any certificates representing the vested Restricted Stock delivered to Holder shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such shares are listed, and any applicable federal or state laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions as the Committee deems appropriate.

 

3



 

 

 

·                   Holder shall be the record owner of the shares of Restricted Stock until or unless such Restricted Stock is forfeited or repurchased, or otherwise sold or transferred in accordance with the terms of the Plan, and as record owner shall generally be entitled to all rights of a stockholder with respect to the Restricted Stock; provided , however , that the Company will retain custody of all dividends and distributions, if any (“ Retained Distributions ”), made or declared on the Restricted Stock (and such Retained Distributions shall be subject to forfeiture and the same restrictions, terms and vesting and other conditions as are applicable to the Restricted Stock) until such time, if ever, as the Restricted Stock with respect to which such Retained Distributions shall have been made, paid or declared shall have become vested, and such Retained Distributions shall not bear interest or be segregated in a separate account. As soon as practicable following each applicable vesting date any applicable Retained Distributions shall be delivered to Holder.

 

 

 

 

 

·                   Upon vesting of the Restricted Stock (or such other time that the Restricted Stock is taken into income), Holder will be required to satisfy applicable withholding tax obligations, if any, as provided in Section 17 of the Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

·                   This Award Agreement does not confer upon Holder any right to continue as an employee or service provider of the Service Recipient or any other member of the Company Group.

 

 

 

 

 

·                   This Award Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

 

 

 

 

 

·                   Holder agrees that the Company may deliver by email all documents relating to the Plan or the Restricted Stock (including, without limitation, a copy of the Plan) and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). Holder also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify Holder by email or such other reasonable manner as then determined by the Company.

 

4



 

 

 

·                   This Award Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto and supersede all prior negotiations, discussions, correspondence, communications, understandings, and agreements (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) between the Company and Holder relating to the subject matter of this Award Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, to the extent Holder has entered into an employment or similar agreement with the Company or any of its affiliates, and the terms noted in such employment or similar agreement are inconsistent with or conflict with this Award Agreement, then the terms of this Award Agreement will supersede and be deemed to amend and modify the inconsistent or conflicting terms set forth in such employment or similar agreement.

 

*                                          *                                          *

 

5



 

THE UNDERSIGNED HOLDER ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF THIS AWARD AGREEMENT AND THE PLAN, AND, AS AN EXPRESS CONDITION TO THE GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK HEREUNDER, AGREES TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF BOTH THIS AWARD AGREEMENT AND THE PLAN.

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

HOLDER

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Signature

 

Signature

Title:

 

 

Print Name:

 

Date:

 

 

Date:

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Employee Shareholders’ Agreement

 

(attached)

 




Exhibit 10.19

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

dated as of

 

October 31, 2014,

 

among

 

VCH HOLDINGS, LLC,
as Holdings,

 

VICTORY CAPITAL OPERATING, LLC,
as Borrower,

 

The Lenders Party Hereto

 

and

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
as Administrative Agent

 


 

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,
as Syndication Agent

 

FIFTH THIRD BANK,
as Documentation Agent

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.
and

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,
as Joint Lead Arrangers

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

as Bookrunner

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

Section 1.01

Defined Terms

1

Section 1.02

Classification of Loans and Borrowings

48

Section 1.03

Terms Generally

48

Section 1.04

Accounting Terms; GAAP

49

Section 1.05

Effectuation of Transactions

49

Section 1.06

Letter of Credit Amounts

49

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

THE CREDITS

 

 

 

Section 2.01

Commitments

49

Section 2.02

Loans and Borrowings

50

Section 2.03

Requests for Borrowings

50

Section 2.04

Swingline Loans

51

Section 2.05

Letters of Credit

53

Section 2.06

Funding of Borrowings

58

Section 2.07

Interest Elections

59

Section 2.08

Termination and Reduction of Commitments

60

Section 2.09

Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt

61

Section 2.10

Amortization of Term Loans

62

Section 2.11

Prepayment of Loans

62

Section 2.12

Fees

70

Section 2.13

Interest

71

Section 2.14

Alternate Rate of Interest

72

Section 2.15

Increased Costs

72

Section 2.16

Break Funding Payments

73

Section 2.17

Taxes

74

Section 2.18

Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Setoffs

77

Section 2.19

Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders

78

Section 2.20

Increase in Commitments

79

Section 2.21

Extended Term Loans and Extended Revolving Commitments

81

Section 2.22

Refinancing Term Loans

83

Section 2.23

Replacement Revolving Commitments

84

Section 2.24

Defaulting Lenders

86

Section 2.25

Illegality

88

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

 

 

Section 3.01

Organization; Powers

89

Section 3.02

Authorization; Enforceability

89

Section 3.03

Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts

89

Section 3.04

Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Effect

89

Section 3.05

Properties

90

 

i



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Section 3.06

Litigation and Environmental Matters

91

Section 3.07

Compliance with Laws and Agreements

91

Section 3.08

Investment Company Status

91

Section 3.09

Taxes

91

Section 3.10

ERISA; Labor Matters

92

Section 3.11

Disclosure

92

Section 3.12

Subsidiaries

93

Section 3.13

Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.

93

Section 3.14

Solvency

93

Section 3.15

Senior Indebtedness

93

Section 3.16

Federal Reserve Regulations

93

Section 3.17

Use of Proceeds

94

Section 3.18

No Conflict with Sanctions Laws

94

Section 3.19

No Unlawful Contributions or Other Payments

94

Section 3.20

PATRIOT Act

94

Section 3.21

Perfection, Etc.

95

Section 3.22

Membership in FINRA; Registration; Etc.

95

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS

 

 

 

Section 4.01

Closing Date

95

Section 4.02

Each Credit Event After the Closing Date

98

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

 

 

Section 5.01

Financial Statements and Other Information

99

Section 5.02

Notices of Material Events

102

Section 5.03

Information Regarding Collateral

103

Section 5.04

Existence; Conduct of Business

103

Section 5.05

Payment of Taxes, Etc.

103

Section 5.06

Maintenance of Properties

103

Section 5.07

Insurance

104

Section 5.08

Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights

104

Section 5.09

Compliance with Laws

104

Section 5.10

Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit

105

Section 5.11

Additional Subsidiaries

105

Section 5.12

Further Assurances

105

Section 5.13

Designation of Subsidiaries

106

Section 5.14

Certain Post-Closing Obligations

106

Section 5.15

Margin Stock

107

Section 5.16

Maintenance of Rating of Facilities

107

Section 5.17

Lender Conference Calls

107

Section 5.18

Interest Rate Protection

107

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

 

 

Section 6.01

Indebtedness; Certain Equity Securities

107

Section 6.02

Liens

111

 

ii



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Section 6.03

Fundamental Changes

114

Section 6.04

Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions

115

Section 6.05

Asset Sales

118

Section 6.06

Sale and Leaseback Transactions

119

Section 6.07

[Reserved]

120

Section 6.08

Restricted Payments; Certain Payments of Indebtedness

120

Section 6.09

Transactions with Affiliates

123

Section 6.10

Restrictive Agreements

123

Section 6.11

Amendment of Subordinated Indebtedness

124

Section 6.12

Financial Performance Covenant

124

Section 6.13

Changes in Fiscal Periods

125

Section 6.14

Holding Company

125

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

 

 

Section 7.01

Events of Default

126

Section 7.02

Right to Cure

129

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

 

 

 

Section 8.01

Appointment and Authorization of Agents

130

Section 8.02

Rights as a Lender

130

Section 8.03

Exculpatory Provisions

131

Section 8.04

Reliance by Administrative Agent

131

Section 8.05

Delegation of Duties

132

Section 8.06

Indemnification of the Administrative Agent

132

Section 8.07

Resignation of Administrative Agent

133

Section 8.08

Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders

133

Section 8.09

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim

134

Section 8.10

Withholding Taxes

134

Section 8.11

Binding Effect

135

Section 8.12

Additional Secured Parties

135

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

Section 9.01

Notices

136

Section 9.02

Waivers; Amendments

137

Section 9.03

Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver

141

Section 9.04

Successors and Assigns

142

Section 9.05

Survival

147

Section 9.06

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

148

Section 9.07

Severability

148

Section 9.08

Right of Setoff

148

Section 9.09

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

149

Section 9.10

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

149

Section 9.11

Headings

150

Section 9.12

Confidentiality

150

Section 9.13

USA Patriot Act

151

 

iii



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Section 9.14

Judgment Currency

151

Section 9.15

Release of Liens and Guarantees

151

Section 9.16

No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility

152

Section 9.17

Interest Rate Limitation

153

 

iv



 

SCHEDULES:

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule 1.01(a)

Broker-Dealer Subsidiaries

Schedule 1.01(b)

Introducing Broker Subsidiaries

Schedule 1.01(c)

Membership; Licenses

Schedule 1.01(d)

Excluded Lenders

Schedule 2.01

Commitments

Schedule 3.03

Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts

Schedule 3.06(a)

Litigation

Schedule 3.12

Subsidiaries

Schedule 3.22

Membership in FINRA

Schedule 5.14

Certain Post-Closing Obligations

Schedule 6.01

Existing Indebtedness

Schedule 6.02

Existing Liens

Schedule 6.04(e)

Existing Investments

Schedule 6.09

Existing Affiliate Transactions

Schedule 6.10

Existing Restrictions

Schedule 9.01

Notices

 

 

 

EXHIBITS:

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

Form of Assignment and Assumption

Exhibit B

Form of Guarantee Agreement

Exhibit C-1

Form of Perfection Certificate

Exhibit C-2

Form of Section 5.03 Certificate

Exhibit D

Form of Collateral Agreement

Exhibit E-1

Form of Revolving Note

Exhibit E-2

Form of Term Note

Exhibit E-3

Form of Swingline Note

Exhibit F

Form of Solvency Certificate

Exhibit G

Form of Opinion of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

Exhibit H

Form of Closing Certificate

Exhibit I

Form of Global Intercompany Note

Exhibit J

Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Notice

Exhibit K

Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Response

Exhibit L

Form of Discount Range Prepayment Notice

Exhibit M

Form of Discount Range Prepayment Offer

Exhibit N

Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice

Exhibit O

Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer

Exhibit P

Form of Acceptance and Prepayment Notice

Exhibit Q-1

Form of Tax Status Certificate 1

Exhibit Q-2

Form of Tax Status Certificate 2

Exhibit Q-3

Form of Tax Status Certificate 3

Exhibit Q-4

Form of Tax Status Certificate 4

Exhibit R

Form of Borrowing Request

Exhibit S

Form of Prepayment Notice

 

1


 

CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of October 31, 2014 (as may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), among VICTORY CAPITAL OPERATING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), VCH HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the LENDERS party hereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Administrative Agent.  Capitalized terms used without definition in this Agreement have the meanings given to them in Section 1.01.

 

The parties hereto agree as follows:

 

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

 

Pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement, the Borrower will acquire from the Sellers all of the issued and outstanding partnership interests (other than certain rollover contribution interests) of Munder Capital Management, a Delaware general partnership (the “ Target ”), which partnership interests constitute all or substantially all of the assets held by each of the Sellers.

 

The Borrower has requested that, substantially simultaneously with the consummation of the Acquisition, (a) the Lenders extend credit to the Borrower in the form of Term Loans on the Closing Date in an initial aggregate principal amount of $295,000,000 pursuant to this Agreement and (b) the Revolving Lenders extend credit to the Borrower in the form of $25,000,000 in aggregate Revolving Commitments pursuant to this Agreement to fund working capital purposes and general corporate purposes, including permitted acquisitions and capital expenditures.  The proceeds of the Term Loans, together with (i) a portion of the Target’s cash on hand and (ii) the proceeds of the Equity Financing, will be used to (x) consummate the Acquisition consideration, (y) consummate the Refinancing and (z) to pay the Transaction Costs.

 

The Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.  In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01                              Defined Terms .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

 

ABR ” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

 

Acceptable Discount ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

 

Acceptable Prepayment Amount ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

 

Acceptance and Prepayment Notice ” means an irrevocable written notice from a Term Lender accepting a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment at the Acceptable Discount specified therein pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D) substantially in the form of Exhibit P .

 

1



 

Acceptance Date ” has the meaning has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

 

Acquired EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Acquired Entity or Business or any Converted Restricted Subsidiary (any of the foregoing, a “ Pro Forma Entity ”) for any period prior to such acquisition or conversion, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Pro Forma Entity (determined as if references to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA” were references to such Pro Forma Entity and its subsidiaries which will become Restricted Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Pro Forma Entity.

 

Acquired Business Representations ” means the representations made by or with respect to the Target and its Subsidiaries in the Acquisition Agreement as are material to the interests of the Lenders and the Joint Lead Arrangers, but only to the extent that Parent or any of its Affiliates has the right not to consummate the Acquisition, or to terminate the obligations of Parent or such Affiliate (or otherwise not have an obligation to close), under the Acquisition Agreement as a result of a failure of one or more of such representations in the Acquisition Agreement to be true and correct.

 

Acquired Entity or Business ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA.”

 

Acquisition ” means (i) the acquisition by Parent of the Target pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement and (ii) the contribution of the Target to the Borrower.

 

Acquisition Agreement ” means the Sale and Purchase Agreement dated as of April 16, 2014 among VCH, MCH and MCH II, including all schedules, exhibits and annexes thereto.

 

Acquisition Documents ” means the Acquisition Agreement and all side letters, instruments and agreements affecting the terms of the foregoing or entered into in connection therewith.

 

Additional Commitments ” means Additional Revolving Commitments and/or Additional Term Commitments.

 

Additional Commitments Effective Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(b).

 

Additional Credit Extension Amendment ” means an amendment to this Agreement (which may, at the option of the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower, be in the form of an amendment and restatement of this Agreement) providing for any Additional Commitments pursuant to Section 2.20, Extended Term Loans and/or Extended Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 2.21, Refinancing Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.22, and/or Replacement Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 2.23, which shall be consistent with the applicable provisions of this Agreement and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the parties thereto.  Each Additional Credit Extension Amendment shall be executed by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and/or the Swingline Lender (to the extent Section 9.02 would require the consent of Issuing Banks and/or the Swingline Lender, respectively, for the amendments effected in such Additional Credit Extension Amendment), the Loan Parties and the other parties specified in the applicable Section of this Agreement (but not any other Lender not specified in the applicable Section of this Agreement), but shall not effect any amendments that would require the consent of each affected Lender or all Lenders pursuant to the proviso in Section 9.02(b).  Any Additional Credit Extension Amendment may include conditions for delivery of opinions of counsel and other documentation consistent with the conditions in Section 4.01 and certificates confirming satisfaction of

 

2



 

conditions consistent with Section 4.02, all to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the other parties to such Additional Credit Extension Amendment.

 

Additional Lender ” means any Additional Revolving Lender or any Additional Term Lender, as applicable.

 

Additional Notes ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01(a)(xxiii).

 

Additional Revolving Commitments ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(a).

 

Additional Revolving Lender ” means, at any time, any bank or other financial institution selected by the Borrower that agrees to provide any portion of (a) any Additional Revolving Commitments in accordance with Section 2.20, (b) any Extended Revolving Commitments in accordance with Section 2.21 or (c) any Replacement Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 2.23, in each case pursuant to an Additional Credit Extension Amendment; provided that each Additional Revolving Lender shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender (such approval in each case not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

Additional Term Commitments ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(a).

 

Additional Term Lender ” means, at any time, any bank or other financial institution selected by the Borrower that agrees to provide any portion of any (a) Additional Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.20, (b) any Extended Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.21 or (c) any Refinancing Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.22, in each case pursuant to an Additional Credit Extension Amendment; provided that each Additional Term Lender (other than any Person that is a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund of a Lender at such time) shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

Additional Term Loans ” means loans made pursuant to Additional Term Commitments.

 

Adjusted LIBO Rate ” means with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to (i) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (ii) the Statutory Reserve Rate.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) solely with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate applicable to the Term Loans, the Adjusted LIBO Rate will be deemed to be 1.00% per annum if the Adjusted LIBO Rate calculated pursuant to the foregoing provisions would otherwise be less than 1.00% per annum.

 

Administrative Agent ” means Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Article VIII.

 

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an administrative questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly or indirectly Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

 

Affiliated Debt Funds ” means any Affiliated Lender that is a bona fide diversified debt fund either (i) with information barriers in place restricting the sharing of investment-related and other information between it and the Sponsor or (ii) whose managers have fiduciary duties to the investors of such fund independent of their fiduciary duties to the investors in the Sponsor; provided that the Sponsor

 

3



 

does not, directly or indirectly, possess the power to direct or cause the direction of the investment policies of any such fund.

 

Affiliated Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that is the Sponsor or an Affiliate of the Sponsor (other than Holdings, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries) at such time.

 

Agent Parties ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.01(c).

 

Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereto.

 

All-In Yield ” means, as to any Indebtedness, the yield thereof, whether in the form of interest rate, margin, original issue discount, upfront fees, an Adjusted LIBO Rate or Alternate Base Rate floor or otherwise; provided that OID and upfront fees shall be equated to interest rate assuming a 4-year life to maturity or, if shorter, the actual length to maturity of such Indebtedness; and provided , further , that the “All-In Yield” shall not include customary arrangement fees, structuring fees, commitment fees, underwriting fees and similar fees payable to the Joint Lead Arrangers, the Bookrunner or the arranger of any new or replacement loans.

 

Alternate Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate determined on such date (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) for a deposit in dollars with a maturity of one month plus 100 basis points; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the rate determined on such day at approximately 11 a.m. (London time) by reference to the ICE LIBOR (or the successor thereto if the Intercontinental Exchange Benchmark Administration Ltd. is no longer making a LIBO Rate available) for deposits in dollars (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the Intercontinental Exchange Benchmark Administration Ltd. (or the successor thereto if the Intercontinental Exchange Benchmark Administration Ltd. is no longer making a LIBO Rate available) as an authorized vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates).  Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, solely with respect to the Alternate Base Rate applicable to the Term Loans, the Alternate Base Rate will be deemed to be 2.00% per annum if the Alternate Base Rate calculated pursuant to the foregoing provisions would otherwise be less than 2.00% per annum.

 

Applicable Account ” means, with respect to any payment to be made to the Administrative Agent hereunder, the account specified by the Administrative Agent from time to time for the purpose of receiving payments of such type.

 

Applicable Discount ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

 

Applicable Percentage ” means, at any time with respect to any Revolving Lender, the percentage of the aggregate Revolving Commitments represented by such Lender’s Revolving Commitment at such time (or, if the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, such Lender’s share of the total Revolving Exposure at that time); provided that, at any time any Revolving Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender, “ Applicable Percentage ” shall mean the percentage of the total Revolving Commitments (disregarding any such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment) represented by such Lender’s Revolving Commitment.  If the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Revolving Commitments most recently in

 

4



 

effect, giving effect to any assignments pursuant to this Agreement and to any Lender’s status as a Defaulting Lender at the time of determination.

 

Applicable Rate ” means, for any day, (a) with respect to any Term Loan, (1) 5.00% per annum, in the case of an ABR Loan, or (2) 6.00% per annum, in the case of a Eurocurrency Loan and (b) with respect to any Revolving Loan (1) 5.00% per annum, in the case of an ABR Loan, or (2) 6.00% per annum, in the case of a Eurocurrency Loan.

 

Approved Bank ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of the term “Permitted Investments.”

 

Approved Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

 

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any Person whose consent is required by Section 9.04), substantially in the form of Exhibit A or any other form reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent.

 

Auction Agent ” means (a) the Administrative Agent or (b) any other financial institution or advisor employed by the Borrower (whether or not an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent) to act as an arranger in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii); provided that the Borrower shall not designate the Administrative Agent as the Auction Agent without the written consent of the Administrative Agent (it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to agree to act as the Auction Agent).

 

Audited Financial Statements ” means (a) the audited consolidated balance sheets of MCH and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in members’ equity and cash flows of MCH and its subsidiaries, including the notes thereto for the three-year period ended December 31, 2013 and (b) the audited consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the period commencing August 1, 2013 and ending December 31, 2013.

 

Available Amount ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Available Amount Basket.”

 

Available Amount Basket ” means, on any date of determination, the sum of (a) the Initial Restricted Payment Amount plus (b) the net proceeds received by the Borrower after the Closing Date and on or prior to such date in connection with the issuance of, or contribution of cash in respect of existing, Qualified Equity Interests (other than (1) Qualified Equity Interests issued in connection with a Cure Right and (2) intercompany equity issuances) plus (c) an amount equal to Cumulative Excess Cash Flow Not Otherwise Applied as of such date minus (d) the aggregate amount of the Available Amount Basket previously utilized pursuant to Sections 6.04(m), 6.08(a)(viii), 6.08(b)(iv) and the definition of the term “Non-Loan Party Investment Amount” (such amount after giving effect to clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d), the “ Available Amount ”); provided that the amounts in clause (a) and (b) shall be available only if on a Pro Forma Basis, the Total Net Leverage Ratio as of the end of the most recent Test Period would not exceed 4.00 to 1.00.

 

5



 

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United State Code, as amended.

 

Board of Directors ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) in the case of any corporation, the board of directors of such Person or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board, (b) in the case of any limited liability company, the board of managers of such Person, (c) in the case of any partnership, the board of directors or board of managers of the general partner of such Person and (d) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing.

 

Board of Governors ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

 

Bookrunner ” means MSSF.

 

Borrower ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereto.

 

Borrower Materials ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01.

 

Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment ” means an offer by the Borrower to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a specified discount to par pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B).

 

Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers ” means the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the subsequent offer, if any, by a Term Lender and acceptance by the Borrower of terms of, a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a specified range at a discount to par pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

 

Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers ” means the solicitation by the Borrower of offers for, and the subsequent offer, if any, by a Term Lender and acceptance by the Borrower of terms of, a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

 

Borrowing ” means (a) Loans of the same Class and Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, or (b) a Swingline Loan.

 

Borrowing Minimum ” means (a) in the case of a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing, $1,000,000, (b) in the case of an ABR Revolving Borrowing, $500,000 and (c) in the case of a Swingline Loan, $500,000.

 

Borrowing Multiple ” means (a) in the case of a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing, $100,000, (b) in the case of an ABR Revolving Borrowing, $100,000 and (c) in the case of a Swingline Loan, $100,000.

 

Borrowing Request ” means a written request by the Borrower for a Borrowing substantially in the form of Exhibit R delivered in accordance with Section 2.03.

 

Broker-Dealer Licenses and Memberships ” means (a) the memberships of each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary with NSCC, DTC and FINRA, (b) the other memberships listed on Schedule 1.01(c) of each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary and (c) the licenses with Governmental Authorities listed on Schedule 1.01(c) of each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary.

 

6



 

Broker-Dealer Registrations ” means the registrations of each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary with the SEC and all other Governmental Authorities which require registration and have jurisdiction over such Broker-Dealer Subsidiary.

 

Broker-Dealer Subsidiary ” means (i) the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower listed on Schedule 1.01(a)  and any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that becomes a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or associated persons thereof, as defined therein, after the Closing Date and (ii) the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower listed on Schedule 1.01(b)  and any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is an introducing broker that is required to register under the Commodity Exchange Act after the Closing Date.

 

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that when used in connection with a Eurocurrency Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

 

Capital Lease Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.  For purposes of Section 6.02, a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to be secured by a Lien on the property being leased and such property shall be deemed to be owned by the lessee.

 

Capitalized Leases ” means all leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases; provided that for all purposes hereunder the amount of obligations under any Capitalized Lease shall be the amount thereof accounted for as a liability in accordance with GAAP.

 

Cash Management Obligations ” means obligations of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depositary and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfer of funds.

 

Casualty Event ” means any event that gives rise to the receipt by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards or in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property.

 

CFC ” means a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

 

CFC Holdco ” means any Domestic Subsidiary that has no material assets other than capital stock of (or, in the case of Persons that are not corporations, other ownership interest in) one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs.

 

CFTC ” means the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission, any successor thereto and any analogous Governmental Authority.

 

Change in Control ” means (a) the failure of Holdings to own, directly or indirectly through wholly owned subsidiaries, beneficially and of record, all of the Equity Interest of the Borrower, (b) prior to an IPO, the failure by the Permitted Holders to own, directly or indirectly through one or more holding company parents of Holdings, beneficially and of record, Equity Interests in Holdings representing at least a majority of the aggregate ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Holdings

 

7



 

represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in Holdings, unless the Permitted Holders otherwise have the right (pursuant to contract, proxy or otherwise), directly or indirectly, to designate or appoint (and do so designate or appoint) a majority of the Board of Directors of Holdings, (c) after an IPO, any Person or group (within the meaning of the Exchange Act and the rules of the SEC thereunder as in effect on the Closing Date), other than the Permitted Holders, having beneficial ownership (within the meaning of the Exchange Act and the rules of the SEC thereunder as in effect on the Closing Date), directly or indirectly, of Equity Interests representing 35% or more of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in Holdings and the percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power so held is greater than the percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the Equity Interests in Holdings held by the Permitted Holders, (d) the occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the Board of Directors of Holdings by Persons who were neither nominated, designated or approved by the Board of Directors of Holdings or the Permitted Holders nor appointed by directors so nominated, designated or approved or (e) the occurrence of a “Change in Control” (or similar event, however denominated), as defined in the documentation governing any Material Indebtedness.

 

Change in Law ” means:  (a) the adoption of any rule, regulation, treaty or other law after the Closing Date, (b) any change in any rule, regulation, treaty or other law or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the Closing Date or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the Closing Date; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, regulations, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, regulations, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case, pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law,” regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

 

Class ” means (i) with respect to any Commitment, its character as an Initial Revolving Commitment, Extended Revolving Commitment, Refinancing Revolving Commitment, an Initial Term Commitment, Additional Term Commitment (which may be part of an existing Class of Term Commitments), Extended Term Commitment or Refinancing Term Commitment (whether established by way of new Commitments or by way of conversion or extension of existing Commitments or Loans) designated as a “Class” in an Additional Credit Extension Amendment and (ii) with respect to any Loans, its character as a Revolving Loan made pursuant to the Initial Revolving Commitments, Extended Revolving Commitments or Refinancing Revolving Commitments, an Initial Term Loan, Additional Term Loan, Extended Term Loan, Refinancing Term Loan or a Swingline Loan (whether made pursuant to new Commitments or by way of conversion or extension of existing Loans) designated as a “Class” in an Additional Credit Extension Amendment; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the borrowing and repayment of Revolving Loans shall be made on a pro rata basis across all Classes of Revolving Loans (except to the extent that any applicable Additional Credit Extension Amendment pursuant to Section 2.21 or 2.23 provides that the Class of Revolving Loans established thereunder shall be entitled to less than pro rata repayments), and any termination of Revolving Commitments shall be made on a pro rata basis across all Classes of Revolving Commitments (except to the extent that any applicable Additional Credit Extension Amendment pursuant to Section 2.21 or 2.23 provides that the Class of Revolving Commitments established thereunder shall be entitled to less than pro rata treatment).  Commitments or Loans that have different maturity dates, pricing (other than upfront fees) or other terms shall be designated separate Classes.

 

8



 

Closing Date ” means October 31, 2014.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Collateral ” means any and all assets, whether real or personal, tangible or intangible, on which Liens are purported to be granted pursuant to the Security Documents as security for the Secured Obligations.

 

Collateral Agreement ” means the Collateral Agreement among Holdings, the Borrower, each other Loan Party and the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit D .

 

Collateral and Guarantee Requirement ” means, at any time, the requirement that:

 

(a)                                  the Administrative Agent shall have received from (i) Holdings and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) either (x) a counterpart of the Guarantee Agreement duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person or (y) in the case of any Person that becomes a Loan Party after the Closing Date (including by ceasing to be an Excluded Subsidiary), a supplement to the Guarantee Agreement, in the form specified therein, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person and (ii) Holdings, the Borrower and each Subsidiary Loan Party either (x) a counterpart of the Collateral Agreement duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person or (y) in the case of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary Loan Party after the Closing Date (including by ceasing to be an Excluded Subsidiary), a supplement to the Collateral Agreement, in the form specified therein, duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person, in each case under this clause (a) together with, in the case of any such Loan Documents executed and delivered after the Closing Date, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, documents and opinions of the type referred to in Sections 4.01(b) and 4.01(c);

 

(b)                                  all outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower, and all outstanding Equity Interests of each Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Equity Interests constituting Excluded Assets) owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party, shall have been pledged pursuant to the Collateral Agreement, and the Administrative Agent shall have received certificates, if any, or other instruments representing all such Equity Interests, together with undated stock powers or other instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank;

 

(c)                                   if any Indebtedness for borrowed money (including in respect of cash management arrangements) of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary in a principal amount of $3,000,000 or more is owing by such obligor to any Loan Party, such Indebtedness shall have been pledged pursuant to the Collateral Agreement, and the Administrative Agent shall have received all such promissory notes, together with undated instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank;

 

(d)                                  (i) except to the extent otherwise provided hereunder, including subject to Liens permitted by Section 6.02, or under any Security Document, the Secured Obligations shall have been secured by a perfected first-priority security interest (to the extent such security interest may be perfected by delivering certificated securities, promissory notes or instruments, entering into control agreements with respect to any letter of credit rights and agreements with respect to commercial tort claims, filing financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code or making any necessary filings with respect to the security interest with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office or to the extent required in the Collateral Agreement (or any other Security Document) or by Mortgages referred to in clause (f) below) in

 

9



 

the Collateral of Holdings, Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor, in each case, with the priority required by the Collateral Documents and subject to exceptions and limitations otherwise set forth in this Agreement and (ii) all certificates, agreements, documents and instruments, including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, required by the Security Documents, Requirements of Law and as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to be filed, delivered, registered or recorded to create the Liens intended to be created by the Security Documents and perfect such Liens to the extent required by, and with the priority required by, the Security Documents and the other provisions of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement,” shall have been filed, registered or recorded or delivered to the Administrative Agent for filing, registration or recording;

 

(e)                                   the Administrative Agent shall have received certificates of insurance in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent evidencing the existence of insurance to be maintained by Holdings, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 5.07, and the Administrative Agent shall be designated as additional insured and lender’s loss payee or mortgagee as its interest may appear thereunder, or solely as additional insured, as the case may be, thereunder ( provided that if such endorsement as additional insured cannot be delivered by the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent may consent to such endorsement being delivered at such later date as it deems appropriate in the circumstances); and

 

(f)                                    the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to each Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such Mortgaged Property, (ii) an ALTA survey or, if acceptable to the title insurance company to issue the title coverage described in clause (iii) without any survey exception, including all survey-related endorsements, an existing survey with a “no-change” affidavit, (iii) a policy or policies of title insurance in the amount equal to the fair market value of such Mortgaged Property and fixtures, as determined by the Borrower in its reasonable discretion, issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and insuring the Lien of each such Mortgage as a first priority Lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein, free of any other Liens except Permitted Encumbrances, together with such endorsements as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request (it being agreed that the Administrative Agent shall accept zoning reports from a nationally recognized zoning company in lieu of zoning endorsements to such title insurance policies), (iv) such affidavits, certificates, information (including financial data) and instruments of indemnification as shall be reasonably required to induce the title company to issue the title policy/ies and endorsements contemplated above and which are reasonably requested by such title company, (v) a completed “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Mortgaged Property (together with a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the Borrower and each Loan Party relating to such Mortgaged Property), (vi) if any Mortgaged Property is located in an area determined by the Federal Emergency Management Agency to have special flood hazards, evidence of such flood insurance as may be required under applicable law, including Regulation H of the Board of Governors and the other Flood Insurance Laws and as required under Section 5.07, and (vii) such legal opinions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request with respect to any such Mortgage or Mortgaged Property, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition or anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, (a) the foregoing provisions of this definition shall not require the creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in, or the obtaining of title insurance, legal

 

10


 

opinions or other deliverables with respect to, particular assets of the Loan Parties, or the provision of Guarantees by any Subsidiary, if, and for so long as the Administrative Agent and the Borrower reasonably agree in writing that the cost of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets, or obtaining such title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables in respect of such assets, or providing such Guarantees, shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (b) Liens required to be granted from time to time pursuant to the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” shall be subject to exceptions and limitations set forth in the Security Documents, (c) in no event shall control agreements or other control or similar arrangements be required with respect to deposit accounts, commodities accounts or securities accounts or uncertificated securities, (d) in no event shall any Loan Party be required to complete any filings or other action with respect to the perfection of security interests in any jurisdiction outside of the United States and (e) in no event shall the Collateral include any Excluded Assets.  The Administrative Agent may grant extensions of time for the creation and perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to particular assets or the provision of any Guarantee by any Subsidiary (including extensions beyond the Closing Date or in connection with assets acquired, or Subsidiaries formed or acquired, after the Closing Date) where it determines that such action cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required to be accomplished by this Agreement or the Security Documents.

 

Commitment ” means (a) with respect to any Lender, its Revolving Commitment, Additional Revolving Commitment, Extended Revolving Commitment or Refinancing Revolving Commitment, Initial Term Commitment, Additional Term Commitment, Extended Term Commitment or Refinancing Term Commitment or any combination thereof (as the context requires) and (b) with respect to any Swingline Lender, its Swingline Commitment.

 

Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

 

Compliance Certificate ” means a compliance certificate required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01.

 

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus :

 

(a)                                  without duplication and to the extent already deducted (and not added back) in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for such period:

 

(i)                                      total interest expense and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, any losses on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of interest income and gains on such hedging obligations or such derivative instruments, including, for the avoidance of doubt, Swap Agreements entered pursuant to Section 5.18, and bank and letter of credit fees and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities;

 

(ii)                                   provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including federal, foreign, state, franchise, excise, and similar taxes paid or accrued during such period (including in respect of repatriated funds);

 

(iii)                                depreciation and amortization (including amortization of intangible assets established through purchase accounting and amortization of deferred financing fees or costs);

 

11



 

(iv)                               Non-Cash Charges;

 

(v)                                  extraordinary losses in accordance with GAAP;

 

(vi)                               unusual or non-recurring charges, including restructuring charges, accruals or reserves or related charges (including restructuring costs related to acquisitions after the Closing Date);

 

(vii)                            [reserved];

 

(viii)                         (A) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees, indemnities and related expenses paid or accrued in such period to (or on behalf of) the Sponsor, other Investors and members of the board of directors of the Loan Parties (including any termination fees payable in connection with the early termination of management and monitoring agreements), in each case, to the extent permitted by Section 6.09, (B) the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option holders of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to shareholders of such Person or its direct or indirect parent companies, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were shareholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case to the extent permitted in the Loan Documents and (C) any other costs or expenses incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any equity subscription or equity holder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Borrower or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower;

 

(ix)                               losses on asset sales, disposals or abandonments (other than asset sales, disposals or abandonments in the ordinary course of business);

 

(x)                                  the amount of any net losses from discontinued operations in accordance with GAAP;

 

(xi)                               any non-cash loss attributable to the mark to market movement in the valuation of hedging obligations (to the extent the cash impact resulting from such loss has not been realized) or other derivative instruments pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Accounting Standards Codification No. 815—Derivatives and Hedging;

 

(xii)                            any loss relating to amounts paid in cash prior to the stated settlement date of any hedging obligation that has been reflected in Consolidated Net Income for such period; and

 

(xiii)                         any gain relating to hedging obligations associated with transactions realized in the current period that has been reflected in Consolidated Net Income in prior periods and excluded from Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clauses (d)(v) and (d)(vi) below; plus

 

(b)                                  the Pro Forma Adjustments; plus

 

(c)                                   [reserved]; less

 

12



 

(d)                                  without duplication and to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for such period:

 

(i)                                      extraordinary gains in accordance with GAAP and unusual or non-recurring gains;

 

(ii)                                   non-cash gains (excluding any non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated Net Income or Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period);

 

(iii)                                gains on asset sales, disposals or abandonments (other than asset sales, disposals or abandonments in the ordinary course of business);

 

(iv)                               the amount of any net income from discontinued operations in accordance with GAAP;

 

(v)                                  any non-cash gain attributable to the mark to market movement in the valuation of hedging obligations (to the extent the cash impact resulting from such gain has not been realized) or other derivative instruments pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Accounting Standards Codification No. 815—Derivatives and Hedging;

 

(vi)                               any gain relating to amounts received in cash prior to the stated settlement date of any hedging obligation that has been reflected in Consolidated Net Income in such period; and

 

(vii)                            any loss relating to hedging obligations associated with transactions realized in the current period that has been reflected in Consolidated Net Income in prior periods and excluded from Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clauses (a)(xiii) and (a)(xiv) above;

 

in each case, as determined on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

 

(I)                                    to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA currency translation gains and losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including the net loss or gain resulting from hedging agreements for currency exchange risk and revaluations of intercompany balances),

 

(II)                               to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period any adjustments resulting from the application of Financial Accounting Standards Accounting Standards Codification No. 815—Derivatives and Hedging,

 

(III)                          there shall be included in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period, without duplication, (A) to the extent not included in Consolidated Net Income, the Acquired EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary) to the extent not subsequently sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of (but not including the Acquired EBITDA of any related Person, property, business or assets to the extent not so acquired) (each such Person, property, business or asset acquired,

 

13



 

including pursuant to the Transactions or pursuant to a transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date, and not subsequently so disposed of, an “ Acquired Entity or Business ”), and the Acquired EBITDA of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is converted into a Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each, a “ Converted Restricted Subsidiary ”), in each case based on the Acquired EBITDA of such Pro Forma Entity for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition or conversion) determined on a historical Pro Forma Basis and (B) an adjustment in respect of each Pro Forma Entity equal to the amount of the Pro Forma Adjustment with respect to such Pro Forma Entity for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition or conversion) as specified in the Pro Forma Adjustment certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent (for further delivery to the Lenders); and

 

(IV)                           there shall be, to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period the Disposed EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary) sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, closed or classified as discontinued operations by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each such Person, property, business or asset so sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, closed or classified, a “ Sold Entity or Business ”), and the Disposed EBITDA of any Restricted Subsidiary that is converted into an Unrestricted Subsidiary during such period (each, a “ Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary ”), in each case based on the Disposed EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such sale, transfer, disposition, closure, classification or conversion) determined on a historical Pro Forma Basis.

 

For purposes of determining the Total Net Leverage Ratio or the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio for any Test Period, subject to any adjustments as provided in clauses (III) and (IV) of the immediately preceding proviso above for any Permitted Acquisition, Disposition or Investment that occurs after the Closing Date and before giving effect to any Pro Forma Adjustments in connection with the Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA shall be deemed to equal (a) $20,370,000 for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2013, (b) $19,140,000 for the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2013, (c) $20,184,000 for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2014 and (d) $21,092,000 for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2014 (it being understood that such amounts are subject to future adjustments, as otherwise contemplated in this Agreement, in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, Disposition or Investment that occurs after the Closing Date).

 

Consolidated First Lien Net Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, Consolidated Net Debt outstanding on such date that is secured by a Lien on any assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is not expressly subordinated to the Liens granted under the Security Documents to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in all respects.

 

Consolidated Net Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, (a) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but excluding the effects of any discounting of Indebtedness resulting from the application of acquisition method accounting in connection with the Transactions or any Permitted Acquisition (or other Investment permitted hereunder)) described in clauses (a), (b), (g), (h) (to the extent of unreimbursed drawings under letters of credit or letters of guaranty) and (i) of the definition of “Indebtedness”, minus (b) an aggregate amount of cash and Permitted Investments (excluding cash and Permitted Investments which are identified as “restricted” on the consolidated balance sheet) of the Loan Parties as of such date (in each case, free and clear of all liens,

 

14



 

other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.02 for the benefit of the Secured Parties and Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.02(xxii)).

 

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, excluding, without duplication, (a) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, (b) any Transaction Costs incurred during such period; provided that they are incurred prior to the date that is three months after the Closing Date, (c) any fees and expenses (including any transaction or retention bonus) incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, asset disposition, non-compete agreement, issuance or repayment of debt, issuance of equity securities, refinancing transaction or amendment or other modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, (d) any income (loss) for such period attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, hedging agreements or other derivative instruments, (e) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted as a result of the Transactions or any Permitted Acquisition in accordance with GAAP (including any adjustment of estimated payouts on earn outs) or changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period, (f) stock-based award compensation expenses, (g) any income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts, (h) any income (loss) from Investments recorded using the equity method and (i) the amount of any expense required to be recorded as compensation for contingent transaction payments.  There shall be included in Consolidated Net Income, without duplication, the amount of any cash tax benefits related to the tax amortization of intangible assets in such period.  There shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income for any period the effects from applying acquisition method accounting, including applying acquisition method accounting to inventory, property and equipment, leases, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue (including deferred costs related thereto and deferred rent) required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of the Transactions or any acquisition consummated prior to the Closing Date and any Permitted Acquisitions (or other Investments permitted hereunder) or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof.  Consolidated Net Income shall be reduced by the aggregate amount of fees and expenses that are distributed pursuant to Section 6.08(a)(vii)(B)(2).

 

In addition, to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated Net Income for any period shall include the amount of proceeds received in such period from business interruption insurance or reimbursement of expenses and charges that are received in such period pursuant to indemnification and other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition or other Investment or any disposition of any asset permitted hereunder.

 

Consolidated Working Capital ” means, at any date, the excess of (a) the sum of all amounts (other than cash and Permitted Investments) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date, excluding the current portion of current and deferred income taxes over (b) the sum of all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, including deferred revenue but excluding, without duplication, (i) the current portion of any Funded Debt, (ii) all Indebtedness consisting of Loans and obligations under Letters of Credit to the extent otherwise included therein, (iii) the current portion of interest and (iv) the current portion of current and deferred income taxes; provided that, for purposes of calculating Excess Cash Flow, increases or decreases in working capital (A) arising from acquisitions or dispositions by the

 

15



 

Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be measured from the date on which such acquisition or disposition occurred until the first anniversary of such acquisition or disposition with respect to the Person subject to such acquisition or disposition and (B) shall exclude (I) the impact of non-cash adjustments contemplated in the Excess Cash Flow calculation, (II) the impact of adjusting items in the definition of Consolidated Net Income and (III) any changes in current assets or current liabilities as a result of (x) any reclassification in accordance with GAAP of assets or liabilities, as applicable, between current and noncurrent or (y) the effects of acquisition method accounting.

 

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies, or the dismissal or appointment of the management, of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.  “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

 

Converted Restricted Subsidiary ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA.”

 

Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA.”

 

Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness ” means (a) Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, (b) Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt, (c) Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt or (d) Indebtedness incurred or Commitments obtained pursuant to an Additional Credit Extension Amendment under Sections 2.21, 2.22 or 2.23, in each case, issued, incurred or otherwise obtained in exchange for, or to extend, renew, replace or refinance, in whole or part, existing Term Loans or Revolving Loans (and in the case of Revolving Loans, to the extent accompanied by a corresponding reduction in Revolving Commitments) (“ Refinanced Debt ”); provided that (i) such extending, renewing or refinancing Indebtedness is in an original aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate principal amount of the Refinanced Debt plus any fees, premiums, original issue discount and accrued interest associated therewith, and costs and expenses related thereto, (ii) such Indebtedness does not mature earlier than and, in the case of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness consisting of Term Loans, does not have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity shorter than the Refinanced Debt, and (iii) such Refinanced Debt shall be repaid, defeased or satisfied and discharged, and all accrued interest, fees and premiums (if any) in connection therewith shall be paid on the date such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is issued, incurred or obtained; provided that to the extent that such Refinanced Debt consists, in whole or in part, of Revolving Commitments, such Revolving Commitments shall be terminated, and all accrued fees in connection therewith shall be paid, on the date such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is issued, incurred or obtained.

 

Cumulative Excess Cash Flow ” means the sum of Excess Cash Flow (but not less than zero in any period) for the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2015 and Excess Cash Flow for each succeeding completed fiscal year.

 

Cure Amount ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.02(a).

 

Cure Right ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.02(a).

 

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

16



 

Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

 

Defaulting Lender ” means, subject to Section 2.24(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Swingline Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans) within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect or that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligation under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder ( provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower) or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender.  Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.24(b)) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower, each Issuing Bank, each Swingline Lender and each Lender.

 

Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure ” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to the Issuing Bank, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the outstanding Letter of Credit obligations other than Letter of Credit obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or cash collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof, and (b) with respect to the Swingline Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of Swingline Loans other than Swingline Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders.

 

Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or a Subsidiary in connection with a Disposition pursuant to Section 6.05(k) that is designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, setting forth the basis of such valuation (which amount will be reduced by the

 

17



 

fair market value of the portion of the non-cash consideration converted to cash within 150 days following the consummation of the applicable Disposition).

 

Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B).

 

Discount Range ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

 

Discount Range Prepayment Amount ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

 

Discount Range Prepayment Notice ” means a written notice of a Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C) substantially in the form of Exhibit L .

 

Discount Range Prepayment Offer ” means the irrevocable written offer by a Term Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit M , submitted in response to an invitation to submit offers following the Auction Agent’s receipt of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

 

Discount Range Prepayment Response Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

 

Discount Range Proration ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

 

Discounted Prepayment Determination Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

 

Discounted Prepayment Effective Date ” means in the case of a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment or Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offer, five (5) Business Days following the receipt by each relevant Term Lender of notice from the Auction Agent in accordance with Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B), Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C) or Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D), as applicable unless a shorter period is agreed to between the Borrower and the Auction Agent.

 

Discounted Term Loan Prepayment ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(A).

 

Disposed EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for any period prior to such disposition, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary (determined as if references to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA” (and in the component financial definitions used therein) were references to such Sold Entity or Business and its subsidiaries or to Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary and its subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Disposition ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.05.

 

Disqualified Equity Interest ” means, with respect to any Person, any Equity Interest in such Person that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, either mandatorily or at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event or condition:

 

18



 

(a)                                  matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests in such Person that do not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests and cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests), whether pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;

 

(b)                                  is convertible or exchangeable, either mandatorily or at the option of the holder thereof, for Indebtedness or Equity Interests (other than solely for Equity Interests in such Person that do not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests and cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests); or

 

(c)                                   is redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests in such Person that do not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests and cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests) or is required to be repurchased by such Person or any of its Affiliates, in whole or in part, at the option of the holder thereof;

 

in each case, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date; provided , however , that (i) an Equity Interest in any Person that would not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest but for terms thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to redeem or purchase such Equity Interest upon the occurrence of an “asset sale” or a “change in control” shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest if any such requirement becomes operative only after repayment in full of all the Loans and all other Loan Document Obligations that are accrued and payable, the cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit and the termination of the Commitments and (ii) if an Equity Interest in any Person is issued pursuant to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interest shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent company thereof) or any of its subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations of such Person.

 

Documentation Agent ” means Fifth Third Bank.

 

dollars ” or “ $ ” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

 

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

DTC ” means the Depository Trust Company, any successor thereto and any analogous Governmental Authority.

 

ECF Percentage ” means, with respect to the prepayment required by Section 2.11(d) with respect to any fiscal year of the Borrower, if the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (without giving effect to the applicable prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11(d)) as of the end of such fiscal year is (a) greater than 2.50 to 1.00, 50% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year, (b) greater than 2.00 to 1.00 but less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00, 25% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year and (c) less than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00, 0% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year.

 

Eligible Assignee ” means (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender, (c) an Approved Fund and (d) any other Person (other than Holdings or any of its subsidiaries), other than, in each case, a natural person; provided that no Affiliated Lender may be an Eligible Assignee with respect to Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans.

 

Environment ” means ambient air, indoor air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, land surface and subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands, flora and fauna.

 

19



 

Environmental Laws ” means the applicable common law and treaties, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, judgments, orders, decrees and other applicable Requirements of Law, and all applicable injunctions or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by or with any Governmental Authority, in each instance relating to the protection of the Environment, to preservation or reclamation of natural resources, to Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material or to the extent relating to exposure to Hazardous Materials, to health or safety matters.

 

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, obligation, loss, claim, action, order or cost, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of medical monitoring, costs of environmental investigation, remediation or restoration, administrative oversight costs, consultants’ fees, fines, penalties and indemnities), of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) any actual or alleged violation of any Environmental Law or permit, license or approval issued thereunder, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage or treatment of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant (and the extent) to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Equity Financing ” means the contribution by the Sponsor, the Management Investors and the other Investors, directly or indirectly through one or more direct or indirect holding company parents of Holdings, of cash equity contributions to Holdings, which shall be in the form of common equity, with Holdings in turn making cash common equity contributions, directly or indirectly, to the Borrower on the Closing Date.

 

Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination, but in any event excluding debt securities convertible or exchangeable into equity.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with Holdings, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

 

ERISA Event ” means (a) any “reportable event,” as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) with respect to any Plan, the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) applicable to such Plan, in each case whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) a determination that any Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at-risk” status (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4) of the Code); (e) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA

 

20


 

Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA; (f) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (g) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan (or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA) or Multiemployer Plan; or (h) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA or in endangered or critical status, within the meaning of Section 305 of ERISA.

 

Eurocurrency ” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01.

 

Excess Cash Flow ” means, for any period, an amount equal to the excess of:

 

(a)                                  the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(i)                                      Consolidated Net Income for such period,

 

(ii)                                   an amount equal to the amount of all Non-Cash Charges to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

 

(iii)                                decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period, and

 

(iv)                               an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on dispositions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income; less :

 

(b)                                  the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(i)                                      an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash charges excluded by virtue of clauses (a) through (i) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income (other than cash charges in respect of Transaction Costs paid on or about the Closing Date to the extent financed with the proceeds of Indebtedness incurred on the Closing Date or an equity investment on the Closing Date),

 

(ii)                                   without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (x) below in prior fiscal years, the amount of capital expenditures made in cash during such period, but only to the extent that such capital expenditures were financed with internally generated cash flow of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries,

 

(iii)                                the aggregate amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the payment of any Indebtedness secured by the Collateral on a junior basis to the Loan Document Obligations or that is

 

21



 

subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Document Obligations, in each case, except to the extent permitted to be paid pursuant to Section 6.08 (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capitalized Leases and (B) the amount of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(c) with the Net Proceeds from an event of the type specified in clause (a) of the definition of “Prepayment Event” to the extent required due to a disposition that resulted in an increase to Consolidated Net Income and not in excess of the amount of such increase but excluding (X) all other prepayments of Term Loans and (Y) all prepayments of Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans) made during such period (other than in respect of any revolving credit facility except to the extent there is an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder), but only to the extent financed with internally generated cash flow of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries,

 

(iv)                               an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on dispositions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

 

(v)                                  increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period,

 

(vi)                               cash payments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income,

 

(vii)                            without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (x) below in prior periods, the amount of Investments and acquisitions made in cash during such period (and (without duplication of the foregoing), in the case of any Investment or acquisition made in exchange for an earn-out or similar deferred consideration prior to or during such period, the amount of such earn-out or similar deferred consideration paid in cash during such period) pursuant to clauses (b), (e), (f), (h), (l) (to the extent the corresponding payment under Section 6.08(a) would reduce Excess Cash Flow pursuant to clause (viii) below), (m), (n), and (r) of Section 6.04, in each case to the extent that such Investments and acquisitions were financed with internally generated cash flow of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries,

 

(viii)                         the amount of payments made in cash during such period pursuant to clauses (v), (vi) and (vii) of Section 6.08(a) and clause (iv) of Section 6.08(b), in each case to the extent such payments were financed with internally generated cash flow of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries,

 

(ix) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that are required to be made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income,

 

(x)                                  without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “ Contract Consideration ”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to Permitted Acquisitions, other

 

22



 

Investments or capital expenditures to be consummated or made during the first fiscal quarter of the Borrower following the end of such period; provided that to the extent the aggregate amount of internally generated cash actually utilized to finance such Permitted Acquisitions, Investments or capital expenditures during such fiscal quarter is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such fiscal quarter, and

 

(xi)                               the amount of cash taxes paid in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period.

 

Exchange ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Preliminary Statements hereto.

 

Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

Excluded Assets ” means (a) any fee-owned real property with a fair market value of less than $3,000,000 and all leasehold interests in real property, (b) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title or ownership with an individual value of less than $500,000 (except to the extent that the filing of UCC financing statements are sufficient for perfection of security interests) subject to all other clauses of this definition, (c) Equity Interests in any Person (other than any Wholly Owned Subsidiaries) to the extent the pledge thereof to the Administrative Agent is not permitted by the terms of such Person’s organizational or joint venture documents (other than to the extent that any such prohibition would be rendered ineffective by, or is otherwise unenforceable under, the Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable Requirements of Law), (d) voting Equity Interests in excess of 65% of the outstanding voting Equity Interests of any CFC or CFC Holdco, (e) any lease, license or other agreement with any Person if, to the extent and for so long as, the grant of a Lien thereon to secure the Secured Obligations constitutes a breach of or a default under, or creates a right of termination in favor of any party (other than any Loan Party) to, such lease, license or other agreement (but only to the extent any of the foregoing is not rendered ineffective by, or is otherwise unenforceable under, the Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable Requirements of Law), (f) any asset subject to a Lien of the type permitted by Section 6.02(iv) (whether or not incurred pursuant to such Section) or a Lien permitted by Section 6.02(xi), in each case if, to the extent and for so long as the grant of a Lien thereon to secure the Secured Obligations constitutes a breach of or a default under, or creates a right of termination in favor of any party (other than any Loan Party) to, any agreement pursuant to which such Lien has been created (but only to the extent any of the foregoing is not rendered ineffective by, or is otherwise unenforceable under, the Uniform Commercial Code or any Requirements of Law), (g) any intent-to-use trademark applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office only to the extent that the grant of a security interest therein would invalidate such application, (h) pledges and security interests prohibited by (or as to security interests, those that are not capable of being perfected under) applicable law, rule or regulation, (i) any asset if, to the extent and for so long as the grant of a Lien thereon to secure the Secured Obligations is prohibited by any Requirements of Law (other than to the extent that any such prohibition would be rendered ineffective pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable Requirements of Law), (j) Commercial Tort Claims with a claim value of less than $2,000,000 individually, (k) letters of credit and Letters of Credit Rights to the extent not constituting Supporting Obligations and with a value of less than $2,000,000 individually (except to the extent a security interest therein can be perfected by the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements), (l) Margin Stock and (m) deposit accounts or securities accounts used exclusively as payroll accounts, trust accounts, client fund accounts and employee benefit accounts; provided , however, that Excluded Assets shall not include any Proceeds, substitutions or replacements of any Excluded Assets

 

23



 

referred to in the preceding clauses (a) through (m) (unless such Proceeds, substitutions or replacements would constitute Excluded Assets referred to in clauses (a) through (m)).  Each category of Excluded Assets set forth above shall have the meaning set forth in the Uniform Commercial Code (to the extent such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code).

 

Excluded Information ” means information (including material non-public information) regarding the Loans of the applicable Class, the Loan Parties, or the securities of the Loan Parties hereunder that is not known to a Lender participating in a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, in an assignment to an Affiliated Lender or in an assignment to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries (or, in the case of a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, is not known to the Administrative Agent or the Auction Agent), that may be material to a decision by such Lender to participate in such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, assignment to such Affiliated Lender or such assignment to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable.

 

Excluded Lender ” means (i) direct competitors (or parent companies or other affiliates of direct competitors) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (as reasonably determined by the Borrower) separately identified by name in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent from time to time after the Closing Date by reasonable notice in writing from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent; provided that no bona fide debt fund or debt investor shall be an Excluded Lender and (ii) those particular banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders listed by name on Schedule 1.01(d) .  For the avoidance of doubt, no identification of a Person as an Excluded Lender will result in the disqualification of any existing Lender for so long as such Person remains a Lender.

 

Excluded Subsidiary ” means (a) any Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings on the Closing Date or, if later, the date it first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation or any contractual obligation existing on the Closing Date from guaranteeing the Secured Obligations, or which would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization, unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received, (c) any Foreign Subsidiary that is a CFC, (d) any Domestic Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a CFC, (e) any CFC Holdco, (f) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (g) a Broker-Dealer Subsidiary, (h) any Investment Vehicle, (i) any not-for-profit Subsidiary and (j) any other Subsidiary excused from becoming a Loan Party pursuant to the last paragraph of the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”

 

Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (a) Taxes imposed on (or measured by) such recipient’s net income (however denominated) and franchise Taxes imposed on it, in each case, by a jurisdiction as a result of (i) such recipient being organized or having its principal office located in or, in the case of any Lender, having its applicable lending office located in, such jurisdiction, or (ii) any other present or former connection between such recipient and such jurisdiction (other than any connection arising solely from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations or received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, sold or assigned of an interest in, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, and/or enforced, any Loan Documents), (b) any branch profits tax imposed under Section 884(a) of the Code, or any similar Tax, imposed by any jurisdiction described in clause (a) above, (c) any U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed pursuant to FATCA, (d) any withholding Tax that is attributable to a Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.17(e), and (e) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than any Foreign Lender becoming a party hereto pursuant to a request by any Loan Party under Section 2.19 hereto, any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender pursuant to a Requirement of Law in effect at the time such

 

24



 

Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new lending office), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts with respect to such withholding Tax under Section 2.17(a).

 

Existing Class ” means a Class of Existing Term Loans or a Class of Existing Revolving Commitments.

 

Existing Revolving Commitments ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(b).

 

Existing Term Loans ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(a).

 

Extended Class ” means a Class of Extended Term Loans or a Class of Extended Revolving Commitments.

 

Extended Revolving Commitments ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(b).

 

Extended Term Loans ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(a).

 

Extending Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(c).

 

Extension Effective Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(c).

 

Extension Election ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(c).

 

Extension Request ” means a Revolving Credit Extension Request or a Term Loan Extension Request.

 

Facilities ” means, collectively, each Revolving Facility and each Term Facility.

 

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code as in effect on the Closing Date (and any amended or successor version thereof that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), and any current or future Treasury regulations or other official administrative interpretations thereof.

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

 

Fee Letter ” means the Fee Letter, as amended, dated as of April 16, 2014, among Parent, the Joint Lead Arrangers and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch.

 

Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of Borrower.

 

Financial Performance Covenant ” means the covenant set forth in Section 6.12.

 

25



 

Financing Transactions ” means (a) the execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is to be a party, the borrowing of Loans, the use of the proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder and (b) the Equity Financing.

 

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or any other self-regulatory body which succeeds to the functions of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

 

First Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” means a customary intercreditor agreement among the Administrative Agent and one or more senior representatives for the holders of Indebtedness that is intended to be secured by Liens on the Collateral ranking pari passu to the Liens securing the Loan Document Obligations, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

 

First Lien Net Leverage Ratio ” means collectively, as of any date of determination, the ratio, on a Pro Forma Basis, of (a) Consolidated First Lien Net Indebtedness as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently completed Test Period.

 

Flood Insurance Laws ” means, collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statue thereto, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (v) the Biggert-Waters Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2012 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto.

 

Foreign Government Scheme or Arrangement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.10(c).

 

Foreign Plan ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.10(c).

 

Foreign Lender ” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is located.  For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary other than a Domestic Subsidiary.

 

Funded Debt ” means all Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time but subject to Section 1.04.

 

Governmental Approvals ” means all authorizations, consents, approvals, permits, licenses and exemptions of, registrations and filings with, and reports to, Governmental Authorities.

 

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether federal, state, provincial, territorial, local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising

 

26



 

executive, legislative, judicial, Taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank and self regulatory organizations, including FINRA).

 

Guarantee ” of or by any Person (the “ guarantor ”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness; provided that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness).  The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined in good faith by a Financial Officer.  The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

Guarantee Agreement ” means the Master Guarantee Agreement among Holdings, the Subsidiary Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

 

Hazardous Materials ” means all substances, wastes, pollutants or contaminants, materials, constituents, chemicals or compounds in any form regulated under any Environmental Law, including petroleum or petroleum by-products or distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas.

 

Holdings ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereto.

 

Identified Participating Lenders ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

 

Identified Qualifying Lenders ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

 

Immaterial Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary other than a Material Subsidiary.

 

Incremental Cap ” means, at any date of determination, an amount equal to the greater of (a) $85,000,000 less the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding at such time in reliance on Section 6.01(a)(xxiii) and (b) an amount such that on a Pro Forma Basis, the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the end of the most recent Test Period for which financial statements have been or were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) ( provided that for purposes of calculating the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, (i) any Additional Revolving Commitments shall be assumed to be fully drawn on the effective date thereof, (ii) the cash proceeds of any Additional Term Loans or any Additional Revolving Commitments being so incurred shall not be netted and (iii) any Additional Term Loans or any Additional Revolving Commitments are assumed to be secured on a first lien basis, whether or not secured) would be less than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00.

 

27



 

Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and any earn-out obligation until 30 days after such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP), (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (f) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (h) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty and (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances; provided that the term “Indebtedness” shall not include (x) deferred or prepaid revenue or (y) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the seller.  The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.  The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (e) above shall (unless such Indebtedness has been assumed by such Person) be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (A) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (B) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith.

 

Indemnified Taxes ” means all Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes.

 

Indemnitee ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.03(b).

 

Information ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.12(a).

 

Initial Restricted Payment Amount ” means an amount equal to $10,000,000.

 

Initial Revolving Commitments ” means the Revolving Commitments made on the Closing Date.

 

Initial Term Loans ” means the Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01(a) on the Closing Date.

 

Intellectual Property ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Agreement.

 

Interest Election Request ” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing or Term Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07.

 

Interest Payment Date ” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (including a Swingline Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and (b) with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period.

 

Interest Period ” means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing, the period commencing on the date such Borrowing is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing and ending on the date that is one, two, three or six months thereafter as selected by the Borrower in its

 

28



 

Borrowing Request (or, if agreed to by each Lender participating therein, twelve months); provided that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (b) any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month at the end of such Interest Period and (c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond (i) in the case of Term Loans, the Term Maturity Date and (ii) in the case of Revolving Loans, the Revolving Maturity Date.  For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

 

Investment ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or debt or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of Indebtedness of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person (excluding, in the case of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, intercompany loans, advances, or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business) or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person.  The amount, as of any date of determination, of (i) any Investment in the form of a Guarantee shall be equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof, as determined in good faith by a Financial Officer, (ii) any Investment in the form of a transfer of Equity Interests or other non-cash property by the investor to the investee, including any such transfer in the form of a capital contribution, shall be the fair market value (as determined in good faith by a Financial Officer) of such Equity Interests or other property as of the time of the transfer, minus any payments actually received by such investor representing a return of capital of, or dividends or other distributions in respect of, such Investment (to the extent such payments do not exceed, in the aggregate, the original amount of such Investment), but without any other adjustment for increases or decreases in value of, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to, such Investment after the date of such Investment, and (iii) any Investment (other than any Investment referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above) by the specified Person in the form of a purchase or other acquisition for value of any Equity Interests, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities of any other Person shall be the original cost of such Investment (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection therewith), plus (x) the cost of all additions thereto and minus (y) the amount of any portion of such Investment that has been repaid to the investor in cash as a repayment of principal or a return of capital, and of any cash payments actually received by such investor representing interest, dividends or other distributions in respect of such Investment (to the extent the amounts referred to in clause (y) do not, in the aggregate, exceed the original cost of such Investment plus the costs of additions thereto), but without any other adjustment for increases or decreases in value of, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to, such Investment after the date of such Investment.  For purposes of Section 6.04, if an Investment involves the acquisition of more than one Person, the amount of such Investment shall be allocated among the acquired Persons in accordance with GAAP; provided that pending the final determination of the amounts to be so allocated in accordance with GAAP, such allocation shall be as reasonably determined by a Financial Officer.

 

Investment Vehicle ” means (a) a separate account, investment strategy, fund or vehicle for collective investing (in whatever form of organization, including a corporation, limited liability company,

 

29



 

partnership, association, trust or other entity, including each separate portfolio or series of any of the foregoing, and including any entity investing in collateralized loan obligations or collateralized debt obligations) that is managed directly or indirectly by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) any separate account, investment strategy, fund or vehicle for collective investing that, upon the making of an Investment therein or upon the acquisition of the related management rights with respect thereto, would be an Investment Vehicle pursuant to clause (a) above, and (c) any entity created for the sole purpose of receiving funds to be invested in a separate account, investment strategy, fund or vehicle for collective investing that constitutes an Investment Vehicle pursuant to clause (a) or (b) above.

 

Investor ” means a holder of Equity Interests in Parent (or any direct or indirect parent thereof).

 

IPO ” means the initial underwritten public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) of common Equity Interests in Parent.

 

ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

 

Issuing Bank ” means each Revolving Lender, each in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.  Each Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.

 

Joint Lead Arrangers ” means MSSF and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC.

 

Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” means a customary intercreditor agreement among the Administrative Agent and one or more representatives for the holders of other Indebtedness, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, pursuant to which such representatives agree that the Liens securing such Indebtedness are subordinated to the Liens securing the Loan Document Obligations.  Wherever in this Agreement, a representative is required to become party to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, if the related Indebtedness is the initial Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to be secured by a Lien subordinated to the Liens securing the Loan Obligations, then the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Administrative Agent and the representative for such Indebtedness shall execute and deliver the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Latest Maturity Date ” means, at any date of determination, the latest maturity or expiration date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time.

 

LC Disbursement ” means a payment made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

 

LC Expiration Date ” means the date which is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Maturity Date.

 

LC Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate amount of all Letters of Credit that remains available for drawing at such time and (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time.  The LC Exposure of any Revolving Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time.  For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the International Standby Practices (ISP98), such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

 

30


 

Lenders ” means a Revolving Lender, a Term Lender and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption or an Additional Credit Extension Amendment, in each case, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.  Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “ Lenders ” includes the Swingline Lender.

 

Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement other than any such letter of credit that shall have ceased to be a “Letter of Credit” outstanding hereunder pursuant to Section 9.05.

 

Letter of Credit Sublimit ” means an amount equal to $10,000,000.  The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of and not in addition to the aggregate Revolving Commitments.

 

LIBO Rate ” means, for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the rate per annum equal to (i) the Intercontinental Exchange Benchmark Administration Ltd. LIBOR (“ ICE LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or such other commercially available source providing quotations of ICE LIBOR as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period or (ii) if such published rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “ LIBO Rate ” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurocurrency Borrowing being made, continued or converted by MSSF and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by MSSF to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; provided that, if the LIBO Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset and (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset.

 

Loan Document Obligations ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Agreement.

 

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the Guarantee Agreement, the Security Documents, any Additional Credit Extension Amendment, any First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, any Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and, except for purposes of Section 9.02, any Notes.

 

Loan Parties ” means Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties.

 

Loans ” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Majority in Interest ,” when used in reference to Lenders of any Class, means, at any time, (a) in the case of the Revolving Lenders of any Class, Lenders having Revolving Exposures and unused Revolving Commitments of such Class representing more than 50% of the sum of the aggregate Revolving Exposures and the unused aggregate Revolving Commitments of such Class at such time and (b) in the case of the Term Lenders of any Class, Lenders holding outstanding Term Loans of such Class representing more than 50% of all Term Loans of such Class outstanding at such time; provided that (a)

 

31



 

the Revolving Exposures, Term Loans and unused Commitments of the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof and (b) whenever there are one or more Defaulting Lenders, the total outstanding Term Loans and Revolving Exposures of, and the unused Revolving Commitments of, each Defaulting Lender, shall in each case be excluded for purposes of making a determination of the Majority in Interest of such Class.

 

Management Investors ” means the directors, officers and employees of Parent, Holdings, the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries who are (directly or indirectly through one or more investment vehicles) investors in Parent (or any direct or indirect parent thereof).

 

Margin Stock ” means “margin stock” as such term is defined in Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means any event, circumstance or condition that has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a materially adverse effect on (a) the business, financial condition or results of operations of Holdings, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their payment obligations under the Loan Documents or (c) the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under the Loan Documents.

 

Material Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (other than the Loan Document Obligations), or obligations in respect of one or more Swap Agreements, of any one or more of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $20,000,000.  For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations in respect of any Swap Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that Holdings, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Swap Agreement were terminated at such time.

 

Material Subsidiary ” means (i) each Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that, as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower most recently ended, had revenues or total assets for such quarter in excess of 2.5% of the consolidated revenues or total assets, as applicable, of the Borrower for such quarter and (ii) any group comprising Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries that each would not have been a Material Subsidiary under clause (i) but that, taken together, as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower most recently ended, had revenues or total assets for such quarter in excess of 5.0% of the consolidated revenues or total assets, as applicable, of the Borrower for such quarter.

 

Maximum Rate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.17.

 

MCH ” means Munder Capital Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

MCH II ” means Munder Capital Holdings II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

Mortgage ” means a mortgage, deed of trust, assignment of leases and rents or other security document granting a Lien on any Mortgaged Property to secure the Secured Obligations.  Each Mortgage shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

 

Mortgaged Property ” means each parcel of real property with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, Section 5.11 or Section 5.12.

 

32



 

MSSF ” means Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

Net Proceeds ” means, with respect to any event, (a) the proceeds received in respect of such event in cash or Permitted Investments, including (i) any cash or Permitted Investments received in respect of any non-cash proceeds (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment or earn-out, but excluding any interest payments), but only as and when received, (ii) in the case of a casualty, insurance proceeds, and (iii) in the case of a condemnation or similar event, condemnation awards and similar payments, minus (b) the sum of (i) all fees and out-of-pocket expenses paid by Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such event (including attorney’s fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, underwriting discounts and commissions, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant, accountant and other customary fees), (ii) in the case of a sale, transfer or other disposition of an asset (including pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction or a casualty or a condemnation or similar proceeding), (x) the amount of all payments that are permitted hereunder and are required to be made by Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such event to repay Indebtedness (other than the Loans) secured by a lien on such asset (which Lien, if such assets constitute Collateral, ranks prior to the Lien securing the Secured Obligations) (y) the pro rata portion of net cash proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (y)) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result thereof and (z) the amount of any liabilities directly associated with such asset and retained by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and (iii) the amount of all taxes paid (or reasonably estimated to be payable), and the amount of any reserves established by Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to fund contingent liabilities reasonably estimated to be payable, that are directly attributable to such event; provided that any reduction at any time in the amount of any such reserves (other than as a result of payments made in respect thereof) shall be deemed to constitute the receipt by the Borrower at such time of Net Proceeds in the amount of such reduction.

 

Non-Cash Charges ” means (a) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down related to intangible assets (including goodwill), long-lived assets, and Investments in debt and equity securities pursuant to GAAP, (b) all losses from Investments recorded using the equity method, (c) all Non-Cash Compensation Expenses, (d) the non-cash impact of acquisition method accounting, and (e) other non-cash charges ( provided , in each case, that if any non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA and Excess Cash Flow to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period).

 

Non-Cash Compensation Expense ” means any non-cash expenses and costs that result from the issuance of stock-based awards, partnership interest-based awards and similar incentive based compensation awards or arrangements.

 

Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.02(c).

 

Non-Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

 

Non-Loan Party Investment Amount ” means, on any date of determination, the sum (without duplication) of (a) an amount equal to the greater of $25,000,000 and 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period, (b) if the Borrower is in compliance with the Financial Performance

 

33



 

Covenant on a Pro Forma Basis as of the end of the most recent Test Period (regardless of whether such Financial Performance Covenant is applicable at such time), the Available Amount Basket and (c) the aggregate amount of Investments permitted to be made pursuant to Section 6.04(m) at such time, in each case, to the extent Not Otherwise Applied.

 

Note ” means promissory notes delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.09(e).

 

Not Otherwise Applied ” means, with reference to any amount of Net Proceeds of any transaction or event or of Excess Cash Flow or of the Initial Restricted Payment Amount, that such amount (a) was not required to be applied to prepay the Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(c) or (d), and (b) was not previously applied pursuant to Sections 6.04(m), 6.08(a)(viii), 6.08(b)(iv) and the definition of the term “Non-Loan Party Investment Amount.”

 

Notice of Election ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(f)(B).

 

NSCC ” means the National Securities Clearing Commission, any successor thereto and any analogous Governmental Authority.

 

OID ” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, the difference of 100% of the principal amount thereof over the percentage of principal amount at which such Indebtedness is funded by the lender or investor thereof.

 

Offered Amount ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

 

Offered Discount ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

 

Organizational Documents ” means, with respect to any Person, the charter, articles or certificate of organization or incorporation and bylaws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person.

 

Other Taxes ” means all present or future recording, stamp, documentary, excise, transfer, sales, property or similar Taxes arising from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, registration or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document.

 

Outstanding Term Loans ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(a)(viii).

 

Parent ” means VCH; provided that, upon and following an IPO, if VCH is not the Person whose Equity Interests are sold in the IPO, “Parent” shall mean the, direct or indirect, parent company of VCH whose Equity Interests are sold in the IPO.

 

Participant ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(c)(i).

 

Participant Register ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(c)(ii).

 

Participating Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

 

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

 

Perfection Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 .

 

34



 

Permitted Acquisition ” means the purchase or other acquisition, by merger or otherwise, by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of Equity Interests in, or all or substantially all the assets of (or all or substantially all the assets constituting a business unit, division, product line or line of business of), any Person; provided that (a) in the case of any purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests in a Person, such Person, upon the consummation of such acquisition, will be a Restricted Subsidiary (including as a result of a merger or consolidation between any Restricted Subsidiary and such Person), (b) all transactions related thereto are consummated in accordance with all Requirements of Law, (c) the business of such Person, or such assets, as the case may be, constitute a business permitted by Section 6.03(b), (d) the Borrower shall comply with Section 5.11 with respect to each such purchase or other acquisition, (e) before and after giving effect to any such purchase or other acquisition, (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) the Borrower shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with the Financial Performance Covenant as of the end of the most recent Test Period for which financial statements have been or were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) (if such Financial Performance Covenant is applicable at such time), (f) the proposed acquisition is consensual (not “hostile”) and, if applicable, has been approved by the Target’s board of directors, at any time and (g) for Permitted Acquisitions the consideration of which is in excess of $5,000,000, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, on or prior to the consummation of such purchase or other acquisition, a certificate of a Financial Officer certifying that all the requirements set forth in this definition have been satisfied with respect to such purchase or other acquisition, together with reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating satisfaction of the requirement set forth in clause (e) above and the proviso to Section 6.04(h).

 

Permitted Encumbrances ” means:

 

(a)           Liens for Taxes not yet due or payable or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

(b)           Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or construction contractors’ Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business that secure amounts not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or, if more than 30 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP, in each case so long as such Liens do not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c)           Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business (i) in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and (ii) securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(d)           Liens incurred or deposits made, in each case in the ordinary course of business, to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts and leases, statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations);

 

35



 

(e)           easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments, protrusions, zoning restrictions and other similar encumbrances and minor title defects affecting real property that, in the aggregate, do not in any case materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

(f)            Liens securing, or otherwise arising from, judgments not constituting an Event of Default under Section 7.01(j);

 

(g)           Liens on goods the purchase price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit issued for the account of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that such Lien secures only the obligations of the Borrower or such Subsidiaries in respect of such letter of credit to the extent such obligations are permitted by Section 6.01;

 

(h)           Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or similar filings made in respect of operating leases entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(i)            leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others that do not (A) interfere in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (B) secure any Indebtedness; and

 

(j)            any interest or title of a lessor under leases (other than leases constituting Capital Lease Obligations) entered into by any of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

provided that the term “Permitted Encumbrances” shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness other than Liens referred to in clause (c) above securing obligations under letters of credit or bank guarantees and in clause (g) above.

 

Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt ” means any secured Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of senior secured notes; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Secured Obligations and is not secured by any property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of existing Term Loans or Revolving Loans (and in the case of Revolving Loans, to the extent accompanied by a corresponding reduction in Revolving Commitments), (iii) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (iv) the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness are substantially the same as the Security Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), (v) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than the Subsidiary Loan Parties and (vi) a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to a First Lien Intercreditor Agreement; provided that if such Indebtedness is the initial Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt incurred by the Borrower, then the Borrower, the Subsidiary Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Senior Representative for such Indebtedness shall have executed and delivered a First Lien Intercreditor Agreement.  Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

 

Permitted Holders ” means (a) the Sponsor, (b) the Management Investors (for so long as the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of Parent held by the Management Investors at any one time is less than the aggregate ordinary voting power represented

 

36



 

by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of Parent held by the Sponsor held at such time) and (c) the other Investors providing the Equity Financing and identified in writing to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date.

 

Permitted Investments ” means any of the following, to the extent owned by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary:

 

(a)           dollars, euro or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such other currencies used in the jurisdiction in which such Foreign Subsidiary is organized or doing business, held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)           readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States, having average maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof;

 

(c)           time deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) is a Lender or (ii) has combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000 (any such bank in the foregoing clause (i) or (ii) being an “ Approved Bank ”), in each case with average maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof;

 

(d)           commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by an Approved Bank (or by the parent company thereof) or any variable or fixed rate note issued by, or guaranteed by, a corporation rated A-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or P-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, in each case with average maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof;

 

(e)           repurchase agreements entered into by any Person with an Approved Bank, a bank or trust company (including any of the Lenders) or recognized securities dealer, in each case, having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States, in which such Person shall have a perfected first priority security interest (subject to no other Liens) and having, on the date of purchase thereof, a fair market value of at least 100% of the amount of the repurchase obligations;

 

(f)            marketable short-term money market and similar highly liquid funds either (i) having assets in excess of $500,000,000 or (ii) having a rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either S&P or Moody’s (or, if at any time neither S&P nor Moody’s shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized rating service);

 

(g)           securities with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory having an investment grade rating from either S&P or Moody’s (or the equivalent thereof);

 

(h)           investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in mutual funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s;

 

37



 

(i)            instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above denominated in euros or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction; and

 

(j)            investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, in money market investment programs that are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or that are administered by financial institutions having capital of at least $500,000,000, and, in either case, the portfolios of which are limited such that substantially all of such investments are of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (a) through (i) of this definition.

 

Permitted Refinancing ” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other amounts paid, and fees and expenses incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, (b) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(v), Indebtedness resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (c) immediately after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (d) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Document Obligations, the Indebtedness resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Document Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended and (e) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(ii) or Section 6.01(a)(xxiii), (i) the terms, covenants and events of default (including if applicable, as to collateral but excluding as to subordination, interest rate (including whether such interest is payable in cash or in kind) and redemption premium) of the Indebtedness resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension are not, taken as a whole, materially less favorable to the Loan Parties or the Lenders than the terms of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended; provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days prior to such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms of such resulting Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms are not, taken as a whole, materially less favorable shall satisfy the foregoing requirements in this clause (i), and (ii) the primary obligor in respect of, and the Persons (if any) that Guarantee, Indebtedness resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension are the primary obligor in respect of, and Persons (if any) that Guaranteed, respectively, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended.  For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that a Permitted Refinancing may constitute a portion of an issuance of Indebtedness in excess of the amount of such Permitted Refinancing; provided that such excess amount is otherwise permitted to be incurred under Section 6.01.

 

38



 

Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt ” means secured Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of second lien secured notes or second lien secured loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a junior lien, subordinated basis to the Secured Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt and is not secured by any property or assets of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of existing Term Loans or Revolving Loans (and in the case of Revolving Loans, to the extent accompanied by a corresponding reduction in Revolving Commitments), (iii) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date, (iv) the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness are substantially the same as the Security Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), (v) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than the Subsidiary Loan Parties and (vi) a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to a Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement.  Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

 

Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt ” means unsecured Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party in the form of one or more series of senior unsecured notes or loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of existing Term Loans or Revolving Loans (and in the case of Revolving Loans, to the extent accompanied by a corresponding reduction in Revolving Commitments), (ii) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (iii) if guaranteed, such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Loan Parties and (iv) such Indebtedness is not secured by any Lien on any property or assets of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.  Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

 

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

 

Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

Platform ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01.

 

Post-Transaction Period ” means, with respect to any Specified Transaction, the period beginning on the date such Specified Transaction is consummated and ending on the last day of the fourth full consecutive fiscal quarter immediately following the date on which such Specified Transaction is consummated.

 

Prepayment Event ” means:

 

(a)           any sale, transfer or other disposition (including (x) pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction, (y) by way of merger or consolidation and (z) any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of) of any property or asset of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted by Section 6.05(k) other than dispositions resulting in aggregate Net Proceeds not exceeding (A) $2,500,000 in the case of any single transaction or series of related transactions and (B) $5,000,000 for all such transactions during any fiscal year of the Borrower; or

 

39



 

(b)           the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01 (other than Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Indebtedness, Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt, Refinancing Term Loans and Extended Term Loans, which shall constitute a Prepayment Event to the extent required by the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness”) or permitted by the Required Lenders pursuant to Section 9.02.

 

Prepayment Premium ” means a premium (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount of such Loans to be prepaid) equal to the amount set forth below:

 

(i)      before the date which is twelve months after the Closing Date, 1%; and

 

(ii)     thereafter, 0%.

 

Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by the Person acting as the Administrative Agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City.  The Prime Rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate actually charged to any customer.  The Administrative Agent or any Lender may make commercial loans or other loans at rates of interest at, above or below the Prime Rate.  Any change in the Prime Rate shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

 

Prior Credit Agreement ” means that certain credit agreement dated as of March 23, 2010, as amended as of November 24, 2010, among the Target, the Sellers, the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent.

 

Pro Forma Adjustment ” means, for any Test Period that includes all or any part of a fiscal quarter included in any Post-Transaction Period with respect to the Acquired EBITDA of the applicable Pro Forma Entity or the Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower, the pro forma increase or decrease in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of (a) specified actions either taken or expected to be taken within 12 months after the date of such Specified Transaction for the purposes of realizing cost savings (to the extent that the Borrower reasonably expects to realize such savings within 18 months after the date of such Specified Transaction), in each case so long as (i) such cash savings are reasonably identifiable and quantifiable, factually supportable, and are projected in the good faith judgment of the Borrower to result from actions taken, committed to be taken or expected in good faith to be taken no later than 12 months after the date of such Specified Transaction and (ii) a certificate signed by a Financial Officer is delivered to the Administrative Agent certifying in reasonable detail such items set forth in the preceding clause (a)(i) or (b) any additional costs incurred prior to or during such 12-month period in connection with the combination of the operations of such Pro Forma Entity with the operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that (A) so long as such actions are taken prior to or during such Post-Transaction Period or such costs are incurred prior to or during such Post-Transaction Period it may be assumed, for purposes of projecting such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDA or Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, that such cost savings will be realizable during the entirety of such Test Period, or such additional costs will be incurred during the entirety of such Test Period and (B) any such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, shall be without duplication for cost savings or additional costs already included in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, for such Test Period, and, in the case of cost savings, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions.

 

Pro Forma Basis ,” “ Pro Forma Compliance ” and “ Pro Forma Effect ” means, with respect to compliance with any test or covenant hereunder required by the terms of this Agreement to be made on a

 

40


 

Pro Forma Basis, that (a) to the extent applicable, the Pro Forma Adjustment shall have been made and (b) all Specified Transactions and the following transactions in connection therewith shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the applicable period of measurement in such test or covenant:  (i) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person subject to such Specified Transaction, (A) in the case of a Disposition of all or substantially all Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary or any division, product line, or facility used for operations of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall be excluded and (B) in the case of a Permitted Acquisition or Investment described in the definition of “Specified Transaction,” shall be included, (ii) any retirement of Indebtedness, and (iii) any Indebtedness incurred or assumed by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith and if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate that is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination; provided that, without limiting the application of the Pro Forma Adjustment pursuant to clause (a) above, the foregoing pro forma adjustments may be applied to any such test or covenant solely to the extent that such adjustments are consistent with the definition of Consolidated EBITDA and give effect to operating expense reductions that are (i) (x) directly attributable to such transaction, (y) expected to have a continuing impact on the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (z) factually supportable or (ii) otherwise consistent with the definition of Pro Forma Adjustment; provided , further , that any determination of Pro Forma Compliance with the Financial Performance Covenant required at any time prior to September 30, 2014, shall be made assuming that compliance with the Financial Performance Covenant for the Test Period ending on September 30, 2014, is required with respect to the most recent Test Period prior to such time.

 

Pro Forma Entity ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Acquired EBITDA.”

 

Pro Forma Financial Statements ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.04(c).

 

Proposed Change ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.02(c).

 

Public Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01.

 

Qualified Equity Interests ” means Equity Interests of Holdings other than Disqualified Equity Interests.

 

Qualifying Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

 

Refinanced Debt ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness.”

 

Refinancing ” means the repayment of the Prior Credit Agreement and the termination of all commitments thereunder and all Liens granted thereunder.

 

Refinancing Term Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(b).

 

Refinancing Term Effective Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(b).

 

Refinancing Term Loans ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(a).

 

Register ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(b).

 

41



 

Registered Equivalent Notes ” means, with respect to any notes originally issued in a Rule 144A or other private placement transaction under the Securities Act of 1933, substantially identical notes (having the same Guarantees) issued in a dollar for dollar exchange therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC.

 

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, trustees, agents, controlling persons, advisors and other representatives of such Person and of each of such Person’s Affiliates and permitted successors and assigns.

 

Release ” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, emptying, pumping, escaping, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the Environment, including the Environment, within any building, structure, facility or fixture.

 

Replaced Revolving Commitments ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23(a).

 

Replacement Revolving Commitments ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23(a).

 

Replacement Revolving Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23(b).

 

Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Exposures, Term Loans and unused Commitments (other than Swingline Commitments) representing more than 50% of the aggregate Revolving Exposures, outstanding Term Loans and unused Commitments (other than Swingline Commitments) at such time; provided that to the extent set forth in Section 9.02, (a) the Revolving Exposures, Term Loans and unused Commitments of the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof and (b) whenever there are one or more Defaulting Lenders, the total outstanding Term Loans and Revolving Exposures of, and the unused Revolving Commitments of, each Defaulting Lender shall in each case be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

 

Required Revolving Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having more than 50% of (a) the Revolving Commitments or (b) after the termination or expiration of the Revolving Commitments, the Revolving Exposure; provided that the Revolving Commitment and the Revolving Exposure of any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for the purposes of making a determination of Required Revolving Lenders.

 

Requirements of Law ” means, with respect to any Person, any statutes, laws, treaties, rules, regulations, orders, decrees, writs, injunctions or determinations of any arbitrator or court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer, or other similar officer, manager or a director of a Loan Party and with respect to certain limited liability companies or partnerships that do not have officers, any manager, sole member, managing member or general partner thereof, and as to any document delivered on the Closing Date or thereafter pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement,” any secretary or assistant secretary of a Loan Party.  Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

 

42



 

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Revolving Availability Period ” means the period after the Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of the Revolving Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments.

 

Revolving Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum possible aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption or (ii) an Additional Credit Extension Amendment.  The amount of each Lender’s Revolving Commitment as of the Closing Date is set forth on Schedule 2.01 , in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Revolving Commitment or in the Additional Credit Extension Amendment pursuant to which such Revolving Commitment is made, as the case may be.  As of the Closing Date, the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Commitments is $25,000,000.

 

Revolving Exposure ” means, with respect to any Revolving Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Loans and its LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure at such time.

 

Revolving Extension Request ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(b).

 

Revolving Facility ” means a credit facility consisting of a Class of Revolving Loans.

 

Revolving Lender ” means a Lender with a Revolving Commitment or, if the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, a Lender with Revolving Exposure.

 

Revolving Loan ” means loans made pursuant to the Initial Revolving Commitments, Additional Revolving Commitments, Extended Revolving Commitments and/or Refinancing Revolving Commitments, as the context requires.

 

Revolving Maturity Date ” means (i) with respect to Initial Revolving Commitments and any Additional Revolving Commitments, the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date and (ii) with respect to any other Revolving Commitments, the maturity date specified therefor in the Additional Credit Extension Amendment related thereto.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

 

Secured Obligations ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Agreement.

 

Secured Parties ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Agreement.

 

43



 

Security Documents ” means the Collateral Agreement, the Mortgages and each other security agreement, pledge agreement, intellectual property security agreement or similar agreement executed and delivered pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, Section 5.11, Section 5.12 or Section 5.14 to secure any of the Secured Obligations, and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

Seed Capital Investment ” means any “seed” or “early stage” investment in, or segregating of funds in, an Investment Vehicle in which the Borrower or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries has invested or is segregating capital for the purpose of establishing or maintaining an investment record in order to offer one or more products or investment strategies to third-party investors.

 

Sellers ” means MCH and MCH II.

 

Senior Representative ” means, with respect to any series of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt or Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt or any Permitted Refinancing thereof, the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities.

 

Sold Entity or Business ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA.”

 

Solicited Discount Proration ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

 

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

 

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice ” means an irrevocable written notice of a Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D) substantially in the form of Exhibit N .

 

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer ” means the irrevocable written offer by each Term Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit O , submitted following the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

 

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(D).

 

Specified Discount ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B).

 

Specified Discount Prepayment Amount ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B).

 

Specified Discount Prepayment Notice ” means an irrevocable written notice of the Borrower of a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice made pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B) substantially in the form of Exhibit J .

 

Specified Discount Prepayment Response ” means the irrevocable written response by each Term Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit K , to a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

 

44



 

Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B).

 

Specified Discount Proration ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(B).

 

Specified LC Sublimit ” means, with respect to any Issuing Bank, the amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Revolving Commitment of such Issuing Bank (or its Affiliate that is a Revolving Lender), and the denominator of which is the total Revolving Commitments times (ii) the Letter of Credit Sublimit.

 

Specified Representations ” means the representations set forth in (i) Section 3.01 (with respect to organizational power and authority to enter into the Loan Documents), Section 3.02, Section 3.03(b)(i), Section 3.08, Section 3.14, Section 3.16, Section 3.17, Section 3.18 (with respect to the use of the proceeds of the Loans borrowed on the Closing Date), Section 3.19 (with respect to the use of the proceeds of the Loans borrowed on the Closing Date), Section 3.20 and Section 3.22 (in the case of Section 3.22, subject to the proviso of Section 4.01(f)) and (ii) Sections 2.03 and 3.02 of the Collateral Agreement.

 

Specified Transaction ” means, with respect to any period, any Investment, sale, transfer or other disposition of assets, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Restricted Payment, subsidiary designation or other event that by the terms of the Loan Documents requires “Pro Forma Compliance” with a test or covenant hereunder or requires such test or covenant to be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

 

Sponsor ” means Crestview Partners II, L.P. and its Affiliates.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

Statutory Reserve Rate ” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve, liquid asset or similar percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by any Governmental Authority of the United States.  Such reserve, liquid asset or similar percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to Regulation D of the Board of Governors.  Eurocurrency Loans shall be deemed to be subject to such reserve, liquid asset or similar requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under Regulation D or any other applicable law, rule or regulation.  The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

 

Submitted Amount ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

 

Submitted Discount ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a)(ii)(C).

 

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Document Obligations or Indebtedness that is secured by Liens that are junior to the Liens securing the Loan Document Obligations, and any Permitted Refinancing thereof.

 

subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as any other corporation, limited liability

 

45



 

company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

 

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of the Borrower; provided that no Investment Vehicle is or shall be deemed hereunder to be a subsidiary of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Subsidiary Loan Party ” means each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a party to the Guarantee Agreement.

 

Successor Borrower ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.03(a)(iv).

 

Swap Agreement ” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement or contract involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of Holdings, the Borrower or the other Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement.

 

Swingline Commitment ” means the commitment of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans up to an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5,000,000.

 

Swingline Exposure ” means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time.  The Swingline Exposure of any Revolving Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the aggregate Swingline Exposure at such time.

 

Swingline Lender ” means (a) Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A, in its capacity as the lender of Swingline Loans hereunder and (b) each Revolving Lender that shall have become a Swingline Lender hereunder as provided in Section 2.04(d) (other than any Person that shall have ceased to be a Swingline Lender as provided in Section 2.04(e)), each in its capacity as a lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.

 

Swingline Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.04.

 

Syndication Agent ” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC.

 

Syndication Completion Date ” means the date upon which the Joint Lead Arrangers reasonably determine that the primary syndication of the Loans and Revolving Commitments has been completed and the Joint Lead Arrangers hold no portion of the Term Loans funded on the Closing Date.

 

Target ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Preliminary Statements hereto.

 

Taxes ” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges, assessments, fees or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

Term Borrowing ” means a Borrowing of Term Loans.

 

46



 

Term Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make a Term Loan hereunder on the Closing Date, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Term Loan to be made by such Lender hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.  The amount of each Lender’s Term Commitment as of the Closing Date is set forth on Schedule 2.01, in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Term Commitment or in the Additional Credit Extension Amendment pursuant to which such Term Commitment is made, as the case may be.  As of the Closing Date, the aggregate amount of Term Commitments of all Lenders is $295,000,000.

 

Term Extension Request ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.21(a).

 

Term Lender ” means a Lender with a Term Commitment or an outstanding Term Loan.

 

Term Loan Facility ” means the credit facility consisting of Term Loans.

 

Term Loans ” means Initial Term Loans, Additional Term Loans, Extended Term Loans and/or Refinancing Term Loans, as the context requires.

 

Term Maturity Date ” means (i) with respect to the Initial Term Loans, the seventh anniversary of the Closing Date and (ii) with respect to any other Term Loans, the date specified as the maturity date for such Term Loans in the Additional Credit Extension Amendment related to such Term Loans.

 

Test Period ” means, at any date of determination, the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower then last ended for which financial statements have been or were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b).

 

Total Net Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio, on a Pro Forma Basis, of (a) Consolidated Net Debt as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period.

 

Transaction Costs ” means all fees, costs and expenses incurred or payable by Parent, Holdings, the Borrower or any other Subsidiary in connection with the transactions described in clauses (a) through (c) of the definition of “Transactions.”

 

Transactions ” means (a) the Financing Transactions, (b) the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Documents, (c) the Refinancing and (d) the payment of the Transaction Costs.

 

Type ,” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

 

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time (except as otherwise specified) in any applicable state or jurisdiction.

 

United States Tax Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17(e).

 

47



 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary designated by the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.13 subsequent to the Closing Date.

 

USA Patriot Act ” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, as amended from time to time.

 

VCH ” means Victory Capital Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

VCH Tax Refund Receivable” means a receivable of VCH in respect of a refund of U.S. federal income taxes for the taxable year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:  (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

 

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

 

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person at any date, a subsidiary of such Person of which securities or other ownership interests representing 100% of the Equity Interests (other than (a) directors’ qualifying shares and (b) nominal shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable Requirements of Law) are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held by such Person or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Withdrawal Liability ” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

 

Section 1.02          Classification of Loans and Borrowings .  For purposes of this Agreement, Loans and Borrowings may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g ., a “ Revolving Loan ”) or by Type ( e.g ., a “ Eurocurrency Loan ”) or by Class and Type ( e.g ., a “ Eurocurrency Revolving Loan ”).  Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g ., a “ Revolving Borrowing ”) or by Type ( e.g ., a “ Eurocurrency Borrowing ”) or by Class and Type ( e.g ., a “ Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing ”).

 

Section 1.03          Terms Generally .  The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.”  The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.”  Unless the context requires otherwise, (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement (including this Agreement and the other Loan Documents), instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth in the Loan Documents), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns (subject to any restrictions on assignment set forth herein) and, in the case of any Governmental Authority, any other Governmental Authority that shall have succeeded to any or all functions thereof, (c) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import,

 

48



 

shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles or Sections shall be construed to refer to Articles or Sections, as applicable, of this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

 

Section 1.04          Accounting Terms; GAAP .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision (including any definitions) hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Closing Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.  Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Financial Accounting Standards Accounting Standards Codification No. 825—Financial Instruments, or any successor thereto (including pursuant to the Accounting Standards Codification), to value any Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary at “fair value” as defined therein.  Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, any lease that is treated as an operating lease for purposes of GAAP as of the Closing Date shall continue to be treated as an operating lease (and any future lease, if it were in effect on the Closing Date, that would be treated as an operating lease for purposes of GAAP as of the Closing Date shall be treated as an operating lease), in each case for purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding any change in GAAP after the Closing Date.

 

Section 1.05          Effectuation of Transactions .  All references herein to Parent, Holdings, the Borrower and the other Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be references to such Persons, and all the representations and warranties of Holdings, the Borrower and the other Loan Parties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be deemed made, in each case, after giving effect to the Acquisition and the other Transactions to occur on the Closing Date, unless the context otherwise requires.

 

Section 1.06          Letter of Credit Amounts .  Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided , however , that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

 

ARTICLE II
THE CREDITS

 

Section 2.01          Commitments .

 

(a)           Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Term Lender agrees to make a Term Loan to the Borrower on the Closing Date denominated in dollars in a principal amount not

 

49



 

exceeding its Term Commitment.  Amounts repaid or prepaid in respect of Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

 

(b)           Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Revolving Lender agrees to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower denominated in dollars from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount which will not result in such Lender’s Revolving Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Commitment or the aggregate Revolving Exposures exceeding the aggregate Revolving Commitments.  Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans.

 

Section 2.02          Loans and Borrowings .

 

(a)           Each Loan (other than a Swingline Loan) shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans of the same Class and Type made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments of the applicable Class.  The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and other than as expressly provided herein with respect to a Defaulting Lender, no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required hereby.

 

(b)           Subject to Section 2.14, each Revolving Borrowing and Term Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurocurrency Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith.  Each Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan.  Each Lender at its option may make any Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(c)           At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurocurrency Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum; provided that a Eurocurrency Borrowing that results from a continuation of an outstanding Eurocurrency Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to such outstanding Borrowing.  At the time that each ABR Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum.  Each Swingline Loan shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of the Borrowing Multiple and not less than the Borrowing Minimum.  Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of six Eurocurrency Borrowings outstanding.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, an ABR Revolving Borrowing or a Swingline Loan may be in an aggregate amount which is equal to the entire unused balance of the aggregate Revolving Commitments or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(f).

 

Section 2.03          Requests for Borrowings .  Each Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent in the form of a written Borrowing Request, (a) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, one Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided that any such notice of an ABR Revolving Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(f) may be given not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing.  Each such Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable.  Each Borrowing Request shall specify the following information:

 

50


 

(i)                   whether the requested Borrowing is to be a Revolving Borrowing, a Term Borrowing or a Borrowing of any other Class (specifying the Class thereof);

 

(ii)                the aggregate amount of such Borrowing;

 

(iii)             the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

 

(iv)            whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurocurrency Borrowing;

 

(v)               in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”;

 

(vi)            the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.06, or, in the case of any ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan requested to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(f), the identity of the Issuing Bank that made such LC Disbursement; and

 

(vii)         that as of the date of such Borrowing, the conditions set forth in Sections 4.02(a) and 4.02(b) are satisfied.

 

If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified as to any Borrowing, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing.  If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurocurrency Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.  Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the applicable Class of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

 

Section 2.04                              Swingline Loans .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein (including Section 2.24), in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.04, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period denominated in dollars, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the outstanding Swingline Loans of the Swingline Lender exceeding its Swingline Commitment or (ii) the aggregate Revolving Exposures exceeding the aggregate Revolving Commitments; provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan.  Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans.

 

(b)                                  To request a Swingline Loan, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent and the Swingline Lender of such request in writing or facsimile (confirmed by telephone), not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, or, if agreed by the Swingline Lender, 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the day of such proposed Swingline Loan.  Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day), the amount of the requested Swingline Loan and (x) the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with Section 2.06, or (y) in the case of any Swingline Loan requested to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(f), the identity of the Issuing Bank that made such LC Disbursement.  The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the Borrower by

 

51



 

means of a credit to the general deposit accounts of the Borrower maintained with the Swingline Lender for the applicable Swingline Loan (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(f), by remittance to the applicable Issuing Bank) by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the requested date of such Swingline Loan.  No Swingline Lender shall be under any obligation to make a Swingline Loan if any Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, if after giving effect to Section 2.24(a)(iv), any Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure remains outstanding.

 

(c)                                   The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on any Business Day require the Revolving Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding.  Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Revolving Lenders will participate.  Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Revolving Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Swingline Loans.  Each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Swingline Loans.  Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or any reduction or termination of the Revolving Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.  Each Revolving Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (with references to 12:00 noon, New York City time, in such Section being deemed to be references to 3:00 p.m., New York City time) (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Revolving Lenders pursuant to this paragraph), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders.  The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender.  Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the Borrower (or other Person on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted by the Swingline Lender to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear; provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the Swingline Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, and thereafter to the Borrower, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason.  The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.

 

(d)                                  The Borrower may, at any time and from time to time, designate as additional Swingline Lenders one or more Revolving Lenders that agree to serve in such capacity as provided below.  The acceptance by a Revolving Lender of an appointment as a Swingline Lender hereunder shall be evidenced by an agreement, which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such designated Swingline Lender, and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, (i) such Revolving Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of a Swingline Lender under this Agreement and (ii) references herein to the term “Swingline Lender” shall be deemed to include such Revolving Lender in its capacity as a lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.

 

52



 

(e)                                   The Borrower may terminate the appointment of any Swingline Lender as a “Swingline Lender” hereunder by providing a written notice thereof to such Swingline Lender, with a copy to the Administrative Agent.  Any such termination shall become effective upon the earlier of (i) such Swingline Lender’s acknowledging receipt of such notice and (ii) the fifth Business Day following the date of the delivery thereof; provided that no such termination shall become effective until and unless the Swingline Exposure of such Swingline Lender shall have been reduced to zero.  Notwithstanding the effectiveness of any such termination, the terminated Swingline Lender shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights of a Swingline Lender under this Agreement with respect to Swingline Loans made by it prior to such termination, but shall not make any additional Swingline Loans.

 

(f)                                    If at any time that Swingline Loans are outstanding a Revolving Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Swingline Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders that are Revolving Lenders in accordance with Section 2.24(a)(iv).  If such reallocation cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within one Business Day following notice and request by the Administrative Agent prepay such unreallocated portion of the Swingline Loans.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Swingline Lender shall be under no obligation to make any Swingline Loan at any time that any Revolving Lender is a Defaulting Lender unless it is reasonably satisfied that the related exposure will be 100% covered by the Revolving Commitments of the Non-Defaulting Lenders and participating interests in any such newly made Swingline Loan shall be allocated among Non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.24(a)(iv).

 

Section 2.05                              Letters of Credit .

 

(a)                                  General .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein (including Section 2.24), each Issuing Bank agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Revolving Lenders set forth in this Section 2.05, to issue Letters of Credit in dollars for the Borrower’s own account (or for the account of any other Subsidiary of the Borrower so long as the Borrower and such other Subsidiary are co-applicants in respect of such Letter of Credit), in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank, which shall reflect the standard operating procedures of such Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period and prior to the LC Expiration Date.  In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, the applicable Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

 

(b)                                  Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions .  To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall deliver in writing by hand delivery or facsimile (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the recipient) to the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (at least five Business Days before the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension or such shorter period as the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent may agree) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (d) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit.  If requested by the applicable Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on such Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit.  A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and

 

53



 

warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, (x) the aggregate Revolving Exposures shall not exceed the aggregate Revolving Commitments, (y) the aggregate LC Exposure shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit and (z) the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 shall have been satisfied.  No Issuing Bank shall be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if (i) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall enjoin or restrain such Issuing Bank from issuing the Letter of Credit, or any law or regulation applicable to such Issuing Bank or any directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such Issuing Bank shall prohibit the issuance of letters of credit generally or the Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such Issuing Bank with respect to the Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such Issuing Bank is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon such Issuing Bank any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which such Issuing Bank in good faith deems material to it, (ii) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the such Issuing Bank, the Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $500,000, (iii) any Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, if after giving effect to Section 2.24(a)(iv), any Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure remains outstanding, unless such Issuing Bank has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of cash collateral, reasonably satisfactory to such Issuing Bank with the Borrower or such Lender to eliminate such Issuing Bank’s Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or such Letter of Credit and all other LC Exposure as to which such Issuing Bank has Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure, (iv) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the LC Expiration Date, unless such Letter of Credit has been cash collateralized or backstopped in a manner acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank, (v) the LC Exposure with respect to the applicable Issuing Bank would exceed the applicable Specified LC Sublimit of such Issuing Bank then in effect or (vi) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate any policies of the applicable Issuing Bank applicable to letters of credit generally.

 

(c)                                   Notice .  Each Issuing Bank agrees that it shall not permit any issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit to occur unless it shall have given to the Administrative Agent written notice thereof required under paragraph (m) of this Section.

 

(d)                                  Expiration Date .  Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date that is one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) (or such other date as reasonably agreed to by the Issuing Bank; provided that such date is not beyond the LC Expiration Date) and (ii) the LC Expiration Date; provided that if such expiry date is not a Business Day, such Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the next succeeding Business Day; provided , further , that any Letter of Credit may, upon the request of the Borrower, include a provision whereby such Letter of Credit shall be renewed automatically for additional consecutive periods of one year or less (but not beyond the LC Expiration Date except to the extent the applicable Issuing Bank agrees and such Letter of Credit has been cash collateralized or backstopped pursuant to arrangements acceptable to such Issuing Bank) unless the applicable Issuing Bank notifies the beneficiary thereof within the time period specified in such Letter of Credit or, if no such time period is specified, at least 30 days prior to the then-applicable expiration date, that such Letter of Credit will not be renewed.

 

(e)                                   Participations .  By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank that is the issuer thereof or the Lenders, such Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Revolving Lender, and each Revolving Lender hereby acquires from such Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit.  In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Lender hereby

 

54



 

absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of such Issuing Bank, such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by such Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (f) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason.  Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or any reduction or termination of the Revolving Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

 

(f)                                    Reimbursement .  If an Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, such Issuing Bank shall notify the Borrower of such LC Disbursement in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.05(h), and the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement (i) on the same day if notified by such Issuing Bank prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of such payment and (ii) not later than 4:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives notice of such LC Disbursement if notified by such Issuing Bank after 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of such payment; provided that the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 or 2.04 that such payment be financed with an ABR Revolving Borrowing or a Swingline Loan, in each case in an equivalent amount, and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan.  If the Borrower fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Revolving Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof.  Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Revolving Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrower, in dollars and in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Revolving Lenders pursuant to this paragraph), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the applicable Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders.  Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Revolving Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse such Issuing Bank, then to such Revolving Lenders and such Issuing Bank as their interests may appear.  Any payment made by a Revolving Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse any Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of ABR Revolving Loans or a Swingline Loan as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.

 

(g)                                   Obligations Absolute .  The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (f) of this Section is absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by an Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against,

 

55



 

the Borrower’s obligations hereunder.  None of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Issuing Banks or any of their Related Parties shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Banks; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse any Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential or punitive damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by such Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof.  The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of any Issuing Bank (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, nonappealable judgment), such Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination.  In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, an Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit, and any such acceptance or refusal shall be deemed not to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

(h)                                  Disbursement Procedures .  Each Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit.  Upon the making of an LC Disbursement by any Issuing Bank following receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of an LC Disbursement under such Letter of Credit, such Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by hand delivery or facsimile) of such demand for payment and that such Issuing Bank has made an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such Issuing Bank and the Revolving Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement in accordance with paragraph (f) of this Section.

 

(i)                                      Interim Interest .  If an Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Revolving Loans; provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (f) of this Section, then Section 2.13(c) shall apply.  Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be paid to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Revolving Lender pursuant to paragraph (f) of this Section to reimburse such Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment and shall be payable on demand or, if no demand has been made, on the date on which the Borrower reimburses the applicable LC Disbursement in full.

 

(j)                                     Cash Collateralization .  If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day on which the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, the Required Revolving Lenders) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit and pledge

 

56



 

(as a perfected first priority security interest) in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Issuing Banks and the Lenders (including the Swingline Lender), an amount of cash in dollars equal to 103% of the portions of the LC Exposure attributable to Letters of Credit, as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit and pledge such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in paragraph (h) or (i) of Section 7.01.  The Borrower also shall deposit cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph as and to the extent required by Section 2.11(b).  Each such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement.  At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, if any Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure remains outstanding (after giving effect to Section 2.24(a)(iv)), then promptly upon the request of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, the Borrower shall deliver and pledge to the Administrative Agent cash in an amount sufficient to cover such Defaulting Lender Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to any cash collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender).  The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account.  Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent in Permitted Investments and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest.  Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account.  Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Banks for LC Disbursements for which they have not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time.  If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default or the existence of a Defaulting Lender, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived or the termination of Defaulting Lender status, as applicable.  If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder pursuant to Section 2.11(b), such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower as and to the extent that, after giving effect to such return, the Borrower would remain in compliance with Section 2.11(b) and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(k)                                  Designation of Additional Issuing Banks .  The Borrower may, at any time and from time to time, designate as additional Issuing Banks one or more Revolving Lenders that agree to serve in such capacity as provided below.  The acceptance by a Revolving Lender of an appointment as an Issuing Bank hereunder shall be evidenced by an agreement, which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such designated Revolving Lender and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, (i) such Revolving Lender shall have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to include such Revolving Lender in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.

 

(l)                                      Termination of an Issuing Bank .  The Borrower may terminate the appointment of any Issuing Bank as an “Issuing Bank” hereunder by providing a written notice thereof to such Issuing Bank, with a copy to the Administrative Agent.  Any such termination shall become effective upon the earlier of (i) such Issuing Bank’s acknowledging receipt of such notice and (ii) the fifth Business Day following the date of the delivery thereof; provided that no such termination shall become effective until and unless the LC Exposure attributable to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank (or its Affiliates) shall have been reduced to zero.  At the time any such termination shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the terminated Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.12(b).

 

57



 

Notwithstanding the effectiveness of any such termination, the terminated Issuing Bank shall continue to have all the rights of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such termination, but shall not issue any additional Letters of Credit.

 

(m)                              Issuing Bank Reports to the Administrative Agent .  Unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank shall, in addition to its notification obligations set forth elsewhere in this Section, report in writing to the Administrative Agent (i) periodic activity (for such period or recurrent periods as shall be requested by the Administrative Agent) in respect of Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, including all issuances, extensions, amendments and renewals, all expirations and cancellations and all disbursements and reimbursements; provided that such activity shall be reported daily with respect to commercial Letters of Credit, (ii) within five Business Days following the time that such Issuing Bank issues, amends, renews or extends any Letter of Credit, the date of such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, and the face amount of the Letters of Credit issued, amended, renewed or extended by it and outstanding after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (and whether the amounts thereof shall have changed), (iii) on each Business Day on which such Issuing Bank makes any LC Disbursement, the date and amount of such LC Disbursement, (iv) on any Business Day on which the Borrower fails to reimburse an LC Disbursement required to be reimbursed to such Issuing Bank on such day, the date of such failure and the amount of such LC Disbursement and (v) on any other Business Day, such other information as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request as to the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank.

 

(n)                                  Applicability of ISP and UCP .  Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable Issuing Bank and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance, shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.

 

Section 2.06                              Funding of Borrowings .

 

(a)                                  Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 12:00 noon, New York City time, to the Applicable Account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders; provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.04.  The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Borrower designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that ABR Revolving Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(f) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Revolving Lenders have made payments pursuant to Section 2.05(f) to reimburse such Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and such Issuing Bank as their interests may appear.

 

(b)                                  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance on such assumption and in its sole discretion, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount.  In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such share on demand of the Administrative Agent.  If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon demand of the Administrative Agent therefor, the Administrative

 

58



 

Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, and the Borrower agrees to pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand.  The Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover from such Lender or the Borrower interest on such corresponding amount, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to such Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.13.  If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.

 

(c)                                   The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Term Loans and Revolving Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 9.03(c) are several and not joint.  The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 9.03(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 9.03(c).

 

Section 2.07                              Interest Elections .

 

(a)                                  Each Revolving Borrowing and Term Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request or designated by Section 2.03 and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request or designated by Section 2.03.  Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section.  The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing.  This Section shall not apply to Swingline Loans, which may not be converted or continued.

 

(b)                                  To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election in writing by the time that a Revolving Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election.  Each such written Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable.

 

(c)                                   Each Interest Election Request shall be in writing and shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.03:

 

(i)                   the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

 

(ii)                the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

 

(iii)             whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurocurrency Borrowing; and

 

59



 

(iv)            if the resulting Borrowing is to be a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period.”

 

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

 

(d)                                  Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the applicable Class of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

 

(e)                                   If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurocurrency Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing with an Interest Period of one-month.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing with an Interest Period greater than one-month and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall be converted to a Eurocurrency Borrowing with an Interest Period of one-month at the end of the applicable Interest Period.

 

Section 2.08                              Termination and Reduction of Commitments .

 

(a)                                  Unless previously terminated, (i) the Revolving Commitments shall terminate on the Revolving Maturity Date and (ii) the Term Commitments shall upon the funding thereof.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments of any Class; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $500,000 and not less than $1,000,000 and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Revolving Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans in accordance with Section 2.11, the aggregate Revolving Exposures would exceed the aggregate Revolving Commitments.

 

(c)                                   The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least one Business Day prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof.  Promptly following receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof.  Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Revolving Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or the receipt of the proceeds from the issuance of other Indebtedness or the occurrence of some other identifiable event or condition, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date of termination) if such condition is not satisfied.  Any termination or reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be permanent.  Each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments of such Class.

 

60


 

Section 2.09                              Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan of such Lender on the Revolving Maturity Date, (ii) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Term Loan of such Lender as provided in Section 2.10 and (iii) to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan made by the Swingline Lender on the earlier to occur of (A) the date that is ten (10) Business Days after such Loan is made and (B) the Revolving Maturity Date; provided that on each date that a Revolving Borrowing is made, the Borrower shall repay all Swingline Loans that were outstanding on the date such Borrowing was requested.

 

(b)                                  Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

 

(c)                                   The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

 

(d)                                  The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be conclusive absent manifest error; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to pay any amounts due hereunder in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  In the event of any inconsistency between the entries made pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section, the accounts maintained by the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall control.

 

(e)                                   The Term Loans made by each Term Lender shall, at the request of such Term Lender, be evidenced by a single promissory note of the Borrower in substantially the form of Exhibit E-2 , dated as of (i) the Closing Date or (ii) the effective date of an Assignment pursuant to Section 9.04(b), payable to the order of such Term Lender and otherwise duly completed.  The Revolving Loans (other than Swingline Loans) made by each Revolving Lender shall, at the request of such Revolving Lender, be evidenced by a single promissory note of the Borrower in substantially the form of Exhibit E-1 , dated (i) the Closing Date or (ii) the effective date of an Assignment pursuant to Section 9.04(b), payable to the order of such Revolving Lender in a principal amount as originally in effect and otherwise duly completed and such substitute Notes as required by Section 9.04(b).  The Swingline Loans made by the Swingline Lender resulting from the advances under Section 2.04 shall, at the request of the Swingline Lender, be evidenced by a promissory note of the Borrower in substantially the form of Exhibit E-3 , payable to the order of the Swingline Lender in a principal amount equal to the Swingline Commitment.  The date, amount, Type, interest rate and Interest Period of each Loan made by each Lender, and all payments made on account of the principal thereof, shall be recorded by such Lender on its books for its Notes, and, prior to any transfer may be endorsed by such Lender on the schedule attached to such Notes or any continuation thereof or on any separate record maintained by such Lender.  Failure to make any such notation or to attach a schedule shall not affect any Lender’s or the Borrower’s rights or obligations in respect of such Loans or affect the validity of such transfer by any Lender of its Note.

 

61



 

Section 2.10                              Amortization of Term Loans .

 

(a)                                  Subject to adjustment pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section, the Borrower shall repay Term Loan Borrowings with respect to Term Loans on the last day of each March, June, September and December (commencing on December 31, 2014) in the principal amount of Term Loans equal to (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Term Loans made on the Closing Date multiplied by (ii) 1.25%; provided that if any such date is not a Business Day, such payment shall be due on the next preceding Business Day.

 

(b)                                  To the extent not previously paid, all Term Loans of each Class shall be due and payable on the Term Maturity Date for the Term Loans of such Class.

 

(c)                                   Any prepayment of a Term Loan Borrowing of any Class (i) pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(i) shall be applied to reduce the subsequent scheduled and outstanding repayments of the Term Loan Borrowings of such Class to be made pursuant to this Section as directed by the Borrower (and absent such direction in direct order of maturity) and (ii) pursuant to Section 2.11(c) or 2.11(d) shall be applied to reduce the subsequent scheduled and outstanding repayments of the Term Loan Borrowings of such Class to be made pursuant to this Section, or, except as otherwise provided in any Additional Credit Extension Amendment, pursuant to the corresponding section of such Additional Credit Extension Amendment, on a pro rata basis among all such scheduled and outstanding repayments.

 

(d)                                  Each repayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the repaid Borrowing.  Repayments of Term Loan Borrowings shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the amount repaid.

 

Section 2.11                              Prepayment of Loans .

 

(a)                                  (i) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, subject to the requirement to pay any amounts required pursuant to paragraph (h) of this Section.

 

(ii)                                   Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, so long as (x) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing after giving effect to the applicable prepayment and (y) no proceeds of Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans are used for this purpose, the Borrower may offer to prepay the outstanding Term Loans on the following basis:

 

(A)                                The Borrower shall have the right to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par (such prepayment, a “ Discounted Term Loan Prepayment ”) pursuant to a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers or Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, in each case made in accordance with this Section 2.11(a)(ii); provided that the Borrower shall not initiate any action under this Section 2.11(a)(ii) in order to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment unless (I) at least ten (10) Business Days shall have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Borrower on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date; or (II) at least three (3) Business Days shall have passed since the date the Borrower was notified that no Term Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of any Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers; provided , further , that any Term Loan that is prepaid shall be automatically

 

62



 

and irrevocably cancelled and the Register shall be updated to reflect such cancellation (calculated on the par amount thereof) immediately upon acquisition by the Borrower.

 

(B)                                (1) Subject to the proviso to subsection (A) above, the Borrower may from time to time offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by providing the Auction Agent with three (3) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such offer shall be made available, at the sole discretion of the Borrower, to each Lender of any one or more Classes of Term Loans, (II) any such offer shall specify the aggregate principal amount of each Class offered to be prepaid (the “ Specified Discount Prepayment Amount ”) and the specific percentage discount to par (the “ Specified Discount ”) of such Class of Term Loans to be prepaid (it being understood that different Specified Discounts and/or Specified Discount Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different Classes of Term Loans and, in such an event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section), (III) the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $500,000 and whole increments of $100,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such offer shall remain outstanding through the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date.  The Auction Agent will promptly provide each relevant Term Lender with a copy of such Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and a form of the Specified Discount Prepayment Response to be completed and returned by each such Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Term Lenders (the “ Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date ”).

 

(2)                                  Each relevant Term Lender receiving such offer shall notify the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date whether or not it agrees to accept a prepayment of any of its relevant then outstanding Term Loans at the Specified Discount and, if so (such accepting Term Lender, a “ Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender ”), the amount and the Classes of such Lender’s Term Loans to be prepaid at such Specified Discount.  Each acceptance of a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by a Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender shall be irrevocable.  Any Term Lender whose Specified Discount Prepayment Response is not received by the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept the applicable Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment.

 

(3)                                  If there is at least one Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender, the Borrower will make a prepayment of outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this paragraph (B) to each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender in accordance with the respective outstanding amount and Classes of Term Loans specified in such Lender’s Specified Discount Prepayment Response given pursuant to subsection (2); provided that, if the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans accepted for prepayment by all Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders of any Class exceeds the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount for such Class, such prepayment shall be made pro rata among the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders of such Class in accordance with the respective principal amounts accepted to be prepaid by each such Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender, and the Auction Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “ Specified Discount Proration ”).  The Auction Agent shall promptly, and in any case within three (3) Business Days following the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) the Borrower of the respective Term Lenders’ responses to such offer, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and the aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the Classes to be prepaid, (II) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, and the aggregate principal amount and the Classes of Term Loans to

 

63



 

be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date and (III) each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender of the Specified Discount Proration, if any, and confirmation of the principal amount, Class and Type of Loans of such Lender to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date.  Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error.  The payment amount specified in such notice to the Borrower shall be due and payable by the Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with paragraph (F) below (subject to paragraph (J) below).

 

(C)                                (1) Subject to the proviso to paragraph (A) above, the Borrower may from time to time solicit Discount Range Prepayment Offers by providing the Auction Agent with three (3) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of the Borrower, to each Lender of one or more Classes of Term Loans, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate principal amount of each Class of Term Loans (the “ Discount Range Prepayment Amount ”), subject to such offer and the maximum and minimum percentage discounts to par (the “ Discount Range ”) of the principal amount of such Class of Term Loans willing to be prepaid by the Borrower (it being understood that different Discount Ranges and/or Discount Range Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different Classes of Term Loans and, in such an event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section), (III) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $500,000 and whole increments of $100,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such solicitation by the Borrower shall remain outstanding through the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date.  The Auction Agent will promptly provide each relevant Term Lender with a copy of such Discount Range Prepayment Notice and a form of the Discount Range Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding relevant Term Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Term Lenders (the “ Discount Range Prepayment Response Date ”).  Each relevant Term Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer shall be irrevocable and shall specify a discount to par within the Discount Range (the “ Submitted Discount ”) at which such Term Lender is willing to allow prepayment of any or all of its then outstanding Term Loans of the applicable Class or Classes and the maximum aggregate principal amount and Classes of such Lender’s Term Loans (the “ Submitted Amount ”) such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Submitted Discount.  Any Term Lender whose Discount Range Prepayment Offer is not received by the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount to their par value within the Discount Range.

 

(2)                                  The Auction Agent shall review all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received on or before the applicable Discount Range Prepayment Response Date and shall determine (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its reasonable discretion) the Applicable Discount and Term Loans to be prepaid at such Applicable Discount in accordance with this paragraph (C).  The Borrower agrees to accept on the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received by the Auction Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, in the order from the Submitted Discount that is the largest discount to par to the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par, up to and including the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range (such Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range being referred to as the “ Applicable Discount ”) which yields a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment in an aggregate principal amount equal to the lower of (I) the

 

64



 

Discount Range Prepayment Amount and (II) the sum of all Submitted Amounts.  Each Lender that has submitted a Discount Range Prepayment Offer to accept prepayment at a discount to par that is larger than or equal to the Applicable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Submitted Amount (subject to any required proration pursuant to the following paragraph (3)) at the Applicable Discount (each such Lender, a “ Participating Lender ”).

 

(3)                                  If there is at least one Participating Lender, the Borrower will prepay the respective outstanding Term Loans of each Participating Lender in the aggregate principal amount and of the Classes specified in such Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the Submitted Amount by all Participating Lenders offered at a discount to par greater than the Applicable Discount exceeds the Discount Range Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the principal amount of the relevant Term Loans for those Participating Lenders whose Submitted Discount is a discount to par greater than or equal to the Applicable Discount (the “ Identified Participating Lenders ”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Participating Lenders in accordance with the Submitted Amount of each such Identified Participating Lender, and the Auction Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “ Discount Range Proration ”).  The Auction Agent shall promptly, and in any case within five (5) Business Days following the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) the Borrower of the respective Term Lenders’ responses to such solicitation, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the Classes to be prepaid, (II) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate principal amount and Classes of Term Loans to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (III) each Participating Lender of the aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, and (IV) if applicable, each Identified Participating Lender of the Discount Range Proration.  Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error.  The payment amount specified in such notice to the Borrower shall be due and payable by such Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with paragraph (F) below (subject to paragraph (J) below).

 

(D)                                (1) Subject to the proviso to paragraph (A) above, the Borrower may from time to time solicit Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers by providing the Auction Agent with three (3) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of the Borrower, to each Lender of one or more Classes of Term Loans, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate principal amount of each Class of Term Loans (the “ Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount ”) the Borrower is willing to prepay at a discount (it being understood that different Solicited Discount Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different Classes of Term Loans and, in such an event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section), (III) the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $500,000 and whole increments of $100,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such solicitation by the Borrower shall remain outstanding through the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date.  The Auction Agent will promptly provide each relevant Term Lender with a copy of such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice and a form of the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding relevant Term Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the relevant Term Lenders (the

 

65



 

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date ”).  Each relevant Term Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer shall (x) be irrevocable, (y) remain outstanding until the Acceptance Date, and (z) specify both a discount to par (the “ Offered Discount ”) at which such Term Lender is willing to allow prepayment of its then outstanding Term Loan and the maximum aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Term Loans (the “ Offered Amount ”) such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Offered Discount.  Any Term Lender whose Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is not received by the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount.

 

(2)                                  The Auction Agent shall promptly provide the Borrower with a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received on or before the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date.  The Borrower shall review all such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers and select the smallest of the Offered Discounts specified by the relevant responding Term Lenders in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers that is acceptable to the Borrower (the “ Acceptable Discount ”), if any.  If the Borrower elects to accept any Offered Discount as the Acceptable Discount, then as soon as practicable after the determination of the Acceptable Discount, but in no event later than by the third Business Day after the date of receipt by the Borrower from the Auction Agent of a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers pursuant to the first sentence of this paragraph (2) (the “ Acceptance Date ”), the Borrower shall submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice to the Auction Agent setting forth the Acceptable Discount.  If the Auction Agent shall fail to receive an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice from the Borrower by the Acceptance Date, the Borrower shall be deemed to have rejected all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.

 

(3)                                  Based upon the Acceptable Discount and the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, within three (3) Business Days after receipt of an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice (the “ Discounted Prepayment Determination Date ”), the Auction Agent will determine (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) the aggregate principal amount and the Classes of Term Loans (the “ Acceptable Prepayment Amount ”) to be prepaid by the Borrower at the Acceptable Discount in accordance with this paragraph (D).  If the Borrower elects to accept any Acceptable Discount, then the Borrower agrees to accept all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, in the order from largest Offered Discount to smallest Offered Discount, up to and including the Acceptable Discount.  Each Lender that has submitted a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer with an Offered Discount that is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Offered Amount (subject to any required pro rata reduction pursuant to the following sentence) at the Acceptable Discount (each such Lender, a “ Qualifying Lender ”).  The Borrower will prepay outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this paragraph (D) to each Qualifying Lender in the aggregate principal amount and of the Classes specified in such Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer at the Acceptable Discount; provided that if the aggregate Offered Amount by all Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount exceeds the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the principal amount of the Term Loans for those Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount (the “ Identified Qualifying Lenders ”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Qualifying Lenders in accordance with the Offered Amount of each such Identified Qualifying Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction

 

66



 

Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “ Solicited Discount Proration ”).  On or prior to the Discounted Prepayment Determination Date, the Auction Agent shall promptly notify (I) the Borrower of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and Acceptable Prepayment Amount comprising the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the Classes to be prepaid, (II) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Acceptable Discount, and the Acceptable Prepayment Amount of all Term Loans and the Classes to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (III) each Qualifying Lender of the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of such Lender to be prepaid at the Acceptable Discount on such date, and (IV) if applicable, each Identified Qualifying Lender of the Solicited Discount Proration.  Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to such Borrower and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error.  The payment amount specified in such notice to such Borrower shall be due and payable by such Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with paragraph (F) below (subject to paragraph (J) below).

 

(E)                                 In connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the Borrower and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Auction Agent may require as a condition to any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the payment of customary fees and expenses from the Borrower in connection therewith.

 

(F)                                  If any Term Loan is prepaid in accordance with paragraphs (B) through (D) above, the Borrower shall prepay such Term Loans on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.  The Borrower shall make such prepayment to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in immediately available funds not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and all such prepayments shall be applied to the remaining principal installments of the relevant Class of Term Loans on a pro rata basis across such installments.  The Term Loans so prepaid shall be accompanied by all accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount so prepaid up to, but not including, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date.  Each prepayment of outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.11(a)(ii) shall be paid to the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable.  The aggregate principal amount of the Classes and installments of the relevant Term Loans outstanding shall be deemed reduced by the full par value of the aggregate principal amount of the Classes of Term Loans prepaid on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment.

 

(G)                                To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Term Loan Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to procedures consistent with the provisions in this Section 2.11(a)(ii) established by the Auction Agent acting in its reasonable discretion and as reasonably agreed by the Borrower.

 

(H)                               Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 2.11(a)(ii), each notice or other communication required to be delivered or otherwise provided to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) shall be deemed to have been given upon the Auction Agent’s (or its delegate’s) actual receipt during normal business hours of such notice or communication; provided that any notice or communication actually received outside of normal business hours shall be deemed to have been given as of the opening of business of the Auction Agent on the next Business Day.

 

67



 

(I)                                    Each of the Borrower and the Lenders acknowledges and agrees that the Auction Agent may perform any and all of its duties under this Section 2.11(a)(ii) by itself or through any Affiliate of the Auction Agent and expressly consents to any such delegation of duties by the Auction Agent to such Affiliate and the performance of such delegated duties by such Affiliate.  The exculpatory provisions pursuant to this Agreement shall apply to each Affiliate of the Auction Agent and its respective activities in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment provided for in this Section 2.11(a)(ii) as well as activities of the Auction Agent.

 

(J)                                    The Borrower shall have the right, by written notice to the Auction Agent, to revoke in full (but not in part) its offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and rescind the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, Discount Range Prepayment Notice or Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice therefor at its discretion at any time on or prior to the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date (and if such offer is revoked pursuant to the preceding clauses, any failure by such Borrower to make any prepayment to a Term Lender, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 2.11(a)(ii) shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default under Section 7.01 or otherwise).

 

(K)                                Holdings, the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, shall represent and warrant as of the date of any assignment to Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries that it does not have any Excluded Information at such time.

 

(b)                                  In the event and on each occasion that the aggregate Revolving Exposures exceed the aggregate Revolving Commitments, the Borrower shall prepay Revolving Borrowings or Swingline Loans (or, if no such Borrowings are outstanding, deposit cash collateral in an account with the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.05(j)) in an aggregate amount necessary to eliminate such excess.

 

(c)                                   In the event and on each occasion that any Net Proceeds are received by or on behalf of Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Prepayment Event, the Borrower shall, within five Business Days after such Net Proceeds are received (or, in the case of a Prepayment Event described in clause (b) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event,” within one Business Day of such Prepayment Event), prepay Term Loan Borrowings in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of the amount of such Net Proceeds; provided that, in the case of any event described in clause (a) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event,” if the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries invest (or commit to invest) the Net Proceeds from such event (or a portion thereof) within 365 days after receipt of such Net Proceeds in long-term assets useful in the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including any acquisitions permitted under Section 6.04), then no prepayment shall be required pursuant to this paragraph in respect of such Net Proceeds in respect of such event (or the applicable portion of such Net Proceeds, if applicable) except to the extent of any such Net Proceeds therefrom that have not been so (x) invested (or committed to be invested) by the end of such 365-day period or (y) if committed to be so invested within such 365-day period, have not been so invested within 180 days after the end of such 365-day period, in each case, at which time a prepayment shall be required in an amount equal to such Net Proceeds that have not been so invested (or committed to be invested), in the case of clause (x), or that have not been so invested, in the case of clause (y).

 

(d)                                  Following the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015, the Borrower shall prepay Term Loan Borrowings in an aggregate amount equal to the ECF Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year; provided that such amount shall be reduced by the aggregate amount of prepayments of Term Loans (and, to the extent the Revolving Commitments are reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.08, Revolving Loans) made

 

68



 

pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(i) during such fiscal year (excluding all such prepayments funded with the proceeds of other Funded Debt (other than Revolving Borrowings).  Each prepayment pursuant to this paragraph shall be made on or before the date that is ten (10) Business Days after the date on which financial statements were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) with respect to the fiscal year for which Excess Cash Flow is being calculated.

 

(e)                                   [reserved].

 

(f)                                    (A) Prior to any optional prepayment of Borrowings pursuant to Section 2.11(a)(i), the Borrower shall select the Borrowing or Borrowings to be prepaid and shall specify such selection in the notice of such prepayment pursuant to paragraph (g) of this Section.  In the event of any optional prepayment of Term Borrowings made at a time when Term Borrowings of more than one Class remain outstanding, the Borrower shall select Term Borrowings to be prepaid so that the aggregate amount of such optional prepayment is allocated among Borrowings of Term Loans of each Class pro rata (or, to the extent provided in the Additional Credit Extension Amendment for any Class of Term Loans, less than pro rata for such Class) based on the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Borrowings of each such Class.  Optional prepayments of Term Loans shall otherwise be allocated as directed by the Borrower; provided that, absent any such direction, such prepayments shall be applied to the remaining amortization payments of such Term Loans in direct order of maturity thereof.

 

(B)                                In the event of any mandatory prepayment of Term Borrowings made at a time when Term Borrowings of more than one Class remain outstanding, the Borrower shall select Term Borrowings to be prepaid so that the aggregate amount of such mandatory prepayment is allocated among Borrowings of Term Loans of each Class pro rata (or, to the extent provided in the Additional Credit Extension Amendment for any Class of Term Loans, less than pro rata for such Class) based on the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Borrowings of each such Class.  Mandatory prepayments of Term Loans shall be applied to the remaining amortization payments of such Term Loans on a pro rata basis among all scheduled and outstanding payments; provided , further , that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.11(f), any Term Lender may elect, by notice to the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by facsimile) (a “ Notice of Election ”) at least two Business Days prior to the prepayment date, to decline all or any portion of any prepayment of its Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(c) (with respect to a Prepayment Event described in clause (a) of the definition of “Prepayment Event”) or (d), in which case, solely with respect to mandatory prepayments by the Borrower in respect of any event described in clause (a) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event,” the aggregate amount of the prepayment that would have been applied to prepay Term Loans of any such Class but was so declined shall be re-offered to those Term Lenders who have initially accepted such prepayment (such reoffer to be made to each such Term Lender based on the percentage which such relevant Lender’s Term Loans represents of the aggregate amount of Term Loans of all such Lenders who have initially accepted such prepayment).  In the event of such a re-offer, the relevant Lenders may elect to decline in such Notice of Election all the amount of such prepayment that is reoffered to them, in which case the aggregate amount of the prepayment that would have been applied to prepay such Term Loans but was so declined shall be retained by the Borrower, or otherwise applied in accordance with applicable law.

 

(C)                                In the absence of a designation by the Borrower as described in the preceding provisions (A) and (B) of this paragraph as to the Type of Borrowing of any Class being so prepaid, the Administrative Agent shall make such designation in its reasonable discretion with a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section 2.16; provided that if no Lenders exercise the right to waive a given mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(f)(B), then, with respect to such mandatory prepayment, the amount of such mandatory prepayment shall be applied first to Term Loans that are ABR Loans to the full extent thereof before application to Term Loans that

 

69



 

are Eurocurrency Loans in a manner that minimizes the amount of any payments required to be made by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.16.

 

(g)                                   The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) in writing substantially in the form of Exhibit S (confirmed by facsimile) of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days (or, in the case of a prepayment of the Revolving Loans and termination of the Revolving Commitments in whole, five Business Days) before the date of prepayment or (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, one Business Day (or, in the case of a prepayment of the Revolving Loans and termination of the Revolving Commitments in whole, five Business Days) before the date of prepayment.  Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or Borrowing of the applicable Class or portion thereof to be prepaid and, in the case of a mandatory prepayment, a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment; provided that a notice of optional prepayment may state that such notice is conditional upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or the receipt of the proceeds from the issuance of other Indebtedness or the occurrence of some other identifiable event or condition, in which case such notice of prepayment may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified date of prepayment) if such condition is not satisfied; provided , further that any notice of mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11(c) or 2.11(d) must be delivered not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment.  Promptly following receipt of any such notice (other than a notice relating solely to Swingline Loans), the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof.  Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02, except as necessary to apply fully the required amount of a mandatory prepayment.  Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing.

 

(h)                                  All prepayments hereunder shall be accompanied by (1) accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.13, (2) any amounts payable as provided in Section 2.16 and (3) to the extent the prepayment is pursuant to Section 2.11(c) (other than a result of a Prepayment Event described in clause (a) of the definition thereof) or 2.11(a)(i), the Prepayment Premium.

 

Section 2.12                              Fees .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent in dollars for the account of each Revolving Lender a commitment fee, which shall accrue at the rate of 0.50% per annum on the average daily unused amount of the Revolving Commitment of such Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender) during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate.  Accrued commitment fees shall be payable in arrears on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date.  All commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).  For purposes of computing commitment fees, a Revolving Commitment of a Lender shall be deemed to be used to the extent of the outstanding Revolving Loans and LC Exposure of such Lender (and the Swingline Exposure of such Lender shall be disregarded for such purpose).

 

(b)                                  The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent in dollars for the account of each Revolving Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender) a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate used to determine the interest

 

70


 

rate applicable to Eurocurrency Revolving Loans on the average daily maximum amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Closing Date to and including the later of the date on which such Lender’s Revolving Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure, and (ii) to each Issuing Bank in dollars a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate equal to 0.25% per annum (or such lower rate as agreed between the Borrower and the relevant Issuing Bank) on the average daily maximum amount of the LC Exposure attributable to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Closing Date to and including the later of the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as such Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder.  Participation fees and fronting fees shall be payable in arrears on the last Business Day of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand.  Any other fees payable to an Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within 10 days after demand.  All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

 

(c)           The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (including those set forth in the Fee Letter).

 

(d)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to Section 2.24, the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay any amounts to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Section.

 

Section 2.13          Interest .

 

(a)           The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan) shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

 

(b)           The Loans comprising each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2.00% per annum plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2.00% per annum plus the rate applicable to ABR Revolving Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section; provided that no amount shall accrue or be payable pursuant to this Section 2.13(c) to a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender.

 

(d)           Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and, in the case of Revolving Loans, upon termination of the Revolving Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Revolving Loan prior to the end of the Revolving Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of

 

71



 

any conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

 

(e)           All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).  The applicable Alternate Base Rate or Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

Section 2.14          Alternate Rate of Interest .  If at least two Business Days prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Borrowing:

 

(a)           the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period; or

 

(b)           the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

 

the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or facsimile as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurocurrency Borrowing and shall be ineffective and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing, then such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing; provided , however , that, in each case, the Borrower may revoke any Borrowing Request that is pending when such notice is received.

 

Section 2.15          Increased Costs .

 

(a)           If any Change in Law shall:

 

(i)      impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender or any Issuing Bank (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate);

 

(ii)     subject any Lender to any Tax of any kind whatsoever (except for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes indemnifiable under Section 2.17 or Excluded Taxes); or

 

(iii)    impose on any Lender or any Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurocurrency Loans or ABR Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

 

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurocurrency Loan or ABR Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender or Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or issue any Letter of Credit) or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or Issuing Bank hereunder (whether

 

72



 

of principal, interest or otherwise), then, from time to time upon request of such Lender or Issuing Bank, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such increased costs actually incurred or reduction actually suffered.

 

(b)           If any Lender or Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital requirements or liquidity has the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity), then, from time to time upon request of such Lender or Issuing Bank, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction actually suffered.

 

(c)           A certificate of a Lender or an Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank or its holding company in reasonable detail, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  The Borrower shall pay such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 15 days after receipt thereof.

 

(d)           Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided , further , that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

 

(e)           Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, no Lender or Issuing Bank shall demand compensation for any increased cost or reduction pursuant to this Section if it shall not at the time be the general policy or practice of such Lender or Issuing Bank to demand such compensation in similar circumstances under comparable provisions of other credit agreements.

 

Section 2.16          Break Funding Payments .  In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Revolving Loan or Term Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.11(g) and is revoked in accordance therewith) or (d) the assignment of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.19 or Section 9.02(c), then, in any such event, the Borrower shall, after receipt of a written request by any Lender affected by any such event (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount), compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event.  For purposes of calculating amounts

 

73



 

payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 2.16, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurocurrency Loan made by it at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurocurrency Loan was in fact so funded.  A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 15 days after receipt of such demand.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 2.16 will not apply to losses, costs or expenses resulting from Taxes, as to which Section 2.17 shall govern.

 

Section 2.17          Taxes .

 

(a)           Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction on account of any Taxes; provided that if any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent or any other applicable withholding agent shall be required by applicable Requirements of Law (as determined in the good faith discretion of the applicable withholding agent) to deduct Taxes from such payments, then (i) if the Tax in question is an Indemnified Tax or an Other Tax, the amount payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after all required deductions have been made (including deductions applicable to additional amounts payable under this Section 2.17) each of the Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the applicable Loan Party, the Administrative Agent or other applicable withholding agent shall make such deductions and (iii) the applicable withholding agent shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law.

 

(b)           The Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Requirements of Law.

 

(c)           Without duplication of any amounts paid under Sections 2.17(a) or 2.17(b) above, the Loan Parties shall, jointly and severally, indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, within 30 days after written demand therefor, for any Indemnified Taxes payable by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and any Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.17) and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the basis and calculation of the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(d)           As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by a Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(e)           Each Lender shall, at such times as are reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, provide the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with any properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by law, or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, certifying as to any entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction

 

74



 

in, any withholding Tax with respect to any payments to be made to such Lender under any Loan Document.  Each such Lender shall, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders such documentation expired, obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, deliver promptly to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent updated or other appropriate documentation (including any new documentation reasonably requested by the applicable withholding agent) or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of its inability to do so.  Unless the applicable withholding agent has received forms or other documents satisfactory to it indicating that payments under any Loan Document to or for a Lender are not subject to withholding tax or are subject to Tax at a rate reduced by an applicable tax treaty, the Borrower, Administrative Agent or other applicable withholding agent shall withhold amounts required to be withheld by applicable law from such payments at the applicable statutory rate.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

 

(i)      Each Lender that is a United States person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement two properly completed and duly signed original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or any successor form) certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding.

 

(ii)     Each Lender that is not a United States person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent) whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(A)          two properly completed and duly signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any successor forms) claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States of America is a party and such other documentation as required under the Code,

 

(B)          two properly completed and duly signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or any successor forms),

 

(C)          in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) two properly completed and duly signed certificates, substantially in the form of Exhibit Q (any such certificate a “ United States Tax Compliance Certificate ”), and (y) two properly completed and duly signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any successor forms),

 

(D)          to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Lender is a partnership or a participating Lender), Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (or any successor forms) of the Foreign Lender, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, United States Tax Compliance Certificate, Form W-9, Form W-8IMY (or other successor forms) or any other required information from each beneficial owner that would be required under this Section 2.17 if such beneficial owner were a Lender, as applicable ( provided that, if the Lender is a partnership (and not a participating Lender) and one or more direct or indirect partners are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, the United States Tax Compliance Certificate may be provided by such Lender on behalf of such direct or indirect partners), or

 

75



 

(E)           any other form prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law as a basis for claiming an exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Requirements of Law to permit the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.

 

(iii)    If a payment made to any Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of those Sections (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b), as applicable) of the Code, such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s FATCA obligations and, if necessary, to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment.  Solely for purposes of this Section 2.17(e)(iii), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the Closing Date.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this clause (e), a Lender shall not be required to deliver any form that such Lender is not legally eligible to deliver.

 

(f)            If and to the extent the Administrative Agent or a Lender determines, in its sole good faith discretion, that it received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by any Loan Party or with respect to which any Loan Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.17, it shall pay to the relevant Loan Party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, under this Section 2.17 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) of the Administrative Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the applicable Loan Party, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees promptly to repay the amount paid over to such Loan Party (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority.  The Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, shall, at the Borrower’s request, provide the Borrower with a copy of any notice of assessment or other evidence of the requirement to repay such refund received from the relevant taxing authority ( provided that the Administrative Agent or such Lender may delete any information therein that the Administrative Agent or such Lender deems confidential).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, this Section 2.17(f) shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to Taxes which it deems confidential to any Loan Party or any other person).

 

(g)           The agreements in this Section 2.17 shall survive the termination of this Agreement, an assignment of rights by or replacement of any Lender and the repayment of all Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

(h)           For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Section 2.17, the term “ Lender ” shall include any Issuing Bank and any Swingline Lender.

 

76



 

Section 2.18          Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Setoffs .

 

(a)           The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it under any Loan Document (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17, or otherwise) prior to the time expressly required hereunder or under such other Loan Document for such payment (or, if no such time is expressly required, prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time), on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, recoupment or setoff.  Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon.  All such payments shall be made to such account as may be specified by the Administrative Agent, except payments to be made directly to any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender shall be made as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto and payments pursuant to other Loan Documents shall be made to the Persons specified therein.  The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof.  Except as otherwise provided herein, if any payment under any Loan Document shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day.  If any payment on a Eurocurrency Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.  In the case of any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding two sentences, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate for the period of such extension.  All payments under each Loan Document shall be made in dollars.

 

(b)           If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i)  first , towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii)  second , towards payment of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties.

 

(c)           If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Revolving Loans, Term Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Loans, Term Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Loans, Term Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans, Term Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to (A) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (B) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans to any

 

77



 

assignee or participant or (C) any disproportionate payment obtained by a Lender of any Class as a result of the extension by Lenders of the maturity date or expiration date of some but not all Loans or Revolving Commitments of that Class or any increase in the Applicable Rate in respect of the Loans of Lenders that have consented to any such extension.  The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

 

(d)           Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Banks hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption and in its sole discretion, distribute to the Lenders or Issuing Banks, as the case may be, the amount due.  In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or Issuing Banks, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

 

Section 2.19          Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .

 

(a)           If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, or if the Borrower is required to pay any amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17(a) or (c) or any event gives rise to the operation of Section 2.25, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or its participation in any Letter of Credit affected by such event, or to assign and delegate its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment and delegation (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.17 or mitigate the applicability of Section 2.25, as the case may be, and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense reasonably deemed by such Lender to be material and would not be inconsistent with the internal policies of, or otherwise be disadvantageous in any material economic, legal or regulatory respect to, such Lender.

 

(b)           If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15 or gives notice under Section 2.25, (ii) the Borrower is required to pay any amount to any Lender or to any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17 or (iii) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment and delegation); provided that (A) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent to the extent such consent would be required under Section 9.04(b) for an assignment of Loans or Commitments, as applicable (and if a Revolving Commitment is being assigned and delegated, each Issuing Bank and each Swingline Lender), which consents, in each case, shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, (B) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and unreimbursed participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued but unpaid interest

 

78



 

thereon, accrued but unpaid fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts), (C) the Borrower or such assignee shall have paid (unless waived) to the Administrative Agent the processing and recordation fee specified in Section 9.04(b)(ii) and (D) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.15, or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.17 or a notice given under Section 2.25, such assignment will result in a material reduction in such compensation or payments.  A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise (including as a result of any action taken by such Lender under paragraph (a) above), the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.  Each party hereto agrees that an assignment required pursuant to this paragraph may be effected pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the assignee and that the Lender required to make such assignment need not be a party thereto.

 

Section 2.20          Increase in Commitments .

 

(a)           The Borrower may by written notice to the Administrative Agent elect to seek (x) commitments (“ Additional Revolving Commitments ”) to increase the Revolving Commitments of any Class and/or (y) commitments (“ Additional Term Commitments ”) to increase the aggregate principal amount of any existing Class of Term Loans or to establish one or more new Classes of Term Loans; provided that:

 

(i)          the aggregate amount of all Additional Commitments shall not exceed the Incremental Cap;

 

(ii)         any such increase or any new Class shall be in an aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; provided that such amount may be less than $10,000,000 if such amount represents all remaining availability under the limit set forth in the preceding clause (i);

 

(iii)        no existing Lender shall be required to provide any Additional Commitments;

 

(iv)        each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 shall be satisfied;

 

(v)         the final maturity date of any Additional Term Loans shall be no earlier than the Latest Maturity Date;

 

(vi)        the Additional Term Loans shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the then remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of each Class of Term Loans outstanding prior to such proposed incurrence of Additional Term Loans (the “ Outstanding Term Loans ”);

 

(vii)       the interest margins for the Additional Term Loans shall be determined by the Borrower and the Lenders of such Additional Term Loans; provided that in the event that the All-In Yield for any Additional Term Loans is greater than the All-In Yield for Outstanding Term Loans by more than 50 basis points, then the Applicable Rate for such Additional Term Loans shall be increased to the extent necessary so that the All-In Yield for such Additional Term Loans is not more than 50 basis points higher than the All-In Yield for Outstanding Term Loans, and the Applicable Rate for the Initial Revolving Commitments (and, to the extent specified in any

 

79



 

Additional Credit Extension Amendment for Revolving Commitments of any other Class, such other Class of Revolving Commitments) shall be increased by a like amount;

 

(viii)      the security interest and guaranties benefiting the Additional Term Loans and/or Additional Revolving Commitments (and advances of credit thereunder) will rank pari passu in right of payment and security with the existing Facilities; provided that the security interests and guaranties benefiting the Additional Term Loans may rank junior in right of payment or security to the Term Loans incurred on the Closing Date, or such Additional Term Loans may be unsecured, so long as (x) any such Additional Term Loans are established as a separate sub-facility from the Term Loans incurred on the Closing Date and (y) any such Additional Term Loans ranking junior in right of payment or security will be subordinated on the terms set forth in a Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(ix)        any Additional Term Loans shall share on a pro rata basis in any voluntary and mandatory prepayments with the Outstanding Term Loans or, if agreed to by the lenders of Additional Term Loans, on a less than pro rata basis (but in no event on a greater than pro rata basis); and

 

(x)         any Additional Revolving Commitment shall be on the same terms and pursuant to documentation applicable to the Revolving Commitments of such Class that is being increased, and any Additional Term Loans and Additional Term Commitments shall be pursuant to documentation applicable to the Outstanding Term Loans and on terms to be determined, provided that, to the extent such terms are not consistent with the Outstanding Term Loans (except to the extent permitted by clause (v), (vi), (vii) or (ix) above), they shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(b)           Each such notice shall specify (x) the date (each, an “ Additional Commitments Effective Date ”) on which the Borrower proposes that the Additional Commitments shall be effective, which shall be a date reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (y) the identity of the Persons (each of which shall be an Eligible Assignee (for this purpose treating a Lender of Additional Commitments as if it were an assignee)) whom the Borrower proposes would provide the Additional Commitments and the portion of the Additional Commitment to be provided by each such Person.  As a condition precedent to the effectiveness of any Additional Commitments, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate dated as of the Additional Commitments Effective Date signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that, before and after giving effect to the Additional Commitments (and assuming full utilization thereof), (i) the representations and warranties contained in Article III and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Additional Commitments Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.20(b), the representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.04(a), (b) and (c) shall be deemed to refer to the most recent financial statements furnished pursuant to Section 5.01(a) and (b), as applicable, (ii) subject to the second to last sentence of Section 4.02, no Default or Event of Default exists and (iii) the Borrower shall be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the Financial Performance Covenant recomputed (assuming the applicable Additional Revolving Commitments are fully drawn and without netting the cash proceeds of any Additional Commitments in calculating the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio) as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower for which financial statements have been or were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) (only if such Financial Performance Covenant would be applicable at the time).

 

80


 

(c)                                   On each Additional Commitments Effective Date with respect to any Additional Term Commitment, each Person with an Additional Term Commitment shall make an Additional Term Loan to the Borrower in a principal amount equal to such Person’s Additional Term Commitment.  The Borrower shall prepay any Revolving Loans outstanding on the Additional Commitments Effective Date with respect to any Additional Revolving Commitment (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 2.16) to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Revolving Loans pro rata across all Classes of Revolving Commitments arising from any nonratable increase in the Revolving Commitments.  If there is a new borrowing of Revolving Commitments on such Additional Commitments Effective Date, the Revolving Lenders after giving effect to such Additional Revolving Commitments shall make such Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.01(b).

 

(d)                                  The Additional Commitments shall be documented by an Additional Credit Extension Amendment executed by the Persons providing the Additional Commitments (and the other Persons specified in the definition of Additional Credit Extension Amendment but no other existing Lender), and the Additional Credit Extension Amendment may provide for such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.20.

 

(e)                                   This Section 2.20 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.18 or Section 9.02 to the contrary.

 

Section 2.21                              Extended Term Loans and Extended Revolving Commitments .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Term Loans of any Class (the Loans of such applicable Class, the “ Existing Term Loans ”) be converted into a new Class of Term Loans (the Loans of such applicable Class, the “ Extended Term Loans ”) with terms consistent with this Section 2.21.  In order to establish any Extended Term Loans, the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (a “ Term Extension Request ”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Loans to be established, which shall be identical to those applicable to the Existing Term Loans from which such Extended Term Loans are to be converted except that:

 

(i)                   the maturity date of the Extended Term Loans shall be later than the maturity date of the Existing Term Loans and the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Extended Term Loans shall be longer than the then remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Existing Term Loans;

 

(ii)                all or any of the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Extended Term Loans may be delayed to later dates than the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Existing Term Loans;

 

(iii)             (A) the interest rates (including through fixed interest rates), interest margins, rate floors, upfront fees, funding discounts, original issue discounts and premiums with respect to the Extended Term Loans may be different than those for the Existing Term Loans and (B) additional fees and/or premiums may be payable to the Extending Lenders providing such Extended Term Loans in addition to any of the items contemplated by the preceding clause (A);

 

(iv)            the Extended Term Loans may have optional prepayment terms (including call protection and prepayment premiums) and mandatory prepayment terms as may be agreed between the Borrower and the Extending Lenders so long as such Extended Term Loans do not participate on a greater than pro rata basis in any such mandatory prepayments as compared to existing Term Lenders; and

 

81



 

(v)               Holding and its Subsidiaries may be subject to covenants and other terms for the benefit of the Extending Lenders that apply only after the Latest Maturity Date (before giving effect to the Extended Term Loans).

 

(b)                                  The Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Revolving Commitments of any Class (the Commitments of such applicable Class, the “ Existing Revolving Commitments ”) be converted into a new Class of Revolving Commitments (the Commitments of such applicable Class, the “ Extended Revolving Commitments ”) with terms consistent with this Section 2.21(b).  In order to establish any Extended Revolving Commitments, the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (a “ Revolving Extension Request ”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Revolving Commitments to be established, which terms shall be identical to those applicable to the Existing Revolving Commitments except that:

 

(i)                   the maturity date of the Extended Revolving Commitments shall be later than the maturity date of the Existing Revolving Commitments;

 

(ii)                (A) the interest rates, interest margins, rate floors, upfront fees, funding discounts, OID and premiums with respect to the Extended Revolving Commitments may be different than those for the Existing Revolving Commitments and/or (B) additional fees and/or premiums may be payable to the Extending Lenders in addition to or in lieu of any of the items contemplated by the preceding subclause (A) and/or (C) the undrawn revolving credit commitment fee rate with respect to the Extended Revolving Commitments may be different than those for the Existing Revolving Commitments;

 

(iii)             Holdings and its Subsidiaries may be subject to covenants and other terms for the benefit of the Extending Lenders that apply only after the Latest Maturity Date (before giving effect to the Extended Revolving Commitments.

 

(c)                                   Each Extension Request shall specify the date (the “ Extension Effective Date ”) on which the Borrower proposes that the conversion of an Existing Class into an Extended Class shall be effective, which shall be a date reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.  Each Lender of an Existing Class that is requested to be extended shall be offered the opportunity to convert its Existing Class into the Extended Class on the same basis as each other Lender of such Existing Class.  Any Lender (to the extent applicable, an “ Extending Lender ”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Existing Class subject to such Extension Request converted into an Extended Class shall notify the Administrative Agent (an “ Extension Election ”) on or prior to the date specified in such Extension Request of the amount of its Existing Class subject to such Extension Request that it has elected to convert into an Extended Class.  In the event that the aggregate portion of the Existing Class subject to Extension Elections exceeds the amount of the Extended Class requested pursuant to the Extension Request, the portion of the Existing Class converted shall be allocated on a pro rata basis based on the amount of the Existing Class included in each such Extension Election.  Notwithstanding the conversion of any Existing Revolving Commitment into an Extended Revolving Commitment, such Extended Revolving Commitment shall be treated identically with all Existing Revolving Commitments for purposes of the obligations of a Revolving Lender in respect of Swingline Loans under Section 2.04 and Letters of Credit under Section 2.05, except that the applicable Additional Credit Extension Amendment may provide that the maturity date for Swingline Loans and/or the Letters of Credit may be extended and the related obligations to make Swing Loans and issue Letters of Credit may be continued so long as the Swingline Lender and/or the applicable Issuing Bank, as applicable, have consented to such extensions in their sole discretion (it being understood that no consent of any other Lender shall be required in connection with any such extension).

 

82



 

(d)                                  An Extended Class shall be established pursuant to an Additional Credit Extension Amendment executed by the Extending Lenders (and the other Persons specified in the definition of Additional Credit Extension Amendment but no other existing Lender).  No Additional Credit Extension Amendment shall provide for any Class of (x) Extended Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount that is less than $10,000,000 or (y) Extended Revolving Commitments in an aggregate principal amount that is less than $5,000,000.  In addition to any terms and changes required or permitted by Section 2.21(a), the Additional Credit Extension Amendment shall amend the scheduled amortization payments pursuant to Section 2.10 with respect to the Existing Term Loans from which the Extended Term Loans were converted to reduce each scheduled principal repayment amounts for the Existing Term Loans in the same proportion as the amount of Existing Term Loans to be converted pursuant to such Additional Credit Extension Amendment.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, on the Extension Effective Date, (i) the principal amount of each Existing Term Loan shall be deemed reduced by an amount equal to the principal amount converted into an Extended Term Loan, (ii) the amount of each Existing Revolving Commitment shall be deemed reduced by an amount equal to the amount converted into an Extended Revolving Commitment and (iii) if, on any Extension Effective Date, any Loans of any Extending Lender are outstanding under the applicable Existing Revolving Commitments, such Loans (and any related participations) shall be deemed to be converted into Loans (and related participations) made pursuant to the Extended Revolving Commitments in the same proportion as such Extending Lender’s Existing Revolving Commitments are converted to Extended Revolving Commitments.

 

(f)                                    This Section 2.21 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.18 or Section 9.02 to the contrary.  Each Extended Class shall be documented by an Additional Credit Extension Amendment executed by the Extending Lenders providing such Extended Class (and the other persons specified in the definition of Additional Credit Extension Amendment but no other existing Lender), and the Additional Credit Extension Amendment may provide for such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.21.

 

Section 2.22                              Refinancing Term Loans .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower may at any time and from time to time, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, request the establishment of one or more additional Classes of Term Loans under this Agreement or an increase to an existing Class of Term Loans under this Agreement (“ Refinancing Term Loans ”); provided that:

 

(i)                   the proceeds of such Refinancing Term Loans shall be used, concurrently or substantially concurrently with the incurrence thereof, solely to refinance all or any portion of any outstanding Term Loans;

 

(ii)                each Class of Refinancing Term Loans shall be in an aggregate amount of $10,000,000 (or such other amount necessary to repay any Class of outstanding Term Loans in full);

 

(iii)             such Refinancing Term Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate principal amount outstanding of Term Loans to be refinanced plus any accrued interest, premiums, fees, costs and expenses related thereto (including any OID or upfront fees);

 

83



 

(iv)            the final maturity date of such Refinancing Term Loans shall be later than the maturity date of the Term Loans being refinanced, and the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Refinancing Term Loans shall be longer than the then remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of each Class of Term Loans being refinanced;

 

(v)               (A) the pricing, rate floors, discounts, fees and optional and mandatory prepayment or redemption provisions applicable to such Refinancing Term Loans shall be as agreed between the Borrower and the Refinancing Term Lenders so long as, in the case of any mandatory prepayment or redemption provisions, such Refinancing Term Lenders do not participate on a greater than pro rata basis in any such prepayments as compared to Term Lenders and (B) the covenants and other terms applicable to such Refinancing Term Loans (excluding those terms described in the immediately preceding clause (A)), which shall be as agreed between the Borrower and the lenders providing such Refinancing Term Loans, shall not be materially more favorable (when taken as a whole) to the Refinancing Term Lenders than those applicable to any Class of Term Loans then outstanding under this Agreement (as determined by the Borrower in good faith), except to the extent such covenants and other terms apply solely to any period after the Latest Maturity Date then-applicable to any term loan facility hereunder or such covenants or other terms apply equally for the benefit of the other Lenders;

 

(vi)            no existing Lender shall be required to provide any Refinancing Term Loans; and

 

(vii)         the Refinancing Term Loans shall rank pari passu in right of payment and/or of security with the existing Loans, on terms and pursuant to documentation applicable to the Term Loans being refinanced.

 

(b)                                  Each such notice shall specify (x) the date (each, a “ Refinancing Term Effective Date ”) on which the Borrower proposes that the Refinancing Term Loans be made, which shall be a date reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (y) the identity of the Persons (each of which shall be an Eligible Assignee (for this purpose treating a Lender of Refinancing Term Loans as if it were an assignee)) whom the Borrower proposes would provide the Refinancing Term Loans and the portion of the Refinancing Term Loans to be provided by each such Person.  On each Refinancing Term Effective Date, each Person with a commitment for a Refinancing Term Loan (each such Person, a “ Refinancing Term Lender ”) shall make a Refinancing Term Loan to the Borrower in a principal amount equal to such Person’s Commitment therefor.

 

(c)                                   This Section 2.22 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.18 or Section 9.02 to the contrary.  The Refinancing Term Loans shall be documented by an Additional Credit Extension Amendment executed by the Persons providing the Refinancing Term Loans (and the other Persons specified in the definition of Additional Credit Extension Amendment but no other existing Lender), and the Additional Credit Extension Amendment may provide for such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.22.

 

Section 2.23                              Replacement Revolving Commitments .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower may at any time and from time to time, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, request the establishment of one or more additional Classes of Revolving Commitments (“ Replacement Revolving Commitments ”) to replace all or a portion of any existing Classes of Revolving Commitments under this Agreement (“ Replaced Revolving Commitments ”); provided that:

 

84



 

(i)                   substantially concurrently with the effectiveness of the Replacement Revolving Commitments, all or an equivalent portion of the Revolving Commitments in effect immediately prior to such effectiveness shall be terminated, and all or an equivalent portion of the Revolving Loans then outstanding, together with all interest thereon, and all other amounts accrued for the benefit of the Revolving Lenders, shall be repaid or paid (it being understood, however, than any Letters of Credit issued and outstanding under the Replaced Revolving Commitments shall be deemed to have been issued under the Replacement Revolving Commitments if the amount of such Letters of Credit would exceed the remaining amount of commitments under the Replaced Revolving Commitments after giving effect to the reduction contemplated hereby);

 

(ii)                such Replacement Revolving Commitments shall be in an aggregate amount not greater than the aggregate amount of Replaced Revolving Commitments to be replaced plus any accrued interest, premiums, fees, costs and expenses related thereto (including any OID or upfront fees);

 

(iii)             the final maturity date of such Replacement Revolving Commitments shall be later than the maturity date of the Replaced Revolving Commitments;

 

(iv)            the Letter of Credit Sublimit and the Swingline Commitments under such Replacement Revolving Commitments shall be as agreed between the Borrower, the Lenders providing such Replacement Revolving Commitments, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks (or any replacement Issuing Banks) and the Swingline Lender (or any replacement Swingline Lender);

 

(v)               (A) the pricing, rate floors, discounts, fees and optional prepayment or redemption provisions applicable to such Replacement Revolving Commitments shall be as agreed between the Borrower and the Replacement Revolving Lenders so long as, in the case of any optional prepayment or redemption provisions, such Replacement Revolving Lenders do not participate on a greater than pro rata basis in any such prepayments as compared to Replaced Revolving Commitments and (B) the covenants and other terms applicable to such Replacement Revolving Commitments (excluding those terms described in the immediately preceding clause (A)), which shall be as agreed between the Borrower and the lenders providing such Replacement Revolving Commitments, shall not be materially more favorable (when taken as a whole) to the lenders providing the Replacement Revolving Commitments than those applicable to the Replaced Revolving Commitments (as determined by the Borrower in good faith), except to the extent such covenants and other terms apply solely to any period after the Latest Maturity Date then applicable to any revolving credit facility hereunder or such covenants or other terms apply equally for the benefit of the other Lenders;

 

(vi)            no existing Lender shall be required to provide any Replacement Revolving Commitments; and

 

(vii)         the Replacement Revolving Commitments shall rank pari passu in right of payment and/or of security with the existing Loans, on terms and pursuant to documentation applicable to the Replaced Revolving Commitments and subject to a customary intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the existing Lenders.

 

(b)                                  Each such notice shall specify (x) the date on which the Borrower proposes that the Replacement Revolving Commitments become effective, which shall be a date reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (y) the identity of the Persons (each of which shall be an Eligible Assignee

 

85



 

(for this purpose treating a Lender of Replacement Revolving Commitments as if it were an assignee)) whom the Borrower proposes would provide the Replacement Revolving Commitments (each such person, a “ Replacement Revolving Lender ”) and the portion of the Replacement Revolving Commitments to be provided by each such Person.

 

(c)                                   This Section 2.23 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.18 or Section 9.02 to the contrary.  The Replacement Revolving Commitments shall be documented by an Additional Credit Extension Amendment executed by the Persons providing the Replacement Revolving Commitments (and the other Persons specified in the definition of Additional Credit Extension Amendment but no other existing Lender), and the Additional Credit Extension Amendment may provide for such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.23.

 

Section 2.24                              Defaulting Lenders .

 

(a)                                  Adjustments .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

 

(i)                   Waivers and Amendments .  Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 9.02.

 

(ii)                Reallocation of Payments .  Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of that Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VII or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 9.08, shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows:  first , in the case of a Revolving Lender, to the payment of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second , to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to each Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender hereunder; third , to cash collateralize the Issuing Banks’ LC Exposure with respect to that Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 2.05(j); fourth , as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth , in the case of a Revolving Lender, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy that Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) cash collateralize the Issuing Banks’ future LC Exposure with respect to that Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement in accordance with Section 2.05(j); sixth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks or the Swingline Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, such Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh , so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth , to that Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or LC Disbursements in respect of which a

 

86



 

Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (y) such Loans were made or related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the relevant Loans of, and LC Disbursements owed to, the relevant non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied  to the payment of any Loans of, or LC Disbursements owed to, that Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments under the applicable Facility without giving effect to Section 2.24(a)(iv).  Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post cash collateral pursuant to Section 2.05(j), in each case pursuant to this Section 2.24(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by that Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

 

(iii)             Certain Fees .

 

(A)                                No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive or accrue any commitment fee pursuant to Section 2.12(a) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).

 

(B) Each Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive Letter of Credit fees as provided in Section 2.12(b) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to the extent allocable to its Applicable Percentage of the stated amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided cash collateral pursuant to Section 2.05(j).

 

(C) With respect to any commitment fee or Letter of Credit fees not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (A) or (B) above, the Borrower shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv) below, (y) pay to each Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender, as applicable, the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to such Issuing Bank’s LC Exposure or Swingline Lender’s Swingline Exposure, as applicable, to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

 

(iv)            Reallocation of Applicable Percentages to Reduce Fronting Exposure .

 

(A)                                During any period in which there is a Defaulting Lender, for purposes of computing the amount of the obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit pursuant to Sections 2.04 and 2.05 and the payments of participation fees pursuant to Section 2.12(b), the “ Applicable Percentage ” of each non-Defaulting Lender shall be computed without giving effect to the Revolving Commitment of that Defaulting Lender; provided that the aggregate obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans shall not exceed the positive difference, if any, of (1) the Revolving Commitment of that non-Defaulting Lender minus (2) the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Loans of that Lender.

 

(v)               Cash Collateral, Repayment of Swingline Loans. If the reallocation described in clause (iv) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall, without prejudice

 

87



 

to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, (x) first, prepay Swingline Loans in an amount equal to the Swingline Lenders’ Swingline Exposure and (y) second, cash collateralize the Issuing Banks’ LC Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in 2.05(j).

 

(b)                                  Defaulting Lender Cure .  If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and each Issuing Bank agree in writing in their sole discretion that a Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any cash collateral), such Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans to be held pro rata by the Lenders in accordance with their Applicable Percentages (without giving effect to Section 2.24(a)(iv)), whereupon that Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

 

(c)                                   New Swingline Loans/Letters of Credit .  So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, (i) the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loans unless it is satisfied that it will have no Swingline Exposure after giving effect to such Swingline Loan and (ii) no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue, extend, renew or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that it will have no LC Exposure after giving effect thereto

 

Section 2.25                              Illegality .  If any Lender determines that any law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Adjusted LIBO Rate, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurocurrency Loans or to convert ABR Loans denominated in dollars to Eurocurrency Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist.  Upon receipt of such notice, (x) the Borrower shall, upon three Business Days’ notice from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurocurrency Loans of such Lender to ABR Loans either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Loans, and (y) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the Administrative Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Alternate Base Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate component thereof until the Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Adjusted LIBO Rate.  Each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing promptly upon becoming aware that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Adjusted LIBO Rate.  Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

 

88



 

ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Each of Holdings and the Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

 

Section 3.01                              Organization; Powers .  Each of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (to the extent such concept exists in the relevant jurisdictions) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each Loan Document to which it is a party and to effect the Financing Transactions and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.

 

Section 3.02                              Authorization; Enforceability .  The Financing Transactions to be entered into by each Loan Party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action and, if required, action by the holders of such Loan Party’s Equity Interests.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each of Holdings and the Borrower and constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is to be a party, when delivered hereunder, will have been duly executed and delivered by such Loan Party and will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of Holdings, the Borrower or such Loan Party, as the case may be, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

Section 3.03                              Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts .  The Financing Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (ii) solely in the case of a foreclosure of the pledge of Equity Interests in any Broker-Dealer Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent company of any Broker-Dealer Subsidiary under the Loan Documents, any approval by FINRA or similar Governmental Authority of a change in control or ownership or transfer of assets or line of business of any Broker-Dealer Subsidiary (or direct or indirect parent company thereof) and (iii) filings necessary to perfect Liens created under the Loan Documents, (b) will not violate (i) the Organizational Documents of, or (ii) any Requirements of Law applicable to, Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture or other agreement or instrument binding upon Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or their respective assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment, repurchase or redemption to be made by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or give rise to a right of, or result in, termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation thereunder and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, except Liens created under the Loan Documents, except (in the case of each of clauses (a), (b)(ii) and (c)) to the extent that the failure to obtain or make such consent, approval, registration, filing or action, or such violation, as the case may be, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.04                              Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Effect .

 

(a)                                  The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein and (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the entities to which they relate as of the dates thereof and

 

89



 

their results of operations and cash flows for the periods covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein.

 

(b)                                  The unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its subsidiaries as of June 30, 2014 and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of MCH and its subsidiaries as of June 30, 2014 and, in each case, the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity (or members’ equity, as applicable) and cash flows for the six-month periods ended on June 30, 2014 and 2013 (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present the financial condition of Parent and its subsidiaries or MCH and its subsidiaries, as applicable, as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the periods covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.

 

(c)                                   The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders the consolidated pro forma balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of June 30, 2014, and a related pro forma statement of operations and reconciliation of estimated pro forma adjusted Consolidated EBITDA for the twelve months ended June 30, 2014, the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and certain other historical periods to Consolidated EBITDA (such pro forma balance sheet and reconciliation, the “ Pro Forma Financial Statements ”), which have been prepared giving effect to the Transactions (excluding the impact of purchase accounting effects required by GAAP) as if such transactions had occurred on such date or at the beginning of such period, as the case may be.  The Pro Forma Financial Statements have been prepared in good faith, based on assumptions believed by the Borrower to be reasonable as of the date of delivery thereof, and present fairly in all material respects on a Pro Forma Basis and in accordance with GAAP the estimated financial position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at June 30, 2014, and on a Pro Forma Basis their estimated adjusted Consolidated EBITDA for such periods, assuming that the Transactions had actually occurred at such date or at the beginning of such period (excluding the impact of purchase accounting effects required by GAAP).

 

(d)                                  Since December 31, 2013, there has been no Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e)                                   As of the Closing Date, Parent has no assets other than (i) the Equity Interests of Holdings, (ii) debt issuance costs of approximately $0.3 million and deferred tax assets of approximately $3.8 million and (iii) the VCH Tax Refund Receivable.

 

Section 3.05                              Properties .

 

(a)                                  Each of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries has good title to all the Mortgaged Properties, (i) free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Encumbrances and (ii) except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes, in each case, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  No Mortgage encumbers Mortgaged Property that is located in an area that has been identified by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards within the meaning of the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 unless flood insurance available under such Act has been obtained in accordance with Section 5.07.

 

90


 

Section 3.06                              Litigation and Environmental Matters .

 

(a)                                  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.06(a) , there are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, threatened in writing against or affecting Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  Except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, none of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received written notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability, (iv) has, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, any basis to reasonably expect that Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary will become subject to any Environmental Liability, or (v) currently owns, leases or operates, or to the knowledge of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary has formerly owned, leased or operated any properties which contain or where there has been a Release or threat of Release of any Hazardous Materials in amounts or concentrations which constitute a violation of, or require investigation, response or other corrective action by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary under, applicable Environmental Laws.  To the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, all Hazardous Materials transported from any property currently or formerly owned or operated by any of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary for off-site disposal have been disposed of in a manner which would not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.07                              Compliance with Laws and Agreements .  Each of Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is in material compliance with (a) its Organizational Documents, (b) all Requirements of Law applicable to it or its property and (c) all indentures and other agreements and instruments binding upon it or its property, except, in the case of clauses (b) and (c) of this Section, where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  Each Broker-Dealer Restricted Subsidiary has obtained the Broker-Dealer Licenses and Memberships and Broker-Dealer Registrations and, except as could not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect, all such Broker-Dealer Licenses and Memberships and Broker-Dealer Registrations are in full force and effect.

 

Section 3.08                              Investment Company Status .  None of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is required to register as an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.

 

Section 3.09                              Taxes .  Except for failures that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect,  Holdings, the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary (a) have timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and (b) have paid or caused to be paid all Taxes levied or imposed on it or its properties, income or assets (whether or not shown on a Tax return) including in their capacity as tax withholding agents, except any Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that Holdings, the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, has set aside on its books adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP.

 

There is no current, pending or proposed Tax assessment, deficiency or other claim against Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary except (i) those being actively contested by Holdings, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in good faith and by appropriate proceedings

 

91



 

diligently conducted that stay the enforcement of the Tax in question and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP or (ii) those that would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.10                              ERISA; Labor Matters .

 

(a)                                  Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state laws.

 

(b)                                  Except as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur, (ii) no Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA), (iii) no Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan and (iv) no Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

 

(c)                                   Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to each scheme or arrangement mandated by a government other than the United States (a “ Foreign Government Scheme or Arrangement ”) and with respect to each employee benefit plan maintained or contributed to by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party that is not subject to United States law (a “ Foreign Plan ”):

 

(i)                                      any employer and employee contributions required by law or by the terms of any Foreign Government Scheme or Arrangement or any Foreign Plan have been made, or, if applicable, accrued, in accordance with normal accounting practices;

 

(ii)                                   the fair market value of the assets of each funded Foreign Plan, the liability of each insurer for any Foreign Plan funded through insurance or the book reserve established for any Foreign Plan, together with any accrued contributions, is sufficient to procure or provide for the accrued benefit obligations, as of the Closing Date, with respect to all current and former participants in such Foreign Plan according to the actuarial assumptions and valuations most recently used to account for such obligations in accordance with applicable generally accepted accounting principles; and

 

(iii)                                each Foreign Plan required to be registered has been registered and has been maintained in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities.

 

(d)                                  There are no collective bargaining agreements or Multiemployer Plans covering the employees of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date.  None of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary has suffered any strikes, walkouts, material work stoppages or other material labor difficulty within the last five years.

 

Section 3.11                              Disclosure .  None of the reports, financial statements, certificates or other written information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of any Loan Document or delivered thereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) when taken as a whole contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the

 

92



 

light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by the Borrower to be reasonable at the time delivered and, if such projected financial information was delivered prior to the Closing Date, as of the Closing Date, it being understood that any such projected financial information may vary from actual results and such variations could be material.

 

Section 3.12                              Subsidiaries .  As of the Closing Date, Schedule 10 to the Perfection Certificate sets forth the name of, and the ownership interest of Holdings and each Subsidiary in, each Subsidiary.

 

Section 3.13                              Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc .  Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries own, license or possess the right to use, all Intellectual Property that is reasonably necessary for the operation of their businesses as currently conducted, without conflict with the Intellectual Property of any Person, except to the extent such conflicts, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No Intellectual Property used by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the operation of its business as currently conducted infringes upon any rights held by any Person except for such infringements, individually or in the aggregate, which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No claim or litigation regarding any of the Intellectual Property is pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings and the Borrower, threatened against Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.14                              Solvency .  Immediately after the consummation of the Transactions to occur on the Closing Date, (a) the fair value of the assets of Holdings and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, will exceed their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, on a consolidated basis, (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of Holdings and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability, on a consolidated basis, of their debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, on a consolidated basis, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured, (c) Holdings and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, will be able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, on a consolidated basis, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured, and (d) Holdings and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the business in which they are engaged or in which they are about to be engaged, as such business is now conducted and is proposed to be conducted following the Closing Date.  For purposes of this Section 3.14, (i) the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that could reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability and (ii) it is assumed that the Indebtedness and other obligations incurred on the Closing Date under the Loan Documents will become due on their respective maturities.

 

Section 3.15                              Senior Indebtedness .  The Loan Document Obligations constitute “Senior Indebtedness” (or any comparable term) under and as defined in the documentation governing any Indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Document Obligations.

 

Section 3.16                              Federal Reserve Regulations .

 

(a)                                  None of Holdings, the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary is engaged or will engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock, or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.  No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or to

 

93



 

refinance any Indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose, or for any other purpose that entails a violation (including on the part of any Lender) of the provisions of Regulations U or X of the Board of Governors.

 

(b)                                  Each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary is a broker and dealer or an introducing broker subject to the provisions of Regulation T of the Board of Governors.  Each Broker-Dealer Restricted Subsidiary that extends purpose credit to customers (as those terms are defined in Regulation T of the Board of Governors) maintains procedures and internal controls reasonably designed to ensure that such Broker-Dealer Subsidiary does not extend or maintain purpose credit to or for its customers other than in accordance with the provisions of Regulation T of the Board of Governors, and associated persons of each Broker-Dealer Restricted Subsidiary regularly supervise its activities and the activities of associated persons and employees of such Broker-Dealer Subsidiary to ensure that such Broker-Dealer Restricted Subsidiary does not extend or maintain purpose credit to or for its customers other than in accordance with the provisions of Regulation T of the Board of Governors, except for inadvertent failures to comply with Regulation T of the Board of Governors in connection with transactions which are not material either in number or amount.

 

Section 3.17                              Use of Proceeds .  The Borrower will use the proceeds of (a) the Term Loans made on the Closing Date to finance the Transactions and (b) the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans made after the Closing Date to provide for the ongoing working capital requirements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and for general corporate purposes.

 

Section 3.18                              No Conflict with Sanctions Laws .  None of Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, any director, officer, agent or employee of Holdings or the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a person, government, country or entity (“ Person ”) with whom transactions or dealings would be prohibited for U.S. persons to engage in under any of the sanctions administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the U.S. Department of Commerce, and the U.S. Department of State, as well as the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority with jurisdiction over such person (collectively “ Sanctions ”), nor is Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries located, organized, resident, doing business or conducting transactions with the government of, or persons within, a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions; and the Borrower will not use the proceeds from the Loans, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, (i) to fund any activities of or business with any Person that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or is in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions, or (ii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as Lender, Agent or otherwise) of Sanctions.

 

Section 3.19                              No Unlawful Contributions or Other Payments .  Holdings, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as amended, and rules and regulations thereunder (“ FCPA ”) and the UK Bribery Act.  No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the FCPA or the UK Bribery Act.

 

Section 3.20                              PATRIOT Act .  To the extent applicable, Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries are in compliance with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter

 

94



 

V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto and (ii) the PATRIOT Act.

 

Section 3.21                              Perfection, Etc .Each Security Document delivered pursuant to this Agreement will, upon execution and delivery thereof, be effective to create (to the extent described therein) in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable first priority Liens on, and security interests in, the Collateral described therein to the extent intended to be created thereby and required to be perfected therein, except as to enforcement, as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and (a) when financing statements and other filings in appropriate form are filed in the offices of the Secretary of State of each Loan Party’s jurisdiction of organization or formation and any applicable documents are filed and recorded in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, and (b) upon the taking of possession or control by the Administrative Agent of such Collateral with respect to which a security interest may be perfected only by possession or control (which possession or control shall be given to the Administrative Agent to the extent possession or control by the Administrative Agent is required by the Collateral Agreement), the Liens created by the Security Documents shall constitute fully perfected Liens so far as possible under relevant law on, and security interests in (to the extent intended to be created thereby and required to be perfected under the Loan Documents), all right, title and interest of the grantors in such Collateral in each case free and clear of any Liens other than Liens permitted hereunder.

 

Section 3.22                              Membership in FINRA; Registration; Etc .  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.22 , to the extent required pursuant to applicable Requirements of Law, each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary is a member in good standing of FINRA and each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary is duly registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC and/or duly registered as an introducing broker with the CFTC, and in each state where the conduct of a material portion of its business requires such registration.

 

ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS

 

Section 4.01                              Closing Date .  The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of each Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder on the Closing Date was subject to each of the following conditions, each of which was satisfied on or prior to the Closing Date:

 

(a)                                  The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include facsimile or other electronic transmission of a signed counterpart of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The Administrative Agent shall have received a written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks and dated the Closing Date) of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, counsel for the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit G .  Each of Holdings and the Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinion.

 

(c)                                   The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of each Loan Party, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit H with appropriate insertions, executed by any Responsible Officer of such Loan Party, and including or attaching the documents referred to in paragraph (d) of this Section.

 

95



 

(d)                                  The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of (i) each Organizational Document of each Loan Party certified, to the extent applicable, as of a recent date by the applicable Governmental Authority, (ii) signature and incumbency certificates of the Responsible Officers of each Loan Party executing the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (iii) resolutions of the board of directors and/or similar governing bodies of each Loan Party approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of Loan Documents to which it is a party, certified as of the Closing Date by its secretary, an assistant secretary or a Responsible Officer as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment, and (iv) a good standing certificate from the applicable Governmental Authority of each Loan Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation.

 

(e)                                   The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts previously agreed in writing by the Bookrunner and the Borrower to be due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date, including, to the extent invoiced at least one Business Day prior to the Closing Date, reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) required to be reimbursed or paid by any Loan Party.

 

(f)                                    The Collateral and Guarantee Requirement (other than to the extent contemplated by Section 5.14) shall have been satisfied and the Administrative Agent shall have received a completed Perfection Certificate dated the Closing Date and signed by a Responsible Officer of Holdings, the Borrower, and the Restricted Subsidiaries, together with all attachments contemplated thereby, and none of such Collateral shall be subject to any other pledges, security interests or mortgages except Liens permitted by Section 6.02; provided , however , that the delivery of documents and instruments necessary to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement (except for the execution and delivery of the Security Agreement and to the extent that a Lien on such Collateral may be perfected solely (x) by the filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code or (y) by the delivery of stock certificates of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent possession of such stock certificates or other certificates perfects a security interest therein; provided that Holdings and the Borrower shall have delivered all stock certificates to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date but, in the case of stock certificates of any subsidiary of the Target, solely to the extent such stock certificates have been received from the Sellers, so long as Holdings and the Borrower shall have used all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Sellers to deliver such certificates to Holdings and the Borrower on the Closing Date) shall not constitute conditions precedent to any Borrowing on the Closing Date after the Borrower’s use of commercially reasonable efforts to provide such items on or prior to the Closing Date without undue burden or expense if the Borrower agrees to deliver, or cause to be delivered, such documents and instruments, or take or cause to be taken such other actions as may be required to perfect such security interests in accordance with Section 5.12 and Section 5.14.

 

(g)                                   (i) From December 31, 2013 until April 16, 2014 there shall not have been any event, occurrence, development or state of circumstances or facts that would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) from April 16, 2014 until the Closing Date, no Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred.  For purposes of this Section 4.01(g) only, “Material Adverse Effect” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Acquisition Agreement provided that for purposes hereof, clause (G) of such definition shall be modified by adding the following at the end thereof:  “(with the consent of the Joint Lead Arrangers, not to be unreasonably withheld).”

 

96



 

(h)                                  The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date, executed by any Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 4.01(g), (k) and (l) are satisfied.

 

(i)                                      The Bookrunner shall have received the financial statements described in Sections 3.04(b) and (c), and such financial statements shall be certified by a Financial Officer as presenting fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows of MCH or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, as of the dates or for the periods covered, as applicable.  The Bookrunner shall have received the Pro Forma Financial Statements.

 

(j)                                     The Acquired Business Representations shall be accurate in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier set forth therein).  The Specified Representations shall be accurate in all material respects.

 

(k)                                  The Acquisition shall have been consummated, or substantially simultaneously with the initial funding of Loans on the Closing Date, shall be consummated, in accordance with the Acquisition Agreement, in each case without giving effect to any modifications, consents, amendments or waivers thereto that are materially adverse to the Lenders or the Joint Lead Arrangers.

 

(l)                                      All pre-existing indebtedness of Parent, MCH and their respective subsidiaries shall have been repaid or repurchased in full, all commitments relating thereto shall have been terminated, and all liens or security interests related thereto shall have been terminated or released, in each case on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, other than (x) any indebtedness of MCH and its subsidiaries and liens on assets of the MCH and its subsidiaries, in each case, that are permitted to remain outstanding pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement, (y) notes issued in consideration of the repurchase of stock of departing employees and (z) other indebtedness listed on Schedule 6.01 .

 

(m)                              The Lenders shall have received a certificate from the chief financial officer of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit F certifying as to the solvency of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions.

 

(n)                                  (i) The Equity Financing shall have been consummated or shall be consummated substantially simultaneously with the initial funding of the Loans on the Closing Date and (ii) certain existing equityholders of the Sellers shall have exchanged certain of their equity interests in the Target and its subsidiaries to be acquired immediately prior to the consummation of the Transactions for common equity in the Parent, and the aggregate amount in clauses (i) and (ii), together with the aggregate value of all equity of the Parent outstanding immediately prior to the Closing Date (before giving effect to the equity contribution referred to in clause (i)), shall equal at least 50% of the total pro forma debt and equity capitalization of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions (collectively, the “ Equity Contribution ”), and the Equity Financing shall constitute at least 30% of the Equity Contribution.

 

(o)                                  The Administrative Agent and the Bookrunner shall have received, at least three Business Days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information about the Loan Parties as shall have been requested in writing at least 10 days prior to the Closing Date by the Administrative Agent or the Bookrunner that they shall have determined is required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation the USA Patriot Act.

 

97



 

(p)                                  The Administrative Agent shall have received certified copies of Uniform Commercial Code, United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office, tax and judgment lien searches, bankruptcy and pending lawsuit searches or equivalent reports or searches, each of a recent date listing all effective financing statements, lien notices or comparable documents that name any Loan Party as debtor and that are filed in those state and county jurisdictions in which any Loan Party is organized or maintains its principal place of business and such other searches that are required by the Perfection Certificate or that the Administrative Agent deems necessary or appropriate, none of which encumber the Collateral covered or intended to be covered by the Security Documents (other than Permitted Encumbrances).

 

(q)                                  The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, any Issuing Bank shall have received a Borrowing Request in accordance with the requirements hereof.

 

The Administrative Agent shall notify Holdings, the Borrower and the Lenders of the Closing Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.

 

Section 4.02                              Each Credit Event After the Closing Date .  The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing after the Closing Date, and of each Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit after the Closing Date, is subject to receipt of the borrowing request therefor in accordance herewith and to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                  The representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as the case may be (in each case, unless such date is the Closing Date); provided that, to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided , further , that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct in all respects on the date of such credit extension or on such earlier date, as the case may be.

 

(b)                                  At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as the case may be, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(c)                                   The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, any Issuing Bank or any Swingline Lender shall have received a Borrowing Request in accordance with the requirements hereof.

 

Each Borrowing ( provided that a conversion or a continuation of a Borrowing shall not constitute a “Borrowing” for purposes of this Section) and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by Holdings and the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.02 and in Section 2.20 to the contrary, to the extent that the proceeds of Additional Term Loans or Additional Revolving Commitments are to be used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder, the only conditions precedent to the funding of such Additional Term Loans or the initial borrowings under such Additional Revolving Commitments shall be (i) the conditions precedent set forth in the related Additional Credit Extension Amendment, (ii) that the Specified Representations and the “acquired business representations” with respect to the target of such Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder shall be true and

 

98



 

correct, (iii) no Event of Default under Section 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and (iv) the Administrative Agent and, if applicable, any Issuing Bank or any Swingline Lender shall have received a Borrowing Request in accordance with the requirements hereof.

 

ARTICLE V
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Until the Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees, expenses and other amounts (other than contingent amounts not yet due) payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been terminated (or cash collateralized or backstopped pursuant to arrangements satisfactory to the relevant Issuing Bank) and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, each of Holdings and the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

 

Section 5.01                              Financial Statements and Other Information .  Holdings or the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of each Lender:

 

(a)                                  (i) on or before the date that is 120 days after the end of each such fiscal year of the Borrower (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014), an audited consolidated balance sheet and audited consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its subsidiaries, in each case as of the end of and for such year ( provided, however , that in the case of the year ended December 31, 2014, the Borrower shall also provide, or cause to be provided, an audited consolidated balance sheet and audited consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in members’ equity and cash flows for MCH and its subsidiaries as of and for the period from January 1, 2014 through the Closing Date), and related notes thereto, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by Ernst & Young or any other independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit and certified by a Financial Officer, in each case to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition as of the end of and for such year and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its subsidiaries (or MCH and its subsidiaries, as applicable) on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, (ii) a management report setting forth (A) statement of income items and Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower for such fiscal year, showing variance, by dollar amount and percentage, from amounts for the previous fiscal year and budgeted amounts and (B) key operational information and statistics for such fiscal year consistent with internal and industry-wide reporting standards, (iii) a narrative report and management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower for such fiscal year, as compared to amounts for the previous fiscal year and budgeted amounts and (iv) subject to any regulatory restriction, regulatory policy or any other legal restrictions, a copy of each FOCUS report filed with FINRA by each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary during the prior fiscal year;

 

(b)                                  (i) on or before the date that is 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower (or, in the case of financial statements for the fiscal quarters ending September 30, 2014, March 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015, on or before the date that is 60 days after the end of such fiscal quarter) (commencing with the fiscal quarter

 

99



 

ending September 30, 2014), an unaudited consolidated balance sheet and unaudited consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its subsidiaries, in each case as of the end of and for such quarter (and, in the case of the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2014, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet and unaudited consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in members’ equity and cash flows for MCH and its subsidiaries) as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by a Financial Officer as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and such portion of the fiscal year and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (or MCH and its subsidiaries, as applicable) on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes, (ii) a management report setting forth (A) statement of income items and Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower for such fiscal quarter and for the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, showing variance, by dollar amount and percentage, from amounts for the comparable periods in the previous fiscal year and budgeted amounts and (B) key operational information and statistics for such fiscal quarter and for the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year consistent with internal and industry-wide reporting standards, (iii) a narrative report and management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, as compared to the comparable periods in the previous fiscal year and budgeted amounts and (iv) subject to any regulatory restriction, regulatory policy or any other legal restrictions, a copy of each FOCUS report filed with FINRA by each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary during the prior fiscal quarter;

 

(c)                                   simultaneously with the delivery of each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, the related consolidating financial statements reflecting adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements;

 

(d)                                  simultaneously with the delivery of each set of financial statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer (i) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations (A) of the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio and, with respect to any Test Period in which such Financial Performance Covenant is applicable, demonstrating compliance with the Financial Performance Covenant and (B) in the case of financial statements referred to in clause (a) above, beginning with the financial statements for the fiscal year of the Borrower ending December 31, 2015, of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year and (iii) in the case of financial statements referred to in clause (a) above, setting forth a reasonably detailed calculation of the Available Amount and of the Net Proceeds received during the applicable period by or on behalf of, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any event described in clause (a) of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event” and the portion of such Net Proceeds that has been invested or are intended to be reinvested in accordance with the proviso in Section 2.11(c);

 

(e)                                   not later than 90 days after the commencement of each fiscal year of the Borrower (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015), a detailed consolidated budget and business plan for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet and consolidated statements of projected operations,

 

100


 

comprehensive income and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal year and setting forth the material assumptions used for purposes of preparing such budget);

 

(f)                                    promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and registration statements (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the form it became effective, is delivered to the Administrative Agent), exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration statement on Form S-8) filed by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the holders of its Equity Interests generally, as the case may be; and

 

(g)                                   promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of any Lender may reasonably request in writing.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in paragraphs (a)(i) and (b)(i) of this Section 5.01 may be satisfied with respect to financial statements of the Borrower and its subsidiaries by furnishing such financial statements of Holdings or another parent company of the Borrower and its subsidiaries or by furnishing the Form 10-K or 10-Q (or the equivalent), as applicable, of the Borrower (or a parent company thereof) filed with the SEC meeting the requirements of the SEC for Form 10-K or 10-Q (or the equivalent), as applicable; provided that (i) to the extent such financial statements relate to a parent company of the Borrower, such statements shall be accompanied by consolidating information, which may be unaudited, that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent company, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand, and (ii) to the extent such statements are in lieu of statements required to be provided under Section 5.01(a), such materials are accompanied by a report and opinion of Ernst & Young or any other independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit and (iii) shall be certified by a Financial Officer in each case to the effect that such consolidated and consolidating financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition as of the end of and for such year and results of operations and cash flows of Holdings (or such other parent company) and its subsidiaries on a consolidated and consolidating basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied subject, in the case of quarterly financial statements, to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end adjustments.

 

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 9.01 (or otherwise notified pursuant to Section 9.01(d)); or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that (i) the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent upon its reasonable request until a written notice to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and upon its reasonable request, provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions ( i.e ., soft

 

101



 

copies) of such documents.  The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery of or maintain paper copies of the documents referred to above, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents and maintaining its copies of such documents.

 

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Bookrunner will make available to the Lenders and the Issuing Bank materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “ Public Lender ”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities.  The Borrower hereby agrees that it will identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Bookrunner, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or applicable state securities laws ( provided , however , that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 9.12); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information”; and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.”  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall be under no obligation to mark any Borrower Materials “PUBLIC.”

 

Section 5.02                              Notices of Material Events .  Promptly after any Responsible Officer of the Borrower obtains actual knowledge thereof, the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to each Lender through the Administrative Agent) written notice of the following:

 

(a)                                  the occurrence of any Default;

 

(b)                                  to the extent permissible by law, the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or, to the knowledge of a Financial Officer or another executive officer of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, affecting Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or the receipt of a notice of an Environmental Liability that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c)                                   the occurrence of any ERISA Event that would reasonably be expected to result in material liability to any Loan Party;

 

(d)                                  any matter that has resulted in a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

(e)                                   any material amendment or termination of, or waivers under, (x) the Acquisition Agreement, (y) any Organizational Documents of any Loan Party if such amendment would adversely affect the Lenders or (z) the documentation governing (1) any Subordinated Indebtedness or (2) the payment of management and monitoring fees to the Sponsor.

 

Each notice delivered under any of clauses (a) through (d) shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

 

102



 

Section 5.03                              Information Regarding Collateral .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent prompt (and in any event within 30 days or such longer period as reasonably agreed to by the Administrative Agent) written notice of any change (i) in any Loan Party’s legal name (as set forth in its certificate of organization or like document), (ii) in the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of any Loan Party or in the form of its organization, (iii) in any Loan Party’s organizational identification number or (iv) in the location of any Loan Party’s chief executive office.

 

(b)                                  Not later than five days after delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2, executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (i) setting forth the information required pursuant to Sections 1, 10, 11 and 12 of the Perfection Certificate or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of the Perfection Certificate delivered on the Closing Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section, (ii) identifying any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that has become, or ceased to be, a Material Subsidiary during the most recently ended fiscal quarter and (iii) certifying that all notices required to be given prior to the date of such certificate by this Section 5.03 have been given.

 

Section 5.04                              Existence; Conduct of Business .  Each of Holdings and the Borrower (a) will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to obtain, preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, and Intellectual Property, in each case that are material to the conduct of its business and (b) will, and will cause each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary to, maintain all rights, privileges, Broker-Dealer Licenses and Memberships, Broker-Dealer Registrations necessary for and material to the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, to the extent (other than with respect to the preservation of the existence of Holdings and the Borrower) that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 6.03 or any Disposition permitted by Section 6.05.

 

Section 5.05                              Payment of Taxes, Etc .Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to (a) pay its obligations and liabilities, including (i) in respect of Taxes (including in its capacity as a withholding agent) levied or imposed upon it or its properties, income or assets, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except to the extent (x) any such Taxes are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP or (y) the failure to make payment could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property and (iii) all Indebtedness, as and when due and payable, but subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness and (b) timely file all material tax returns required to be filed.

 

Section 5.06                              Maintenance of Properties .  Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition (subject to casualty, condemnation and ordinary wear and tear), except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

103



 

Section 5.07                              Insurance .

 

(a)                                  Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, maintain, with insurance companies that the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of the management of the Borrower) are financially sound and responsible at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed, insurance in at least such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance which the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of management of the Borrower) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business) and against at least such risks (and with such risk retentions) as the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment or the management of the Borrower) are reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business, and will furnish to the Lenders, upon written request from the Administrative Agent, information presented in reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried.  Each such policy of insurance shall (i) name the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, as an additional insured thereunder as its interests may appear and (ii) in the case of each casualty insurance policy, contain a loss payable clause or mortgagee endorsement that names the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders as the loss payee or mortgagee thereunder.

 

(b)                                  If any portion of any Mortgaged Property is at any time located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) as a Special Flood Hazard Area with respect to which flood insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 (as now or hereafter in effect or successor act thereto), then the Borrower shall, or shall cause each Loan Party to (i) maintain, or cause to be maintained, with a financially sound and reputable insurer, as determined in the Borrower’s reasonable discretion, flood insurance in an amount and otherwise sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws and (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent evidence of such compliance in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 5.08                              Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights .  Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, maintain proper books of record and account in which entries that are full, true and correct in all material respects and are in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of Holdings, the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.  Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested; provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise visitation and inspection rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 5.08 and, absent the existence of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than two times during any calendar year and only one such time shall be at the Borrower’s expense; provided , further , that (a) when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice and (b) the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the independent public accountants of the Borrower (or its parent company whose financial statements are delivered under Section 5.01(a) and (b)).

 

Section 5.09                              Compliance with Laws .  Each of Holdings and the Borrower (i) will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, comply with its Organizational Documents, all Requirements of Law (including Environmental Laws) and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees with respect to it, its

 

104



 

property and operations, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) will, and will cause each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary to comply, with the rules and regulations of the SEC, FINRA, the CFTC and any other Governmental Authority applicable to it (including such rules and regulations dealing with net capital requirements) and, to the extent applicable to any Broker-Dealer Subsidiary (including its sales agents and registered personnel), all similar, equivalent or comparable foreign statutes, rules, regulations, and other regulatory requirements, in each case, applicable to it (including such rules and regulations dealing with net capital requirements) except where the failure to so comply could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.10                              Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit .  The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Term Loans made on the Closing Date, together with cash on hand of the Borrower and the proceeds from the Equity Financing, to finance the Transactions.  The proceeds of the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans drawn after the Closing Date will be used for general corporate purposes (including Permitted Acquisitions and the ongoing working capital requirements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries).  Letters of Credit will be used only for general corporate purposes.

 

Section 5.11                              Additional Subsidiaries .

 

(a)                                  If (i) any additional Restricted Subsidiary is formed or acquired after the Closing Date or (ii) if any Subsidiary ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary, an Immaterial Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the Borrower will, within 30 days (or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) after such Restricted Subsidiary is formed or acquired or such Subsidiary ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary, an Immaterial Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, notify the Administrative Agent thereof, and will cause such Restricted Subsidiary (unless such Restricted Subsidiary is an Excluded Subsidiary) to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary and with respect to any Equity Interest in or Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party within 30 days after such notice (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably agree) and the Administrative Agent shall have received a completed Perfection Certificate with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, together with all attachments contemplated thereby.

 

(b)                                  Within 30 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) after the Borrower identifies any new Material Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.03(b), all actions (if any) required to be taken with respect to such Subsidiary in order to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall have been taken with respect to such Subsidiary.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event any real property would be required to be mortgaged pursuant to this Section, Holdings or the Borrower shall not be required to comply with the “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” until a reasonable time following the formation or acquisition of such Restricted Subsidiary or the identification of such new Material Subsidiary, and in no event shall compliance be required until 60 days following such formation, acquisition or identification or such longer time period as agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.

 

Section 5.12                              Further Assurances .

 

(a)                                  Each of Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each Loan Party to, execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents), that may be required under any applicable law and that the Administrative

 

105



 

Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, to cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be and remain satisfied, all at the expense of the Loan Parties.

 

(b)                                  If, after the Closing Date, any material assets (including any owned (but not leased) real property or improvements thereto or any interest therein with a fair market value in excess of $3,000,000) are acquired by the Borrower or any other Loan Party or are held by any Subsidiary on or after the time it becomes a Loan Party pursuant to Section 5.11 (other than assets constituting Collateral under a Security Document that become subject to the Lien created by such Security Document upon acquisition thereof or constituting Excluded Assets), the Borrower will notify the Administrative Agent thereof, and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the Secured Obligations and will take and cause the other Loan Parties to take, such actions as shall be necessary and reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to grant and perfect such Liens, including actions described in paragraph (a) of this Section and as required pursuant to the “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement,” at the expense of the Loan Parties and subject to the last paragraph of the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”  In the event any real property is mortgaged pursuant to this Section 5.12(b), the Borrower or such other Loan Party, as applicable, shall not be required to comply with the “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” and paragraph (a) of this Section until a reasonable time following the acquisition of such real property, and in no event shall compliance be required until 90 days following such acquisition or such longer time period as agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.

 

Section 5.13                              Designation of Subsidiaries .  The Borrower may at any time after the Closing Date designate any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation on a Pro Forma Basis, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) immediately after giving effect to such designation, either (x) the Total Net Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 3.00 to 1.00 or (y) the Total Net Leverage Ratio shall not, as a result of such designation or re-designation on a Pro Forma Basis, be higher than it was immediately prior to such designation or re-designation, (iii) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Borrower shall be in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis, with the Financial Performance Covenant recomputed as of the last day of the most recent Test Period for which financial statements have been or were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) (only if such Financial Performance Covenant is applicable at such time) and (iv) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or continue as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a “Restricted Subsidiary” for the purpose of other Indebtedness of Holdings or the Borrower.  The designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date shall constitute an Investment by the Borrower therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s (as applicable) investment therein.  The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (i) the incurrence at the time of designation of any Investment, Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time and (ii) a return on any Investment by the Borrower in Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the preceding sentence in an amount equal to the fair market value at the date of such designation of the Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s (as applicable) Investment in such Subsidiary.

 

Section 5.14                              Certain Post-Closing Obligations .  As promptly as practicable, and in any event within the time periods after the Closing Date specified in Schedule 5.14 or such later date as the Administrative Agent agrees to in writing in its sole discretion, Holdings, the Borrower and each other Loan Party shall deliver the documents or take the actions specified on Schedule 5.14 , in each case except to the extent otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to its authority as set forth in the definition of the term “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”

 

106



 

Section 5.15                              Margin Stock .  No Loan Party shall, and no Loan Party shall suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, use any portion of the Loan proceeds, for the immediate, incidental or ultimate purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board) or extending credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any such Margin Stock, in each case in contravention of Regulation T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

Section 5.16                              Maintenance of Rating of Facilities .  The Loan Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain (i) a public corporate credit rating (but not any particular rating) from S&P and a public corporate family rating (but not any particular rating) from Moody’s, in each case in respect of the Borrower and (ii) a public rating (but not any particular rating) in respect of the Loans from each of S&P and Moody’s.

 

Section 5.17                              Lender Conference Calls .  Holdings and the Borrower will, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, hold and participate in a conference call with the Administrative Agent and Lenders once per fiscal quarter, at such time as may be agreed to by the Borrower and Administrative Agent.

 

Section 5.18                              Interest Rate Protection .  No later than 180 days following the Closing Date, the Borrower shall obtain and cause to be maintained protection against fluctuations in interest rates for a period ending not less than two years after the Closing Date pursuant to one or more Swap Agreements with any Lender (or any other counterparty reasonably satisfactory to the Joint Lead Arrangers), in order to ensure that no less than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the total term Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding at the Closing Date is either (i) subject to such Swap Agreements or (ii) Indebtedness that bears interest at a fixed rate.

 

ARTICLE VI
NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees, expenses and other amounts payable (other than contingent amounts not yet due) under any Loan Document have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have expired or been terminated (or cash collateralized or backstopped pursuant to arrangements satisfactory to the relevant Issuing Bank) and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, each of Holdings (with respect to Section 6.14 only) and the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

 

Section 6.01                              Indebtedness; Certain Equity Securities .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

 

(i)                                      Indebtedness of the Borrower and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries under the Loan Documents (including any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 2.20, 2.21, 2.22 or 2.23);

 

(ii)                                   Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 6.01 and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

 

(iii)                                Guarantees by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted hereunder; provided that such Guarantee is otherwise permitted by Section 6.04; provided , further , that (A) no Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary of any Subordinated Indebtedness shall be permitted

 

107



 

unless such Restricted Subsidiary shall have also provided a Guarantee of the Loan Document Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement, (B) no Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be permitted unless such Restricted Subsidiary shall have also provided a Guarantee of the Loan Document Obligations pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness permitted by clause (xxiv) of this Section 6.01) and (C) if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Document Obligations, such Guarantee shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Loan Document Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination of such Indebtedness;

 

(iv)                               Indebtedness of the Borrower owing to any Restricted Subsidiary or of any Restricted Subsidiary owing to any other Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower to the extent permitted by Section 6.04; provided that (x) all such Indebtedness of any Loan Party owing to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be subject to a global intercompany note and subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Document Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those set forth in the form of the global intercompany note attached as Exhibit I and (y) the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness of any Loan Party owing to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party that is outstanding in reliance on this clause (iv) shall not exceed $25,000,000;

 

(v)                                  (A) Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries financing the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of fixed or capital assets, other than software; provided that such Indebtedness is incurred concurrently with or within 270 days after the applicable acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement, and (B) any Permitted Refinancing of any Indebtedness set forth in the immediately preceding clause (A); provided , further , that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness that is outstanding in reliance on this clause (v) shall not exceed $25,000,000;

 

(vi)                               Indebtedness in respect of Swap Agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Swap Agreement entered into pursuant to Section 5.18 hereof;

 

(vii)                            Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or of any Person not previously a Restricted Subsidiary that is merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) after the Closing Date as a result of a Permitted Acquisition, or Indebtedness of any Person that is assumed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Acquisition, and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; provided that (A) such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition, (B) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be in Pro Forma Compliance with the Financial Performance Covenant (regardless of whether such Financial Performance Covenant is applicable at the time) as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period as of such time for which financial statements have been or were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), (C) at the time of any such incurrence of Indebtedness and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto and to the use of proceeds thereof, the Total Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period as of such time for which financial statements have been or were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) shall be less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00, (D) if such Indebtedness is secured, at the time of any such incurrence of Indebtedness and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto and to the use of proceeds thereof, the

 

108



 

Total Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period as of such time for which financial statements have been or were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) shall be less than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00 and (E) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or result therefrom;

 

(viii)                         Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Loan Parties incurred to finance a Permitted Acquisition and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; provided that (A) the primary obligor in respect of, and any Person that Guarantees, such Indebtedness shall be the Borrower or a Subsidiary Loan Party, (B) such Indebtedness is unsecured, (C) such Indebtedness does not mature prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date, (D) such Indebtedness amortizes no more than 1% per annum prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date, (E) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or result therefrom, (F) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be in Pro Forma Compliance with the Financial Performance Covenant (regardless of whether such Financial Performance Covenant is applicable at the time) as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period as of such time for which financial statements have been or were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), (G) at the time of any such incurrence of Indebtedness and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto and to the use of proceeds thereof, the Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00 as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered or were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) and (H) such Indebtedness has terms and conditions (other than interest rate, redemption premiums and subordination terms), taken as a whole, that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and the Lenders as the terms and conditions of this Agreement; provided that the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate of a Responsible Officer to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirements;

 

(ix)                               Indebtedness representing deferred compensation owed to employees of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(x)                                  Indebtedness consisting of unsecured promissory notes issued by any Loan Party to current or former officers, directors and employees or their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Parent (or any direct or indirect parent thereof); provided, however, that no payment shall be made thereunder unless such payment is permitted under Section 6.08(a) and is not otherwise prohibited by Article VI of this Agreement;

 

(xi)                               Indebtedness constituting indemnification obligations or obligations in respect of purchase price or other similar adjustments incurred in a Permitted Acquisition, any other Investment or any Disposition, in each case permitted under this Agreement;

 

(xii)                            Indebtedness consisting of obligations under deferred compensation or other similar arrangements incurred in connection with the Transactions or any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted under this Agreement;

 

(xiii)                         Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and similar arrangements, in each case, in connection with deposit accounts and incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

109



 

(xiv)                        Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that at the time of the incurrence thereof and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto and the use of the proceeds thereof, (A) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding at any time in reliance on this clause (xiv) shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of $40,000,000 and 25% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period, and (B) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding in reliance on this clause (xiv) in respect of which the primary obligor or a guarantor is a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall not exceed (together with the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred by Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Loan Parties outstanding at any time in reliance on Section 6.01(a)(xx)) an amount equal to the greater of $20,000,000 and 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period;

 

(xv)                           Indebtedness consisting of (A) the financing of insurance premiums or (B) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xvi)                        Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business, including in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims;

 

(xvii)                     obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(xviii)                  [reserved];

 

(xix)                        Indebtedness to the extent (and so long as) supported by a letter of credit, in a principal amount not to exceed the face amount of such letter of credit; provided that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness that is outstanding at any time in reliance on this clause (xix) shall not exceed $5,000,000;

 

(xx)                           other Indebtedness (either unsecured or secured Indebtedness with a Lien junior to the Liens securing the Loan Obligations) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing or would result from the incurrence or existence of such additional Indebtedness or from the application of proceeds thereof, (2) at the time of any such incurrence of Indebtedness and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto and to the use of proceeds thereof, the Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00 as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period as of such time for which financial statements have been delivered or required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), (3) such Indebtedness does not mature prior to the date that is 181 days after the Latest Maturity Date and the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any such Indebtedness shall be at least 181 days after the Latest Maturity Date, (4) such Indebtedness has terms and conditions (other than interest rate, redemption premiums and subordination terms), taken as a whole, that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and the Lenders as the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (5) to the extent such Indebtedness constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness, the subordination arrangement shall be on terms

 

110


 

reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (6) to the extent such Indebtedness is secured by Liens that are junior to the Liens securing the Loan Document Obligations, such Indebtedness shall be subject to a Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement; provided , further , that the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness incurred by Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Loan Parties shall not exceed (together with the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred by Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Loan Parties outstanding at any time in reliance on Section 6.01(a)(xiv)) an amount equal to the greater of $20,000,000 and 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period;

 

(xxi)             Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

 

(xxii)            Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt and Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt, and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

 

(xxiii)           Indebtedness of the Borrower in respect of one or more series of senior notes that are issued or made in lieu of Additional Commitments pursuant to an indenture or a note purchase agreement or otherwise and any extensions, renewals, refinancings and replacements thereof (the “ Additional Notes ”); provided that (A) such Additional Notes are not scheduled to mature prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date then in effect, (B) the aggregate principal amount of all Additional Notes issued pursuant to this paragraph (xxiii) shall not exceed (x) the Incremental Cap less (y) the amount of all Additional Commitments, (C) such Additional Notes shall not be subject to any Guarantee by any Person other than a Loan Party, (D) at the time of such incurrence (except in the case of any extension, renewal, refinancing or replacement thereof that does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so extended, renewed, refinanced or replaced) and immediately after giving effect thereto, the Borrower shall be in compliance with the Financial Performance Covenant on a Pro Forma Basis as of the end of the most recent Test Period (only such Financial Performance Covenant is applicable at such time), (E) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would exist immediately after giving effect to such incurrence, and (F) the documentation with respect to any Additional Notes contains no mandatory prepayment, repurchase or redemption provisions except with respect to change of control and asset sale offers that are customary for high yield notes of such type;

 

(xxiv)               Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties outstanding at any time in an aggregate amount up to the greater of $15,000,000 and 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period; and

 

(xxv)                all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (i) through (xxiv) above.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, issue any preferred Equity Interests or any Disqualified Equity Interests, except preferred Equity Interests (that are not Disqualified Equity Interests) issued to and held by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Section 6.02                              Liens .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, except:

 

(i)                   Liens created under the Loan Documents;

 

111



 

(ii)                Permitted Encumbrances;

 

(iii)             Liens existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 6.02 and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that (A) such modified, replacement, renewal or extension Lien does not extend to any additional property other than (1) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien and (2) proceeds and products thereof, and (B) the obligations secured or benefited by such modified, replacement, renewal or extension Lien are permitted by Section 6.01;

 

(iv)            Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(a)(v); provided that (A) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 270 days after the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens, (B) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness except for accessions to such property and the proceeds and the products thereof and (C) with respect to Capital Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to or proceeds of such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capital Lease Obligations; provided , further , that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

 

(v)               leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others that do not (A) interfere in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (B) secure any Indebtedness;

 

(vi)            Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

 

(vii)         Liens (A) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection and (B) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of setoff) and that are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

(viii)      Liens (A) on cash advances or escrow deposits in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 6.04 to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment or otherwise in connection with any escrow arrangements with respect to any such Investment or any Disposition permitted under Section 6.05 (including any letter of intent or purchase agreement with respect to such Investment or Disposition), or (B) consisting of an agreement to dispose of any property in a Disposition permitted under Section 6.05, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or Disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

 

(ix)            Liens on property of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, which Liens secure Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary permitted under Section 6.01;

 

(x)               Liens granted by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in favor of any Loan Party and Liens granted by a Loan Party in favor of any other Loan Party;

 

(xi)            Liens existing on property at the time of its acquisition or existing on the property of any Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case after the Closing Date (other than Liens on the Equity Interests of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that (A) such Lien was not created in contemplation of such

 

112



 

acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) such Lien does not extend to or cover any other assets or property (other than the proceeds or products thereof and other than after-acquired property subject to a Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such time and which Indebtedness and other obligations are permitted hereunder that require or include, pursuant to their terms at such time, a pledge of after-acquired property, it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition), and (C) the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted under (x) Section 6.01(a)(v) or (y) so long as at the time of any such incurrence of Liens and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto and to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio shall be less than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00 as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period as of such time for which financial statements have been delivered or required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), Section 6.01(a)(vii);

 

(xii)              any interest or title of a lessor under leases (other than leases constituting Capital Lease Obligations) entered into by any of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xiii)             Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods by any of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xiv)             Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements under clause (e) of the definition of the term “Permitted Investments”;

 

(xv)              Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

(xvi)             Liens that are contractual rights of setoff (A) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness, (B) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (C) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xvii)            ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries are located;

 

(xviii)           Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

 

(xix)             other Liens; provided that at the time of the granting of and after giving Pro Forma Effect to any such Lien and the obligations secured thereby (including the use of proceeds thereof) the aggregate face amount of obligations secured by Liens existing in reliance on this clause (xix) shall not exceed an aggregate amount equal to the greater of $15,000,000 and 15% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period;

 

(xx)              Liens on the Collateral securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(xx); provided that (1) such Liens shall be junior to the Liens on the Collateral securing

 

113



 

the Obligations on the terms set forth in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (2) such Indebtedness shall become subject to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(xxi)             Liens on the Collateral securing Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt and Additional Notes (but only if such Additional Notes and the related Liens meet the requirements set forth in clauses (i), (iv) and (vi) of the definition of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Indebtedness or Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Indebtedness, as applicable);

 

(xxii)            Liens on cash, Permitted Investments and securities (and proceeds thereof) of any Broker-Dealer Subsidiary that is subject to securities trades incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(xxiii)           Liens on assets of any Broker-Dealer Subsidiary securing broker-dealer financing incurred in the ordinary course of business.

 

Section 6.03                              Fundamental Changes .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Restricted Subsidiary to, merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or liquidate or dissolve, except that:

 

(i)                   (A) any other Restricted Subsidiary may merge with the Borrower; provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person, or (B) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with any one or more Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that when any Subsidiary Loan Party is merging with another Restricted Subsidiary (1) the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Subsidiary Loan Party or (2) if the continuing or surviving Person is not a Subsidiary Loan Party, the acquisition of such Subsidiary Loan Party by such surviving Restricted Subsidiary is otherwise permitted under Section 6.04;

 

(ii)                (A) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge or consolidate with or into any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and (B) any Restricted Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve or change its legal form if the Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders;

 

(iii)             any Restricted Subsidiary may make a Disposition of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Loan Party, then (A) the transferee must be a Loan Party (other than Holdings), (B) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a permitted Investment in a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in accordance with Section 6.04 or (C) to the extent constituting a Disposition to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, such Disposition is for fair value and any promissory note or other non-cash consideration received in respect thereof is a permitted Investment in a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in accordance with Section 6.04;

 

(iv)            the Borrower may merge or consolidate with any other Person; provided that (A) the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person or (B) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not the Borrower (any such Person, the “ Successor Borrower ”), (1) the Successor Borrower shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, (2) the Successor Borrower shall

 

114



 

expressly assume all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (3) each Loan Party other than the Borrower, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have reaffirmed, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, that its Guarantee of, and grant of any Liens as security for, the Secured Obligations shall apply to the Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement and (4) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger or consolidation complies with this Agreement; provided , further , that (y) if such Person is not a Loan Party, no Default exists after giving effect to such merger or consolidation and (z) if the foregoing requirements are satisfied, the Successor Borrower will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided , further , that the Borrower agrees to provide any documentation and other information about the Successor Borrower as shall have been reasonably requested in writing by any Lender through the Administrative Agent that such Lender shall have reasonably determined is required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation the USA Patriot Act;

 

(v)               any Restricted Subsidiary may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 6.04; provided that the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Restricted Subsidiary, which together with each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the requirements of Sections 5.11 and 5.12 and if the other party to such transaction is not a Loan Party, no Default exists after giving effect to such transaction;

 

(vi)            the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may consummate the Acquisition; and

 

(vii)         any Restricted Subsidiary may effect a merger, dissolution, liquidation consolidation or amalgamation to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 6.05; provided that if the other party to such transaction is not a Loan Party, no Default exists after giving effect to the transaction.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage to any material extent in any business other than businesses of the type conducted by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date and businesses reasonably related or ancillary thereto.

 

Section 6.04                              Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make or hold any Investment, except:

 

(a)                                  Permitted Investments;

 

(b)                                  loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of Parent, Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Parent (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) ( provided that the amount of such loans and advances made in cash to such Person shall be contributed to the Borrower in cash as common equity or Qualified Equity Interests), and (iii) for purposes not described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii); provided that the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time under this clause (b) shall not to exceed $3,500,000;

 

115



 

(c)                                   Investments (i) by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Loan Party (excluding any new Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a Loan Party pursuant to such Investment), (ii) by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in any other Restricted Subsidiary that is also not a Loan Party, (iii) by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the aggregate amount of such Investments made by Loan Parties after the Closing Date in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties in reliance on this clause (iii)(A) (together with the amount of Investments made in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties pursuant to Section 6.04(h)) shall not exceed the Non-Loan Party Investment Amount at the time of any such Investment, (B) in any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, constituting an exchange of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary for Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary or (C) constituting Guarantees of Indebtedness or other monetary obligations of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties owing to any Loan Party, (iv) by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties so long as such Investment is part of a series of simultaneous Investments that result in the proceeds of the initial Investment being invested in one or more Loan Parties and (v) by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, consisting of the contribution of Equity Interests of any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party so long as the Equity Interests of the transferee Restricted Subsidiary is pledged to secure the Secured Obligations;

 

(d)                                  [reserved];

 

(e)                                   Investments (i) existing or contemplated on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 6.04(e)  and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof and (ii) Investments existing on the Closing Date by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any modification, renewal or extension thereof; provided that the amount of the original Investment is not increased except by the terms of such Investment to the extent as set forth on Schedule 6.04(e)  or as otherwise permitted by this Section 6.04;

 

(f)                                    Investments in Swap Agreements incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes, including for the avoidance of doubt, any Swap Agreements entered into pursuant to Section 5.18;

 

(g)                                   promissory notes and other non-cash consideration received in connection with Dispositions permitted by Section 6.05;

 

(h)                                  Permitted Acquisitions; provided that the aggregate amount of consideration paid or provided by the Borrower or any other Loan Party after the Effective Date in reliance on this Section 6.04(h) (together with any Investments made in Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties pursuant to Section 6.04(c)(iii)(A)) for Permitted Acquisitions (including the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness assumed in connection with Permitted Acquisitions) for any Restricted Subsidiary that shall not be or, after giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition, shall not become a Loan Party, shall not exceed the Non-Loan Party Investment Amount at such time;

 

(i)                                      the Transactions;

 

(j)                                     Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Uniform Commercial Code Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;

 

116



 

(k)                                  Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;

 

(l)                                      loans and advances to Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof) Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made to Holdings (or such parent) in accordance with Section 6.08(a)(v), (vi), (vii) or (viii);

 

(m)                              other Investments and other acquisitions; provided that (i) so long as immediately after giving effect to any such Investment no Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) at the time any such Investment or other acquisition is made, the aggregate outstanding amount of all Investments made in reliance on this clause (m) (including all such Investments deemed made pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of “Non-Loan Party Investment Amount”), together with the aggregate amount of all consideration paid in connection with all other acquisitions made in reliance on this clause (m) (including the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness assumed in connection with any such other acquisition), shall not exceed the greater of $40,000,000 and 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period, (iii) so long as (x) the Borrower shall be in compliance with the Financial Performance Covenant on a Pro Forma Basis as of the end of the most recent Test Period (regardless of whether such Financial Performance Test is applicable at such time) and (y) immediately after giving effect to any such Investment no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, such amount shall be increased by an aggregate amount not to exceed the Available Amount;

 

(n)                                  advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;

 

(o)                                  [reserved];

 

(p)                                  Investments of a Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or of a Person merged or consolidated with any Subsidiary in accordance with this Section and Section 6.03 after the Closing Date or that otherwise becomes a Subsidiary ( provided that if such Investment is made under Section 6.04(h), existing Investments in subsidiaries of such Subsidiary or Person shall comply with the requirements of Section 6.04(h), 6.04(m) or any other paragraph of this Section 6.04) to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

 

(q)                                  receivables owing to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

 

(r)                                     Investments for (i) utilities, security deposits, leases and similar prepaid expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii) trade accounts created, or prepaid expenses accrued, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(s)                                    Investments in any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Broker-Dealer Subsidiary to the extent necessary in order for such Restricted Subsidiary to be in compliance with its net capital requirements under any Requirements of Laws; and

 

117



 

(t)                                     Seed Capital Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $25,000,000 and 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period.

 

Section 6.05                              Asset Sales .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, (i) sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any asset, including any Equity Interest owned by it or (ii) permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any additional Equity Interest in such Restricted Subsidiary (other than issuing directors’ qualifying shares, nominal shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable Requirements of Law and other than issuing Equity Interests to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 6.04(c)) (each, a “ Disposition ”), except:

 

(a)                                  Dispositions of obsolete or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business and Dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(b)                                  Dispositions of inventory and other assets in the ordinary course of business;

 

(c)                                   Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;

 

(d)                                  Dispositions of property to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Loan Party, then (i) the transferee must be a Loan Party, (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a permitted Investment in a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in accordance with Section 6.04 or (iii) to the extent constituting a Disposition to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, such Disposition is for fair value and any promissory note or other non-cash consideration received in respect thereof is a permitted Investment in a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in accordance with Section 6.04;

 

(e)                                   Dispositions permitted by Section 6.03 (other than Section 6.03(a)(vii)), Investments permitted by Section 6.04 (other than Section 6.04(g)), Restricted Payments permitted by Section 6.08 and Liens permitted by Section 6.02;

 

(f)                                    Dispositions of property acquired by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date pursuant to sale-leaseback transactions permitted by Section 6.06;

 

(g)                                   Dispositions of Permitted Investments;

 

(h)                                  Dispositions or forgiveness of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

 

(i)                                      leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including the provision of software under an open source license), in each case in the ordinary course of business and that do not materially interfere with the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

(j)                                     transfers of property subject to Casualty Events upon receipt of the Net Proceeds of such Casualty Event;

 

118



 

(k)                                  Dispositions of property to Persons other than Restricted Subsidiaries (including the sale or issuance of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary) not otherwise permitted under this Section 6.05; provided that (i) no Event of Default shall exist at the time of, or would result from, such Disposition (other than any such Disposition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Default existed or would have resulted from such Disposition) and (ii) with respect to the any Disposition pursuant to this clause (k) for a purchase price in excess of $5,000,000, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Permitted Investments; provided , however , that for the purposes of this clause (ii), (A) any liabilities (as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Borrower (or a parent company) provided hereunder or in the footnotes thereto) of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated in right of payment to the Loan Document Obligations, that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable Disposition and for which the Borrower and all of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, shall be deemed to be cash, (B) any securities received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Permitted Investments (to the extent of the cash or Permitted Investments received) within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Disposition, shall be deemed to be cash and (C) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Disposition having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (k) that is at that time outstanding, not in excess of $5,000,000 at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, shall be deemed to be cash;

 

(l)                                      Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures that are not Subsidiaries to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements; and

 

(m)                              any Disposition or series of related Dispositions involving assets having an aggregate fair market value per Disposition or series of Dispositions of less than $5,000,000; provided that the aggregate amount of all such Dispositions having an individual amount for any such Disposition or series of related Dispositions exceeding $1,000,000 shall not exceed $15,000,000 over the term of this Agreement;

 

provided that any Disposition of any property pursuant to this Section (except pursuant to Section 6.05(e) and except for Dispositions by a Loan Party to another Loan Party), shall be for no less than the fair market value of such property at the time of such Disposition.

 

Section 6.06                              Sale and Leaseback Transactions .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property sold or transferred, except for any such sale of any fixed or capital assets by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is made for cash consideration in an amount not less than the fair value of such fixed or capital asset and is consummated within 270 days after the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, acquires or completes the construction of such fixed or capital asset; provided that, if such sale and leaseback results in a Capital Lease Obligation,

 

119



 

such Capital Lease Obligation is permitted by Section 6.01 and any Lien made the subject of such Capital Lease Obligation is permitted by Section 6.02.

 

 

Section 6.07                              [Reserved] .

 

Section 6.08                              Restricted Payments; Certain Payments of Indebtedness .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:

 

(i)                   each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower and to its other Restricted Subsidiaries (and, in the case of a Restricted Payment by a non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary, to the Borrower and any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary based on their relative ownership interests of the relevant class of Equity Interests);

 

(ii)                the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of such Person; provided that in the case of any such Restricted Payment by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, such Restricted Payment is made to the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary based on their relative ownership interests of the relevant class of Equity Interests;

 

(iii)             Restricted Payments made on the Closing Date to consummate the Transactions;

 

(iv)            repurchases of Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price or withholding taxes payable in connection with the exercise of such options or warrants;

 

(v)               Restricted Payments to Holdings which Holdings uses to redeem, acquire, retire, repurchase or settle its Equity Interests (or any stock appreciation rights issued with respect to any of such Equity Interests) (or make Restricted Payments to allow any of Holdings’ direct or indirect parent companies to so redeem, retire, acquire or repurchase their Equity Interests) held by current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees (or their respective spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees) of Holdings (only to the extent attributable to the Borrower) (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment of any such Person or otherwise in accordance with any stock option or stock appreciation rights plan, any management, director and/or employee stock ownership or incentive plan, stock subscription plan, employment termination agreement or any other employment agreements or equity holders’ agreement in an aggregate amount after the Closing Date together with the aggregate amount of loans and advances to Holdings made pursuant to Section 6.04(l) in lieu of Restricted Payments permitted by this clause (v) not to exceed the greater of (A) $12,500,000 in any calendar year, with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to up to the three immediately succeeding calendar years and (B) 12.5%  of Consolidated EBITDA for such calendar year; provided that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries (or by Holdings and contributed to Borrower) after the Closing Date and not previously utilized under this clause (v);

 

120


 

(vi)            in addition to the Restricted Payments otherwise permitted under this Section 6.06, additional Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000; provided that, in the case of this Section 6.06(a)(vi), immediately after giving effect to any such Restricted Payment, no Default or Event of  Default shall be continuing;

 

(vii)         the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments in cash to Holdings:

 

(A)                                for any taxable period for which the Borrower (x) is treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal or applicable state or local income tax purposes or (y) is a member of a consolidated, combined or similar income tax group for U.S. federal or applicable state or local income tax purposes of which a direct or indirect parent of the Borrower is the common parent (a “ Tax Group ”), the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings (or any direct or indirect equity holder of Holdings) to pay the portion of any U.S. federal, state or local income Taxes of the Borrower’s direct or indirect owners or of such Tax Group, as applicable, for such taxable period that are attributable to the income of the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries; provided that (1) the amount of such Restricted Payments for any taxable period shall not exceed the amount of such Taxes that the Borrower and/or such Subsidiaries, as applicable, would have paid had Borrower and/or such Subsidiaries, as applicable, been a stand-alone taxpayer (or a stand-alone group), less any refunds received by VCH in respect to the VCH Tax Refund Receivable and (2) Restricted Payments in respect of any Taxes attributable to the income of an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be permitted only to the extent that such Unrestricted Subsidiary has made cash payments for such purpose to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(B)                                the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to pay (or to make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to pay) (1) its operating expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses payable to third parties) that are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business and in each case only to the extent attributable to Holdings’ ownership of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate amount together with the aggregate amount of loans and advances to Holdings made pursuant to Section 6.04(l) in lieu of Restricted Payments permitted by this clause (a)(vii)(B) not to exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year plus any reasonable and customary indemnification claims made by directors or officers of Holdings (or any parent thereof) attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (2) fees and expenses (x) due and payable by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and (y) otherwise permitted to be paid by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary under this Agreement and (3) so long as no Event of Default under Section 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, amounts due and payable pursuant to any investor management agreement entered into with the Sponsor on or after the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed 2.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b);

 

(C)                                the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to pay (or to make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to pay) franchise

 

121



 

and similar Taxes, and other fees and expenses, required to maintain its corporate existence;

 

(D)                                to finance any Investment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 6.04; provided that (x) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (y) Holdings shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests but not including any loans or advances made pursuant to Section 6.04(b)) to be contributed to the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the Person formed or acquired to merge into or consolidate with the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such merger or consolidation is permitted in Section 6.03) in order to consummate such Investment, in each case in accordance with the requirements of Sections 5.11 and 5.12; and

 

(E)                                 the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to pay (or to make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) fees and expenses related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering permitted by this Agreement so long as the proceeds thereof were intended to be contributed to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(viii)      in addition to the foregoing Restricted Payments and so long as (1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and (2) the Borrower shall be in compliance with the Financial Performance Covenant on a Pro Forma Basis as of the end of the most recent Test Period (regardless of whether such Financial Performance Covenant is applicable at such time), the Borrower may make additional Restricted Payments, in an aggregate amount, together with the aggregate amount of (1) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Subordinated Indebtedness made pursuant to Section 6.08(b)(iv) and (2) loans and advances made pursuant to Section 6.04(l) in lieu of Restricted Payments permitted by this clause (viii), not to exceed the Available Amount;

 

(ix)            redemptions in whole or in part of any of its Equity Interests for another class of its Equity Interests or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions to it or issuances of its new Equity Interests; provided that such new Equity Interests contain terms and provisions at least as advantageous to the Lenders in all respects material to their interests as those contained in the Equity Interests redeemed thereby.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any other Restricted Subsidiary to, make or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) of or in respect of principal of or interest on any Subordinated Indebtedness, or any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Subordinated Indebtedness, or any other payment (including any payment under any Swap Agreement) that has a substantially similar effect to any of the foregoing, except:

 

(i)                   payment of regularly scheduled interest and principal payments as, in the form of payment and when due in respect of any Indebtedness, other than payments in respect of any Subordinated Indebtedness prohibited by the subordination provisions thereof;

 

(ii)                refinancings of Indebtedness to the extent permitted by Section 6.01;

 

122



 

(iii)             the conversion of any Subordinated Indebtedness to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; and

 

(iv)            so long as (1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and (2) the Borrower shall be in compliance with the Financial Performance Covenant on a Pro Forma Basis as of the end of the most recent Test Period (regardless of whether such Financial Performance Covenant is applicable at such time), prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of any Subordinated Indebtedness prior to their scheduled maturity in an aggregate amount, together with the aggregate amount of (1) Restricted Payments made pursuant to clause (a)(viii) and (2) loans and advances made pursuant to Section 6.04(l) in lieu thereof not to exceed the Available Amount.

 

Section 6.09                              Transactions with Affiliates .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (i) transactions with the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) on terms substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as would be obtainable by such Person at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, (iii) the payment of fees and expenses related to the Transactions, (iv) so long as no Event of Default under Section 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, the payment of management and monitoring fees to the Sponsor (or management companies of the Investors) in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the amount permitted to be paid pursuant to Section 6.08(a)(vii)(B)(3) and the entering into and performance of the agreement contemplated thereby, (v) issuances of Equity Interests of the Borrower to the extent otherwise permitted by this Agreement, (vi) employment and severance arrangements between the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business or otherwise in connection with the Transactions (including loans and advances pursuant to Sections 6.04(b) and 6.04(n)), (vii) payments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to tax sharing agreements among Holdings (and any such parent thereof), the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent payments are permitted by Section 6.08(a)(vii)(A), (viii) the payment of customary fees and reimbursement or payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, officers and employees of Parent, Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (ix) transactions pursuant to permitted agreements in existence or contemplated on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 6.09 or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect, (x) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 6.08, (xi) customary payments by the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, consulting, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures), which payments are approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors of the Borrower in good faith, and (xii) reimbursement or payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Sponsor and the other Investors incurred in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries.  For purposes of this Section 6.09, no Investment Vehicle is or shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Section 6.10                              Restrictive Agreements .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other

 

123



 

arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary Loan Party to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets to secure the Secured Obligations or (b) the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to any Restricted Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) shall not apply to any such restrictions that (i)(x) exist on the Closing Date and (to the extent not otherwise permitted by this Section 6.10) are listed on Schedule 6.10 and (y) any renewal or extension of a restriction permitted by clause (i)(x) or any agreement evidencing such restriction so long as such renewal or extension does not expand the scope of such restrictions, (ii)(x) are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such restrictions were not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and (y) any renewal or extension of a restriction permitted by clause (ii)(x) or any agreement evidencing such restriction so long as such renewal or extension does not expand the scope of such restrictions, (iii) represent Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party that is permitted by Section 6.01 and are binding only on such Restricted Subsidiary, (iv) are customary restrictions that arise in connection with any Disposition permitted by Section 6.05 applicable pending such Disposition solely to the assets subject to such Disposition, (v) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 6.04, (vi) are negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01 but solely to the extent any negative pledge relates to the property financed by or securing such Indebtedness (and excluding in any event any Indebtedness constituting any Subordinated Indebtedness), (vii) are imposed by Requirements of Law, (viii) are customary restrictions contained in leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate only to the assets subject thereto, (ix) comprise restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(v) to the extent that such restrictions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (x) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (xi) are customary provisions restricting assignment of any license, lease or other agreement, (xii) are restrictions on cash (or Permitted Investments) or deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business (or otherwise constituting Permitted Encumbrances on such cash or Permitted Investments or deposits), (xiii) are customary net worth provisions contained in real property leases or licenses of Intellectual Property entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, so long as the Borrower has determined in good faith that such net worth provisions could not reasonably be expected to impair the ability of the Borrower and its subsidiaries to meet their ongoing obligation or (xiv) arise under any documentation evidencing or governing the terms of any Indebtedness incurred under Section 6.01(a)(viii), Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt or Additional Notes; provided that in each case any such restrictions are no more restrictive than those set forth in the Loan Documents and do not restrict the creation of Liens securing the Secured Obligations.

 

Section 6.11                              Amendment of Subordinated Indebtedness .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, amend, modify, waive, terminate or release the documentation governing any Subordinated Indebtedness, in each case if the effect of such amendment, modification, waiver, termination or release is materially adverse to the Lenders.

 

Section 6.12                              Financial Performance Covenant .  With respect to each Revolving Facility only, except with the written consent of the Required Revolving Lenders, the Borrower will not permit the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Test Period ending during any period set forth below to exceed the ratio set forth opposite such period in the table below:

 

124



 

Test Periods

 

First Lien Net Leverage Ratio

December 31, 2014 through June 30, 2015

 

4.50 to 1.00

July 1, 2015 through September 30, 2016

 

4.25 to 1.00

October 1, 2016 and thereafter

 

4.00 to 1.00

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 6.12 shall be in effect (and shall only be in effect) (a) as of the last day of any Test Period, if the aggregate amount of all Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and/or Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit that are cash collateralized in an amount equal to the outstanding amount thereof) outstanding at such time is greater than 30.00% of the aggregate amount of the Revolving Lenders’ Revolving Commitments at such time (it being understood that in all cases calculation of compliance with this Section 6.12 shall be determined as of the last day of the then most recently ended Test Period and shall not give Pro Forma Effect to any such Borrowing or incurrence, issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit after such date) and (b) if the aggregate amount of all Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and/or Letters of Credit (other than Letter of Credit that are cash collateralized in an amount equal to the outstanding amount thereof) outstanding at such time is greater than 30.00% of the aggregate amount of the Revolving Lenders’ Revolving Commitments on the date of any Borrowing or issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit, when determining whether a Default or an Event of Default exists for purposes of satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02(b) (it being understood that in all cases calculation of compliance with this Section 6.12 shall be determined as of the last day of the then most recently ended Test Period and shall not give Pro Forma Effect to any such Borrowing or incurrence, issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit after such date).

 

Section 6.13                              Changes in Fiscal Periods .  The Borrower will not make any change in fiscal year; provided , however , that the Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.

 

Section 6.14                              Holding Company .

 

(a)                                  Holdings will not conduct, transact or otherwise engage in any business or operations other than (i) the ownership and/or acquisition of the Equity Interests of the Borrower, (ii) the maintenance of its legal existence, including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance, (iii) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative matters as a member of the consolidated group of Holdings and the Borrower, (iv) the performance of its obligations under and in connection with its Organizational Documents, the Loan Documents, the Acquisition Agreement, the other agreements contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement, any agreement contemplated by Section 6.09(iv) and any other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby, (v) any public offering of its common stock or any other issuance or registration of its Qualified Equity Interests for sale or resale, including the costs, fees and expenses related thereto, (vi) incurring fees, costs and expenses relating to overhead and general operating including professional fees for legal, tax and accounting issues and paying taxes, (vii) providing usual and customary indemnification to officers and directors, (viii) activities incidental to the consummation of the Transactions and (ix) activities incidental to the activities described in clauses (i) to (viii) of this paragraph.

 

(b)                                  Holdings will not own or acquire any material assets (other than Equity Interests as referred to in paragraph (a)(i) above, cash and Permitted Investments or intercompany Investments in the

 

125



 

Borrower, or to the extent such asset is only held for a limited period prior to being transferred to Holdings or the Borrower, as applicable) or incur any liabilities (other than liabilities imposed by law, including tax liabilities, and other liabilities incidental to its existence and activities permitted by this Agreement) or issue any Disqualified Equity.

 

ARTICLE VII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Section 7.01                              Events of Default .  If any of the following events (any such event, an “ Event of Default ”) shall occur:

 

(a)                                  any Loan Party shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;

 

(b)                                  any Loan Party shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section) payable under any Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of three Business Days;

 

(c)                                   any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in or in connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made;

 

(d)                                  Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall fail to observe or perform (i) any covenant, condition or agreement contained in (A) Section 5.02(a), 5.04 (with respect to the existence of the Borrower) or 5.10, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five days, (B) Section 5.15, (C) Section 5.14[(a)] or (D) Article VI (other than Section 6.12) or (ii) the Financial Performance Covenant pursuant to Section 6.12; provided that a Default as a result of a breach of Section 6.12 is subject to cure pursuant to Section 7.02; provided , further , that an Event of Default under the Financial Performance Covenant shall not constitute an Event of Default with respect to any Term Loan unless and until (A) the Required Revolving Lenders have actually declared all outstanding obligations under the Revolving Loans to be immediately due and payable in accordance with this Agreement as a result of the Borrower’s failure to perform or observe the Financial Performance Covenant or (B) such default results in a cross-default to other Material Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, such Indebtedness is accelerated and such acceleration would otherwise cause a default with respect to the Term Loans;

 

(e)                                   Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in paragraph (a), (b) or (d) of this Section), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower;

 

(f)                                    Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any

 

126



 

Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable (after giving effect to any applicable grace period);

 

(g)                                   any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with all applicable grace periods having expired) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this paragraph (g) shall not apply to (i) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the sale, transfer or other disposition (including as a result of a casualty or condemnation event) of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness (to the extent such sale, transfer or other disposition is not prohibited under this Agreement) or (ii) termination events or similar events (other than defaults or events of default) occurring under any Swap Agreement that constitutes Material Indebtedness (it being understood that paragraph (f) of this Section will apply to any failure to make any payment required as a result of any such termination or similar event);

 

(h)                                  an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, court protection, reorganization or other relief in respect of Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or its debts, or of a material part of its assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, examiner, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or for a material part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed or unstayed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

 

(i)                                      Holdings, the Borrower or any other Material Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, court protection, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in paragraph (h) of this Section, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, examiner, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or for a material part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding or (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

(j)                                     one or more enforceable judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $20,000,000 (to the extent not covered by (i) insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment or order and has not denied coverage or (ii) another reasonably creditworthy third-party indemnitor) shall be rendered against Holdings, the Borrower and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 60 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any judgment creditor shall legally attach or levy upon assets of Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to enforce any such judgment;

 

(k)                                  (i) an ERISA Event occurs that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party in an aggregate amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with

 

127



 

respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(l)                                      any Lien purported to be created under any Security Document shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by any Loan Party not to be, a valid and perfected Lien on any material portion of the Collateral, with the priority required by the applicable Security Document, except (i) as a result of the sale or other disposition of the applicable Collateral in a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents, (ii) as a result of the Administrative Agent’s failure to maintain possession of any stock certificates, promissory notes or other instruments delivered to it under the Security Documents or (iii) as to Collateral consisting of real property to the extent that such losses are covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and such insurer has not denied coverage;

 

(m)                              any material provision of any Loan Document or any Guarantee of the Loan Document Obligations shall for any reason be asserted by any Loan Party not to be a legal, valid and binding obligation of any Loan Party thereto other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder;

 

(n)                                  any Guarantees of the Loan Document Obligations by any Loan Party pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement shall cease to be in full force and effect (in each case, other than in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents);

 

(o)                                  (i) the subordination provisions of any agreement or instrument governing any Subordinated Indebtedness or (ii) any Intercreditor Agreement shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated, or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, or any Loan Party shall contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or (x) the Loan Document Obligations for any reason shall not have the priority contemplated by such subordination provisions or (y) the Liens securing the Loan Document Obligations for any reason shall not have the priority contemplated by any Intercreditor Agreement; or

 

(p)                                  a Change in Control shall occur;

 

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to Holdings or the Borrower described in paragraph (h) or (i) of this Section and, in the case of an Event of Default under the Financial Performance Covenant, subject to the next succeeding paragraph), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times:  (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to Holdings or the Borrower described in paragraph (h) or (i) of this Section, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

 

128



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under the Financial Performance Covenant that has occurred and  is continuing, the Administrative Agent may and, at the request of the Required Revolving Lenders shall, take the actions specified in the immediately preceding paragraph in respect of the Revolving Commitments, the Revolving Loans, the Letters of Credit and the Swing Line Loans.

 

Section 7.02                              Right to Cure .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 7.01, in the event that the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries fail to comply with the requirements of the Financial Performance Covenant as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower, at any time after the beginning of such fiscal quarter until the expiration of the tenth day subsequent to the date on which the financial statements with respect to such fiscal quarter (or the fiscal year ended on the last day of such fiscal quarter) are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as applicable, Holdings shall have the right to issue Qualified Equity Interests for cash or otherwise receive cash contributions to the capital of Holdings as cash common equity or other Qualified Equity Interests in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (which Holdings shall contribute to the Borrower as cash common equity) (collectively, the “ Cure Right ”), and upon the receipt by the Borrower of the Net Proceeds of such issuance that are Not Otherwise Applied (the “ Cure Amount ”) pursuant to the exercise by Holdings of such Cure Right, the Financial Performance Covenant shall be recalculated giving effect to the following pro forma adjustment:

 

(i)                   Consolidated EBITDA shall be increased with respect to such applicable fiscal quarter and any Test Period that contains such fiscal quarter, solely for the purpose of measuring the Financial Performance Covenant and not for any other purpose under this Agreement, by an amount equal to the Cure Amount; and

 

(ii)                if, after giving effect to the foregoing pro forma adjustment (without giving effect to any repayment of any Indebtedness with any portion of the Cure Amount or any portion of the Cure Amount on the balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, with respect to such fiscal quarter only), the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall then be in compliance with the requirements of the Financial Performance Covenant, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the Financial Performance Covenant as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of the Financial Performance Covenant that had occurred shall be deemed cured for the purposes of this Agreement;

 

provided that the Borrower shall have notified the Administrative Agent, which notice shall be irrevocable, of the exercise of such Cure Right within five (5) Business Days of the issuance of the relevant Qualified Equity Interests for cash or the receipt of the cash contributions by Holdings.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) in each four consecutive fiscal quarter period of the Borrower there shall be at least two fiscal quarters in which the Cure Right is not exercised, (ii) during the term of this Agreement, the Cure Right shall not be exercised more than five times and (iii) the Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required for purposes of complying with the Financial Performance Covenant and any amounts in excess thereof shall not be deemed to be a Cure Amount.  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Cure Amount received pursuant to any exercise of the Cure Right shall be disregarded for purposes of determining any basket, exception, pricing or financial ratio-based condition or test under this Agreement.

 

129



 

ARTICLE VIII
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

 

Section 8.01                              Appointment and Authorization of Agents .  Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints MSSF to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (including the Swingline Lenders) and the Issuing Banks, and the Borrower shall not have rights as a third-party beneficiary of any of such provisions.  It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Requirement of Law.  Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

 

Each Issuing Bank shall act on behalf of the Revolving Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and each Issuing Bank shall have all of the benefits and immunities (a) provided to the Administrative Agent in this Article with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such Issuing Bank in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in this Article and the definition of the term “Agent Parties” included such Issuing Bank with respect to such acts or omission, and (b) as additionally provided herein with respect to each Issuing Bank.

 

The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders (including in its capacities as a potential Person to whom any Secured Cash Management Obligations are owed or counterparty to any Swap Agreement the obligations under which constitute Secured Swap Obligations), on behalf of itself and its Affiliates who are owed Secured Cash Management Obligations and Secured Swap Obligations, hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto.  In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent” (and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.05 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article VIII (including Section 8.06, as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Administrative Agent to execute any and all documents (including, subject to Section 9.15, releases) with respect to the Collateral (including, without limitation, any customary intercreditor agreement or other intercreditor arrangements necessary to effectuate the incurrence of secured Indebtedness expressly permitted hereunder) and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto, as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents and acknowledge and agree that any such action by the Administrative  Agent shall bind the Lenders.

 

Section 8.02                              Rights as a Lender .  The Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not

 

130


 

the Administrative Agent hereunder, and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity.  Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for, and generally engage in any kind of business with, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

 

Section 8.03          Exculpatory Provisions .

 

(a)           The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not (i) be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing; (ii) have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except (in the case of the Administrative Agent) discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; and (iii) except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

 

(b)           The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Article VII and Section 9.02) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment.  The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender, an Issuing Bank or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.”

 

(c)           No Agent Party shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than (in the case of the Administrative Agent) to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to it.

 

Section 8.04          Reliance by Administrative Agent .  The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent,

 

131



 

statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person.  The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon.  In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to any Borrowing that by its terms shall be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or an Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or such Issuing Bank unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or such Issuing Bank prior to any such Borrowing.  The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other advisors selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or advisors.

 

Section 8.05          Delegation of Duties .  The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties.  The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the Loans as well as activities as Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.

 

Section 8.06          Indemnification .  Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, each Lender shall indemnify upon demand each Indemnitee (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower and without limiting the obligations of any Loan Party to do so) on a pro rata basis (determined as of the time that the applicable payment is sought based on each Lender’s ratable share at such time) and hold harmless each Indemnitee against any and all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by it; provided that (a) no Lender shall be liable for payment to any Indemnitee of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities to the extent determined in a final, nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Indemnitee’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct (and no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section) and (b) to the extent any Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender is entitled to indemnification under this Section solely in its capacity and role as an Issuing Bank or as a Swingline Lender, as applicable, only the Revolving Lenders shall be required to indemnify such Issuing Bank or such Swingline Lender, as the case may be, in accordance with this Section (determined as of the time that the applicable payment is sought based on each Revolving Lender’s Revolving Exposure thereof at such time).  In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any Indemnified Liabilities, this Section applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Lender or any other Person.  Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the Administrative Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel) incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights and responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Administrative Agent is not reimbursed for such costs or expenses by or on behalf of the Borrower.

 

132



 

Section 8.07          Resignation of Administrative Agent .  The Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent upon 30 days’ notice to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Borrower.  Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent (which may be an Affiliate of a Lender), with the consent of the Borrower at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default under Section 7.01(a), (f), (g) or (h) (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).  If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment prior to the effective date of the resignation of the Administrative Agent, then the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to), on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above.  Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation shall become effective in accordance with such notice on such effective date, where (i) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the Issuing Banks under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (ii) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and Issuing Bank directly, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above.  Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents.  The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor.  After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

 

Any resignation of the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender.  If the Administrative Agent resigns as an Issuing Bank, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of an Issuing Bank hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as an Issuing Bank and all Obligations under Letters of Credit with respect thereto, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in LC Disbursements pursuant to Section 2.05(f).  If the Administrative Agent resigns as Swingline Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swingline Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swingline Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c).  Upon the appointment by the Borrower of a successor Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender hereunder (which successor shall in all cases be a Lender other than a Defaulting Lender), (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, as applicable, (b) the retiring Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (c) the successor Issuing Bank shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to effectively assume the obligations of the Administrative Agent with respect to such Letters of Credit.

 

Section 8.08          Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders .  Each Lender and Issuing Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent Party or any other Lender

 

133



 

or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement.  Each Lender and Issuing Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent Party or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

 

Section 8.09          Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim .  In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated) by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

 

(a)           to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, all Obligations under Letters of Credit and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.12 and 9.03) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

 

(b)           to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and Issuing Bank to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.12 and 9.03.

 

Section 8.10          Withholding Taxes .  To the extent required by any applicable laws, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax.  Without limiting or expanding the provisions of Section 2.17, each Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent against, and shall make payments in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities and expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent) incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent by the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority as a result of the failure of the Administrative Agent to properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of such Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax ineffective), whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under

 

134



 

this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this Section.  The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.  For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Section, the term “Lender” shall include any Issuing Bank and any Swingline Lender.

 

Section 8.11          Binding Effect .  Each Secured Party by accepting the benefits of the Loan Documents agrees that (i) any action taken by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if expressly required hereby, a greater proportion of the Lenders) in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Documents, (ii) any action taken by the Administrative Agent in reliance upon the instructions of Required Lenders (or, where so required, such greater proportion) and (iii) the exercise by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, where so required, such greater proportion) of the powers set forth herein or therein, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized and binding upon all of the Secured Parties.

 

Section 8.12          Additional Secured Parties .  The benefit of the provisions of the Loan Documents directly relating to the Collateral or any Lien granted thereunder shall extend to and be available to any Secured Party that is not a Lender or Issuing Bank party hereto as long as, by accepting such benefits, such Secured Party agrees, as among the Administrative Agent and all other Secured Parties, that such Secured Party is bound by (and, if requested by the Administrative Agent shall confirm such agreement in a writing in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent) this Article VIII, Section 2.17, Section 9.01, Section 9.04, Section 9.08, Section 9.12 and Section 9.16 (and, solely with respect to Issuing Banks, Section 2.05) and the decisions and actions of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders (or, where expressly required by the terms of this Agreement, a greater proportion of the Lenders or other parties hereto as required herein) to the same extent a Lender is bound; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) such Secured Party shall be bound by Section 8.10 and Section 9.03 only to the extent of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses with respect to or otherwise relating to the Collateral held for the benefit of such Secured Party, in which case the obligations of such Secured Party thereunder shall not be limited by any concept of pro rata share or similar concept, (b) the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks party hereto shall be entitled to act at its sole discretion, without regard to the interest of such Secured Party, regardless of whether any Loan Document Obligation to such Secured Party thereafter remains outstanding, is deprived of the benefit of the Collateral, becomes unsecured or is otherwise affected or put in jeopardy thereby, and without any duty or liability to such Secured Party or any such Loan Document Obligation and (c) except as otherwise set forth herein, such Secured Party shall not have any right to be notified of, consent to, direct, require or be heard with respect to, any action taken or omitted in respect of the Collateral or under any Loan Document.

 

Section 8.13          Secured Cash Management Obligations and Secured Swap Obligations.  Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein or in any Guarantee or any Security Document, no Person to whom any Secured Cash Management Obligations are owed or counterparty to any Swap Agreement the obligations under which constitute Secured Swap Obligations that obtains the benefits of Section 4.02 of the Collateral Agreement, any Guarantee or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of any Guarantee or any Security Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article VIII to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Secured Cash Management

 

135



 

Obligations and Secured Swap Obligations unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice of such Obligations, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Person to whom any Secured Cash Management Obligations are owed or counterparty to any Swap Agreement the obligations under which constitute Secured Swap Obligations, as the case may be.

 

ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 9.01          Notices .

 

(a)           Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by fax or other electronic transmission, as follows:

 

(i)      if to Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, to the address, fax number, e-mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 9.01 ; and

 

(ii)     if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or fax number, telephone number or email address) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire (including, as appropriate, notices delivered solely to the Person designated by a Lender on its Administrative Questionnaire then in effect for the delivery of notices that may contain material non-public information relating to the Borrower).

 

Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient).  Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).

 

(b)           Electronic Communications .  Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including email and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to Article II if such Lender or any Issuing Bank, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication.

 

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement); provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

 

136



 

(c)           The Platform .  THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.”  THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS.  NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM.  In no event shall the Administrative Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers, the Bookrunner, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent or any of their respective Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to Holdings, the Borrower, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided , however , that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to Holdings, the Borrower, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).

 

(d)           Change of Address, Etc .  Each of Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Swingline Lender may change its address, electronic mail address, fax or telephone number for notices and other communications or website hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.  Each other Lender may change its address, fax or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender.  In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, fax number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender.

 

(e)           Reliance by Administrative Agent, Issuing Banks and Lenders .  The Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof.  The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks, each Lender and the Related Parties from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction.  All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

 

Section 9.02          Waivers; Amendments .

 

(a)           No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power under this Agreement or any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power.  The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not

 

137



 

exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have.  No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.  No notice or demand on the Borrower or Holdings in any case shall entitle the Borrower or Holdings to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

 

(b)           Neither this Agreement, any Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except, in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by Holdings, the Borrower and the Required Lenders and in the case of any other Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties that are parties thereto, in each case with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall:

 

(i)            increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender (it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.02 or the waiver of any Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute an extension or increase of any Commitment of any Lender),

 

(ii)           reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees or premiums payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby; provided that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay default interest pursuant to Section 2.13(c) or to amend Section 2.13(c),

 

(iii)          postpone the maturity of any Loan, or the date of any scheduled amortization payment of the principal amount of any Term Loan, or the reimbursement date with respect to any LC Disbursement, or any date for the payment of any interest, premium or fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby,

 

(iv)          change Section 2.18(b) or (c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby,

 

(v)           change any of the provisions of this Section without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby,

 

(vi)          change the percentage set forth in the definition of “Required Lenders,” “Required Revolving Lenders,” or any other provision of any Loan Document specifying the number or percentage of Lenders (or Lenders of any Class) required to waive, amend or modify any rights thereunder or make any determination or grant any consent thereunder, without the written consent of each Lender (or each Lender of such Class, as the case may be),

 

(vii)         release all or substantially all the value of the Guarantees under the Guarantee Agreement (except as expressly provided in this Agreement or the Guarantee Agreement) without the written consent of each Lender,

 

138



 

(viii)        release all or substantially all the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents (except as expressly provided in this Agreement or the Security Documents), without the written consent of each Lender,

 

(ix)          change any provisions of any Loan Document in a manner that by its terms adversely affects the rights in respect of payments due to Lenders holding Loans of any Class differently than those holding Loans of any other Class, without the written consent of Lenders holding a Majority in Interest of the outstanding Loans and unused Commitments of each affected Class, or

 

(x)           change the rights of the Lenders to decline mandatory prepayments provided in Section 2.11 or in the applicable Additional Credit Extension Amendment, without the written consent of a Majority in Interest of the Lenders of such Class;

 

provided , further , that (A) no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, and (B) any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document may be amended by an agreement in writing entered into by Holdings, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency so long as, in each case, the Lenders shall have received at least five Business Days’ prior written notice thereof and the Administrative Agent shall not have received, within five Business Days of the date of such notice to the Lenders, a written notice from the Required Lenders stating that the Required Lenders object to such amendment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent, Holdings and the Borrower (i) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Lenders prior to such inclusion, (b) guarantees, collateral security documents and related documents executed by Foreign Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement may be in a form reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and may be, together with this Agreement, amended and waived with the consent of the Administrative Agent at the request of the Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any other Lender if such amendment or waiver is delivered in order (i) to comply with local law or advice of local counsel, (ii) to cure ambiguities or defects or (iii) to cause such guarantee, collateral security document or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (c) only the consent of the Required Revolving Lenders shall be necessary to amend or waive the terms and provisions of Sections 6.12, 7.01(d)(ii) and/or 7.02 (and related definitions as used in such Sections, but not used in other Sections of this Agreement).

 

(c)           In connection with any proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination (a “ Proposed Change ”) requiring the consent of all Lenders or all affected Lenders, if the consent of the Required Lenders (and, to the extent any Proposed Change requires the consent of Lenders holding Loans of any Class pursuant to clause (ix) or (x) of paragraph (b) of this Section, the consent of a Majority in Interest of the outstanding Loans and unused Commitments of such Class) to such Proposed Change is obtained, but the consent to such Proposed Change of other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is not obtained as described in paragraph (b) of this Section being referred to as a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), then, so long as the Lender that is (or whose Affiliate is) acting as Administrative Agent is not a Non-Consenting Lender, the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Non-Consenting Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Non-

 

139



 

Consenting Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which Eligible Assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent to the extent such consent would be required under Section 9.04(b) for an assignment of Loans or Commitments, as applicable (and, if a Revolving Commitment is being assigned, each Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, (ii) such Non-Consenting Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder (including pursuant to Section 2.11(h) treating such assignment as a prepayment) from the Eligible Assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) unless waived, the Borrower or such Eligible Assignee shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the processing and recordation fee specified in Section 9.04(b)(ii).

 

(d)           Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to the contrary, the Revolving Commitments, Term Loans and Revolving Exposure of any Lender that is at the time a Defaulting Lender shall not have any voting or approval rights under the Loan Documents and shall be excluded in determining whether all Lenders (or all Lenders of a Class), all affected Lenders (or all affected Lenders of a Class), a Majority in Interest of Lenders of any Class or the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment or waiver pursuant to this Section); provided that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that affects any Defaulting Lender more adversely than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

 

(e)           In the event that S&P, Moody’s and Thompson’s BankWatch (or Insurance-Watch Ratings Service, in the case of Lenders that are insurance companies (or Best’s Insurance Reports, if such insurance company is not rated by Insurance Watch Ratings Service)) shall, after the date that any Lender becomes a Revolving Lender, downgrade the long-term certificate deposit ratings of such Lender, and the resulting ratings shall be below BBB-, Baa3 and C (or BB, in the case of a Lender that is an insurance company (or B, in the case of an insurance company not rated by InsuranceWatch Ratings Service)), then each Issuing Bank shall have the right, but not the obligation, at its own expense, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, to replace such Lender with an Eligible Assignee (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in paragraph (b) above), and such Lender hereby agrees to transfer and assign without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in paragraph (b) above) all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to such Eligible Assignee; provided , however , that (i) no such assignment shall conflict with any law, rule and regulation or order of any Governmental Authority, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder from the Eligible Assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts), (iii) each Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent and such Eligible Assignee shall have received the prior written consent of the Borrower, each other Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender to the extent such consent would be required under Section 9.04(b) for an assignment of Loans or Commitments, as applicable, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed and (iv) unless waived, the Borrower or such Eligible Assignee shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the processing and recordation fee specified in Section 9.04(b)(ii).

 

140


 

(f)            Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to the contrary, each Affiliated Lender hereby agrees that, if a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law shall be commenced by or against the Borrower or any other Loan Party at a time when such Lender is an Affiliated Lender, such Affiliated Lender irrevocably authorizes and empowers the Administrative Agent to vote on behalf of such Affiliated Lender with respect to the Loans held by such Affiliated Lender in any manner in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion, unless the Administrative Agent instructs such Affiliated Lender to vote, in which case such Affiliated Lender shall vote with respect to the Loans held by it as the Administrative Agent directs; provided that such Affiliated Lender shall be entitled to vote in accordance with its sole discretion (and not in accordance with the direction of the Administrative Agent) in connection with any plan of reorganization to the extent any such plan of reorganization proposes to treat any Secured Obligations held by such Affiliated Lender in a manner that is less favorable to such Affiliated Lender than the proposed treatment of similar Secured Obligations held by Lenders that are not Affiliates of the Borrower.

 

Section 9.03          Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .

 

(a)           The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented or invoiced out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Bookrunner, and their respective Affiliates (without duplication), including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP and, to the extent reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent to be necessary, one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction (exclusive of any reasonably necessary special counsel) and, in the case of an actual or reasonably perceived conflict of interest, one additional counsel per affected party, in each case for the Administrative Agent, in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, and the preparation, execution, delivery and administration of the Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions thereof (or proposed amendments, modifications or waivers, whether or not effective), (ii) all reasonable and documented or invoiced out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by each Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all reasonable and documented or invoiced out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank or any Lender, including the fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders, in connection with the enforcement or protection of any rights or remedies (A) in connection with the Loan Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws), including its rights under this Section or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit; provided that such counsel shall be limited to one lead counsel and such local counsel (exclusive of any reasonably necessary special counsel) as may reasonably be deemed necessary by the Administrative Agent in each relevant jurisdiction and, in the case of an actual or reasonably perceived conflict of interest, one additional counsel per affected party.

 

(b)           The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Joint Lead Arranger, each Issuing Bank, each Swingline Lender, each Lender, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Bookrunner and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all actions, suits, investigations, inquiries, losses, claims, damages, liabilities, proceedings or expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever and reasonable and documented or invoiced out-of-pocket fees and expenses of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against or involving any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower, Holdings or any Subsidiary arising out of, as a result of or in any way related to (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument

 

141



 

contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties to the Loan Documents of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by an Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) to the extent in any way arising from or relating to any of the foregoing, any actual or alleged presence or Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials on, at, to or from any Mortgaged Property or any other property currently or formerly owned or operated by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any other Environmental Liability related in any way to Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, regardless of whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower, Holdings or any Subsidiary and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such actions, suits, investigations, inquiries, losses, claims, damages, liabilities, proceedings, costs or related expenses (x) resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment), (y) resulted from a material breach of the Loan Documents by such Indemnitee (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment) or (z) arose from disputes between or among Indemnitees that do not involve an act or omission by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than claims against an Indemnitee in its capacity or in fulfilling its role as an administrative agent or arranger or any similar role under this Agreement).

 

(c)           No Loan Party shall assert, and each hereby waives on behalf of itself and each other Loan Party, any claim against any Indemnitee (i) for any direct or actual damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems (including the Internet) in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby; provided that such waiver shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such direct or actual damages are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final, non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (ii) on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.

 

(d)           All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten (10) Business Days after written demand therefor; provided , however , that any Indemnitee shall promptly refund an indemnification payment received hereunder to the extent that there is a final judicial determination that such Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such payment pursuant to this Section.

 

Section 9.04          Successors and Assigns .

 

(a)           The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of any Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder other than as expressly provided in Section 6.03 without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void), (ii) no assignment shall be made to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Persons who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of

 

142



 

the foregoing Persons described in this clause (ii) and (iii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section.  Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of an Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section), the Indemnitees and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

(b)           (i)            Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraphs (b)(ii) and (f) below, any Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent (except with respect to assignments to any Excluded Lender) not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of (A) the Borrower; provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment (w) prior to the Syndication Completion Date, (x) by a Lender to any Lender or an Affiliate of any Lender, (y) by a Lender to an Approved Fund or (z) if an Event of Default under Section 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) has occurred and is continuing; (B) the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of a Term Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or to an Affiliated Lender and (C) solely in the case of Revolving Loans and Revolving Commitments, each Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, no consent of any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of a Term Loan or Term Commitment.  Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, if the Borrower has not given the Administrative Agent written notice of its objection to an assignment within ten (10) Business Days after written notice of such assignment, the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to such assignment.  The list of Excluded Lenders shall be made available by the Administrative Agent to any requesting Lender.  All parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Administrative Agent shall have no responsibility or liability for monitoring the list of or processing assignments to Excluded Lenders or compliance with the terms of any of the provisions set forth herein with respect to Excluded Lenders.

 

(ii)            Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:  (A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the trade date specified in the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment or, if no trade date is so specified, as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall, in the case of Revolving Loans, not be less than $2,500,000 or, in the case of a Term Loan, $1,000,000, unless the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent (in each case, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required prior to the Syndication Completion Date or if an Event of Default under Section 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) has occurred and is continuing; provided , further , that simultaneous assignments by or to two or more Approved Funds shall be combined for purposes of determining whether the minimum assignment requirement is met, (B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided that this clause (B) shall not be construed to prohibit assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans, (C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent or, if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, and, in each case, together (unless

 

143



 

waived or reduced by the Administrative Agent) with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, may elect to waive or reduce such processing and recordation fee; provided , further , that assignments made pursuant to Section 2.19(b), Section 9.02(c) or Section 9.02(e) shall not require the signature of the assigning Lender to become effective and (D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any tax forms required by Section 2.17(e) and an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower, the Loan Parties and their Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws.

 

(iii)           Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of (and subject to the obligations and limitations of) Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 and to any fees payable hereunder that have accrued for such Lender’s account but have not yet been paid).  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c)(i) of this Section.

 

(iv)          The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal and interest amounts of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”).  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.  In addition, the Administrative Agent shall maintain on the Register information regarding the designation, and revocation of designation, of any Lender as a Defaulting Lender.  The Register shall be available for inspection by (i) the Borrower and the Issuing Banks and (ii) to the extent of (A) its own Loan and Commitments and (B) Loans of Affiliated Lenders, any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

(v)           Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire and any tax forms required by Section 2.17(e) (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register.  No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

 

(c)           (i)Any Lender may, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks or the Swingline Lender, sell participations to one or more banks or other

 

144



 

Persons other than a natural person, a Defaulting Lender, Holdings, any of its subsidiaries or any Excluded Lender (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.  Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and any other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement and any other Loan Documents; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that directly and adversely affects such Participant.  Subject to paragraph (c)(iii) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 (subject to the obligations and limitations of such Sections, including Section 2.17(e) ( provided that any required documentation shall be provided to the participating Lender) and Section 2.19 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section.  To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.18(c) as though it were a Lender.

 

(ii)  Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal and interest amounts of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”).  The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrower and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary; provided that no Lender shall have the obligation to disclose all or a portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any loans or other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary in connection with a Tax audit or other proceeding to establish that any loans are in registered form for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

(iii)           A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.15 or Section 2.17 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, except to the extent that a Participant’s right to a greater payment results from a Change in Law after the Participant becomes a Participant.

 

(d)           Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or other “central” bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

(e)           In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which

 

145



 

may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

 

(f)            Assignments of Term Loans to an Affiliated Lender (other than an Affiliated Debt Fund) shall be subject to the following additional limitations:

 

(i)      Affiliated Lenders will not (i) receive information provided solely to Lenders by the Administrative Agent, the Bookrunner or any Lender and will not be permitted to attend or participate in meetings attended solely by the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Bookrunner (and their advisors), other than the right to receives notices or Borrowings, notices or prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Article II and (ii) be entitled to receive advice of counsel to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent or challenge the attorney-client privilege of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent;

 

(ii)     for purposes of any amendment, waiver or modification of any Loan Document (including such modifications pursuant to Section 9.02), or, subject to Section 9.02(f), any plan of reorganization pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, Affiliated Lenders will be deemed to have voted in the same proportion as the Lenders that are not Affiliated Lenders voting on such matter; and each Affiliated Lender hereby acknowledges, agrees and consents that if, for any reason, its vote to accept or reject any plan pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code is not deemed to have been so voted, then such vote will be (x) deemed not to be in good faith and (y) “designated” pursuant to Section 1126(e) of the Bankruptcy Code such that the vote is not counted in determining whether the applicable class has accepted or rejected such plan in accordance with Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

(iii)    Affiliated Lenders may not purchase Revolving Loans by assignment pursuant to this Section;

 

(iv)    the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans purchased by assignment pursuant to this Section 9.04 and held at any one time by Affiliated Lenders may not exceed 20% of the principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding at the time of each such purchase;

 

(v)     Affiliated Lenders other than Affiliated Debt Funds will not be permitted to vote on matters requiring a Required Lender vote, and Affiliated Lenders will be deemed to have voted in the same proportion as the Lenders that are not Affiliated Lenders voting on such matter that does not increase the commitments of such Affiliated Lender, extend the Interest Payment Dates and the dates of any scheduled amortization payments (including at maturity) owed to such Affiliated Lender hereunder, reduce the principal, interest or fees owning to such Affiliated Lender hereunder, release all or substantially all the value of the Guarantees under the Guarantee Agreement or release all or substantially all the Collateral from the Liens; provided that no

 

146



 

amendment, modification or waiver shall be made that would adversely affect such Affiliated Lender (in its capacity as a Lender) in any material respect as compared to other Lenders that are not Affiliated Lenders or to Section 2.18(b) or (c) in a manner that would deprive such Affiliated Lender of the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the consent of the Affiliated Lenders; and

 

(vi)    at the time of purchase or sale of any Term Loans by an Affiliated Lender, such Affiliated Lender shall make a representation that, as of the date of any such assignment pursuant to this Section 9.04, it is not in possession of Excluded Information that has not been disclosed to the Lender counterparty prior to such date, other than because such Lender counterparty does not wish to receive Excluded Information;

 

(g)           Notwithstanding anything in Section 9.02 or the definition of “Required Lenders” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or (iii) directed or required the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, all Term Loans, Revolving Commitments and Revolving Exposure held by Affiliated Debt Funds may not account for more than 49.9% of the Term Loans, Revolving Commitments and Revolving Exposure of consenting Lenders included in determining whether the Required Lenders have consented to any action pursuant to Section 9.02.

 

(h)           Each Lender participating in any assignment to Affiliated Lenders acknowledges and agrees that in connection with such assignment, (1) the Affiliated Lenders then may have, and later may come into possession of Excluded Information, (2) such Lender has independently and, without reliance on the Affiliated Lenders or any of their Subsidiaries, Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any other Agent Parties, has made its own analysis and determination to participate in such assignment notwithstanding such Lender’s lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information, (3) none of the Affiliated Lenders or any of their Subsidiaries, Holdings, the Borrower or their respective Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent or any other Agent-Related Persons shall have any liability to such Lender, and such Lender hereby waives and releases, to the extent permitted by law, any claims such Lender may have against the Affiliated Lenders and any of their Subsidiaries, Holdings, the Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries, the Administrative Agent and any other Agent Parties, under applicable laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information and (4) that the Excluded Information may not be available to the Administrative Agent or the other Lenders.

 

Section 9.05          Survival .  All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to any Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.  The provisions of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or

 

147



 

the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, in the event that, in connection with the refinancing or repayment in full of the credit facilities provided for herein, an Issuing Bank shall have provided to the Administrative Agent a written consent to the release of the Revolving Lenders from their obligations hereunder with respect to any Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank (whether as a result of the obligations of the Borrower (and any other account party) in respect of such Letter of Credit having been collateralized in full by a deposit of cash with such Issuing Bank or being supported by a letter of credit that names such Issuing Bank as the beneficiary thereunder, or otherwise), then from and after such time such Letter of Credit shall cease to be a “Letter of Credit” outstanding hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and the Revolving Lenders shall be deemed to have no participations in such Letter of Credit, and no obligations with respect thereto, under Section 2.05(e) or (g).

 

Section 9.06          Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.  This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent or the syndication of the Loans and Commitments constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.07          Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.  Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.07, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

 

Section 9.08          Right of Setoff .  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, each Issuing Bank and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by the Administrative Agent, such Lender, any such Issuing Bank or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower then due and owing under this Agreement held by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or Issuing Bank, irrespective of whether or not the Administrative Agent, such Lender or Issuing Bank shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although (i) such obligations may be contingent or unmatured and (ii) such obligations are owed to a branch or office of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or Issuing Bank different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such Indebtedness; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the

 

148



 

Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.24 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Secured Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff.  The applicable Lender and applicable Issuing Bank shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of such setoff and application; provided that any failure to give or any delay in giving such notice shall not affect the validity of any such setoff and application under this Section.  The rights of the Administrative Agent, each Lender, each Issuing Bank and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Administrative Agent, such Lender, such Issuing Bank and their respective Affiliates may have.

 

Section 9.09          Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .

 

(a)           This Agreement and any Letters of Credit shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

(b)           Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court.  Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  Nothing in any Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to any Loan Document against Holdings or the Borrower or their respective properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

 

(c)           Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section.  Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

 

(d)           Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01.  Nothing in any Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

Section 9.10          WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).  EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER

 

149



 

PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

Section 9.11          Headings .  Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

 

Section 9.12          Confidentiality .

 

(a)           Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (i) to its Affiliates, and to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, controlling persons, members, partners, representatives and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other agents and advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential and any failure of such Persons acting on behalf of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the relevant Lender to comply with this Section shall constitute a breach of this Section by the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or the relevant Lender, as applicable), (ii) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority or self-regulatory authority, required by applicable law or by any subpoena or similar legal process; provided that solely to the extent permitted by law and other than in connection with routine audits and reviews by regulatory and self-regulatory authorities, each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower as promptly as practicable of any such requested or required disclosure in connection with any legal or regulatory proceeding; provided , further , that in no event shall any Lender or the Administrative Agent be obligated or required to return any materials furnished by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of Holdings, (iii) to any other party to this Agreement, (iv) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (v) subject to an agreement containing confidentiality undertakings substantially similar to those of this Section, to (A) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (B) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any Swap Agreement or derivative transaction relating to any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries and its obligations under the Loan Documents or (C) any pledgee referred to in Section 9.04(c), (vi) if required by any rating agency; provided that prior to any such disclosure, such rating agency shall have agreed in writing to maintain the confidentiality of such Information, (vii) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than Holdings, the Borrower, the Sponsor or any of their affiliates, advisors, members, directors, employees, agents or other representatives or (viii) to the extent necessary or customary for inclusion in league table measurement.  For the purposes hereof, “ Information ” means all information received from Holdings or the Borrower relating to Holdings, the Borrower, any other Subsidiary or their business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that, in the case of information received from Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the Closing Date, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential.  Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

 

(b)           EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 9.12(a) FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE

 

150


 

MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING HOLDINGS, THE BORROWER, THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

(c)           ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS FURNISHED BY THE BORROWER OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT, WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT HOLDINGS, THE BORROWER, THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES.  ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER REPRESENTS TO THE BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

Section 9.13          USA Patriot Act .  Each Lender that is subject to the USA Patriot Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies each Loan Party that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Loan Party in accordance with the USA Patriot Act.

 

Section 9.14          Judgment Currency .

 

(a)           If, for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum owing hereunder in one currency into another currency, each party hereto agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures in the relevant jurisdiction the first currency could be purchased with such other currency on the Business Day immediately preceding the day on which final judgment is given.

 

(b)           The obligations of the Borrower in respect of any sum due to any party hereto or any holder of any obligation owing hereunder (the “ Applicable Creditor ”) shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than the currency in which such sum is stated to be due hereunder (the “ Agreement Currency ”), be discharged only to the extent that, on the Business Day following receipt by the Applicable Creditor of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Applicable Creditor may in accordance with normal banking procedures in the relevant jurisdiction purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency; if the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Applicable Creditor in the Agreement Currency, the Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Applicable Creditor against such loss.  The obligations of the Borrower under this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of all other amounts owing hereunder.

 

Section 9.15          Release of Liens and Guarantees .

 

(a)           A Subsidiary Loan Party shall automatically be released from its obligations under the Loan Documents, and all security interests created by the Security Documents in Collateral owned by such Subsidiary Loan Party shall be automatically released, upon the consummation of any transaction

 

151



 

permitted by this Agreement as a result of which such Subsidiary Loan Party ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary (including pursuant to a merger with a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party); provided that, if so required by this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall have consented to such transaction and the terms of such consent shall not have provided otherwise.  Upon any sale or other transfer by any Loan Party (other than to Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary Loan Party) of any Collateral in a transaction permitted under this Agreement, or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest created under any Security Document in any Collateral or the release of Holdings or any Subsidiary Loan Party from its Guarantee under the Guarantee Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02, the security interests in such Collateral created by the Security Documents or such guarantee shall be automatically released.  Upon termination of the aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Secured Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations not yet due and Cash Management Obligations and hedging obligations) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (including as a result of obtaining the consent of the applicable Issuing Bank as described in Section 9.05), all obligations under the Loan Documents and all security interests created by the Security Documents shall be automatically released.  Any such release of Secured Obligations shall be deemed subject to the provision that such Secured Obligations shall be reinstated if after such release any portion of any payment in respect of the Secured Obligations guaranteed thereby shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any other Loan Party or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.  In connection with any termination or release pursuant to this Section, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Loan Party, at such Loan Party’s expense, all documents that such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release so long as the Borrower or applicable Loan Party shall have provided the Administrative Agent such certifications or documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request in order to demonstrate compliance with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

(b)           The Administrative Agent will, at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to subordinate the Administrative Agent’s Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 6.02(iv).

 

(c)           Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to provide any release or evidence of release, termination or subordination contemplated by this Section.  Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Loan Party from its obligations under any Loan Document, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Document and this Section.

 

Section 9.16          No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility .  In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), each of the Borrower and Holdings acknowledges and agrees that (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Swingline Lenders, the Lenders, the Bookrunner and the Joint Lead Arrangers are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower, Holdings and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Swingline Lenders, the Lenders, the Bookrunner and the Joint Lead Arrangers, on the other hand, (B) each of the Borrower and Holdings has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to

 

152



 

the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) each of the Borrower and Holdings is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) each of the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Swingline Lenders, the Lenders, the Bookrunner and the Joint Lead Arrangers is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower, Holdings, any of their respective Affiliates or any other Person and (B) none of the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Swingline Lenders, the Lenders, the Bookrunner and the Joint Lead Arrangers has any obligation to the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; (iii) the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Swingline Lenders, the Lenders, the Bookrunner and the Joint Lead Arrangers and their respective Affiliates may employ the services of their respective affiliates in providing services and/or performing their obligations hereunder and may exchange with such affiliates information concerning Holdings, the Borrower, their affiliates, the Target, other companies that may be the subject of this transaction, and such affiliates of the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Swingline Lenders, the Lenders, the Bookrunner and the Joint Lead Arrangers will be entitled to the benefits afforded to the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Swingline Lenders, the Lenders, the Bookrunner and the Joint Lead Arrangers hereunder and (iv) the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Swingline Lenders, the Lenders, the Bookrunner and the Joint Lead Arrangers and their respective Affiliates may be engaged, for their accounts or the accounts of customers, in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower, Holdings and their respective Affiliates, and none of the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Swingline Lenders, the Lenders, the Bookrunner and the Joint Lead Arrangers has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Borrower and Holdings hereby agrees it will not claim that the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, the Lenders, the Bookrunner or the Joint Lead Arrangers has rendered advisory services of any nature or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to it in connection with the Transactions and waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent, Issuing Banks, the Swingline Lenders, the Lenders, the Bookrunner and the Joint Lead Arrangers with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

 

Section 9.17          Interest Rate Limitation .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable law (the “ Maximum Rate ”).  If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower.  In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the obligations hereunder.

 

153



 

Section 9.18          Form of Execution .  The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

154


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL OPERATING, LLC, as the Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Name:

Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Title:

Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

VCH HOLDINGS, LLC, as Holdings

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Name:

Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Title:

Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

 

[ Signature Page to Victory Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as Administrative Agent and a Term Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Nehal Abdel Hakim

 

 

Name:

Nehal Abdel Hakim

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Victory Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A., as a Swingline Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Nehal Abdel Hakim

 

 

Name:

Nehal Abdel Hakim

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Victory Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

FIFTH THIRD BANK, as a Revolving Lender and an Issuing Bank

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jessica Pfeifer

 

 

Name:

Jessica Pfeifer

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[ Signature Page to Victory Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

FLAGSTAR BANK, as a Revolving Lender and an Issuing Bank

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Antonczak

 

 

Name:

John Antonczak

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

[ Signature Page to Victory Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Revolving Lender and an Issuing Bank

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shane M. Leary

 

 

Name:

Shane M. Leary

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Victory Credit Agreement]

 




Exhibit 10.20

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1, dated as of May 5, 2015 (this “ Amendment ”), by and among VICTORY CAPITAL OPERATING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), VCH HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC., a New York corporation (“ VCM ”), MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”) and Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Lender, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, Holdings, the Administrative Agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.

 

W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H :

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested $50,000,000 of additional Term Loans (the “ Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loans ”) pursuant to and on the terms set forth in Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested certain additional changes to the Credit Agreement as provided for herein;

 

WHEREAS, each Person set forth on Schedule I hereto (an “ Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Lender ”) will make Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loans to the Borrower in the amount set forth next to such Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Lender’s name on Schedule I hereto on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date (as defined below) on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

WHEREAS, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. is acting as the sole arranger and bookrunner for the Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loans (in such capacity, the “ Amendment No. 1 Arranger ”); and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Incremental Term Loan

 

Section 1.1.        Incremental Term Loans . The Borrower confirms and agrees that (i) it has requested an increase in the amount of Term Loans, to be referred to in the Credit Agreement as Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loans, in the aggregate principal amount of $50,000,000 from the Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Lenders pursuant to and on the terms set forth in Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, effective on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date and (ii) on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the Borrower will borrow the full amount of Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loans from the Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Lenders. Effective on and at all times after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loans will constitute Term Loans and, together with all Term Loans outstanding prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, will constitute a single Class of Term Loans.

 

Section 1.2.        Agreements of Incremental Term Lenders . Each Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Lender agrees that, on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, subject to the satisfaction

 



 

or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article III of this Amendment, such Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Lender will fund, on a several and not joint basis, Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loans in the amount set forth next to such Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Lender’s name on Schedule I . On the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, any Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Lender not a Lender prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date will become a Lender for all purposes of the Credit Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Amendments

 

Section 2.1.        Amendments . Subject to the occurrence of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date:

 

(a)           Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting in appropriate alphabetical order the following new definitions:

 

Amendment No. 1 ” means Amendment No. 1 to this Agreement dated as of May 5, 2015.

 

Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ” means May 5, 2015, the date of effectiveness of Amendment No. 1.

 

Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Commitment ” means, as to the Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Lenders, the obligation, on a several and not joint basis, of the Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Lenders to make an Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loan to the Borrower on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, in the aggregate principal amount of $50,000,000.

 

Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has an Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Commitment or an Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loan outstanding at such time.

 

Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01(c) .

 

Special Distribution ” means the payment of a distribution to Holdings in the amount of $50,000,000, which is to be used by Holdings to pay a distribution to its equityholders.

 

Special Distribution Transactions ” means the effectiveness of Amendment No. 1, the payment of the Special Distribution, the borrowing of the Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loans and the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing.

 

(b)           Section 2.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph (c) to such Section:

 

“(c)         Subject to the terms and conditions herein, each Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Lender agrees to make an Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loan to the Borrower in an amount equal to such Lender’s Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loan Commitment. The Borrower may make only one borrowing under the Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loan Commitment, which shall be on the Amendment No. 1

 

2



 

Effective Date. Any amount borrowed under this Section 2.01(c) and subsequently repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Subject to Section 2.11, all amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loans shall be paid in full no later than the Term Maturity Date. The Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loan Commitment shall terminate immediately and without further action on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date after giving effect to the funding of the Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loan Commitment on such date.”

 

(c)           Section 2.10(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“Subject to adjustment pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section, the Borrower shall repay Term Loan Borrowings with respect to Term Loans on the last day of each March, June, September and December (commencing on June 30, 2015), an aggregate principal amount equal to $4,328,525.65; provided that if any such date is not a Business Day, such payment shall be due on the next preceding Business Day.”

 

(d)           Section 2.20(a)(i) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following before the “;” at the end thereof:

 

“plus $50,000,000 of Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loans”.

 

(e)           Section 3.17 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the word “and” at the end of clause (a) with a “,”, and adding the following before the period:

 

“and (c) the Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loans made on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date to finance the Special Distribution Transactions”

 

(f)            Section 5.10 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following after the last sentence:

 

“The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loans made on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date to finance the Special Distribution Transactions.”

 

(g)           Section 6.08(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following before the period:

 

“; and

 

(x)           the Special Distribution”.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Conditions to Effectiveness

 

Section 3.1.        Effective Date . This Amendment shall become effective on the date (the “ Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ”) on which:

 

(a)           The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) counterparts to this Amendment duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, Holdings, each Guarantor, the Administrative Agent and each Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Lender and (ii) consents, in the form attached

 

3



 

hereto as Exhibit A (each, a “ Consent ”), executed and delivered by the Required Lenders.

 

(b)           The representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof; provided that (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (ii) the representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.04(a), (b) and (c) of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent financial statements furnished pursuant to Section 5.01(a) and (b) of the Credit Agreement, as applicable; provided , further , that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct in all respects on the date hereof or on such earlier date, as the case may be.

 

(c)           At the time of and immediately after giving effect to the Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loans, but, in each case, giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(d)           The Administrative Agent shall have received from the Borrower, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, a certificate dated as of the date hereof signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that the conditions specified in Section 3.1(b) and (c) are satisfied and that the Borrower is in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the Financial Performance Covenant recomputed (without netting the cash proceeds of any Additional Commitments in calculating the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio) as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower for which financial statements have been or were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) of the Credit Agreement (only if such Financial Performance Covenant is applicable).

 

(e)           Prior to or substantially concurrently with the funding of the Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loans, the Borrower shall have paid all fees, costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent and the Amendment No. 1 Arranger due and payable on or prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, including to the extent invoiced at least one Business Day prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, reasonable fees and disbursements of their counsel.

 

(f)            Prior to or substantially concurrently with the funding of the Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loans, the Borrower shall have paid (i) to each Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Lender an amount equal to 0.75% of the aggregate principal amount of Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loans made by such Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Lender, which fee may be netted against the proceeds of Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loans made by such Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Lender and (ii) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender that has executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent (or its counsel) the Consent at or prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on April 30, 2015 or such later date and time as specified by the Borrower and notified in writing to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent (the “ Consent Deadline ”) an amount equal to 0.25% of such Lender’s Term Loans (excluding any Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loan) outstanding and Revolving Commitments in effect as of the Consent Deadline.

 

(g)           The Administrative Agent shall have received customary evidence of authorization of the transactions described herein, valid organization and good standing (to the extent applicable)

 

4



 

in the jurisdiction of organization, in each case with respect to the Borrower and each Guarantor, and an officer’s certificate related thereto.

 

(h)           The Administrative Agent shall have received a written opinion of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, in form and substance consistent with the opinion delivered on the Closing Date with such changes thereto as are reasonably requested or satisfactory to the Administrative Agent necessary to reflect changes in connection with the Special Distribution Transactions.

 

(i)            The Borrower and each of the Guarantors shall have provided at least three Business Days prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date all documentation and other information to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that are required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the USA Patriot Act, to the extent the Borrower shall have received written requests therefor at least five Business Days prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

(j)            The Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

 

(k)           The Administrative Agent shall have received certified copies of Uniform Commercial Code, United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office, tax and judgment lien searches, bankruptcy and pending lawsuit searches or equivalent reports or searches, each of a recent date listing all effective financing statements, lien notices or comparable documents that name any Loan Party as debtor and that are filed in those state and county jurisdictions in which any Loan Party is organized or maintains its principal place of business and such other searches that the Administrative Agent deems necessary or appropriate, none of which encumber the Collateral covered or intended to be covered by the Security Documents (other than Permitted Encumbrances).

 

(l)            The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from the chief financial officer of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit F to the Credit Agreement certifying as to the solvency of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Special Distribution Transactions.

 

It is understood and agreed that if the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date shall not have occurred on or before May 15, 2015, then it shall not occur.

 

Section 3.2.        Notification . The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Miscellaneous

 

Section 4.1.        Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

Section 4.2.        Reaffirmation . Each of the undersigned Guarantors (each, a “ Reaffirming Party ”) hereby acknowledges this Amendment and the transactions contemplated thereby. Each Reaffirming

 

5



 

Party hereby reaffirms all obligations and liabilities of such Reaffirming Party under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, as such obligations and liabilities have been amended by this Amendment, and confirms that such obligations and liabilities shall continue to be in full force and effect and shall continue to apply to the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document.

 

Section 4.3.        Applicable Law . THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 4.4.        Headings . The headings of this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

Section 4.5.        Tax Matters . For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the parties hereto intend to treat the Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Loans as a “qualified reopening” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1275-2(k)) of the existing Term Loans. Unless otherwise required by law (including the good faith resolution of a tax audit), no Borrower, Administrative Agent or Lender shall take any U.S. federal, state or local income tax position inconsistent with the preceding sentence.

 

Section 4.6.        Effect of Amendment . On and after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, each reference to the Credit Agreement in any Loan Document (including to any Exhibit or Schedule attached thereto) shall be deemed to be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment. Except as expressly set forth in this Amendment, nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle any Loan Party to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement as in effect immediately prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date or any other Loan Document in similar or different circumstances. This Amendment shall constitute a “Loan Document” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

[ Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

6


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL OPERATING, LLC,

 

as Borrower

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Name:

Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Title:

Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

VCH HOLDINGS, LLC,

 

as Holdings and a Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Name:

Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Title:

Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.,

 

as a Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Name:

Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Title:

Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No.1]

 



 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

 

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

By:

/s/ F. Michael Manfred

 

 

Name:

F. Michael Manfred

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

 

as an Amendment No. 1 Incremental Term Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ F. Michael Manfred

 

 

Name:

F. Michael Manfred

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement]

 



 

(Consents on file with the Administrative Agent)

 



 

Exhibit A

 

CONSENT TO AMENDMENT NO. 1

 

CONSENT (this “ Consent ”) to Amendment No. 1 (the “ Amendment ”) to the certain Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2014 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and among VICTORY CAPITAL OPERATING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), VCH HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”) and the lenders party thereto.

 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to the Amendment.

 

 

 

,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

[Consent to Amendment No. 1 to Victory Credit Agreement]

 




Exhibit 10.21

 

Execution Version

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2, dated as of July 29, 2016 (this “ Amendment ”), by and among VICTORY CAPITAL OPERATING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), VCH HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”), and ROYAL BANK OF CANADA (“ Royal Bank ”), as the Amendment No. 2 Arranger (as defined below), to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, Holdings, the Administrative Agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment and Amendment No. 3.

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Amendment No. 2 Arranger have requested certain additional changes to the Credit Agreement as provided for herein;

 

WHEREAS, concurrently with the effectiveness of this Amendment, the Borrower, Holdings, the Administrative Agent and Royal Bank shall enter into Amendment No. 3;

 

WHEREAS, Royal Bank of Canada is acting as the sole arranger and bookrunner for Amendment No. 2 (in such capacity, the “ Amendment No. 2 Arranger ”); and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Amendments

 

Section 1.1.                                  Amendments . Subject to the occurrence of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date:

 

(a)                                  Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting in appropriate alphabetical order the following new definitions:

 

Amendment No. 2 ” means Amendment No. 2 to this Agreement dated as of July 29, 2016.

 

Amendment No. 2 Arranger ” means Royal Bank of Canada in its capacity as arranger of Amendment No. 2.

 

Amendment No. 2 Effective Date ” means July 29, 2016, the date of effectiveness of Amendment No. 2.

 

Amendment No. 3 ” means Amendment No. 3 to this Agreement dated as of July 29, 2016.

 

Bail-In Action ” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

 



 

Bail-In Legislation ” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

EEA Financial Institution ” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

 

EEA Member Country ” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

 

EEA Resolution Authority ” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

 

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

 

Repricing Transaction ” means (i) all or any portion of the Term Facility is (A) repaid, prepaid, refinanced or replaced (other than in connection with a Change of Control) or (B) repriced or effectively refinanced through any waiver, consent or amendment (in the case of each of clauses (A) and (B), in connection with the incurrence of any debt financing having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield that is less than the effective interest cost or weighted average yield of the Term Facility (or portion thereof) so repaid, prepaid, refinanced, replaced or repriced or any waiver, consent or amendment to the Term Facility directed at, or the result of which would be, the lowering of the effective interest cost or the weighted average yield of the Term Facility) occurring within twelve (12) months of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, and/or (ii) all or any portion of the Term Facility held by any Lender is repaid, prepaid, refinanced or replaced pursuant to Section 9.02(c) as a result of, or in connection with, such Lender not agreeing or otherwise consenting to any waiver, consent or amendment referred to in clause (i)(B) above (or otherwise in connection with a transaction described in the parenthetical of clause (i) above).

 

RSIM ” means RS Investment Management Co. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

RSIM Acquisition ” means the direct or indirect acquisition by the Borrower of 100% of the outstanding equity interests of RSIM and its subsidiaries pursuant to the RSIM Acquisition Agreement.

 

RSIM Acquisition Agreement ” means that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger dated December 15, 2015 by and among the Borrower, VCO MS, LLC, RSIM, Guardian Investor Services LLC, as Unitholders’ Representative (as defined therein), and VCH with respect to certain provisions therein.

 

RSIM Equity Contribution ” means (i) the cash common equity investment in Holdings by the Sponsor which shall be contributed in cash to the common equity capital of the Borrower

 

2



 

and (ii) the exchange by certain existing equityholders of the RSIM Seller of certain of their Equity Interests in RSIM and its subsidiaries to be acquired immediately prior to the consummation of the RSIM Acquisition for common equity in Holdings, in an aggregate amount of not less than $85,000,000.

 

RSIM Seller ” means the equityholders of RSIM immediately prior to the consummation of the RSIM Acquisition.

 

RSIM Transactions ” means the effectiveness of Amendment No. 2 and Amendment No. 3, the RSIM Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by the RSIM Acquisition Agreement, the borrowing of the Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loans and the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing.

 

Write-Down and Conversion Powers ” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

(b)                                  The definition of “Applicable Rate” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating clause (a) thereof as follows:

 

“(a) with respect to any Term Loan, (1) 6.50% per annum, in the case of an ABR Loan, or (2) 7.50% per annum, in the case of a Eurocurrency Loan”

 

(c)                                   The definition of “Available Amount Basket” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following to the end of clause (b) thereof: “but excluding the proceeds of the RSIM Equity Contribution.”

 

(d)                                  Following consummation of the RSIM Transactions, the following proviso shall be added to Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement to the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” to apply to transactions occurring after the date hereof:

 

“; provided, further, that following the consummation of the RSIM Transactions, amounts included in calculating Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clauses (a)(vi) and (b) above and clause (III)(B) of the immediately preceding proviso (excluding any such amounts attributable to the RSIM Transactions) shall not, when taken together, account for more than 20% of Consolidated EBITDA in any Test Period (calculated prior to giving effect to such clauses and excluding for purposes of such calculation any unusual or non-recurring charges or Pro Forma Adjustments that are determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 or as identified in a quality of earnings report prepared by a nationally recognized accounting firm)”;

 

(e)                                   The definition of “Defaulting Lender” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following to the end of clause (d)(i): “or become the subject of a Bail-In Action”;

 

(f)                                    The definition of “ECF Percentage” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

3



 

ECF Percentage ” means, with respect to the prepayment required by Section 2.11(d) with respect to any fiscal year of the Borrower, if the First Lien Leverage Ratio (without giving effect to the applicable prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11(d)) as of the end of such fiscal year is (a) greater than 2.25 to 1.00, 75% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year, (b) greater than 1.75 to 1.00 but less than or equal to 2.25 to 1.00, 50% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year, (c) greater than 1.50 to 1.00 but less than or equal to 1.75 to 1.00, 25% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year and (d) less than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00, 0% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year.

 

(g)                                   The definition of “Prepayment Premium” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the words “Closing Date” in clause (i) thereof with the words “Amendment No. 2 Effective Date”.

 

(h)                                  The definition of “Sponsor” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Sponsor ” means Crestview Partners II, L.P. and Reverence Capital Partners and their respective Affiliates.

 

(i)                                      Section 2.11(h) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing clause (3) thereof with the following:

 

“(3) in the event of a Repricing Transaction, the Prepayment Premium.

 

(j)                                     Section 2.24 of the Credit Agreement is amended by adding the following new clause (d) thereto:

 

“(d)                            Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Credit Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Credit Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

 

(i)                                      the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

 

(ii)                                   the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

 

(A)                                a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

 

(B)                                a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Credit Document; or

 

4



 

(C)                                the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.”

 

ARTICLE II

 

Conditions to Effectiveness

 

Section 2.1.                                  Effective Date . This Amendment shall become effective on the date (the “ Amendment No. 2 Effective Date ”) on which:

 

(a)                                  The Administrative Agent and the Amendment No. 2 Arranger shall have received (i) counterparts to this Amendment duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, Holdings, each Guarantor, the Administrative Agent and (ii) consents, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (each, a “ Consent ”), executed and delivered by the Required Lenders.

 

(b)                                  Substantially concurrently with the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, Amendment No. 3 shall have become effective.

 

Section 2.2.                                  Notification . The Amendment No. 2 Arranger and the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Miscellaneous

 

Section 3.1.                                  Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

Section 3.2.                                  Reaffirmation . Each of the undersigned Guarantors (each, a “ Reaffirming Party ”) hereby acknowledges this Amendment and the transactions contemplated thereby. Each Reaffirming Party hereby reaffirms all obligations and liabilities of such Reaffirming Party under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, as such obligations and liabilities have been amended by this Amendment, and confirms that such obligations and liabilities shall continue to be in full force and effect and shall continue to apply to the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document.

 

Section 3.3.                                  Applicable Law . THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 3.4.                                  Headings . The headings of this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

Section 3.5.                                  Effect of Amendment . On and after the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, each reference to the Credit Agreement in any Loan Document (including to any Exhibit or Schedule attached thereto) shall be deemed to be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment and Amendment No. 3. Except as expressly set forth in this Amendment and Amendment No. 3, nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle any Loan Party to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment,

 

5



 

modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement as in effect immediately prior to the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date or any other Loan Document in similar or different circumstances. This Amendment shall constitute a “Loan Document” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

Section 3.6.                                  Direction to Administrative Agent . The Lenders party hereto constituting the Required Lenders hereby (i) direct the Administrative Agent to execute and deliver this Agreement and Amendment No. 3 and (ii) acknowledge and agree that (x) the of the direction in this Section 3.6 constitutes a direction from the Required Lenders under the provisions of Article VIII of the Credit Agreement and (y) Sections 8.06 and 9.03 of the Credit Agreement shall apply to any and all actions taken by the Administrative Agent in accordance with such direction.

 

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

6


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to he executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL OPERATING, LLC,

 

as Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Name:

Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

VCH HOLDINGS, LLC,

 

as Holdings and a Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Name:

Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.,

 

as a Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Name:

Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Title:

Treasuer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

RS INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CO. LLC,

 

as a Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Name:

Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

 

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lisa Hanson

 

 

Name:

Lisa Hanson

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

 

as Amendment No. 2 Arranger

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James S. Wolfe

 

 

Name:

JAMES S. WOLFE

 

 

Title:

MANAGING DIRECTOR

HEAD OF GLOBAL LEVERAGED FINANCE

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement]

 



 

(Consents on file with the Administrative Agent)

 




Exhibit 10.22

 

Execution Version

 

AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

AMENDMENT NO. 3, dated as of July 29, 2016 (this “ Amendment ”), by and among VICTORY CAPITAL OPERATING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), VCH HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”), and ROYAL BANK OF CANADA (“ Royal Bank ”), as the Amendment No. 3 Arranger and an Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Lender (each as defined below), to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, Holdings, the Administrative Agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment and Amendment No. 2.

 

W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H :

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested $135,000,000 of additional Term Loans (the “ Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loans ”) pursuant to and on the terms set forth in Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, each Person set forth on Schedule I hereto (an “ Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Lender ”) will make Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loans to the Borrower in the amount set forth next to such Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Lender’s name on Schedule I hereto on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date (as defined below) on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

WHEREAS, concurrently with the effectiveness of this Amendment, the Borrower, Holdings, the Administrative Agent, Royal Bank and Lenders constituting Required Lenders shall enter into Amendment No. 2;

 

WHEREAS, Royal Bank of Canada is acting as the sole arranger and bookrunner for the Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loans and Amendment No. 3 (in such capacity, the “ Amendment No. 3 Arranger ”); and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Incremental Term Loan

 

Section 1.1.                                  Incremental Term Loans . The Borrower confirms and agrees that (i) it has requested an increase in the amount of Term Loans, to be referred to in the Credit Agreement as Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loans, in the aggregate principal amount of $135,000,000 from the Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Lenders pursuant to and on the terms set forth in Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, effective on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date and (ii) on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, the Borrower will borrow the full amount of Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loans from the Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Lenders. Effective on and at all times after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, the Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loans will constitute Term Loans and, together with all Term Loans outstanding prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, will constitute a single Class of Term Loans.

 

Section 1.2.                                  Agreements of Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Lenders . Each Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Lender agrees that, on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, subject

 



 

to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article III of this Amendment, such Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Lender will fund, on a several and not joint basis, Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loans in the amount set forth next to such Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Lender’s name on Schedule I . On the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, any Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Lender not a Lender prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date will become a Lender for all purposes of the Credit Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Amendments

 

Section 2.1.                                  Amendments . Subject to the occurrence of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date:

 

(a)                                  Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting in appropriate alphabetical order the following new definitions:

 

Amendment No. 3 Arranger ” means RBC Capital Markets in its capacity as arranger of Amendment No. 3.

 

Amendment No. 3 Effective Date ” means July 29, 2016, the date of effectiveness of Amendment No. 3.

 

Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Commitment ” means, as to the Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Lenders, the obligation, on a several and not joint basis, of the Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Lenders to make an Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loan to the Borrower on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, in the aggregate principal amount of $135,000,000.

 

Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has an Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Commitment or an Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loan outstanding at such time.

 

Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01(d) .

 

(b)                                  The definition of “Syndication Completion Date” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following proviso to the end thereof:

 

provided that the Syndication Completion Date with respect to any Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loans shall be the date upon which the Amendment No. 3 Arranger reasonably determines that the primary syndication of the Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loans has been completed and the Amendment No. 3 Arranger (and its Affiliates) hold no portion of the Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loans funded on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date.”

 

(c)                                   Section 2.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph (d) to such Section:

 

“(d)                            Subject to the terms and conditions herein, each Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Lender agrees to make Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loans to the Borrower in an amount equal to such Lender’s Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Commitment. The

 

2



 

Borrower may make only one borrowing under the Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Commitments, which shall be on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date. Any amount borrowed under this Section 2.01(d) and subsequently repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Subject to Section 2.11, all amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loans shall be paid in full no later than the Term Maturity Date. The Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Commitments shall terminate immediately and without further action on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date after giving effect to the funding of the Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Commitments on such date.”

 

(d)                                  Section 2.10(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“Subject to adjustment pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section, the Borrower shall repay Term Loan Borrowings with respect to Term Loans on the last day of each March, June, September and December (commencing on September 30, 2016), an aggregate principal amount equal to $6,177,840.71; provided that if any such date is not a Business Day, such payment shall be due on the next preceding Business Day.”

 

(e)                                   Section 3.17 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the word “and” at the end of clause (b) with a “,”, and adding the following before the period:

 

“and (d) the Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loans made on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date to finance the RSIM Transactions”

 

(f)                                    Section 5.10 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following after the last sentence:

 

“The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loans made on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date to finance the RSIM Transactions on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date.”

 

ARTICLE III

 

Conditions to Effectiveness

 

Section 3.1.                                  Effective Date . This Amendment shall become effective on the date (the “ Amendment No. 3 Effective Date ”) on which:

 

(a)                                  The Administrative Agent and the Amendment No. 3 Arranger shall have received counterparts to this Amendment duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, Holdings, each Guarantor, the Administrative Agent and each Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Lender.

 

(b)                                  The RSIM Representations and the Specified Representations with respect to each Loan Party set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof; provided that (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (ii) the representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.04(a), (b) and (c) of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent financial statements furnished pursuant to Section 5.01(a) and (b) of the Credit Agreement, as applicable; provided , further , that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct in all respects on the date hereof or on such earlier date, as the case may be. For purposes of this clause (b),

 

3



 

RSIM Representations ” means the representations made by or with respect to RSIM and its subsidiaries in the RSIM Acquisition Agreement as are material to the interests of the Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Lenders and the Amendment No. 3 Arranger (but only to the extent that Holdings or its Affiliates have the right not to consummate the RSIM Acquisition, or to terminate their obligations (or otherwise do not have an obligation to close), under the RSIM Acquisition Agreement a result of a failure of such representations in the RSIM Acquisition Agreement to be true and correct).

 

(c)                                   Prior to or substantially concurrently with the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, the RSIM Equity Contribution shall have been made.

 

(d)                                  Prior to or substantially concurrently with the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, all pre-existing indebtedness of RSIM and its subsidiaries shall have been repaid or repurchased in full, all commitments relating thereto shall have been terminated, and all Liens or security interests related thereto shall have been terminated or released, in each case on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Amendment No. 3 Arranger, other than any indebtedness of RSIM and its subsidiaries and liens on assets of RSIM and its subsidiaries, in each case, that are permitted to remain outstanding pursuant to the RSIM Acquisition Agreement

 

(e)                                   The RSIM Acquisition shall have been consummated, or substantially simultaneously with the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, shall be consummated, in accordance with the RSIM Acquisition Agreement, in each case without giving effect to any modifications, consents, amendments or waivers thereto that are materially adverse to the Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Lenders or the Amendment No. 3 Arranger.

 

(f)                                    Except as set forth on the Disclosure Schedule to the RSIM Acquisition Agreement, since June 30, 2015, there has not been any Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the RSIM Acquisition Agreement) or any development or combination of developments, that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the RSIM Acquisition Agreement).

 

(g)                                   At the time of and immediately after giving effect to the Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loans, but, in each case, giving effect to this Amendment, no Event of Default under Section 7.01(a), (b), (h) or (i) of the Credit Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(h)                                  The Amendment No. 3 Arranger and the Administrative Agent shall have received from the Borrower, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Amendment No. 3 Arranger and the Administrative Agent, a certificate dated as of the date hereof signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that (i) the conditions specified in Section 3.1(b), (c), (d) and (f) are satisfied and (ii) that the Borrower is in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with Incremental Cap and the Financial Performance Covenant recomputed (without netting the cash proceeds of any Additional Commitments in calculating the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio) as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower for which financial statements have been or were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) of the Credit Agreement (in the case of the Financial Performance Covenant, only if such Financial Performance Covenant is applicable).

 

(i)                                      The Amendment No. 3 Arranger and the Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of (i) each Organizational Document of each Loan Party certified, to the extent applicable, as of a recent date by the applicable Governmental Authority, (ii) signature and incumbency certificates of the Responsible Officers of each Loan Party executing the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (iii) resolutions of the board of directors and/or similar governing bodies of each Loan Party approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is

 

4



 

a party, certified as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date by its secretary, an assistant secretary or a Responsible Officer as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment, and (iv) a good standing certificate from the applicable Governmental Authority of each Loan Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

(j)                                     The Amendment No. 3 Arranger shall have received (i) (A) audited consolidated financial statements of RSIM for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, (B) unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related consolidated statements of operations and cash flows of RSIM for each fiscal quarter (beginning with the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2015) ending at least 45 days (other than the fourth fiscal quarter) prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date and, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2016, for the corresponding fiscal quarter the prior fiscal year, (C) audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 and (D) unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related consolidated financial statements of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each fiscal quarter of 2015 (starting with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2015) ending at least 45 days (other than the fourth fiscal quarter) prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date and for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the prior fiscal year and (ii) a pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma consolidated statement of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of and for the twelve-month period ending on the last day of the most recently completed four-fiscal quarter period ended at least 45 days (or 90 days in case such four-fiscal quarter period is the end of the Borrower’s fiscal year) prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, prepared in good faith after giving effect to the RSIM Transactions as if the RSIM Transactions had occurred as of such date (in the case of such balance sheet) or at the beginning of such period (in the case of such statement of operations); provided that in the case of this clause (ii), purchase accounting adjustments shall not be required to be made.

 

(k)                                  Prior to or substantially concurrently with the funding of the Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loans, the Borrower shall have paid all fees, costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent and the Amendment No. 3 Arranger due and payable on or prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, including to the extent invoiced at least one Business Day prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, reasonable fees and disbursements of their counsel.

 

(l)                                      Prior to or substantially concurrently with the funding of the Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loans, the Borrower shall have paid all fees required to be paid by it in connection with the Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Loans.

 

(m)                              The Administrative Agent and the Amendment No. 3 Arranger shall have received customary evidence of authorization of the transactions described herein, valid organization and good standing (to the extent applicable) in the jurisdiction of organization, in each case with respect to the Borrower and each Guarantor, and an officer’s certificate related thereto.

 

(n)                                  The Administrative Agent and the Amendment No. 3 Arranger shall have received a written opinion of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, in form and substance consistent with the opinion delivered on the Closing Date with such changes thereto as are reasonably requested or satisfactory to the Administrative Agent necessary to reflect changes in connection with the RSIM Transactions.

 

(o)                                  The Borrower and each of the Guarantors shall have provided at least three Business Days prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date all documentation and other information to the Administrative Agent, the Amendment No. 3 Arranger and the Lenders that are required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations,

 

5



 

including, without limitation, the USA Patriot Act, to the extent the Borrower shall have received written requests therefor at least ten days prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date.

 

(p)                                  The Administrative Agent and the Amendment No. 3 Arranger shall have received a Borrowing Request in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

 

(q)                                  The Administrative Agent and the Amendment No. 3 Arranger shall have received certified copies of Uniform Commercial Code, United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office, tax and judgment lien searches, bankruptcy and pending lawsuit searches or equivalent reports or searches, each of a recent date listing all effective financing statements, lien notices or comparable documents that name any Loan Party as debtor and that are filed in those state and county jurisdictions in which any Loan Party is organized or maintains its principal place of business and such other searches that the Administrative Agent or Amendment No. 3 Arranger deems necessary or appropriate, none of which encumber the Collateral covered or intended to be covered by the Security Documents (other than Permitted Encumbrances).

 

(r)                                     With respect to any assets acquired pursuant to the RSIM Transactions, the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall have been satisfied; provided, however, that the delivery of documents and instruments necessary to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement (except for the execution and delivery of supplements to the Security Agreement and to the extent that a Lien on such Collateral may be perfected solely (x) by the filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code or (y) by delivery of the stock certificates of the Restricted Subsidiaries acquired pursuant to the RSIM Transactions to the extent possession of such stock certificates or other certificates perfects a security interest therein; provided that the Borrower shall have delivered all stock certificates to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, but in the case of stock certificates of any subsidiary of RSIM, solely to the extent such stock certificates have been received from the RSIM Sellers, so long as the Borrower shall have used all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the RSIM Sellers to deliver such certificates to the Borrower on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date) shall not constitute conditions precedent to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date after the Borrower’s use of commercially reasonable efforts to provide such items on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date without undue burden or expense and such requirements shall instead be satisfied in accordance with Sections 5.11 and 5.12 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(s)                                    The Administrative Agent and the Amendment No. 3 Arranger shall have received a certificate from the chief financial officer of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit F to the Credit Agreement certifying as to the solvency of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the RSIM Transactions.

 

(t)                                     Substantially concurrently with the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, Amendment No. 2 shall have become effective.

 

Section 3.2.                                  Notification . The Amendment No. 3 Arranger and the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Miscellaneous

 

Section 4.1.                                  Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single

 

6



 

instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

Section 4.2.                                  Reaffirmation . Each of the undersigned Guarantors (each, a “ Reaffirming Party ”) hereby acknowledges this Amendment and the transactions contemplated thereby. Each Reaffirming Party hereby reaffirms all obligations and liabilities of such Reaffirming Party under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, as such obligations and liabilities have been amended by this Amendment, and confirms that such obligations and liabilities shall continue to be in full force and effect and shall continue to apply to the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document.

 

Section 4.3.                                  Applicable Law . THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 4.4.                                  Headings . The headings of this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

Section 4.5.                                  Effect of Amendment . On and after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, each reference to the Credit Agreement in any Loan Document (including to any Exhibit or Schedule attached thereto) shall be deemed to be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment and Amendment No. 2. Except as expressly set forth in this Amendment and Amendment No. 2, nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle any Loan Party to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement as in effect immediately prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date or any other Loan Document in similar or different circumstances. This Amendment shall constitute a “Loan Document” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

7


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to he executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL OPERATING, LLC,

 

as Borrower

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Name:

Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

VCH HOLDINGS, LLC,

 

as Holdings and a Guarantor

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Name:

Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.,

 

as a Guarantor

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Name:

Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Title:

Tresuer, Chief Financial Officer and

 

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

RS INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT CO. LLC,,

 

as a Guarantor

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Name:

Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

 

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lisa Hanson

 

 

Name:

Lisa Hanson

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

 

as Amendment No. 3 Arranger

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James S. Wolfe

 

 

Name:

JAMES S. WOLFE

 

 

Title:

MANAGING DIRECTOR

 

 

 

HEAD OF GLOBAL LEVERAGED FINANCE

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

 

as an Amendment No. 3 Incremental Term Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James S. Wolfe

 

 

Name:

JAMES S. WOLFE

 

 

Title:

MANAGING DIRECTOR

 

 

 

HEAD OF GLOBAL LEVERAGED FINANCE

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement]

 




Exhibit 10.23

 

Execution Version

 

AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

AMENDMENT NO. 4, dated as of February 6, 2017 (this “ Amendment ”), by and among VICTORY CAPITAL OPERATING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ’’), VCH HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”), ROYAL BANK OF CANADA (“ Royal Bank ”), as the Amendment No. 4 Arranger (as defined below) and the Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement (as defined below) party hereto (collectively, the “ Consenting Lenders ”), to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, Holdings, the Administrative Agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment and Amendment No. 5.

 

W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H :

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Amendment No. 4 Arranger have requested certain additional changes to the Credit Agreement as provided for herein;

 

WHEREAS, concurrently with the effectiveness of this Amendment, the Borrower, Holdings, the Administrative Agent, Royal Bank and the lenders party thereto shall enter into Amendment No. 5;

 

WHEREAS, Royal Bank of Canada is acting as the sole arranger and bookrunner for Amendment No. 4 (in such capacity, the “ Amendment No. 4 Arranger ”); and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Amendments

 

Section 1.1.                                  Amendments . Subject to the occurrence of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date:

 

(a)                                  Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting in appropriate alphabetical order the following new definitions:

 

Amendment No. 4 ” means Amendment No. 4 to this Agreement dated as of February 6, 2017.

 

Amendment No. 4 Arranger ” means Royal Bank of Canada in its capacity as arranger of Amendment No. 4.

 

Amendment No. 4 Effective Date ” means February 6, 2017, the date of effectiveness of Amendment No. 4.

 

Amendment No. 5 ” means Amendment No. 5 to this Agreement dated as of February 6, 2017.

 

Q1 2017 Dividend ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.07(a)(x).

 



 

Q1 2017 Transactions ” means the effectiveness of Amendment No. 4 and Amendment No. 5, the borrowing of the Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Loans, the Q1 2017 Dividend and the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing.

 

(b)                                  Section 2.20(a)(i) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following immediately before the period (“.”) at the end thereof:

 

“plus $125,000,000 of Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Loans (as defined in Amendment No. 5).”

 

(c)                                   Section 6.08(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (1) deleting the period (“.”) appearing at the end of clause (x) thereof and substituting the following therefore: “; and” and (2) adding at the end thereof a new clause (xi) to read as follows:

 

“(xi) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to Holdings which are used by (and may be used by) Holdings to make Restricted Payments in the form of a one-time dividend or other distribution directly or indirectly to its equityholders in an amount not to exceed $125,000,000 on or immediately following the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date (the “ Q1 2017 Dividend ”).”

 

ARTICLE II

 

Conditions to Effectiveness

 

Section 2.1.                                  Effective Date . This Amendment shall become effective on the date (the “ Amendment No. 4 Effective Date ”) on which:

 

(a)                                  The Administrative Agent and the Amendment No. 4 Arranger shall have received (i) counterparts to this Amendment duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, Holdings, each Guarantor, the Administrative Agent and (ii) consents, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (each, a “ Consent ”), executed and delivered by the Required Lenders.

 

(b)                                  Substantially concurrently with the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, Amendment No. 5 shall have become effective.

 

(c)                                   The Amendment No. 4 Arranger shall have received, for the account of each Consenting Lender that delivers an executed signature page to the Amendment No. 4 Arranger prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on January 31, 2017 (or such later date and time as agreed to by the Borrower and notified to the Lenders), a consent fee (the “ Consent Fee ”) in an amount equal to 0.25% of each Consenting Lender’s outstanding Term Loans and Revolving Commitments prior to giving effect to this Amendment (it being understood that such Consent Fee is payable on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date and the Borrower shall have no obligation to pay the Consent Fee if the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date does not occur).

 

Section 2.2.                                  Notification . The Amendment No. 4 Arranger and the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date.

 

2



 

ARTICLE III

 

Miscellaneous

 

Section 3.1.                                  Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

Section 3.2.                                  Reaffirmation . Each of the undersigned Guarantors (each, a “ Reaffirming Party ”) hereby acknowledges this Amendment and the transactions contemplated thereby. Each Reaffirming Party hereby reaffirms all obligations and liabilities of such Reaffirming Party under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, as such obligations and liabilities have been amended by this Amendment, and confirms that such obligations and liabilities shall continue to be in full force and effect and shall continue to apply to the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document.

 

Section 3.3.                                  Applicable Law . THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 3.4.                                  Headings . The headings of this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

Section 3.5.                                  Effect of Amendment . On and after the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, each reference to the Credit Agreement in any Loan Document (including to any Exhibit or Schedule attached thereto) shall be deemed to be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment and Amendment No. 5. Except as expressly set forth in this Amendment and Amendment No. 5, nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle any Loan Party to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement as in effect immediately prior to the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date or any other Loan Document in similar or different circumstances. This Amendment shall constitute a “Loan Document” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

Section 3.6.                                  Direction to Administrative Agent . The Lenders party hereto constituting the Required Lenders hereby (i) direct the Administrative Agent to execute and deliver this Agreement and Amendment No. 5 and (ii) acknowledge and agree that (x) the direction in this Section 3.6 constitutes a direction from the Required Lenders under the provisions of Article VIII of the Credit Agreement and (y) Sections 8.06 and 9.03 of the Credit Agreement shall apply to any and all actions taken by the Administrative Agent in accordance with such direction.

 

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to he executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL OPERATING, LLC,

 

as Borrower

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Name:

Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

 

 

VCH HOLDINGS, LLC,

 

as Holdings and a Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Name:

Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.,

 

as a Guarantor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Name:

Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

 

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lisa Hanson

 

 

Name:

Lisa Hanson

 

 

Title:

VP

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

 

as the Amendment No. 4 Arranger

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James S. Wolfe

 

 

Name:

JAMES S. WOLFE

 

 

Title:

MANAGING DIRECTOR
HEAD OF GLOBAL LEVERAGED FINANCE

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement]

 



 

(Consents on file with the Administrative Agent)

 



 

CONSENT TO AMENDMENT NO. 4

 

CONSENT (this “ Consent ”) to Amendment No. 4 (the “ Amendment ”) to the certain Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2014 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and among VICTORY CAPITAL OPERATING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), VCH HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”) and the lenders party thereto.

 

The undersigned Lender hereby consents to the Amendment.

 

 

 

,

 

(Name of Institution)

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

If a second signature is necessary:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

[Consent to Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement]

 




Exhibit 10.24

 

Execution Version

 

AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

AMENDMENT NO. 5, dated as of February 6, 2017 (this “ Amendment ”), by and among VICTORY CAPITAL OPERATING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower” ), VCH HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”), ROYAL BANK OF CANADA (“ Royal Bank ”), as the Amendment No. 5 Arranger and an Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Lender, and each other Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Lender (each as defined below), to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, Holdings, the Administrative Agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment and Amendment No. 4.

 

W   I   T   N   E   S S   E   T   H :

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested $125,000,000 of additional Term Loans (the “ Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Loans ”) pursuant to and on the terms set forth in Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, each Person set forth on Schedule I hereto (an “ Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Lender ”) will make Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Loans to the Borrower in the amount set forth next to such Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Lender’s name on Schedule I hereto on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date (as defined below) on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

WHEREAS, concurrently with the effectiveness of this Amendment, the Borrower, Holdings, the Administrative Agent, Royal Bank and Lenders constituting Required Lenders shall enter into Amendment No. 4;

 

WHEREAS, Royal Bank is acting as the sole arranger and bookrunner for the Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Loans and Amendment No. 5 (in such capacity, the “ Amendment No. 5 Arranger ”); and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Incremental Term Loan

 

Section 1.1.                                  Incremental Term Loans . The Borrower confirms and agrees that (i) it has requested an increase in the amount of Term Loans, to be referred to in the Credit Agreement as Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Loans, in the aggregate principal amount of $125,000,000 from the Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Lenders pursuant to and on the terms set forth in Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, effective on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date and (ii) on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date, the Borrower will borrow the full amount of Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Loans from the Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Lenders. Effective on and at all times after the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date, the Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Loans will constitute Term Loans and, together with all Term Loans outstanding prior to the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date, will constitute a single Class of Term Loans.

 



 

Section 1.2.                                  Agreements of Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Lenders . Each Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Lender agrees that, on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article III of this Amendment, such Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Lender will fund, on a several and not joint basis, Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Loans in the amount set forth next to such Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Lender’s name on Schedule I . On the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date, any Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Lender not a Lender prior to the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date will become a Lender for all purposes of the Credit Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Amendments

 

Section 2.1.                                  Amendments . Subject to the occurrence of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date:

 

(a)                                  Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting in appropriate alphabetical order the following new definitions:

 

Amendment No. 5 Arranger ” means Royal Bank of Canada in its capacity as arranger of Amendment No. 5.

 

Amendment No. 5 Effective Date ” means February 6, 2017, the date of effectiveness of Amendment No. 5.

 

Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Commitment ” means, as to the Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Lenders, the obligation, on a several and not joint basis, of the Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Lenders to make an Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Loan to the Borrower on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date, in the aggregate principal amount of $125,000,000.

 

Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has an Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Commitment or an Amendment No.5 Incremental Term Loan outstanding at such time.

 

Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01(d) .

 

(b)                                  The definition of “Syndication Completion Date” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following proviso to the end thereof:

 

provided that the Syndication Completion Date with respect to any Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Loans shall be the date upon which the Amendment No. 5 Arranger reasonably determines that the primary syndication of the Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Loans has been completed and the Amendment No. 5 Arranger (and its Affiliates) hold no portion of the Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Loans funded on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date.”

 

(c)                                   Section 2.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph (e) to such Section:

 

2



 

“(e)                             Subject to the terms and conditions herein, each Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Lender agrees to make Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Loans to the Borrower in an amount equal to such Lender’s Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Commitment. The Borrower may make only one borrowing under the Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Commitments, which shall be on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date. Any amount borrowed under this Section 2.01(e) and subsequently repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Subject to Section 2.11, all amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Loans shall be paid in full no later than the Term Maturity Date. The Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Commitments shall terminate immediately and without further action on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date after giving effect to the funding of the Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Commitments on such date.”

 

(d)                                  Section 2.10(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“Subject to adjustment pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section, the Borrower shall repay Term Loan Borrowings with respect to Term Loans on the last day of each March, June, September and December (commencing on March 31, 2017), an aggregate principal amount equal to $7,938,404.09; provided that if any such date is not a Business Day, such payment shall be due on the next preceding Business Day.”

 

(e)                                   Section 3.17 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the word “and” at the end of clause (c) with a “,”, and adding the following before the period:

 

“and (e) the Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Loans made on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date to finance the Q1 2017 Transactions”

 

(f)                                    Section 5.10 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following after the last sentence:

 

“The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Loans made on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date to finance the Q1 2017 Transactions on or around the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date.”

 

ARTICLE III

 

Conditions to Effectiveness

 

Section 3.1.                                  Effective Date . This Amendment shall become effective on the date (the “ Amendment No. 5 Effective Date ”) on which:

 

(a)                                  The Administrative Agent and the Amendment No. 5 Arranger shall have received counterparts to this Amendment duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, Holdings, each Guarantor, the Administrative Agent and each Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Lender.

 

(b)                                  The representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof; provided that (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (ii) the representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.04(a), (b) and (c) of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent financial statements furnished pursuant to Section 5.01(a) and (b) of the Credit Agreement, as

 

3



 

applicable; provided , further , that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct in all respects on the date hereof or on such earlier date, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                   At the time of and immediately after giving effect to the Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Loans, but, in each case, giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(d)                                  The Amendment No. 5 Arranger and the Administrative Agent shall have received from the Borrower, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Amendment No. 5 Arranger and the Administrative Agent, a certificate dated as of the date hereof signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that (i) the conditions specified in Section 3.1(b) and (c) are satisfied and (ii) that the Borrower is in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the Financial Performance Covenant recomputed (without netting the cash proceeds of any Additional Commitments in calculating the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio) as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower for which financial statements have been or were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) of the Credit Agreement (only if such Financial Performance Covenant is applicable).

 

(e)                                   Prior to or substantially concurrently with the funding of the Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Loans, the Borrower shall have paid all fees, costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent and the Amendment No. 5 Arranger due and payable on or prior to the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date, including to the extent invoiced at least one Business Day prior to the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date, reasonable fees and disbursements of their counsel.

 

(f)                                    Prior to or substantially concurrently with the funding of the Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Loans, the Borrower shall have paid all fees required to be paid by it in connection with the Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Loans.

 

(g)                                   The Administrative Agent and the Amendment No. 5 Arranger shall have received customary evidence of authorization of the transactions described herein, valid organization and good standing (to the extent applicable) in the jurisdiction of organization, in each case with respect to the Borrower and each Guarantor, and an officer’s certificate related thereto.

 

(h)                                  The Administrative Agent and the Amendment No. 5 Arranger shall have received a written opinion of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, in form and substance consistent with the opinion delivered on the Closing Date with such changes thereto as are reasonably requested or satisfactory to the Administrative Agent necessary to reflect changes in connection with the Q1 2017 Transactions.

 

(i)                                      The Borrower and each of the Guarantors shall have provided at least three Business Days prior to the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date all documentation and other information to the Administrative Agent, the Amendment No. 5 Arranger and the Lenders that are required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the USA Patriot Act, to the extent the Borrower shall have received written requests therefor at least ten days prior to the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date.

 

(j)                                     The Administrative Agent and the Amendment No. 5 Arranger shall have received a Borrowing Request in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

 

4



 

(k)                                  The Administrative Agent and the Amendment No. 5 Arranger shall have received certified copies of Uniform Commercial Code, United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office, tax and judgment lien searches, bankruptcy and pending lawsuit searches or equivalent reports or searches, each of a recent date listing all effective financing statements, lien notices or comparable documents that name any Loan Party as debtor and that are filed in those state and county jurisdictions in which any Loan Party is organized or maintains its principal place of business and such other searches that the Administrative Agent or the Amendment No. 5 Arranger deems necessary or appropriate, none of which encumber the Collateral covered or intended to be covered by the Security Documents (other than Permitted Encumbrances).

 

(l)                                      The Administrative Agent and the Amendment No. 5 Arranger shall have received a certificate from the chief financial officer of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit F to the Credit Agreement certifying as to the solvency of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Q1 2017 Transactions.

 

(m)                              Substantially concurrently with the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date, Amendment No. 4 shall have become effective.

 

Section 3.2.                                  Notification . The Amendment No. 5 Arranger and the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Miscellaneous

 

Section 4.1.                                  Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

Section 4.2.                                  Reaffirmation . Each of the undersigned Guarantors (each, a “ Reaffirming Party ”) hereby acknowledges this Amendment and the transactions contemplated thereby. Each Reaffirming Party hereby reaffirms all obligations and liabilities of such Reaffirming Party under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, as such obligations and liabilities have been amended by this Amendment, and confirms that such obligations and liabilities shall continue to be in full force and effect and shall continue to apply to the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document.

 

Section 4.3.                                  Applicable Law . THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 4.4.                                  Headings . The headings of this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

Section 4.5.                                  Tax Matters . For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the parties hereto intend to treat the Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Loans as a “qualified reopening” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1275-2(k)) of the existing Term Loans. Unless otherwise required by law (including the good faith resolution of a tax audit), no Borrower, Administrative Agent or Lender shall take any U.S. federal, state or local income tax position inconsistent with the preceding sentence.

 

5



 

Section 4.6.                                  Effect of Amendment . On and after the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date, each reference to the Credit Agreement in any Loan Document (including to any Exhibit or Schedule attached thereto) shall be deemed to be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment and Amendment No. 4. Except as expressly set forth in this Amendment and Amendment No. 4, nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle any Loan Party to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement as in effect immediately prior to the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date or any other Loan Document in similar or different circumstances. This Amendment shall constitute a “Loan Document” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

6


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to he executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL OPERATING, LLC,

 

  as Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Name:

Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

VCH HOLDINGS, LLC,

 

  as Holdings and a Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Name:

Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.,

 

  as a Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Name:

Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

 

  as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lisa Hanson

 

 

Name:

Lisa Hanson

 

 

Title:

VP

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

 

  as the Amendment No. 5 Arranger

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James S. Wolfe

 

 

Name:

JAMES S. WOLFE

 

 

Title:

MANAGING DIRECTOR

 

 

 

HEAD OF GLOBAL LEVERAGED FINANCE

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

 

  as an Amendment No. 5 Incremental Term Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Suzanne Kaicher

 

 

Name:

Suzanne Kaicher

 

 

Title:

Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

Royal Bank of Canada

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement]

 




Exhibit 10.25

 

Execution Version

 

AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

AMENDMENT NO. 6, dated as of August 1, 2017, by and among VICTORY CAPITAL OPERATING, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), VCH HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”), ROYAL BANK OF CANADA (“ Royal Bank ”), as the Amendment No. 6 Arranger and the Tranche B-1 Fronting Bank (as defined below) and each Participating Lender (as defined below) party hereto (this “ Amendment ”), to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2014, among the Borrower, Holdings, the Administrative Agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “ Credit Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.

 

W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H :

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested Refinancing Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $539,749,882.15 (the “ Tranche B-1 Term Loans ”; the commitments in respect of such Tranche B-1 Term Loans, the “ Tranche B-1 Term Commitments ”; and the Participating Lenders with Tranche B-1 Term Commitments and any permitted assignees thereof, the “ Tranche B-1 Lenders ”), which will be available on the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date (as defined below) to refinance all existing Term Loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement immediately prior to effectiveness of this Agreement (the “ Existing Term Loans ”) and which Tranche B-1 Term Loans shall constitute Refinancing Term Loans and Term Loans (as applicable) for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower has hereby notified the Administrative Agent that it is requesting the establishment of Refinancing Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.22(a) of the Credit Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, each Lender holding Existing Term Loans under the Credit Agreement immediately prior to effectiveness of this Agreement (each, an “ Existing Term Lender ”) executing and delivering a notice of participation in the Tranche B-1 Term Loans in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto (a “ Tranche B-1 Participation Notice ”) and electing the cashless settlement option therein (each such Lender in such capacity and with respect to the Existing Term Loans so elected, a “ Converting Consenting Lender ”) has agreed, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, to have all of its outstanding Existing Term Loans (or such lesser amount as notified and allocated to such Converting Consenting Lender by RBC Capital Markets in its capacity as lead arranger hereunder (in such capacity, the “ Amendment No. 6 Arranger ”) (with the consent of the Borrower)) converted to an equivalent principal amount of Tranche B-1 Term Loans effective as of the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date (the “ Converted Term Loans ”);

 

WHEREAS, (i) each Existing Term Lender executing and delivering a Tranche B-1 Participation Notice and electing the assignment settlement option therein (each such Lender in such capacity and with respect to the Existing Term Loans so elected, a “ Non-Converting Consenting Lender ” and, together with the Converting Consenting Lenders, the “ Participating Lenders ”) has agreed, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, to have all of its outstanding Existing Term Loans prepaid and will purchase by assignment from the Tranche B-1 Fronting Bank Tranche B-1 Term Loans in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Existing Term Loans prepaid (or such lesser amount as notified and allocated to such Non-Converting Consenting Lender by the Amendment No. 6 Arranger (with the consent of the Borrower)), (ii) all of the Existing Term Loans of each Existing Term Lender that does not deliver a Tranche B-1 Participation Notice by the deadline specified to the Existing Term Lender

 



 

shall be prepaid in full and (iii) Royal Bank of Canada (the “ Tranche B-1 Fronting Bank ”) has agreed to make additional Tranche B-1 Loans (the “ Additional Tranche B-1 Term Commitment ”) in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of any outstanding Existing Term Loans that are not converted into Tranche B-1 Loans on the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date as described in the immediately preceding paragraph and set forth on Annex I hereto, the proceeds of which will be used by the Borrower to repay in full the non-converted Existing Term Loans referred to in clauses (i) and (ii); and

 

WHEREAS, contemporaneously with the effectiveness of the Tranche B-1 Term Commitments the Borrower wishes to (a) make certain amendments to the Credit Agreement to provide for the incurrence of the Tranche B-1 Term Loans and (b) make certain other modifications to the Credit Agreement set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Refinancing Term Loans

 

Section 1.1.                                  Terms Generally . Other than as set forth herein, for all purposes under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the Tranche B-1 Term Loans shall have the same terms as the Existing Term Loans and shall be treated for purposes of voluntary and mandatory prepayments (including for scheduled principal payments) and all other terms as Existing Term Loans.

 

Section 1.2.                                  Proposed Borrowing . This Agreement represents a request by the Borrower to borrow Tranche B-1 Term Loans from the Tranche B-1 Lenders as set forth on the applicable Borrowing Notice to be delivered by the Borrower under the Credit Agreement.

 

Section 1.3.                                  New Lenders . Each Participating Lender and the Tranche B-1 Fronting Bank acknowledges and agrees that it shall become a “Lender” under, and for all purposes of, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall be subject to and bound by the terms thereof, and shall perform all the obligations of and shall have all rights of a Lender thereunder.

 

Section 1.4.                                  Credit Agreement Governs . Except as set forth in this Agreement, the Tranche B-1 Term Loans shall otherwise be subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Amendments

 

Section 2.1.                                  Amendments . Subject to the occurrence of the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date:

 

(a)                                  Global Amendments to Certain Definitions . Each reference to “Initial Term Loan” and “Initial Term Loans”, as applicable, contained in the definition of “Class” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement, the definition of “Term Loans” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement, the definition of “Term Maturity Date” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is replaced with a reference to “Tranche B-1 Term Loan” or “Tranche B-1 Term Loans”, as appropriate.

 

(b)                                  Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting in appropriate alphabetical order the following new definitions:

 

2



 

Additional Tranche B-1 Term Commitment ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Amendment No. 6.

 

Amendment No. 6 ” means Amendment No. 6 to this Agreement dated as of August 1, 2017.

 

Amendment No. 6 Arranger ” means Royal Bank of Canada in its capacity as arranger of Amendment No. 6.

 

Amendment No. 6 Effective Date ” means August 1, 2017, the date of effectiveness of Amendment No. 6.

 

Converted Term Loans ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01(f).

 

Converting Consenting Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Amendment No. 6.

 

Non-Converting Consenting Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Amendment No. 6.

 

Tranche B-1 Fronting Bank ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Amendment No. 6.

 

Tranche B-1 Term Commitments ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Amendment No. 6.

 

Tranche B-1 Term Loans ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Amendment No. 6.

 

(c)                                   The definition of “Applicable Rate” set forth in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing clause (a) thereof in its entirety with the following: “(a) with respect to any Term Loan, (1) 4.25% per annum, in the case of an ABR Loan, or (2) 5.25% per annum, in the case of a Eurocurrency Loan;”.

 

(d)                                  The definition of “Syndication Completion Date” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following proviso to the end thereof:

 

provided that the Syndication Completion Date with respect to any Tranche B-1 Term Loans shall be the date upon which the Amendment No. 6 Arranger reasonably determines that the primary syndication of the Tranche B-1 Term Loans has been completed and the Amendment No. 6 Arranger (and its Affiliates) hold no portion of the Tranche B-1 Term Loans funded on the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date”.

 

(e)                                   The definition of “Prepayment Premium” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the reference to “twelve months after the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date” with “six (6) months after the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date”.

 

(f)                                    The definition of “Repricing Transaction” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following new definition:

 

Repricing Transaction ” means (i) all or any portion of the Term Facility is (A) repaid, prepaid, refinanced or replaced (other than in connection with an IPO or a Change of Control) or

 

3



 

(B) repriced or effectively refinanced through any waiver, consent or amendment (in the case of each of clauses (A) and (B), in connection with the incurrence of any debt financing having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield that is less than the effective interest cost or weighted average yield of the Term Facility (or portion thereof) so repaid, prepaid, refinanced, replaced or repriced or any waiver, consent or amendment to the Term Facility directed at, or the result of which would be, the lowering of the effective interest cost or the weighted average yield of the Term Facility) occurring within six (6) months of the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date, and/or (ii) all or any portion of the Term Facility held by any Lender is repaid, prepaid, refinanced or replaced pursuant to Section 9.02(c) as a result of, or in connection with, such Lender not agreeing or otherwise consenting to any waiver, consent or amendment referred to in clause (i)(B) above (or otherwise in connection with a transaction described in the parenthetical of clause (i) above).

 

(g)                                   Section 2.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph (f) to such Section:

 

“(f)                              Subject to the terms and conditions of Amendment No. 6 and the conditions herein, (x) the Tranche B-1 Fronting Bank agrees to make Tranche B-1 Loans to the Borrower on the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date in Dollars in a principal amount not to exceed its Additional Tranche B-1 Term Commitment on the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date, and (y) each Converting Consenting Lender agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in Amendment No. 6, to have all of its outstanding Existing Term Loans (or such lesser amount as notified and allocated to such Converting Consenting Lender by the Amendment No. 6 Arranger (with the consent of the Borrower)) (such Existing Term Loans, the “ Converted Term Loans ”) converted to an equivalent principal amount of Tranche B-1 Term Loans effective as of the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date. Any amount borrowed as a Tranche B-1 Term Loan which is repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.”

 

(h)                                  Section 2.22(a)(iv) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“(iv)                         the final maturity date of such Refinancing Term Loans shall be no earlier than the maturity date of the Term Loans being refinanced, and the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Refinancing Term Loans shall be no shorter than the then remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of each Class of Term Loans being refinanced;”.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Conditions to Effectiveness

 

Section 3.1.                                  Effective Date . This Amendment shall become effective on the date (the “ Amendment No. 6 Effective Date ”) on which:

 

(a)                                  The Administrative Agent and the Amendment No. 6 Arranger shall have received (i) counterparts to this Amendment duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, Holdings, each Guarantor, the Administrative Agent, the Tranche B-1 Fronting Bank and the Amendment No. 6 Arranger and (ii) fully executed and delivered Tranche B-1 Participation Notices from Participating Lenders electing the “Cashless Settlement Option”, that together with the Additional Tranche B-1 Commitment, represent 100% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Existing Term Loans.

 

4



 

(b)                                  The representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof; provided that (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (ii) the representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.04(a), (b) and (c) of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent financial statements furnished pursuant to Section 5.01(a) and (b) of the Credit Agreement, as applicable; provided further , that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct in all respects on the date hereof or on such earlier date, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                   At the time of and immediately after giving effect to the Tranche B-1 Term Loans, but, in each case, giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(d)                                  The Amendment No. 6 Arranger and the Administrative Agent shall have received from the Borrower, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Amendment No. 6 Arranger and the Administrative Agent, a certificate dated as of the date hereof signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that the conditions specified in Section 3.1(b) and (c) are satisfied.

 

(e)                                   Prior to or substantially concurrently with the funding of the Tranche B-1 Term Loans, the Borrower shall have paid all fees, costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent and the Amendment No. 6 Arranger due and payable on or prior to the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date, including to the extent invoiced at least one Business Day prior to the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date, reasonable fees and disbursements of their counsel.

 

(f)                                    The Borrower shall have, immediately after the making of the Tranche B-1 Term Loans (i) repaid all Existing Term Loans outstanding immediately prior to the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date (other than the Converted Term Loans); and (ii) paid to all Lenders holding Term Loans all accrued and unpaid interest on their Existing Term Loans outstanding immediately prior to the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date to, but not including, the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date

 

(g)                                   The Administrative Agent and the Amendment No. 6 Arranger shall have received customary evidence of authorization of the transactions described herein, valid organization and good standing (to the extent applicable) in the jurisdiction of organization, in each case with respect to the Borrower and each Guarantor, and an officer’s certificate related thereto.

 

(h)                                  The Administrative Agent and the Amendment No. 6 Arranger shall have received a written opinion of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, in form and substance consistent with the opinion delivered on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date with such changes thereto as are reasonably requested or satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and are necessary to reflect the incurrence of Tranche B-1 Term Loans.

 

(i)                                      The Borrower and each of the Guarantors shall have provided at least three Business Days prior to the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date all documentation and other information to the Administrative Agent, the Amendment No. 6 Arranger and the Lenders that are required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the USA Patriot Act, to the extent the Borrower shall have received written requests therefor at least ten days prior to the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date.

 

(j)                                     The Administrative Agent and the Amendment No. 6 Arranger shall have received a Borrowing Request in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement.

 

5



 

(k)                                  The Administrative Agent and the Amendment No. 6 Arranger shall have received a certificate from the chief financial officer of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit F to the Credit Agreement certifying as to the solvency of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

Section 3.2.                                  Notification . The Amendment No. 6 Arranger and the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Miscellaneous

 

Section 4.1.                                  Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

Section 4.2.                                  Reaffirmation . Each of the undersigned Guarantors (each, a “ Reaffirming Party ”) hereby acknowledges this Amendment and the transactions contemplated thereby. Each Reaffirming Party hereby reaffirms all obligations and liabilities of such Reaffirming Party under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, as such obligations and liabilities have been amended by this Amendment, and confirms that such obligations and liabilities shall continue to be in full force and effect and shall continue to apply to the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document.

 

Section 4.3.                                  Applicable Law . THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 4.4.                                  Headings . The headings of this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

Section 4.5.                                  Effect of Amendment . On and after the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date, each reference to the Credit Agreement in any Loan Document (including to any Exhibit or Schedule attached thereto) shall be deemed to be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment and Amendment No. 6. Except as expressly set forth in this Amendment and Amendment No. 6, nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle any Loan Party to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement as in effect immediately prior to the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date or any other Loan Document in similar or different circumstances. This Amendment shall constitute a “Loan Document” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

Section 4.6.                                  Prepayment Notice . The Participating Lenders and the Tranche B-1 Fronting Bank party hereto, which constitute the Required Lenders, and the Administrative Agent hereby waive the requirement under Section 2.11(g) of the Credit Agreement to provide notice to the Administrative Agent not less than three Business Days prior to the prepayment of the Tranche B-1 Term Loans to be made hereunder. It is understood and agreed that this Agreement shall serve as the notice referred to in Section 2.11(g) of the Credit Agreement.

 

6



 

Section 4.7.                                  Recordation of the New Loans . Upon execution and delivery hereof, the Administrative Agent will record the Tranche B-1 Term Loans made by each Participating Lender in the Register.

 

Section 4.8.                                  Direction to Administrative Agent . The Lenders party hereto constituting the Required Lenders hereby (i) direct the Administrative Agent to execute and deliver this Agreement and Amendment No. 6 and (ii) acknowledge and agree that (x) the direction in this Section 4.7 constitutes a direction from the Required Lenders under the provisions of Article VIII of the Credit Agreement and (y) Sections 8.06 and 9.03 of the Credit Agreement shall apply to any and all actions taken by the Administrative Agent in accordance with such direction.

 

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

7


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to he executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL OPERATING, LLC,

 

as Borrower

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Name:

Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Title:

Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

VCH HOLDINGS, LLC,

 

as Holdings and a Guarantor

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Name:

Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Title:

Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

VICTORY CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.,

 

as a Guarantor

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Name:

Michael D. Policarpo

 

 

Title:

Chief Operating Officer

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 6 to Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

 

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Guttilla

 

 

Name: Mike Guttilla

 

 

Title: Authorize Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 6 to Credit Agreement]

 



 

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

 

as the Tranche B-1 Fronting Bank and Amendment No. 6 Arranger

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James S. Wolfe

 

 

Name:

JAMES S. WOLFE

 

 

Title:

MANAGING DIRECTOR

 

 

 

HEAD OF GLOBAL LEVERAGED FINANCE

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 6 to Credit Agreement]

 



 

[Tranche B-1 Participation Notices on file with the Administrative Agent]

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 6 to Credit Agreement]

 


 

EXHIBIT A

Form of Tranche B-1 Participation Notice

 

Royal Bank of Canada, as Tranche B-1 Fronting Bank and Amendment No. 6 Arranger

 

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Administrative Agent

 

VICTORY CAPITAL OPERATING, LLC

Tranche B-1 Participation Notice

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to Amendment No. 6 (the “ Amendment ”) to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2014 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including pursuant to the Amendment, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among, VICTORY CAPITAL OPERATING, LLC (the “ Borrower ”), VCH HOLDINGS, LLC (“ Holdings ”), the Lenders party thereto, and MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”). Unless otherwise specified herein, capitalized terms used but not defined herein are used as defined in the Amendment.

 

By delivery of this Tranche B-1 Participation Notice, each of the undersigned (each a “ Participating Lender ”), hereby irrevocably consents to the Amendment and the amendment of the Credit Agreement contemplated thereby and (check as applicable):

 

NAME OF PARTICIPATING EXISTING TERM LENDER :                                            

 

o                                     Cashless Settlement Option . Hereby (i) elects, upon the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date, to be a “Converting Consenting Lender” and exchange the full amount of the outstanding Initial Term Loans of such Participating Lender for an equal outstanding amount of Tranche B-1 Term Loans under the Credit Agreement and (ii) represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent that it has the organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this letter agreement and the Amendment (including, without limitation, with respect to any exchange contemplated hereby), has taken all necessary corporate and other organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this letter agreement and the Amendment and neither its execution and delivery of this letter agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Amendment or pursuant to the Credit Agreement conflict with such Participating Lender’s organizational documents or material contracts or with any applicable law.

 

o                                     Cash Settlement Option . Hereby (i) elects to be a “Non-Converting Consenting Lender” and to have the full amount of the outstanding Initial Term Loans of such Participating Lender prepaid and agrees to promptly (but in any event, on or prior to the date that is 30 days following the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date) purchase an equal amount of Tranche B-1 Term Loans and (ii) represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent that it has the organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this letter agreement and the Amendment (including, without limitation, with respect to any exchange contemplated hereby), has taken all necessary corporate and other organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this letter agreement and the Amendment and neither its execution and delivery of this letter agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated

 



 

by the Amendment or pursuant to the Credit Agreement conflict with such Participating Lender’s organizational documents or material contracts or with any applicable law.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

[Signature Page to Tranche B-1 Participation Notice]

 



 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

                                                  ,

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

[If second signature is necessary:]

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 




Exhibit 10.26

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of this 20 th  day of March, 2017 between VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC. , having a principal place of business at 4900 Tiedeman Road, 4 th  floor, Brooklyn, OH 44144 (“ Victory ”); and DAVID C. BROWN , an individual residing at 265 Brighton Lane, Boston Heights, OH 44264 (“ Executive ”).

 

WHEREAS , Executive and Victory’s principal operating subsidiary, Victory Capital Management, Inc. (“ VCM ”) are parties to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of August 5th, 2014 (the “ Current Employment Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS, Victory intends to file a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, registering for sale to the public shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Registration Statement ”); and

 

WHEREAS, upon the “effective date” of the Registration Statement, as declared by the US Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ IPO Effective Date ”), the parties wish to have this Agreement amend, restate and supersede the Current Employment Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants, terms and conditions set forth herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Employment . VCM presently employs Executive as its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. As of the IPO Effective Date, VCM and Executive shall continue such employment, and Victory shall employ Executive as its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, in each case on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

2.                                       Duties of Executive.

 

(a)                                  Executive shall perform and discharge well and faithfully his duties as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (“ CEO ”) of Victory, and such additional duties as may be assigned to Executive from time to time by the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of Victory, so long as the assignment is consistent with Executive’s office and duties.

 

(1) Executive shall hold such other titles, not inconsistent with his position as Chairman and CEO of Victory, as may be given to him from time to time by the Board;

 

(2) Executive shall devote his full time, attention and energies to the business of Victory during the Term; provided , however , that this Section 2 shall not be construed as preventing Executive from (a) engaging in activities incident or necessary to personal investments consistent with Victory policies, (b) being involved in any other employment activity with the prior approval of the Board, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, or (c) engaging in charitable activities and community affairs, in each case to the extent that such activities do not interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement or the affairs of Victory. Executive shall not

 



 

engage in any business or commercial activities, duties or pursuits which compete with the business or commercial activities of Victory or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, nor may Executive serve as a director or officer or in any other capacity in a company which competes with Victory or any of their subsidiaries or affiliates without the prior approval of the Board.

 

(b)                                  During the Term, Executive shall be a voting member of the Board and shall also report to the Board in his capacity as CEO.

 

3.                                       Term of Agreement, Termination .

 

(a)                                  Effective Date . This Agreement shall be effective as of the IPO Effective Date.

 

(b)                                  Term . The term of Executive’s employment under this Agreement (the “ Term ”) shall commence on the IPO Effective Date and shall continue until terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.

 

(c)                                   Termination for Cause . Victory may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, with or without “ Cause ”.

 

(1)  Cause . As used in this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following:

 

(i)                                      Executive’s willful failure to comply with any lawful and reasonable written directive of the Board consistent with the terms of this Agreement (other than as a result of Executive’s Disability);

 

(ii)                                   Executive’s willful and substantial misconduct in the performance of his duties or responsibilities under this Agreement, which causes demonstrable harm to Victory or VCM;

 

(iii)                                Executive’s breach in any material respect of the provisions of this Agreement or Executive’s willful breach of any other material agreement with or material written policy of Victory or VCM;

 

(iv)                               Executive’s conviction or plea of no contest (or of nolo contendere ) for any felony any crime involving moral turpitude;

 

(v)                                  Executive’s unlawful use (including being under the influence of) or possession of illegal drugs on Victory’s or VCM’s premises or while performing Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement; or

 

(vi)                               Executive’s commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement, theft or misappropriation against Victory or VCM;

 

Provided , that no action or inaction on Executive’s part described in (i), (ii) or (iii) of this Section 3(c)(1) shall constitute “Cause” unless (x) Executive has

 

2



 

received written notice from the Board stating that “Cause” for termination exists and specifying, in reasonable detail, the action or inaction alleged to constitute “Cause”, (y) Executive has been given an opportunity to be heard before the Board, with counsel of his choosing and at least thirty (30) days to cure such action and inaction in all material respects (during which time, for the avoidance of doubt, the Board may in its sole discretion place Executive on garden leave with pay), and (z) “Cause” for termination continues to exist after such thirty (30) day period and has not been so cured in all material respects, or is not susceptible to cure.

 

(2)  Effect of Termination for Cause . If Executive’s employment is terminated for Cause, Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits under this Agreement shall cease, except that Executive shall retain any accrued rights under the various Victory benefit plans in accordance with the terms and conditions of said plans and as otherwise specified herein, and shall be paid any Base Salary (as defined in Section 4(a)(1)) earned through the effective date of the termination (“ Accrued Rights ”). Upon termination for Cause, Executive shall forfeit any unpaid Annual Bonus (as defined in Section 4(a)(2)), any outstanding Incentive Award (as defined in Section 4(a)(3)) and any accrued but unused vacation and sick days. In addition, any unvested equity awards (“ Equity Awards ”), and any vested Equity Awards comprising options to purchase Company stock, which have been granted to Executive under one or more of Victory’s equity incentive plans (the “ Equity Incentive Plans ”) shall be forfeited as of the date of such termination, unless the terms of an applicable Equity Award grant agreement expressly provide otherwise.

 

(d)                                  Termination by Executive Other Than for Good Reason . Executive may terminate his employment other than for Good Reason (as defined in Section 3(f) of this Agreement) (such termination, a “ Voluntary Termination ”) upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the Board. Upon a Voluntary Termination, Executive’s rights to compensation and benefits under this Agreement shall cease, except for any Accrued Rights as of the date of such termination. Upon a Voluntary Termination, Executive shall forfeit any unpaid Annual Bonus, any outstanding Incentive Award and any accrued but unused vacation and sick days. In addition, any unvested Equity Awards shall be forfeited as of the date of such termination, unless the terms of an applicable Equity Award grant agreement expressly provide otherwise.

 

(e)                                   Termination by Executive for Good Reason . Executive may terminate his employment for Good Reason (as defined below).

 

(1)  Good Reason . The term “ Good Reason ” shall mean any of the following:

 

(i)                                      Except as a result of Executive’s regulatory removal and/or in connection with termination of Executive’s employment for Cause (including Executive’s being placed on garden leave with pay), (A) the removal of Executive from any of the positions stated in Section 2 of this Agreement (except that removal of Executive from the position of Chairman shall not, in and of itself, constitute Good Reason); (B) a material reduction in his duties and responsibilities such that Executive is

 

3



 

no longer primarily responsible for the day-to-day operations of the Victory business as would be consistent with his position as CEO of Victory; or (C) the failure of the Board to consult Executive when making material strategic decisions relating to Victory if (x) Executive disagrees with such decisions and (y) Executive is not subsequently permitted to present to the Board alternatives relating to such decisions;

 

(ii)                                   a reduction in the sum of Executive’s Base Salary and Annual Bonus, as set forth in Sections 4(a)(1) and (2) of this Agreement, below $1,200,000;

 

(iii)                                a material reduction in Executive’s Incentive Award opportunity, as set forth in Section 4(a)(3) of this Agreement; provided , however , for the avoidance of doubt, that any shortfall in the payout of Executive’s Incentive Award resulting from a lack of availability of funds in the Bonus Pool, as defined and set forth in Section 4(c) of this Agreement, shall not constitute Good Reason;

 

(iv)                               the movement of Executive’s principal office more than 50 miles from its location at the IPO Effective Date;

 

(v)                                  the assignment of duties and responsibilities to Executive materially inconsistent with the positions indicated in Section 2 of this Agreement that materially disrupt Executive’s ability to perform the duties and responsibilities that are consistent with the positions indicated in Section 2 of this Agreement, except if such assignment is directed or recommended by an applicable regulatory agency; or

 

(vi)                               a change in Executive’s direct reporting relationship with the Board as a whole.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Good Reason shall not be deemed to arise solely due to (A) Executive being placed on paid garden leave for up to 30 days during the Board’s good faith investigation and assessment of whether Cause exists due to actions or inactions of Executive or (B) the Board’s appointment of an interim Chief Executive Officer during any period of illness or incapacity (or other period of leave) by Executive lasting more than thirty (30) consecutive days.

 

(2)  Notice of Termination . In order to terminate employment for Good Reason, Executive must first give to the Board written notice of his intent to terminate for Good Reason, specifying the actions or failures to act giving rise to Good Reason, within thirty (30) days of the date Executive has actual knowledge thereof. Such notice shall be provided within sixty (60) days after the conditions constituting Good Reason initially arise and may be in the form of an electronic transmission. The Board shall have thirty (30) days from the receipt of such notice to cure the action or failures to act giving rise to Good Reason. If not cured, Executive’s employment shall be considered to have been terminated for Good Reason as of the last day of such cure period.

 

4



 

(f)                                    Rights in Event of Termination of Employment Without Cause or for Good Reason .

 

(1) In the event that the employment of Executive is terminated by Victory without Cause, or Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, Victory shall pay Executive:

 

(i)                                      an amount equal to two times (2X) Executive’s Average Total Compensation (as defined in Section 3(j)), which amount shall be payable in eight quarterly installments beginning within 30 days of the effective date of the termination under this Section 3(f) and payable on or before the last day of each calendar quarter thereafter, subject to federal, state and local tax withholdings; and

 

(ii)                                   for a period from his termination of employment until the earlier of (a) 18 months following the date of termination of employment or (b) the date Executive is eligible to receive substantially similar benefits through his or his family member’s employment, Executive shall receive a continuation of all medical benefits at the level provided to him prior to the termination date, or, if Victory cannot provide such benefits because Executive is no longer an employee or because such coverage would result in excise tax or other penalties imposed on Victory, a dollar amount equal to the cost of such benefits (or substantially similar benefits);

 

(iii)                                payment for all accrued and unused vacation and sick days through the date of termination;

 

(2)  Equity Awards . Upon termination of employment due to Executive’s termination of employment by Victory without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason, Executive’s Equity Awards shall be treated in accordance with the terms of such Equity Awards or the Equity Incentive Plans, as applicable.

 

(g)                                   Parachute Payments .

 

(1) In the event that any of the payments or benefits described in this Agreement, when added to all other amounts or benefits provided to or on behalf or for the benefit of Executive by Victory or its affiliates in connection with his termination of employment, (“ Covered Payments ”) would constitute parachute payments (“ Parachute Payments ”) within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and would be subject to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor provision thereto) or any similar tax imposed by state or local law or any interest or penalties with respect to such taxes (collectively, the “ Excise Tax ”), then such Covered Payments shall be either (i) reduced to the minimum extent necessary to ensure that no portion of the Covered Payments is subject to the Excise Tax (that amount, the “ Reduced Amount ”) or (ii) payable in full if Executive’s receipt on an after-tax basis of the full amount of payments and benefits (after taking into account the applicable federal, state, local and foreign income, employment and excise taxes (including the Excise Tax)) would result in Executive receiving an amount that is at least one dollar greater than the Reduced Amount. If the

 

5



 

Covered Payments are to be reduced pursuant to clause (i) in the immediately preceding sentence, such reduction shall be done in a manner that maximizes Executive’s economic position. In applying this principle, the reduction shall be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and where two economically equivalent amounts are subject to reduction but payable at different times, such amounts shall be reduced on a pro rata basis but not below zero.

 

(2)  Determinations .

 

(i)                                      An initial determination as to whether (i) any of the Parachute Payments received by Executive in connection with the occurrence of a change in the ownership or control of Victory or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of Victory shall be subject to the Excise Tax, and (ii) the amount of any reduction, if any, that may be required pursuant to Section 3(f)(3) above, shall be made by an accounting firm selected by Victory (the “ Accounting Firm ”) prior to the consummation of such change in the ownership or effective control of Victory or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of Victory. Executive shall be furnished with notice of all determinations made as to the Excise Tax payable with respect to Executive’s Parachute Payments, together with the related calculations of the Accounting Firm, promptly after such determinations and calculations have been received by the Company.

 

(ii)                                   For purposes of this provision,

 

(A)                                no portion of the Parachute Payments the receipt or enjoyment of which Executive shall have effectively waived in writing prior to the date of payment of the Parachute Payments shall be taken into account;

 

(B)                                no portion of the Parachute Payments shall be taken into account which in the opinion of the Accounting Firm does not constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code and the Accounting Firm shall be required to value any restrictive covenants (including, without limitation, any covenants not to compete with Victory and/or VCM or solicit employees or customers of Victory and/or VCM) in forming such opinion;

 

(C)                                the Parachute Payments shall be reduced only to the extent necessary so that the Parachute Payments (other than those referred to in the immediately preceding clause (A) or (B)) in their entirety constitute reasonable compensation for services actually rendered within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4) of the Code or are otherwise not subject to disallowance as deductions, in the opinion of the auditor or tax counsel referred to in such clause (B); and

 

(D)                                the value of any non-cash benefit or any deferred payment or benefit included in the Parachute Payments shall be determined by Victory’s independent auditors based on Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code and the regulations for applying those Code sections, or on substantial authority within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code.

 

6



 

(3) Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Section 3(g) by seeking other employment or otherwise. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing, the amount of payment or the benefit provided for in this Section 3(f) shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by Executive as the result of employment by another employer or by reason of Executive’s receipt of or right to receive any retirement or other benefits after the date of termination of employment or otherwise.

 

(4) It is possible that after determinations and selections made pursuant to this Section 3(g) Executive will receive an amount that is either more or less than the limitation provided above (hereafter referred to as an “ Excess Payment ” or “ Underpayment ,” respectively). If it is established, pursuant to a final determination of a court or an Internal Revenue Service proceeding that has been finally and conclusively resolved, that an Excess Payment has been made, then Executive shall refund the Excess Payment to Victory promptly on demand, together with an additional payment in an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the Excess Payment times the rate that is 120% of the applicable annual federal rate (as determined in and under Section 1274(d) of the Code) times a fraction whose numerator is the number of days elapsed from the date of Executive’s receipt of such Excess Payment through the date of such refund and whose denominator is 365. In the event that it is determined (x) by an arbitration under Section 20 below, (y) by a court of competent jurisdiction, or (z) by an independent auditor upon request by Executive or Victory, that an Underpayment has occurred, Victory shall pay an amount equal to the Underpayment to Executive within 10 days of such determination together with an additional payment in an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the Underpayment times the rate that is 120% of the applicable annual federal rate (as determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code) times a fraction whose numerator is the number of days elapsed from the date of the Underpayment through the date of such payment and whose denominator is 365.

 

(5) Victory and Executive will cooperate in good faith to review, consider and pursue reasonable and customary mitigation strategies to avoid the imposition of the Excise Tax on any amounts due to Executive hereunder or otherwise.

 

(h)                                  Termination Due to Executive’s Disability or Death . Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically upon his Disability (as defined below) or death. In the case of Disability, such termination shall be effective upon expiration of the 180-day period described in Section 3(h)(1).

 

(1)  Disability . For purposes of this Agreement, Executive shall have suffered a “ Disability ” if, as a result of physical or mental injury or impairment, Executive has been unable to perform the essential job functions of his position on a full time basis, taking into account any reasonable accommodation required by law, and without posing a direct threat to himself and others, for a period of 180 days or more during any consecutive 12-month period.

 

7



 

(2)  Effect of Termination for Disability . Executive shall be entitled to participate in disability programs generally available to similarly situated employees. In addition, upon termination for Disability, Executive shall be entitled:

 

(i)                                      to receive from Victory at no cost to Executive for 18 months following termination, a continuation of all medical benefits at the level provided to him prior to the termination date, or, if Victory cannot provide such benefits because Executive is no longer an employee or because such coverage would result in excise tax or other penalties imposed on Victory, a dollar amount equal to the cost of such benefits (or substantially similar benefits);

 

(ii)                                   to receive an amount equal to one times (1X) his Annual Bonus, prorated for the year in which such termination occurs, based on the number of calendar days in such year which have elapsed as of the date of such termination;

 

(iii)                                to receive payment for all accrued and unused vacation and sick days through the first date on which the Disability occurred; and

 

(iv)                               the Accrued Rights.

 

(3)  Effect of Termination Due to Death . Upon the death of Executive, his estate shall be entitled:

 

(i)                                      to receive an amount equal to one times (1X) his Annual Bonus, prorated for the year in which such termination occurs, based on the number of calendar days in such year which have elapsed as of the date of such termination;

 

(ii)                                   to receive payment for all accrued and unused vacation and sick days through the date of termination; and

 

(iii)                                the Accrued Rights.

 

(4)  Equity Awards . Upon termination of employment due to Executive’s Disability or death, his Equity Awards shall be treated in accordance with the terms of such Equity Awards or the Equity Incentive Plans, as applicable.

 

(i)                                      Executive agrees that in the event his employment under this Agreement is terminated, regardless of the reason for termination, Executive shall resign as a director of Victory or any affiliate or subsidiary thereof, if he is then serving as a director of any such entities.

 

(j)                                     The term “ Average Total Compensation ” shall mean, as of any date, the average obtained by dividing X/Y, where “X” equals the aggregate amount of Base Salary, Annual Bonus and Incentive Award paid to Executive for the preceding two (2) calendar years, and “Y” equals two (2). For this purpose, the amount of each of the relevant Incentive Awards will include both the cash and equity component of the Incentive Award (without double

 

8



 

counting) and the equity component will be valued based on the value ascribed to that component as of the grant date of the Incentive Award.

 

(k)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, with respect to any vested Equity Awards and any shares of Company stock that Executive may hold following a termination of employment, any Company call rights under any applicable award agreements, plans, shareholder agreements or other documents, as in effect on the date hereof, shall cease to apply as of and after the IPO Effective Date.

 

4.                                       Annual Compensation .

 

(a)                                  For services performed by Executive under this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to receive the following during the Term (collectively, the “ Annual Compensation ”):

 

(1) base salary at a rate of $600,000 per year (“ Base Salary ”) payable by Victory in regular installments in accordance with Victory’s general payroll practices;

 

(2) a cash bonus of $600,000 per year (“ Annual Bonus ”), payable quarterly; and

 

(3) an additional incentive award opportunity for each year, at a target level determined by the Board and Compensation Committee based on appropriate benchmarks for peer companies (“ Incentive Award ”), and which shall be subject to the following terms:

 

(i)                                      The Incentive Award shall be payable partly in cash and partly in equity, as determined by the Board. The equity portion of the Incentive Award shall be subject to the terms in the bonus plan for executives of Victory (the “ Bonus Plan ”) and any applicable award agreement and shall be fully vested on grant, unless otherwise provided in the Bonus Plan and applicable award agreement.

 

(ii)                                   Payment of the Incentive Award shall be based on achievement of specified performance criteria, including but not limited to the size and growth of Victory, accretion in equity value of Victory, and achievement of business plans, in each case factoring in prevailing market conditions. The Board shall, in its good faith discretion, determine: the performance criteria, the applicable performance period, and, at the conclusion of the applicable performance period, whether such performance criteria have been met.

 

(b)                                  The Base Salary may be increased (but not decreased) by a simple majority vote of the Board (following Executive’s recusal from such vote) on an annual basis, based on Executive meeting previously agreed upon performance metrics, the historical growth of Victory and its positioning for further growth, and the compensation paid to senior executives at comparably sized and similarly situated firms.

 

9



 

(c)                                   The Annual Bonus and Incentive Award shall be paid out of, and shall be subject to availability of funds in the pool of compensation available for bonus and other award payments pursuant to the terms of the Bonus Plan (the “ Bonus Pool ”) and as determined by the Board.

 

(d)                                  Paid Time Off and/or Vacations . During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to paid time off and/or vacation in accordance with the policies, as established from time to time by the Board but no less than 5 weeks’ vacation, all firm holidays and a reasonable number of sick days. However, Executive shall not be entitled to receive any additional compensation from Victory for failure to take sick days and/or vacation, but Executive shall be able to accumulate unused sick days and/or vacation time from one year to the next, except to the extent specified by the Board.

 

(e)                                   Employee Benefit Plans . During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to participate in or receive the benefits of any employee benefit plans implemented for Victory and Victory shall not make any changes in such plans or benefits that would adversely affect Executive’s rights or benefits with respect to awards previously granted. Nothing paid to Executive under any plan or arrangement presently in effect shall be deemed to be in lieu of the salary payable to Executive pursuant to Section 4(a) of this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    Business Expenses . During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by him, that are properly accounted for in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Board.

 

(g)                                   Annual Executive Physical . During the Term, Victory shall pay for an annual executive physical for Executive at the Cleveland Clinic or comparable facility of Executive’s choosing, at no out-of-pocket cost to Executive.

 

(h)                                  Tax and Financial Planning . During the Term, Victory shall pay annually for Executive’s reasonable expenses incurred to receive tax, financial and estate planning, including tax return preparation, from the tax attorneys, accountants, estate planners, investment managers and financial planners of Executive’s choosing, at no out-of-pocket cost to Executive.

 

(i)                                      Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of Section 409A of Code (“Section 409A”), it is intended that any payments that may be regarded as payments pursuant to a short term deferral or payments pursuant to a separation pay plan within the meaning of Section 409A may be so regarded. Each payment in any series of payments to be made under this Agreement shall be regarded as a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary or otherwise, all benefits or payments provided by the Company to Executive that would be deemed to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A are intended to comply with Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, if the payment of any amount or benefit under this Agreement would be subject to additional taxes and interest under Section 409A of the Code because the timing of such payment is not delayed as provided in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, then any such payment or benefit that Executive would otherwise be

 

10


 

entitled to receive during the first six months following the date of Executive’s termination of employment shall be accumulated and paid or provided, as applicable, on the date that is six months after the date of Executive’s termination of employment (or if such date does not fall on a business day of Victory, the next following business day), or such earlier date upon which such amount can be paid or provided under Section 409A of the Code without being subject to such additional taxes and interest. Except to the extent any expense, reimbursement or in-kind benefit provided pursuant to this Agreement does not constitute a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A, (x) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits provided to the Executive during any calendar year will not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits provided to the Executive in any other calendar year, (y) the reimbursements for expenses for which the Executive is entitled to be reimbursed shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the applicable expense is incurred and (z) the right to payment or reimbursement or in-kind benefits hereunder may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit. A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of amounts or benefits upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

5.                                       Change in Control

 

(a)                                  If a Change in Control occurs at any time during the Term, all unvested Equity Awards granted prior to March 11, 2017 shall vest in full and, if applicable, become immediately exercisable as of the date of the Change in Control.

 

(b)                                  In the event that Executive’s employment with Victory is terminated by Victory without Cause during the period beginning 90 days prior to a Change in Control, then all Equity Awards (including unvested Equity Awards, whether granted before or after March 11, 2017) that would have been unvested and outstanding as of the date of consummation of such Change in Control but for Executive’s termination of employment without Cause shall vest in full and, if applicable become immediately exercisable, or Executive shall be given equivalent economic value if such equity is forfeited due to such a termination within 90 days prior to a Change in Control. For the avoidance of doubt, Victory is authorized to take any and all necessary actions, including, without limitation, imposing tolling provisions or other restrictions on vesting, forfeiture, exercise and disposition of Executive’s equity awards, to effectuate the foregoing.

 

(c)                                   The provisions of Section 5(a) shall not apply to Equity Awards which are granted to Executive after the IPO Effective Date.

 

(d)                                  For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon a Sale of the Company as defined in the Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan, as in effect as of the date of this Agreement.

 

6.                                       Tax Withholding . All payments made to Executive hereunder shall be subject to applicable Federal, state and local tax withholding requirements. Withholding taxes

 

11



 

due in respect of Equity Awards may be satisfied by any method permitted under the terms of the Equity Incentive Plans, or as the Board or its Compensation may otherwise provide.

 

7.                                       Covenants Not to Compete and Not to Solicit .

 

(a)                                  Executive hereby acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the business of Victory and, accordingly, agrees that, during and for the applicable periods set forth in Section 7(a)(1) and (3) hereof, Executive shall not, except as otherwise permitted in writing by the Board:

 

(1) be engaged, directly or indirectly, either for his own account or as agent, consultant, employee, partner, officer, director, proprietor, investor (except as a passive investor owning less than 3% of the equity or holding less than 3% of a debt instrument in an entity) or otherwise by any person, firm, corporation or enterprise engaged in money management, asset management, wealth management or mutual fund management at any time during the Term, if applicable, or during the 12 month period following the effective date of termination of Executive’s employment (collectively, the “ Non-Competition Period ”). Executive shall not, at any time during the Non-Competition Period, engage in any of the aforementioned activities; or

 

(2) provide financial (except as a passive investor owning less than 3% of the equity or holding less than 3% of a debt instrument in an entity) or other assistance to any person, firm, corporation, or enterprise engaged in money management, asset management, wealth management or mutual fund management at any time during the Non-Competition Period; or

 

(3) directly or indirectly contact, solicit or induce any person, corporation or other entity who or which is a customer or referral source of Victory or any of their subsidiaries or affiliates to become a customer or referral source for any person or entity other than Victory or their subsidiaries or affiliates at any time during the Term, if applicable, or the 24 month period following the effective date of termination of Executive’s employment (collectively, the “ Non-Solicitation Period ”); or

 

(4) directly or indirectly, at any time during the Non-Solicitation Period, solicit, induce or encourage any employee of Victory or any of their subsidiaries or affiliates who is employed on the date of termination, to leave the employ of Victory or any of its subsidiaries, or affiliates, or to seek, obtain or accept employment with any person other than Victory or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

(b)                                  It is expressly understood and agreed that, although Executive and Victory consider the restrictions contained in Sections 7(a)(1), (2), (3) and (4) of this Agreement to be reasonable for the purpose of preserving for Victory and its subsidiaries and affiliates, their good will and other proprietary rights, if a final judicial determination is made by a court having jurisdiction (without regard to any ability to appeal or whether an appeal is in fact taken, during the pendency of that appeal) that the time or territory or any other restriction contained in Sections 7(a)(1), (2), (3) and (4) of this Agreement is an unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable restriction against Executive, the provisions of Sections 7(a)(1), (2), (3) and (4)

 

12



 

shall not be rendered void, but shall be deemed amended to apply as to such maximum time and territory and to such other extent as such court may judicially determine or indicate to be reasonable.

 

(c)                                   The provisions of this Section 7 shall continue to apply following Executive’s termination of employment as provided herein, regardless of the reason for termination. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent the provisions of this Section 7 conflict with the terms of any other agreement, including any award agreement, between Executive and Victory or its subsidiaries or affiliates, the provisions of this Section 7 shall supersede any such conflicting provisions.

 

8.                                       Unauthorized Disclosure . During the Term, or at any later time, Executive shall not, without the written consent of the Board or a person authorized by the Board, knowingly disclose to any person, other than an employee of Victory or a person to whom disclosure is reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance by Executive of his duties as an executive of Victory any material confidential information obtained by him while in the employ of Victory with respect to any of the services, products, improvements, formulas, designs or styles, processes, customers, customer lists, methods of business or any business practices of Victory or any of their subsidiaries or affiliates, the disclosure of which could be or will be damaging to Victory or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”), provided , however , that Confidential Information shall not include any information known generally to the public (other than as a result of unauthorized disclosure by Executive or any person with the assistance, consent or direction of Executive) or any information of a type not otherwise considered confidential by persons engaged in the same business or a business similar to that conducted by Victory or any information that must be disclosed as required by law.

 

9.                                       Work Made for Hire . Any work performed by Executive under this Agreement should be considered a “work made for hire” (as defined in the Copyright Act of 1976 (17 U.S.C. § 101)), and shall be owned by and for the express benefit of Victory and its subsidiaries and affiliates. In the event it should be established that such work does not qualify as a work made for hire, Executive agrees to and does hereby assign to Victory and its affiliates and subsidiaries, all of his rights, title, and/or interest in such work product, including, but not limited to, all copyrights, patents, trademarks, and proprietary rights.

 

10.                                Return of Company Property and Documents . Executive agrees that, at the time of termination of his employment, regardless of the reason for termination, he will deliver to Victory and its subsidiaries and affiliates, any and all company property, including, but not limited to, keys, security codes or passes, mobile telephones, pagers, computers, devices, Confidential Information, records, data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, sketches, software programs, equipment, other documents or property, or reproductions of any of the aforementioned items developed or obtained by Executive during the course of his employment.

 

11.                                Liability Insurance . Victory shall use its best efforts to obtain insurance coverage for Executive under an insurance policy covering officers and directors of Victory and Holdings against lawsuits, arbitrations or other legal or regulatory proceedings, and judgments or

 

13



 

settlements as a result, for the same duration following Executive’s termination of service as the post-service duration applicable from time to time to other directors on the Board under the applicable terms of coverage.

 

12.                                Notices . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be deemed properly given if in writing and if mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid with return receipt requested, as follows:

 

If to Executive , to:

 

David C. Brown, at the address on file with Victory.

 

If to Victory , to:

 

 

 

Victory Capital Management

 

c/o Crestview Partners II, L.P.

 

667 Madison Avenue, 10th Floor

 

New York, New York 10065

 

Attention:

Richard DeMartini

 

 

Alex Binderow

 

Telephone:

(212) 906-0700

 

Facsimile:

(212) 906-0750

 

 

13.                                Waiver . No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and an executive officer specifically designated by the Board. No waiver by any party to this Agreement, at any time, of any breach by another party to this Agreement, or compliance with any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party, shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

 

14.                                Assignment . This Agreement shall be assignable by Victory to, and binding up, its successors and assigns, and their respective affiliates.

 

15.                                Attorney’s Fees and Costs . If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, each party shall bear his or its own attorney’s fees, costs, and expenses incurred in connection with the litigation, unless mandated by statute; provided, however, that in the event of any dispute which arises in connection with, or at any time following, a Change in Control, the Company (or its successor) pay for all reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and expenses incurred by Executive in connection therewith. Executive shall be reimbursed for all reasonable legal fees incurred in connection with the drafting and negotiation of this Agreement.

 

16.                                Indemnification . Victory will indemnify Executive as required by New York law and as provided by the Articles and By-laws of Victory, to the extent that such indemnification is not prohibited under federal law, with respect to any threatened, pending or completed legal or regulatory action, suit or proceeding brought against him by reason of the fact

 

14



 

that he is or was a director, officer; employee or agent of Victory, or is or was serving at the request of Victory as a director, officer; employee or agent of another person or entity.

 

17.                                Entire Agreement; Supremacy of this Agreement . Upon the IPO Effective Date, this Agreement shall supersede any and all agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties with respect to the employment of Executive by Victory, including, without limitation, the Current Employment Agreement, and this Agreement shall thereafter contain all the covenants and agreements between the parties with respect to employment. If any provision of any other document is inconsistent with this Agreement, this Agreement shall control unless the parties shall have specifically overridden the application of this Agreement in a subsequent written agreement or amendment signed by both parties hereto.

 

18.                                Binding Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If Executive should die after a notice of termination of employment is delivered by Executive, or following termination of Executive’s employment without Cause, and any amounts would be payable to Executive under this Agreement if Executive had continued to live, all such amounts shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive’s devisee, legatee, or other designee, or, if there is no such designee, to Executive’s estate. This Agreement shall be enforceable by Victory or any successor to which it is assigned pursuant to Section 14 herein.

 

19.                                Law Governing . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflicts of law principles.

 

20.                                Arbitration . Victory and Executive recognize that in the event a dispute should arise between them concerning the interpretation or implementation of this Agreement (except for any enforcement sought with respect to Sections 7, 8, 9 or 10, which may be litigated in court), lengthy and expensive litigation will not afford a practical resolution of the issues within a reasonable period of time. Consequently, each party agrees that all disputes, disagreements and questions of interpretation concerning this Agreement are to be submitted for resolution, in New York, NY, to the American Arbitration Association (the “ Association ”) in accordance with the Association’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes or other applicable rules then in effect (“ Rules ”). Victory or Executive may initiate an arbitration proceeding at any time by giving notice to the other in accordance with the Rules. Victory and Executive may, as a matter of right, mutually agree on the appointment of a particular arbitrator from the Association’s pool. The arbitrator shall not be bound by the rules of evidence and procedure of the courts of the State of New York but shall be bound by the substantive law applicable to this Agreement. The decision of the arbitrator, absent fraud, duress, incompetence or gross and obvious error of fact, shall be final and binding upon the parties and shall be enforceable in courts of proper jurisdiction. Following written notice of a request for arbitration, Victory or Executive shall be entitled to an injunction restraining all further proceedings in any pending or subsequently filed litigation concerning this Agreement, except as otherwise provided herein or any enforcement sought with respect to Sections 7, 8, 9 or 10. The allocation of attorney’s fees and other costs relating to any dispute described in this Section 20 shall be governed by Section 15.

 

15



 

21.                                No Mitigation or Offset . Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking employment or otherwise; nor will any amounts or benefits payable or provided hereunder be reduced in the event he does not secure employment, except as otherwise provided herein.

 

22.                                Validity . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

23.                                Headings . The section headings of this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction or limit the scope or intent of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

24.                                Effective Date. This Agreement shall become effective on the IPO Effective Date. The parties may, by mutual consent, terminate this Agreement at any time prior to the IPO Effective Date, in which case this Agreement shall be considered null and void, ab initio.

 

16



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

ATTEST:

 

VICTORY CAPITAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

By:

 /s/ Alex Binderow

 

 

 

Name:

Alex Binderow

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

WITNESS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

 /s/ David C. Brown

 

 

 

David C. Brown

 

 

 

Executive

 

[ Signature Page to David C. Brown’s Employment Agreement ]

 

17




Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc.

 

Name*

 

Jurisdiction

VCH Holdings, LLC

 

Delaware

Victory Capital Operating, LLC

 

Delaware

Victory Capital Management Inc.

 

New York

Victory Capital Advisers, Inc.

 

Delaware

 


*  The names of certain subsidiaries have been omitted.  As of the end of the year covered by this report, the unnamed subsidiaries, considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would not constitute a “significant subsidiary” as that term is defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 




Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated March 22, 2017 (except Note 2, as to which the date is February 1, 2018), in the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-222509) and related Prospectus of Victory Capital Holdings, Inc. for the registration of 13,455,000 shares of its common stock.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Cleveland, Ohio

 

February 5, 2018